Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract CAG-03-029 '�r►' 1997 Edition -Electronic Format AIA Document A101-1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor wtrere the basis of payment-- is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of iZUO THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL (In words,indicate day,month and year) CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH BETWEEN the Owner: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR (Name,address and other information) MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF CI Of Renton THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 1055 South Grady Wax DOCUMENT D401. Renton WA 98055 AIA Document A201-1997,General and the Contractor: Conditions of the Contract for (Name,address and other information) Construction,is adopted in this document Powell Construction Company by reference.Do not use with other 737 Market Street general conditions unless this document is Kirkland.WA 98033 modified' 425-828-4774. 425-822-8297 fax This document has been approved and The Project is: endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. (Name and location) Renton Aquatic Center Cedar River Park Renton, WA The Architect is: (Name,address and othermfonnation) Northwest Architectural Company 2201 Sixth Avenue. Suite 1405 Seattle. WA 98121-1832 206-441-4522/206-441-7917 fax The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the —s= entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. 01997"'"® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to The American Institute of Architects the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Per Project Manual dated March 14, 2003. Change Orders limited to profit and overhead Washington,D.C.20006-5292 of 15%of the value of the change order unless special cirucumstances apply. O 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, ® 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of The material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: aquatic center contract.aia--4/11/2003.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 1 *499, wrr' ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date ofcommencement ifit differs from the date of this Agreement or,ifappGcable,state that the date will be fixed in anotice to proceed.) Shall be the date of the Notice to Proceed If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owners time requirement shall be as follows: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA days from the date of commencement,or as follows: DOCUMENT D401. (Insert number of calendar days. Altematively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert any requirements for earlier Substantial AIA Document A201-1997,General Completion ofcertain portions ofthe Work.) Conditions of the Contract for Two Hundred Forty(240)calendar days. construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. general conditions unless this document is (Insert provisions,if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for modified. early completion ofthe Work) Liquidated damages thereafter at one hundred fifty dollars($150) per day, This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractors performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be Four Million One Hundred Five Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy Six and 99/100 Dollars, which includes Washinton State Sales Tax. Dollars (s $4.105.876.99, which includes Washington State Sales Tax. ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner. (State the numbers or other identification ofaccepted alternates.Ifdecisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule ofsuch other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires) Broken down approximately as follows: Base Bid. excluding WSST $3.411.249.00 Alternate#1. excluding WSST $ 224.133.00 Altemate#3. excluding WSST $ 81 114.00 Alternate#4. excluding WSST $ 57.288.00 Construction Total. excluding WSST $3.773.784.00 ,� WSST 0-8.8% $ 332.092.99 ��Mr Total Construction Contract $4.105.876.99 4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: 01997 AIA® None AIA DOCUMENT AIOI-1997 OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Washington,D.C.20006-5292 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor ® 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 4, 1977, 1987, V 1997 by The American Institut e o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: aquatic center contract.aia—4/11/2003.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 2 and Certificates for Payment issued b,othe Architect,the Owner shall make progress ments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the Qhday of a month,the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 30th day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH application date fixed above,payment shall be made by the Owner not later than days after the AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Architect receives the Application for Payment. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AlA submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of DOCUMENT D401. values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its AIA Document A201-1997,General accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall Conditions of the contract for be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. Construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion general conditions unless this document is of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. modified. 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each progress This document has been approved and payment shall be computed as follows: endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values,less retainage of Five percent( 5%). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8 of AIA Document Ami-1997. .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction(or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of percent(%); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner,and .4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Subparagraph 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: , .1 Add,upon Substantial Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled 01997 AiA® AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 claims;and (Subparagraph 9.xs ofAIA Document A2or-i3wrequires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Completion of Work with consent ofsurety,dany.) The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 ® 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 19511-1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: aquatic center contract.aia—4/11/2003.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/312003. 3 .2 Add,if final completion of*#A*Work is thereafter materially delayed througVeo fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (Ifit is intended,prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work,to reduce or Emit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Clauses 51.6.1 and Jr.62 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract „Dbcuments,insert here provisions forsuch reduction orGmitadon.) 5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH the site. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall be DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA made by the Owner to the Contractor when: DOCUMENT D401. 1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's AIA Document A201-1997,General responsibility to correct Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of AIA Document Conditions of the Contract for A2oi-1997, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final Construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other payment;and general conditions unless this document is modified. .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. This document has been approved and 5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after endorsed by The Associated General the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: Sixty_(60) days Contractors of America. after project completion per RCW and Project Manual ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. 6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A2oi-1997 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate ofinterest agreed upon,Xwy.) Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit laws and otherregulations at the Owner's and Contractors principal places ofbusinexs,the location ofthe project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers) 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 7.3 The Owners representative is: OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT (Name,address and other information) The American Institute of Architects Dennis Culp 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Facilities Director Washington,D.C.20006-5292 1915, 19M, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of The United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to.legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: aquatic center contract.aia--4/11/2003.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9312003. 4 City of Renton *W Nuo 1055 South Grady Way, 5th Floor Renton.WA 98055 (425)430-6606 7.4 The Contractor's representative is: (Name,address and other information) Mr. Mike Brehm Vice President 737 Market Street TH(S DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Kirkland,WA 98033 CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH (425) 828-4774 AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF P . THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA days written notice to the other party. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA DOCUMENT D901. 7.6 Other provisions: Contractor insurance limits shall be as specified in Exhibit A to the General Conditions AIA Document A201-1997,General of this Contract. Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS modified 8.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Contractors of America. Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A1o1-1997. 8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document As01-1997. The General Conditions AIA Document A201-1997 is modified in Attachment A to this Contract. Attachment A suoercedes the Draft General Conditions contained in the Project Manual. 8.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated March 14. 2003,and are as follows: Document Title Pages Project Manual Project Manual Construction Set for City of Renton Aquatic Center, Renton Washington 8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated March 14. 2003 as in Subparagraph 8.1.3,and are as follows: (Eitherbst the Specifications hem orreferto an exhibit attached to thisAAgreement.) + 'J5 it Section Title Pages Please see Attachment B. 'Table of Contents"to the Project Manual. of"t AIA® AIA DOCUMENT AIOI-1997 8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows,and are dated March 14. 2003 unless a different date is OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT shown below: The American Institute of Architects (Either Est the Drawings here orrefer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Number Title Date Washington,D.C.20006-5292 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 4, 1977, 1987, ® 1997 by The American nstitute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: aquatic center contract.aia—4/11/2003.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 5 Please see attached Attachmen` _"List of Drawings". '4rr, "%. 8.1.6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: Number Date Pages One(1) 28 March 2003 23 Two(2) 3 April. 2003 27 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents.AIA Document A2or- THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA i93v provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They DOCUMENT D401. should be fisted here onlyifintended to be part ofthe Contract Documents.) As indicated in the Project Manual AIA Document A201-1997,General Conditions of the Contract for This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at Construction,is adopted in this document least three original copies, of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the by reference.Do not use with other Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. general conditions unless this document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General OMM ER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (signature) Contractors of America. Jesse Tanner, Mayor ��L�de� �Qe1�w• y • ice. (printed name and title) (printed name and title) ATTEST: �r r7 V oaz*r_'� Bonnie I. Walton, City Clerk ,A 'W. ,f 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 1915, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below.expiration as noted below. User Document: aquatic center contract.aia—4/1112003.AIA License Number 1008538,which expires on 9/3/2003. 6 ATTACHMENT «A» 1997 Edition - Electronic Format AIA Document A201 - 1997 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER TWS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3. CONTRACTOR ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THS 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 5. SUBCONTRACTORS DOCUMENT D401. 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS d thasbe napnd enEby General 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Contractors ofAmerica. 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT INDEX 9.5.1,10.2.5,13.4.2,13.7,14.1 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Addenda 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 11.1,3•A �. Acceptance of Work Additional Costs,Claims for 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,M3 4-3-4,4-3-5,4.3.6,6.u,10.3 Access to Work Additional Inspections and Testing 9.8.3,12.2-1,13.5 �3.16,6.2.1,»1 Additional Time,Claims for f5 Accident Prevention 4.3-4,4.3.7,8.3.2 4.2-3,10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Acts and Omissions 01997 AIA® 3-2,3-3-2,3-12-8,3.18,4.2-3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, 3-1.3,4,9.4.9.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE » opyng t 91 , 1915, 19-18, 1925, 9 T9-5", 958, 1961, 9 , 9 6, 9T 0, 9 98 , 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9312003. 1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 9-3,9-4,9-5,9-7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, 1.1.1 U-4.7,12,13.4-2,13-5 Aesthetic Effect Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 4.2.1-3,4-5-1 1.1.2,4.2.3,4-2-4,4.2-6,9.6-3,9.6-4,11-4-7 Allowances Architect's Representations 3.8 9-4-2.9-5-1,9.10.1 All-psk Insurance Architect's Site Visits U-4-1.1 4.2.2,4.2-5,4-2.9,4-3-4,9-4-2,9.5-1,9.9.2, Applications for Payment 9.10.1,13.5 4-2-5,7-3-8,9.2,.9.3,9.4,9-5-1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8-5, Asbestos 9.10,11-1-3,14.2-4,14-4-3 10.3.1 Approvals Attorneys'Fees 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2,13.4.2, 3.18.1,9.to.2,10.3.3 13.5 Award of Separate Contracts Arbitration 6.1.1,6.1.2 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7-1,11-4-9, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for TIVS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL R-4-10 Portions of the Work CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Architect 5.2 ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 4.1 Basic Definitions RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Architect,Definition of 1.1 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.1.1 Bidding Requirements DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect,Extent of Authority 1.1.1,1.1.7,5.2.1,11-5.1 DOCUMENT D401. 2-4,3-12-7,4-2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 7.4,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.8.3,9•to.t, 9.10.3,12.1, 11.4.2 This document has been approved and 12.2.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 Bonds,Lien endorsed by The Associated General Architect,Limitations of Authority and 9.10.2 Contractors of America. Responsibility Bonds,Performance,and Payment 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3x2.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, 7.3.6-4,9.6-7,9.10.3,11-4.9,11-5 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.213, Building Permit 4.4,5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 3.7.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses Capitalization 2.4,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 1.3 Architect's Administration of the Contract Certificate of Substantial Completion 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 9.&3,9.8-43 9.8.5 Architect's Approvals Certificates for Payment 2-4,3-1-3,3.5.1,3-10.2,4.2.7 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, Architect's Authority to Reject Work 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1.1.3,14.2.4 3.5-1,4.2-6,M1.2,12.2.1 Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval Architect's Copyright 13.5.4 1.6 Certificates of Insurance Architect's Decisions 9.10.2,11-1-3 4.2.6,4-2.7,4-2-11-4.2-12,4-2-13,4-3-4,4-4-1, Change Orders "5-4-4-6-4-5,6.3,7.3.6,7-3.8,111.3,8.3.13 9.2, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.23,3.11.1,3.m8,4.2.8, 9-4,9-5-1,9-8-4-9-9-1,13-5-2,14-2-2.K2-4 4.3.4,4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, Architect's Inspections 9.10.3,11.4.1.2,11.4.4,u•4-9,12.1.2 4.2-2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.&3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 Change Orders,Definition of Architect's Instructions 7.21 _ 3-2-3,3-3-1,4-2.6-4-2-7.4-2.8,7.4.1,ml,13-5.2 CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect's Interpretations 3.11,4.28,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,u.4.9 4-2-11,4.2.L2,4.3.6 fi Architect's Project Representative Claim,Definition of 4.210 4.3.1 9- Architect's Relationship with Contractor Claims and Disputes 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.21,3.2.2,3.23,3.3.1,3.4.2, 3.2.3,4.3,4-4,4-5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3, 3-5.1,3-7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3, 9.10.4,10.3.3 01"7 AIA® 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4-4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia -- 4111/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/312003. 2 NOW 4.6.5 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Claims for Additional Cost 5.4,14.2.2.2 3.2.3.4.3.4.4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1-1,7.3.8,10-3.2 Continuing Contract Performance Claims for Additional Time 4.3.3 3.2-3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2,10.3.2 Contract,Definition of Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 1.1.2 -4.3.4 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR Claims for Damages SUSPENSION OF THE 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3-3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, 5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 11.1.1,11.4.5.11.4.7.14.1.3.14.2.4 Contract Administration Claims Subject to Arbitration 3-1-3,4,9.4,9-5 4.4-1.4.5.1.4.6.1 Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Cleaning Up Relating to 3.15,6.3 3.7-1,3.10,5.2,6.1,11-1.3,u.4.6,U-5.1 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period Contract Documents,The TMS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 13.7 1.1,1.2 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Commencement of the Work,Conditions Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use .ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH Relating to of RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 2.2.1,3-2-1,3-4-1,3-7-1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2.1, 1.6,2-2.5,5.3 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TMs 5.2-3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1,u.', 11.4.1,11.4.6, Contract Documents,Definition of ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 11.5.1 1.1.1 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contract Sum DOCUMENT D401. 8.1.2 3.8,4-3-4,4-3-5,4-4-5,5.2-3,7-2,7-3,7-4,9.1, This document has been approved and Communications Facilitating Contract 9-4.2,9-5-1-4,9.6-7.9.7,10-3.2,11-4-1, 14.2.4, endorsed by The Associated General Administration 14.3.2 Contractors of America. 3.9.1, 4.2.4 Contract Sum,Definition of Completion,Conditions Relating to 9.1 1.6.1,3-4-1,3-11,3-15,4.2.2,4-2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, Contract Time 9-9.1,9-10,M2,13-7,14.1.2 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.45,5.2-3,7.2.1.3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1, COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 8.2,8-3-1,9-5-1,9-7,10-3.2,12.1.1, 14.3.2 9 Contract Time,Definition of Completion,Substantial 8.1.1 4.2.9,8.1.1,&1.3,8.2-3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, CONTRACTOR 9-10.4.2,12-2,13.7 3 Compliance with Laws Contractor,Definition of 1.6.1,3-2-2-3-6,3-7,3-12-10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4-8, 3.1,6.1.2 4.6-4,4-6.6,9.6.4,10.2.2,11.1,11-4,13-1,13-4, Contractors Construction Schedules 13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6,14.1.1,14.2-1.3 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,43.7.2,6.1.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Contractor's Employees 4-3-4-&3-1,10-3 3.3-2,3.4.3,3.&1,3.9,3.18.2,42.3,4.2.6,10.2, Conditions of the Contract 10.3,11,1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1, 1.1.1,1.1.7,61.1,6.1.4 Contractors Liability Insurance Consent,Written 11,1 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.4.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, Contractors Relationship with Separate 9.8-5,9.9-1.9-10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1. 13.2,13.4.2 Contractors and Owners Forces CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 3.12,5,3-14-2,4-2-4,6,11.4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.4,6 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.181,3.1&2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9-10.2, Construction Change Directive,Definition of 11.41.2,11.4..7,11.4.8 7,3,1 Contractors Relationship with the Architect Construction Change Directives 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3-2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.42, �= 1.1.1,3.m8,4.2.8,4-3-9,7-1,7.3,9-3-1.1 3-5-1,3-7-3,3-10,3.U,3-12,3-i6,3-18, 4.1.2,41-3, Construction Schedules,Contractor's 4-214-3-4,4-4-1-4-4-7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1.3.12.2,43.7.2,6.1. 9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, 01997 AIA® 3 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/1112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 3 *Owl, 11-4.7,12,13-4.2,13-5 Date of Commencement of the Work, Contractor's Representations Definition of 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2-1,9.3.3,9.8.2 8.1.2 Contractors Responsibility for Those Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Performing the Work 8.1.3 3.3.2,3•i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Day,Definition of 10 8.1.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions of the Architect 1.5-2,3-2,3-7-3 4-2-6,4-2-7,4-2-11,4-2-12,4.2-13,4.3.4,4.4.1, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 445,4.4.6,4-5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3;8.3.1,9.2, 9.7 9-4,9-5-1,9-8-4,9-9-1,13-5.2,14-2.2,14.2-4 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract Decisions to Withhold Certification 4.3.10,14.1 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3 Contractor's Submittals Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, 3.10,3.11,3-12,4-2-7,5-2.1,5-2-3,7-3.6,9.2,9.3, Rejection and Correction of 9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,-9.10.3, 11-1.3,11-5.2 2.3,2-4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6-2-5,9-5-1,9-5-2,9.6.6, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contractors Superintendent 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3.9,1o.2.6 Defective Work,Definition of ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH Contractor's Supervision and Construction 3,5,1 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Procedures Definitions MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2-7,4.3.3,6.1-3, 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.11 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2,10,12,14 4-3-1,5-1,6.1.2,7-2-1,7-3-1,7-3.6,8.1, '9.1,9.8.1 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contractual Liability Insurance Delays and Extensions of Time DOCUMENT D401. 11.1.1.8,11.2,U-3 3-2-3,4-3-1,4-3-4,4-3-7,4-4-5,5-2-3,7-2-1,7.3.1, This document has been approved and Coordination and Correlation PP 1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 7-4-1,7-5-1,8.3,9-5-1,9-7-1,10.3.2, 1o.6.1,14.3.2 endorsed by The Associated Generaf Copies Furnished of Drawings and Disputes Contractors of America. Specifications 41.4,4.3,4.4,45,46,6.3,7.3.8 1.6,2-2-5,3-11 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Copyrights 1.6,3.17 Drawings,Definition of Correction of Work 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications,We and 2.3,2-413-7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2,9-8-3,9-9-1, Ownership of 12.1.2,12.2,13.7.1.3 1.1.1,1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Effective Date of Insurance Documents 1.2 8.2.2,11.1.2 Cost,Definition of Emergencies 7 3 6 43.5,10.6,14.1.1.2 Costs Employees,Contractor's 24,323,37.4,3.8.2,315.2,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1, 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 6-2.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2,10.3.2, Equipment,Labor,Mat,14.2.1.1 10.5,11.3,11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2.4,13.5,14 Equipment,Labor,Materials and d Patching 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.193.&2,3.8.3.3.1293.13,315.1, Cutting an 6.2.5,d Pa 4.2.6,4-2-7,5-2-1,6.2-1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate 9.5-1.3,9.10.2,d Progress of 10.2.4,14.2-L2 the 14 Work Contractors Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3,1.2.1,1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1.3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, 3.14.2,6.24,9.2-1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2-5,io.6,u.l, 3-10,3-12,3-14,4-2-2,4-2-3,4-3-3,6-2-2,7-1-3, 11.4,12.2.4 7.3.4,8.2,9.5,9.9.1,10.2,10.3,M2,42,14-3 Damage to the Work Extensions of Time 3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,io.6,11.4,12.2.4 3-2-3,4-3-1,4-34 4-3-7,4-4-5,5-2-3,7-2-1,7-3, Damages,Claims for 7-4-1,9-5-1,9-7-1,10.3.2,io.6.i,14.3.2 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,&3.3,9.5.1,9.6-7,10-3.3, Failure of Payment 11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7914.1.3,14.2.4 4-3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1-1.3,14.2-1.2,13.6 Damages for Delay Faulty Work 01997 AIA® 6.11,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7,10.3.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE » opyng t 9 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 1987, 9 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia -- 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 4 ,%W `Writ" (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) INSURANCE AND BONDS Final Completion and Final Payment 11 4-2-1,4.2-9,-4-3-2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,u-1.3,11.4.1, Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial 11-4.5,M3.1,13.7,14.2-4,14-4.3 Occupancy Financial Arrangements,Owner's 9-9-1,U-4-1.5 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 Insurance Companies,Settlement with Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11410 11.4 Intent of the Contract Documents GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.2-1,4.2-7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 1 Interest Governing Law 13.6 13.1 Interpretation Guarantees(See Warranty) 1.2-3,1.4,4.1-1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Hazardous Materials Interpretations,Written 10.2-4,10.3,10.5 4.2.11,4.2-12,4-3.6 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Identification of Contract Documents Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required q CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 1.5.1 46.4 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers Judgment on Final Award RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 5.21 4.6.6 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Indemnification Labor and Materials,Equipment ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10.3.3,10.5,11.4.1.2,11.47 1.1-3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3.3.12,3.13, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Information and Services Required of the Owner 3-15-1,42-6,4-2-7,5.2-1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2.9.3.3 DOCUMENT D401. 21.2,2.2,3.21,3.124 3.12.10,4.2.7.4.3.3,6.1.3+ 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,1+2.1.2 This document has been approved and 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6-4,9.9.2, 9.10.3, Labor Disputes endorsed by The Associated General 10-3.3,11-2,U-4,13-5-1,13-5.2,14.1-1.4,14-1.4 8.3.1 Contractors of America. Injury or Damage to Person or Properly Laws and Regulations 4.3.8,10.2,Lo.6 i.6,3.2.2,3.6,3-7,3-1L10,3.13,4.1.1,4-4-8,4.6, Inspections 9.6-4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.413.5.1, 3-1-3,3-3-3,3-7-1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2-9,9.4.2,9.8.2, 13.5.2,13.6,14 9.8.3,9.9.2,9-10-1,12.2.1,13.5 Liens Instructions to Bidders 2-1.2,448,8-2-2,93-3,910 1.1.1 Limitation on Consolidation or joinder Instructions to the Contractor 4.6.4 3.2-3,3.3.1.3.8-1,4.2A 5.2-1,7,12.8.2.2,13.5.2 Limitations,Statutes of Insurance 4.6-3,m2.6,13.7 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2-1,9.3.2,9.8.4.9.9.1, Limitations of Liability 9.10.2, 9.10.5,11 2.3,3.2-1,3-5-1,3-7-3,3-12-8,3-12-10,3.17,3.18, Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4-2,9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.42 9.10.4,10-3.3,10-2.5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11-4-7,12-2-5, Insurance,Contractors Liability 1342 11,1 Limitations of Time Insurance,Effective Date of 2-1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10.3.11,3.m5,3.15-1, &2.2,11.1.2 4-2-7,4-3,4-4,4-5,4-6,5-2-5-3, 5.4 6.24 7.3, Insurance,Loss of Use 74,8.2,9.2,9-3-1,9-3-3,9-4-1,9-5,9-6,9-7,9.8, 1143 9.9,9.10,11-1-3,11-4-1-5,n46.11.410,122,135, Insurance,Owners Liability 137,14 11.2 Loss of Use Insurance Insurance,Project Management Protective 11.4.3 Liability Material Suppliers 11.3 1.6,312.1,4-7-4,4-2-6,5-2-1,9-3,9-4-2,9-6, Insurance,Property 9.10.5 1�. � 10.25,11.4 Materials,Hazardous Insurance,Stored Materials 10.24,10.3,10.5 9.3.2,11-4-1-4 Materials,Labor,Equipment and 01997 AIA® 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.&2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/312003. 5 1%W vrlr' 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3. 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.2 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and 10.3.3,11.2,u.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Procedures of Construction Owners Authority 33.1,3.1210,4-7-2,4.2-7,9-4.2 1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2; Mechanic's Lien 4-1-2,4-1-3,4-24,4-2-9,4-3-6-4-4-7, 5-2-1;5-2-4, ,4.4.8 5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.31,9.3.2, Mediation 9-5-1,9-9-1,9-10.2, 10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.4.3, 4-4-1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6-1,4.6.2,8.3.1, U410,12.2.2,u-3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 10.5 Owners Financial Capability Minor Changes in the Work 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 ma,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6,7.1,7.4 Owners Liability Insurance MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 11.2 13 Owners Loss of Use Insurance Modifications,Definition of n-4.3 THlS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1.1.1 Owners Relationship with Subcontractors CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WEGAL Modifications to the Contract 1.12,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2,14.2.2 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 1.1.1,1-1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2-3,7,8.3.1+ Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9,7,10,3,2,11.4.1 2.4,12.2.4.14.2.2.2 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Mutual Responsibility Owners Right to Clean Up ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 6.2 6.3 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owners Right to Perform Construction and to DOCUMENT D401. 9,6.6,9,9,3, 12,3 Award Separate Contracts Nonconforming Work,Rejection and 6.1 This document has been approved and Correction of Owners Right to Stop the Work endorsed by The Associated General 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2-5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, 2.3 Contractors of America. 9.10.4,m2-1,13-7.1-3 Owners Right to Suspend the Work Notice 14.3 22.1,2-3,2-4,3.2.3,3-3-1,3-7-2,3-7-4,3.m9,4.3, Owners Right to Terminate the Contrail 448,4.6-5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11-1-3, 14.2 u.4.6,12.2.2,12-2-4,13-3,13.5-1,13-5.2,14-1,14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications Notice,Written and Other Instruments of Service 2.3,2.4,331,39,3.12.9,312.10,4.3,4.4.8, 11.11 1.6,2.2-5,3-2.1,3-11-1,3-17-1,4-2-12,5-3 4-6-5,5-2-1,&2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.13, Partial Occupancy or Use n46,M2.2,M2-4,13.3,14 9.6.6,9.9,11.4.L5 Notice of Testing and Inspections Patching,Cutting and 135.1,13.5.2 3.14,6.2-5 Notice to Proceed Patents 8.2.2 3.17 Notices,Permits,Fees and Payment,Applications for 2.2.2,3.7,313,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 4-2-5,7-3-8,9-2,9.3,9-4,9-5-1,9-6-3,9-7-10 Observations,Contractors 9.8.5,9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5,11.L3,14.2.4,14.4.3 L5-2,3-2,3-7.3,4.3.4 Payment,Certificates for Occupancy 4.2-5,4.2.9.9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1.9.6.6.9-7.1, 2.2-2,9-6.6,9.8,n.4.L5 Orders,Written 9-10.1,9.10.3,13.7,1+1.1-3.1+2.4 LL1,2.3,3.9,4-3-6,7.8.2.2,n.4.9,12.1,12.2, Payment,Failure of 135-2,14.31 4.3.6,9.5-1.3, 9.7,9.1o.2,14.1.1.314.2.1.2,13.6 OWNER Payment,Final 2 4-2-1,4.2-9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,U.1.2,U.L3,n.4.1, r Owner,Definition of 11.4-5,12.3.1,137,14.2.4,14.4.3 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and zi Owned Information and Services Required of 7.36.4,9.6.7,9.1o.3,u.4.9,11.5 the Payments,Progress 01997 AIA® 4-3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13-6,14.2.3 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion geril conditions.aia — 4/1112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 6 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Resolution of Claims and Disputes 9 4.4,4.5,4.6 Payments to Subcontractors Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6-3,9.6.4,9.6-7,11-4-8, 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 14.2.1.2 10 PCB Retainage 10.3.1 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Performance Bond and Payment Bond Review of Contract Documents and Field 7.3.6.4,9.6-7,9.10.3,11-4-9,11.5 Conditions by Contractor Permits,Fees and Notices 1.5.2,3.2,3.7-3,3-12.7,6.1.3 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6-4,10.2.2 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION Architect OF3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 10 Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples by Contractor Polychlorinated Biphenyl 3.12 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 10.3.1 Rights and Remedies CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Product Data,Definition of 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3'12'2 5-3,5.4,6.1,6.3,7-3-1,8-3,9-5-1,9-7, 10.25,10.3, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THS 12.22,12.2.4,13.4,14 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.11,3.12,4.2-7 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING A/A Progress and Completion 3.17 DOCUMENT D401. 4.2.2,4.3.3,$•2,9.8,9-9-1,L4.1-4 Rules and Notices for Arbitration Progress Payments 4.6.2 This document has been approved and 4.3-3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 Safety of Persons and Property endorsed by The Associated General Project,Definition of the 10.2,1o.6 Contractors of America. 1.1.4 Safety Precautions and Programs Project Management Protective Liability Insurance 3.3-1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1,10.2,10.6 Samples,Definition of 11.3 Insurance Project Manual,Definition of the 3�•3 1 Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and 1.1.7 3.11'3.12'4.2.7 Project Manuals Samples at the Site,Documents and 2 25 3'11 Project Representatives 4.210 Schedule of Values Property Insurance 9.2,9.3.1 10.25,11.4 Schedules,Construction PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND 1'4.1.2'3.10'3.121'3.12'2'4'3.7'2'6.1'3 PROPERTY Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1-4,3.12.5,3.14.2p 4.2-4,4.2-7,4.6-4,6,8.3.1, 10 11.4.7, M1.2,M2.5 Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Definition of 1.6,32-2,36,37,}12.10,3-13,4-1-1,4.4.8,4.6, 3.121 9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2-2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 13-5-2.13-6.14 3.11,3.12,4.27 Rejection of Work Site,Use of 3.5-1,4.2.6.12.21 313,6.1.1,6.21 Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Inspections 9.10.2 1.2-2,3-2-1,3-3-3,3-7-1,4.2,4-3-4.9-4.2,9.10.1, Representations 13-5 , 1.5-2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2-1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9-5-1, Site Visits,Architect's 9.8.2,9.10.1 4-2-2,4-2-9,4.3-4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.20 9.10.1,13.5 Representatives Special Inspections and Testing 21.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 4.26,12.2.1,13-5 01997 AIA® 1321 Specifications,Definition of the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 19151-1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9!3/2003. 7 *4w" "r/' 1.1.6 5.4.2,14.3 Specifications,The Suspension or Termination of the Contract 1.1.1,1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 4.3.6,5.4.1.1,U-4-9,14 Statute of Limitations Taxes 4.6.3,12.2-6,13.7 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Stopping the Work Termination by the Contractor 2.3,4.3.6,9.7,10.3,14.1 4.3.1o,14.1 Stored Materials Termination by the Owner for Cause 6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.4,11.4.1.4 4.3-10,5.4.1.1,14.2 Subcontractor,Definition of Termination of the Architect 5.1.1 413 SUBCONTRACTORS Termination of the Contractor 5 14.2.2 Subcontractors,Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2-3,5-3,5.4,9-3-1.2, CONTRACT INS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 9.6.7 14 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.1010.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8, 14.1,14.2.1,14.3.2 3.1-3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2-9,9.4.2,9.8-3,9.9.2, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9.10.1,10-3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Submittals TIME ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1.6,3-10,3-1.1,3.12,4.2-7,5-2.1,5-2-3,7.3.6,9.2, IA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING A 9.3,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,1.1-1-3 8 DOCUMENT D401. Subrogation,Waivers of Time,Delays and Extensions of 6.1.1,1.1-4-5, 11.4.7 3.2-3,4-3.1,4-3-4,4-3.7,4-4.5-5.2-3,7-2-1,7-3-1, This document has been approved and Substantial Completion 741,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, to.6.1,14.3.2 endorsed by The Associated General 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3;9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.31 Time Limits Contractors of America. 9.10.4.2,122,13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,32.1,37.3,310,311,3.12.5,3.15.1, Substantial Completion,Definition of 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3, 9.8.1 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.31,9.33,9.4.1:9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, Substitution of Subcontractors 9-919-10,U-1.3,U.4.1-5, 11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, 5-2-3,5-2-4 13.7,14 Substitution of Architect Time Limits on Claims 4.1.3 4.3.2,4.34,4.38,4.4,4.5,4.6 Substitutions of Materials Title to Work 3-4-2,3-5-1,7-3-7 9.3.2,9.3.3 Sub-subcontractor,Definition of UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 5.1.2 WORK Subsurface Conditions 12 4.34 Uncovering of Work Successors and Assigns 12.1 13.2 Unforeseen Conditions Superintendent 4.3.4,8.3.1,10.3 3.9,1o.26 Unit Prices Supervision and Construction Procedures 4,3,9,7,3,3.2 1.2.2,3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.22,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Documents 6.24 7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,8.31,9.4.2,10, 12,14 1.1.1,1.6,2.2-5,3-12.6,5.3 Surety Use of Site 44-7,54-1-2,9-8-5,9-10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety,Consent of Values,Schedule of 9.10.2,9.10.3 9.2,9.3.1 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Architect 2.2.3 13.4.2 It• Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 14.4 4.3-10,9.10.5,11-4.7,13.4.2 01997 Au® Suspension of the Work AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 91 , 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 8 **AW *VW Waiver of Claims by the Owner Written Consent 4-3-10,9-9-3,9.10.3,9.10.4,U-4.3,11-4-5,11.4-7, 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6-4,9.3.2, 12.2.2.1,13.4.2,14.2.4 9.8-5,9.9.1,9-10.2,9.10.3,U-4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 Waiver of Consequential Damages Written Interpretations 4.3.10,14.2.4 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Waiver of Liens Written(Notice 49-10-20-10.4 2-3,2-4,3-3-1,3-9,3-12-9,3-1Z10,4-3,4-4.8, Waivers of Subrogation 4-6-5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2-2,10.3, 11.1.3, 6.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7 u-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.3,14 Warranty Written Orders 3.5,4.2-9,4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4, 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11-4-9,12.1,12.2, 12.2.2,13.7.1.3 13.5.2,14.3.1 Weather Delays 4.3.7.2 Work,Definition of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1.1.3 CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT MI. The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Tics document has been approved and Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, endorsed by The Associated General other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contractors of America. Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2) a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and Architect or(4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term 'Work' means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractors obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 9 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details,schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS ne Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TFIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA results. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 1.2.2 - Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among This document has been approved and endorsed by The Assoaated General Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. Contractors of America. 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 CAPITALIZATION 1.3.1 Terris capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are(i)specifically defined, (s) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or(3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. ■� 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract f � Documents. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER 01997 AIA® INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/1V2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 10 1%W v me 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless ,otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractors record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request,upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants,and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS copyright notice,if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be D401. construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'copyrights This document has been approved and or other reserved rights. endorsed by The Associated General ARTICLE 2 OWNER Contractors of America. 2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Subparagraph 4.21,the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owners authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located,usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such ■� financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which , are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure � . and pay for necessary approvals,easements,assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1931, 1951',,1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 11 *„r `.rr 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be fjimished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractors performance of the Work under the Owners control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any DOCUMENT D401. other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. This document has been..approved and 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK endorsed by The Associated General 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the contractors of America. Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owners expenses and compensation-for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractors authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the,Architect's f. administration of the Contract,or by tests,inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 0, 1976, 19 7, e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 411112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 12 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in THS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Contractors capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.The Contractor is not required to ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of DOCUMENT D401. clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractors notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make This document has been approved and Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the.endorsed by The Associated General obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to Contractors of America. the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees,Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 196 , 9 9 9 0, 97 , 9 7, ® 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia -- 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 13 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.5 WARRANTY RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THS furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the DOCUMENT D401. Contract Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not This document has been approved and properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractors warranty endorsed by The Associated General excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractors of America. Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work 3.7.3 It is not the Contractors responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and •-- regulations. However,if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. , 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the Ot,,7 AIA® costs attributable to correction. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 411112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/312003. 14 rrrr "w� 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be INS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall CONSEQUENCES CONSULTATION WITH AN reflect"(1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractors costs under Clause 3.8.2.2. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USINGA/A DOCUMENT MI. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT This document has been approved and 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants endorsed by The Associated Generaf who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The Contractors of America. superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractors construction schedule for the Work The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractors construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE ._ 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one ., record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 01997 AIA® 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 91 , 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 I-9-9TB-y-Tge—CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia -- 4111/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 15 *MW 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures,diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is note expected to take res onsive CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATIONWITHAN P xP P ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals DOCUMENT 0401. required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. This document has been approved and Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents endorsed by The Associated General and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. Contractors of America. 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (i) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data,Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. _ 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's +, approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 1W. -W 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the 01997 AIA® Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 9 98 , 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 16 NOW *00 services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional.Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.1o, the Architect.will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL for conformance with.information given and the design concept .expressed in the Contract CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH design criteria required by the Contract Documents. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.13 USE OF SITE ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, DOCUMENT D401. ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING Contractors of America. 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor,such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractors consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion.of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractors tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.' . 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS �fi+ ' f 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense O1 AIA "�"® A DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937,1951, 1958, 1961,1963, 1966, 96 , 9 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition: Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 17 'ter or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 118 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent THS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF INS of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.18. DOCUMENT D401. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an This document has been approved and employee of the Contractor,a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them endorsed by The Associated General or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Contractors of America. Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract �— Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (i) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and(3)with the Ownet s concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless .@S;. .'I otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963,1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 99 y The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 18 vftw .r► 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractors operations (i) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and(3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques,sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN portions of the Work. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating ontract Administration. Except as otherwise MODIFICATION.AUAFTEDATIONOfTHIS g P ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through DOCUMENT D401. the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract.Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with This document has been approved and Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by endorsed by The Associated General and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. Contractors of America.. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor,Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractors submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of .� determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, . or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractors submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the 1%. obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 312. The Architect's review shall not constitute f+ ' approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect,of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. oi�i NA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4111/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/32003. 19 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owners review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or CONSEQUENCES.ENCOURAGED WITH AN Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within an time ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH P, q g Y RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TMS concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA compliance with this Paragraph 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for DOCUMENT D401. them. This document has been approved and 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and endorsed by The Associated General reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of Contractors of America drawings.When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in.good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right,adjustment or interpretation'of Contract terms,payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The tern"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as �= otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7a and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are (i) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE » opyrlg t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 20 rr V4d conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 2t days after rust observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within u days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted,but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph io.6. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not DOCUMENT D40I. limited to(i)a written interpretation from the Architect,(2)an order by the Owner to stop the This document has been approved and Work where the Contractor was not at fault,(3)a written order for a minor change in the Work endorsed by The Assodated Generaf issued by the Architect,(4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5)termination of the Contract by Contractors of America. .the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractors Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. e 4.3.9 If unit prices are slated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices. .. shall be equitably adjusted. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 91 , 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by Ine CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia -- 4111/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 21 v✓ `✓ 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 3o days have passed after the DOCUMENT D401. Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or This document has been approved and entities other than the Owner. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions:(1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that,in the Architect's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the �= reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Tune or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand 01"7 AIA® receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days' AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 196T,-T9-6T,-1966, 1967, 1970, 9 98 , ® 9 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 22 NOW `. period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractors default,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration. 4.5 MEDIATION THS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.5.1 An Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Any g P g ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR after initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THS be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA equitable proceedings by either party. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry This document has been approved and Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for endorsed by The Associated General mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Contractors of America. Arbitration Association.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediators fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall, after decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5. 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American =W Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in , Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the fi,ice, Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9!3/2003. 23 *AW "W 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration.No person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR is permitted to be demanded. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA MA Y 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators DOCUMENT DOCUMENT D401.D401. MADE BY USING AIA shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS Contractors ofAnerica. 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term "Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be f�+at"r:ti required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. VIM AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 11951,937, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 70, 1976, 1987, ® 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 24 err' W 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work However,no increase in ,the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the THS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THS preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided DOCUMENT D401. otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where This document has been approved and appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements endorsed by The Associated General with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, Contractors of America. prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed.Sub- subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the ,Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing,and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days,the Subcontractors compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS ZL*_ v; 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the 01997 AIA® Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE 3o opyrlg t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1971987,0, 1976, 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/1112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 25 `40W ter+' and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in ,each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so.The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised. TI*S DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION IO OR Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS g g ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles io,n and 12. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY DOCUMENT 0401. 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable This document has been approved and opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of endorsed by The Associated General their activities,and shall conned and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations Contractors of America. with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owners or separate contractors completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractors Work,except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 314. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP %;�,;� 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958,1961, 1963, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia -- 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 26 area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor,an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL g P PP P CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the ATTORNEY 1S ENCOURAGED WITH Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order.for a minor change in the Work .RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: DOCUMENT MI. This document has been approved and .1 change in the Work; endorsed by The Associated General .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and Contractors of America. .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3• 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; '- .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4111/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 27 agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case,and also under Clause 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: TI-15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED KITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR insurance; MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA whether incorporated or consumed; DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented DOCUMENT DOI. from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or This document has been approved and similar taxes related to the Work;and endorsed The Associated General .5 additional costs of supervision and field office.personnel directly attributable to Contractorrs s of America. the change. 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs.That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. — 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving flf adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders p o�9s�nm® promptly. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 70, 1976, 1987, 0 199/ by I ne CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/312003. 28 'r✓ NOW ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. -8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION wITHAN executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED MTH period for performing the Work. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective DOCUMENT D401. date of insurance required by Article n to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. This document has been approved and Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to endorsed by The Associated General proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five Contractors of America. days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the'Work,or by labor disputes, fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control,or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under —a•'+aljn'i! the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 1915, 19`18, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 98 , 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/1112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 29 rrr+ 9.2.1 Before the fast Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH included in Change Orders. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AlA which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. DOCUMENT D401. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on This document has been approved and account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent endorsed by The Assodated General incorporation in the Work If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be Contractors of America. made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractors knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractors Application for Payment.either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5a• 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the ,A Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject o1997 AiA® to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 9 95 , 11970,961, 1963, 1976, 1987, 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 30 VOW ''o` Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(i)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractors right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made.If the Architect THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION MTHAN Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect ATTORNEY Is ENCOURAGED WITH cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered DOC AY DRAFTED AIA evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such DOCUMM NENT T MAY MADE BY USING AIA extent as may be necessary in the Architect's_opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which DOCUMENT D401. the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in This document has been approved and Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of- endorsed by The Associated General .1 defective Work not remedied; Contractors of America. .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor, .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor, .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. ■� 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors g gal, portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages 4r lip, actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors portion of the Work The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 01"7 AiA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 9 9 , 97T, 0, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9!3/2003. 31 "4111W '%' 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the yayment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.7 Llnless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum O DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of DOCUMENT Mi. trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT Contractors of America. 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractors Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven'days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractors reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractors list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractors list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the f:• +�� Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 9 9 5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 9 9 1970, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4111/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 32 '"w correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Documents. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATIONOFTHIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, DOCUMENT D401. provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work Such partial occupancy This document has been approved and or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the endorsed by The Associated General Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them Contractors of America. for payments,retainage,if any,security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection and,when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract MM Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been ,, completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the f entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to 01997 AIAV final payment have been fulfilled. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 9 9 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia -- 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 33 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (i) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owners property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens,claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are Tf#S DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materiall y MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application b the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA P pP y DOCUMENT D401. Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the This document has been approved and remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in endorsed by,The Associated General the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to Contractors of America. payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide , _ reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: +++ .1 employees on the Work and other persons who maybe affected thereby; 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 5,1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, ® 1997 by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia — 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9!3/2003. 34 +4✓ .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site,under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs, lawns,walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. INS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA insured under properly insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to DOCUMENT D401. in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a This document has been approved and Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for endorsed ne The Associated ap General whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 Contractors of America. and 1o.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractors.obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractors organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to,be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to 'V+ +if perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1 , 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 1987, ® 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates.US. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion genl conditions.aia -- 4/11/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 35 `✓ *"W reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractors reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the.Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph io.3.i and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONWITHAN loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contract Documents. DOCUMENT MI. 10.5 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for This document has been approved and the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing endorsed by The Associated General Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all Contractors of America. cost and expense thereby incurred. 10.6 EMERGENCIES 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractors operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease, or death of any person otherthan the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property 01997^Ix® damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 9 9 0, 1976, 1987, ® 99 y e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: pavlion gent conditions.aia — 4/1112003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 36 04/15/03 TUE 15:00 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 19003 .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph ima shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater.Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph n.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least ge—45_ys'prior written notice has been given to the INS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN payment and are reasonably available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Subparagraph 9.io.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General liability insurance. Contractors of America. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Optionally,the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner,Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.3 The Owner shall riet-require the Contractor to include the Owner,Alec#-ee-ether. pereeiis-eries asap,additional insureds-on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph na. rrw� 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE _.... 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the ArvnercContractor shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the �, a Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk" or equivalent policy �►;',yl ,- form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Ir modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such 01997 AIA® property insurance shall be maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE K opyng t by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 gent conditions.aia — 4/1512003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 37 04/15/03 TUE 15:02 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS U004 `ape `'W or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.io or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph u.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner,the Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so TI#SDOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be RESPECT To ITS COMPLETION OR charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying DRAFTED AIA g the Contractor in DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. DOCUMENT DOI. 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not This document has been approved and covered because of such deductibles. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in transit. 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. sm 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner ,. shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor :! .: by appropriate Change Order. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or c1997 AiA® personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 genl conditions.aia -- 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 38 04/15/03 TUE 15:03 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 0 005 �d those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. .11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 3o days'prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (i) each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,each of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors-described in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,for ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by properly insurance RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR obtained pursuant to this Paragraph u.4 or other properly insurance applicable to the Work, MODIRCATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants, DOCUMENT D401. separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and the subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally This document has been approved and required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The endorsed by The Assodated General policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of Contractors of America. subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duly of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the properly damaged. 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's properly insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph H.4.ro. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate.agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. �a 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power,if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.3 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, 's;*;* make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of r� insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE a opyrig t by I ne CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: is 12 A201 genl conditions.aia — 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 39 04/15/03 TUE 15:05 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 10006 *41W 1400 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date oFexecution of the Contract. 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the THJSDOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AJA Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Owner's expense.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,correction DOCUMENT Dwi. shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate This document has been approved and contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. endorsed by The Assodated General Contractors of America. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Contractor's expense. 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9a,or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. I the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect toy. , _ . portions of Work fast performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE r opyrlg t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 gent conditions.aia -- 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 40 04/15/03 TUE 15:07 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 1&007 4&V,. *MW 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractors correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described TWS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to convect the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings RESpECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK DOCUMENT D401. 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements This document has been approved and of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and endorsed by The Assodared General correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such contractors of America. adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as Provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other.If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional tender providing construction financing for the Project.In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address ,9i. -known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES oust AIAO AEA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE • opyng t 1925, by e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 gent conditions.aia — 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 41 04/15/03 TUE 15:08 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 10008 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the a propriate public authority,and shall THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL bear aIl related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.Te Contractor shall give the Architect CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are lobe made so that the Architect may ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under DOCUMENT D401. Subparagraph 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an This document has been approved and entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of endorsed by The Associated General when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for Contractors of America. such procedures. Such costs,except as provided in Subparagraph.13.5.3 shall be at the Owner's expense. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. W. ,:� .. . •.f 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor. oMt AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright by Ine CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 gent conditions.aia -- 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 913/2003. 42 04/15/03 TUE 15:10 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 1&009 .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the TH[S DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT D401. 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR Vis docwnent has been 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 endorsed by The Associated General consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- contractors of America. subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; .2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1,.or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than loo percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 12o days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 41.2 exists, the Contractor may,upon seven days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to i materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery,including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of on97^IA® the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE *Copyright by I he CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 gent conditions.ala -- 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/312003. 43 04/15/03 TUE 15:12 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 1001U 14111W portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough property skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract THIS DOCUMENT MS IMPORTANT LEGAL Documents. CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,may without prejudice to any other rights or MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractors surety, if any, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any DOCUMENT MAY 8E MADE BY USING AIA prior rights of the surety. DOCUMENT D401. .1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction Thls document has been approved and equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor, endorsed by The Assodared General .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and Contractors of America. .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.7.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by the Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and "•time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: Q— $n' .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted �i by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or Itrrll .2 that an equitable adjustment is wade or denied under another provision of the Contract. ot99�MAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE » opyng t by Tne CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced Washington,D.C.20006-5292 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below, expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: fs 12 A201 gent conditions.aia -- 4/15/2003. AIA License Number 1008538, which expires on 9/3/2003. 44 04/15/03 TUE 15:13 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS Z011 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE O 14r 14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time, rminatpeRthepCon CONVENIENCE without cause. tract for the Owner's convenience and y 14.4.2 Upon receipt Of written notice from the Owner of such termination for th convenience,the Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; a Owner's •2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and Preservation of the Work,and •3 except for Work directed to be termination stated in the notice to performed prior to the effective date of orders and enter into no further subc�ractland Purchase ordeerrscis and purchase 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the O entitled to receive a wner's convenience, the Contractor shall be THISDOCUMENTHASjMPORTANTLEGAL termination,along wiphreasonable overhead k executed,and and d the costs not incurred by reason of such CONSEpt/ENCES.CONSULTATIONW/THAN executed. ATTORNEYIS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICAnON.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT mr. This document has been approved and endorWby The Associated Genera! Contractor of America. s'a�rr t� DIM Aw AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 )pyrig t GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE - CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ,erica" rr►stity+ of Architects_ =,freenth Edition. Xewodua;am of the material herein or substantial )ration of its prasions withers'written permission of the AA violates the copyright laws of the United The American Institute of Architects les and wilt sx ect the vioLv a to legal prosecuticr. WARIVMGC unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. ,yright laws and will subject to violator to legal pr=secution.'4s document was electrork*produced Washington,D.C.Avenue, 5292 h permission of the AIA and an be reproduced i- amorda+ce.rich your license without violation unrii date of evration as rcned below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User :UmQlli: �i iI AI4i genl�ndttions,aia — �t5rtx3. ntn era. , ,,-.�..��. (2003. 45 EXHIBIT "A" TO GENERAL CONDITIONS RENTON AQUATIC CEN Z 00820 Cedar River Park �Irr CERTTFIC'OE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s..(2-02072) 1 SECTION 00820 2 -3 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 4 5 R> 6 7 GENERAL 8 9 General: The following supplements modify the "Certificate of Liability Insurance" and Guidelines made a 10 part of these Contract Documents. The Bidders, Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be 11 governed by them. 12 13 Modifications to the"Certificate of Liability Insurance 14 15 Block No.4,Titled"EXCESS LIABILITY"; under column(#2) "LIMITS" shall read: 16 17 "$4,000,000". 18 19 Modifications to the"Certificate of Insurance Guidelines": 20 21 Under Article No.4 for"EXCESS LIABILITY",ADD the following: 22 23 "Excess Liability coverage shall be maintained in the amount of$4,000,000, minimum for 24 each occurrence, and $4,000,000, minimum for an aggregated amount, additionally. 25 However, any combination of General Liability, and Excess Liability coverage totaling, at 26 least$5,000,000 per occurrence is acceptable to the City." 27 28 29 Attachments: 30 31 Certificate of Liability Insurance- 1 page,follows. 32 33 Certificate of Insurance Guidelines-2 pages,follows. 34 35 END OF SECTION 00820 37 21,2003 A-_ CERTIFtCAT OF LIABILITY INSUFVCE pr4xxxot FAX ONLY AND FON CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE POURER A POURER B: PrAPER C: rsURER D: POURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF MtSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INOICATED..NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONINTION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE KWRANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES-AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. OR rOLICY TYPE OF IRSURANM POLICY NUMBER DATE GATE (#2) LMQTs LIABILITY a) EAcHoomwa cE c 1 ,000,000 p 1 pM v=4L G0cRA.LpzLff r b FIRE DAMAGE WAY aw k.I c 50,000 CIAMRS MADE N 0=0 C MED EXP WW a»pwwQ S 5,000 d) PERS w&ADvwAY c 1 .0000000 e) c46omwAx-cax s2,003,000 GMAGMGATELI ITAPPLESPER. f) PROOUL'18-COMPI1OPAW c 1 ,000,000 PoucY JECT LOC A1111 LIAGAM a) COIMWEDDSIZAEUAti $ 1 ,000,000 ANYAUTO> 3 AL 0VV MAUtOS b) OILY KX Y $ SCIEDULEDAUIOS HIRED AUTOS C) .a� c HoNOWNEDAUMS CANAFEU"ww AMOMY-EAACCDE!!f c R__-AN1fAM N/A ottety" EA*= $ AUTO*&r ASG = E70CESt UAB " EACH DOOIR FtEMM i 14 000UR E]CLAW MADE AGOItEGAIE c oEDVOWLE c NET RAM c wr oucMeOuroalamAND LPA115 ER 15 EIlLOYERY LIABLftY EJ..EACHACCOM ' c ELOMEASE-EA Els' c ELDISEASE-POLICYLIdf t anm 161 DESCFAnM OF OPERATIONS fLOCATIONSIVEIPCLEffE7(aUSpNS ADDED BY ENOORSEI1*W SPECYIt.PROVISIONS 17) City of Renton is named as an additional insured (#9) CERTIFICATE HOLDER Acomw L lwmm;mmat LETTER: CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBW POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE City Of Renton EXrrATMDA'M�#.TMaWJMCOWAW "giekamflQUAL A t to: �OAPs INmrrm NOTICE To TIE C9tTIFIGATE HOLOm NAMED TO THE LEFT, 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA. 98055 Auntomm REPRESENTATIVE Certificate of Insurance Guidelines D following is an attempt to further clarify t,,,,equirements that are mandated by the C, ,Oof Renton in reference to projects/ tints and the limits of insurance coverage you are expected to provide the City. First andloremost, it is important to remember t the limits being shown in the attached form are only minimum limits. There may be times when the project/event will need iitional coverage in some areas. 1. General Liability: Insurance protecting the person or orga- nization from liability exposures. Make sure that the Com- mercial General Liability and Occurrence(Occur)boxes are checked. There are several areas in the General Liability OEf!IIER t.LtASILITY area. These we designate as"limits°. X OMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CI,.AIINSE X OCCUR L11A1713 Umits:The amount of insurance coverage the insured(you, a EACH OCCUf2RENC 1 Q00 NUN- In this case) has purchased. b FIRE DAMAGE(Any a tire) t 50,0W Each Occurrence: amount is the most the insurance policy will pay for one occurrence.This limit is$1,000,000 minimum, C MED E)(P(MY one P9rW) .4 5 000 subject to increase. d PERSONAI.&ADV tNJlJ12Y s. 1 00'0 00.0 Fire Damage: amount is the most the insurance policy will pay for a fire that you are responsible for in premises that you e GENERAL.AGGREGATE t 2 000,000 lease or that are in your care,custody or control.This number Is pretty standard at$50,000. f I PRODl1M-COMPIOP AGG = 1 Q,00 000 Medical Expenses(Any one person):this is`no-fault°medi- 2e. General Aggregate:this amount is the most the insurance cal expense Insurance provided to other parties injured dur- policy will pay during the policy regardless of the number of ing the event/project on the property. This is required for all claims. This limit is$2,000,000.There are few exceptions to projects/events conducted in the City.. this minimum limit. L personal&Advertising Injury:provides$1,000,000 cover- 2f. Products-Completed Operations Aggregate: This is the age for personal injury (not bodily injury) including slander, most the insurance policy will pay for liabilities arising out of libel,false arrest, malicious prosecution, invasion of privacy the Products-Completed Operations exposure. This cover- and advertising liability for exposure of any advertising activi- age is generally provided with the General Liability policy.The tim minimum limit here is$1,000,000.This provides for products or business operations conducted away from your premises . 7 7' •• once the project/event is completed or abandoned. ��081LE Lvialmy 3Yo a L $ 1,000,000 . . © � o .. � 80011Y IP{,JlRY = . -eta•A !i'OS (Per SC010t) AMOS 3a. Combined Single Limit This is the most the insurance Policy will payfor bodily injury r Ld property damage paa&lh for each accident. This limit is$1,000,000. This area of cover- age includes both the Bodily Injury and the Property. Automobile Liability:This coverage insures against liability 3b. Bodily Injury(per person):This is what the insurance policy "Any pay for bodily injury to Dg WaQn from the accident. claims arising out of the use of acovered auto. The box Any Not needed if Combined Single Limit is in effect. Auto'should be checked. This area of coverage is determin- able on whether any vehicles will be used during the project/ 3c. Bodily Injury (Per accident)• This is what the insurance event. If there will not be any automotive involvement,there policy would pay for bodily injury from each accident,regard- will be no need for this coverage. less of the number of persons injured.Not needed if Com- bined Single Limit is in effect. 3d. Property Damage:This is what the insurance policy would pay for third party property damage resulting from one acci- MnrP infnrmatine nn hack. dent during yourproject/event. LESS LIABILITY 4. Excess Liabilifi -rovides liability coverage on top of the OCCL Q '' primary(General" nd Auto) General liability policy and may CLAIMS MADE provide excess limits over Auto Liability. If you are unable tc provide the limits for the General Liability and Auto Liability this area needs to be filled in to provide an"umbrella"form o.. # coverage that, when added to the General and Auto Uabili- ties,will meet or exceed the limits required by the City. 11C3RCl4RS COMPENSATION AND 5. Workers Compensation and Employers'Liability:Please " P�flEas. � rc'm list state number on certificate, where indicated. If number is not known, provide copy of State Certificate of Workers, #� Comp Coverage. If self-insured,please indicate on the cer- tificate. 6. Other:This area is designated for any other coverage that ff6 may apply to your individual project/event needs, such as Professional Liability. ESCROW OF OPEfiXMSCOCArIONSNEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMEN MECIAL PROVISIONS #7 Desa ll 'on of Operations/Locations/Vehides/Snecial Items:This section is provided for descriptive text regarding the project/ event. Please fill out with any assigned numbers,project/event names,contact people,etc. You may add the additional Insured language In this area;however,you will need to provide the City with an Additional Insured Endorsement,as well. CancelMon Clause:The City of Renton requires a non- CANCELLATION #8 qualified canceltation dause.Therefore,the cancellation lan- guage must read as follows:"Should any of the above-de- WXXXD ANY of THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE scribed policies be cancelled before the expiration date THE EWIRATM DME THEREOF,THE ISSUING COMPANY VVII.L MAIL45 a+ys thereof,the Issuing company will mail 45 days written notice WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. to the certificate holder named to the left. ESMIMON OF 0PERArMSIL0000VNSNEHICLEMCLUSI0NS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECW.PROVISIONS #9 City of Renton named as additional insured Additional Insured Status:The City must be named as an additional insured on all projects/events where insurance is required. Although the proper wording may appear in the"Descriptions"box,it is still necessary for the Additional Insured Endorsement to be provided as well Nop" Noe ATTACHMENT «B » RENTON AQUATIC C-TER Cedar River Park rrr TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) ' 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 3 4 DIVISION 0: BIDDING&CONTRACT REOUIREMENTS 5 6 00030 Call for Bids................................................................................................................................l 7 00035 Plan Center List..........................................................................................................................1 8 00200 Instructions for Bidders..............................................................................................................4 9 00300 Information Available to Bidders...............................................................................................1 10 Geotechnical Evaluations....................... .. ... 26 11 00410 Form of Proposal(Part 1—Base Bid).........................................................................................4 12 00411 Form of Proposal(Part 2—Subcontractor Listing and Alternates Bid).....................................3 13 00420 Non-Collusion,Anti-Trust,and Minimum Wage Form.............................................................1 14 00500 Contract.......................................................................................................................................1 15 1997 AIA Document A101......................................................................... ......................5 16 00610 Bond to the City of Renton.........................................................................................................2 17 00620 City of Renton Insurance Information Form...............................................................................l 18 00700 General Conditions......................:..............................................................................................1 19 1997 AIA Document A201........................................................................ ............................... 20 00800 Supplementary Conditions..........................................................................................................l 21 00810 Project Special Conditions..........................................................................................................5 22 00820 Certificate of Liability Insurance................................................................................................l 23 00830 State Wage Rates................................................................................... ......1 24 Prevailing Wage Rates................................................................................................................9 25 Prevailing Wage Rates,Apprentices........................................................................................14 26 27 28 DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 29 30 01010 Summary of Work.......................................................................................................................2 31 01019 Contract Considerations..............................................................................................................2 32 01030 Alternates....................................................................................................................................2 33 01039 Coordination and Meetings.........................................................................................................2 34 01050 Field Engineering........................................................................................................................2 35 01300 Submittals...................................................................................................................................3 36 01400 Quality Controls.......................................................................................................................... 37 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls........................................................................2 38 01560 Environmental Protection...........................................................................................................4 39 01600 Product Options and Substitutions..............................................................................................3 40 Substitution Request Form..........................................................................................................l 41 01700 Contract Closeout.......................................................................................................................5 42 43 44 DMSION 2: SITE WORK 45 46 02100 Site Preparation....................................................................................................... ..........5 47 02200 Earthwork............ ....................................................................................................................15 48 02270 Temporary Erosion Control.......................................................................--•--............................5 49 02510 Asphalt Concrete Paving................................ ............4 r RENTON AQUATIC CENT Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,v s (2-02072) 1 02520 Concrete Curbs and Paving. ................................................................................................3 '2 02580 Pavement Markings and Signage................................................................................................4 3 02660 Water Distribution......................................................................................................................7 4 02720 Storm Drainage...........................................................................................................................6 5 02730 Sanitary Sewer System...............................................................................................................3 6 02810 Irrigation...................................................................................................................................16 7 02822 Ornamental Fence.......................................................................................................................2 8 02830 Chainlink.....................................................................................................................................6 9 02848 Site Stonework............................................................................................................................6 10 02900 Landscaping..............................................................................................................................14 11 12 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 13 14 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete...............................................................................................................20 15 16 17 DIVISION 4: MASONRY 18 19 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies..........................................................................................................16 20 21 22 DIVISION 5: METALS 23 24 05120 Structural Steel............................................................................................................................8 25 05210 Steel Joists..................................................................................................................................5 26 05310 Steel Deck.......................................................................................:.........................................10 27 .05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing.................................................................................................... 28 05500 Metal Fabrications......................................................................................................................9 29 30 31 DIVISION 6: WOODS&PLASTICS 32 33 06100 Rough Carpentry.........................................................................................................................6 34 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork...............................................................................................9 35 36 37 DMSION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 38 39 07115 Bituminous Dampproofing.........................................................................................................4 40 07210 Building Insulation......................................................................................................................5 41 07410 Preformed Metal Roofing and Siding.........................................................................................5 ' 42 07527 Modified Bituminous Sheet Roofing..........................................................................................9 43 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal............................................................................................................4 44 07841 Through-Penetration Firestop Systems.......................................................................................7 45 07900 Joint Sealers................................................................................................................................3 46 47 ' RENTON AQUATIC CEO R `✓ Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company.p s 2-02072) 1 DMSION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 2 3 08110 Steel Doors and Frames..............................................................................................................5 4 08520 Aluminum Windows...................................................................................................................7 5 08710 Finish Hardware........................................................................................................................13 6 08800 Glass and Glazing.......................................................................................................................7 7 8 9 DIVISION 9: FINISHES 10 11 09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies.........................................................................................................8 12 09900 Painting.....................................................................................................................................11 I 13 14 15 DIVISION 10:SPECIALTIES I17 10160 Toilet Partitions .........................................................................................................................4 18 10200 Louvers&Grills.........................................................................................................................4 19 10425 Signs............................................................................................................................................4 ` 20 10500 Lockers and Benches................................................................. ............................................. 4 21 10522 Fire Extinguishers,Cabinets,and Accessories...........................................................................4 22 10801 Toilet and Bath Accessories.......................................................................................................4 23 24 ' 25 DIVISION I I:NOT USED 26 27 28 DMSION 12:INTERIORS ' 29 30 12500 Window Treatment.....................................................................................................................2 31 ' 32 33 DMSION 13:SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 34 35 13150 Pools..........................................................................................................................................56 36 13650 Waterslide................................................................................................................................. 9 37 38 DMSION 14:NOT USED 39 40 41 DIVISION 15:MECHANICAL 42 43 15010 General Provisions................:.....................................................................................................8 44 15030 Mechanical Painting&Identification.........................................................................................2 45 15040 Balancing Air&Water Systems.................................................................................................3 46 15060 Pipe&Pipe Fittings....................................................................................................................6 47 15070 Mechanical Systems Insulation...................................................................................................3 48 15090 Mechanical Supporting Devices. .5 49 15100 Valves .............................................5 ............................................................................................ r RENTON AQUATIC Ch,OeER Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s. (2-02072) 1 15400 Plumbing Fixtures&Trim..........................................................................................................6 2 15410 Domestic Water Piping System..................................................................................................2 3 15420 Soil,Waste&Vent Systems.......................................................................................................2 4 15430 Building Rainwater System........................................................................................................2 5 15465 Natural Gas System.....................................................................................................................2 6 15610 Stacks,Vents&Breeching.........................................................................................................2 7 15800 Air Distribution Systems............................................................................................................4 8 15825 Air Terminal Equipment............................................................................................................. l 9 10 11 DIVISION 16:ELECTRICAL 12 13 16010 Electrical,General.................................................................................................................... 11 14 16110 Raceways and Fittings................................................................................................................6 15 16120 600-Volt Wire and Cable............................................................................................................3 16 16130 Outlet,Junction and Pull Boxes..................................................................................................3 17 16140 Wiring Devices...........................................................................................................................2 18 16146 Exterior Lighting Control................................:..........................................................................2 19 16180 Motor Controls and Miscellaneous Equipment Connections.....................................................3 20 16195 Electrical Identification....................................:.........................................................................2 21 16400 Service and Distribution.............................................................................................................2 22 16425 Switchboards............................................................. .....................2 ............................................. 23 16440 Disconnect Switches................................................................... 24 16442 Fuses...........................................................................................................................................1 25 16450 Grounding...................................................................................................................................2 26 16460 Dry Type Transformers...............................................................................................................2 27 16470 Panelboards.................................................................................................................................3 28 16477 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors.........................................................................................l 29 16482 Motor Control Centers................................................................................................................3 30 16500 Lighting.......................................................................................................................................5 31 Lighting Cut Sheets...................................................................................................................10 32 16700 Signal and Communications.......................................................................................................5 33 16720 Fire Alarm System......................................................................................................................8 34 16744 Telephone/Data System Provisions...........................................................................................2 35 16770 Public Address Systems..............................................................................................................2 36 37 38 cmW h 13,2003 ATTACHMENT « C » %W `0* G0.0 Cover Sheet G0.1 Code Plan C0.0 Civil Cover Sheet C1.0 Demolition Plan C2.0 TESC Plan C2.1 TESC Details C3.0 Drainage and Grading Plan C3.1 Site Details C4.0 Site Utilities Plan C4.1 Site Utilities Details and Sewer Profile C4.2 Site Utilities details C5.0 Paving and Horizontal Control Plan C5.1 Paving Details C5.2 Paving Details L1.0 Landscape Plan L2.0 Landscape Details AQ80 Pools Location, Coordination Schedule and Notes AQ81 Activity Pool Plan and Schedules AQ82 Lap Pool Plan and Schedules AQ83 Pools Profiles AQ84 Structural and Equipment Layout of Wave Chamber AQ84A Activity Pool Structural Details AQ84B Activity Pool Structural Details AQ84C Activity Pool Structural Details AQ84D Lap Pool Structural Details AQ85 Activity Pool Slide Details AQ86 Play Features Details AQ87 Aquatic Piping AQ88 Plumbing Details AQ89 Pool Equipment Room Schematics and Pump Curves AQ90 Aquatic Details AM Floor Plan A3.2 Roof Plan A4.1 Elevations and Sections A5.1 Roof Details A5.2 Details A7.1 Enlarged Restroom Plans and Elevations A8.1 Enlarged Concessions Plans and Interior Elevations A9.1 Reflected Ceiling Plans S1.1 General Structural Notes S2.1 Foundation Plan S2.2 Roof Framing plan S3.1 Concrete Details *AW S4.1 Masonry Details S5.1 Metal Deck Details S5.2 Metal Framing Details S5.3 Steel Details M0.1 Legends, Symbols, Abbreviations and Details M1.1 Foundation Plan M1.2 Floor Plan E0.1 Title Sheet E0.2 Site Lighting Plan E0.3 Electrical Utilities Plan E0.4 Electrical Overall Site Plan E1.1 Lighting Plan E1.2 Building Power Plan E1.3 Building Special Systems Plan E2.1 Electrical 1/a" Plans and Details E3.1 One Line Diagram E4.1 Panel Schedules v� ro/ RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Addendum 1 Cedar River Park March 28,2003 Renton,Washington Pagel Northwest Architectural CMp @ny,v s (2-02072) - 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 2 3 This Addendum is hereby made a part of the Bid Documents for the Renton Aquatic Center project for the 4 City of Renton,and as such,is part of the Contract Document for this project. 5 6 7 The following were attendees at the pre-bid site-conference,March 25,2003: 8 9 ATTENDEES COMPANY PHONE FAX 10 Evan Christenson W.G. Clark Construction 206-624-5244 206-682-7126 11 Craig LaBrie Powell Construction 425-454-2424 425-545-2867 12 Bob Hill AllStar Pools 425-481-3686 425-398-0786 13 Dan Harringa Bird Construction,Inc. 425-392-7544 425-392-5509 14 Jeff Stombaugh Master Pools of WA 206-365-3337 206-361-2731 15 Wayne Smith WMS Aquatics 800-426-9460 509-962-4151 16 Ron Van Allen Intermountain Electric 425-641-8425 425-641-8340 17 Steve Shiver Northwest Architectural Company 206-441-4522 206-441-7917 18 Boris Srdar Northwest Architectural Company 206-441-4522 206-441-7917 19 20 21 PRIOR APPROVALS: 22 23 SECTION 04810—UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 24 Product: Concrete Products 25 Approvals:Basalite Concrete Products 26 27 SECTION 07410 -PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING 28 Product: Metal Roof and Wall Panels 29 Approvals: McElroy Metal 30 31 ARCHITECTURAL 32 33 SPECIFICATIONS 34 35 SECTION 00410—FORM OF PROPOSAL 36 Page 2,Lines 41-43 37 CGE: to read "The undersigned hereby agrees to "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" of all HAN 38 Work outlined in the Contract Documents within 240 calendar days and to"FINAL COMPLETION 39 DATE" of the Work within 30 days following Substantial Completion." 40 41 SECTION 00411 — FORM OF PROPOSAL (PART 2 — SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND 42 ALTERNATES BID) 43 Page 2,Line 48 44 ADD the following: 45 "Aquatic 46 « 47 48 ` 1 � RENTON AQUATIC CE! 14W Addendum IER March 28,um I Cedar River Park Renton,Washington Paget Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) 1 SECTION 09300—CERAMIC TILE 2 ADD SECTION 09300—CERAMIC TILE attached. 3 4 5 AQUATICS 6 7 8 SPECIFICATIONS: 9 10 SECTION 13150—POOLS 11 Page 1,line 33 12 ADD: "Tile finishes: Refer to AQ plans and section 13150,page 34" 13 14 Page 1, line 38 15 DELETE: entire line 16 17 Page 2, line 34 18 CHANGE: "Architectural"to read"Civil" 19 20 Page 24,line 46 21 CHANGE: "Complete recirculation rate of pool"to read"recirculation rate stated herein" 22 23 Page 28,line 35 24 CHANGE: "3/4 HP"to read"1.5 HP" 25 26 Page 31,line 33 27 CHANGE: "CMK-50 5.0 HP 3500RPM,440V, 3ph,280GPM @50 ft TDH"to read 28 "WFE12 3.0 HP 3500RPM,208V, 1ph, 145GPM @ 50ft TDH" 29 30 Page 46,line 37 31 CHANGE: "two (2) drain converters, supply converters, line anchors, surge tank air vents..., 32 vacuum ports,and ..."to read"one(1)6"drain converter per gutter section,line anchors,and..." 33 34 Page 47,line 17 35 DELETE: entire sentence. 36 37 Page 48,line 3 38 CHANGE: "pool"to read"gutter" 39 40 SECTION 13650—WATERSLIDE 41 Page 2,line 1 42 DELETE: entire sentence 43 44 Page 3,line 21 45 DELETE: entire sentence 46 47 • NOW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Addendum 1 March 28,2003 Cedar River Park Renton,Washington Pagg3 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) 1 DRAWINGS: 2 ADD Addendum drawings: GAQ80: Tile clarification 3 GAQ81: Tile clarification 1 4 GAQ83: Tile clarification 2 5 GAQ84C: Tile clarification 3 6 7 SHEET AQ80—POOL LOCATION, COORDINATION, SCHEDULE ANDNOTES 8 ADD: Detail#9—Pool Site— 9 Alternate#1, Slide tower and Tube Flume; 10 Alternate#2,Body Flume 11 12 CHANGE: Detail#7—Pool Related Work—"Alternate Bid items"—List shall read thus; 13 1. Slide structure and tube flume"B"and pump SP-2 14 2. Body flume"A"and pump SP-1 15 3. SCS Watercolors and pump AP-2 16 4. Spray Ground nozzles,controls, ground vault,and pump AP-3 17 5. Lazy River Umbrella and pump AP-4 18 6. Arc Falls(run off of existing amenities pump) 19 7. Additional spray arches(run off of existing amenities pump) 20 8. not applicable to pool construction 21 9. Provide and install Myrtha pool system structures in lieu of shotcrete 22 pool structures. 23 24 Detail#9-Pool Site-"Alternate Numbers 1,2, 3,4, 5"to read"3,4, 5,6, 7" 25 25 Detail#10— "Alternate#1"to read"Alternate#3" 27 "Spray Ground"to read"Spray Ground(Alternate#4)" 28 "Feature Pumps"to read"Feature Pumps(N.I.C.)" 29 30 SHEET AQ83—POOLS PROFILES 31 ADD: Detail#3—Wave Pool Section—"Refer to plans for vent locations" 32 Vent in S.wall of wave plantroom 33 CHANGE: Detail #7 — Activity Pool Surge Tank — Leisure pool gutter shall be as per detail 34 2/AQ81 35 DELETE: Detail#1 —Remove continuous floor pour between wave area and leisure area. 36 Detail#3—Remove vent in west wall of wave plantroom(under stairs) 37 38 SHEET AQ84—STRUCTURAL AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT OF WAVE CHAMBER 39 DELETE: Detail#7—Remove vent in west wall of wave plantroom(under stairs) 40 41 SHEET AQ84B— 42 ADD: Detail #4 - #4 @8" hori zontal in guard platform retaining wall and front face of 43 pool wall. 44 CHANGE: Detail#12—Reverse the direction of section cuts#6 and#13. 45 46 SHEET AQ84C— 47 CHANGE: Detail#4—Reverse direction of section cuts#6 and#7. 48 Detail#1 —Re; tile clarification 4 drawing 49 - plantroom lid is#5 @ 12"E.W.top and#4 @ 8"E.W.bottom 1 RENTON AQUATIC CE1 TER March 28,..i Addendum um 1 Cedar River Park Renton,Washington Page4 Northwest Architectural Compm p s (2-02072) 1 Detail#5 &#6 -"Architectural plans"to Landscape plans" 2 Detail#3—Leisure pool gutter profile shall be as per 2/AQ81 3 Detail#2—"(4)#5 T&B CONT."to(2)#5 T&B CONT." 4 CHANGE: Detail#5 and#6—"RE: Arch.dwgs"to read"RE: Landscape dwgs" 5 6 SHEET AQ84D— 7 CHANGE: Detail#3—Lap Pool Surge Tank Detail—Waterstop shall be centered in wall. 8 Surge tank floor shall be 12"thick w/#4 @ 8"E.W. 9 Detail#2—Stair reinforcing to be#4 @ 12"E.W. 10 Detail#6—Surge tank section cut should read 3/AQ84D 11 Section cut near starting platform should read 5/AQ84D 12 13 SHEET AQ85—ACTIVITY POOL SLIDE DETAILS 14 ADD: NOTE: 15 1. Foundations and piers shall be base bid 16 2. Alternate#1 —Slide tower structure and tube flume and pump SP-2 17 3. Alternate#2—Body flume and pump SP-1 18 19 SHEET AQ87—AQUATIC PIPING 20 ADD: Refer to Civil drawings for Sanitary sewer manhole and piping on west side of pool 21 mechanical room. 22 23 SHEET AQ88—PLUMBING DETAILS 24 CHANGE: Detail #8 — Provide gear drive butterfly valve w/ chain operator on 8" and 10" zone 25 valves. 26 DELETE: Lap Pool Surge Tank—delete check valves in pump suction lines. 27 28 29 LANDSCAPE 30 31 SPECIFICATIONS 32 33 SECTION 02810-IRRIGATION 34 Pages 9- 16 35 DELETE entire"Part 3—Execution"of Irrigation Specification 36 ADD new"Part 3—Execution of IRRIGATION"(Pages 9-15)attached. 37 38 SECTION 02830—CHAINLINK 39 Pages 3-5 40 DELETE entire"Part 2—Products" Section—CHAIl�TLINK. 41 ADD new"Part 2—Products"of Section 02830-CHAINLINK(Pages 3-5)attached. 42 43 Page 6,Line 26 44 CHANGE to read"Fence Installation Contractor should provide gate keepers,padlock hasp at latch 45 and drop rods at pairs." 46 END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 47 48 mitials\date of correction ..r Addendum 1—SECTION 02810 RENTON AQUATIC CEDER IRRIGATION Cedar River Park March 27,2003 Renton, Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Company,u s (2-02072) 1 Wire: Solid Copper, UL listed for direct burial in ground, minimum size #14, up to 1,500 ft. and 2 #12,above 1,500 ft.,red for positive,white for common. All extra wires to be red. 3 4 Connectors: Rainbird Pent Tite wire connectors; or Scotch-Lock connector sealing pack No. 3577 5 with Type R electrical connectors. 6 7 Sprinklers: First quality Rainbird 8 9 Other Materials: 10 11 Drain Rock: Washed,round river pea gravel. 12 13 Trench Backfill: Masons sand and excavated soil as specified, shown on drawings. 14 15 PART 3—EXECUTION 15 6 N 17 18 19 PROTECTION 20 21 Provide protection for system components at all times. Keep rock, gravel, debris, and all other foreign 22 materials from entering piping,valves and other equipment. 23 24 Provide barriers,crossings,markers and other devices necessary to protect materials and pedestrians at open 25 trenches,holes, stockpiles,etc. 26 27 INSTALLATION 28 29 Trenches: 30 31 Excavate trench bottoms with uniform slopes 4" minimum width. Bottoms shall be smooth and free 32 of rocks or other objects,which might damage pipe. 33 34 Make trenches wide enough to allow for tamping around pipe. 35 36 Excavate trenches to a depth allowing for pipe slopes to drains, sand setting bed and the following 37 minimum coverage depths: 38 39 Non-Pressure Laterals: 18-inch depth. 40 41 Pressure Mainlines: 24-inch depth. 42 43 Pressure Mainlines Under Paving: 24-inch depth. 44 45 Common and Control Wire: Install below mainlines or 18 inches where wire not in trench. 46 47 Dig trenches no wider at any point between than is necessary to lay the pipe or install equipment. 48 Trenches shall be excavated with vertical sides and provided with bracing and shoring placed as 49 required. ..i Addendum 1—SECTION 02810 RENTON AQUATIC CED ER Cedar River Park IRRIGATION March 27,2003 Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Cg=pny,p s (2-02072) 1 2 All trenches must be straight,with appropriate pipe-fittings used to allow the pipe to be laid without 3 undue bending and not have abrupt changes in grade. 4 5 Pipe: 6 7 Concrete Thrust Blocks: Provide where the mainline changes direction as at ells and tees and 8 where the irrigation main terminates. Do not make mainline pressure tests for a period of thirty-six 9 (36) hours following placement of concrete for thrust blocks. Size and place blocks to take thrust 10 created by 200%of maximum internal water pressure. 11 12 Lay pipe and make connections in accordance with irrigation industry standard practices and 13 manufacturer's recommendations. No bends only angles. Wires placed under irrigation pipe to be 14 taped together not to pipe. 15 16 Do not lay pipe on unstable materials in wet trench or when trench or other conditions are 17 unsuitable. 18 19 Solvent weld all non-threaded joints. Use Teflon tape to seal all threaded joints. Do not weld in 20 temperatures below 35°F. Weld under cover in rainy conditions. 21 22 Slope pipe at 1/2 percent minimum toward drain valves. 23 24 Clean interior of pipe before installation. Keep pipe clean during and after laying by plugs or other 25 means. 26 27 No fittings are to be closer than 6" apart. 28 29 Set lines in common trenches whenever possible, side-by-side,two lines maximum per trench. 30 31 Quick Coupler: 32 33 Install quick coupler in valve box at end of main line and a minimum of 75' on center. Locations to 34 be approved by owner's representative. 35 36 Sleeves: 37 38 Install sleeves in all locations where piping and/or control wiring pass under paved areas and curbs 39 or through walls. Extend sleeve twelve (12) inches beyond edge of paving, curb, or wall. Cap and 40 mark the location using 2"x 4" stake, 18"exposed,top painted white. All sleeves under asphalt or 41 existing concrete shall be located by embedding a roofing nail in the pavement above the sleeve. 42 43 Sleeves to be installed by General Contractor prior to pavement contruction. 44 45 Backfill: 46 47 Backfill trenches after inspection of pressure test as part of the work of this section, observation of 48 the results by Owner's Representative and approval of the entire process by Owner. 49 1"0 ddd 1—SECTION 02810 Addendum RENTON AQUATIC CEDER Cedar River Park IRRIGATION March 27,2003 Renton, Washington Page 11 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) 1 Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure. 2 Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short time before backfilling, 3 or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of the day. 4 5 Fill piping with water at approximately 25 psi during backfilling operations. 6 7 Prior to completing backfilling, place detection tape eight (8) inches above installed lateral and 8 supply mains for future line detection. 9 10 Before complete backfilling, all underground appurtenances including risers, valves, drain valves, 11 and pipe joints must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testing and located "as 12 built" by Contractor. It is suggested that the Contractor partially backfill the pipe as it is laid, 13 leaving all joints exposed; then complete backfilling later after flushing,pressure testing,inspection 14 and "record drawing" location. The location, inspection and testing provisions of these 15 Specifications will be strictly adhered to. If, for any reason, any part of the irrigation system is 16 backfilled before approved location, testing, or inspection is authorized, it must be completely 17 uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling. 18 19 Fill trenches with sand four (4) inches below and six (6) inches above the pipe. Fill the rest of the 20 trench with clean soil approved for use.Backfill shall contain no clumps or rocks larger that two(2) 21 inches in diameter. Thoroughly compact to give support to the pipe and prevent subsidence of 22 backfill materials. 23 24 Backfill to finish grade, place backfill carefully around and over piping. Lay and compact in layers 25 not over six(6)inches thick. Mound slightly to allow for settling. 26 27 Remove all excess excavated material from the project site. 28 29 Control Wire: 30 31 Route red control and white common wires from controller to control valves and make connections 32 at each end. 33 34 Tape control wires together at ten(10) foot intervals. Provide 24" expansion loop of red wire every 35 100 feet of wire.Allow 24" of extra wire at controller and each valve. 36 37 Splice only at the valves,not between valves or between valve and controller. 38 39 Route wire below mainline. Where not routed below mainline, install 4-6" wide yellow plastic 40 warning tape 6"above the control wire. 41 42 Clearly mark both ends of all wiring, on a permanent tag, with the number of the corresponding 43 valve and controller station. Locate one tag at each control valve and one tag per wire in the 44 controller. 45 46 Sharp bends or kinks in the wiring shall not be permitted. Wires shall be unreeled in place 47 alongside of or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench.Wire shall 48 not be unreeled and pulled into trench from one end. 49 r +.i Addenum —SECTION 02810 RENTON AQUATIC CED d 1 ER Cedar River Park IRRIGATION March 27, 2003 Renton,Washington Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) Page 12 1 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS: 2 3 Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install sleeve for wiring from 4 controller to 12" depth. 5 6 Connection to electrical power source is specified under Division 16. 7 8 Install zone map and valve schedule in the controller cover. 9 10 Install moisture sensor to controller in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to 11 controller. 12 13 Automatic Control Valves: 14 15 Install complete with valve boxes as shown on drawings,no closer than 24" apart. 16 17 Thoroughly flush supply lines before installing valves. 18 19 Provide compression unions at each side of automatic control valves. 20 21 Sprinkler Heads: 22 23 Install as shown on drawings and as recommended by manufacturers. 24 25 No head shall be closer than 3/4"from walk,curb or wall or away maximum 2". 26 27 Make minor changes in head location as necessary to achieve full overlapping coverage. Adjust 28 spray patterns and pressure to achieve coverage and eliminate over-spray onto pavements or 29 buildings. 30 31 Flush line before installing sprinklers. 32 33 Top of irrigation heads shall be flush with finished grade. 34 35 Set timing on irrigation controller before review by Owner's Representative. Obtain 36 recommendations of landscape installer before setting timing. 37 38 Dielectric Protection: 39 40 Use dielectric fittings at connections of dissimilar metals. 41 42 Manual Drain Valves: 43 44 Install on mainline and laterals at all low points and ends. 45 46 Irrigation Deduct Meter: to be installed by Contractor at point of connection. 47 48 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 49 �.v Addendum 1—SECTION 02810 RENTON AQUATIC CE1� ER Cedar River Park IRRIGATION March 27,2003 Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) 1 Testing: 2 3 Perform hydrostatic test of piping and valves before backflling trenches. Piping may be tested in 4 sections to expedite work. Make hydrostatic test only in the presence of the Owner's 5 Representative. No piping shall be backfilled until it has been inspected, tested and approved. 6 Notify the Owner's Representative in writing at least three workdays prior to all tests and 7 inspections.Inspection and reports must be mad for all tests. 8 9 Thoroughly flush piping before testing and installation of sprinklers. 10 11 Pressure Testing 12 13 All PVC main lines with valves installed and closed shall be flushed and pressure tested with all 14 joints exposed to 150 PSI for two hours prior to inspection by Owner's Representative and until 15 watertight. Do not exceed the pressure rating of the piping systems materials.Maximum PSI loss in 16 a 30-minute test period shall be five (5) PSI. If pressure loss occurs beyond accepted maximum, 17 inspect the entire system,make watertight and retest to meet specifications. 18 19 Similarly, all PVC lateral lines with risers installed and capped shall be flushed and pressure tested 20 with all joints exposed to service line pressure required for design for 15 minutes. Do not exceed 21 the pressure rating of the piping system materials. 22 23 Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. Repair with new materials 24 and retest system or portions thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 25 26 All gauges used in testing of water pressure shall be certified correct by an independent laboratory. 27 28 Coverage Test 29 30 Upon approved completion of the Pressure Test, install all spray heads and adjust to radius and 31 coverage positioning necessary for full coverage of areas to be irrigated. 32 33 Make all necessary adjustments prior to final acceptance. 34 35 COMPLETE SYSTEM REVIEW(PUNCH LIST) 36 37 Upon approved completion of Pressure Test, trenching and installation of all equipment, the 38 Contractor shall request a Complete System Review of the entire irrigation system including: 39 backfilling, zone by zone system demonstration, location of major components, irrigation heads, 40 valves, controller, location of Zone Map and Controller Schedule, procedures for setting the 41 controller,winterization and maintenance procedures and all other equipment. 42 43 From this inspection, a punch list shall be prepared by the Landscape Architect and presented to the 44 Contractor for completion. The Landscape Architect shall give a date for completion of the punch 45 list that shall not exceed two(2)weeks. 46 47 Notify Owner's Representative at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of Complete System 48 Inspection. The Contractor shall be responsible for having a two-way communication systems or RENTON AQUATIC CEDER Addendum 1—SECTION 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington March 27, 2003 Northwest Architectural CompM,p s (2-02072) Page 14 1 sufficient personnel so that directions from inspection areas to the controller of the system can be 2 readily accomplished. 3 4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 5 6 For Substantial Completion Inspection,the Contractor shall notify the Owner's representative at least forty- 7 eight (48)hours in advance of the inspection date. All punch list items shall be completed prior to the date 8 of the inspection. 9 10 Upon approved completion of the Substantial Completion Inspection the project is considered to be 11 Substantially Complete. 12 13 SYSTEM OPERATIONS ORIENTATION 14 15 System Operation Training Session: 16 17 Contractor shall conduct a training and orientation session for the Owner, covering the operation, 18 adjustment and maintenance of the irrigation system. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in 19 writing two weeks prior to the training and orientation session. The date and time of the session 20 shall be subject to Owner's approval. 21 22 The"As-Built"plan shall be reviewed and all features explained.The"As-Built"plans shall consist 23 of red-lined corrections, notes, comments, etc. on a clean photocopy or blue line diazo print. All 24 critical dimensions shall be shown to the nearest inch. 25 26 A complete maintenance and operations manual will be prepared by the Contractor and turned over 27 to the Owner after the final inspection. The manual shall consist of a three-ring binder containing: 28 [1] catalogs of all materials used, [2] a complete parts list of all materials, [3] a written summary of 29 all operations data including spring start-up and winterization techniques, controller programming, 30 valve cleaning, irrigations adjustments, backflow preventer operation and any information required 31 to operate and maintain system,and [4]names and phone numbers of two local distributors. 32 33 The initial controller valve station timing shall be set by the Contractor. 34 35 Controller Chart: 36 37 As-Built drawings shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before chart is prepared.The chart 38 shall be a reduction of the actual as-built drawing. 39 40 Secure chart inside front cover door of controller 41 42 The Contractor shall provide the Owner's representative the necessary keys and/or other tools necessary to 43 operate, drain, or activate the system and spend sufficient time with said representative to insure that the 44 system operation/maintenance/winterizing can continue after departure of the Contractor. The Contractor 45 will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of this 46 paragraph. 47 48 Functional Test: 49 ..r Addendum 1—SECTION 02810 RENTON AQUATIC CET ER Cedar River Park IRRIGATION March 27,2003 15 Renton,Washington Northwest Architectural Company v s (2-02072) -Pale 15 1 Functional test of the control system shall be performed to demonstrate that all parts of the control 2 system function as specified or intended. The functional test for each new system shall consist of 3 not less than thirty(30)days of continuous, satisfactory operation. 4 5 Any material determined to be faulty in part of the installation shall be replaced or corrected by the 6 Contractor at his expense in a manner respective to Plans, Details and other sections of this 7 Specification. In the event of a system failure due to a faulty part of installation, the thirty (30) day 8 period will be repeated until testing is complete. 9 10 PHYSICAL COMPLETION 11 12 Upon completion and approval of all tests, inspections, training, manuals, as-built drawings, and other 13 requirements of this Section, the Contractor shall transfer the project to the Owner's Maintenance and 14 Operations personnel. 15 16 Physical Completion of the system will be contingent upon the Contractor providing to the Owner signed 17 and approved irrigation,plumbing,health, cross-connection,and electrical permits as may be applicable. 18 19 Physical completion of the irrigation system should be certified before terrace paving begins. 20 21 WINTERIZATION AND DEWINTERIZATION 22 23 Contractor shall return to the project site during the first October following construction. Contractor shall 24 conduct a full winterization (shutdown) of the new system. Contractor shall return to the project site the 25 following April after the initial winterization. Contractor shall conduct a full dewinterization (turn-on) of 26 the new system. 27 28 GUARANTEE 29 30 Contractor shall submit a written guarantee stating that all work showing defects in materials or 31 workmanship sill be repaired or replaced at no cost to the owner for a period of one year from the date of 32 Physical Completion. 33 34 A final site meeting shall take place eleven months after the date of Physical Completion (minimum of 35 twelve (12) months after Substantial Completion). The system shall be reviewed by the Owner's 36 representative to determine whether or not the system requires alterations or replacements covered in the 37 Guarantee. 38 39 CLEAN-UP 40 41 Clean all work areas, adjoining areas such as paving, curbs and lawns of debris caused by the work on this 42 project, or any part of the project, on completion of operation and prior to initiating water operations. All 43 hard surfaced areas shall be washed clean. Daily clean-up shall be required on all areas used by the Owner 44 for circulation or other daily use. 45 46 END OF SECTION 02810 47 48 49 TC/March 11,2003 r Addendum 1—SECTION 02830 RENTON AQUATIC CEI`�ER Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington March 27,2003 Northwest Architectural Company,v s (2-02072) Page 3 1 Notify Owner's Representative not less than two (2) days in advance of proposed utility 2 interruptions. 3 4 Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's Representatives' written permission. 5 6 Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in 7 relation to property survey and existing structures.Verify dimensions by field measurements. 8 9 PART 2—PRODUCTS 10 11 12 GENERAL 13 14 Type I Chain-link Fence - 16' High vinyl(coated black) 15 Type 113 Chain-link Fence - 8' High vinyl(coated black) 16 Type 1C Chain-link Fence - 5' High galvanized 17 18 CHAINLINK FABRIC 19 20 General Fencing: Provide helically wound and woven fabric fabricated in one-piece widths with 2-inch 21 diamond mesh of 9 gauge steel wire with a diameter of 0.120" and a break load of 850 lbs. Fabric shall be 22 hot-dip galvanized before weaving, smooth and of uniform thickness, and free from dross, uncoated spots 23 and adhered particles of foreign material. 24 25 Height: As shown on drawings. 26 PVC-Coated over galvanized wire: Class 2A; black in color and complying with ASTM F-934; 27 extruded and bonded to chain-link fabric; thermally fused polyvinyl chloride; weight of coating to 28 be 1.2 oz.Per square foot of actual surface. 29 Selvage of fabric: knuckled at top and bottom. 30 Fabric to be installed on outside of tennis court,outside of boat enclosure and to match existing. 31 32 Type 1C Fencing: Provide helically wound and woven fabric fabricated in one-piece widths with 2-inch 33 diamond mesh of 11 gauge core wire. Fabric shall be hot-dip galvanized before weaving, smooth and of 34 uniform thickness,and free from dross,uncoated spots and adhered particles of foreign material. 35 36 Height: As shown on drawings. 37 Selvage of fabric: knuckled at top and bottom. 38 Fabric to be installed on outside face of chiller pad. 39 40 STEEL FENCE FRAMING 41 42 Round Steel Pipe (General): Piping for fence and gates shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, hot-dip 43 galvanized steel pipe,polymer coated,color black: 44 45 Rails: Continuous top rail,intermediate rail and bottom rail shall be 1-5/8 inch OD. 46 Line Posts: 2-1/2"OD. 47 Terminal Posts: Corner and terminal posts shall be 3"OD. 48 r Vof Addendum 1—SECTION 02830 RENTON AQUATIC CE�ER Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington March 27,2003 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) Paze 4 1 Round Steel Pipe (Type 1C): Piping for fence and gates shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, hot-dip 2 galvanized steel pipe: 3 4 Rails: Continuous top rail,intermediate rail and bottom rail shall be 1-5/8 inch OD. 5 Line Posts: 2-1/2"OD. 6 Terminal Posts: Corner and terminal posts shall be 3"OD. 7 8 CHAINLINK SWING GATES 9 10 General: 11 12 Comply with ASTM F 900. 13 All gate members and hardware to be black in color except type lc they shall be galvanized. 14 15 Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F 1083 and ASTM F 1043 for materials and 16 protective coatings. 17 18 Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight 19 according to ASTM F 900: 20 21 Section above gate shall be Fabric fencing,not barbed wire,for a total height of ten(10)feet at gate 22 location. 23 24 Provide hardware and members necessary to prevent sagging of gates specified on plan. 25 26 Frame Corner Construction as follows: 27 28 Assembled with corner fittings and 5/16-inch-diameter, adjustable truss rods for panels five (5) feet 29 wide or wider. 30 31 Gate Posts: Fabricate members from round galvanized steel pipe with outside dimension and weight 32 according to ASTM F 900. 33 34 Hardware: 35 36 Fence Installation Contractor should provide gate keepers, padlock hasp at latch and drop rods at 37 pairs. 38 39 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 40 41 Fittings: Provide fittings for a complete fence installation, including special fittings for corners. All fittings 42 shall be hot-dipped galvanized pressed steel of industrial quality in accordance with ASTM F 626-89a. 43 44 Tension Wire: Provide No. 7 W&M gauge galvanized high carbon coiled tension wire stretched along the 45 bottom of fabric and fastened to the fabric at intervals of not more than two (2) feet using steel hog rings. 46 Tension wire shall be attached with brace band, and nut and bolt, and shall be terminated around the bolt to 47 itself with a minimum of three(3)complete wraps. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CEVfER VOW Addendum 1—SECTION 02830 Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington March 27,2003 Northwest Architectural Company,n s (2-02072) Page 5 1 Post and Line Caps: Hot-dip galvanized pressed steel, weather tight closure cap for each post. Make 2 permanent connection. Provide dome type post caps and line post caps with loop to receive top rail. 3 4 All fittings and accessories to be black in color except type I they shall be galvanized. 5 6 7 PART 3—EXECUTION 8 9 10 PREPARATION 11 12 Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for a verified survey of property lines and 13 legal boundaries, site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance. Do 14 not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Owner's 15 Representative.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 16 17 Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property 18 monuments. 19 20 The Contractor is responsible for all temporary barricades, enclosures, and protection of adjacent property 21 and existing work. These are to be in place before operations are started. Coordinate this work with other 22 work and trades. 23 24 Stake locations of fence lines,gates,and terminal posts. 25 26 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION 27 28 General: Install chain-link tennis court fencing to comply with ASTM F 969 and more stringent 29 requirements as specified herein. 30 31 Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at 32 changes in horizontal alignment of 90 degrees. 33 34 Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at ten(10)feet maximum on center. 35 36 Rails: Top rail shall be securely fastened to terminal posts and pass through tops of line post fittings, 37 forming a continuous rail for the full length of fence. Lengths less than ten (10) feet shall not be used 38 adjacent to terminal posts. Place top rail and coupling to allow for slip expansion and contraction. 39 Intermediate rails shall conform to same specifications for top rail and be joined at line posts with double- 40 end socket clamps. 41 Post Bracing Assemblies: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of 42 fencing. Install braces at end and gateposts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. 43 Locate horizontal braces at mid-height of fabric on fences with top rail. Install so posts are plumb when 44 diagonal rod is under proper tension. 45 46 Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. 47 Stretch along the bottom of fabric within six (6) inches of the bottom of the fabric and pull the wire taut, 48 without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced 49 a maximum of twenty-four(24)inches o.c. Tension wire shall be attached with brace band, and nut and RENTON AQUATIC CE�'fER Now Addendum 1—SECTION 09300 Cedar River Park CERAMIC TILE Renton,Washington March 27,2003 Northwest Architectural Company,12.s. (2-02072) Pagel 1 2 SECTION 09300—CERAMIC TILE 3 4 Ceramic tile is specified in Section 13150. 5 6 7 8 cm\M.b 28,2003 +�• TILE EXTENDS FROM BOTTOM OF DECK TO 6" BELOW WATER 11LE EXTENDS FROM BOTTOM OF DECK TO 1'-0" BELOW WATER AT WAVE GUTTER, TILE EXTENDS FROM BOTTOM OF DECK TO TOP OF GUTTER 3 6 Q83 AQ81 4 4 AQ81 8 6 AQ81 6 AQ81 ACTIVITY POOL TILE 1/32' = 1'-0' EXTENT OF TILE NEW CONSTRUCTION »? REGISTERED NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER ARC NITECT ME OLC—TC1 CAQ-01 DRAWN CS CEDAR RIVER PARK 4V a"-- CHECKED CS RE: AQ80 �IT eith M. Comes RENTON. WASHINGTON T E o waSwNercN DATE 3-27-03 ADDENDUM NO. 1 N:\2-02072\6\A\OLC-TCl.dwg,03/28/2003 10:28:15 AM,bsrdar ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS R M R / 4 AO �.. C C R t0 • I TYPICAL WALL 4'-0' �2'-0• 9' 3'-0• Tr LII CV .j POOL DECK ` . c WAVE 111TH :: . . R AT .4 m -A o + A . i•� v� GRABRAILS #2 4 3,8• = EXTENT OF TILE NEW CONSTRUCTION ao�o REGISTERED NAC NO. 2-02072 ��^_O^ RENTON AQUATIC CENTER ARC"ITEGT F1 LE OLC—TC2 /Q L DRAWN CS CEDAR RIVER PARK CHECKED CS RE: AQ81 Keith M. Comes RENTON, WASHINGTON STATE of wnswNGioN DATE 3-27-03 ADDENDUM N0. 1 N:\2-02072\6\A\OLC-TC2.dwg,03/28/2003 1D:25:04 AM,bsrdar ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS WEIR IEW1 0 I I is • �O� � • I I M /—M Ma a tp 1 ■ t0 a L .7:•. WA VE �POO11 ECTION EXTENT OF TILE NEW CONSTRUCTION eo90 REGISTERED NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER AR C HI TE C T FILE OLC—TC3 CAQ-03 DRAWN CS CEDAR RIVER PARK CHECKED CS RE: AQ83 Keith M. Comes RENTON, WASHINGTON STATE of wasHwcTON DATE 3-27-03 ADDENDUM N0. 1 N:\2-02072\6V1\0LC-TC3.dwq,03/28/2003 10:28:49 AM,bsrdar ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS W.. : , .,'n . . y. i 4 O 4'. ..•• 4 : 11 A .. '..•. I A 1f-0• 4'' I I I I I I d. . ... . A' .. ..•, n •: ,. * A. WAVE POOL SECTION 1 ,,z•=,f-0• EXTENT OF TILE NEW CONSTRUCTION ���� REGISTERED NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER ARCHITECT FILE OLC—TC4 CAQ-04 1 DRAWN CS CEDAR RIVER PAR CHECKED CS RE: AQ84C Keith M. Comes RENTON, WASHINGTON �I'TOA T E of wA11NIT DATE 3-27-03 ADDENDUM NO. 1 NA2-02072\6\A\0LC-TC4.dwg,03128/2003 10:30:02 AM,bsvda, ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS RENTON AQUATIC CL,,,ER V,,, Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park •- Renton,Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Com an .s. 2-02072 Page 1 1 ADDENDUM NO.2 2 3 This Addendum is hereby made a part of the Bid Documents for the Renton Aquatic Center project for the 4 City of Renton, and as such, is part of the Contract Document for this project. 5 6 PRIOR APPROVALS: 7 8 04810—Eastside Masonry Products 9 10200—Wonder Metals Louvers,Architectural Specialties, Inc. 10 10500—American Accessories,Inc. 11 15400-Plumbing products(no brass, only drainage and carriers)Zurn 12 16425 —Siemens 13 16440—Siemens 14 16460- Siemens 15 16470- Siemens 16 16482 - Siemens 17 16500 -Type CF-1: Lithonia 18 Type EX-1: McPhilben 19 Type SF-1: Daybrite 20 Type SF-2: Daybrite 21 Type SF-3: Kenall 22 Type SF-4: Orgatech 23 Type SI-1: IRL 24 Type WF-l: Luraline 25 Type WI-2: IRL 26 16720-Pyrotronics 27 16770 -Yamaha with Technomad&Quam speakers. 28 29 30 ARCHITECTURAL 31 32 SPECIFICATIONS 33 34 ADDENDUM No 1 35 Page 1,Line 11 36 CHANGE: "Phone 425454-2424 and Fax 425-545-2867" to read "Phone 425-828-4444 and Fax 37 425-822-8297' 38 39 Page 1, Line 19 40 ADD: "Bill McGann Kelly Electric Phone 425-454-2424 and Fax 425454-2867' 41 42 SECTION 00411 — FORM OF PROPOSAL — PART 2 — SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND 43 ALTERNATE BID 44 REPLACE: original version of this form in specifications with ADDENDUM No 2 — FORM OF 45 PROPOSAL-PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATE BID attached. 46 47 SECTION 07527 48 Page 4, Line 33 49 CHANGE to read: RENTON AQUATIC CL,"ER vow Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park r Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) Pam 1 "Provide this system set in adhesive on metal deck south of Grid 7 entire width of Locker Room 2 Building as part of permanent roofing system." 3 4 Page 5, Line 5 CHANGE: "Type IT"to read"Crickets". 6 7 SECTION 01030 -ALTERNATES 8 Page 1, Lines 26-31 9 CHANGE to read: 10 Alternate A-1: WATER SLIDE STRUCTURE AND OPEN TUBE/BODY FLUME: 11 In the base bid, furnish and install all piping and footings for the specified water slides. Also, in the 12 base bid,provide blockout sections in the pool to accommodate future slide flume installation. With 13 this bid alternate A-1, furnish and install painted, galvanized, steel water slide stair and tower 14 structure and canopy including structure required to support Enclosed Body Flume in Alternate A- 15 2. Alternate A-1 pumps and equipment as required for a complete installation." 16 17 Page 2, Line 22 18 ADD the following: 19 "Alternate A-9: PROVIDE MYRTHA POOL SYSTEM STRUCTURES IN LIEU OF 20 SHOTCRETE POOL STRUCTURES: 21 Refer to detail drawings and Myrtha System in Aquatic Drawings. All systems shall be complete 22 and operational. Both pools shall employ the same system." 23 24 SECTION 03300—CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 25 Page 14, Line 41 26 ADD: "Obtain sample from Architect to verify color match." 27 28 SECTION 08520—ALUMINUM WINDOWS 29 Page 6, Line 14 30 ADD: "Color for window types A, F and G to be from manufacturer's standard colors which most 31 closely matches the color of metal siding." 32 33 SECTION 10500—LOCKERS AND BENCHES 34 Page 2, Line 21 35 CHANGE: to read"...60"above base. Provide coin collect operated locks." 36 37 Page 3, Line 45 38 DELETE: "See details where support brackets from wall are required" 39 ADD: "Provide stainless steel wall brackets at 32" o.c. max at F-0" wide wall mounted solid 40 phenolic benches." 41 42 Page 3, Line 47 43 ADD: "At 2'-0"wide benches in Rooms 105, 108, 111 and 114,provide pedestal support to comply 44 with requirements from UBC 1106.24.1.3" 45 RENTON AQUATIC Cl„`;'ER NOW Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton,Washington April 3,2003 Northwest Architectural Company,yp s (2-02072) Pam 1 DRAWINGS 2 3 SHEET A3.1 4 At Dumpster Enclosure 5 ADD: "Note: Exterior masonry dimensions for dumpster enclosure are 16'-4"x 6'-8"." 6 7 At Color Schedule 8 ADD: "Note: Paint Doors IOTA and 104A to match metal siding. Paint all other doors to match 9 windows at changing rooms building wing." 10 11 At Typical Metal Siding Wall 12 ADD: "Note: See details at Proshop for furring info." 13 14 At Bicycle Rack 15 ADD: Note: Bicycle rack to consist of 10 qty. Creative Pipe, Inc., Model WU-20, 2" I.D. ASTM 16 A53, Schedule 40 bent pipe spaced at 3'-0" o.c., thermoplastic powdercoat to be selected by 17 Architect." 18 19 SHEET A3.2 20 CHANGE: "infill shading panels"to read"metal grating frame". 21 22 ADD Note: "Provide vapor barrier below insulation on Locker Building south of Grid 7, entire 23 width of building.Reduce insulation to 3'-14"south of Grid 7." 24 25 SHEET A4.11 26 Window Type G 27 ADD Note: "See Detail 1/A3.2 for window and countertop details." 28 29 Elevation 5 30 ADD Note: "Provide smooth face block at light fixture above Door A12413, and metal flashing at 31 course above. Do the same is true above Door 120B on East Elevation." 32 33 SHEET A8.1 34 Details 3A and 5B 35 CHANGE: "Vertical dimension from 34"to 36"". 36 37 Details 4C and 5C 38 CHANGE: "Vertical dimension from 30"to 34"". 39 40 SHEET S.1 41 Detail 23 42 CHANGE Note: "7/8"furring"to read "1 1/2" furring". 43 44 SHEET S.2 45 Details 14&24 46 CHANGE Note: "7/8" furring"to read"1 1/2"furring". 47 48 SHEET 55.3 49 Detail 27 ti RENTON AQUATIC Ca,..,.'ER ..r Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) Page 4 1 ADD: "At the Contractor's option (no additional expense to the Owner) the angles may be field 2 welded." 3 4 CIVIL 5 6 DRAWINGS: 7 8 SHEET C3.0 9 ADD: Attached Drawing CC-1. 10 11 LANDSCAPE 12 13 SPECIFICATIONS: 14 15 SECTION 02810-IRRIGATION 16 Page 1, Line 12 17 ADD: "Relocation and reinstallation of (4) existing control valves and approximately 280 lineal 18 feet of existing 4 inch irrigation main piping (sleeves not required on relocated existing piping 19 under concrete). Include flush and pressure test of existing affected systems. Maintain existing 20 system during construction." 21 22 Page 11,Line 37 23 ADD: "Extend existing control wiring to four relocated valve locations." 24 25 Page 12,Line 30 26 ADD: "Irrigation valve boxes for relocated valves: Olympic Foundry, Model SM29, cast iron with 27 flange up frame." 28 29 SECTION 02822—ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCE 30 Page 1, Line 43 31 ADD: "Provide keyed cylinder locks to accept Owner's keyway. Coordinate with Architect." 32 33 Page 1,Line 46 34 DELETE: "Alternate 1". 35 36 Page 2,Line 17 37 DELETE: "Alternate 2" 38 39 SECTION 02848—SITE STONEWORK 40 Page 1, Line 45 41 DELETE all from Line 45 42 43 Page 2, Line 4 44 ADD the words "All stone shall be selected by Owner's Representative" 45 46 Page 3, Line 48 47 DELETE the words "20 tons" 48 49 Page 4, Line 1 RENTON AQUATIC C vow TER ..r Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park } Renton,Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) Pam 1 DELETE the words "5 tons" 2 3 SECTION 02900-LANDSCAPING 4 Page 3,Lines 2-3 5 CHANGE lines 2-3 to read "Submit certified list of varieties and percentages in the sod for 6 approval." 7 8 Page 12, Lines 3748 9 DELETE all from Lines 37-48: 10 11 Page 13, Line 44 12 CHANGE the word"seeding"to the "sodding" 13 14 DRAWINGS: 15 16 SHEET L2.0 17 ADD: Attach sketch L2.OA of existing irrigation valves to be relocated. 18 19 MECHANICAL 20 21 SPECIFICATIONS: 22 23 SECTION 15400-PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 24 Page 3, line 49 25 CHANGE: "J.R. Smith 8200 Series" to read"J.R. Smith 8235." 26 27 Page 4, line 29 28 CHANGE: "ST-5"to read"ST42V-C" 29 30 DRAWINGS: 31 32 SHEET MO.1 -LEGEND, SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS,AND DETAILS 33 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE,MARK CU 34 35 CHANGE: "Cooling unit for Data Room equipment" to read "Carrier XCE 101D, 10200 BTUH 36 total cooling capacity, 115 V, 20 amp, non-corrosive cabinet, EER= 10.0, 25 3/16-inches wide x 16 37 3/4-inches high x 23 3/4-inches deep. Carrier as scheduled, or approved substitutes with same 38 features." 39 40 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, MARK EF-3,4, 5 and 6 41 42 CHANGE: "Chemical room exhaust fan" to read "Dayton corrosion resistant shutter fan, 43 GRAINGER Stock No. 5C529, 199 cfm ATO.25 in. wg. sp, 1550 rpm, direct drive, 1/20 44 horsepower motor. Connect plenum to louver in CMU wall. See architectural drawings for louver 45 location and size. Connect fan discharge to plenum. Fan on/off control at the circuit braker, no 46 speed control switch." 47 RENTON AQUATIC C"..TER .r Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton,Washington April 3,2003 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) Page 6 1 SHEET MI.I —FOUNDATION PLAN 2 3 CHANGE: "Piping shown grids B'-C'/1'-2"' to read "Location of equipment to agree with 4 equipment layout, same location, Sheet M2.1 Floor Plan". 5 6 SHEET MI.I -FOUNDATION PLAN,AT GRIDS B/2.5 -5.5 7 8 CHANGE: "Location of P-8A Floor Drain" to read "Locate near wall at grid B, See detail 9 6/M0.1". 10 11 SHEET M1.2 -FLOOR PLAN AT GRIDS B/2.5 -5.5 12 At location of FD,P-8 13 ADD: to read"See detail 6/M0.1." 14 15 16 AQUATICS 17 18 W.G. Clark questions-2-28-03 19 1. 13150.pg 40, line 16: 20 The intent is to match the surrounding deck. 21 22 2. Define scope of work between PC and GC at wave chamber: 23 The only intent with regard to responsibility of work is to suggest the pool contractor be solely 24 responsible for all water-tight structures related to the pools. The remaining C.I.P. work shall be 25 performed by the lowest responsible bidder. 26 27 3. Who may perform excavation work? 28 The contractors shall define their own scope with regard to excavation. The "General Contractor's 29 forces"may perform this work. 30 31 4. Stainless steel tiebacks shown on 2&5/AQ81; 32 @4'-0" O.C. 33 34 5. Connection detail for#1 and#6 on AQ81 (re: 1/ag84B); 35 Provide 6" hook w/ 12" straight into bond beam @ T-0"O.C. and provide control joints @ T-0" 36 O.C. 37 38 6. C.I.P. coping by P.C.? 39 This may be provided by P.C. but is not required to be provided by P.C. It must match the 40 surrounding deck. 41 42 7. N.A 43 44 8. Confirm pool is to be filled twice by P.C.; 45 13150, Page 5. Line 24 - There is no requirement to fill it more than once. The assumption being 46 that once the pool is filled it will hold water and that will serve as the test. If for any reason the pool 47 must be emptied and re-filled, the contractor shall be responsible for all costs. 48 a RENTON AQUATIC C....fER .,,� Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) paw 1 WMS Aquatics Questions—04-01-01 2 1. Use the Heavy Duty Curb angle,no tail at the "deck side"of gutters 3 2. Use the Heavy Duty curb angle at the water's edge of the Zero Depth Gutter 4 3. Use 12"gutter grate at Zero Depth Gutter 5 6 Manufacturer requests for consideration 7 WMS Aquatics; 8 1. "Sunstone Pearl"pool finish 9 This product shall be accepted as a base bid item provided; 10 The color is equal to the SGM products Diamond-Brite specified. 11 The warranty is equal to the SGM products Diamond-Brite specified. 12 2. "Chemtrol PC 3000" 13 This product shall be accepted as a base bid item provided; 14 Modem shall be provided 15 3. "Accu-Tab PowerPac AT" 16 This product shall be accepted as a base bid item provided 17 Use Model#3140 18 4. "Levelor autofill": not accepted 19 5. "Stark Filters" 20 This product shall be accepted as a base bid item provided; 21 The filters are stacked as shown on drawings 22 The manufacturer designs and provides a tank saddle support system engineered for seismic 23 zone 4 24 The manufacturer can provide a minimum of 3 prior installations of a stacked system and face 25 piping as described below in this addendum. 26 27 Aquatic Development Group; 28 1. "Wave Machine" 29 The basis of design and requirements for the wave equipment is as per the specified manufacturer. 30 In order to quote the project as a base bid manufacturer; 31 32 Contractor and Manufacturer shall verify that no changes to the contract documents are 33 required and that no price increases shall be tendered in the event of substitution. 34 All aspects of equipment, materials, performance, servicing of equipment, and warranty shall 35 comply with the specified manufacturer's aspects. 36 The substitution conforms with the requirements of Division 01600 of the project specifications 37 Provide for review, a complete set of shop drawings identifying the entire system and layout 38 and coordination with other trades prior to acceptance of the system. 39 40 2. "Filters": not accepted. 41 42 Aquatic Specialty Services, Inc. 43 1. "Spectrum Aquatics- 1.5"dia. Rail products" 44 This product shall be accepted as a base bid item 45 46 2. "Spectrum Aquatics-Grizzly Starting platforms" 47 This product shall be accepted as a base bid item provided; 48 Dual post anchorage is provided 49 RENTON AQUATIC C,,,TER ..r Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company n s (2-02072) Pam 1 Contractor requests for consideration 2 Pleasure Pools Construction,Inc.; Approved 3 4 SPECIFICATIONS: 5 6 SECTION 13650—WATERSLIDE 7 Page 2, line 1 8 DELETE: entire sentence. 9 10 SECTION 13150—POOLS 11 Page 15, Line 6 12 ADD: the following 13 14 "FACE PIPING—OPERATION 15 16 Filter face piping shall be pre-assembled or shop fabricated fittings. 17 18 Face pipe valve arrangement shall provide for butterfly valve operation of flow such that valves for 19 each tank can be operated by a single lever mechanism. 20 21 Each filter tank shall be backwashed individually,with the pump running. 22 23 A backwash priority valve shall be provided for each dual tank system. 24 25 The operators shall be capable of being automated in the future without any required additional 26 plumbing or reconfiguration of the linkage assembly. 27 28 FACE PIPING—EXTERNAL 29 30 External face piping shall be 8"x 6" Schedule 80 PVC pipe and fittings. Flanges shall be located so 31 as to allow for easy dismantling of face piping. All fittings shall be solvent cemented. 32 33 Piping shall be drilled and tapped where necessary to accommodate gauge tubing connectors. 34 35 All valves 2 %" and larger shall have body & disc constructed of PVC resin per 12454 ASTM•D 36 1784. Internal components shall include EPDM resilient lining. PTFE anti-friction rings and 37 stainless steel shaft. Valves up to 10" shall be rated for 150 psi bubble tight shutoff. 12" valves 38 shall be rated for 115 psi bubble tight shutoff. Systems incorporating solenoid, pneumatic, pressure 39 amplified, hydraulic or multi-directional valves shall not be acceptable. 40 41 Standard accessory items shall include sight glass rated for 50 psi with polycarbonate glass, remote 42 mounted gauge panel with two 4%z" diameter pressure gauges, '/4" petcocks, %4" poly vent tubing 43 with PVC compression adapters. 44 45 THREE(3)-WAY VALVE CONTROL ASSEMBLY 46 47 A mechanical linkage shall connect two(2)valves in order to create simultaneous movement. 48 RENTON AQUATIC C:,..,,fER ... Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Comnany,n s (2-02072) paw 1 Connecting pieces shall vary with the size of facepiping in order to operate with suitable 2 mechanical advantage. 3 4 All linkage parts shall be T304 stainless steel. 5 6 Linkage shall be designed so that filter and backwash cycles can be accomplished by repositioning 7 two(2)pairs of valves. 8 9 Each pair of valves shall be operated as specified with lever, gear or electric actuation. 10 I1 All linkage components shall be grit blasted to a 1.2 mil profile. Blast media shall be completely 12 non-ferric. 13 14 All linkage components shall be finish coated with 3-4 mils DFT of Type 316 pigmented stainless 15 steel paint. 16 17 VALVE OPERATORS 18 19 LEVER OPERATORS 20 21 Valves shall be provided with 7 position latch lock handles. 22 23 Latch lock handles shall be constructed of PVC and shall include a spring loaded lever for position 24 lock. 25 26 Lever shall be capable of holding the disc in any of the locking positions with no movement up to 27 the full pressure rating of the valve. 28 29 SINGLE TANK 30 31 The backwash system shall be capable of backwashing one filter/cell at a time through sequencing 32 of butterfly valves. Maximum system backwash flow shall be 762 gpm, providing 15 gpm per 33 square foot with a total of 50.8 square feet surface area per tank." 34 35 Page 26, line 4 36 REPLACE: ".109"with".145" 37 38 Page 43, line 15 39 ADD: "Raindrop Products — slant jet, Roman Fountains RPWJ-PDJ, or custom fabricated spray 40 nozzles as shown on plans shall be accepted." 41 42 Page 43, line 21 43 ADD: the words "AND ACTIVITY"after the word LAP 44 45 Page 43, line 8 46 ADD: ", x 24" long"after the word"4000" 47 48 Page 12, line 1 49 REPLACE: "Grade 60"with"Grade 40" RENTON AQUATIC C.,rER •.r Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) Page 10 1 DRAWINGS: 2 3 Addendum drawings: AQ8413: Structure notes 4 AQ8413: Opening detail 5 6 SHEET AQ80- 7 Detail 8 REVISE: Alternate numbers and add Alternate 1 and 2 tags as shown on attached Drawing AQ80A. 9 10 Detail 10 11 CHANGE: "Lazy River Umbrella Jet Alternate #4(AP-4) to read "Lazy River Umbrella Jet 12 Alternate#5 (AP-4)". 13 14 CHANGE"Spray Ground Controller"to read"Spray Ground Controller,Alternate#4". 15 16 SHEET AQ84B—ACTIVITY POOL STRUCTURAL DETAILS 17 ADD: Detail#1 —Typical Wall (depths under 5'-0") 18 Provide a 12"long, #4 rebar w/6"hook, @2'-0"O.C. into CIP coping 19 Note: Coping shall be scored with control joints at 2'-0"max. 20 21 Detail#2—leisure Area gutter— 22 Stainless steel stiffener angle to be @ 4'-0"O.C. 23 24 Detail#4-Grab Rails#2 - 25 Horizontal bars in stem wall atop deck shall be#4 @ 8"O.C. 26 27 SHEET AQ84C— 28 Detail 1 —Wave Pool Section 29 CHANGE: Bars in pool vertical wall from"#4 @16" EA. WAY" to 11#4 @ 16" O.C. VERTICAL 30 and#4 @8"O.C. HORIZONTAL" 31 32 SHEET AQ85 33 Detail 14 34 DELETE: References to"A"and`B". 35 36 SHEET AQ86 37 Detail 38 CHANGE: "Alternate#1"to read"Alternate#3". 39 40 Detail 41 CHANGE: "Alternate#2"to read "Alternate#4". 42 43 Detail 7A 44 CHANGE: "Alternate#4"to read"Alternate#5". 45 46 Detail 7B 47 CHANGE: "Alternate#4"to read "Alternate#5". 48 RENTON AQUATIC C..FER ..� Addendum No 2 Cedar River Park Renton, Washington April 3, 2003 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) Page 11 1 Detail 15 2 CHANGE: "Alternate#2"to read "Alternate#4". 3 4 Detail 18 5 CHANGE: "Alternate#3"to read"Alternate#6". 6 7 SHEET AQ88—PLUMBING DETAILS 8 Detail 11 —Main Drain 9 ADD: "NOTE: Concrete Main drain sumps shall be allowed in lieu of pre-manufactured sumps. 10 All pipes shall exit vertically, through the bottom of the sump." 11 12 END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 13 14 cmWpril 3,2003 RENTON AQUATIC C,-"TER low Addendum No 2-Section 00411 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL ' Renton, Washington (PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) April 3,2003 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) paw I SECTION 00411 2 3 FORM OF PROPOSAL(PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) 4 for the 5 6 CITY OF RENTON 7 Renton Aquatic Center 8 Renton,Washington 9 10 BIDS CLOSING: 3:30 PM(Part 2)April 9,2003 11 12 To: City Clerk,Room#728 13 Seventh Floor of City Hall 14 1055 South Grady Way 15 Renton,WA 98055 16 17 The undersigned hereby certifies that they have carefully examined the Contract Documents as defined in 18 the General Conditions entitled "Renton Aquatic Center, Cedar River Park", Renton, WA and have 19 examined the site of the work and the location where said work is to be done, and fully understands the 20 manner in which payment is proposed to be made for the cost thereof, hereby proposes to furnish all 21 materials and to perform all labor which may be required to complete said work within the time fixed, and 22 upon the terms and conditions provided in said Contract Documents for consideration of the following 23 amount: 24 25 A. BASE BID(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 26 27 B. ALTERNATE BIDS Alternate is defined portion of Work which is priced separately to be 28 included in the Work at Owner's option. 29 30 Each Alternate, included by number, describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work, only 31 when that Alternate is made part of the Work by stipulated provisions in the Owner-Contractor Agreement 32 in writing by the Owner. 33 34 Alternate#A-1: WATER SLID STRUCTURE AND OPEN TUBE/BODY FLUME: 35 ADD the sum of: $ 36 37 Alternate#A-2: WATER SLIDE ENCLOSED BODY FLUME: 38 ADD the sum of: $ 39 40 Alternate#A-3: SCS WATER COLORS INTERACTIVE PLAY STRUCTURE,TWO LEVEL: 41 ADD the sum of: $ 42 43 Alternate#A-4: WATER SPRAY GROUND: 44 ADD the sum of: $ 45 46 Alternate#A-5: LAZY RIVER WATER UMBRELLA: 47 ADD the sum of: $ 48 RENTON AQUATIC CANTER ..r Addendum No 2-Section 00411 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL Renton,Washington (PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) April 3,2003 Northwest Architectural Comnany,n s (2-02072) Page 2 1 Alternate#A-6: ARC FALLS-CUSTOM CASCADES 4000 ARC FALL—COMPLETE INSTALLATION: 2 ADD the sum of: g 3 4 Alternate#A-7: ADDITIONAL SPRAY ARCHES: 5 ADD the sum of. $ 6 7 Alternate#A-8: SUBSTITUTE METAL ROOFING FOR MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING 8 AT LOCKER WING BUILDING: 9 ADD the sum of- 10 11 Alternate#A-9: PROVIDE AND INSTALL MYRTHA POOL SYSTEM STRUCTURES IN LIEU OF 12 SHOTCRETE POOL STRUCTURES. 13 ADD—DEDUCT(Contractor to circle one; if one is not circled,ADD will be assumed)the sum of: 14 $ 15 16 C. CONDITIONS OF PROPOSAL(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 17 18 D. PERIOD OF BID VALIDITY/ACCEPTANCE OF BID(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 19 20 E. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 21 22 F. TIME FOR COMPLETION(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 23 24 G. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 25 26 H. ADDENDUM RECEIPT(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 27 28 1. LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS—RCW 39.30.060 29 30 The following information is submitted which gives the name and business address for each subcontractor 31 listed below with whom the bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work, if the 32 bidder is awarded the contract. If the bidder intends to perform the work with its own firm, the bidder must 33 enter its name for the category of work designated. 34 35 THE NAMES OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING THE WORK LISTED BELOW MUST BE 36 SUBMITTED ON THIS FORM AS A PART OF THE BID,WITHIN 1 HOUR AFTER THE PUBLISHED 37 PART 1 BID SUBMITTAL TIME FOR THE BID TO BE DEEMED RESPONSIVE. Only one 38 subcontractor can be listed for each category of work. 39 40 Portion of Work Firm Name Business Address 41 42 Heating, Ventilating&Air 43 Conditioning(HVAC) 44 45 46 RENTON AQUATIC C1w(TER 1"W Addendum No 2-Section 00411 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL Renton,Washington (PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) April 3,2003 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) paw 1 Plumbing 2 3 4 5 Electrical 6 7 8 J. EXECUTION OF PROPOSAL 9 10 Name of Firm 11 12 State License Registration No. 13 14 Address 15 16 City State Zip Code 17 18 Telephone ( ) FAX ( ) 19 20 The undersigned designates the above as the firm and address to which"NOTICE OF CONTRACT 21 AWARD"may be mailed,hand delivered or delivered via facsimile. 22 23 NOTE: If a Bidder is a corporation,write state of incorporation; and if a partnership, give full names and 24 addresses of all partners below: 25 26 27 28 The undersigned certifies that the above is a firm and valid BID to accomplish all Work and comply with all 29 requirements of the Contract Documents. 30 31 Date 32 33 Signature 34 35 Name&Title 36 37 J. ENCLOSURES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR 38 39 The Contractor shall provide all enclosures stated in Section 00200 with this Form 40 of Proposal. 41 42 43 END OF ADDENDA NO 2 BID FORM(PART 2-ALTERNATES BID) 44 45 46 El I( MTL SIDING ON 1 1%" MTL FURRING I2" PREFINISHED PREFABRICATED SINGLE HUNG WINDOW MTL SILL PAN FLASHING TO W/ SUBSILL & SILL MATCH MTL SIDING EXTENSION BY WINDOW MFR FINISH FROM MFR'S STANDARD COLOR CLOSEST TO MTL SIDING, TYP MANAGER & CONCESSIONS Z L _ Q = M O M e ~ M 0 m o LAP BLDG PAPER �- OVER PAN FLASH N VERT RETURNS I ® JAMBS, TYP CASEWORK PER ° SHEET A8.1 N I I I I I a FIN FLOOR d 4 4 I PAVING PER CIVIL PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER 12 WINDOW DETAILS AT PROSHOP A5.2 SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-O" EW001 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 CA-1 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER ME CA-001 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN 8 S CHECKED B S RE: 12/A5.2 RENTON, WASHINGTON DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 N:\2-0207 2\6\A\CA-l.dw9,04/01/2003 09:47:47 AM,bsrda, ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS E' FACE OF SILL FLASH BELOW MTL SIDING ON 1W MTL FURRING PREFINISHED BRAKE MTL ;� JAMB FLASHING TO MATCH WINDOWS; TYP ® JAMBS WINDOW W COMP CHANNEL AROUND D S, STUDS SET IN SEALANT, WINDOW DET WINDOWS, SEE FINISH FROM MFR'S STANDARD ET 9/A5.2 SIM COLOR CLOSEST TO MTL SIDING, TYP ® MANAGER SEALANT & ROD i & CONCESSIONS SEALANT BY WINDOW INSTALLER I I 4" " I o) I -H I f4" 5'-0" f4" PRERNISHED 20GA MIN BRAKE MTL CORNER & JAMB FLASHING ON "Z" SUPPORTS CONT SHEET MTL LINER ON 1W MTL FURRING; OVER BLDG PAPER; LAP FASTEN TO MTL STUDS TYP, 3" MIN OVER JAMB & CORNER FINISH TO MATCH MTL SIDING FLASHING & SEAL CORNERS 1Y4" DEEP 18GA PREFINISHED WATERTIGHT MTL CABINET ON 'A* 16GA MIN MTL CUPS W/ Y4" TEMPERED GLAZING FINISH TO MATCH WINDOWS PROVIDE CONT PIANO HINGES & LOCKING CYLINDER METAL CABINET AND WINDOW JAMB 16 DETAILS a@ MANAGER/TICKETS A5.2 SCALE: 1-1/2"=1'-0" EF003 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 CA-2 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-2 DRAWN B S CEDAR RIVER PARK CHECKED B S RE: A5.2 RENTON, WASHINGTON DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 N:\2-02072\6\A\CA-2.dwg,04101/2003 09:50:43 AM,bsrdar ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS ALIGN MTL FLASH W/ FLASHING ® WINDOWS CONTINUE AROUND CORNER I 2" 1Y4" DEEP 18GA PREFINISHED WATERTIGHT MTL CABINET ON W 16GA MIN MTL CUPS W/ Y4" TEMPERED GLAZING CASEWORK PER I SHEET A8.1 FINISH TO MATCH WINDOWS CONT SHEET MTL LINER I OVER BLDG PAPER LAP 3" MIN OVER MTL i FLASHING 0 BOTTOM ALIGN MTL FLASH W/ FLASHING ® WINDOWS & CONTINUE BTWN WINDOWS I 0 I MTL SIDING ON N 7/b" FURRING PREFINISHED DRIP FLASH I TO MATCH SIDING, TYP I I SEALANT, TYP FIN FLOOR o i a D a PAVING PER CI L 21 MTL CABINET HEAD & SILL DETAILS �.2SCALE: 1—1/2"=l'—U" EF002 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-3 CA-3 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN B S CHECKED B S RE: A5.2 RENTON, WASHINGTON DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 N:\2-02072\6\A\GA-3.dwg,04/01/2003 09:52:48 AM,bsrdar 4D - —- — ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS CONC WALL PER STRUCT HEAD DETAIL a 2v4 SET NWSEALANT/ COMP CHANNEL JAMB SIM W DRIP REVEAL SEALANT Z SINGLE HUNG WINDOW z z W / SUBSILL & SILL z w EXTENSION BY WINDOW MFR 'g o z COLOR CLOSESTRTO STANDARD ° 3 � o MTL SIDING, TYP 0 oo z° MANAGER & CONCESSIONS o `` o �- x 0 m o SHIM AS NECESSARY oI,_ +► o O_ N NO e 4 I O a Q WINDOW SILL EXTENSION Z iv SET IN SEALANT SEALANT ® ROD Q CASEWORK PER BOTT & ® ALL EDGES SHEET A8.1 a FIN FLOOR 4 4 D a D PAVING PER CIVIL PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER WINDOW DETAILS AT PROSHOP 26 @ CONCRETE WALL A5.2 SCALE: 1-1/2"=I'-o" EW003 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-4 CA-4 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN B S CHECKED B S RE: A5.2 RENTON, WASHINGTON 3 ADDENDUM NO. 2 N:\2-0208\6\A\CA-4.dwg,04/01/2003 10:14:04 AM,bsrdar DATE 4-03-0 ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS WINDOW MFR TO MODIFY WINDOW SILL AS NECESSARY RETURN SS FLASH INTO SEALANT JOINT u SEAL TOP TO FLUSH �� I SURFACE; STRAIGHT WINDOW CUT LINE FROM SEALANT BY PA S THROUGH JAMB TO JAMB WINDOW MFR I TI KET BOOTH I WINDOW I I . i I °j I RI S I I I I PEEL & SUCK MEMBRANE I M OVER EXT GRADE PLWD I (2) �4" EXT GRADE PLWD I J x PREFABRICATED RADIUSED STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP ON (2) �W PLWD, RETURN ° STAINLESS STEEL BEHIND PLWD I M CASEWORK PER I SHEET A8.1 MTL SIDING ON a lib" MTL FURRING FIN FLOOR a a PAVING PER IVIL PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER WINDOW DETAILS AT CONCESSIONS A3.2 scALE: 1-1/20=i•-o. EW002 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER nLE CA-5 CA-5 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN B S CHECKED B S RE:A4.1—WIND TYPE RENTON, WASHINGTON DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 N:\2-02072\6\A\CA-5.dwg,04/01/2003 10:08:23 AM,bsrdar 10 ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS CONNECTOR CUP REGLET FLASHING Q FINISH TO MATCH PANELS ~ PROVIDE MTL CLOSURE & SEAL AT ENDS, TYP Q SIDEWALL FLASH Q LAP MIN 6" W/ (2) -- ROWS OF SEALANT SUPPORT AS NEDEED I Q BUM TAPE WEATHER SIDE I +I OF FASTENER 00 UNDERLAYMENT I Q I I j I Q I I i TRACK JOIST PER STRUCT ROOF FLASHING @ 2 METAL ROOF @ CONCRETE WALL A3.2 SCA Z- 3v=1 0-00 RF021 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-6 CA-6 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN 8 S CHECKED 8 S RE.A3.2 — ROOF DET RENTON. WASHINGTON DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 N:\2-02D72\6\A\CA-6.dwg,04/0112003 10:10:19 AM,bsrdar ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS BACKER ROD AND SEALANT FLANGED NEOPRENE CONTROL ® SINGLE WYTHE WALL JOINT. CONT. VERTICALLY BACKER ROD AND SEALANT RUB SAND IN SEALANT TO MATCH MORTAR JOINT NOTE: CUT MASONRY AS REQ'D TO ACHIEVE VERTICAL JOINT K1�3 MASONRY CONTROL JOINT, TYP �_2SCALE: 3"=1'-0" Ego, NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-7 CA-7 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN B S RENTON, WASHINGTON CHECKED B S RE:A5.2 — MSNY DET N;\2-02072\6V+\CA-7.dwg,04/01/2003 04:19:08 PM,bsrdar DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS m IIIIIIII II II I�IIIIIIIIIIIIf 1IIIIII - }�-���Iilililllllillllllllli��lllllllillllll� �Illlllllll�dlllll� ::: ... ::...... . xw Fl Ml 4 ` ;;;�LAND5WI=.AREA +_.. + SgCO IE=48.$1•. .i �. •: SEE AQ PLANS FOR +" :: L POOL I FORMATION. ' I' .t.• +�= SDQO 48.76_ a° h j + I 4. c 95 R117�E Ul IE=48.42 '•• r '/ 3/LF ® 0 5% d 8�" I 7• i TT� y' q� ♦ Df17iIlY' , i• ♦�♦ ... �•rT r ;' 6W.. $5:: �JE=48. 7 A 77:".E�';8 w i �`SE�'AQ PEANS F 3R U. +Q4,� �$QOL:fiIVFORIv}ATION . ,� iv Ex ♦ / Av { • 1 4 . /TW 53. i ♦ r, FG.® � fit` • : ;' BW 51. $2rp \ \ EX 53.01 77 7 . : III C RI ECT OiON CT T OW iNG r —T U TO — MFCH'Irjt�rrAt� LIMITS 0 10 20 40 n_ O RTGH LI N NO TRUE PROJECT , NORTH SCALE 1"=20' LUNDEEN Imo" 217 PINE STREET-SUITE 300 NEW CONSTRUCTION SEATTLE,WA 98101 NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER F:206/34356901 CC-1 FILE CA-001 CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN PRw A CONSULTING CHECKED SCP RE: C3.0 RENTON, WASHINGTON STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL ENGINEERING CORPORATION DATE 3-31-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS �z EXiSI !HG ♦ 3.1 ♦ Q� ,� 60 ♦ �� VN i f � •Y 3 (/4 r _ 5 a .- EXISTING IRRIGATION TO BE RELOCATED SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC N0. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-8 L2.OA CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN 8 s RENTON, WASHINGTON CHECKED 8 S RE: A4.1 DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 i 2003.Vorthw st,it,hitertnortiCo.PS Q ALTERNATE 11-SLDE TDKR AND RK NNE E1E wDa ALTERNATE 12- BODY NNE'A' RE 9/AG84 4-e w 7-0 TD 2-0'WD 1-r• 8!dlCE� � • dBEA T-r WD / 1 • / 1 MAC 5 No Tsui 5 MAI f to � ♦ wm MR ♦ f -D'TD I ALTERNATE 16 I • • LAZY B�F$ • ° / C 7 d To ' AL is O • • ' • I Y r / 9"maw saw r Lorm s(T wA) ET1111 IE l� FURM �— eye / b I /ALTFRNAIE i 7 2-V ND / AL1QtlUTE/4 SPRAY DAM D Wft mw O MMD YAILT RE F-1 +LL POOL SITE SCALE: 1/32" NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC N0. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-8 A(Q-80A CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN B S CHECKED B S RE: A4.1 RENTON, WASHINGTON DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM N0. 2 c�2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS r STRUCTURAL NOTES I. CONCRETE- A.POOLS WALLS: CONCRETE SHAL BE'SHOT CRETE TYPE,PROPORTIONED,MIXED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI-506 WITH LATEST REVISIONS.CONCRETE SHALL DEVELOP A MINIMUM OF 4000 PSI IN 28 DAYS. B.PODS FLOOR: CONCRETE SHALL DEVELOP A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4,000psi IN 28 DAYS. MIX DESIGN SHALL BE AS PER ACI 350,WITH LATEST REVISIONS. C.CONCRETE STRENGTHS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 LABORATORY CAST, CURED AND TESTED CONCRETE CYLINDERS PER 50 YARDS OF CONCRETE D.PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL BE TYPE II CEMENT CONFORMING TO ASTM 0150 2 REINFORCEMENT STEEL- A.ASTM A-615—GRADE 40,AND SHALL BE FABRICATED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315,LATEST EDITION.MINIMUM CLEAR COVER TO REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE 2'.LAP ALL BARS A MINIMUM OF 7-0',UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. B.MINIMUM CLEARANCE FOR REINFORCEMENT BARS, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL BE 3'WHEN PLACED ON GROUND; FOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO WATER, EARTH, OR WEATHER — 1 1/2'CLEARANCE FOR/5 BARS; INTERIOR SLABS 3/4'CLEARANCE INTERIOR BEAMS 1 112'CLEARANCE. C.REFER TO WALL CORNER AND WALL INTERSECTION REINFORCING DETAIL,IN GENERAL, THE WALL CORNER REINFORCING SIZES AND SPACING SHALL BE CALLED OUT ON THE PLANS AND REFERENCED TO THESE DETAILS AND THE TYPICAL HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING SHALL LAP WITH CORNER AND INTERSECTION REINFORCING. D.ALL BENDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, SHALL BE A 90 DEGREE STANDARD HOOK AS DEFINED IN LATEST EDITION OF ACI 318. E UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WALL REINFORCEMENT BARS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AROUND CORNERS AND THROUGH COLUMNS OR PILASTERS.REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE EXTENDED INTO CONNECTING WALLS AND LAPPED ON THE OPPOSITE FACE OF THE CONNECTING WALLS,AS INDICATED ELSEWHERE ON THE DRAWINGS. VERTICAL WALL BARS SHALL BE LAPPED WITH DOWELS FROM BASE SLABS AND EXTENDED INTO THE TOP FACE OF ROOF SLABS AND LAPPED WITH TOP SLAB RENFORCEMENT. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, CONTRACTOR MAY SPLICE CONTINUOUS SUB OR LONGITUDINAL BEAM BARS AT LOCATIONS OF HIS CHOOSING, EXCEPT THAT TOP BAR SPLICES SHALL BE LOCATED AT MIDSPAN AND BOTTOM BAR SPLICES SHALL BE LOCATED AT SUPPORTS. 3.SOILS AND FOUNDATION DATA: A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER MUST INSPECT ALL EXCAVATIONS AND RELATED GEOTECHNICAL OPERATIONS TO VERIFY THE SUITABILITY AND COMPATIBIUTY OF THE ZONES OF NATURAL SOILS,ROCK AND STRUCTURAL FILL ENCOUNTERED.FURTHER THE GEOTECFHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN REPORT REGARDING THE ACCEPTANCE OF ALL PHASES OF THE SUBGIHADE WORK,PRKIR TO POOL CONSTRUCTION. SPECIFICALLY RffER TO THE SOIL REPORT FOR THE FOLLOWING. 1. NATURAL SOIL,GRAVEL SUBDRAIN,SELECT STRUCTURAL FILI,COMPACTION, BACKFILUNG,ETC REQUIREMENTS. 2 HYDROSTATIC RELY VALVE,WHERE APPLICABLE 4.THE SOIL CONDITIONS AT THE SITE ARE SUCH THAT THE POOL CONSTRUCTION MAY BE PLACED ABOVE A MATERIAL THAT HAS THE POTENTIAL OF EXPANDING,CONTRACTING,AND HEAVING WHENEVER THE MOISTURE CONTENT IS VARIED.THIS POOL WAS STRUCTURALLY DESIGNED WITH FULL KNOWLEDGE AND CONSENT OF ALL CONCERNED PARTIES THAT THERE IS A DEGREE OF CALCULATED RISK INVOLVED REGARDING CRACKING,DIFFERENTIAL MOVEMENT,AND THE LIKE ALL CONCERNED PARTIES MUST REALIZE AND ACCEPT THE POSSIBILITY THAT THESE PROBLEMS CAN OCCUR THROUGHOUT THE USEFUL LIFE OF THE STRUCTURE AND THAT THE LEVEL.OF RELATED MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS MAY BE HIGHER THAT IF NO VOLUME CHANGING SOILS EXISTED. 5.GROUND OR STORM WATER THAT MAY BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE VICINITY OF THE POOL EXCAVATION SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE USE OF PUMPS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6.NO ADDITIONAL SURCHARGE LOADING PERMITTED WITH 5-0',MEASURED HORIZONTALLY FROM OUTSIDE EDGE OF BOND BEAM AT TOP OF POOL 7.FOR MISCELLANEOUS REINFORCING BARS AROUND DRAINS,LIGHTS,ETC,NOT SPECIFICALLY COVERED HERE,REFER TO THE MANUFACTURERS DRAWINGS. 8 ALL POOL WALLS SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH A DRAIN. DRAINS SHOULD CONSIST OF RIGID, PERFORATEE,PVC PIPE SURROUNDED BY WASHED PEA GRAVEL THE LEVEL OF THE PERFORATIONS IN THE PIPE SHOULD BE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE WALL AT ALL LOCATIONS AND THE DRAINS SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED WITH SUFFICIENT GRADIENT TO ALLOW GRAVITY DISCHARGE AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. IN ADDITON,POOL WALLS SHOULD BE LINED WITH A MINIMUM 12—INCH—THICK WASHED GRAVEL BLANKET PROVIDED OVER THE FULL HIEGHT OF THE WALL,AND WHICH TIES INTO THE DRAIN. EXTERIOR GRADES ADJACENT TO WALLS SHOULD BE SLOPED DOWNWARD AWAY FROM THE STRUCTURE TO ACHIEVE SURFACE DRAINAGE. NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE CA-001 EADDENDUM CEDAR RIVER PARK °"°"°°°°u°"°" DRAWN CS RENTON, WASHINGTON - CHECKED CS DATE 4-03-03 ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS AREA OF BARS EQUAL BAND 'A' BARS CUT ADD 1-115x4'-0' DIAL. ® EACH CORNER FOR EACH LAYER OF REINFORCING STEEL REINF. CUT BAND 'B' AREA OF BARS EQUAL BAND 'A' BARS CUT STEEL REINF. CUT BAND 'A` 1— 15 HOOP, DIA. OF OPENING + 8, IN EACH LAYER OF REINF'G FOR OPENINGS LARGER THAN 8 . NOTES: 1. TYPICAL FOR ALL OPENINGS IN CONCRETE WALLS do SLAB UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 2 DO NOT WELD REINFORCEMENT TO PIPE SLEEVES AND INSERTS. 3. ALL OPENINGS THROUGH WATERTIGHT TANK REQUIRE WATERSTOP. PROVIDE MINIMUM LAP AS NOTED OR SHOWN ON PLANS (TYp.) TYPICAL OPENING REINFORCING NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC RENTON AQUATIC CENTER FILE NO CAO0072 AQ-84B CEDAR RIVER PARK DRAWN CS RENTON, WASHINGTON CHECKED CS RE: Opening detail DATE 4-03-03 ADDENDUM NO. 2 ©2003 Northwest Architectural Co.PS CHANGE ORDER CITY OF RENTON �� " . JUN 2 5 ?003 „( PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center R�" ED C O. NO. 001 Page 1 of 1 CITY CLEFJKK O -- _ _ NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8E6 DATE ISSUED June 12, 2003 TO Powell Construction Inc. (CONTRACTOR) After signature by Owner and Architect you are directed to make the following changes in your Contract dated April 2003 with The City Or Renton Attn: Dennis Culp (OWNER)for the above referenced project. CP/CCD No. Description Cost CP-001 Revise handrails and fencing at pool area $ 3,826.00 CP-004 Add skimmers and revise ladders $ 1,91 1.00 TOTAL COST $ 5,737.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner and the Architect- Signature of the Contractor indicates agreement herewith,including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The original Contract Sum was _...__ ................. .. ........................_.... ....._...__ . ...... ......... $ 3,773,784.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders ..__....__ .............. .. _ _ _ _..... $ 0.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order was -_. . ............_ $ 3,773,784.00 The Contract Sum will be(increased)(dcPCFRRqea)(unEheAged)by this Change Order .... . __ _ _ .. .. _. .. $_ 5,737.00 The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be ... .-_ .......... $ 3,779,521.00 The Contract Time will be (+aereased)(dPeFPAg,.,:)(unchgnged)by ( 0 )Calendar Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is _ Unchanged Amounts(INCLUDE)(EXCLUDE)State Sales Tax. CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE ARCHITECT'S RE OMMENDATION OWNER'S AC CE BY DATE_ --03_ DATE DATE r340-CO�N 2-02072\81E,2Eb-CO-00I d,..-I 101-04! 0 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑ 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D AI..ENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 0 2201 SIXTH AVENUE SUITE 1405 SEATTLE VA/ASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 CHANGE PROPOSAL • ' PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center_ _ C. P NO. _ 001 TITLE OF CHANGE Revise Handrails and Fence at Pool Area NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO Powell Construction _Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated April 20_03 please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver , Northwest Architectural Co., P.S. DATE ISSUED May 5, 2003 Revise the fencing and handrails at the pool area. Several callouts were clarified and railing was added per Health Department review comments as follows: At the stair to the platform, revise the concrete wall at west side of star and delete portion of Type 2 fence. Install Type 2 fence on east side of same stair. The overall quantity of Type 2 fencing should be unchanged. Add (1) one horizontal pipe to handrails as shown on attached drawing. Delete single rail pipe railing at east edge of platform above wave pool. Add railing along north side of pool at west end as shoen on attached drawing. ATTACHMENTS:CA-1 Wave Pool Fencing/Railing Drawing DISTRIBUTION: (3 originals)to Contractor,(1) PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total(ADDITION) (DEDUCTION) to the contract sum of Excluding State Saes Tax The amount covers all direct and indirect costs related to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in full effect. Attached are Cost Proposal Breakdown Sheets_. We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of Q calendar days in the completion t e because of this than (If left blank,indicates 0 days.) We agree to be bound by this proposal for 30 days from signature date. SUBMITTED BY I DATE _ Contractors Signature DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO _—_ _ _ _ — Owner Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. rec mends acceptance of the f regoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY _ DATE _- orthwest Architectural Company,P S AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by, ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified A Change Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. DISTRIBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner (1)original to Architect,11)original to Contractor F,44-CF N.2-,'-'-)C.7,, i k -!-O4 ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑ 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D 4FNE IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208 667-9739 ® 2201 SIXTH AVENUE SUITE 1405 SEATTLE 1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Request POWEU CONSMUMON CO. Detailed(with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA I LChange Order Request: 001 Date: 5/30/2000 To: Dennis Culp From: Mike Brehm City Of Renton Powell Construction Co. Renton,WA 98055 737 Market Street n Kirkland,,WA 98033 e L` i�3t�11� �i£� i�w� r"e� 5y. ''� .... �f. .. w� j:..Ca I �t.t,q $ tt,� � ;,;,f' Y3z.,.: F f..w..a.e.w. xw....... ..,d /3,a.. .., :3�e. .rat: nS�, >•.¢ _ ..+k4 ....._. r ✓ffiv0,� ` ,�� Revise Handrails and Fence at Pool areas Pending In Negotiation Ret'A'r,,c t"fif, Westen Superior Structurals Quote 6/6/2003 0 3,826 NO 1 001 512912003 3,826 0 Change Order Owner Directive Revise Handrails and Fence at Pool Area Revise the fencing and handrails at the pool area.Several callouts were clarifired and railing was added per Health Department review comments as follows: At the stair to the platform,revise the concrete wall at west side of stair and delete portion of Type 2 fence. Install Type 2 fence on east side of same stair. The overall quantity of Type 2 fencing should be unchanged. Add(1)one horizontal pipe to handrails as shown on attached drawing. Delete single rails pipe railing at east edge of platform above wave pool. Add railing along north side of pool at west end as shown on attached drawing. Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 001 Western Superior Stucturals 2,080 002 Concrete Wall Increase 562 003 Railing Concrete Embeds 353 004 Painting 250 Level 001 1.0% B&O Taxes 32 Level 002 1.5%PL&PD Insurance 49 Leve1004 15.00% Markup 499 Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 5/29/2003 PCC_MASTER Page 1 05/22/03 10:02 ^v206 022 3571 WESTERN SUPERIOR Ia001/001 Western' S. " S� ? I, p. tructurafs Mfg:., Inc; 6713 Pack'Mighim6y East Tacoma, WA 98424. (253).922-6440 Fax: (253) 922 3377 Send to: Froth; Attention: Dale: 5 ola- 03 Office Location: Office Location: Fax Number. Ph6ne Number: Z1 Urgent . { Reply ASAP D Please comment Please Review Z) For your Information Total pages,including cover. j Comments: Gp Qp Add 85 LF .R�z o0 --Add 3 2 � P,A j t 4, 0" g � o z � / X 80 0 OH N AT STA18SwA p C O rn N t Y M N'pz O N m D �m D 17—� cl i \ j ! D Y 0 v A m M a z N� F:J Ov r o Y I ° y / N z a m -v u Z=7 I � r -o en N m 4 � mm� m � -+ IZ o z Z Q, _ g m D Z I qF� u > D I F- t n m=� CA Z �� ��M m �' cn Rio co pvo r O 7ZC O 4i � z o0 0 n n oo F- 0 Y a 1.12° 12" 12' a I 1 o R - � o I N 8 OCT V1 a) 2 N N D CA 0 N s W N / a z n � ° o m CHANGE PROPOSAL . ' PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center C. P. NO. 004 TITLE OF CHANGE Additional Skimmers/Ladder Change at Pool NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPGSAL TO Powell Construction Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated April 2003, please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver , Northwest Architectural Co,, P.S. DATE ISSUED June 2, 2003 DC-004 changed the quantity of skimmers and modified pool ladders. The subcontractor has indicated there is a cost associated with this change. Please submit appropriate documentation to justify a change in cost. ATTACHMENTS: CA-1 Wave Pool Fencing/Railing Drawing DISTRIBUTION: (3 originals)to Contractor,(1) PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total(ADDITION) (DEDUCTION) to the contract sum of rQ �lsv�T� to hiv►OP-an ATOP <-4- ($ ),(A Excluding State Sales Tax The amount covers all direct and indirect costs relatked to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in full effect. Atto ed a e C s Proposal Breakdown Sheets_. We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of _calendar days in the completion time becau e of thi han ( ft blank,indicates m days.) We agree to be bound by this proposal for 30 y f m signature date. SUBMITTED BY DATE 6 C actor's Signature DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO Owner Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. reco mends acceptance of the foregoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY DATE /1?— /07, Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by: ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified. A Change Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount. Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. DISTRIBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner:(1)original to Architect,(1)original to Contractor F344-CP 1 N:12-02072181E18Ec-CP-003.d« 101-041 D 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑ 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D'ALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 ®2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 `00 , a DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION TO Powell Construction D.C. NO. 004 _ 737 Market Street PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center Kirkland WA 98033 _ NAC PROJECT NO. _ 2-02072 8Cb Attn: Vern Turrell DATE May 21, 2003 The following are clarifications to the Construction Documents. It is intended that there are no resulting changes in cost or time. If the Contractor believes there are cost or time consequences resulting from the interpretations mode, notification must be received by the Architect within 21 calendar days of receipt and prior to proceeding with the work. If notification is not received within the time indicated above,these clarifications will become binding on the Contractor. DOCUMENT REFERENCE Aquatic Dwarings DESCRIPTION Clarifications attached clarifying/changing ladders at the wave pool and adding 1w.,6 skimmers at the NE wall of the lazy river. Please verify this is a no cost change. ATTACHMENTS Drawings See attached notes and drawings from OLV_ Other DISTRIBUTION by: FAX MAIL ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ BY -- ---_____. __ --------------------... ----------_____------—------ - ----------------- Steve Shiver, AIA 3-(�'.i1:.2-02072�.?'C'.°Cb-GC-CfJ4Jur•I 41�.nd: ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D ALENE IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-6679739 2 2201 SIXTH AVENUE.SUITE 1405 SEATTLE.WASHINGTON 98121-1832 2.06-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Request p� ��NU � C�. Detailed (with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA - Date: 613/2003 Chanqe Order Request: 004 To: Steve Shiver From: Matt Wilde Northwest Architectural Company Powell Construction Co. Seattle,WA 98121 737 Market Street Kirkland,WA 98033 IFF � . Additional pool skimmers Direct Cost In Negotiation DC#4 6/10/2003 0 1,911 y , �� tT` ri" ��, ^#' �m �� �,•.. AQ#1 -modifing the pool ladder is a no cost change AQ#2-Move the floor inlets is a no cost change The additional three skimmers to NE wal of lazy river is an additional cost. 004 6/2/2003 The Pool Company quote dated 6/4/03 1,911 0 Change Order Owner Directive Additional*8 skimmers at NE wall of lazy river The additional three skimmers to NE wall of lazy river will be an additional charge Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 001 The Pool Company Quote 1,621 Level 001 1.0% B&O Taxes 16 Level 002 1.5%PL&PD Insurance 25 Leve1004 15.00% Markup 249 Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 614/2003 PCC_MASTER Page 1 06/04/03 WED 11:04 FAX 1 780 462 2664 MASTER POOLS 01001 9319-35 Ave. I Edmonton,AB The Pool C • • . T6E 5R5 Ph:V60)462-2441 Fax.(780)462-2664 Fld�vm Adw ax Tar: Matt Wilde @ Powell Construction From Phil Zhong Fax: 425-828-4388 Pages: 1 Phone: 425-82SA444 Dates 06/04/03 Re: Renton ASI AQ#1 and AQ#2(revised) CC: Dwight, File E3 urgent ❑ For Review 0 Please Conmem Please Reply ❑Please Recycle Matt, AQ#1- Make the specified pool ladder 7 treads instead of drawing shown 6 treads. We can make this as a no-cost change. AQ#2: Move floor inlets in the wave and leisure area. No additional cost Add three skimmers to NE wall of lazy river. Additional cost. Materials:2x$150.00 =$450.00 Labor.3 x 8 hr x$40.00 =$960.00 Overhead&Profft(15%) = 211.50 Total: $1621.50 If you have any question, please feel free to call. Regards, P 'I ong � CHANGE ORDER 01!4 5 2003 i CITY CL RK SAO Ft[`p C. O. NO. 002 Page 1 of 1 PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8E6 DATE ISSUED June 12, 2003 TO Powell Construction Inc. (CONTRACTOR) After signature by Owner and Architect you are directed to make the following changes in your Contract dated April 2003 with The City Or Renton, Attn: Dennis Culp (OWNER)for the above referenced project. CP/CCD No. Description Cost CP-002 Replace sewer under building at SE corner of site $ 10,823.00 CP-003 Remove and replace unsuitable soils at pool deck areas $ 947.00 TOTAL COST $ 11,770.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner and the Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates agreement herewith,including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. Theoriginal Contract Sum was .................. ............................__... ... ...... . ................. . . ........... ....._ ...._ . ..._.................................................... ............. .......... $ 3,773,784.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders ..... ........... ............ .........._.................._..............._...... $ 5,737.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order was _.. ... ......... ................. . ........ .............. ___ . ..... . ............................. $ 3,779,521.00 The Contract Sum will be(increased)(deed)( REkeAged)by this Change Order ....... .... $ 11,770.00 The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be .... ....... ..... ..... .-.... ...................... $ 3,791,291.00 The Contract Time will be(+ACfeesed)(dosed)(unchanged)by ( 0 I Calendar Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is _ Unchanged Amounts(INCLUDE)(EXCLUDE)State Sales Tax. CONTRACTOR'S ACC TANCE ARCHITECT'S ECOMMENDATI N OWNER'S ACC N BY — --— BY -_ BY -- -- - / DATE (s - DATE- � Zoo — DATE F340-CO\N\2-02072\8\E\8Ee-CO-002d.�-I i01-04) ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑ 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D ALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 ® 2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 CHANGE PROPOSAL ,; a P`) Henry Moses Aquatic Center C. P. NO. 002 ,.�OF CHANGE Revise Sewer at SE Corner of Site NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO Powell Construction Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated April 2003, please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver Northwest Architectural Co., P.S. DATE ISSUED May 22, 2003 Revise the sewer at the SE corner of the site as follows and as indicated on attached documentation from CPL: Attached are the sketches for maintaining the existing 8-inch sanitary sewer underneath the building. Sheet C 1.0 (CC-4) Change: Revise notes to indicate that existing sanitary sewer manhole and 8-inch line to remain active. Add: Cap of existing 8-inch and 6-inch sanitary line Sheet C4.0 (CC-5) Add: Replacement of existing sewer line underneath building including 69 LF of 8-inch C900 and 65 LF of 16-inch ductile iron pipe sleeve. Add: Pipe connection of proposed 10-inch line to existing 8-inch including two (2) 8-inch wyes, two (2) clean-outs and 20 LF of 8- inch C900. Change: Revise slope of proposed 10-inch from 0.9% to 0.6%. Revise all pipe connection inverts and slopes. Sheet C42 (CC-6) Add: Add detail #9, Pipe Sleeve. ATTACHMENTS:CA-1 Wave Pool Fencing/Railing Drawing 'PUTION: (3 originals)to Contractor,(l) PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total(ADDITION) (DEDUCTION) to the contract sum of T au�a.�.cQ e�cct„� +w�.• � a,�. l1�vw eO/ -- ($ (D, laZ 3°o ) Excluding State Sales Tax The amount covers all direct and indirect costs related to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in full effect. Attached are Cost Proposal Breakdown Sheets We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of calendar days in the completion time ecou of thi ch (If left blank, indicates m days.) We agree to be bound by this proposal for 30 days from signature date. SUBMITTED BY DATE C��o �✓ Q 3 Contractor's Signature DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO Owner Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. re mmends acceptance of the foregoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY DATE c ��Z�D'; Nart west Architectural Company,P.S. AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by: ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified. P —range Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount. Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. 'IBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner.(1)original to.Architect,(1)original to Contractor F344-CP\N\2-02072\8\E\8Ec-CP-002.Joc (01-04) ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑ 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D'ALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 ® 2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Request POWMCONMUMONW. Detailed(with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA Eel I-NTIT"T-M errs ma yzs-n�#Jly, To: Steve Shiver From: Matt Wilde Northwest Architectural Company Powell Construction Co. Seattle,WA 98121 737 Market Street Kirkland,WA 98033 �.. ., Revise Sewer at SE Corner of Site Pending Construction "'A',14... .�.�<, a Northwest Architectural CP#002 Dated May 22,2003 6/6/2003 0 10,823 k 002 5/28/2003 email from CPL,CC-5,CC-4,CC-6 10,823 0 Change Order Field Condition Revise Sewer at SE Corner of Site Revise the sewer at the SE corner of the site as follows and as indicated on attached documentation from CPL. Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 001 MRC Cost Proposal 8,584 002 Porta Potty Rental 190 003 Layout 406 Level 001 1.0% B&O Taxes 92 Level 002 1.5%PL&PD Insurance 139 Leve1004 15.00% Markup 1,412 Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 6/2/2003 PCC_MASTER Pagel JIi ,02-03 MON '10:59 AM FAX NO. P. 02 NNW M TED C-1 0 n S i- io n , LL C C Earthwork,Utilities and Environmental June 2, 2003 Mr. Mike Brehm Powell Construction Company 737 Markus Street Kirkland, 'WA 98033 Re: Rcnton Aquatic Center; CP No. 002, Revised sewer. Dear Mr. Brehm, This is the revised cost break down for the revised sewer at the SP, corner of site. This deletes the credit for the leaving the existing manhole. We received a clarification that the original manhole is being replace per the original plan. 1.) Cut/cap and abandon existing 8" & 6" lines. $ 900.00 2.) Remove additional atsphalt. $ 150.00 3.) Furnish and install 20 if 8" 0900 pipe, 10"x 8" wye, 8" x 8" wye and clean out. $ 1,461,00 4.) Removc/replace existinb 8" with new 8" sleeved in ductile iron pipe. LC,973.00 Total $ 8,584.00 Materials is $ 5,200.00 Labor and equipment is $ 3,384.00 Ir you have any question please call me at(253) 759-4829. Sincerely, Ric Rademacher M RC Construction, I LC 5219 North Shirley Street Suite 003 (25:3)759-4829 Tacoma,WA 98407 Fax (253) 759-1058 Message Page 1 of 2 "`vo Steve Shiver From: Tom Griga [TomG @cplinc.com] Sent: Friday, May 30, 2003 3:21 PM To: Steve Shiver Subject: RE: Renton Aquatic CP#2 Steve, Here is a response to some of your questions. The price for the replacement of the sewer line under the building and installing new pipe seems pretty reasonable at nearly$85/LF. The total cost seems okay as well. My only question is the breakdown of the materials and labor on MRC's Letter. The$4,200 for materials and $3,184 for labor and equipment only add up to $7,384 not$8,584. Not sure if there are other things in the price. I don't have a problem with you approving the trench drain. As long as the product submitted is the Spee-D channel drain by NDS which I am pretty sure is what we saw at the trailer the other day. Finally, Vern contacted me about some substitutions for spacers and end caps of the sewer pipe casing under the building. Both were acceptable and I was going to forward an email approving the substitution. -Tom -----Original Message----- From: Steve Shiver [mailto:SShiver @NWARCHCO.com] Sent: Friday, May 30, 2003 2:38 PM To: Tom Greiga - CPL Subject: FW: Renton Aquatic CP #2 Hi Tom, Don't have a breakdown, but does $85/LF seem reasonable for replacement of the sewer? If we think this is high, I'll issue a CCD to get things going. Backup on the way via email. Steve -----Original Message----- From: Matthew L. Wilde [mailto:matt@powelldev.com] Sent: Friday, May 30, 2003 2:23 PM To: Steve Shiver Subject: Renton Aquatic CP #2 It look like it will run about$11,046.51 this includes $8584.00 MRC $380.00 Toilets $406.00 Layout The remainder is tax, ins and markup. With your approval I will let MRC proceed. Matthew L. Wilde Powell Construction Company 425 828 4774 ext. 14 5/30/2003 CHANGE PROPOSAL , PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center C. P. NO. 003 OF CHANGE Remive and Replace Unsuitable Soils at Activity Pool NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO Powell Construction Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated_ April 2003 please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver , Northwest Architectural Co., P.S. DATE ISSUED _ May 22 2003 Per telephone conversation this date: Per geotechnical recommendations, remove unsuitable soils at two areas at the activity pool and replace with material excavated from the lap pool. Provide trip tickets for any haul-off and daily report copied detailing machine time. The contractor is to proceed with this work. This change is limited to the areas discussed on 5/22 and reviewed on-site on 5/23. Any other unsuitable soils encountered in the future will be handled through a separate change proposal. ATTACHMENTS:CA-1 Wave Pool Fencing/Railing Drawing P"-TRIBUTION: (3 originals)to Contractor,(1) i PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total(ADDITION) (DEDUCTION) to the contract sum of CAL-1 Excluding State Sales Tax F ) The amount covers all direct and indirect costs related to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in full effect. Attached re Cost Proposal Breakdown Sheets_. We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of calendar days in the completion time ecaus of t ch e. (If left blank,indicates 0 days.) We agree to be bound by this proposaIf o 30 ays f m signature date. SUBMITTED BY DATE —a Contractor's Signature DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO ,Owner Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. rec mends acceptance of A foregoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY DATE /Z�0 3 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by: ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified. A Change Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount. Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. NBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner,(1)original to Architect,(1)original to Contractor F344-CP\N12-02072t8\E18Ec-CP-003.doc 101-041 ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON 99201-1 107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR DALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 ®2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE.WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Request 10POWHI CONS TRUC'I'IONCO. Detailed(with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA To: Steve Shiver From: Mike Brehm Northwest Architectural Company Powell Construction Co. Seattle,WA 98121 737 Market Street Kirkland,WA 98033 s. Remove and Replace unsuitable soils In Negotiation MOW 'S°t 1`' mil✓ `.'.;' k t` � ..,, .yFt. ,, rs.. ,. , s ". NAC CP#003 6/10/2003 0 947 005 6/3/2003 MRC Quote dated 6/2/03 947 0 Change Order Field Condition Remove and Replace Unstable Soils at Activity Pool Per geotechnical recommendations,remove unsuitable soils at two areas at the activity pool and replace with material excavated from the lap pool. Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 001 MRC Cost Proposal 803 Level 001 1.0% B&O Taxes 8 Level 002 1.5%PL&PD Insurance 12 Leve1004 15.00% Markup 123 Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 6/3/2003 PCC_MASTER Page 1 JUN-02=03 MON 03:00 PM FAX NO, P. 03 MRC C LLC Earthwork, Utilities and Environmental ]Line',',, 2003 Mr. Mika Brohm Powell Construction Company 737 Market Street Kirkland, WA 93033 P.e: Menton Aquitic Center; CP No, 003, Remove and replace unsuitable soils at activity pool. Dear Mr. Brehm, This is the cost break dawn for removing and replacing the unsuitablo soils at the activity pool. 1.) 4 hours for truck &trailer rental for disposal. $ 360.00 2.) Disposal fee for 70 cubic yards of unsuitable Soil $ 84.00 3.) Labor and equipment to replace unsuitable soil witl7 onsito soils. $ 359,0 U Total $ 803.00 Please note that only 70 cubic yards of the 140 cubic yards on the Sunset Materials, disposal ticket is applied toward this change order- ,Also, the price for disposal on the tickets are not correct. The correct price is $ 1.00 per cubic yard. If you have any question please call nie at (253) 759-4829. Sincerely, Ric liademacher MRCP Construction, LLC 5219 North Shirley Street Suite 003 (253)759-4829 'I'lleo la, WA 98407 Fax (253) 759-1088 JUN-02'-03 MON 03:00 PM FAX NO. P. 04 G LU � U � T k LU LU `•, rn -- y F J C� d v C` J- V U U s .Y m rn u �' m Z cc L2 2 9 LIi Q U `J Z T Wj L LU i L \ 0 r � O r.^ F fA ` O iL �C� y L ~ � ❑ E W LLl LO o ct m :z LO J ' y T v 0 Q L v " ' o °n a �cnc n "pp ►F a Z = '�• U Q W l @ 2 2 2 Z a al a CC L) LU o EL (, jai Z •E GuJ� 9 Q I CO C) C? m , H V s ol LLJ 03 04 con N �1 w— to .-. * _ CL C9 co N > TI ` H a Q- X ... 0 0, LU V cc Lu Z n \� '� a: " m 0 W N o -, � p d• ra m = N y Ei 'b • VJ a u r \ .-� d E z U 7 LL [] ' F- r JUN-02=03 MON 03;00 PM FAX NO. P. 05 LU CD b � CO ro 9 O com " CO -- U F p � 4 t�- ► j � _U 5 ` r ? x `�•�� W O a > Z UJ co r1 c �yy s t++ N a z It O d R 0 W u 1 , JO. � o�t E`S i r qw ail co w M C] m � wVl � ►- -i L!J N Go ti z>t ��� M� �� �u tn_T �. N -i° a CC W m r LL ;',j .� ,: 0 ILL LL, a tU h e C'� i I ; x CO a s� '� c x .r.J N CL z � � z rn e� rD it rr a Li H i JUN-02=03 MON 03:01 PM FAX N0, P. 06 SUNSET N1, "'�'IERIALS I111C" 018825 Renton-Maple Valley Rd. - Renton,WA 98058 - 425-226-3653 !>, 18011 Renton-Issaquah Rd.SP Renton,WA 98059 - 425.226-4140 - 206-461-4887 Remit To; Box,1317 - Monroe,WA 98272 ­1 + .,_) ( (` 1 ^' 4-: fs+ 1 To �). �_ \ mil_ 1. �� Date �'C.,� ,�..� i i i Address ....... . r City,State,ZIp_ CI1sr{�i� Visa 4 Chock g Cash Salesperson Delivered By 1 gUanifty Description Quantity oescrl ton -Unit Amount Orderad p _ Ordered p _ Prico Soil 1 1.i,`'�f't �`, Compost - Bark Hogfuel Rock Sand Brush &Stumps Playchips MISC. ESC Per Yard/Ton .50 Sub TOTAL TONS 74� ❑PICK-UP Total - �DUMP TOTALYDS, , O DELIVE=RY Tax ITatal GROSS WEIGHT LDS.~ TRUCK WEIGI4T LBS, NET WEIGHT i Doliver To; t ; Address; City: I Agree no l to hold SUNSET MATERIALS,INC,roopponsible for thu actions of their truck drivingg ours property at my roquosu m-andord dumps and standard sppreads to apply.CuSlomer 15 liable for cost should ilia truris got stuck on customer properly,requhnrg a wrecker.Cu tamer agrees NAT to hold SUNSET MATERIALS,INC,rasponRl- blafor darnago nlcUrred while lauding Or while on said promiCOS.Ali accounts oidor than 30 days are sub- ject to t,by6 per month cJrrying charges plus all collECtion expenses and rr•.a5pnpbla attorneys 1003, To protFiot rho Inlc ost of Seller,ihr�purCll�•°,er of Hbovo matcrialG is Hereby not,ried or all intcntlon to lion for amount o1 said purchases it this account Is not paid within 30 days or surtablo anangemonts are not mach, SUNSET MATERIALS,INC.makes no roprosonlatlons or warranties,Wlt1lsrever,expreua or implied.That lhls matorlal Is sunabie for Nnyy r�utpor.9 or use.Customer agrees nor to hold SUNSC T MATERIALS, INC. liable for any(oroign, ItPr which may bo proconl In mt�lerials producotl on our promises. ALL CLAIMS FOR ANY REASON MUST DE MADF WITHIN 3 DAYS .J COMPLAINTS ON yOCK DLLIVEF�IE�AO 6E Rr-__CEIVED WITHIN 24 HOURS White-Office Yellow-Billing Pink-Yard Gold-Customor JUN-02=03 MON 03;01 PM FAX NO, P. 07 SUNSET MERIALS INC: 0 18825 Benton-Maple Valley Rd. - Renton,WA 98058 • 425-226-3653 018011 Renton-Issaquah Rd.SE - Renton,WA 98059 - 425-226-4140 b 206.46.7-4887 I )i To // Remit To- P,0 Box 1347 Monroe,WA 982_72 Its Address �. ' City,State,Zip barge Visa# Check# Cash Salesperson Delivered By C�uantllY Description Ouarltity Description Unit Amount Drdorod _ Ordered_ Price Compost 's dark ' Hogfuel Rock Sand Brush&Stumps Playchips �. Misc. ESC Per Yard/Ton .50 w........ Sub TOTAL TONS ,DUMP ❑PICK-UP Totnl • —"" � TOTALYDS, ❑DELIVERY Tax TOtW GROSS WEIGHT LBS. TRUCK WEIGHT LBS. NET WEIGHT Deliver 70; Address! City; I agree not to hold SUNSET MATERIALS,INC.rcopomiblo tot tho aollons of their truck drivin�j ovor propony at my request;standard dumps and standard spreads to apply,Customer is liable for coat should t tr truck get stuck on customer property,requiring a wrecker,Customer agrees NOT to hold SUNSET MATERIALS,INC.raoponsi- blu for damago incurred while loading,or while on said premises,All accounts oldor than 30 days ara sub- bed to 1.S% per month carrying chargos plus all collection expanses and roaconable allorneys fees. To protect the Interest of sailor,the purchaser of Above irtalwmis is hereby notified of all intention to lion for amount of said purchases if this account Is no(paid within 80 days or suitablo arrangetno ills are not made. SUNSET MATERIALS, INC,makes no repre3entations or warranties,whatsoever,oxprecs or implied,that this material Is suitablo for any purpo&o at use,Customer agrees not to hold SUNSET MATERIALS, INC. liable for any foreign mailer which may be present in malariahs produced on air premises. ALL CLAIMS FOR ANY REASON MUST BE MADE WITHIN 3 DAYS ,., COMPLAINTS ON R0r*DELIVERIES 1 BE RCc[IVED WITHIN 24 HOURS At!c411VVd 13y__— White-Office Yellow-Billing Pink•Yard Gold-Cuslomar JUN-02=03 MON 03:01 PM FAX N0, R 08 MRC CNlrtryoUnn Powell Construction Renton Aquatic Center JOID ar 03-139 -- Claim: S14r1 �dic.? Slop Noma; Phose Code Deso►I an of Work trbnr/. td r Iron/.autp r t.har *Quips 1160 MoblllsalWR �"-� 1200 T.E.S.0, 2100 Site CIam011110n 2210 $Itdwork ~Y`� 2220 Suildln,Fxcayatloni Backfill 2310 WaterSyatarn Mo tiswer system x330 Storm System TOT L I�borhgWp NOTES: JUN-02=03 MON 03;01 PM FAX N0, P. 09 Mae conotfadlo1) Powell Conatructl®n �O�a gonton Aquatic COW Dnt•: s-- 4-L-43; Stag Stop 3'j® h 1 nhsascode Doacripluaft ofwork Irborreowliq Irb*r!■pul v bnxl�oul•� 1400 Noblllatlon 1200 T.E.S.C, 2100 $lm bemolltlon 2210 Sitswork �7 r 2220 Bull dino Excavation/Satktlll ~ 2310 War$videm •. 2320 newer System 2930 Start"S stmt TOTAL iaoor/•quip NOTES: JUN-02=03 MON 03;01 PM FAX N0. P, 10 MAC conouma ion ��A,It` — Powell Construction Fenton Aquatic Center ,106 #03-138 Dato: — C��. Start Stop Nance: I V C-I' —/6 ewer J A n , Phase Code Ooscripllan of work labor 1 equip or labor/equip+ laoor/amu(p r 1100 on 1200 T.8.s.Q, 2100 ISltr:Demolition 2210 ISitework 2220 Iftild1laq Excaynlion/Backlill 2310 J Waters stem 2320 I Sewer System 2330 !_Storm System w I Cam /e,/ i"As > t I I l TOTAI. labor/oqulp NOTt:s'_�CxC/1�.r��� CAG-03-029 Adden #3-03 CITY OF RENTON CHANGE ORDER JUL 2 4 2093 RECEIVED CITY CLERK'S OFFICE PROJECT Henry-Woses Aquatic Center E C ONO 03 _q�x_ 0 Page 1 of 1 W-Gui.RK-2 OFFIC NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8E6 DATE ISSUED July-1 6, 2003 TO Powell Construction Inc. ------___----------(CC)NTRACTOR) After signature by Owner and Architect you are directed to make the following changes in your Contract dated April 2003 with The City Or-Renton Attn: Dennis (OWNER) for the above referenced project. CP/CCD No. Description Cost CP-005 Delete observation wells and under pool imported gravel $ -4,483.00 TOTAL COST $ 4483.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner and the Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates agreement herewith,including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, The original Contract SUM Was 3,773,7$4.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order was 17,507.00 3,791,291.00 The Contract Sum will be (increased)(deeFeesed)(unchd)by this Change Order The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be __-4 48 3.00 The Contract Time will be (RE(ee5ed)(&-�FpRqeeh(unchangedl by 3,786,808.00 0- Calendar Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is ------ Unchanged Amounts(INCLUDE)(EXCLUDE)State Sales Tax CONTRACTORS ACCEPTANCE ARI--HITF(---[ S RE M/\AENDA TION OWNERS AC BY (At,"154-- BY BY DA FE DA I -7 DA 1E ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE 1 7- ,pr)v,'Ai.JF NASHHGTON99201-1 M-7 509-8318-8240 FAX 5 0 9 838-3261 5 ❑ 2233 NORIHMST BOULEVARD )t UR ID,A[ENF IDAHO 83814 2Q 208-667-9579 FAX 208 667-9739 M 2201 SIXTH AVTrJJJE SUITE 1405 "'FAFT!t .AIASHIING101`,198121 1837 206-441-4522 FAX 206 441-7917 CHANGE PROPOSAL PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center C. P. NO. 005 _ OF CHANGE Delete Observation Wells and Imported Gravel NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO Powell Construction Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated April 2003. please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver Northwest Architectural Co., P.S. DATE ISSUED .tune 9, 2003 Delete the observation wells at the pools. Delete imported gravel sub-base under pools as indicated on attached memo from Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. ATTACHMENTS:CA-1 Wave Pool Fencing/Railing Drawing �' TPIBUTION (3 originals)to Contractor,(1) 1 PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total 14*(DEDUCTION) to the contract sum of r ' ter A-.J w s=rrl..�.. ¢6a pot n4 ($ .4 403 `� ) Excluding State Sales Tax % The amount covers all direct and indirect costs related to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in full effect. Attache are Cost Proposal Breakdown Sheets_. We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of calendar days in the completion time ecouse this ch nge. (I blank, indicates D days.) We agree to be bound by this proposal for 30 days from signature date. SUBMITTED BY DATE 0—? /it /(D-.1.) ontractor's Signature DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO ,Owner Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. commends acceptan5p of the foregoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY DATE Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by: ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified. A Change Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount. Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. .`IBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner,(1)original to Architect,(1)original to Contractor F344-CP\N12-02072\8\E18Ec-CP-005.doc !01-041 ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE.WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑ 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D ALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 0 2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Re g quest POW1:UCONSTRUMONCO. Detailed(with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA .- .- �� To: Steve Shiver From: Matt Wilde Northwest Architectural Company Powell Construction Co. 2201 Sixth Ave.,Suite 1405 PO Box 97070 Seattle,WA 98121 Kirkland,WA 98033 Description Cater oty, Status Delete Observation Wells and Imported Gravel Direct Cost In Negotiation Reference, Requited y Days Req Arta Req MRC Quote, Pool Co Quote 0 (4,483) Notes C 1,.;,O No ' Date I�efe�ence Amt:Pra Da s Re Cats o Reason „ Description- No s 005 6/3/2003 MRC Quote dated 6/2/03 (4,483) 0 Change Order Field Condition Delete Observation Wells and Improted Gravel Delete the observation wells at the pools. Delete imported gravel sub-base under pools as indicated on attached memo from associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 001 The Pool Co.Quote (900) 002 MRC Quote (3,583) Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 7/11/2003 PCC_MASTER Pagel JUL-IU-U6 IN 1u;UU Hrl Attu uun1Kuu11ull rnn Irv, cc3(aciu00 I , UC- A • to M 1%, C Consfructiony LLC F,arthwork,Utilities and Environmental July 9, 2003 Mr. Mike Brehm Powell Construction Company 737 Market Street Kirklautd, WA 98033 Re: Renton Aquatic Center; C.P.#005,Credit for gravel under Pools and cost for extra stripping depth. Dear Mr. Brehm, Below is a cost break down of credit realized for not installing the gravel base under the Pools Iasi the additional cost for having to trench for the under pool plumbing. 1.) Credit for 1,081 tons of gravel that is not being installed Under the Pools. $ 9,675.00 2.) Deduct from gravel credit for additional work to trench native soil and bed -6,092.00 under pool plumbing, $ 3,583,00 it.) 250 tns of pets gravel bedding b.) Iaborer and equipment for onsite grading With the additional labor and equipment to place the native soils on site, regrade the pool bottom and purchatie of pea gravel to bed the under pool plumbing,the credit is $ 3,583.00. If you have tiny question Please call me at (253) 759-4829, Sincerely, Ric Riuleinacher MRC Construction,LLC 5219 N(3rtll Shirley Street Suite 003 (253)759-4529 Tacoma,WA 98407 Fax (253) 759-1088 06/24/03 TUE 17:26 FAX 1 780 462 2664 MASTER POOLS 11001 L 9319.35 Ave. Edmonton,AS T6E 5R5 The Pool C • , Ph:(780)462-2441 Fox(780)462-2664 Fcmc 7b: Malt Wilde @ Powell Construction From PhD Zhong FA= 4264822-8297 Pages: 11 Photo 425-8284444 Date: 06/24!03 Re: Renton CC: Dwight, File 0 Urgent 17 For Review ❑Please Comment Please Reply C Please Recycle Matt, Delete underdrain pipe as per C-P.#005 credit$900.00 i If you have any question, please let me know ASAP. Regards, Phil g y ` 06/05/2003 15:14 4258275424 AESI NAVE b1lb1 Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Memorandum Date: June 5,2003 To: Dennis Culp Steve Porter Project Renton Aquatic City of Renton Coughlin Porter Lundeen Name: Center, Fax (206) 430-6603 Fax (206) 343-0460 Steve Shiver Vern Turell Northwest Architects Powell Construction Fax (206) 441-7917 Fax (425) 227-8278 From: Kurt D. Merriman PE j Project KE02672A No: Subject: Opinion Concerning Pool Subgrade This memorandum is to document our opinion concerning the suggested elimination of imported gravel beneath the proposed lap and activity pools. Our opinion has been developed based on our previous subsurface explorations and observations of prepared subgrades during resent construction site visits. The site is underlain by course alluvial sand and gravel. These materials are considered free draining j and provide excellent subgrade support when compacted to a firm and unyielding surface. We have observed these materials to be present at the subgrade elevation for both pools. The compacted subgrades of both pools have been approved. The project plans indicate that a layer of imported gravel should be placed between the prepared subgrade and the pool concrete. In our opinion, this gravel layer can be eliminated with out significantly compromising the pool subgrade settlement or drainage performance. The compacted native sand and gravel will provide a suitable, free draining subgrade. Should you have any questions regarding this matter,please call. i 911 FIFTH AVENUE • SUTTE 100 KIRKLAND.WA 98033 - P:425/827-7701 - F:425/827-5424 CAG-03-029 Adden #4-03 _ CITY OF RENT CN CHANGE ORDER ...� JUL 2 4 2003 ' RECEIVED CITY CLEII OFFICE PROJECT Henry_Moses Aquatic Center C O NO. 004 ___ Page - 1_ of 1 NAC PROJECT NO. _— 2-02072 _ - 8Eb DATE ISSUED _ July 16, 2003 TO _ Powell_Construction. Inc. __-__(CONTRACTOR) After signature by Owner and Architect you are directed to make the following changes in your Contract dated April 2003 _ _ with The City Or Renton Attn: Dennis Culp __ (OWNER)for the above referenced project. CP/CCD No. Description Cost CP-006 Add exhaust fan, floor sink, water line and soda piping $ 6,487.00 TOTAL COST $ 6,487.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner and the Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates agreement herewith,including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The original Contract Sum was _... ._ ._ _ $ 3 773784.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ 13,024.00 — -- The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order was . _ - $ 3 786,808.00 -3,7 The Contract Sum will be (increased)Id�e�al(w�aagedl by this Chonge Order _ __ -_ -- The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be _.. 11 _ $ 6 487.00_ $ 3 793 295.00 .... _..- L-----"-2 The Contract Time will be (+r�eesed)(tea))unchanged)by ( 0 _)Calendar Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is Unchanged Amounts(INCLUDE)(EXCLUDE)State Sales Tax. CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE ARCHITECTS RECO/vAMENDATIQN OWNER'S ACCEP BY - --- - BY - BY � DATE "� �''� - - ---. D A T E 71/ �v 3_ DAIIE f ❑ 1203`NEST RIVERSIDE POKAME 1,/A3HINGTON 99201 1 107 509-838-8240 FA 09-8,8 8261 ❑ 2233 N�RTH�A E,1 gCL1fEVARD --OEUR D AIF�-iE IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208 667-9739 ® 2201 SIXThi.AVENUE Si1ITE 1405 ,EAfT E 7AHIf,GIOF 98121-183_ 206-441-4522 FAX LOh X141-7917 CHA GE PROPOSAL PogJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center C. P. NO. 006 _c OF CHANGE Add Exhaust Fan Drain and Water at Concessions NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO Powell Construction Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated April 2003, please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver , Northwest Architectural Co., P.S. DATE ISSUED _ .tune 9, 2003 Add floor sink and cold water for ice/soda machines and an exhaust fan at the concessions area. Include installation of 2-2" PVC conduits with large sweep bends between equipment numbers 13 and 25. Extend conduit exposed 18" up wall. ATTACHMENTS: 3 mechanical and 1 electrical drawings -R BUTION: (3 originals)to Contractor,(1) PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total(ADDITION) (DEDUCTION) to the contract sum of Excluding State Sales Tax The amount covers all direct and indirect costs related to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in ful effect. Attached are Cost Proposal Breakdown Sheets_. We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of calendar days in the completion time ecouse f this cha . (If left blank,indicates m days.) We agree to be bound by this proposal for 30 d ys from signature date. SUBMITTED BY DATE L �U Contractor's Signature DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO Owner Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. r ommends acceptance gf the foregoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY ---_� DATE 7 orthwest Architectural Company,P,S. AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by: ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified. A Change Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount. Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. ----'IBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner,(1)original to Architect,(1)original to Contractor F344-CP\N:\2-02072\8\E\8Ec-CP-006.doc I01-041 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838 8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR DALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 0 2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Request POWD, I CONSTRUMON CO. Detailed (with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA Change • . 005 D. 00 To: Steve Shiver From: Mike Brehm Northwest Architectural Company Powell Construction Co. 2201 Sixth Ave.,Suite 1405 PO Box 97070 Seattle,WA 98121 Kirkland,WA 98033 f besctptian Sta �u� Add Exhaust Fan, Drain&Water at Concessions Direct Cost In Negotiation Reference „'' ..~' `' Requited NAC CP#006 6/30/2003 0 6,487 Node& PCNa , Ida#e Refrence , �"3 h Amt R>ap Days Req Catec�ory� e Q t asai �,. DeSCrl t'on o f iN @S 006 6/18/2003 6,487 0 Change Order Owner Directive Add Exhaust Fan,Drain and Water at Concessions Add floor sink and cold water for ice/soda machines and an exhaust fan at the concessionis area. Include installation of 2-2"PVC conduits with large sweep bends between equipment numbers 13 and 25. Extend conduit exposed 18"up wall. Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 003 Evergreen Quote(HVAC) 1,568 001 Pac West Quote(Plumbing) 2,360 002 Cascade Quote(Electrical) 1,300 004 GVA Quote(Louver) 275 Level 001 1.0% B&O Taxes 55 Level 002 1.5%PL&PD Insurance 83 Leve1004 15.00% Markup 846 Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 7/11/2003 PCC_MASTER Pagel JUL 10 .1 03 08t54 000 �6= ;?_�zz P.01 �iY L9(�11V Q Cow MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVE Date: 7/10/03 To: Matt Wilde Powell Construction Co. Phone: 425,8284774 Fax: 425.822.9297 From: GVA Inc. Becky Ringquht Phone: 503.233-811 Fax: 503-233.8876 Pages: 1 Subject: Renton Aquatic Center CP 0006. The following are the adders for the additional louver and back draft damper quotation.Please Is me know which one yos would like add. I am sending the signed contracts back tomorrow. Additional lower$.. I$=@ change order for the ones YOU want. L Add 5120.00 for 1-16 x 24 LEG04-3QOr-4"Deep -1-2. Add 5135.00 for 1-16 x 24 LEC-O4.3QOr.F 6"Deep =-P, 3. Add 575.00 for 1-16 x 24 SHP-100Y Fairle backdralt damper,Mill finish We will need: Color chips samples or paint mfg. Name utd UC#required to match duratech 5000 weather copper. JUN-22-2003 09:17P FROM: Pae West, Mechanical TO:14252278278 P:2,3 Mi-I A-03 03:49At1 Iruuwrowet t tut:t r utl %o CMANGE PROPOSAL. 006 }JECT Mos s A atic Ce tar G P.NO --------- TITLE OF Ct 1ANGE A Exhou an Drci and Water at onces one NAC PROJECT NO. �,„�02072 BEc ^cntrxtor, Rl:OUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO _ Pow el Construct' dated- April ` 2o Q3- in tpnnecticA with yavr r-Wroct with city of Renton rij femed to within days of roceipt. ptnase furnish your cost propvsol per pertormtng the changes outlined bp(pw arrd/ar detolled on the ottochtK � S+a�ve Shiver ,,Northwest Architectural Co.,f',S. DATE ISSUED ... JuJ1R-3-2-QQ3 ISSUED BY -- Add floor sink cmd cold water for ice/soda machines and on exhaust fan at the eoneessianS areal' Include installation of 2-2"PVC condults with large sweep bends between equipment numbers 13 and 25. Extend conduit exposed 18"up wall. 00 00 aflio 7w V't Pao or?.36�•ac.3 ATTAChtMENTS:3 mechanical and I electrical dro%logs DISTRIBUTION. i3 originoW to Contractor,tit PROPOSAL TO Northwest ArcNtecturaf CamPony,P.S_ We propose to perform all changes dexribed in the above requeo for a total fADDIT14lW IbEDUCTIOM to the eantroct wiisal2�0 t Exciva9ng Stile Soles Tax .� The amount covers o11 direct and Indirect costs Wood to the change IMIdtng offsol of the change on tho remainder of the"ig All other provisions aF y eantract eC+nain In full effect. A toched are Cost Prapatiat Breakdown Sheers We request an 1EXTENnSICIM REDUCTION s of signature o g in the completion rime becosrse of this chacnge. Of left blank.mckalm 0 doys.l We agree to be bound by Ihls Fx pose SUBMITTED By �.. ' s...�� L441� r DATE Contractor's Signatures DISTRI$UTION 11,slgnnd cxtpinok with ottoched cost brockdown to Nonhw*4 Architectural Cvmpony. E]Returned to Controctor(pr revisionlre•evckration. See comments obeseloitoched. AljTRORIzAT1ON TO Nerthwear Archkoeturol Company.PS•recommends acceptance of the fongoing proposal. 4ECOOMtwENDED 9Y DATE Northwest A►c(+eetnxol Company,P.S. AUTHORIZATION DATE OwmerlRt;presereotivo Avihori2atbn by: Q Sionotvre ❑Telephone ❑Fox &mdteoted above,the Owner accepts ft foregoing proposal and wtharlZ04 perfOrMIC&of the changes specified. A Ctx>•tgo t'Jrder(CO)will fallow which includes the CP amovat. Billing cannot be honored for the CP vntit issvonee of the CO. piS',%UTION After:gnotvre,f 11 original retained tsy C?wner.!I1 ortgeA9f to ArGhltae+,I li ar+g+not ro Contractor r94 e•t;Pirt,207N?181E�BEc•C'P•000d+a UI• f7 1203 Wi ST RIYER510E 5P0-Kati?.•WASM—I4&T N 99201.1 V07 XQQ-838.8240 FAX 55M-838.82 ..__ ».��.....a..,.w �nflIPMAIFNG INAW)A3814-7,0? 1,08, .9579 FAX 2%-W-97 AN-16-2003 WEE) 09:57AM ID:Pac West Mechanical PgGE;2 JU4 .25-2003 09:28P FROM: Pac W, Mechanical ":14258228297 P:2/2 PAC WEST MECHANICAL 29204164TH AVENUE SOUTHEAST KENT, WASHINGTON 98042 OFFICE 253.638.2990 FAX 2S3-638.7194 June 25, 2003 Powell Construction P O Box 97070 Kirkland, WA 98083 Attention: Matt Wilde Regarding: Renton Aquatic Center Material breakdown as requested: 60 feet of 2 in cast iron pipe @ $5 . 50 a linear foot= $330 . 00 40 feet of ;,� in copper pipe 0 $1 . 75 a linear foot= $70 . 00 Total.............................................................................................................................................$400 . 00 08 03 03: 13P F -RGREEN REFRIGERATION 2C 7632389 p. 2 EVERGREEN CHANGE Refrigeration , Inc . EORDER ,'27South Kenyon Sr. Number 1 Date 07/08/03 Seattle,Washington 98108 (206)763-1744 FAx(2o6)763-2389 FFf�425-828-44441 JOB NUMDER TO Powell Construction 035046 PO Box 97070 Renton Aquatic Center Kirkland WA 98083-9770 F e hereby agree to make the Change(s)specified below: xhaust fan,ductwork and two grilles in CP#006 ouvers by others NOTE: EXCLUSIONS ARE THE SAME AS THE BASE PROPOSAL WE AGREE hereby to make the change(s)specified above at this price $1,568.00 ACCEPTED-The above prices and specifications of this Change Order are satisfactory and are hereby Data of acceptance accepted. All work to be performed under same terms and conditions as specified in original contract Signature unless otherwise stipulated. {OWNER) 06/24/2003 17:23 2093339^Q4 CASCADE MTN EL"TRIC PAGE 02 CASCADE MOUNTAIN ELECTRIC, INC. '306 SX. 30TH STREET 1812 W. KETTLEMAN LN. #2A .oELLEVUE, WA 98008 LODI CA, 95242 PHONE 425-373-0036 PHONE 209-333-9282 FAX 425-373-0037 FAX 209-333-9284 Date: 6125/2003 CHANGE ORDER# 1 Company: POWELL CONSTRUCTION CO. Attn: MATT WILDE Project: RENTON AQUATIC CENTER The following is a cost to provide and install; ADDITIONAL CONDUIT, BOXES, COUPLINGS, CONNECTORS, STRAPS, CIRCUIT BREAKER, FAN SWITCH, WIRE AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS FOR THE EXHAUST FAN AND CONDUIT FOR THE SODA LINES PER CP # 006 FROM THE ENGINEER. Labor 14 HRS AT$ 55.07 = $ 770.98 iterial = $ 359.31 —quipment = 0 15% O&P = $ 169.54 Total Amount of Cost Proposal $1,299.83 Notes: �,�,TEa ate cvTC� PGO °caG If you have any questions, feel free to give me a call. Sincerely, CASCADE MOUNTAIN ELECTRIC, INC. Wade Johnson, President Approval of Cost Proposal Signature Date 251MIJuo • 5 . 2003. 5GAM No • 3624 P • 2, 06/05,cvv-,' 08:36 ofn 1' I 1 1 — ---'r — ��— R1 A26 INCH S BELOW FINISHED SLAB, SI IM jODNNECT E E ___CONN GT TO 3ANIT,4RY SYO G WER 5EE CIVIL DRAWINGS CIVI D N S. i i 1 i i ) 1 L—__� I V2 It V U10 L '�O i I V2" Y UP 2" UP TO FLOOR SINK 21' 1 211 FS I r _^• �'r:-^11 1 f f_ I 1 + 1 211 11 II � . .. GREASE TRAP l � 1 1 V2 V 1 ill" Y 1 1 " FD C, 1 I 1" CW UP it I V �' Y UP � 1 r 8 1 1 FARITAL FOUNDATION PLAN N SCALE RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Sheet No: SK-M7 Halvorson, Beach n..od PARITAL FOUNDATION PLAN Job No: 02051 Helvoraon, ee�ch � Bower, loc. 1833 N 1031h Strert, SultQ 305 REF SHEET Mi.1 Sovttl.,Wuehlnston 98133-133-8979 Drawn: GT (206)327-0501 Fox: U06)S27-9104 hbbehbbems.coM Dato: 2003-06-04 11 1► u n r • -r _ u 11t1 191 ♦♦ — r� 1111 — •. :: .�, 11 - ii © NI� �• :71rrr - r U r � zm IS am am am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER N �rrrri�rr•• ' � - : i 0 , Halvorson, Beach Bower,Inc. PARITAL FLOOR • •• 02031 183) N 10Sih$treat, Suits So 11 Seattle,WashIngtom 90133-0973 �; (306)527.0307 Fam (206)327-9104 j: • e 2003-06-d' 2jIMIJuo • 5 . 2003 8 57A No • 3624 P • 4 06/05/ 08:42 CMU WALL FABRIC SACKDRAFT DAMPER PLENUM, CONNECT TO LOUVER FLEX CONN (TYP) L12x12 —__- O GRILLE - TITUS 33RL LOUVER W/ 18x10, 2 TYP MESH BIRD 12r SCREEN. tM ADWINDING REENHECK 1550-90, 2 SPEED 2 � �• % H.P. MOTOR 1725 Rf!M HIGHSPEED, 410 CFM 0 0375" WG OR, rtau.�rr wJ'r�P 1140 RFM LOW SPEED, V15RATION CI) r3 Gr7L\G rQu�s6 ISOLATION SPRING HANGERS pOW,�-1 F1 ' -may m= a v� Ga�7d-t�• w j�41u r�, E.F-3 DETAIL $CALF : NONE RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Sheet No: SK-M3 - son, Beach & Dower, DETAIL Job No: 02051 Halvorson, Beach b Bower,Inc. Slut N 105th Street, 9133- 973 REF SHEET M1.2 S.nttl.,Warhington 9019Y097>t Drawn: GT (206)527-0501 Fox:(206)S27-9104 hbbehbbeng.com Date: 2003-06-04 NNW • Til A' ti 2-SPEED ROTARY SELECTOR SWITCH j 29 14 2 22a 8b FAN &-3 27a 1/4HF,1120V b 2-SPEED. 28a 22 112 01,--A f-VC:40- I 10b (2) 2- FOR SODA 1 b LINES L tj r1 t .4 20 tt ii � L16- 4 o 16 aEo. Ec- 41 I-H, cBKW ktg 010 1'-', It 18 2ro,28 L C,4',11,IB FA CA15INET PANEL t its LC 32 -7, 21 — LC-31 21 tRECs MUTUF "NEMA LC-21,23 91 1 �A J"11 NEW CONSTRUCTION NAC NO. 2-02072 HENRY MOSES AQUATIC CENTER FILE E12.DWG ESK-1 DRAWN JAR CEDAR RIVER PARK CHECKED CJB EXHAUST FAN & RENTON, WASHINGTON Ps DATE 06-09-03 SODA LINES CITY OF RENTON CAC 3-029 Adden #5-03 CHANGE ORDER J U L 2 4 2003 RECEIVED � CITY CLERK'S OFFICE PROJECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center C 0 NO - 005______ Page 1 of 1 -- -- - - - - - ----- -- -- NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 811 DATE ISSUED _- July 16, 2003 TO Powell Construction Inc. (CONTRACTOR) After signature by Owner and Architect you are directed to make the following changes in your Contract dated April 2003 with The City Or Renton Attn: Dennis Culp (OWNER) for the above referenced project. CP/CCD No. Description Cost CP-008 Change gate at dumpster from aluminum to metal $ -1,280.00 TOTAL COST $ -1,280.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner and the Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates agreement herewith,including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The original Contract Sum was _3,773,784.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ 19 51 1.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order was _ - - $ 3,793,295.00 The Contract Sum will be (increased)Wei—P.4 (afleheriged) by this Change Order $ 1,280.00 The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be $ 3,792 005.00 The Contract Time will be(IREFPeseQl (de�eesedl lu_nchanged) by (___0 _)Calendar Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is Unchanged Amounts(INCLUDE)(EXCLUDE)State Sales Tax. CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE ARCHITECTS R OMMENDATIO OWNER'S PT JE BY ` — _ BY BY -- - DATE Q / �'.�� - — DATE � / I� 16 3 DATE C0 ,d FU uC jc 1 1-04i ❑ 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKA11F WASHINGTON 99201-1 107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838 8261 ❑ 2233 NOR]HWESI BOULEVARD COEUR U AI-ENE IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 M 2201 SIXTH AVENUE SURE 1405 SEATTIF WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206 441 7917 t CHANGE PROPOSAL ''" ECT Henry Moses Aquatic Center C. P. NO. 008 1 TI I Lt OF CHANGE Change Aluminum Gate at Dumpsters NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 8Ec REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL TO Powell Construction Contractor, in connection with your contract with City of Renton dated April 2003, please furnish your cost proposal for performing the changes outlined below and/or detailed on the attachments referred to within days of receipt. ISSUED BY Steve Shiver , Northwest Architectural Co., P.S. DATE ISSUED June 12 2003 Change the aluminum louvers at the dumpster gate to prefinished metal siding to match the building. Trim all edges of the siding with pre-finished drip at the bottom and U-shapes on the sides and top. ATTACHMENTS: '$UTION: (3 originals)to Contractor,(1) PROPOSAL TO Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. We propose to perform all changes described in the above request for a total(ADDITION) EDUCTION to the contract sum of �e 1►w. .r--� '� d�w.9,..�1 �. Qall�vs 1$ C l Zgo Excluding State Sales Tax The amount covers all direct and indirect costs related to the change including effects of the change on the remainder of the project. All other provisions of the contract remain in full effect. Attached are Cost Proposal Breakdown Sheets_. We request an (EXTENSION) (REDUCTION) of calendar days in the completion time because of this change. (If left blank,indicates 0 days.) We agree to be bound by this proposal for 30 days from signature date. SUBMITTED BY DATE G Z-T y Contractor's Signature ' DISTRIBUTION (3)signed originals with attached cost breakdown to Northwest Architectural Company. ❑ Returned to Contractor for revision/re-evaluation. See comments above/attached. AUTHORIZATION TO Owner Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. r l�smmends acceptance of th foregoing proposal. RECOMMENDED BY DATE Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. AUTHORIZATION DATE Owner/Representative Authorization by: ❑ Signature ❑ Telephone ❑ Fax As indicated above,the Owner accepts the foregoing proposal and authorizes performance of the changes specified. A —range Order(CO)will follow which includes the CP amount. Billing cannot be honored for the CP until issuance of the CO. ) L,,-,�iBUTION After signature,(1)original retained by Owner,(1)original to Architect,(1)original to Contractor F344-CP\N:%2-02072\8\E\8Ec-CP-008.doc 101-041 I] 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 0 2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D'ALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 ® 2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Change Order Request 9 q Ki�n __ UCONMUMONCO. Detailed (with Breakdown of PCOs), Grouped by Each Number Renton Aquatic Center Project# CAG-03-0329 Powell Construction Co. Cedar River Park Tel: 425 227 8277 Fax: 425 227 8278 1715 Maple Valley HWY Renton,WA Change Order Request: 00. To: Steve Shiver From: Mike Brehm Northwest Architectural Company Powell Construction Co. 2201 Sixth Ave.,Suite 1405 PO Box 97070 Seattle,WA 98121 Kirkland,WA 98033 Ientptiarx., �� ,. k M 311 x~ y Change Aluminum louvers @ dumpster gate Direct Cost In Negotiation Rife ... 3�ufld B W Amll` .;. CID#008 0 (1,280) n + IVo dte' 81�@I8t1Cd A64`0 `p na C 98ptt . yd' ,.. Rate, Sir; Cesri�ptNon a aw �' y Ncstes ., ti 008 6/18/2003 Western Superior Quote 6/23/03,New (1,280) 0 Change Order Owner Directive Tech Quote 6/25/03 Change Aluminum Gate @ Dumpsters Change the aluminum louvers at the dumpster gate to prefinished metal siding to match the building. Trim all edges of the siding with pre-finished drip at the bottom and U-shapes on the side and top Item No Item Description Amt Prop Reference 001 Deduct for deletion of aluminum gates(Western (2,530) Quote) 002 Add for Pre-Finished metal siding 1,250 Approved By: Signature Name Date Prolog Manager Printed on: 6/25/2003 PCC_MASTER Pagel PROPOSAL Now Tech Sheet Me o Inc. $106 2561h Street SE MU Cseek WA 9eoxs 429-377.00M of8ft r 4=§367"9666 ftz newtech®saeakeasv ore 06-19-03 Westem Superior Renton Aquatics Center Provide and install Metal siding in standard colors to exterior of trash coral gate. $1250.00 Questions? Call Scot Dunkel at 206-786-2020 ROOM take note of exc/ ded it ms be use t e are excluded unl 'es saeclflcally Included above► Excluded Items:All soldered transition place9,HVAC related matal,Saw cute or coring of concrete or stone,airy golf adhering membrana,roof flashings which are not associated with metal roofing,substrate, downspouts,appearance grads calking,and any 9lding related flashing which is not associated with metal siding Is.Stucco,wood,airs etc. ALL SALES ARE SUBJECT TO WASHINTON STATE SALES TAX. SIGNATURE DATE_. ,,, TO/T0 39Vd IC13W =HS.H031 M3N 9996L969zo 85:EZ EOOZ/bZ/90 06/23/03 10:48 0206 922 3571 WESTERN SUPERIOR 14001/001 ' 0 i' Western Superior Struci. #urals Mfg., Inc; l 6713 Pacft'Hghway East Tacoma:WA 98424 (253) 922-6440 Fax: (253) 922;3571 r Send to: 4Pho rom: _ nT Attention: Date:Office Loc Office Location: Fax Number. n e Number. Urgent 7 Reply ASAP 0 Please comment 0 Please Review 0 For your Information i Total pages,including cover: Comments: G Q D a Fo � 53p i. vy\ K-OLO i PROJECT MANUAL RENTON AQUATIC CENTER VOLUME 1 OF 1 Divisions 1-16 rr� CEDAR RIVER PARK RENTON, WASHINGTON �r r March 14,2003 �wr it Project No.202072 � � � � M � � . � . � � � � � � q � � 7 � q � � m � m � � . m � � . � PROJECT CONTACTS NAC 2-02072 i ' Renton Aquatic Center Page 1 of 2 OWNER City of Renton 3Aa &Ab Derek C.Todd,Assistant to the Chief Administrative Officer 425-430-6526 FAX 425-430-6523 Tracy Coleman, Capitol Project Coordinator 425-430-6623 FAX 425-430-6603 Dennis Culp, Director Facilities Division 425-430-6606 FAX 425-430-6603 Kris stimpson, Recreation Supervisor 425-430-6713 David Perkins, Recreation Specialist 425-430-6712 Terry Flatley, Parks Maintenance manager 425-430-6601 Jerry Rerecich, Manager—Recreation Division 425-430-6615 Joy Hogley, Project manager—Facilities Division 425-430-6624 Ray Sled,Water maintenance manager 425-430-7400 rr Abdoul Gafour,Water Utility Supervisor 425-430-7210 Greg Stroh, Facilities Manager(bldg systems standards) 425-430-6614 Arneta Henninger, Engineer 425-277-6198 ARCHITECTS Northwest Architectural Company 2201 Sixth Avenue, Suite 1405 206-441-4522 Seattle,WA 98121-1832 FAX 206-441-7917 Principal-in-Charge—Keith Comes 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 kcomesanwarchco.com Project Manager- Boris Srdar bsrdar(a-),nwarchco.com STRUCTURAL: Coughlin Porter Lundeen (CPL) 206-343-0460 1 Sa 217 Pine Street, Suite 300 FAX 206-343-5691 +r 2Sa Seattle, WA 98101 Jim Coughlin (Ext. 114)iimc(a�cplinc.com +. Eric Dann ericda-cplinc.com Michael Armstrong mikes a�cplinc.com CIVIL ENGINEER Coughlin Porter Lundeen (CPL) 206-343-0460 1 Ca 217 Pine Street, Suite 300 FAX 206-343-5691 2Ca Seattle, WA 98101 w Steve Porter stevep(LIcplinc.com Jeff Petersen a effPC@cplinc.com Tom Griga tomgna.cplinc.com N:\2-02072\3\M\3Ma-Contact-021112.doc r PROJECT CONTACTS NAC 2-02072 Renton Aquatic Center Page 2 of 2 go er MECHANICAL ENGINEER Halvorson, Beach & Bower, Inc. 1 Ma 1833 North 105th Street, Suite 305 206-527-0501 2Ma Seattle, WA 98133-8973 FAX 206-527-9104 rr Vern Enns verneCdhbbeng.com ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Huntley Pascoe, Inc. 425-485-0900 1 Ea 19125 Northcreek Parkway, Suite 210 FAX 425-487-1825 2Ea Bothell, WA 98011-8000 Paul Jones jonesp(cDhuntleypascoe.com John Rice ricej@huntleypascoe.com GEOTECHNICAL 2Ga Associated Earth Sciences 425-827-7701 911 Fifth Avenue, Suite 100 425-827-5424 ar, Kirkland, WA 98033 Main Contact: Kurt D. Merriman kmerriman(d)aesgeo.com U' AQUATICS CONSULTANTS Ohlson Lavoie Corporation 303-294-9244 e� 1Xa 1515 Wazee Street, Suite 400 FAX 303-294-9440 2Xa Denver, Colorado 80202 Douglass G. Whiteaker dwhiteaker(a)-olc-architects.com CELL 303-887-0150 Charles A. Musgrave cmusgraveaolc-architects.com rrr LANDSCAPE ARCITECTS Murase Associates, Inc. 206-322-4937 1 La 200 E. Boston Street FAX 206-329-7264 Ka Seattle, WA 9810 Mark Tilbe mtilbe(amurase.com me Taber Caton Mrs COST ESTIMATING CPD Estimating (206)236-7327 1 Ea 13512 SE 52nd St. FAX (206)236-7329 2Ea Bellevue, WA 98006 Norm Petersen cpdestimatinq(cDnetos.com N:\2-02072\3\M\3Ma-Contact-021112.doc i1° RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 3 4 DIVISION 0: BIDDING&CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS rn 5 6 00030 Call for Bids................................................................................................................................1 7 00035 Plan Center List..........................................................................................................................1 8 00200 Instructions for Bidders..............................................................................................................4 9 00300 Information Available to Bidders...............................................................................................1 10 Geotechnical Evaluations.........................................................................................................26 11 00410 Form of Proposal(Part 1 —Base Bid).........................................................................................4 12 00411 Form of Proposal(Part 2—Subcontractor Listing and Alternates Bid).....................................3 13 00420 Non-Collusion,Anti-Trust,and Minimum Wage Form.............................................................1 14 00500 Contract.......................................................................................................................................1 15 1997 AIA Document A101 .........................................................................................................5 16 00610 Bond to the City of Renton.........................................................................................................2 17 00620 City of Renton Insurance Information Form...............................................................................l 18 00700 General Conditions 19 1997 AIA Document A201.......................................................................................................44 20 00800 Supplementary Conditions..........................................................................................................1 21 00810 Project Special Conditions..........................................................................................................5 22 00820 Certificate of Liability Insurance................................................................................................1 23 00830 State Wage Rates........................................................................................................................1 �. 24 Prevailing Wage Rates...................................................................•---.........................................9 25 Prevailing Wage Rates,Apprentices........................................................................................14 26 r 27 28 DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 29 30 01010 Summary of Work.......................................................................................................................2 31 01019 Contract Considerations..............................................................................................................2 32 01030 Alternates....................................................................................................................................2 .. 33 01039 Coordination and Meetings..............................•----......................................................................2 34 01050 Field Engineering........................................................................................................................2 35 01300 Submittals...................................................................................................................................3 �. 36 01400 Quality Controls..........................................................................................................................3 37 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls........................................................................2 38 01560 Environmental Protection...........................................................................................................4 rr 39 01600 Product Options and Substitutions..............................................................................................3 40 Substitution Request Form..........................................................................................................l 41 01700 Contract Closeout.......................................................................................................................5 42 .r 43 44 DIVISION 2: SITE WORK 45 am46 02100 Site Preparation...................................................................................................................... 5 47 02200 Earthwork..................................................................................................................................15 48 02270 Temporary Erosion Control........................................................................................................5 No 49 02510 Asphalt Concrete Paving.............................................................................................................4 ■r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER "' Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company v s 2-02072) 1 02520 Concrete Curbs and Paving.........................................................................................................3 2 02580 Pavement Markings and Signage................................................................................................4 ft 3 02660 Water Distribution......................................................................................................................7 4 02720 Storm Drainage...........................................................................................................................6 5 02730 Sanitary Sewer System...............................................................................................................3 ft 6 02810 Irrigation...................................................................................................................................16 7 02822 Ornamental Fence.......................................................................................................................2 8 02830 Chainlink.....................................................................................................................................6 9 02848 Site Stonework............................................................................................................................6 10 02900 Landscaping..............................................................................................................................14 11 12 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 13 14 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete...............................................................................................................20 15 16 17 DIVISION 4: MASONRY 18 19 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies..........................................................................................................16 20 21 ab 22 DIVISION 5: METALS 23 24 05120 Structural Steel............................................................................................................................8 25 05210 Steel Joists ..................................................................................................................................5 26 05310 Steel Deck...................................................................................................................................4 27 05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing....................................................................................................10 28 05500 Metal Fabrications......................................................................................................................9 29 30 31 DIVISION 6: WOODS&PLASTICS 32 33 06100 Rough Carpentry.........................................................................................................................6 err 34 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork...............................................................................................9 35 36 IN 37 DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 38 39 07115 Bituminous Dampproofing.........................................................................................................4 40 07210 Building Insulation......................................................................................................................5 41 07410 Preformed Metal Roofing and Siding.........................................................................................5 42 07527 Modified Bituminous Sheet Roofing..........................................................................................9 w� 43 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal............................................................................................................4 44 07841 Through-Penetration Firestop Systems.......................................................................................7 45 07900 Joint Sealers................................................................................................................................3 46 to 47 so ft RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. 2-02072) 1 DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS ar 2 3 08110 Steel Doors and Frames..............................................................................................................5 4 08520 Aluminum Windows...................................................................................................................7 5 08710 Finish Hardware........................................................................................................................13 6 08800 Glass and Glazing.......................................................................................................................7 7 • 8 9 DIVISION 9: FINISHES 10 11 09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies.........................................................................................................8 12 09900 Painting.....................................................................................................................................11 13 14 15 DIVISION 10:SPECIALTIES 16 17 10160 Toilet Partitions..........................................................................................................................4 18 10200 Louvers&Grills 19 10425 Signs............................................................................................................................................4 20 10500 Lockers and Benches..................................................................................................................4 21 10522 Fire Extinguishers,Cabinets,and Accessories...........................................................................4 22 10801 Toilet and Bath Accessories.......................................................................................................4 23 24 25 DIVISION I LNOT USED 26 27 28 DIVISION 12:IN'TERIORS 29 30 12500 Window Treatment.....................................................................................................................2 31 32 .. 33 DIVISION 13:SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 34 35 13150 Pools..........................................................................................................................................56 �., 36 13650 Waterslide...................................................................................................................................9 37 38 DIVISION 14:NOT USED ow 39 40 41 DIVISION 15:MECHANICAL ar 42 43 15010 General Provisions......................................................................................................................8 44 15030 Mechanical Painting&Identification.........................................................................................2 arr 45 15040 Balancing Air&Water Systems.................................................................................................3 46 15060 Pipe&Pipe Fittings....................................................................................................................6 47 15070 Mechanical Systems Insulation...................................................................................................3 48 15090 Mechanical Supporting Devices.................................................................................................5 49 15100 Valves.........................................................................................................................................5 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Cedar River Park TABLE OF CONTENTS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.n.s. (2-02072 1 15400 Plumbing Fixtures&Trim..........................................................................................................6 2 15410 Domestic Water Piping System..................................................................................................2 r 3 15420 Soil,Waste&Vent Systems.............................................. ......................................................... 4 15430 Building Rainwater System........................................................................................................2 5 15465 Natural Gas System.....................................................................................................................2 6 15610 Stacks,Vents&Breeching.........................................................................................................2 7 15800 Air Distribution Systems ............................................................................................................4 8 15825 Air Terminal Equipment........................ 9 10 11 DMSION 16:ELECTRICAL 12 13 16010 Electrical,General.................................................................................................................... 11 14 16110 Raceways and Fittings................................................................................................................6 15 16120 600-Volt Wire and Cable............................................................................................................3 16 16130 Outlet,Junction and Pull Boxes..................................................................................................3 17 16140 Wiring Devices...........................................................................................................................2 18 16146 Exterior Lighting Control...........................................................................................................2 19 16180 Motor Controls and Miscellaneous Equipment Connections.....................................................3 20 16195 Electrical Identification..............................................................................................................2 21 16400 Service and Distribution.............................................................................................................2 22 16425 Switchboards...............................................................................................................................2 23 16440 Disconnect Switches................................................................................................................... 1 24 16442 Fuses........................................................................................................................................... 1 25 16450 Grounding...................................................................................................................................2 26 16460 Dry Type Transformers...............................................................................................................2 27 16470 Panelboards.................................................................................................................................3 28 16477 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors......................................................................................... 1 29 16482 Motor Control Centers................................................................................................................3 30 16500 Lighting.......................................................................................................................................5 r 31 Lighting Cut Sheets................................. 32 16700 Signal and Communications.......................................................................................................5 33 16720 Fire Alarm System......................................................................................................................8 34 16744 Telephone/Data System Provisions...........................................................................................2 35 16770 Public Address Systems..............................................................................................................2 36 err 37 38 cm\Mmh 13,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00030 Cedar River Park CALL FOR BIDS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Comnanv p s (2-02072) �r 1 CITY OF RENTON 2 CONSTRUCTION OF RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 3 CALL FOR BIDS 4 Sealed bids for Part 1 will be received until 2:30 PM, Wednesday, April 9, 2003 and sealed bids for Part 2 5 will be received until 3:30 on April 9, 2003, both at the City Clerk's office, 7h Floor, Renton City Hall, 6 1055 South Grady Way. Both parts will be opened at 3:30 PM and publicly read in conference room 511 on 7 the 5d'floor. Construction is anticipated to start in late April,2003.] 8 9 The work to be performed within Two Hundred Forty(240) calendar days from the date of commencement 10 under this contract shall include, but not be limited to: Construct an Aquatic Center consisting of a wave 11 pool, lazy river, and leisure pool of approximately 9,000 sf, and a lap pool of approximately 3,000 sf. 12 Included in the project are associated changing rooms,equipment rooms,and a concession area. .. 13 14 Part 1 for Base Bid(Section 00410)of Form of Proposal(Bid)will be received and time stamped,until 2:30 15 PM on Wednesday, April 9, 2003. Part 2 for Sub-Contractor Listing and Alternates (Section 00411) of r 16 Form of Proposal(Bid)will be received and time stamped,until 3:30 PM on Wednesday,April 9,2003. 17 18 A pre-bid meeting will be held at the Carco Theatre, 1717 Maple Valley Highway, Renton,Washington on 19 Tuesday, March 25, 2003 at 10:00 AM. The purpose of this meeting is to review the submittal 20 requirements, restrictions to the working days allowance and answer any questions from prospective 21 bidders.Afterwards there will be a site orientation at the project site. „ 22 23 The Project plans and specifications may be examined at the Plan Centers located in Document 00035,or may 24 be obtained at Reprographics Northwest Inc., located at 616 — 8d' Avenue South, Seattle, WA 98104 (206) r 25 624-2040.Upon bidder request to printer,documents sets may be picked up at the Bellevue branch,located at 26 13029 Northup Way Suite 3. Registered copies of the Contract documents maybe obtained starting Friday, 27 March 14, 2003 at 8:00 AM by bona fide, licensed, Contractors. Contractors who bid the work will have 28 their deposit of$200.00 per set, up to two (2) set per Contractor, refunded. Checks shall be made payable to .� 29 Owner, City of Renton. Portions of Contract documents may be obtained at the cost of reproduction. 30 However, addenda and other such communications will be sent only to holders of registered numbered sets. 31 Holders of partial or unregistered sets of documents will be entirely responsible for informing themselves of 32 addenda and other notifications. To receive refunds, complete document sets must be returned in good 33 condition within 10 days after the date set for the opening of bids. 34 35 A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total of each bid must accompany 36 each bid. 37 .. 38. Questions should be directed to Boris Srdar,Architect,Northwest Architectural Company. (206)441-4522. 39 40 No bidder may withdraw its Bid after the hour set for the opening thereof, unless the award of the contract .. 41 is delayed for period exceeding thirty(30)days. 42 43 The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and waive any informalities or irregularities in the bids ■, 44 received. A performance bond is required. The City's Fair Practices/Non-Discrimination Policies, 45 Americans With Disabilities Act Policies and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this project. 46 47 48 Bonnie Walton,City Clerk 49 Date of Publication: March 14 and 17,2003 .. 50 Seattle Daily Journal of Commerce rw� ilrw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00035 Cedar River Park PLAN CENTER LIST Renton,Washington Page 1 •. Northwest Architectural Company,u.s., (2-02072) 1 33 70 2 34 SECTION 00035 71 3 35 72 4 36 PLAN CENTER LIST 73 5 37 74 rr 6 Associated Sub-Contractors 38 Construction Data Plan Center 75 Oregon Contractor Plan Center 7 3312 S Union 39 4803 Pacific Highway E,Suite 3 76 14625 SE 82nd Drive 8 Tacoma,WA 98409-3138 40 Tacoma,WA 98424 77 PO Box 477 ,rr 9 (253)3834591,fax(253)383-285941 (253)922-7172,fax(253)922-343078 Clackamas,OR 97015 10 42 79 (503)650-0148,fax(503)650-8273 11 43 80 12 44 81 13 Builders Exchange of Washington*5 Construction Market Data 82 Southwest Washington 14 2607 Wetmore Avenue 46 500 SW 7th Street,Ste. 105 (98055)83 Contractors Association 15 Everett,WA 98201-2926 47 PO Box 9002(98057-9002) 84 7017 NE Highway 99,Suite 110 ,rr 16 (425)258-1303,fax(425)259-383248 Renton,WA 85 Vancouver,WA 98665 17 cheri @bxwa.com 49 (800)8544033,fax(800)854434686 (360)694-7922,fax(360)694-0188 18 50 (425)277-4645,fax(425)277-503687 19 51 88 20 52 89 21 Construction Data Plan Center 53 Construction Market Data 90 Valley Plan Center* 22 Building C3,Suite 1 54 10504 NE 37th Circle,Building 7 91 1819 S Central Ave.,Suite 84 rr 23 13010 Northup Way 55 Kirkland,WA 98033 92 Kent,WA 98032 24 Bellevue,WA 98005 56 (425)827-9313,fax(425)822-966693 (253)852-1090,fax(253)852-3424 25 (425)881-5071,fax(425)881-064457 94 26 58 95 27 59 96 *MBE or WBE Owned Plan Center 28 Construction Data/AGC Plan 60 Daily Journal of Commerce Plan 29 Center 61 Center rr 30 800 South Michigan 62 2374 NW Vaughn 31 Seattle,WA 98108 63 Portland,OR 97210 32 (206)223-0320,fax(206)621-045164 (503)274-0624,fax(503)274-2616 65 PO Box 10127 66 Portland,OR 97210 67 68 69 END OF SECTION r. wrr rr w r ow rr rra �r ww rs wr wr go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00200 Cedar River Park INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS Renton,Washington Page 1 do Northwest Architectural ComQany,y.s., 2-02072) ,r„ 1 SECTION 00200-INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS 2 3 CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION 4 5 All bidders must be registered by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries in accordance 6 with R.C.W. 18.27.020. 7 8 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK 9 10 Bidder acknowledges that it has taken steps reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and location of the 11 Work, and that it has investigated and satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions which can affect 12 the Work or its cost. 13 14 The Project site is available for inspection for prospective bidders at a pre-bid site meeting and walk- 15 through,as indicated in the Advertisement for Bids,and existing conditions should be examined. 16 +f•` 17 Bidder acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and 18 subsurface conditions or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable 19 from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory work done by Owner, as well as from the drawings r 20 and specifications made a part of these Contract Documents. 21 22 Bidder acknowledges that its bid is based upon a schedule and assumptions which incorporate these 23 conditions. 24 25 Owner assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by bidder based on the 26 information made available by Owner. Should a bidder find discrepancies or omissions in the drawings or 27 specifications, or should bidder be in doubt as to their meaning, bidder shall at once notify the Owner. If 28 appropriate, Owner will send written instructions to all bidders by addenda. Questions received less than 3 29 working days before the time of bid opening may not be answered. All addenda issued shall be 30 incorporated into these Contract Documents. 31 32 PREPARATION OF BIDS 33 34 Bidder shall comply with the following instructions in preparing its bid. 35 36 The name,address, and Contractor's license number of bidder shall be typed or printed on the bid in 37 the space provided. 38 39 Bids must be (1) submitted on the forms furnished by Owner or on copies of those forms, and (2) 40 manually signed in ink. 41 w 42 Bidders shall submit bids in the format provided in the Form of Proposal. Only the amounts and 43 information asked for in the Form of Proposal furnished will be considered as the bid. All blank 44 spaces must be filled in. rr 45 +r. +rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00200 to Cedar River Park INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) ab 1 ALTERNATES to 2 3 Bidder shall bid upon all alternates indicated in the Form of Proposal. When bidding on alternates for 4 which there is no charge, bidder shall write the words "No Charge" in the space provided on the Form of 5 Proposal. If a bidder fails to bid an alternate, or notes "no bid," it will be construed as meaning that there 6 will be no change in the Contract Sum and that the alternate is included in the contract Sum. Alternate bids 7 will not be considered unless requested in the Form of Proposal. 8 ` 9 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEMS 10 11 The cost of trench safety systems for trench excavation that exceeds a depth of four feet must be identified 12 as a lump sum amount on the bid proposal as well as included in the base bid amount. The costs of trench 13 safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item, and any attempt to include 14 the trench safety systems as an incidental cost is prohibited. Identification of this amount is an 15 acknowledgment that the bidder has considered proper safety provisions in the estimate but does not relieve 16 the bidder of responsibility for full compliance with all laws and statutes regardless of their actual cost. If 17 this project will involve trench excavation in excess of a depth of four feet,bidder must include a lump sum 18 dollar amount. "N/A"and"zero"are not responsive. 19 20 ADDENDA so 21 22 Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda by identifying the addendum number in the space 23 provided in the Form of Proposal. „ 24 25 TAXES 26 as 27 The bid shall include all taxes imposed by law except Washington State Sales Tax. Sales tax shall not be 28 included in the bid price, except that the retail sales tax upon sales and rentals to prime contractors and 29 subcontractors of tools, equipment, and material primarily for use by the Contractor rather than for resale 30 as a component part of the finished structure, shall be included in the bid price. A proportionate amount of 31 State sales tax will be added to each progress payment, collected from Owner, and paid to the State by 32 Contractor. 33 34 BID GUARANTEE 35 36 Bidder shall furnish a bid guarantee in the form of a firm commitment, such as bid bond, postal money ft 37 order, cash or cashier's check payable to Owner, in the amount of at least 5% of the base bid. Owner 38 reserves the right to hold the bid guarantees of all bidders until the successful bidder has entered into the 39 contract and furnished the required bonds and insurance certificates, or for a period of 60 days, whichever " 40 is the shorter time. 41 42 FILING FEES 40 43 44 Applicable state laws concerning prevailing wages, hours, workers' compensation and other conditions of 45 employment are called to the attention of bidders for their compliance. Bidder shall include in the bid any No 46 filing fees required to comply with applicable labor laws. to ift RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00200 Cedar River Park INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS Renton,Washington Page 3 +� Northwest Architectural Comnan p s (2-02072) .� 1 SPECIFIED PRODUCTS 2 3 Bids must be based upon use of items named in the specifications, or approved equals. In certain cases, 4 specific items have been named because of operational or maintenance considerations; approval of equals 5 should not be assumed. 6 7 TWO PART BID FORM ' 8 9 Sealed bids for a general construction contract for the aquatic center project will be received,either by mail 10 or by hand,at the office of the City Clerk,Renton City Hall(7th Floor), 1055 S.Grady Way,Renton, 11 Washington 98055. 12 13 Part 1 for Base Bid(Section 00410)of Form of Proposal(Bid)will be received and time stamped,until 2:30 14 PM(PST)on Wednesday,April 9,2003. 15 16 Part 2 for SubContractor Listing and Alternates(Section 00411)of Form of Proposal(Bid)will be received 17 and time stamped,until 3:30 PM(PST)on Wednesday,April 9,2003. 18 19 Bids for Part 1 and 2 will then be opened and publicly read aloud in the 5th Floor Conference Room(#521) rr 20 of City Hall at 3:30 PM of the same day Bids are received. 21 22 SUBMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 23 24 Bids and bid modifications shall be submitted in sealed envelopes or packages (1) addressed to the office 25 specified in the advertisement for bids and (2) showing the project title,bid opening date and time, and the 26 name and address of bidder. 27 28 Bids may be modified if in writing and received before bid opening time. 29 30 Receipt of bids and bid modifications by telegraph,facsimile,telephone,or orally will not be considered. 31 32 A bidder may withdraw its bid by submitting a written request before the bid opening time. Owner will 33 return the bid unopened after Contract award. 34 35 LATE SUBMISSIONS 36 37 Any bid,bid modification or request to withdraw a bid which is received after the deadlines set forth herein 38 will not be considered. ' 39 40 The only acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at the office designated in the advertisement 41 for bid is the time/date stamped or printed by Owner on the bid wrapper or other documentary evidence of rr 42 receipt maintained by Owner. 43 44 BID EVALUATION rrr 45 46 Bids which are incomplete, or which are conditioned in any way, or which contain erasures, alterations, or 47 items not called for in the Form of Proposal, or which are not in conformity with the law or with these 48 Instructions, shall be rejected as nonresponsive if the irregularity is material and may be rejected as 49 nonresponsive if the irregularity is not material. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00200 Cedar River Park INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 r�r 2 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities or nonmaterial irregularities 3 in the bids received. 4 5 If the bid includes a supplemental schedule of unit prices for labor and materials, or other items for the 6 purpose of establishing a cost basis for unforeseen contract changes, Owner reserves the right to reject, 7 without impairing the balance of the proposal, any or all such predetermined unit prices. 8 9 The determination of the low responsive bid shall be made by Owner based upon combination of the base 10 bid and alternates which, in Owner's sole discretion, is in Owner's best interest considering price, schedule 11 and other factors. The numbering of the alternates in the Form of Proposal bears no relationship to the order " 12 in which the alternates may be selected by Owner. 13 14 LOW RESPONSIBLE BIDDER 15 16 It is the intent of Owner to award a contract to the low responsible bidder. In determining the bidder's 17 responsibility,Owner shall consider the following: 18 19 The ability,capacity,and skill of bidder to perform the contract; 20 21 The reputation,experience,and references of the bidder; 22 23 Whether bidder can perform the contract within the time specified; 24 25 The quality of performance of previous contracts; 26 27 The previous and existing compliance by bidder with laws and requirements relating to the contract; 28 29 Such other information as may be secured having a bearing on the decision to award the contract. 30 31 NON-COLLUSION ANTI-TRUST AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM 32 33 Bidder shall submit signed NON-COLLUSION,ANTI-TRUST,AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM found as 34 Section 00420 of the Project Manual(Specifications)with Part 2 of the Form of Proposal. 35 36 CONTRACT EXECUTION 37 38 Bidder shall submit executed Contract, insurance certificate and bonds within 3 working days after receipt 39 of the Contract form by bidder. If the successful bidder, upon acceptance of its bid by Owner within the 40 period specified for acceptance, fails to execute all Contract Documents or give a bond and insurance as 41 required within the time specified, Owner may reject the bid. The bid guarantee may be retained by Owner 42 as liquidated damages,not as a penalty. 43 44 45 END OF SECTION 00200 46 47 48 cj3/11/03 .o RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00300 Cedar River Park INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS Renton,Washington Page 1 rr Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 00300 2 3 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS 4 5 6 7 SUMMARY 8 9 The following information is included. 10 ++� 11 Geo-Technical Evaluation: "Renton Aquatic Center,Renton,Washington"dated December 2,2002, 12 prepared by Associated Earth Sciences,Inc. 13 .r, 14 15 END OF SECTION 00300 16 17 cm\Mwa 11,2003 18 fly i1t• dill ir• ells r sir �+ a Associated p! I Earth Geotechnical Engineering o Sciences , Inc . Subsurface Exploration;Geologic Hazard, and Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Water Resources RENTON AQUATIC CENTER .r Renton, Washington ' Prepared for Solid and Hazardous Waste Cit y of Renton " Project No. KE02672A December 2, 2002 Ecological/Biological Sciences !1 1 BP jdili' F Geologic Assessments � � � � � r � � � � � � . � � � � . . � � � � � � . � � � � +rr Associated Earth Sciences, Inca �nr December 2, 2002 Project No. KE02672A City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98055 Attention: Mr. Dennis Culp Subject: Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Renton Aquatic Center +r Renton, Washington Dear Mr. Culp: We are pleased to present the enclosed copies of the above-referenced report. This report summarizes the results of our subsurface exploration, geologic hazard, and geotechnical engineering studies and offers reconi nendations for the preliminary design and development of the proposed project. Our recommendations are preliminary in that definite building locations and/or construction details have not been developed at the time of this report. We have enjoyed working with you on this study and are confident that the recommendations presented in this report will aid in the successful completion of your project. If you should have any questions, or if we can be of additional help to you, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Kirkland, Washington Kurt D. Merriman, P.E. Senior Associate Engineer KDM/lb KE02672A3 Projects\2002672\KE\WP-W2K 91 1 Fifth Avenue,Suite 100• Kirkland, VdA 98033 • Phone 425 827-7701 • Fax 425 827-5424 irr ■r r� wr rr. r r�r dig do SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION, GEOLOGIC HAZARD, AND PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT do M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER Renton, Washington Prepared for: City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98055 Prepared by: Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. 911 5`" Avenue, Suite 100 Kirkland, Washington 98033 425-827-7701 Fax: 425-827-5424 .r December 2, 2002 +� Project No. KE02672A rr► rr� r r r�r ■r Im err IN wr +w Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Project and Site Conditions I. PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS 1.0 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of our subsurface exploration, geologic hazard, and preliminary geotechnical engineering study for the proposed Renton Aquatic Center. The proposed facility will be located near the existing City of Renton Community Center southeast of the intersection of SR-169 and I-405, in Renton Washington as shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. Our recommendations are preliminary in that site grading information and construction details have +� not been finalized at the time of this report. The approximate locations of the explorations accomplished for this study are presented on the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. The site features shown on Figure 2 are based on a site plan provided by Coughlin Porter Lundeen (CPL). In the event that any changes in the nature, design, or location of the structures is planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report should be reviewed and modified, or verified, as necessary. 1.1 Purpose and Scope The purpose of this study was to provide subsurface data to be utilized in the preliminary design and development of the above-referenced project. Our study included a review of available literature, excavation of exploration borings, and performing geologic studies to assess the type, thickness, distribution, and physical properties of the subsurface sediments, and ground water conditions. Geologic hazard evaluations and engineering studies were also conducted to determine suitable geologic hazard mitigation techniques, the type of suitable foundation, allowable bearing pressures, anticipated settlements, basement/retaining wall lateral pressures, floor support recommendations, and drainage considerations. This report summarizes our current fieldwork and offers development recommendations based on our present understanding of the project. 1.2 Authorization Written authorization to proceed with this study was granted by the City of Renton on November 7, 2002. Our study was accomplished in general accordance with our scope of work letter dated October 25, 2002. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the City of Renton and their agents, for specific application to this project. Within the limitations of scope, schedule, and budget, our services have been performed in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering and engineering geology practices in effect in this area at the time our report was prepared. No other warranty, express or implied, is made. Our observations, findings, and opinions are a means to identify and reduce the inherent risks to the owner. Aw December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/fb-K£02672A3-Projects 120026721K£IWP-W2K Page I err Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and ■r Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Project and Site Conditions rr 2.0 PROJECT AND SITE DESCRIPTION This report was completed with an understanding of the project based on a site plan provided .. by CPL dated October 2, 2002, a site reconnaissance, and our familiarity with previous geotechnical work performed in the site area. We completed a subsurface exploration program „ consisting of two exploration borings on November 11, 2002. We understand the City of Renton intends upon constructing a new aquatic center adjacent to ■• the existing community center. The area proposed for construction would measure some 350 feet by 250 feet in plan dimension. The development would include a six-lane lap pool, a kiddy pool, water slides, wave pool, and picnic area, as well as buildings to support changing rooms, restrooms, concessions, and mechanical equipment. The majority of the area would be hard-surfaced or landscaped with grass. The project area is primarily undeveloped, with a cover of grass and scattered trees. A covered picnic area and restroom facility is located on the northeast portion of the proposed development area. The site slopes very gently towards the Cedar River located about 700 to 800 feet to the southwest. The property is surrounded by light commercial properties. Site access is from SR-169, also know as the Maple Valley Highway. 3.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. (AESI) performed a subsurface exploration of the site on November 11, 2002. Our field study included advancing five exploration borings to gain subsurface information about the site. A ground water monitoring well (piezometer) was installed in one of the borings to record future ground water measurements. The various types of soils, as well as the depths where characteristics of the soils changed, are indicated on the exploration logs presented in the Appendix. The depths indicated on the logs where conditions changed represent gradational variations between soil types in the field. Our explorations were approximately located in the field by measuring from known site features and are shown on Figure 2. The conclusions and recommendations presented in this report are based, in part, on the five exploration borings completed for this study. The number, location, and depth of the explorations were completed within site and budgetary constraints. Because of the nature of exploratory work below ground, extrapolation of subsurface conditions between field explorations is necessary. It should be noted that differing subsurface conditions may be present due to the random nature of deposition and the alteration of topography by past grading and/or filling. The nature and extent of any variations between the field explorations may not become fully evident until construction. If variations are observed at that time, it may be necessary to re-evaluate specific recommendations in this report and make appropriate changes. December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB 11b-KE0267-7A3-Projects 120026721KEIWP-W2K Page 2 Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Project and Site Conditions r. 3.1 Exploration Borings Exploration borings were advanced with a Mobile B53 track-mounted drill rig. The borings permitted limited visual observation of subsurface conditions. Representative samples of the soils encountered were obtained from the borings using a Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampler. The SPT sampler obtains disturbed samples and was driven into the soil using a 140- pound hammer free-falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 inches is recorded on the boring logs. Materials encountered in the exploration borings were studied and classified in the field by a geotechnical engineer from our firm. All exploration borings were sealed with bentonite and cement immediately after examination and ► logging. Selected samples were then transported to our laboratory for further visual classification and testing, as necessary. The boring logs have been attached to this report as an Appendix. 4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions at the project site were inferred from the field explorations completed for this study, visual reconnaissance of the site, and review of applicable geologic literature. As shown on the field logs, the exploration borings generally encountered up to 6 inches of sod and topsoil, overlying natural deposits of Quaternary alluvium. The alluvium consists of silty to clean sand and gravel. In general, the upper horizon of the alluvium was loose to medium dense silty sand. With depth, the alluvium graded to medium dense to dense, clean sandy gravel. The top of the dense alluvium varied from 1 foot in EB-1 and EB-4 to about 10 feet in r. the other borings. This bearing depth is shown in parentheses on Figure 2. The soil conditions encountered in our explorations are consistent with the published geologic mapping of the area. In particular, we reviewed the Geologic Map of Renton Quadrangle. King County, Washington, prepared by D.R. Mullineaux, 1965. This publication shows the project site underlain by Quaternary alluvium consisting of fine-grained floodplain deposits over coarser-grained river channel deposits. 4.1 Hydrology We did not encounter ground water in any exploration borings at the time of our study. However, very moist and oxidized soil occurred below 10 feet in EB-4 and EB-5. Given the site's close proximity to the Cedar River and the relatively dry climatic conditions in the Puget Sound Region over the past year, we elected to install a piezometer in EB-5, although ground water was not encountered within the upper 20 feet of the ground surface. Ground water at this site represents unconfined aquifer conditions common to alluvial plain deposits. Ground water elevations may rise significantly following extended periods of wet weather. We will monitor the piezometer occasionally over the upcoming winter months to evaluate ground water level fluctuations. December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/lb-KE026M3-Projects 1200267-71KEI WP-W2K Page 3 rr Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and rft Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Geologic Hazards and Mitigations rrr II. GEOLOGIC HAZARDS AND MITIGATIONS The following discussion of potential geologic hazards is based on the geologic conditions as observed and discussed herein. .r� 5.0 SLOPE STABILITY HAZARDS AND RECOMMENDED MITIGATION There are no steep slopes within the immediate project vicinity. Consequently, the risk of earth movement on the subject property is low due to the site's relatively flat topography. 6.0 SEISMIC HAZARDS AND RECOMMENDED MITIGATION r Earthquakes occur in the Puget Sound Lowland with great regularity. The vast majority of these events are small and are usually not felt by people. However, large earthquakes do occur as evidenced by the most recent 6.8-magnitude event on February 28, 2001 near Olympia Washington, the 1965, 6.5-magnitude event, and the 1949, 7.2-magnitude event. The 1949 earthquake appears to have been the largest in this area during recorded history. Evaluation of w return rates indicates that an earthquake of the magnitude between 5.5 and 6.0 is likely within a given 20-year period. Generally, there are four types of potential geologic hazards associated with large seismic events: 1) surficial ground rupture; 2) seismically induced landslides; 3) liquefaction; and 4) ground motion. The potential for each of these hazards to adversely impact the proposed project is discussed below. 6.1 Surficial Ground Rupture ` The nearest known fault trace to the project site is the Seattle Fault. Recent studies by the U.S. Geological Survey (e.g., Johnson et al., 1994, Origin and Evolution of the Seattle Fault and Seattle Basin, Washington, Geology, v. 22, pp. 71-74; and Johnson et al., 1999, Active Tectonics of the Seattle Fault and Central Puget Sound Washington - Implications for to Earthquake Hazards, Geological Society of America Bulletin, July 1999, v. 111, n. 7, pp. 1042-1053) have provided evidence of surficial ground rupture along a northern splay of the Seattle Fault. The recognition of this fault splay is relatively new and data pertaining to it are limited with the studies still ongoing. According to the U.S. Geological Survey studies, the latest movement of this fault was about 1,100 years ago when about 20 feet of surficial displacement took place. This displacement can presently be seen in the form of raised, wave- cut beach terraces along Alki Point in West Seattle and Restoration Point at the south end of Bainbridge Island. The recurrence interval of movement along these fault systems is still ift unknown, although it is hypothesized to be in excess of several thousand years. Due to the December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/Ib-K£02672A3-Projects 120026721K£IWP-W2K Page 4 Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Geologic Hazards and Mitigations suspected long recurrence interval, the potential for surficial ground rupture is considered to be low during the expected life of the proposed structure. 6.2 Seismically Induced Landslides There are no steep slopes within the immediate project vicinity. Consequently, the risk of seismically induced landsliding on the subject property is low due to the site's relatively flat topography. 6.3 Liquefaction .rr Under the present ground water conditions, the encountered stratigraphy has a low potential for liquefaction due to the dense condition of the gravel and the depth to ground water .. exceeding 20 feet. However, following extended periods of extremely high precipitation, ground water could rise to within 10 or 15 feet of the ground surface, or even higher during flooding events. The risk of liquefaction would increase if foundations were to be placed on the loose upper sandy alluvium. The risk to the structures could be mitigated by founding them on the lower dense gravel or replacing the upper loose material with compacted structural w. fill, or rock beneath the footings. Short aggregate pier foundations would also mitigate the liquefaction risk. 6.4 Ground Motion The project site is located within a Zone 3 rating for seismic activity on a scale of 1 (lowest) to 4 (highest) based on the Seismic Zone Map of the United States, Figure No. 16-2 in the 1997 edition of the Uniform Building Code (UBC). This zonation is based on past earthquake activity in the Puget Sound region. As such, design recommendations in the report accommodate the possible effect of seismic activity in areas with a Zone 3 rating, corresponding to a peak ground acceleration of 0.3g (a Richter magnitude 7.5 earthquake occurring directly beneath the site), in accordance with UBC guidelines, using soil type SD. 7.0 EROSION HAZARDS AND MITIGATION To mitigate and reduce the erosion hazard potential and off-site soil transport, we recommend the following: 1) All storm water from impermeable surfaces should be tightlined into an approved storm water drainage system or temporary storage facilities. 2) To reduce the amount of soil transport, silt fences should be placed along the site margins. December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/tb-KE026r-A3-Projects120026721KEMP-W2K Page 5 ar Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Geologic Hazards and Mitigations rr 3) Construction should proceed during the drier periods of the year and disturbed areas should be revegetated as soon as possible. W& 4) Soils to be reused around the site should be stored in such manner as to reduce erosion. Protective measures may include, but are not necessarily limited to, �. covering with plastic sheeting, or the use of straw bales/silt fences. December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/!b-KE02672A3-Projects 120026721KEI WP-1V2K Page 6 Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations III. PRELIMINARY DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS do 8.0 INTRODUCTION Our exploration indicates that from a geotechnical standpoint, the parcel is suitable for the proposed development provided the risks discussed are accepted and the recommendations contained herein are properly followed. We anticipate that construction of the pools will require excavation to depths of about 8 to 10 feet. The bearing stratum of medium dense to dense alluvium occurs at depths ranging from 8 to 10 feet within the proposed changing room building area, and depths ranging from 1 to 10 feet within the currently proposed pool areas. Therefore, it may be beneficial to consider relocating the proposed structures such that the pools are located within the areas of deeper bearing soils, and the buildings are located near �+• the southeast site corner where shallow bearing soils occur. Limited removal and replacement of the loose surficial deposits is recommended for conventional foundation support. Alternately, short aggregate pier foundations could be used for support of the building using a higher allowable bearing pressure. 9.0 SITE PREPARATION Site preparation of planned building, pool, and other improvement areas should include removal of all trees, and any other deleterious material. Following demolition of the existing covered picnic area, any remaining foundation elements should be removed. Any buried ,., utilities should be removed or relocated if they are under building or pool construction areas. The resulting depressions should be backfilled with structural fill as discussed under the Structural Fill section of this report. Additionally, the upper sod and organic topsoil should be removed and the remaining roots grubbed. Areas where loose surficial soils exist due to grubbing operations should be considered as fill to the depth of disturbance and treated as subsequently recommended for structural fill placement. In the explorations completed for this study, the bearing stratum of medium dense to dense alluvium occurs at depths ranging from 8 to 10 feet within the proposed building area, and depths ranging from 1 to 10 feet within the currently proposed pool areas. Since the density of the soil at the site is highly variable, random soft pockets may exist at the indicated bearing depth. Therefore, the depth and extent of stripping can best be determined in the field by the geotechnical engineer. Where possible, building, sidewalk areas, and pool excavation subgrades should be proof- rolled with a loaded, tandem-axle dump truck to identify any soft spots; soft areas should be overexcavated and backfilled with structural fill. If proof-rolling is not possible within the construction space or construction is to proceed during wet weather, we recommend systematic probing in place of proof-rolling to identify soft areas of the exposed subgrade. December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/lb-KE0267r13-Projects120026721KEMP-KK Page 7 ar nr Subsurface Erploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations rr In our opinion, stable construction slopes should be the responsibility of the contractor and should be determined during construction. For estimating purposes, however, we anticipate that temporary, unsupported cut slopes in the loose to medium dense sand and gravel alluvium can be made at a maximum slope of 2H:1 V(Horizontal:Vertical). As is typical with earthwork operations, some sloughing and raveling may occur and cut slopes may have to be adjusted in the field. In addition, WISHA/OSHA regulations should be followed at all times. 10.0 STRUCTURAL FILL All references to structural fill in this report refer to subgrade preparation, fill type, and placement and compaction of materials as discussed in this section. If a percentage of compaction is specified under another section of this report, the value given in that section r� should be used. Construction plans are preliminary at this stage and do not include site grading information. However, placement of structural fill may be necessary in order to achieve the desired site grades. After stripping, planning excavation, and any required overexcavation has been performed to the satisfaction of the geotechnical engineer, the upper 12 inches of exposed ground in building areas or areas to receive fill should be recompacted to 90 percent of the modified Proctor maximum density using ASTM:D-1557 as the standard. Some of the near- surface soils contain moderate quantities of silt and are considered somewhat moisture- sensitive. Therefore, if the subgrade contains too much moisture, adequate recompaction may be difficult or impossible to obtain, and should probably not be attempted before allowing the subgrade to dry/drain adequately. After recompaction of the exposed ground is tested and approved, structural fill may be placed .rr to attain desired grades. Structural fill is defined as non-organic soil, acceptable to the geotechnical engineer, placed in maximum 8-inch loose lifts with each lift being compacted to 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum density using ASTM:D-1557 as the standard. The majority of on-site soils are suitable for use as structural fill. In the case of utility trench filling, the backfill should be placed and compacted in accordance with current local or county codes and standards. The top of the compacted fill should extend horizontally outward a ` minimum distance of 3 feet beyond the location of the perimeter footings before sloping down at an angle of 2H:IV. The contractor should note that any proposed fill soils must be evaluated by AESI prior to their use in fills. This would require that we have a sample of the material 72 hours in advance to perform a Proctor test and determine its field compaction standard. Soils in which the amount of fine-grained material (smaller than No. 200 sieve) is greater than approximately 5 percent (measured on the minus No. 4 sieve size) should be considered moisture-sensitive. Use of moisture-sensitive soil in structural fills should be limited to favorable dry weather conditions. The upper 3 to 4 feet of soil over portions of the site contain more than 12 percent silt. As December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/tb-KE02672A3-Projects 120026721KEIWP-W2K Page 8 w. Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations r -- such, some of the site soils are considered moisture-sensitive. In addition, construction equipment traversing the site when the soils are wet can cause considerable disturbance. If fill is placed during wet weather or if proper compaction cannot be obtained, a select import material consisting of a clean, free-draining gravel and/or sand should be used. Free-draining fill consists of non-organic soil with the amount of fine-grained material limited to 5 percent by weight when measured on the minus No. 4 sieve fraction and at least 25 percent retained on the No. 4 sieve. A representative from our firm should inspect the stripped subgrade and be present during placement of structural fill to observe the work and perform a representative number of in- place density tests. In this way, the adequacy of the earthwork may be evaluated as filling progresses, and any problem areas may be corrected at that time. It is important to understand that taking random compaction tests on a part-time basis will not assure uniformity or • acceptable performance of a fill. As such, we are available to aid the owner in developing a suitable monitoring and testing frequency. ■ 11.0 FOUNDATIONS Spread Footings �. Spread footings may be utilized for building support when founded either directly on the medium dense to dense alluvial sand and gravel deposits, or a zone of structural fill that extends down to a depth of 4 feet below the base of foundations or to the medium dense sand „ and gravel deposits, whichever is less. Structural fill should conform to that described under the Site Preparation and Structural Fill sections of this report. Structural fill placed below footings must extend a minimum of 5 feet beyond the edges of the footings. We recommend that an allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf) be utilized for design purposes, including both dead and live loads for footings founded either directly upon the medium dense to dense alluvial sand and gravel deposits or structural fill as described above. An increase of one-third may be used for short-term wind or seismic loading. For higher allowable soil bearing pressures, the foundation should be supported.by short aggregate piers (Geopiers ) as presented subsequently. Perimeter footings for the proposed buildings should be buried a minimum of 18 inches into the surrounding soil for frost protection. No minimum burial depth is required for interior footings; however, all footings must penetrate to the prescribed bearing stratum and no footings should be founded in or above loose or organic existing soils. To limit settlements, all footings should have a minimum width �. of 14 inches for one-story structures or 16 inches for two-story structures. It should be noted that the area bounded by lines extending downward at 1H:1V from any footing must not intersect another footing or intersect a filled area which has not been compacted to at least 95 percent of ASTM:D-1557. In addition, a 1.5H:1V line extending December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/lb-K£026T-A3-Projects 120026721KEIWP-W2K Page 9 rir 66 Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations ors down from any footing must not daylight because sloughing or raveling may eventually undermine the footing. Thus, footings should not be placed near the edge of steps or cuts in the bearing soils. Anticipated settlement of footings founded as described above should be on the order of 3/ rr, inch. However, disturbed soil not removed from footing excavations prior to footing placement could result in increased settlements. All footing areas should be inspected by AESI prior to placing concrete to verify that the design bearing capacity of the soils has been attained and that construction conforms, to the recommendations contained in this report. Such inspections may be required by the governing municipality. Perimeter footing drains should be provided as discussed under the section on Drainage Considerations. Aggregate Pier Foundations irr An alternative to supporting the building on a limited thickness of structural fill with a reduced bearing pressure would be to prepare the building pad for construction by installation of short aggregate piers (GeopiersTI). Aggregate piers are constructed by creating a drilled cavity in the matrix soil, and filling the cavity with aggregate that is densely compacted in thin lifts. The compaction typically induces densification in the surrounding matrix soil, and aggregate ror volumes in excess of the initial cavity volume are expected. Aggregate piers are installed along continuous foundation bearing walls and at spread foundation locations, and may be installed beneath slab-on-grade floor areas, if needed. Following installation of aggregate piers, the site is finish-graded and conventional shallow foundations are constructed above the aggregate piers. If aggregate piers are selected, the pier subcontractor in conjunction with the project structural engineer should provide the final design of the foundation system including the number and locations of piers, depths, diameters, and load bearing capacities. After the piers are designed and constructed, the resulting foundations should yield a bearing capacity of ■r 3,500 to 4,000 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). Pier Inspection rr The actual total length of each pier will be adjusted in the field based on required capacity and conditions encountered during drilling. Since completion of the pier takes place below ground, ri the judgment and experience of the geotechnical engineer or his field representative must be used as a basis for determining the required penetration and acceptability of each pier. Consequently, use of the presented pier capacities in the design requires that all piers be inspected by a qualified geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist from our firm who can interpret and collect the installation data and examine the contractors operations. AESI, acting as the owner's field representative, would determine the required lengths of the piers and keep records of pertinent installation data. A final summary report would then be distributed, following completion of pier installation. December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB 11b-KE026r2A3-Projects00026r21KEIWP-W2K Page 10 .r Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations 12.0 FLOOR SUPPORT MW Slab-on-grade floors can be constructed directly on medium dense to dense alluvium, Geopiers'A', or a maximum of 2 feet of structural fill compacted to 95 percent of ASTM:D- 1557. Areas of the slab subgrade that are disturbed (loosened) during construction should be recompacted to an unyielding condition prior to placing the pea gravel, as described below. .., The floor should be cast atop a minimum of 4 inches of washed, uniformly graded granulithic material or pea gravel to act as a capillary break. Areas of slab subgrade that are disturbed (loosened) during construction should be compacted to a non-yielding condition prior to placement of capillary break material. The slab should also be protected from dampness by an impervious moisture barrier or otherwise sealed. The impervious barrier should be placed between the capillary break material and an optional 2- to 3-inch-thick layer of sand. The sand helps to protect the vapor barrier from damage and allows drainage of the slab during curing provided the slab is poured when the sand is dry. Therefore, the sand layer must not be ■ exposed to rain or snow prior to pouring the slab. 13.0 SWIMMING POOL RECOMMENDATIONS We understand a 25-yard, 6-lane lap pool and a wave pool are planned for construction. Since significant excavation for these pools will be required, we recommend the pools be founded on the medium dense to dense gravelly alluvium. We anticipate that construction of the proposed pools will require sloping of the sidewalls of the excavations at slopes of 2H:1V because the .. cleaner sand within the upper soil horizon will likely not support steeper cut slopes. Therefore, some type of retaining wall or cast-in-place system will be necessary to construct vertical pool side walls. The following section presents appropriate retaining wall design parameters. If some other type of retaining wall or other than a cast-in-place (backfilled) wall is used, we should be provided with pool design drawings to determine if the lateral earth pressures below are appropriate for the proposed design. Ground water was not encountered in our soil borings during our subsurface exploration. However, ground water may rise to elevations high enough to impose hydrostatic pressures on the base and sides of the proposed pools following extended periods of intense precipitation. We installed a piezometer in EB-5 to monitor ground water elevations throughout the winter and spring. Given that the site resides within close proximity to the Cedar River, the pools should be designed with a drainage system to allow for relief of hydrostatic pressure around and beneath the pool. Alternatively, the pool should be designed to accommodate hydrostatic .` uplift pressures. With ongoing ground water monitoring, it will be possible to estimate a seasonal high ground water level for incorporation into the design. Aw December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/!b-KE02672A3-Projects 120026721KEIWP-W2K Page 11 Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations r 14.0 LATERAL WALL PRESSURES Finished floor elevations were not provided. However, we anticipate that retaining walls may be necessary for the proposed construction. All backfill behind walls or around foundation units should be placed as per our recommendations for structural fill and as described in this section of the report. Horizontally backfilled walls, which are free to yield laterally at least 0.1 percent of their height, may be designed using an equivalent fluid equal to 35 pcf. Fully restrained, horizontally backfilled rigid walls, which cannot yield, should be designed for an „•k equivalent fluid of 50 pcf. If parking areas are adjacent to walls, a surcharge equivalent to 2 feet of soil should be added to the wall height in determining lateral design forces. The lateral pressures presented above are based on the conditions of a uniform backfill consisting of on-site sand and gravel soil, compacted to 90 percent of ASTM:D-1557. A higher degree of compaction is not recommended, as this will increase the pressure acting on the wall. A lower compaction may result in settlement of structures, utilities, or concrete pavement placed above the walls. Thus, the compaction level is critical and must be tested by our firm during placement. Surcharges from adjacent footings, heavy construction equipment, ` or sloping backfill must be added to the above values. Perimeter footing drains should be provided for all retaining walls as discussed under the section on Drainage Considerations. It is imperative that proper drainage be provided so that hydrostatic pressures do not develop against the wall. This would involve installation of a minimum 1-foot-wide washed gravel r blanket drain, which is continuous with the perimeter footing drain and extends to within 1 foot of the ground surface. ,err 14.1 Passive Resistance and Friction Factors Lateral loads can be resisted by friction between the foundation and the natural alluvial soils or supporting structural fill, or by passive earth pressure acting on the buried portions of the foundations. The foundations must be backfilled with structural fill and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density to achieve the passive resistance provided below. We recommend the following design parameters: • Passive equivalent fluid = 250 pcf • Coefficient of friction = .35 The above values are allowable and include a safety factor of at least 1.5. rrr 15.0 DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS The majority of on-site soils will likely provide adequate drainage during post-construction heavy precipitation events. However, some method should be in place to contain any storm December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/!b-KE026P-A3-Projects 120026721KEIWP-W2K Page 12 �r Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations water runoff and discharge it to a suitable collection system during the earthwork portion of construction in the event that runoff does occur. Therefore, prior to site work and during construction, the contractor should be prepared to provide temporary storm water storage or discharge mechanisms as necessary. do All retaining and footing walls should be provided with a drain at the footing elevation. Drains should consist of rigid, perforated, PVC pipe surrounded by washed pea gravel. The level of dw the perforations in the pipe should be at the bottom of the footing at all locations and the drains should be constructed with sufficient gradient to allow gravity discharge away from the building. In addition, all retaining walls should be lined with a minimum 12-inch-thick washed .. gravel blanket provided over the full height of the wall, and which ties into the footing drain. Roof and surface runoff should not discharge into the footing drain system but should be handled by a separate, rigid, tightline drain. In planning, exterior grades adjacent to walls should be sloped downward away from the structure to achieve surface drainage. 16.0 PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS MW Based on our current understanding of the project, construction of new asphalt pavement is not planned. However, site surfacing will likely consist of concrete pavement. Site preparation for these areas should consist of overexcavating to remove the existing vegetation, topsoil, and any loose/soft upper soils to expose the underlying stable soils. Since the density of the upper soils is variable, random loose/soft areas may exist and the depth and extent of stripping can best be determined in the field by the geotechnical engineer. To limit differential settlement ++� and cracking of the concrete pavement, we recommend overexcavating areas to receive concrete by 18 inches and replacing this material with compacted structural fill. The excavated soils can be used as fill provided the moisture content at the time of compaction allows for the minimum specified compaction. In addition, the subgrade should be slightly inverted to drain toward the catch basins or surface drains. .. After the area to be paved is overexcavated, the exposed ground should be recompacted to 95 percent of ASTM:D-1557. Structural fill may then be placed to achieve desired subbase grades. Upon completion of the recompaction and structural fill placement, the recommended minimum pavement section is 6 inches of reinforced concrete pavement underlain by 4 inches of 11/a-inch minus crushed rock base course with less than 3 percent material retained on the .. No. 200 sieve. The crushed rock course must be compacted to 95 percent of the maximum density. 17.0 PROJECT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MONITORING At the time of this report, site grading, structural plans, and construction methods have not been developed. Therefore, the recommendations presented herein are preliminary. We are December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/lb-KE0267 A3-Projects 120026721KE1WP-W2K Page 13 rr Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Hazard, and ab Renton Aquatic Center Preliminary Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton, Washington Preliminary Design Recommendations as available to provide additional geotechnical consultation as the project design develops and possibly changes from that upon which this report is based. We recommend that AESI perform a geotechnical review of the plans prior to final design completion. In this way, our earthwork and foundation recommendations may be properly interpreted and implemented in the design. We are also available to provide geotechnical engineering and monitoring services during construction. The integrity of the foundation depends on proper site preparation and construction procedures. In addition, engineering decisions may have to be made in the field in the event that variations in subsurface conditions become apparent. Construction monitoring services are not part of this current scope of work. If these services are desired, please let us know and we will prepare a cost proposal. We have enjoyed working with you on this study and are confident that these recommendations will aid in the successful completion of your project. If you should have any questions, or require further assistance, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Kirkland, Washington rrr j. M r l OZ .f, '/'' tir `70 L Susan G. Beckham, P.E. Kurt D. Merriman, P.E. Project Engineer Senior Associate Engineer Attachments: Figure 1: Vicinity Map Figure 2: Site and Exploration Plan Appendix: Exploration Logs December 2, 2002 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. SGB/lb-KE02672A3-Projects120026r'IKEIWP-W2K Page 14 wo 1 r� lL •— N Q W O\ N Itl,:,.w...:.i'�-�'.rw,z�_«..�:..1•t,.xt �.'.jc. ...s.,�....•L.w.«'i,.: .lsl'i+''4..�Sv: Q Q W do A-V Q z o m o O Lu —..,.__......._ W �r tlt: :k Jr ►.. i� ,ti 7 4i 0 � CL- ILI IN AV SONOWa7 I n , -7 W Oa J \ Z } I " Off' f- 'Z';' Z LLI LLI W I _ — _ - 311:4 U'V; r '�1 Cl) , L UV err - a•� >' !''1' AV .. E Piv AV im sil U ti.J�.' _._ •I c �`9r Rh in ii�vrn S Ad b�O - , -_. .� „y is - l.• �+ _.. _ •'r- 1�:n � F– n w At RAIN ER AV AV N _ d I ' NI i} W try � .ofw«.Y�Y+�*'aiA.+wKKmras:.sl$,BaGt�mr:Laxiw+,Ytb".arili y rrl �u 0 777 a la6ed Ap3.(liui3in-ZL9ZOU81ua3 oilenbe uoivaJ ZL9Z0 XO- RIM i �� ` ,E EB- E134\1, �-� ,E, • (10) T x U 10 ✓ ', t L ' vp j � y III '51 ur ;t7 x y as i 'Mf7R0 Ef SEMfNT_-_��__ LEGEND n EB-1 • Approximate location of exploration boring N 1 (7) Depth to bearing soils A 0 80 APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET EFERENCE:ARAUJACKSON ARCHITECTS&PLANNERS.KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS,2/88. Associated Earth Sciences, inc. SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN FIGURE 2 gg i N ® im ® ® ® RENTON AQUATIC RENTON,WASHINGTON CENTER DATE 11/02 PROD.NO.KE02672A do do dw rw APPENDIX w. r rte r.. WO rir wr No w wr _' LVell-graded gravel and Terms Describing Relative Density and Consistency ..J:'—�Gw gravel with sand.little to Densitv SPT`21blows/foot v • ) no tines Very Loose 0 to 4 Coarse- Loose 4 to 10 �+ Poorly-graded gravel Grained Soils y U in wa,3, GP Medium Dense 101030 Test Symbols N ,1„ and gravel with sand• Dense 30 to 50 little to no fines Very Cerise >50 G = Grain Size as N a Z, o, ,�t M = Moisture Content Z ° °n ;�;I;;li Consistenci SPT(2)blows/foot A =Atterberg Limits ,=;= Silty gravel and silty Very Sort 0 to 2 C =Chemical o a v :S'=:=°n C.,a^'' GM gravel with sand Fine- Soft 2 to 4 CO = Ory Density m v ?`••ul.,:Ij Grained Soils yS .� Medium„tiff 4 to 8 K =Permeability Stiff 8 to 15 z y Clayey gravel and Very Stiff 15 to 30 GC clayey gravel with sand Hard >3 0 Component Definitions cc - 1 Well-graded sand and Descriptive Term Size Range and Sieve Number syy sand with gravel,little Boulders Larger;han 12• to no fires Cocbles -'":c 12' � s Gravel 3"'o No.4(4.75 mm) v Pocrl` graded sand 1"y Coarse Gravel 3":o 3"4" <n U ! ^ SP and sand with gravel. Fine Gravel to INIc.4(4.75 mm) wtr ,�, o I little to no fines Sand No 4(1 75 mm)to No.200 i0 375 mm) v ZI Coarse Sand N -t'» 75 mm)to No. 10 ,2.C�0 mmj Slily SanC and Meclum Sand %c '.0 2 OG mm)to No.10 10.425 mm) 5 SM ;iii`/ sand with Fare Sac. ;c 4C ,0.125 mm)to No 2C0 '0 075,-mi travel U � _ - Siit and C:ay "rrailer;han No.200(0.075 mm) m Cia`Je;J Sand and (3) sc Estimated Percentage Moisture Content clayey sand with crave) Percentage 5v Dry-Absence cf^;as re. Comecnert us,d 'Netcht 1, pry to the:ct:cn Slit. sar'cy silt, gravelly slit. Trace <5 Slitrdy PitciS TCIS 1re�e ML Few 5:C :G rrr = I Silt'.vllh SarC dr_rave! La;a =`5 MCIs.-Camp Cut no v!s:cle U - r, Ncn-crrrar!_car_e '!later T - ccnstltuerts > 5'u Very":1CIS;-Wa—r i!sz;e [ f .ay cr,cw to mecium -I'C"ciry: Silty, agcy.or F:res :cr,er, e-;:eer nct'ree.r!rnry CL r c u s - a clay.!e3n day 'b�rC i 'b We,-VISICIe -aj ^ ❑ from �n - — Crcaric clay or slit gf lC•v Symbols _ — Sampler per;!Crr Cc'^ent grcut _ - — — Type \ i; ` ,surface seal o EtastlC Slit.Clayey Silt. Slit 2 0"CO . r Sampler Type I :vith micaceous Or i Descnotion seal CD ec'cr!te MH split SCCCn �(,; , t <_ ciatcmacecus fine sand Or Sampler 3.0"C'C Scir-'coon Sampler 1 - _n N slit cP -titer act v¢h C C 0 d (V 325'CC, c!it-Spoon Rine Sampler (1) t;n Cnasing lay f hi h plasticity. Sandy Cr glove!!`/Ci fat Euik sample 6 .G'CG rnn .. c oe❑ c g c = CH ay, 3 r It Tube Sa cr eC astn Va m^ier .: . C.2`/'.'pith Sand Cr graVe! (^' t I- 7-.'-ter: yC:cbc N .= inc.uc!rc She:cy;ube) nth.ilte!pack _ - Grab Samp.e lc� rr'��������� . - � � s;i � r-- I �• --c cap Organic Clay Or silt Of L Pgrticr rCt rBCCVefed OH medium to hit "I Percentage b• t" Cegtth ct crcuncrater by ae:cht Plasticity tIClty (SPT)Standard Peretfai!Cn Test 1 ATD =At:me gt Cnllirg may: (ASTtvt D-1586) Static:eater level(date) ■r , v, Peat. muck and other 'I In General A.cccrdance with c PT highly Organic soils Standard Practice fcr Cesc.:caen l t Ccmb ned USCS symceis used for 5= o — G and!Centricaucn of SCtis;AST^�1 D-2488) fines ce..ve_. ,.a and 15 W "tass!ficaticns of sc!is:n:his report are based on visual fieid and/or laboratory observations..vhich include density/consistency,moisture condition,grain size,and 3sticity estimates and snould not be construed to imply field or laboratory testing unless presented herein.Visual-manual and/or laboratory classification oethccls of AST'.I o-<487 and 0-2488.vere used as an identification guide for the Unified Soil Gass!fication System. N dwO T Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. FIGURE ® ® ® Exploration Log Key/ A_1 •r ub �r wr rir +rr irir Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. ® ® ® Exploration Lo Project Number Exploration Number Sheet as FWN ® KE02672A EB-1 1 of 1 Project Name Renton Aquatic Center Ground Surface Elevation(ft) im Location Renton, WA Datum N/A Driller/Equipment Davies Drilling Date Start/Finish 11/11ffig Hammer Weight/Drop 140#/30 Hole Diameter(in) rrrr _ ." N U-5 CO j z .y.. ,� E �,_ Blows/Foot t a _ 0 a S E aT a y 3 ` D T in 00 �E m —° t DESCRIPTION ° � m 10 20 30 ao ° an /T i 3 S-1 Weathered Quaternary Alluvium 6 Al Moist,tan,silty SAND with gravel. (SM) 10 do --------------------------------- Quaternary Alluvium 5 Moist,grayish-tan GRAVEL with sand,few silt. (GW) +mil S-2 17 21 Aa 25 10 do S-3 19 Trace silt. 32 61 2s ■r 15 S-4 16 Bec m r wn'in rea m i tur ontent. 31 A k50/," Bottom of exploration boring at 16.5 feet Blow count likely overstated due to gravel content. i 20 tl rir 25 err rN 30 e>rr g 35 N N C1 E d O Z a N Sampler Type(ST): 2"OD Split Spoon Sampler(SPT) No Recovery M-Moisture Logged by: SGB m T 3"OD Split Spoon Sampler(D&M) Ring Sample 5Z Water Level() Approved by: w Grab Sample a Shelby Tube Sample 1 Water Level at time of drilling(ATD) a Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Exploration Lo FWU ® ® ® ® Project Number Exploration Number Sheet KE02672A EB-2 1 of 1 Project Name Renton Aquatic Center Ground Surface Elevation(ft) Location Renton. WA Datum N/A 11110 Driller/Equipment Davies Drilling DateStart/Finish 11/11/02 Hammer Weight/Drop 140#130" Hole Diameter(in) N U 6 j e CL L a °' Co Blows/Foot D S T in 0 �E o t DESCRIPTION 0 m 10 20 30 40 ° S-1 fr I Weathered Quaternary Alluvium j Al2 Slightly moist,tan SILT,little sand,trace gravel. (ML) 5 rr► T S-2 4 Quaternary Alluvium 3 �6 5 Slightly moist,tan,fine to medium SAND,trace silt. (SP) 3 rrli S-3 Becomes fine-grained,little silt. � ♦4 3 --------------------- - Becomes gravelly at 8.5'(inferred from drilling action).--------- 10 S-4 Moist,brown GRAVEL with sand,few silt. (GW) Poor recovery. 12 1. Irirr 15 lift 15 S-5 3 Gravel becomes mostly pebble-sized,trace silt,trace sand. (Gp) 7 A7 30 Bottom of exploration boring at 16.5 feet Blow count likely overstated due to gravel content. 20 I 25 Il1Y 30 tnr g 35 N <D N d O Z a c� N Sampler Type(ST): Its o m 2"OD Split Spoon Sampler(SPT) No Recovery M-Moisture Logged by: SGB m m 3"OD Split Spoon Sampler(D&M) U Ring Sample SZ Water Level() Approved by: a ® Grab Sample 0 Shelby Tube Sample 1 Water Level at time of drilling(ATD) 11116 Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. EX loratlon Lo R, Project Number Exploration Number Sheet KE02672A EB-3 1 of 1 Project Name _Renton Aquatic Center Ground Surface Elevation(ft) as Location Renton, WA Datum N/A Driller/Equipment Davies Drilling Date Start/Finish 11/11/89 Hammer Weight/Drop 140#130" Hole Diameter(in) me Q s E �,a Blows/Foot a cL a� y m U rn E a�Co +. ° T U) DESCRIPTION ° 3 CO 10 20 30 ao ° /T 'I Weathered Quaternary Alluvium V m i t wn T. M 2 go S-1 Quaternary Alluvium 5 9 Moist,brown,fine to medium SAND,trace silt.(SP) 2 S-2 Little silt. 1 A3 2 so 5 S-3 Contains interbeds of clean,fine to medium SAND. 2 ♦5 3 ------------------------------- Becomes— gravelly at 8.5'(inferred from drilling action). 10 S a Moist,grayish brown GRAVEL with sand,trace silt. (GW) a 10 A2 15 i i rr 15 S-5 13 recovery) 21 AV i r 16 Bottom of exploration boring at 16.5 feet Blow count likely overstated due to gravel content. do 20 25 +rlr rtr 30 rrr +rr N 35 0 N N d YI�1 E v 0 z CL CL 0 i a Sampler Type(ST): N o m 2"OD Split Spoon Sampler(SPT) F] No Recovery M-Moisture Logged by: SGB 0 m 3"OD Split Spoon Sampler(D&M) U Ring Sample Water Level() Approved by: W ® Grab Sample Z Shelby Tube Sample 1 Water Level at time of drilling(ATD) a Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Exploration Loci Ub RNM IN ® ® ® Project Number Exploration Number Sheet KE02672A EB-4 1 of 1 Project Name Renton Aquatic Center Ground Surface Elevation(ft) Location Renton, WA Datum N/A to Driller/Equipment Davies Drilling Date Start/Finish 11111102 Hammer Weight/Drop 140#130" Hole Diameter(in) Blows/Foot n n n 3 E m � S E >, c� E —° T --DESCRIPTION m 10 20 30 40 ° " R i S-1 Weathered Quaternary Alluvium 7 �1 Moist,brown GRAVEL with sand,little silt. (GM) rlr ------------------------------- Quaternary Alluvium 5 S-2 Moist,grayish brown GRAVEL withsand,trace silt. (GW) 40 5oi 0/ r (drilling becomes easier at approxiamtely 8.5') 10 S-3 Becomes very moist. 5 T 9 19 (poor recovery) 10 Kilo 15 S-4 14 r recovery) 33 A157 24 Bottom of exploration boring at 16.5 feet Blow count likely overstated due to gravel content. 20 a 25 Illli 30 �IU g 35 0 N N d d O Z a. Sampler Type(ST): o m 2"OD Split Spoon Sampler(SPT) No Recovery M-Moisture Logged by: SGB La m 3"OD Split Spoon Sampler(D&M) U Ring Sample SZ Water Level() Approved by: W ® Grab Sample 0 Shelby Tube Sample Z Water Level at time of drilling(ATD) a Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. EX loration Lo RN N U Project Number Exploration Number Sheet KE02672A EB-5 1 1 of 1 Project Name Renton Aquatic Center Ground Surface Elevation(ft) air Location Renton, WA Datum N/A Driller/Equipment Davies Drilling Date Start/Finish 11/11/fl� Hammer Weight/Drop 140#130" Hole Diameter(in) rrr w H U O > _ h a c E y—CL m Blows/Foot °' I T m 0 to E m —° L ar I `n m DESCRIPTION " 10 20 30 40 ° 1 S-1 —Sodrropsoil Flush-mount steel monument and sli ca 6 Weathered Quaternary Alluvium Concrete s 20 Moist,tan,silty SAND with gravel. (SM) 910120 silica sand 12 rw Cuttings Quaternary Alluvium as 5 Bentonite chips �-'-� S-2 Moist,brown,fine to medium SAND,few silt(SP);contains lenses of silty, 3 ♦5 fine to medium sand. 5 j 1 114-inch inside diameter Schedule 80 PVC 4W I blank -------—----——————————————————— I Gravel at 8.5'(inferred from drilling action). I 10 S-3 Moist,grayish brown GRAVEL with sand,trace silt. (GW) 31 61 1 w I - 30 i I I I #10120 silica sand Aw 15 S-4 4 X33 j Becomes reddish brown. 19 I do I 1 114-inch inside diameter Schedule 80 PVC; 0.010"machine cut slots i I - � 20 1 Flush threaded end cap - Becomes brown. Native soil y� I Bottom of exploration boring at 21.5 feet I 25 err I ar I I 30 I av I I I I I N 35 0 o i N (O I N III d 1 d O Z I CL P +r N Sampler Type(ST): mmQ 2"OD Split Spoon Sampler(SPT) F] No Recovery M-Moisture Logged by: SGB X LL 3"OD Split Spoon Sampler(D&M) U Ring Sample SZ Water Level() Approved by: W Grab Sample Q Shelby Tube Sample Z Water Level at time of drilling(ATD) a sk r ob rtr rr ws +rr da RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00410 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL(PART 1 —BASE BID) Renton,Washington Page 1 r. Northwest Architectural Company v s (2-02072) 1 Section 00410 2 3 FORM OF PROPOSAL (PART 1 -BASE BID) 4 for the 5 6 CITY OF RENTON 7 Renton Aquatic Center 8 Renton,Washington 9 10 BIDS CLOSING: 2:30 PM(Part 1)April 9,2003 11 " 12 To: City Clerk,Room#728 13 Seventh Floor of City Hall 14 1055 South Grady Way "" 15 Renton,WA 98055 16 17 The undersigned hereby certifies that they have carefully examined the Contract Documents as defined in r 18 the General Conditions entitled " Renton Aquatic Center, Cedar River Park", Renton, WA and have 19 examined the site of the work and the location where said work is to be done, and fully understands the 20 manner in which payment is proposed to be made for the cost thereof, hereby proposes to furnish all .. 21 materials and to perform all labor which may be required to complete said work within the time fixed, and 22 upon the terms and conditions provided in said Contract Documents for consideration of the following 23 amount: 24 25 26 A. BASE BID 27 28 For all work shown in the Contract Documents,the sum of: $ 29 (Does not include Washington State Sales Tax) 30 31 32 If the contract contains any work that requires trenching exceeding a depth of four feet, all costs for 33 adequate trench safety systems shall be identified as a separate bid item in compliance with Chapter 34 39.04 of the Revised Code of Washington. This is to ensure that the bidder agrees to comply with 35 the trench safety requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 36 of the Revised Code of Washington. •" 37 38 This bid amount shall be considered as part of the total base bid set forth above. Bidder must 39 include a lump sum dollar amount in blank below(even if the value is$0.00)to be responsive. 40 Trench Excavation Safety Provisions Only: $ r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00410 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL(PART 1 —BASE BID) Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s.,(2-02072) rr 1 B. CONDITIONS OF PROPOSAL 2 3 1. Determination of Low Bidder: 4 The owner reserves the right to 'Award a Contract' based on the Contractor's Proposal 5 Amounts for Base Bid and/or Breakdown, in whatever manner is in the Owner's best 6 interest. 7 2. Overhead and Profit: 8 All of the above Bid Prices shall include overhead and profit. 9 3. Sales Tax: 10 All of the above Bid Prices shall not include Washington State Sales Tax. 11 12 C. PERIOD OF BID VALIDITY/ACCEPTANCE OF BID ` 13 14 1. BASE BID 15 16 The undersigned hereby agrees that this BID as described in paragraph "A" shall be a valid 17 and fine offering for the period of sixty (60) days from closing time for the "Receipt Of 18 Bids." 19 20 Acceptance of Bid: Within sixty(60) days after the opening of Form Of Proposal,the City 21 will act either to accept the Proposal from the lowest responsive,responsible Bidder, or to 22 reject all Bids. The City reserves the right to request extensions of such Bid acceptance 23 period. 24 err 25 The acceptance of a Bid will be evidenced by a written Notice of Intent to Award Contract 26 to the Bidder whose Bid is under consideration for acceptance, together with a request to 27 furnish a bond(if required), evidence of insurance to execute the agreement set forth in the 28 Contract Documents,and other designated documents. 29 30 D. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 31 32 If written "Notice of Intent to Award Contract" is mailed, telegraphed, facsimile, or 33 delivered to the undersigned within the "period of Bid Validity" noted above, or any time 34 thereafter before this Bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10)days after the 35 date of such notification, execute a Contract in the form of the AIA Document A101 36 "STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR - 37 STIPULATED SUM", 1997 edition. ' 38 39 E. TIME FOR COMPLETION 40 ` 41 The undersigned hereby agrees to "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" of all Work outlined 42 in the Contract Documents within 240 calendar days and to "FINAL INSPECTION" of the 43 Work within 30 days following Substantial Completion. 44 rrr am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00410 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL(PART 1 —BASE BID) Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s., (2-02072) 1 F. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ,. 2 3 If the Contractor fails to complete the Work by the FINAL COMPLETION DATE(or such 4 extension of that date which might be granted by the Owner), he agrees to abide by all 5 provisions of the Contract. In addition,Liquidated Damages in the amount of One-Hundred 6 and Fifty Dollars ($150.00) will be assessed for each calendar day that the Contractor 7 exceeds the"FINAL COMPLETION DATE." 8 9 10 G. ADDENDUM RECEIPT 11 12 Receipt of the following"ADDENDA"to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS is 13 acknowledged: 14 Addendum No. Date 4M 15 Addendum No. Date 16 Addendum No. Date 17 Addendum No. Date �. 18 Addendum No. Date 19 20 aw 21 H. EXECUTION OF PROPOSAL 22 23 Name of Firm ,■ 24 25 State License Registration No. 26 27 Address 28 29 City State Zip Code 30 31 Telephone ( ) FAX ) 32 33 The undersigned designates the above as the firm and address to which "NOTICE OF CONTRACT 34 AWARD"may be mailed,hand delivered or delivered via facsimile. 35 36 NOTE: If a Bidder is a corporation, write state of incorporation; and if a partnership, give full names and 37 addresses of all partners below: 38 39 40 41 42 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00410 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL(PART 1 —BASE BID) Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 The undersigned certifies that the above is a firm and valid BID to accomplish all Work and comply with all 2 requirements of the Contract Documents. 3 4 Date 5 �1a 6 Signature 7 8 Name&Title 9 10 I. ENCLOSURES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR 11 12 The Contractor shall provide all enclosures stated in Section 00200 with this Form of Proposal. 'ft 13 14 END OF BID FORM (PART 1 -BASE BID) 15 16 cm\March 12.2003 wr �r rir RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00411 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL Renton,Washington (PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) Page 1 r�r 1 SECTION 00411 2 3 FORM OF PROPOSAL(PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) 4 for the 5 6 CITY OF RENTON 7 Renton Aquatic Center 8 Renton, Washington 9 10 BIDS CLOSING: 3:30 PM(Part 2)April 9,2003 11 12 To: City Clerk,Room#728 13 Seventh Floor of City Hall 14 1055 South Grady Way „�. 15 Renton,WA 98055 16 17 The undersigned hereby certifies that they have carefully examined the Contract Documents as defined in 18 the General Conditions entitled "Renton Aquatic Center, Cedar River Park", Renton, WA and have 19 examined the site of the work and the location where said work is to be done, and fully understands the 20 manner in which payment is proposed to be made for the cost thereof, hereby proposes to furnish all 21 materials and to perform all labor which may be required to complete said work within the time fixed, and 22 upon the terms and conditions provided in said Contract Documents for consideration of the following 23 amount: 24 25 A. BASE BID(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 26 27 B. ALTERNATE BIDS Alternate is defined portion of Work which is priced separately to be "`� 28 included in the Work at Owner's option. 29 30 Each Alternate, included by number, describes the basic changes to be incorporated into the Work, only 31 when that Alternate is made part of the Work by stipulated provisions in the Owner-Contractor Agreement 32 in writing by the Owner. 33 34 Alternate#A-1: WATER SLID STRUCTURE AND OPEN TUBE/BODY FLUME: 35 ADD the sum of: $ 36 37 Alternate#A-2: WATER SLIDE ENCLOSED BODY FLUME: 38 ADD the sum of. $ 39 .. 40 Alternate#A-3: SCS WATER COLORS INTERACTIVE PLAY STRUCTURE,TWO LEVEL: 41 ADD the sum of: $ 42 43 Alternate#A-4: WATER SPRAY GROUND: 44 ADD the sum of: $ 45 46 Alternate#A-5: LAZY RIVER WATER UMBRELLA: 47 ADD the sum of. $ 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00411 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL Renton,Washington (PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) Page 2r 1 Alternate#A-6: ARC FALLS-CUSTOM CASCADES 4000 ARC FALL—COMPLETE INSTALLATION: 2 ADD the sum of $ 3 err 4 Alternate#A-7: ADDITIONAL SPRAY ARCHES: 5 ADD the sum of $ 6 7 Alternate #A-8: SUBSTITUTE METAL ROOFING FOR MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING 8 AT LOCKER WING BUILDING: 9 ADD the sum of $ 10 11 C. CONDITIONS OF PROPOSAL(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 12 13 D. PERIOD OF BID VALIDITY/ACCEPTANCE OF BID(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 14 15 E. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 16 17 F. TIME FOR COMPLETION(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 18 „ 19 G. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) 20 21 H. ADDENDUM RECEIPT(Refer to Part 1 Bid Form) ft 22 23 I. LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS—RCW 39.30.060 24 25 The following information is submitted which gives the name and business address for each subcontractor 26 listed below with whom the bidder will directly subcontract for performance of the following work, if the 27 bidder is awarded the contract. If the bidder intends to perform the work with its own firm, the bidder must 46 28 enter its name for the category of work designated. 29 30 THE NAMES OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING THE WORK LISTED BELOW MUST BE 31 SUBMITTED ON THIS FORM AS A PART OF THE BID,WITHIN 1 HOUR AFTER THE PUBLISHED 32 PART 1 BID SUBMITTAL TIME FOR THE BID TO BE DEEMED RESPONSIVE. Only one 33 subcontractor can be listed for each category of work. 34 ' 35 Portion of Work Firm Name Business Address 36 37 Heating,Ventilating&Air 38 Conditioning(HVAC) 39 40r 41 42 Plumbing 43 44 45 46 Electrical 47 48 so r r. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00411 Cedar River Park FORM OF PROPOSAL Renton,Washington (PART 2—SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING AND ALTERNATES BID) Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) Page 3 1 J. EXECUTION OF PROPOSAL 2 3 Name of Firm 4 5 State License Registration No. 6 7 Address 8 9 City State Zip Code 10 11 Telephone ( ) FAX ( ) 12 13 The undersigned designates the above as the firm and address to which "NOTICE OF CONTRACT 14 AWARD"may be mailed,hand delivered or delivered via facsimile. ar 15 16 NOTE: If a Bidder is a corporation, write state of incorporation; and if a partnership, give full names and 17 addresses of all partners below: 18 19 20 21 The undersigned certifies that the above is a firm and valid BID to accomplish all Work and comply with all 22 requirements of the Contract Documents. 23 24 Date do 25 26 Signature 27 28 Name&Title 29 30 J. ENCLOSURES PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR 31 32 The Contractor shall provide all enclosures stated in Section 00200 with this Form of Proposal. 33 34 35 END OF BID FORM(PART 2 -ALTERNATES BID) 36 37 38 cm\M.h 12,2003 iY ow ou wk ON err Ab sm IN ft ft rr� tr�r '` RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00420 Cedar River Park NON-COLLUSION,ANTI-TRUST,AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 00420 2 NON-COLLUSION,ANTI-TRUST,AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM 3 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 4 5 Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the forgoing proposal or 6 bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any 7 person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other 8 Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to 9 refrain from bidding,and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to 10 any other person any advantage over the other Bidder or Bidders. 11 AND `r 12 CERTIFICATION RE:ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER 13 14 Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust 15 violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore,vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and 16 all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or 17 contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, s 18 quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants 19 and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to 20 purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. +� 21 AND 22 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM 23 .r 24 I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the 25 performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic 26 employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the 27 minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract: that I have read the above and foregoing 28 statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my 29 knowledge and belief .r 30 31 FOR: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT,ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER 32 AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT 33 .. 34 RENTON PARKS DEPARTMENT AND RENTON AQUATICS CENTER 35 36 37 Name of Bidder's Firm 38 39 40 Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder 41 42 Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 20 • 43 44 45 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington 46 Residing at: 47 48 49 CJ3/6/03 wr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00500 Cedar River Park CONTRACT Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 00500 .. 2 3 CONTRACT 4 5 6 STANDARD FORM 7 8 The Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a stipulated 9 sum, 1997, AIA Document A101 follows and is included as a part of this contract. The Bidders, Contractor 10 and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. 11 12 Attachment: 5 pages AIA document A101 follows. 13 14 •• 15 16 END OF SECTION 17 jm/Fehwry 20,2003 so isw YIW d i 11� +rr a* ob rio �ru ISO ■r 1997 Edition -Electronic Format AIA Document A101-1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor a. where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL (In words,indicate day,month and year) CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH BETWEEN the Owner: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR (Name,address and other information) MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF are THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA and the Contractor: DOCUMENT D401. (Name,address and otherinformation) a� AIA Document A201-1997,General Conditions of the Contract for The Project is: Construction,is adopted in this document (Name and location) by reference.Do not use with other am general conditions unless this document is modified. The Architect is: (Name,address and other information) This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. art ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, r„ Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the orr entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a +� different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed �fyf issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement ifit differs from the date of this Agreement or,ifapplicable,state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages, OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. air Washington, D.C.20006-5292 © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written • permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal rosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted ar below. User Document: Template-97al0l.aia -- 3/12/2003. AIA License Number 1103705, which expires on 3/5/2004. 1 .rr 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than �r days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents,insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion ofcertain portions of the Work.) subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions,if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL early completion of the Work.) CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contractor's performance of the Contract.The Contract Sum shall be Dollars ($ ),subject to DOCUMENT D401. additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201-1997,General 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any,which are described Conditions of the Contract for in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: Construction,is adopted in this document (State the numbers or other identification ofaccepted alternates.If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the by reference.Do not use with other Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule ofsuch other alternates showing the amount general conditions unless this document is Irr for each and the date when that amount expires) modified. This document has been approved and 4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: endorsed by The Associated General "k Contractors of America. ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS " 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a month,the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the month.If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date W�_ fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values � � submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of �r values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its 01997 AIA® accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractors Applications for Payment. OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion The American Institute of Architects of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal illy rosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the jiolator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: Template-97al0l.aia -- 3/12/2003. AIA License Number 1103705, which expires on 3/5/2004. 2 AN 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: to .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of aw values, less retainage of percent ( %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL rr .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH construction(or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of percent(%); MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF ++� THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner;and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. rlr .4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a AIA Document A201-1997,General Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Subparagraph 5.1.6 by reference.Do not use with other arr shall be further modified under the following circumstances: general conditions unless this document is modified. I Add,upon Substantial Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled Contractors of America. claims;and (Subparagraph 9.95 of AIA Document Awi-jw7 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent ofsurety,ifany.) s .2 Add,if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of AIA Document A2o1-1997. rr 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work,to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Clauses 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract a Documents,insert here provisions forsuch reduction orhinitation.) 5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: +� ;V .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of AIA Document A2o1-1997, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final 01997 AAA® payment;and AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 �r OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. 5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 3o days after Washington,D.C.20006-5292 the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: O 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal rosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted err below. User Document: Template-97al0l.aia -- 3/12/2003. AIA License Number 1103705, which expires on 3/5/2004. 3 rr ■r ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A2oi-1997. 6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A2oi-1997• ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A2o1-1997 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF payment is due at the race stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA from time to time at the place where the Project is located. DOCUMENT D401. (Insert rate ofinterest agreed upon,ifany.) AIA Document A201-1997,General Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit laws and Conditions of the Contract for other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business,the location of the project and elsewhere Construction,is adopted in this document may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, by reference.Do not use with other and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) general conditions unless this document is 111r modified. 7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other information) This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 7.4 The Contractor's representative is: (Name,address and otherinformation) to 7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. go 7.6 Other provisions: im ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: 8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A1o1-1997. 8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A2o1-1997. , .' 8.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated ,and are as follows: ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 Document Title Pages OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT so The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. 8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Washington, D.C.20006-5292 Subparagraph 8.1.3,and are as follows: O 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written -)ermission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal ,rosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: Template-97al0l.aia -- 3/12/2003. AIA License Number 1103705, which expires on 3/5/2004. 4 4M (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Section Title Pages 8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows,and are dated unless a different date is shown below: sett (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Number Title Date THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL ++� CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 8.1.6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF • Number Date Pages THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. ar, Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents AIA Document A201-1997,General unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. Conditions of the Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document 8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: by reference.Do not use with other AW (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents,AIA Document Azw- 8eneral conditions unless this document is t997 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample modified. forms and the Contractor's bid are not pan of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here onlyifintended to be part of the Contract Documents.) This document has been approved and w endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies, of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the r Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature) (printed name and title) (printed name and title) s aaia 1 ,■ .. ._ as ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A101-1997 rlrr OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT The American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 O 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute o Architects. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written as permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal rosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates US copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted M below. User Document: Template-97al0i.aia -- 3/12/2003. AIA License Number 1103705, which expires on 3/5/2004. 5 art .rr ift w� rr rw ft WN wr► w �r "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00610 Cedar River Park BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Renton,Washington Page 1 arr Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 00610 -BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON 2 3 4 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 6 That we,the undersigned 7 as principal,and corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State 8 of—as a surety corporation,and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon 9 bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound 10 to the City of Renton in the penal sum of$ 11 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or ++r 12 person representatives,as the case may be. 13 14 This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the 15 City of Renton. 16 17 Dated at ,Washington,this_day of , 20 18 19 Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: 20 21 WHEREAS,under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- '�' 22 23 providing for the the principal 24 25 is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract; and 26 27 WHEREAS, the principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the rr 28 work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; 29 30 NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the 31 manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said 32 contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall 33 supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and r. 34 shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by 35 reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the 36 performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Renton harmless from any damage or 37 expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or 38 developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one 39 year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; 40 but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. °� 41 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00610 " Cedar River Park BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.,(2-02072) .� 1 2 Principal Surety 3 4 5 Signature Signature 6 " 7 8 Title Title 9 'o 10 Approved by Larry Warren 2/14/92 11 12 ob 13 ;.Oeh.r zo,zoos rw rrr rrr "i RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00620 Cedar River Park CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM Renton,Washington Page 1 ar Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 00620 .r 2 3 CITY OF RENTON INSURANCE INFORMATION FORM 4 5 6 FOR: 7 8 PROJECT NUMBER: CAG- STAFF CONTACT: 9 1 Certificate of Insurance indicates the coverages/limits specified in contract? ❑ Yes ❑ No 13 Are the following coverages and/or conditions in effect? ❑ Yes ❑ No 14 The Commercial General Liability policy form is an ISO 1993 Occurrence Form 15 or Equivalent? ❑ Yes ❑ No ,., 19 (If no,attach a copy of the policy with required coverages clearly identified) CG 0043 Amendatory Endorsement provided?* ❑ Yes ❑ No r � General Aggregate provided on a"per project basis(CG 2503)? ❑ Yes ❑ No Additional Insured wording provided?* ❑ Yes ❑ No Coverage on a primary basis and non-contributing basis? ❑ Yes ❑ No Waiver of Subrogation Clause applies?* ❑ Yes ❑ No 29 Severability of Interest Clause applies?* ❑ Yes ❑ No do 30 Notice of Cancellation/Non-Renewal amended to 45 days? ❑ Yes ❑ No 31 32 * To be shown on certificate of insurance 33 34 AM BEST'S RATING FOR CARRIERS: 35 36 GL Auto Umb Professional 37 38 This questionnaire is used as a matter of information. This questionnaire is not an insurance policy and �. 39 does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies indicated on the attached 40 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. The City of Renton, at its option, shall obtain copies of the policies 41 and/or specific declaration pages from awarded bidder prior to execution of contract. 42 43 44 Agency/Broker Completed by(Type or print name) �. 45 46 47 Address Completed by(Signature) 48 49 50 Name of person to contact Telephone Number 51 52 53 NOTE: THIS QUESTIONNAIRE MUST BE COMPLETED AND ATTACHED TO CERTIFICATE OF 54 INSURANCE w .� rw rrr wr rr� wo RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00700 Cedar River Park GENERAL CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 dW Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 00700 2 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 5 6 7 STANDARD FORM 8 9 The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 1997, AIA Document A201 follows, and is 10 included as a part of this contract. The Bidders, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be 11 governed by them. +r 12 13 Attachment: 44 pages of AIA document A201 follows. 14 15 16 17 END OF SECTION 00700 s ar r rr rte► wr rr aw 1997 Edition - Electronic Format .�1 AIA Document A201 - 1997 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3. CONTRACTOR ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 5. SUBCONTRACTORS DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Contractors of America. 8. TIME rIr 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK rr 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT s INDEX Addenda Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 1-1-1,3-11 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 Additional Costs,Claims for Acceptance of Work 4.3-4,4.3.5,4-3.6,6.1.1,10.3 rr 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,12.3 Additional Inspections and Testing Access to Work 9.8-3,12.2.1,13.5 3.16,6.2.1,12.1 Additional Time,Claims for Accident Prevention 4-3-4,4-3-7,8-3.2 4.2.3,10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Acts and Omissions 3.1.33 4,949-5 3.2,3-3.2,3.12-8,3.18,4.2-3,4-3-8,4-4-1,8.3.1, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 01997 AIA®AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 9.5-1,10.2.5,13-4.2,13-7,14.1 1.1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1T2-5-, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. as States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License are Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 1 rr a>rs Aesthe Effect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3 9.6.4,11.4.7 -3,45-1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 3.8 Architect's Site Visits All-risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 11.4.1.1 9.10.1,13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 10.3.1 9.10,11-1.3,14.2-4,14-4.3 Attorneys'Fees Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2,10.3.3 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2,13-4.2, Award of Separate Contracts ft 13.5 6.1.1,6.1.2 Arbitration Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7-1,11-4.9, Portions of the Work 11.4.10 5.2 ar Architect Basic Definitions THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.1 1.1 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Architect,Definition of Bidding Requirements ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.1.1 1.1.1,1.1.7,5.2.1,11.5.1 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR No Architect,Extent of Authority Boiler and Machinery Insurance MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6, 11.4,2 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 7.4,9.2,9.3-1,9.4,9.5,9.8-3,9.10.1, 9.10.3,121, Bonds,Lien DOCUMENT D401. 12.2.13 13-5.1,13-5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.2 Architect,Limitations of Authority and Bonds,Performance,and Payment This document has been approved and Responsibility 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9,11.5 endorsed by The Associated General 2.1.1,3.3.3.3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, Building Permit Contractors of America. 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, 3.7.1 4.4,5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Capitalization Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 1,3 2.4,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5.213.5.314.2.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion ab Architect's Administration of the Contract 9.8-3,9.8-4,9.8.5 3.1.3. 4.44-3-4,44,949-5 Certificates for Payment rchitect's Approvals 4.2-5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 9.10.1,9.10.3,13-73 14.1-1.3,14.2.4 as Architect's Authority to Reject Work Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1 13.5.4 Architect's Copyright Certificates of Insurance 1.6 9.10.2,11.1.3 Architect's Decisions Change Orders 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.13 3.12.8,4.2.8, 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, 4.3.4,4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 9.4,9.5-13 9.8-4,9.9.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.3,11.4.1.2,11.4.4,11.4.9,12.1.2 aIIIIr Architect's Inspections Change Orders,Definition of 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8-3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 7.2.1 Architect's Instructions CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2-7,4.2.8,7.4.1,12.1,13.5.2 11,4.2.8, 7,8.3•1 Architect's Interpretations 3• 8.3-1,9.3-1.1,11-4.9 4.2-11,4 2 12 4.3.6 Claim,Definition of Architect's Project Representative 4.3•I 4 210 Claims and Disputes irtr Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3, ., 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, 9.10.4,10.3.3 1 3 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 3.5• ,3J•3>3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1. , Y 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, 4.6.5 9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, Claims for Additional Cost 01997 AIA® 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8,10.3.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Claims for Additional Time GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1 1 , 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. states and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 alb _opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 2 ..r 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2,10.3.2 1.1.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR 4.3.4 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Damages 5.4.1.1,11.4.9, 14 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, Contract Administration 11.1.1,11.4.5,H-4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Award and Execution,Conditions 4.4-1,4.5.1,4.6.1 Relating to Cleaning Up 3.15,6. 3.7-1,3-10,5.2,6.1,11-1.3,11-4.6,11-5.1 3 Contract Documents,The da Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1,1,1.2 13.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use Commencement of the Work,Conditions of Relating to 1.6,2.2-5,5.3 w 2.2.1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2.1, Contract Documents,Definition of 5.2-3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1,11.1, 11.4.1,11.4.62 1.1.1 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.5.1 Contract Sum ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 'o 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract 9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7,10-3.2,11-4.1, 14.2.4, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS $ 14.3.2 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Administration Contract Sum,Definition of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA do 3.9.1.4.2.4 9.1 DOCUMENT D401. Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time 1.6.1,3-4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2;4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 4.3-4,4.3.7,4-4.5,5.2-3,7.2-1.3,7.3,7.4,8-1.1, This document has been approved and 9.9.1,9.10,12-2,13-72 14.1.2 8.2,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7,10.3.2,12.1.1, 14.3.2 endorsed by The Associated General im COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of Contractors of America. 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 3 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 Contractor,Definition of Compliance with Laws 3.1,6.1.2 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8, Contractor's Construction Schedules 4.6-4,4.6.6,9.6-4,10.2.2,u.1,11.4,13.1,13.4, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6,14.1.1,14.2.1.3 Contractor's Employees Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8•1,3.9,3.i8•2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 4-3-4,8-3-1,10-3 10.3,11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1, Conditions of the Contract Contractor's Liability Insurance 1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 11.1 Consent,Written Contractor's Relationship with Separate 1.6,3.4.2,3•i2•8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3-4,4.6-4,9.3.2, Contractors and Owner's Forces 9.8-5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.4-11 13.2,13.4.2 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6,11.4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY Contractors Relationship with Subcontractors SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 1.1.4,6 u.4.1.2,11.4.7,11.4.8 +o Construction Change Directive,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 7.3.1 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, Construction Change Directives 3.5-1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 4-1.2,4.1.3, 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, do Construction Schedules,Contractor's 9-3,949-519-7,949-9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.31 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Contractor's Representations X51* 5.4,14.2.2.2 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 so Contractor's Responsibility for Those Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.3 Performing the Work 01997 AIA® Contract,Definition of 3.3.2,3•i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 10 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 19 7, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. ++� States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 _opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License on Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 3 rr Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2-13,4.3-4,4.4.1, 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.7 Decisions to Withhold Certification r" Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3 4.3.10,14.1 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Submittals Rejection and Correction of 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.31 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6, 9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3,11.5.2 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3 Contractor's Superintendent Defective Work,Definition of 3.9,10.2.6 3-5-1 rrr Contractor's Supervision and Construction Definitions Procedures 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 1.2.23 3.3 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.13 9.8.1 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6,8.23 10,12,14 Delays and Extensions of Time M Contractual Liability Insurance 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 11.1.1.8,11.2,11.3 7.4.1,7.5,1,8.33 9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, 1o.6.1,14.3.2 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Coordination and Correlation Disputes ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Copies Furnished of Drawings and 4.1-4,n s a d S 4.5,4.6,t t Site MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Documents and Samples at the Siie Specifications 3.11 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1.6,2.2.5,3.11 Drawings,Definition of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Copyrights g DOCUMENT D401. 1.6,3.17 1.1.5 Correction of Work Drawings and Specifications,Use and This document has been approved and 2.3,2• ,3.7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2, 8. , Ownership of endorsed by The Associated General 3 4 9• 3 9.9.1, 1.1-1,1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 Contractors of America. Correlation and Intent of the Contract 12 2.2,13 Effective Date of Insurance Documents 8.2.2,11.1.2 1.2 Emergencies Cost,Definition of 4.3.5, 10.6,14.1.1.2 f, 7.3.6 Employees,Contractor's 'osts 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3 4.2.6,10.2, 2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1, 10.3,11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 6.2.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2,10.3.2, Equipment,Labor,Materials and rr 10.5,11.3,11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2-4,13.5,14 1.1-3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Cutting and Patching 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 6.2.5,3.14 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 Execution and Progress of the Work Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 1.1.3,1.2.1,1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, 3.10,3.12,3.143 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.3,6.2.2,7.1.3, 3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.1, 7.3.4,8.2,9.5,9.9-1,10.2,10.3,12.2,14.2,14.3 11.4,12.2.4 Extensions of Time Damage to the Work 3.2-3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4-3-7,4-4-5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3, 3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.6,11.4,12.2.4 7.4.1,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2,10.6.1,14.3.2 Damages,Claims for Failure of Payment 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.1o,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1-1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 Nk 11-1-1,11-4.5,11-4.7,14-1.3,14.2.4 Damages for Delay Faulty Work 6.1.1,8.3-3,9.5.1.6,9.7,10-3.2 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Date of Commencement of the Work, Final Completion and Final Payment Definition of 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11-1-3,11-4-1, 'ON 8.1.2 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3 ,.. Financial Arran ements,Owner's Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of g 8.1.3 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1-1.5 ■III Day,Definition of Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 8.1.4 11.4 ®1997 AIA® Decisions of the Architect GENERAL PROVISIONS AIA DOCUMENT A2 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF F THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1 97 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 _opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 4 wr 1 13.6 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 10.2-4, 10.3,10.5 joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.4 1.5.1 judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 4.6.6 5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment arr Indemnification 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10-3.3,10.5,11.4-1.2,11-4.7 3.15.1,42.6,4.2.7,5.21,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, Information and Services Required of the Owner 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Labor Disputes 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2, 9.10.3, 8.3.1 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 10-3.3,11.2,11.4,13-5.1,13-5.2,14.1-1.4,14-1.4 Laws and Regulations CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Injury or Damage to Person or Property 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH rrr 4.3.8,10.2,10.6 9.6-4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Inspections 13.5.2,13.6,14 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4•2•6>4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.2> Liens ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA dw Instructions to Bidders Limitation on Consolidation or joinder DOCUMENT D401. 1.1.1 4.6.4 Instructions to the Contractor Limitations,Statutes of This document has been approved and 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.2.2,13.5.2 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 endorsed by The Associated General r. Insurance Limitations of Liability Contractors of America. 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1;9.3.2,9.8-4,9.9-1, 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.33 3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,318, 9.10.2, 9.10.5,11 4.2.6,4.2-7,4-2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6-4, 9.6.7, Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 9.10.4,10-3.3,10.2-5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11-4.7,12.2-5, s 11.4.2 13.4.2 Insurance,Contractors Liability Limitations of Time 11.1 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, _nsurance,Effective Date of 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3, ,Irr 8.2.2,11.1.2 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, Insurance,Loss of Use 9.9,9.10,11.1.3,11.4-1.5,11-4.6,H-4-10,12.2,13.5, 11.4.3 13.7,14 Insurance,Owners Liability Loss of Use Insurance 11.2 11.4.3 Insurance,Project Management Protective Material Suppliers Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2-4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9-4.2,9.6, srl 11.3 9.10.5 Insurance,Property Materials,Hazardous 10.2-5, 11.4 10.2-4,10.3,10.5 Insurance,Stored Materials Materials,Labor,Equipment and 9.3.2,11.4.1.4 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6-1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, INSURANCE AND BONDS 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 11 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and "01 Occupancy Procedures of Construction 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 9.9.1,11.4.1.5 Insurance Companies,Settlement with Mechanic's Lien +r�f 11.4-10 4.4.8 Intent of the Contract Documents Mediation 4-4-1,4-4-5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 01997 AIA® 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2-13,7.4 Interest 10.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Minor Changes in the Work GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION <opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. do States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: Template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 5 ar 116 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4-3.6,7.1,7.4 11.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 13 11.4.3 Modifications,Definition of Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 11" 1.1.1 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2,14.2.2 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1, 2.4,12.2-4-14.2.2.2 1�Y 9.7,10.3.2,11.4.1 Owner's Right to Clean Up Mutual Responsibility 6.3 6.2 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Award Separate Contracts Io 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 6.1 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Owner's Right to Stop the Work Correction of 2.3 2.3,2.42 3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, Owners Right to Suspend the Work TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3 14.3 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Notice Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 2.2.1,2.3,2.4,3.2-3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7-4,3.12-9,4-3, 14.2 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11.1.3, Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 U-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4,13.3,13-5-1,13-5.2,14.1,14.2 and Other Instruments of Service ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Notice,Written 1.1.12 1.62 2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, Partial Occupancy or Use DOCUMENT D401. 4.6-5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 9.6.6,9.9,11.4.1.5 11-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.3,14 This document has been approved and Patching,Cutting and endorsed by The Associated General Noti13-5.1,13-5.2 of esting and Inspections 3,14 6.2.5 Contractors of America. Patents Notice to Proceed 8.2.2 3.17 Pa Notices,Permits,Fees and Payment,Applications for 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 4.2-5,7.3.8,9-2,9.31 9-4,9-5-1,9.6-3,9.7.1, w` Observations,Contractor's 9.8-5,9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5211-1.3,14.2-4,14-4.3 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 Payment,Certificates for Jccupancy 4.2-5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1.1.3,14.2.4 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11.4.1.5 Payment,Failure of Orders,Written 1.1.1;2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, 4-3.6,9-5-1-3, 9.7,9.10.2,14.1-1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 13.5.2,14.3.1 Payment,Final OWNER 4.2.1,4.2-9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11-1.3,11-4.1, 2 11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3 Owner,Definition of Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 2.1 7.3.6.42 9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9, 11.5 as Owner,Information and Services Required of Payments,Progress the 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 2.1.22 2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2-7,4.3.3,6.1.3, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 ■w 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Payments to Subcontractors Owner's Authority 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7,11.4.8, 1.6,2.1.1,2.32 2.42 3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, 14.2.1.2 4-1.2,4-1-3,4.2-4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2-4, PCB 5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2, 10.3.1 , 9-5-1,9.9.1,910.2, 10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.4.3, Performance Bond and Payment Bond f., . _ .. 11.4.10,12.2.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 7.3.6.4,9.6.71 9.10.3,11.4.9, 11.5 Owner's Financial Capability Permits,Fees and Notices 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6-4,10.2.2 01997 AIA® Owner's Liability Insurance PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 6 11 am OF Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and 10 Samples by Contractor Polychlorinated Biphenyl 3.12 rr 10.3.1 Rights and Remedies Product Data,Definition of 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6, 3.12.2 5.3,5.4,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5,10.3, .� Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings 12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.4,14 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Progress and Completion 3.17 4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1,14.1.4 Rules and Notices for Arbitration do Progress Payments 4.6.2 4.3-3,9.3,9.6,9.8-5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 Safety of Persons and Property Project,Definition of the 10.2,1o.6 1.1.4 Safety Precautions and Programs Project Management Protective Liability 3.3-1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1, 10.1,10.2,1o.6 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Insurance Samples,Definition of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.3 3.1�•3 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH „r Project Manual,Definition of the Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 1.1.7 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Project Manuals Samples at the Site,Documents and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 2.2.5 3.11 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA rr Project Representatives Schedule of Values DOCUMENT 0401. 4.2.10 9.2,9.3.1 This document has been approved and Property Insurance Schedules,Construction endorsed by The Associated General 10.2-5, 11.4 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Contractors of America. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND Separate Contracts and Contractors PROPERTY 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.23 4.2.4,4.2.7,4.64 6,8.3.1, 10 11.4.7, 12.1.2,12.2.5 Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Definition of 3.12.1 1.6, 3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.3.4.13.51, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 9.6-4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, 3.u,3.12,4.2.7 13.5.2,13.6,14 Rejection of Work Site,Use of 3.5-1,4.2.6,12.2.1 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Inspections 9.10.2 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, Representations 13.5 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1, Site Visits,Architect's 9.8.2,9.10.1 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.23 9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 Representatives Special Inspections and Testing rrr 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.5 13.2.1 Specifications,Definition of the Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.6 4.4,4.5,4.6 Specifications,The Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 3.3.2,3•i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Statute of Limitations 10 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 Retainage Stopping the Work ,rr 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 2.3,4.3.6,9.7,10.3,14.1 Review of Contract Documents and Field Stored Materials Conditions by Contractor 6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2-4,11.4-1.4 r. 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3 Subcontractor,Definition of Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5.1.1 Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 01997 AIA® 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE �IIr CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 19 7, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. +Ir States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 7 rr lrr Subcontractors,Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, CONTRACT 9.6.7 14 ■r Subcontractual Relations 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, 6,9.101o.z.1,11. Tests and Inspections 9• 4.7,11.4.8, 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 14.1,14.2.1,14.3.2 Submittals 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, TIME 8 ob 9.3,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-1.3 Subrogation,Waivers of Time,Delays and Extensions of 6.1.1,11.4-5, 11.4.7 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, in Substantial Completion 7.4.1,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, 1o.6.1,14.3.2 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1-3,8.2-3,942,9.8,9.9.1,9-10.3, Time Limits 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, Substantial Completion,Definition of 4.2,4-3,4-4,4-5,4-6,5.2,5-3,5.4, 6.2-4,7.3, so 9.8,1 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Substitution of Subcontractors 9.9,9.10,11.1.3,11.4-1.5, 11-4.6,11.4-10,12.2,13.5, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 5.2.3,5.2.4 13.7,14 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Substitution of Architect Time Limits on Claims RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 4' ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Substitutions of Materials Title to Work DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.4.2,3.5.1,7.3.7 9.3.2,9.3.3 DOCUMENT D401. Sub-subcontractor,Definition of UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 5.1.2 WORK This document has been approved and St±.,surface Conditions 12 endorsed by The Associated General 4.3.4 Uncovering of Work Contractors of America. Successors and Assigns 12.1 13'2 Unforeseen Conditions Superintendent 4.3-4,8.3.1,10.3 3.9,10.2.6 Unit Prices Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.3.9,7.3.3.2 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2-7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Documents 6.2-4,7.1.3,7.3.6,8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10, 12,14 1.1.1,1.6,2.2-5,3-12.6,5.3 Surety Use of Site 4.4.7,5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety,Consent of Values,Schedule of 9.10.2,9.10.3 9.2,9.3.1 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Architect 2.2.3 13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 14.4 4.3.10,9-10-5,11-4-7,13-4-2 err Suspension of the Work Waiver of Claims by the Owner 5-4.2,14.3 4.3.10,9.9.3,9.10.3,9-10.4,11-4-3,11-4-5,11-4.7, Suspension or Termination of the Contract 12.2.2.1,13.4.2,14.2.4 4.3.6,5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 Waiver of Consequential Damages liar Taxes 4.3.10,14.2.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waiver of Liens Termination by the Contractor 9.10.2,9.10.4 4.3.10, 14.1 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Owner for Cause 6.1.1,11.4.5, 11.4.7 4.3.10,5.4.1.1, 14.2 Warranty Termination of the Architect 3.5,4.2-9,4-3.5-3,9.3-3,9.8-4,9.9.1,9.10.4, 4.1.3 12.2.2,13.7.1.3 Termination of the Contractor Weather Delays 01997 AIA® 14.2.2 4.3.7.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE as CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 8 me Work,Definition of 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 1.1.3 11-4.6,12.2.2,12.2-4, 13.3,14 Written Consent Written Orders do 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11-4.1, 13.2,13-4.2 13.5.2,14.3.1 Written Interpretations 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 ,o Written Notice 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, w ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS +■ 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN g pp �' ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR i° other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2) ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4) a written order for a minor change DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the DOCUMENT MI. Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,the Contractor's bid This document has been approved and or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. as 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, im representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1)between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or(4) Or between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. rr 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT ■r The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. �. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, 1. � details,schedules and diagrams. .r� 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE 'w CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION » opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License err Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 9 rr r The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for-materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. rr► THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and CONSEQUENCES.ENCOURAGED WITH WITHAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR trr Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance DOCUMENT D401. with such recognized meanings. This document has been approved and 1.3 CAPITALIZATION endorsed by The Associated General 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (i) specifically Contractors of America. defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract so Documents. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic .A—.1,4P f I-V .-W orm, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may ■Iww� retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications 01997 AIA® and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. ft 10 am them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request, upon completion of the Work. r The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants,and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Aw Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the "" Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice,if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared we by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' copyrights CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN or other reserved rights. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH wr RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 2 OWNER MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 2.1 GENERAL ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred DOCUMENT D401. to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all This document has been approved and matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in endorsed by The Associated General Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner' means the Contractors of America. Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. ;rr 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such w financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements,assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. w� 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations rr and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. 51 , y� i•� +� 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services 01997 AIA® relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 195 , 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. M States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License M Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 11 rr furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK WA 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written + ► order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such DOCUMENT D401. three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, This document has been approved and correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting endorsed by The Associated General from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such Contractors of America. deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the lrrl Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. tRTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests,inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the rrir Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished _ f#lif by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site irlr affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor ®1997 AIA® and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 .opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 12 sm shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. aw 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. r.� 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make .Ir Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH •+� inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Architect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA dw DOCUMENT D401. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES This document has been approved and 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill endorsed by The Associated General wr and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction Contractors of America. means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the w Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS ■, 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water, ., heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution ;V. �f and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not � +�+ incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. ®1997 AIA® 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. as States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License rw Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 13 r 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit No employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment rw furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractors warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3.6 TAXES ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure This document has been approved and and a for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and endorsed by The Associated General pay g P P g Contractors of America. inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the rye costs attributable to correction. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by w such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .f .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment WA delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. wh 14 Wk w .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause err 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2. 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. ,rr 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The " superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH request in each case. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR arr MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA MW for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. DOCUMENT D401. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be This document has been approved and revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be endorsed by The Associated General related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall Contractors of America. dW provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and y" allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. wry 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. fV 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 01997 A1A® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE rrr CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION <opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. im States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below: User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/1312003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 15 ON 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the M Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7• Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by ob the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals IN required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so,and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR rrr has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract DOCUMENT D401. Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar This document has been approved and submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (i) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or 12� certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will nr specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall , cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other rw submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, 7 shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and completeness of the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE � ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1 76, 1987, ® 1 97 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 16 rr services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph 3.12.10, the Architect will review, go approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, .� ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING + 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR �w partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA do consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably DOCUMENT D401. withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General rn 3.15 CLEANING UP Contractors of America. 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the an Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. rr 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in ..� preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or r� of expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold 01997 AIA® harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/1312003. AIA License a Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 17 ar attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage,loss or expense attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangi;;_ property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or we indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations so of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an No employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' M compensation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.1 ARCHITECT RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR rrr MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Architect"means the DOCUMENT D401. r Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. This document has been approved and 4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the endorsed by The Associated General Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of Contractors of America. the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals +Yw appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and(3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since •, these are solely the Contractors rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, �} except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work 01997 AIA® in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION )>Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 197 , 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. states and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 -opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 18 ilrr Am Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. AN 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH err Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3 whether or not such RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Work is fabricated,installed or completed. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or DOCUMENT D401. employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. This document has been approved and 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the endorsed by The Associated General As Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the Contractors of America. limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or Aw separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of „r which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any as construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and am may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, fVi responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth r in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 111911 AIA® 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE do CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 192 , 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. M States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License r�r Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 19 r Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either 06 and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. ON THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion b one of the parties seeking, as a RESPECT COMPLETION WITH Y P g RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR no matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money,extension MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to DOCUMENT D401. substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This document has been approved and 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after endorsed by The Associated General occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first Contractors of America. y recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. rrr 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than u days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. go If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted,but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in f i� the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4• 'o 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1 11, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1 97 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 =opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. i» 20 Am proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph io.6. go 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(i)a written interpretation from the Architect, (2)an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5)termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3• a 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay w only one Claim is necessary. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS scheduled construction. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers DOCUMENT D401. injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage, This document has been approved and whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding endorsed by The Associated General no u days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to Contractors of America. investigate the matter. 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and M if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: rr .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. rr This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 '= shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in �+r accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 1o.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a 01997 AIA® condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License aw Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 21 +yr and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 3o days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (i) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it ON would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who ft may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no DOCUMENT D401. supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the " Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the Contractors of America. reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(i)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 3o days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 3o days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing MW deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration. 4.5 MEDIATION 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.1o.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, ' be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or 0 997 AIA® equitable proceedings by either party. AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 _opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 1 22 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 6o days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ,. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH after decision by the Architect or 3o days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5• ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the DOCUMENT D401. parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.The demand for This document has been approved and arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American endorsed by The Associated General Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. Contractors of America. 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the rir Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. +a 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity so shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the MW Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for 'W'; W arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration wr is permitted to be demanded. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201- 1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION a opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of,the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. a States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License r�1 Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 23 wr 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- so g THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR THE WORK MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal This document has been approved and portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating endorsed by The Associated General whether or not the Owner or the Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to Contractors of America. any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by r the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity,the Contractor "M shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the � responsibility for safety of the Subcontractors Work, which the Contractor, by these I.- , _ f Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with �r respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will ®'997 AIA® not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically P rovided AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION opyrig t 1911, 1915, 19-18, 19 5, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963t 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 24 arr the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS �. 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: I assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN writing;and ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR relating to the Contract. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days, the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA ar Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from DOCUMENT D401. the suspension. This document has been approved and ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS endorsed by The Associated General r. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD Contractors of America. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved �. because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3• 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other ar, construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces wo and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so.The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised. �w 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles io,a and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE +� CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. rr States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License rr Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 25 ow rI� 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. " 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL defective construction of the Contractor.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for CONSEQUENCES.ENCOURAGED WITH WITHAN costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate DOCUMENT D401. contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. This document has been approved and 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for endorsed by The Associated General cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14. Contractors of America. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding No area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order iw for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor;an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. ilrr 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS �. ff •;� 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: so 01997 AIA® 1 change in the Work; AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION go opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, Q 19977-13-y—Me- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. "tares and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 .opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. fall 26 .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those "O listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3• 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES .r 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work ++ within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on go the terms of a Change Order. g THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH am the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS substantiating data to permit evaluation; ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT MI. to .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or This document has been approved and .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. r. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change rr Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable err allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: 1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, ® whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented ,{ from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to 01997 AIA® the change. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, O 1997 y Me- American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. M States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License M Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 27 ar to 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are M involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK DOCUMENT D401. or 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with This document has been approved and the intent of the Contract Documents.Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall endorsed by The Associated General be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders Contractors of America. ■r promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. wn 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. no 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. rr� 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective rrr date of insurance required by Article ii to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date IN of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. s+r1r:;f Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of 01997 AIA® mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE �r opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1 87, O 199 y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 28 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be r.r extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3• dw THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH ro RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.1 CONTRACT SUM ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractors of America. 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule, r unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for rrr payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. ..r 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. �r 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on ., account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent ��•� ; �` incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be r made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned 01997 AAA® upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE irr CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1 11, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 198 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 .opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License rr Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 29 rr shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Own r,:)later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of ,. ; -ipplication for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. so 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated DOCUMENT mi. 66 and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject This document has been approved and to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial endorsed by The Associated General Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations Contractors of America. from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ft ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION io 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such �. extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in ma Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of 1 defective Work not remedied; �. f WV f+ .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for 01997 A1A® labor,materials or equipment; AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1 7 , 1987, 0 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 11r 30 Wrr .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or .rr .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS .r 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL notify the Architect. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR from the Owner,out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion DOCUMENT D401. of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 9.6.3 The Architect will,on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable,information Contractors of America. regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. w. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. do 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of to the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the r. Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the „+ Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT ; 51 i.. 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the r Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the 01997 AIA® Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Kopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1 5, 1 7, 1951, 1958, 1961,1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. ++ States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: Template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License M Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 31 ow the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner ■m agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL oft 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractors list, the Architect will make an inspection to CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor s list, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or DOCUMENT D401. correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect Contractors of America. will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance,heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. r�r 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 err and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage,if any,security,maintenance,heat, utilities,damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work 01997 AIA® shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION �r »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 19 , 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 32 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT AN 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final r Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL P CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WI TH AN completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA final payment have been fulfilled. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and This document has been approved and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the endorsed by The Associated General Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have Contractors of America. been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the dw Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of �. liens,claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the "11 remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be .. submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. f. .-W 4r "W �� an 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: ®1997 AIA® .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 unsettled; GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE err CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961,__199T_%66, 19 7, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. so States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 33 +rr r .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. , ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATION WITH AN .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS storage on or off the site, under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs, lawns,walks, DOCUMENT D401. pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, Contractors of America. regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. as 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's y superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 19 1, 1963, 1966, 7, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1 7 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 06 34 r r�r 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. No 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the a" Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying or absence o such material or substance or who are THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL P f �n the g h presence b f h t t to CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR `o reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall DOCUMENT D401. °m resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the This document has been approved and Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which adjustments endorsed by The Associated General .r shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. Contractors of America. 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of go any of them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph 10.31 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss so or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. me 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. Sol 10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all „r„ cost and expense thereby incurred. 10.6 EMERGENCIES 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at +ft the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency t s4 , shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ;! ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION nCopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. no States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 .opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 35 wr 16 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or IN result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; go .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; ik .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's DOCUMENT D401. obligations under Paragraph 318. This document has been approved and 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits endorsed by The Associated General of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is Contractors of America. greater.Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph ua shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised ' limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Optionally,the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the ., Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits 01997 AIA® required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Kopyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3113/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 36 f 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner,Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide do for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner,Architect or other an persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph na. 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE to 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of so materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in ATTORNEY is ENCOUR CONSULTATION ED WITH WITH AN P g ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR r" has been made as provided in Paragraph io or until no person or entity other than the Owner P g p 9• p y MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA aril Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. DOCUMENT D401. 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall This document has been approved and include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and endorsed by The Associated General ,Ir physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious Contractors of America. mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also arr portions of the Work in transit. 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence =� until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that �•,4*,• : would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. rr arr 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler 01997 AIA® and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION <opyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License a� Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 37 w Ib Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and M maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner M shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or so personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA endorsement or otherwise. DOCUMENT D401. 11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy This document has been approved and of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy endorsed by The Associated General shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements Contractors of America. related to this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 3o days'prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (i) each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of rrt subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the zw� ,� Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon 01997 A" AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 .opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. user Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 38 i No cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with an AN arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. arr 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to r. the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. rrI 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS date of execution of the Contract. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of DOCUMENT ml. �.r bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK Contractors of America. 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. wr 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the rrr Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after �.I Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION �. 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if,within one year r after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1,or by terms of an 01997 AIA® applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE rIr CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION »Copyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 39 wr ob correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2. r THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA whether completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the DOCUMENT D401. Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of Contractors of America. limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the irir Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and r correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and yr obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party +++In shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event,the lender GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION <opyng t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1 6 19 , 1967, 1 70, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The— American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 40 so shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. g• 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. �+ 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH agreed in writing. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR r MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA �,. Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having DOCUMENT D401. jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor This document has been approved and shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing endorsed by The Associated General laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall Contractors of America. ,rr bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. r 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for rIr such procedures. Such costs,except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3.shall be at the Owner's expense. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. err 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the MM Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. ■r 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made ®1997 AIA® promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE ' CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 19581 1 61, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 19 7, © 1997 by The' American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. w States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License err Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 41 rr 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONWITHAN applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of DOCUMENT D401. action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the This document has been approved and date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty endorsed by The Associated General provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to Contractors of America. correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; .2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other . persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than loo percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. 0 997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ))Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 42 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may,upon seven days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery,including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 6o consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3. .► 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH nrr workers or proper materials; RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA .3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA allr authority having jurisdiction;or DOCUMENT D401. .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract This document has been approved and Documents. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. AN 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, �r seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; wr .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the rrr Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may MM be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall rr survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE '� 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or 5� interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION opyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, © 19 7 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. aw States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License ,o Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 43 r 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and ft without cause. 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall: TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH preservation of the Work;and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR .3 except for Work directed to be MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS p performed prior to the effective dale of ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA termination stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. DOCUMENT D401. 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be This document has been approved and entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such endorsed by The associated General termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. Contractors of America. z J �VA 41; ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION *Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 0 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution.WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 :opyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: template-97a201.aia -- 3/13/2003. AIA License Number 1103705,which expires on 3/5/2004. 44 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00800 Cedar River Park SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 00800 2 3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 4 5 6 GENERAL 7 8 General Conditions: The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for 9 Construction", AIA Document A201, 1997 edition, copyrighted by the American Institute of Architects is a 10 part of these Contract Documents; Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. 11 12 Modifications to the "General Conditions": Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or 13 deleted by these Supplementary Conditions,the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in 14 effect.The following modifications include: Aw 15 16 Requirements contained in Division 1 and other specification sections further define the 17 requirements of the General and Supplementary Conditions. do 18 19 REPLACE 11.4 through 11.5 with the following: 20 to 21 `Builder's Risk insurance covering interests of the City,the Contractor, Subcontractors and 22 Sub-subcontractors in the Work shall be provided by the Contractor. Builder's Risk 23 insurance shall be on an"all-risk"policy form, and shall insure against the perils of fire and 24 extended coverage and physical loss or damage, including flood and earthquake, theft, 4' 25 vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings and debris removal. The 26 Builder's Risk insurance covering the work will have a deductible of $5,000 for each 27 occurrence, which will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Higher deductibles for flood �r 28 and earthquake perils may be accepted by the City upon written request by the Contractor 29 and written acceptance by the City. Any increased deductibles accepted by the City will 30 remain the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builder's Risk insurance shall be 31 maintained until Final Acceptance of the Work by the City." 32 33 Item 11.1.3,the number of days of prior written notice is modified from 30 to 45 days. «. 34 35 Item 11.3.3 is modified to read, "The Owner shall require the Contractor to include the Owner as an 36 additional insured on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph 11.1." 37 38 END OF SECTION 39 40 cm\F.h. y 21,2003 wr rw rr rr Irir rr rrr rr r wrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00810 Cedar River Park PROJECT SPECIAL CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 �. Northwest Architectural Company,n.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 00810-PROJECT SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2 PART 1 -GENERAL 3 4 SUMMARY: The following Project Special Conditions take precedent over requirements stated elsewhere 5 in the Contract Documents. 6 7 CITY OF RENTON BUSINESS LICENSE: Prior to signing a contract the contractor agrees to purchase a 8 City of Renton Business License and maintain the license in full force and effect throughout the work of the " 9 project. License may be purchased from the City Finance Department located on the First Floor of the City 10 Hall Building, 1055 South Grady Way,Renton,WA. 11 12 EIGHT HOUR LAW AND PAYMENT FOR LABOR: The Contractor agrees to comply with all 13 requirements of Chapter 49.28 RCW providing that no laborer, worker, or mechanic in the employ of the 14 Contractor, Sub-contractor, or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or any part of the work 15 contemplated by this Contract, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight(8) hours in any one 16 calendar day, provided that, in cases of extraordinary emergency, such as danger to life or property, the 17 hours of work may be extended,but in such cases the rate of pay for time employed in excess of eight(8) 18 hours of each calendar day shall not be less than one and one-half times the rate allowed for this same 19 amount of time during eight (8) hours' service. Any work necessary to be performed after regular working 20 hours, or Sunday or legal holidays shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner. �. 21 22 COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE RATES AND FILING OF "INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES" 23 HEREINAFTER CALLED"INTENT" AND"AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID" r„ 24 25 The Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with 39.12 RCW and amendments "Prevailing 26 Wages on Public Works." 27 28 The prevailing rate wages to be paid to all workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the 29 performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 30 39.12 RCW, as amended. The rules and regulations of the Washington State Department of Labor .r 31 and Industries and the Schedule of Prevailing Wage Rates determined by the Industrial Statistician 32 of the Department of labor and Industries,are enclosed herein. 33 34 In case any wage dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar 35 nature, and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and 36 management representatives,the matter shall be referred for dispute resolution to the Department of 37 Labor and Industries. The findings shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved 38 in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060 as amended. Current prevailing wage data will be 39 furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. Requests shall be made to the State of 40 Washington Department of Labor and Industries. The Contractor is responsible for paying the 41 Mropriate wage rates. 42 «. 43 The Contractor,and all Subcontractors,on or before the date of commencement of work, shall file a 44 statement under oath with the Owner and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the 45 rate of hourly wages paid to each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed to �.. 46 perform work under this Contract shall not be less than the prevailing rate of wages determined by 47 the Washington State Labor and Industries. Such statement and any supplemental statements which 48 may be necessary shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the 49 Department of Labor and Industries. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00810 ` Cedar River Park PROJECT SPECIAL CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s..(2-02072) rrr 1 2 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor and each and every Subcontractor shall file a sworn 3 statement of "Intent to Pay the Prevailing Wages," including fringe benefits for each job 4 classification to be utilized. Sample copy enclosed herein. 5 rir 6 Copies of all "Intents" shall be on file with the Contractor, the Industrial Statistician, the Owner, 7 and the Architect. 8 ift 9 Affidavits of Wages Paid, upon completion of project, the Contractor shall fully execute and file 10 "Affidavit of Wages Paid" with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and any 11 other agencies required by law. Sample copy enclosed herein. Copies shall be provided to the City 12 prior to Final Completion, Final Payment and release of Retainage. Each affidavit of wages paid 13 must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is 14 submitted. 15 ON 16 All costs and fees for and associated with the "Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and "Affidavits of 17 Wages Paid" are to be paid by the Contractor. 18 da 19 NON-DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and 20 applicants for employment without regard to the race, creed,color, sex,national origin,age,or disability. 21 .w 22 LICENSING: The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 18.27 RCW. The 23 Contractor agrees and covenants to furnish unto the Owner proper evidence that the Contractor has fully 24 complied with the State Licensing Law of the State of Washington, Chapter 18.27 RCW, and a Contractor's wi 25 Certificate of Registration shall be in full force and effect throughout the work project herein above 26 enumerated, prior to starting work. Prior to signing a contract the contractor agrees to purchase a City of 27 Renton Business License and maintain the license in full force and effect throughout the work of the 28 project. License may be purchased from the City Finance Department located on the First Floor of the City 29 Hall Building, 1055 South Grady Way,Renton,WA. 30 31 ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION The following list represents those federal, state, and local statutes, 32 ordinances, regulations and orders dealing with preservation of public natural resources and prevention of 33 environmental pollution currently know to the Owner and that may effect or are effected by the proposed 34 work.Bidders shall review such materials prior to submittal of sealed bids. 35 36 Federal: Title 42, Section 4321,et. seq.,of the United States Code. 37 to 38 State: Water Pollution Act, Chapter 90.58 RCW State Environmental Policy Act of 1971, Chapter 39 43.21 C RCW and WAC Chapter 197-1 I/Title 38 RCW and Chapter 60.28 RCW. 40 to 41 Regional: Regulations I and 11-Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency. 42 43 Local: Applicable city ordinance and regulations. in 44 45 The successful Bidder shall comply with applicable portions of the listed statutes, ordinances, 46 regulations, conditions, and such other regulatory measures dealing with the prevention of 06 47 environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. See "Permits", included 48 herein for additional information. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00810 Cedar River Park PROJECT SPECIAL CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 3 ,., Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 TEMPORARY REPAIRS: The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the 2 utilities in operating condition. The exercise of this right by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of 3 his responsibilities under the terms of the "Guarantee" as herein specified.The cost of such repairs,required 4 as a result of the Contractor's work,shall be deducted from the Contract amount. 5 6 TELEPHONE: The Contractor shall maintain a local telephone where he/she or a qualified assistant may 7 normally be reached during business hours. The Contractor shall also maintain a 24-hour telephone number 8 where he/she may be reached in the case of an emergency. Failure to answer this telephone, failure to 9 respond to calls, or negligence in carrying out the provisions of this contract may result in cancellation of 10 the contract,or forfeiture of remaining contract payments. 11 12 SITE AND STREET CLEANING: Contractors working dump trucks and/or other equipment on paved 13 streets and roadways will be required to clean said streets at the conclusion of each day's operation or as 14 directed by the City. If the area is not properly cleaned or the condition of the excavation warrants or if 15 required by other City or State ordinances or requirements,the Owner shall direct the Contractor to provide 16 facilities to remove clay or other deposits from the tires or between dual wheels before trucks and/or other 17 equipment will be allowed to travel beyond the construction site. •■ 18 19 Any violation of the above requirements shall be sufficient ground for the Owner to order the area in 20 question cleaned by others, the cost of the operation to be deducted from the Contract amount. It shall be ,. 21 the Contractor's responsibility to control dust at the construction site by watering as required or as directed 22 by the Owner. All costs in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the 23 construction and payment shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items 24 comprising this improvement. 25 26 PERFORMANCE BOND (CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT BOND): The Contractor shall execute and 27 deliver to the Owner a bond on the form included in this Contract Documents, with an approved surety 28 company, as surety in the sum of the full amount of the contract price including the Washington State Sales 29 Tax, in compliance with the Revised Codes of Washington, and any amendments thereto. The bond shall 30 also guarantee the Contractor's material and workmanship on the project for a period of one (1) year from 31 the date of the issuance of his Certificate of Substantial Completion by the Architect. 32 33 TAXES: 34 35 Sales Taxes: The Revenue Act of 1935, as amended, requires the Owner to pay the Contractor for 36 transmittal to the State,a Retail Sales Tax on the total charge made for the construction.Payment for the tax 37 shall be included in the price bid for the items as indicated on the bid forms. 38 39 Other Taxes: The Contract sum, and any agreed variations thereof, shall include all taxes, except sales 40 taxes imposed by law and taxes upon the real property comprising the site of the project. 41 42 PROVISIONS FOR WATER COURSE, SEWERS OR DRAINS: The Contractor shall provide for the flow +• 43 of all water courses including drains and combined sewers intercepted during the progress of the work and 44 shall completely restore the same in as good condition as he/she found them or shall make such final 45 provisions for them as the Owner directs. The Contractor shall not obstruct the gutter of any street but shall 46 use all proper measures to provide for the free passage of surface water. The Contractor shall make 47 provisions to take care of all surplus water, mud, silt, or other run-off from excavations or other operations 48 and shall be responsible for any damage, whatever nature, resulting from his failure to provide for the ,,, 49 adequate control of run-off. Contractor shall clean and/ or restore any erosion control, storm system, lakes RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00810 Cedar River Park PROJECT SPECIAL CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.,(2-02072) r 1 or bioswale systems existing on site prior to the completion of the contract, or as required for the continual 2 operation of the system. No additional payment shall be made for the above work. Payment for the cost 3 thereof shall be included in the price bid for the various items which comprise this improvement. 4 5 TEMPORARY SECURITY: 6 7 Security: The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining any desired or required site security, 8 including temporary fencing surrounding the construction area. 9 10 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND STREET USE: The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of 11 barricades and the safety guards and any other structures of improvement necessary for the complete 12 protection of the public or workers including traffic study requirements as directed by the City in 13 consultation with the Public Works and Police Departments. The Contractor shall further abide by all rules 14 and regulations of OSHA as amended or supplemented by WISHA. Contractor shall be responsible for any 15 permits required due to construction activity or staging in the public right-of-way including,but not limited ok 16 to, traffic control and flaggers as required by City Public Works Department. All costs in connection with 17 the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction and payment shall be considered to be 18 included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. 19 20 PERMITS: The Owner will pay directly for the Building Permit. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility 21 to apply for and pay for the plumbing, mechanical, electrical and elevator permits and to secure all other rr► 22 Municipal, County, or State permits and licenses necessary or incident to the actual performance of the 23 work under this Contract that have not been addressed in the contract documents,and shall,during the work 24 progress, comply with all laws, ordinances, and governmental regulations pertaining to carrying out of the 25 work. 26 27 HOLD OWNER HARMLESS: The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all 28 claims for damages by third parties, including costs and reasonable attorney's fees in the defense of claims 29 for damages, arising from performance of the Contractor's express or implied obligations under this 30 contract. Contractor waives any right of contribution against the Owner.For the purposes of applying RCW 31 4.24.115 to this contract,Contractor and Owner agree that the term"damages" applies only to the finding in 32 a judicial proceeding and it is exclusive of third party claims for damages preliminary thereto. It is agreed 33 and mutually negotiated that in any and all claims against the Owner or any of its agents or employees by 34 any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directl or indirectly employed b any of them 35 or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation hereunder shall not be 36 limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable 37 by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workman's Compensation Acts, disability benefits acts so 38 or other employee's benefit acts. Owner and Contractor agree that all third party claims for damages against 39 the Owner for which Contractor's insurance carrier does not accept defense of the Owner may be tendered 40 by the Owner to the Contractor who shall, if so tendered by the Owner, accept and undertake to defend or 41 settle with the Claimant. The Owner retains the right to approve claims investigation and legal counsel 42 assigned to said claim and all investigation and legal work product regarding said claim shall be performed 43 under a fiduciary relationship to the Owner. In the event that the Owner agrees or a court finds that the 44 claim arises from the sole negligence of the Owner, this indemnification shall be void and the Owner shall 45 be responsible for all damages payable to the third party claimant. In the event that the Owner and 46 Contractor agrees or a court finds that the claims arise from or include negligence of both the Contractor 47 and the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for all damages payable by the Contractor to the third 48 party claimant under the court findings, and, in addition thereto, the Contractor shall hereunder indemnify 49 the Owner for all damages paid or payable by the Owner under the court findings in an amount not to RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00810 Cedar River Park PROJECT SPECIAL CONDITIONS Renton,Washington Page 5 .. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 exceed the percentage of total fault attributable to the Contractor. For example, where the Contractor is 2 25% negligent, the Contractor shall not be required to indemnify the Owner for any amount in excess of 3 25%of the claimant's total damages. 4 5 The Contractor specifically and expressly waives any immunity that may be granted it under the 6 Washington State Industrial Act,Title 51,RCW. 7 8 STATEMENT OF COMPLETION: The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing when he/she r 9 considers the work completed in all particulars. The Architect shall make a final inspection,with such tests 10 of workmanship as the Architect deems necessary, and shall advise the Contractor of any deficiencies or 11 any work remaining to be done, and the Contractor shall at once correct, repair and complete the work in 12 conformity to the Architect's instructions. Upon re-inspection, should the Architect find that the work has 13 not been completed in accordance with his/her previous correction instructions, the Contractor shall be 14 charged for any and all costs of any further re-inspection, including hourly Architect's and Engineer's fees, 15 testing labs expenses, or fees of any other inspection service. Such fees will be paid through a deductive 16 change order with the Owner. Upon full completion in conformity to the plans and specifications, the 17 Architect shall prepare a statement of completion. The obtaining of such statement of completion shall be a �r 18 condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive final payment. As a further condition of final 19 payment to the Contractor and payment of the retained percentage, he shall execute and deliver to the 20 Owner in form and substance as submitted by the Owner, a receipt,release and waiver of all claims against .. 21 the Owner, growing out of or connected with the Contract. In addition the Contractor shall also provide The 22 Owner with an affidavit stating that all subcontractors and materialmen have been paid in full. 23 ew 24 25 END OF SECTION 00810 26 27 \Rb.�21,2003 wr ,.r err wr err rrr rrr .rr rrri rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00820 Cedar River Park CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Renton,Washington Page 1 .. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 00820 �. 2 3 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 4 5 6 7 GENERAL 8 9 General: The following supplements modify the "Certificate of Liability Insurance" and Guidelines made a 10 part of these Contract Documents. The Bidders, Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be 11 governed by them. 12 13 Modifications to the"Certificate of Liability Insurance 14 rrr 15 Block No.4,Titled"EXCESS LIABILITY"; under column(#2) "LIMITS" shall read: 16 17 14,000,000". 18 19 Modifications to the "Certificate of Insurance Guidelines": 20 21 Under Article No.4 for"EXCESS LIABILITY",ADD the following: 22 23 "Excess Liability coverage shall be maintained in the amount of$4,000,000, minimum for 24 each occurrence, and $4,000,000, minimum for an aggregated amount, additionally. 25 However, any combination of General Liability, and Excess Liability coverage totaling, at 26 least$5,000,000 per occurrence is acceptable to the City." 27 28 29 Attachments: 30 „■ 31 Certificate of Liability Insurance- 1 page, follows. 32 33 Certificate of Insurance Guidelines-2 pages, follows. ■ 34 35 END OF SECTION 00820 36 37 C.Wdr y 21,2003 r a� AW w ill�r r r rrr as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 00830 Cedar River Park STATE WAGE RATES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 00830 . 2 3 STATE WAGE RATES 4 5 6 STATE WAGE RATES 7 8 The Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates follows and is included as a part of this project manual. The 9 Bidders,Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them as required by state law. 10 11 Prevailing Wage rates for public works contracts are published on the first business day in February and the .. 12 first business day of August of each year. These rates become effective thirty days after the date of 13 publication. The prevailing wage rates in effect on the bid opening date are the prevailing wage rates that 14 apply to that project, no matter how long it lasts, unless the contract is awarded more than six months after 15 the bids were due. For those contracts where award was delayed more than six months, the prevailing wage 16 rates in effect on the date of the award shall apply for the duration of the contract. 17 18 19 Attachments: 20 Journeyman: 12 pages of wage rates follows. 21 22 Apprentices: 7 pages of wage rates follows. 23 24 25 END OF SECTION 00830 26 27 cm\Fehi y 21,2003 m1 ilr Yr Yrr Y� 00830-State Wage Rates-Page 1 r rrr rir rri rrn State of Washingbn ®" DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Sectlon-Telephone(360)902-5335 PO Box 44540,Olympia,WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects,workers'wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 **********************************,r****,r********«****************,r**********************,r*****,►�**,r�r*,r*ter (See Benefit Code Key) do Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code odd ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.86 1M 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.32 1 BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.87 1M 5A wo CABINET MAKERS(IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $16.67 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $37.01 1M 5D do BRIDGE,DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $36.85 1M 5D CARPENTER $36.85 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $36,95 1M 5D +� DRYWALL APPLICATOR $36.79 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $36.98 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $36.98 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $36.98 1 M 5D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS $37.85 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS,DRIVING,PULLING,PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $37.05 1M 5D SAWFILER $36.98 1M 5D i SHINGLER $36.98 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $36.98 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $36.98 1M 5D ar CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.89 1M 5D DIVERS&TENDERS rrr DIVER $78.52 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $39.62 1M 513 DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $37.22 1B 5D 8L arr ASSISTANT MATE(DECKHAND) $36,78 16 5D 8L BOATMEN $37.22 1B 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $37.27 1B 5D 8L rr LEVERMAN,HYDRAULIC $38.66 1B 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $36.78 1B 5D 8L MATES $37.22 1B 5D 8L do OILER $36.88 1B 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.64 1J 5B ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $18.69 1 Pagel KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 (See Benefit Code Key) Over r PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Coe Code Code ELECTRICIANS-INSIDE CABLE SPLICER $48.36 1D 6H CABLE SPLICER(TUNNEL) $52,24 1D 6H CERTIFIED WELDER $46.59 1D 6H rr� CERTIFIED WELDER(TUNNEL) $50.30 1D 6H CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON $24.33 1D 6H JOURNEY LEVEL $44.83 1D 6H tar JOURNEY LEVEL(TUNNEL) $48,36 1D 6H ELECTRICIANS-MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN $15.37 2A 6C JOURNEY LEVEL $14.69 2A 6C �1 ELECTRICIANS-POWERUNE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $47.12 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $42,90 4A 5A as GROUNDPERSON $30.59 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $32.34 4A 5A HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $42.90 4A 5A IN JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $32.34 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $42,90 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $36.21 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $42,90 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $32.34 4A 5A ELECTRONIC&TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.07 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $46.46 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $51.14 4A 6Q FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $11.35 2K 6S FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $18.71 1 FENCE LABORER $12.77 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.18 1M 5D rti GLA23ERS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.46 2E 5G HEAT&FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $37.93 IF 5E HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC $33.65 1 HOD CARRIERS 8 MASON TENDERS es JOURNEY LEVEL $31.34 1M 5D INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC $15.65 1 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL $9.07 1 INLAND BOATMEN CAPTAIN $32.28 1K 5B COOK $28.31 1K 5B DECKHAND $27.65 1K 5B ENGINEER/DECKHAND $29.95 1K 5B 11s MATE,LAUNCH OPERATOR $31.25 1K 5B Page 2 KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code .. INSPECTION/CLEANING/SEALING OF SEWER&WATER SYSTEMS BY REMOTE CONTROL CLEANER OPERATOR,FOAMER OPERATOR $9.73 1 GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR $11.48 1 HEAD OPERATOR $12.78 1 TECHNICIAN $7.01 1 TV TRUCK OPERATOR $10.53 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.85 1M 5D IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $39.02 113 5A LABORERS ASPHALT RAKER $31.34 IM 5D an BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE $30.86 1M 5D BATCH WEIGHMAN $26.18 1M 5D CARPENTER TENDER $30.86 IM 5D CASSION WORKER $31.70 1M 5D CEMENT DUMPER/PAVING $31.34 1M 5D CEMENT FINISHER TENDER $30.86 IM 5D CHIPPING GUN(OVER 30 LBS) $31.34 1M 5D CHIPPING GUN(UNDER 30 LBS) $30.86 1M 5D CHUCKTENDER $30.86 1M 5D CLEAN-UP LABORER $30.86 1M 5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER $30.86 1M 5D CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR $31.34 IM 5D CRUSHER FEEDER $26.18 1M 5D CURING LABORER $30.86 1M 5D w DEMOLITION,WRECKING&MOVING(INCLUDING CHARRED MATERIALS) $30.86 1M 5D DITCH DIGGER $30.86 1M 5D DIVER $31.70 1M 5D +� DRILL OPERATOR(HYDRAULIC,DIAMOND) $31.34 IM 5D DRILL OPERATOR,AIRTRAC $31,70 1M 5D DUMPMAN $30.86 1M 5D d* FALLER/BUCKER,CHAIN SAW $31.34 1M 513 FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP(i.e.,dusting,vacuuming,window cleaning;NOT $23.86 1M 5D construction debris cleanup) FINE GRADERS $30.86 1M 5D as FIRE WATCH $30.86 1M 5D FORM SETTER $30.86 1M 513 GABION BASKET BUILDER $30.86 1M 5D ON GENERAL LABORER $30.86 1M 5D GRADE CHECKER&TRANSIT PERSON $31.34 1M 513 GRINDERS $30.86 1M 5D GROUT MACHINE TENDER $30.86 1M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A $31.70 1 M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B $31.34 1M 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C $30.86 1M 5D .rw HIGH SCALER $31.70 1M 5D HOD CARRIER/MORTARMAN $31.34 1M 5D JACKHAMMER $31.34 1M 5D LASER BEAM OPERATOR $31.34 1M 5D .r MINER $31.70 1M 513 Page 3 r KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 *,r**,r*****,r******************,r*,►,r�r*****************,r**,t�*�t***************,r�rt,r*,�r******►-�r******,o-�*,�r�r�rtr+r (See Benefit Code Key) Over M PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code oche Code NOZZLEMAN,CONCRETE PUMP,GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH $31.34 1M 5D PRESSURE AIR&WATER ON CONCRETE&ROCK,SANDBLAST,GUNITE, SHOTCRETE,WATER BLASTER PAVEMENT BREAKER $31,34 1M 5D PILOT CAR $26.18 IM 5D PIPE RELINER(NOT INSERT TYPE) $31.34 1M 5D PIPELAYER&CAULKER $31.34 1M 5D PIPELAYER&CAULKER(LEAD) $31.70 1M 5D ft PIPEWRAPPER $31.34 1M 513 POT TENDER $30.86 1M 5D POWDERMAN $31.70 1M 5D POWDERMAN HELPER $30.86 1M 51) POWERJACKS $31.34 1M 5D RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER(POWER) $31.34 1M 5D RE-TIMBERMAN $31.70 1M 5D RIPRAP MAN $30,86 1M 5D SIGNALMAN $30.86 1M 513 SLOPER SPRAYMAN $30,86 IM 5D SPREADER(CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) $31.34 1M 513 SPREADER(CONCRETE) $31.34 1M 5D STAKE HOPPER $30.86 1M 5D e STOCKPILER $30.86 1M 5D TAMPER&SIMILAR ELECTRIC,AIR&GAS $31.34 1M 5D TAMPER(MULTIPLE&SELF PROPELLED) $31.34 1M 5D TOOLROOM MAN(AT JOB SITE) $30,86 1M 5D rr� TOPPER-TAILER $30.86 1M 5D TRACK LABORER $30.86 1M 5D TRACK LINER(POWER) $31,34 1M 5D TUGGER OPERATOR $31,34 1M 5D VIBRATING SCREED(AIR,GAS,OR ELECTRIC) $30.86 1M 5D VIBRATOR $31.34 1M 5D WELDER $30.86 1M 5D WELL-POINT LABORER $31.34 1M 5D LABORERS-UNDERGROUND SEWER&WATER GENERAL LABORER $30.86 1M 5D PIPE LAYER $31.34 1M 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $11.07 1 rr� LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $10.63 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $8.42 1 LATHEIR$ JOURNEY LEVEL $36.79 1M 5D MACHINISTS(HYDROELECTRIC SITE WORK) MACHINIST $16,84 1 METAL FABRICATION(IN SHOP) FITTER $15.86 1 LABORER $9.78 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13.04 1 PAINTER $11.10 1 WELDER $15.48 1 MODULAR BUILDINGS CABINET ASSEMBLY $11.56 1 sk Page 4 am •• KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 ,rr (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note r Classification WAGE Code Code Code ELECTRICIAN $11.56 1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE $11.56 1 e PLUMBER $11.56 1 PRODUCTION WORKER $9.26 1 TOOL MAINTENANCE $11.56 1 UTILITY PERSON $11.56 1 WELDER $11.56 1 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.53 2B 5A PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $37.48 1R 5A PLAYGROUND&PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.42 1 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $46.81 1G 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $35.14 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE,EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL (3 YD&UNDER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE,EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD&UNDER 6 YD) $38.04 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE,EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL(6 YD AND OVER WITH ATTACHMENTS) $38.54 IT 513 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP&UNDER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $37.60 IT 5D 8L BARRIER MACHINE(ZIPPER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR,CONCRETE $37.60 IT 51) 8L BELT LOADERS(ELEVATING TYPE) $37.24 IT 5D 8L BOBCAT $35.14 IT 5D 8L i0 BROOMS $35.14 IT 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $37.60 IT 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $38.04 IT 5D 8L CHIPPER $37.60 IT 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $35.14 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE-LASER SCREED $35.14 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $37.24 IT 5D 8L rn CONCRETE PUMP-TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $37.60 IT 5D 81- CONVEYORS $37.24 IT 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS,WITH ATTACHMENTS $37.24 IT 5D 8L ++ CRANES, 20-44 TONS,WITH ATTACHMENTS $37.60 IT 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS-99 TONS,UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $38.04 IT 5D 8L WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES,100 TONS-199 TONS,OR 150 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $38.54 IT 5D 8L r WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES,200 TONS TO 300 TONS,OR 250 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $39.04 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES,A-FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $35.14 IT 5D 8L w CRANES,A-FRAME,OVER 10 TON $37.24 IT 5D 8L CRANES,OVER 300 TONS,OR 300'OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $39.54 IT 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(20-44 TONS) $37.60 1T 5D 8L CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(45-99 TONS) $38.04 1T 5D 8L CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(100 TONS&OVER) $38.54 1T 5D 8L CRANES,TOWER CRANE UP TO 175'IN HEIGHT,BASE TO BOOM $38.54 IT 5D 8L rr CRANES,TOWER CRANE OVER 175'IN HEIGHT,BASE TO BOOM $39.04 IT 5D 8L CRUSHERS $37.60 IT 5D 8L Page 5 r KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 (See Benefit Code Key) Over M PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE C. o e Code Code DECK ENGINEERIDECK WINCHES(POWER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L DERRICK,BUILDING $38.04 IT 5D 8L DOZERS,D-9&UNDER $37.24 IT 5D 81. DRILL OILERS-AUGER TYPE,TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $37.24 IT 5D 8L arr DRILLING MACHINE $37.60 IT 5D 81. ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT,PERMANENT AND SHAFT-TYPE $35.14 IT 5D 81. EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER(OILER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L as FINISHING MACHINEBIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $37.60 IT 5D 8L FORK LIFTS,(3000 LBS AND OVER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L FORK LIFTS,(UNDER 3000 LBS) $35.14 IT 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $37.24 IT 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $35.14 IT 5D 8L HOISTS,OUTSIDE(ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS),AIR TUGGERS $37.24 IT 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $37.24 IT 5D 8L ew HORIZONTAL/DIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $37.60 IT 5D 8L HYDRALIFTSBOOM TRUCKS(10 TON&UNDER) $35.14 IT 5D 81. HYDRALIFTSBOOM TRUCKS(OVER 10 TON) $37.24 IT 5D 8L LOADERS,OVERHEAD(6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $38.04 IT 5D 81. LOADERS,OVERHEAD(8 YD&OVER) $38.54 IT 5D 81. LOADERS,OVERHEAD(UNDER 6 YD),PLANT FEED $37.60 IT 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES,ALL $37.60 IT 5D 8L MECHANICS,ALL(WELDERS) $37.60 IT 5D 8L MIXERS,ASPHALT PLANT $37.60 IT 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER(FINISHING) $37.60 IT 5D 8L wr MOTOR PATROL GRADER(NON-FINISHING) $37.24 IT 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE,MOLE,TUNNEL DRILL AND/OR SHIELD $38.04 IT 5D 81. OIL DISTRIBUTORS,BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $35.14 IT 5D 8L OPERATOR as PAVEMENT BREAKER $35.14 IT 5D 8L PILEDRIVER(OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $37.60 IT 5D 8L PLANT OILER(ASPHALT CRUSHER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER,MECHANICAL $35,14 IT 5D 8L POWER PLANT $35.14 IT 5D 8L PUMPS,WATER $35.14 IT 5D 8L QUAD 9,D-10,AND HD-41 $38,04 IT 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $38.04 IT 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $35.14 IT 5D 8L ROLLAGON $38.04 IT 5D 8L ROLLER,OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $35.14 IT 5D 8L ROLLERS,PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $37.24 IT 5D 81. ROTO-MILL,ROTO-GRINDER $37.60 IT 5D 8L SAWS,CONCRETE $37.24 IT 5D 81. SCRAPERS-SELF PROPELLED,HARD TAIL END DUMP,ARTICULATING $37.60 IT 5D 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT(UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS-SELF PROPELLED,HARD TAIL END DUMP,ARTICULATING $38.04 IT 5D 81. OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT(45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS,CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $37.24 IT 5D 8L SCREED MAN $37.60 IT 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $35.14 IT 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $38.04 IT 5D 8L SPREADER,TOPSIDE OPERATOR-BLAW KNOX $37.60 IT 5D 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $37.60 IT 5D 8L Page 6 �1 KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 *****,rr**,r****,rt**,r******,�*,r,►,r*****,r*****,t****,rt**,r*,r*******,r********* ***,r*,r****,r:**,rx**+r*�rt,r,�tie+�t,r,r� (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code TRACTORS,(75 HP&UNDER) $37.24 IT 5D 8L TRACTORS,(OVER 75 HP) $37.60 IT 5D 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $37.60 IT 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS,ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $38.04 IT 5D 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $37.24 IT 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER(UNDER 100 TON) $37.24 IT 5D 8L ,W TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER(100 TON&OVER) $37.60 IT 5D 8L WHEEL TRACTORS,FARMALL TYPE $35.14 IT 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $37.60 IT 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS-UNDERGROUND SEWER&WATER (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $31.05 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $29.39 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $29.79 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $27.60 4A 5A w" TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $20.28 4A 5A REFRIGERATION&AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $44.76 1G 5A RESIDENTIAL BRICK&MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.05 1 RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.47 1 .ir RESIDENTIAL CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.64 1 RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS wo JOURNEY LEVEL $36.64 1J 5B RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.24 1 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS 'w JOURNEY LEVEL $25.84 2E 5G RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $17.60 1 Im RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL $18.12 1 RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $18.36 1 �. RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.95 1 RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERATION&AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS JOURNEY LEVEL $44.76 1G 5A RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL(FIELD OR SHOP) $19.48 1 RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.58 1B 5A RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER FITTERS(FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $24.86 1B 5C wr RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZOITILE FINISHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.30 1 RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZOMLE SETTERS .� JOURNEY LEVEL $34.23 1H 5A Page 7 KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ROOFERS rr,, JOURNEY LEVEL $33.78 1R 5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $36.78 1R 5A SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL(FIELD OR SHOP) $42.63 1J 6L eb SIGN MAKERS 8 INSTALLERS(ELECTRICAL) SIGN INSTALLER $23.36 1 SIGN MAKER $16.84 1 SIGN MAKERS S INSTALLERS(NON-ELECTRICAL) SIGN INSTALLER $17.31 1 SIGN MAKER $15.61 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.58 1B 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.44 1 5S SPRINKLER FITTERS(FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $44.84 16 5C STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS(NON STRUCTURAL) err JOURNEY LEVEL $13.23 1 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.35 1 r•� INSTRUMENT PERSON $11.40 1 PARTY CHIEF $13.40 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION-OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $25.42 2B 5A HOLE DIGGERIGROUND PERSON $13.51 2B 5A INSTALLER(REPAIRER) $24.31 2B 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $23.53 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 1 $25.42 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 11 $24.87 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(HEAVY) $25.42 2B 5A e TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(LIGHT) $23.53 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $12.73 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSONANSTALLER $17.47 2B SA TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $21.10 2B 5A ab TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $18.82 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $23.53 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS 8 TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.23 1H 5A TILE,MARBLE&TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $28.06 1H 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28.97 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX(TO 16 YARDS) $34.89 IT 5D 8L ASPHALT MIX(OVER 16 YARDS) $35.47 IT 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK $34.89 IT 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK 8 TRAILER $35.47 IT 5D 8L 1N OTHER TRUCKS $35.47 IT 5D 8L TRANSIT MIXER $23.45 1 WELL DRILLERS&IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $17.71 1 Page 8 KING COUNTY Effective 03-05-03 rr� (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code s OILER $12.97 t WELL DRILLER $17.68 �r rr +rr arr wr wir rr rr Page 9 rr� rir rrro rro rrt rn NO m rir KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 1 of 10 State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF (LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section -Telephone (360)902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia,WA 98504-4540 �. Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe .. benefits. On public works projects,workers'wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total.A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided by clicking on the benefit code. rr NOTE:Any apprentice not registered with the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council must be paid prevailing journey level wages.To verify apprentice registration, call (360)902-5324. «.r KING County Apprentices Effective 3/5/2003 Benefit Code Key d" Prevailing Overtime Holiday Note Stage of Progression & Hour Range Wage Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL PAINTERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $16.11 1 M 5D " 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 60.00% $18.58 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 75.00% $24.08 1 M 5D do 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $28.15 1 M 5D LABORERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $20.98 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 70.00% $23.45 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $25.92 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $28.39 1 M 5D BOILERMAKERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 70.00% $23.32 1 �. 1001 -2000 Hours - 75.00% $24.99 1 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $26.66 1 • 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 85.00% $28.32 1 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 90.00% $29.99 1 http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 2 of 10 a. as 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 95.00% $31.65 1 BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS 1: 0 - 750 Hours - 50.00% $21.01 1 M 5A 2: 751 - 2250 Hours - 55.00% $22.46 1 M 5A 3: 2251 - 3000 Hours - 60.00% $23.91 1 M 5A 4: 3001 - 3750 Hours - 70.00% $26.81 1 M 5A 5: 3751 -4500 Hours - 80.00% $29.72 1 M 5A 6: 4501 - 5250 Hours - 90.00% $32.62 1 M 5A 7: 5251 - 6000 Hours - 95.00% $34.07 1 M 5A CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $18.86 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 60.00% $25.59 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 68.00% $27.87 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 76.00% $30.16 1 M 5D 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 84.00% $32.44 1 M 5D 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 92.00% $34.73 1 M 5D IDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS 1: 1St Period - 60.00% $21.62 1 M 5D 2: 2nd Period - 65.00% $26.91 1 M 5D 3: :-;,'-d Period - 70.00% $28.33 1 M 5D 4: 4 th Period - 75.00% $29.75 1 M 5D 5: 5th Period - 80.00% $31.17 1 M 5D 6: 6th Period - 85.00% $32.59 1 M 5D 7: 7th Period - 90.00% $34.01 1 M 5D , 8: 8th Period - 95.00% $35.43 1 M 5D CARPENTER 1: 1 st Period - 60.00% $21.62 1 M 5D 2: 2nd Period - 65.00% $26.91 1 M 5D 3: 3rd Period - 70.00% $28.33 1 M 5D 4: 4 th Period - 75.00% $29.75 1 M 5D 5: 5th Period - 80.00% $31.17 1 M 5D 6: 6th Period - 85.00% $32.59 1 M 5D 7th Period - 90.00% $34.01 1 M 5D 8: 8th Period - 95.00% $35.43 1 M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR DRYWALL, METAL STUD AND CEILING APPLICATORS r http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 3 of 10 so wo 1: 0 - 700 Hours - 50.00% $18.75 1 M 5D .. 2: 701 - 1400 Hours -60.00% $25.45 1 M 5D 3: 1401 - 2100 Hours - 68.00% $27.72 1 M 5D 4: 2101 - 2800 Hours - 76.00% $29.99 1 M 5D 5: 2801 - 3500 Hours - 84.00% $32.26 1 M 5D 6: 3501 -4200 Hours - 92.00% $34.52 1 M 5D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS 1: 1 st Period - 60.00% $22.22 1 M 5D 2: 2nd Period - 65.00% $27.56 1 M 5D 3: 3rd Period - 70.00% $29.03 1 M 5D ,,w 4: 4th Period - 75.00% $30.50 1 M 5D 5: 5th Period - 80.00% $31.97 1 M 5D 6: 6th Period - 85.00% $33.44 1 M 5D 7: 7th Period - 90.00% $34.91 1 M 5D 8: 8th Period - 95.00% $36.38 1 M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING i st Period - 60.00% $21.74 1 M 5D ' 2: 2nd Period - 65.00% $27.04 1 M 5D 3: 3rd Period - 70.00% $28.47 1 M 5D 4: 4th Period - 75.00% $29.90 1 M 5D 5: 5th Period - 80.00% $31.33 1 M 5D 6: 6th Period - 85.00% $32.76 1 M 5D 7: 7th Period - 90.00% $34.19 1 M 5D ,■, 8: 8th Period - 95.00% $35.62 1 M 5D CEMENT MASONS .. 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $23.87 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 60.00% $26.67 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 70.00% $29.48 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 80.00% $32.28 1 M 5D 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 90.00% $35.09 1 M 5D 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 95.00% $36.49 1 M 5D DRYWALL TAPERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $23.55 1 J 5B 1001 - 2000 Hours - 55.00% $24.86 1 J 5_B 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 65.00% $27.48 11 5B 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 75.00% $30.10 1J_ 5B 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 85.00% $32.71 1 J 5B r. http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/A`ppwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 4 of 10` w 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 90.00% $34.02 11 5B ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE 1: 0 - 1000 Hours -40.00% $17.86 1 D 6H 2: 1001 -2000 Hours - 50.00% $21.39 1 D 6H 3: 2001 - 3500 Hours - 55.00% $26.35 1 D 6H 4: 3501 - 5000 Hours - 65.00% $30.45 1 D 6H 5: 5001 -6500 Hours - 75.00% $34.56 1 D 6H 6: 6501 - 8000 Hours - 85.00% $38.66 1 D 6H ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $27.06 4A 5A 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 65.00% $28.82 4A 5A 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 71.00% $30.93 4A 5A 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 81.00% $34.45 4A 5A 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 85.00% $35.86 4A 5A 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 89.00% $37.26 4A 5A 7: 6001 - 7000 Hours - 93.00% $38.69 4A 5A LE SPRAYER 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 85.70% $36.11 4A 5A 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 89.80% $37.55 4A 5A 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 92.80% $38.61 4A 5A ELECTRONIC & TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 55.00% $7.01 1 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 60.00% $7.24 1 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 65.00% $7.85 1 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 70.00% $8.45 1 �r 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 75.00% $9.05 1 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 80.00% $9.66 1 7: 6001 - 7000 Hours - 85.00% $10.26 1 8: 7001 - 8000 Hours - 95.00% $11.47 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC 1: 1St Period - 50.00% $17.39 4A 6Q , 2: 2nd Period - 55.00% $29.21 4A 6Q 3: 3rd Period - 65.00% $32.89 4A 6Q 4th Period - 70.00% $34.73 4A 6Q 5: 5th Period - 80.00% $38.42 4A 6Q FLAGGERS http://www.lni.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/coI7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 5 of 10 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $20.98 1 M 5D 2: 1001 -2000 Hours - 70.00% $23.45 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $25.92 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $26.18 1 M 5D GLAZIERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours -45.00% $19.71 2E 5G " 2: 1001 -2000 Hours - 50.00% $21.32 2E 5G 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 55.00% $22.93 2E 5G 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 60.00% $24.55 2E 5G 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 65.00% $26.16 2E 5G 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 70.00% $27.78 2E 5G 7: 6001 - 7000 Hours - 80.00% $31.00 2E 5G 8: 7001 - 8000 Hours - 90.00% $34.23 2E 5G HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $22.90 1 F 5E 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 55.00% $24.40 1F 5E ?001 -4000 Hours - 65.00% $27.41 1 F 5E 4: 4001 - 6000 Hours - 75.00% $30.42 1 F 5E 5: 6001 - 8000 Hours - 85.00% $33.42 1 F 5E HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $20.98 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 70.00% $23.45 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $25.92 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $28.39 1 M 5D , . INSULATION APPLICATORS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $18.78 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 60.00% $25.49 1 M 5D wo 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 75.00% $29.75 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $34.01 1 M 5D IRONWORKERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 65.00% $22.49 1B 5A 2: 1001 -2000 Hours - 70.00% $23.85 1B 5A 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 75.00% $32.22 113 5A 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 80.00% $33.58 1 B 5A 4001 - 5000 Hours - 90.00% $36.30 1 B 5A u: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 90.00% $36.30 1 B 5A 7: 6001 - 7000 Hours - 95.00% $37.66 1 B 5A 8: 7001 - 8000 Hours - 95.00% $37.66 1 B 5A http://www.lni.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htrn 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 6 of 10 LABORERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $20.98 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 70.00% $23.45 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $25.92 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $28.39 1 M 5D LABORERS - UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $20.98 1 M 5D 2: 1001 -2000 Hours - 70.00% $23.45 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $25.92 1 M 5D rrr 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $28.39 1 M 5D LATHERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $18.75 1 M 5D 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 60.00% $25.45 1 M 5D 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 68.00% $27.72 1 M 5D 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 76.00% $29.99 1 M 5D 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 84.00% $32.26 1 M 5D 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 92.00% $34.52 1 M 5D .INTERS 1: 0 - 750 Hours - 55.00% $14.80 2B 5A 2: 751 - 1500 Hours -65.00% $16.25 2B 5A 3: 1501 - 2250 Hours - 75.00% $18.14 2B 5A 4: 2251 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $19.83 2B 5A 5: 3001 - 3750 Hours - 85.00% $20.82 2B 5A 6: 3751 -4500 Hours - 95.00% $22.80 2B 5A PLASTERERS 1: 0 - 500 Hours -40.00% $17.04 1 R 5A 2: 501 - 1000 Hours -45.00% $18.30 1 R 5A 3: 1001 - 1500 Hours -45.00% $23.60 1 R 5A 4: 1501 -2000 Hours - 50.00% $24.87 1 R 5A 5: 2001 - 2500 Hours - 55.00% $26.13 1 R 5A 6: 2501 - 3000 Hours - 60.00% $27.39 1 R 5A • 7: 3001 - 3500 Hours - 65.00% $28.65 1 R 5A 8: 3501 -4000 Hours - 70.00% $29.91 1 R 5A 9: 4001 -4500 Hours - 75.00% $31.17 1 R 5A 10: 4501 - 5000 Hours - 80.00% $32.43 1 R 5A 5001 - 5500 Hours - 85.00% $33.70 1 R 5A 5501 - 6000 Hours - 90.00% $34.96 1 R 5A 13: 6001 - 6500 Hours - 95.00% $36.22 1 R 5A 14: 6501 - 7000 Hours - 95.00% $36.22 1 R 5A http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/A`ppwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 7 of 10 d. PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS 1: 0 -2000 Hours - 50.00% $24.15 1 G 5A 2: 2001 -4000 Hours - 62.50% $33.98 1 G 5A 3: 4001 - 6000 Hours - 70.00% $36.55 1 G 5A 4: 6001 - 8000 Hours - 75.00% $38.25 1 G 5A 5: 8001 - 10000 Hours - 85.00% $41.68 1 G 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ALL EQUIPMENT .. 1: 0 - 500 Hours - 55.00% $24.26 1T 5D 8L 2: 501 - 1000 Hours -60.00% $25.70 1T 5D 8L 3: 1001 -2000 Hours - 65.00% $27.15 1T 5D 8L 4: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 70.00% $28.59 1T 5D 8L 5: 3001 -4000 Hours -75.00% $30.03 1T 5D 8L 6: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 80.00% $31.47 1T 5D 8L 7: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 90.00% $34.36 1T 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) ) - 500 Hours - 55.00% $24.26 2: 501 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $25.70 3: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 65.00% $27.15 .. 4: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 70.00% $28.59 5: 3001 -4000 Hours - 75.00% $30.03 6: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 80.00% $31.47 7: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 90.00% $34.36 POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS ,. TREE TRIMMER 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 65.00% $19.16 4A 5A 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 75.00% $21.34 4A 5A 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 80.00% $22.42 4A 5A 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 90.00% $24.60 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC 1: 0 - 2000 Hours - 50.00% $22.80 1 G 5A 2: 2001 -4000 Hours - 55.00% $28.01 1 G 5A 3: 4001 - 6000 Hours - 60.00% $29.87 1 G 5A 6001 - 8000 Hours - 70.00% $33.60 1 G 5A 8001 - 10000 Hours - 85.00% $39.18 1 G 5A RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS 1: 1St Period - 60.00% $14.08 1 http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 8 of 10 it 2: 2nd Period - 65.00% $15.26 1 3: 31d Period - 70.00% $16.43 1 4: 4th Period - 75.00% $17.60 1 5: 5th Period - 80.00% $18.78 1 6: 6th Period - 85.00% $19.95 1 7: 7th Period - 90.00% $21.12 1 8: 8th Period - 95.00% $22.30 1 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS 1: 0 - 900 Hours - 50.00% $13.12 1 2: 901 - 1800 Hours - 55.00% $14.43 1 3: 1801 -2700 Hours - 75.00% $19.68 1 4: 2701 -4000 Hours - 85.00% $22.30 1 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 55.00% $12.62 1 2: 1001 - 2000 Hours - 65.00% $14.92 1 3: 2001 -4000 Hours - 75.00% $17.21 1 ;001 - 6000 Hours - 85.00% $19.51 1 RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS " JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) 1: 1 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $9.74 1 2: 1001 -2000 Hours - 60.00% $11.69 1 3: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 65.00% $12.66 1 4: 3001 -4000 Hours - 70.00% $13.64 1 5: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 80.00% $15.58 1 6: 5001 - 6000 Hours - 85.00% $16.56 1 ROOFERS 1: 0 - 820 Hours -60.00% $21.33 1 R 5A 2: 821 - 1630 Hours - 67.00% $23.11 1 R 5A 3: 1631 - 2450 Hours - 74.00% $24.88 1 R 5A 4: 2451 - 3270 Hours - 81.00% $28.96 1 R 5A 5: 3271 -4080 Hours - 88.00% $30.74 1 R 5A 6: 4081 -4899 Hours - 95.00% $32.51 1 R 5A SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) 0 - 2000 Hours -45.00% $18 _ .11 1J 6L 2: 2001 - 3000 Hours - 50.00% $25.03 1 J 6L 3: 3001 -4000 Hours - 55.00% $26.72 1J 6L err 4: 4001 - 5000 Hours - 60.00% $28.40 1 J 6L http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County-Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 9 of 10 No 5: 5001 -6000 Hours - 65.00% $30.10 1 J 6L 6: 6001 - 7000 Hours - 70.00% $31.78 1 J 6L 7: 7001 - 8000 Hours - 75.00% $33.48 11 6L 8: 8001 - 9000 Hours - 80.00% $35.16 11 6L 9: 9001 - 10000 Hours - 85.00% $36.86 11 6L SOFT FLOOR LAYERS 1: 0 - 750 Hours -45.00% $16.07 1 B 5A 2: 751 - 1500 Hours - 50.00% $17.39 1 B 5A 3: 1501 -2250 Hours - 60.00% $20.02 1 B 5A 4: 2251 - 3000 Hours - 70.00% $22.66 1 B 5A 5: 3001 - 3750 Hours - 80.00% $25.30 1 B 5A 6: 3751 -4500 Hours - 90.00% $27.94 1 B 5A SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) 1: 1St Period -40.00% $16.77 1B 5C 2: 2nd Period - 42.00% $17.43 1 B 5C 3: 3rd Period -44.00% $18.09 1 B 5C 4th Period -47.00% $19.08 1 B 5C 5: 5th Period - 52.00% $23.48 1 B 5C 6: 6th Period - 57.00% $25.13 1 B 5C 7: 7th Period - 62.00% $27.03 1 B 5C 8: 8th Period - 65.00% $28.03 1 B 5C 9: 9th Period - 75.00% $31.83 1 B 5C 10: 10th Period - 80.00% $33.48 1 B 5C r. TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $19.36 1 H 5A 2: 1001 -2500 Hours - 55.00% $20.68 1 H 5A 3: 2501 -3500 Hours - 60.00% $22.00 1 H 5A 4: 3501 -4500 Hours - 70.00% $24.65 1 H 5A 5: 4501 - 5500 Hours - 80.00% $27.29 1 H 5A 6: 5501 - 6250 Hours - 90.00% $29.94 1 H 5A 7: 6251 - 7000 Hours - 95.00% $31.26 1 H 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER 4,„ 1: 0 - 1000 Hours - 50.00% $18.74 1 H 5A 1001 - 2500 Hours - 55.00% $20.01 1 H 5A 3: 2501 - 3500 Hours - 60.00% $21.27 1 H 5A 4: 3501 -4500 Hours - 70.00% $23.79 1 H 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS .. http://www.Ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 KING County -Effective: 3/5/2003 Page 10 of 10 err 1: 0 - 500 Hours - 60.00% $12.71 1 K 5A 2: 501 - 1000 Hours - 60.00% $16.56 1 K 5A 3: 1001 -2333 Hours - 60.00% $18.96 1 K 5A 4: 2334 -4666 Hours - 73.00% $22.21 1 K 5A 5: 4667 - 7000 Hours - 88.00% $25.97 1 K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ALL TRUCKS 1: 0 - 700 Hours - 70.00% $27.33 1T 5D 8L 2: 701 - 1400 Hours - 80.00% $29.85 1T 5D 8L 3: 1401 -2100 Hours - 90.00% $32.37 1T 5D 8L http://www.lni.wa.gov/prevailingwage/Appwages/20031/col7.htm 3/13/2003 BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-05-03 OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER ON PUBLIC +ir WORKS PROJECTS,THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF ,rr TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAYS OF A FIVE - EIGHT HOUR WORK WEEK AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) do HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR DAY,EXCLUDING SUNDAY,IN A FOUR-TEN HOUR SCHEDULE,SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8) HOURS PER DAY ON SATURDAY; ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS IN A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY OF A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE; ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY are MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY,AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. r�s G. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY m RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE- K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE- M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED do ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS(EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS)AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. Q. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE arr HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. .r BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-05-03 -2- I. S. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 12:OOAM SUNDAY AND 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. T. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS,EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS,SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6:OOPM SATURDAY TO 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TABS THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS(EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. rir 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX(6)HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF ' WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX(6)HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TABS THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TOM THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TABS THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID?. TWO TABS THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT(8)HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TABS THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS(EXCEPT LABOR DAY)SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TABS THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 1rr J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TAMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 0. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY ' RATE OF WAGE. 4. A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT(8)HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY(40)HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. go BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-05-03 -3- HOLIDAY CODES 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY .rr AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). do E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). Am G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER m THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS(6). I. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY(6). as N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS'DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,VETERANS' DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). O. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, `� THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(6). P. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY ar AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY(6). 'm R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,ONE-HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY.(7 1/2). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, ow S. DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: SEVEN(7)PAID HOLIDAYS. V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX(6)PAID HOLIDAYS. W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE(9)PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS-NEW YEAR'S DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTONS BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY(8). Y. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). Z HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, �" THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). m 6. A. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, m THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). D. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY,THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY(9). BENEFIT CODE KEY-EFFECTIVE 03-05-03 -4- 6. H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MARTIN LUTHER KING JR.DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). I. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(7). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY.(8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAY_ PRESIDENTS'DAY. R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY,VETERAN'S DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS EVE DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(8). . err T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,AND CHRISTMAS DAY(9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY(9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY,INDEPENDENCE DAY,LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS EVE DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE(10). W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY,DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY,PRESIDENTS DAY,MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY,THANKSGIVING DAY,DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY,DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY(10). x PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY,CHRISTMAS DAY,DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY,EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY(11). NOTE CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY- IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS,THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50'TO 100'-$1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100'TO 175'-$2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175'TO 250'-$5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250'-DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE,PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. W ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS,THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50'TO 100'-$1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100'TO 150'-$1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150'TO 200'-$2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200'-DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL$1.00 PER HOUR L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS-LEVEL A:$0.75, LEVEL B:$0.50, AND LEVEL C:$0.25. M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS:LEVELS A&B:$10, LEVELS C&D:$0.50. N. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS-LEVEL A:$1.00,LEVEL B:$0.75,LEVEL C:$0.50, AND LEVEL D:$0.25. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01010 Cedar River Park SUN04ARY OF WORK Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company n.s. (2-02072) I SECTION 01010-SUMMARY OF WORK ,rr 2 3 4 PARTI -GENERAL 5 6 SECTION INCLUDES 7 8 Work by Owner. 9 10 Owner supplied Products. 11 .r 12 Hours of Operation and Hauling. 13 14 RELATED SECTIONS 15 16 Section 01030-Alternates. 17 18 Section 01500-Construction facilities and temporary controls. 19 20 WORK BY OWNER 21 22 The Owner will award contracts for supply and installation of the following items at the completion of this 23 contract or at a time during construction mutually agreeable to Owner and Contractor. See individual 24 specification sections and drawings for complete extent of work to be completed by General Contractor. r 25 26 Computer network wiring. 27 Security system. rr 28 Phone system. 29 Furnishings not specified herein. 30 31 OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 32 33 Owner's Responsibilities: 34 35 Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed Product Data to Contractor. 36 Arrange and pay for Product delivery to site. 37 On delivery,inspect Products jointly with Contractor. 38 Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged,defective,or deficient items. 39 Arrange for manufacturer's warranties,inspections,and service. 40 dW 41 Contractor's Responsibilities: 42 Review Owner reviewed Product Data. 43 Receive and unload Products at site;inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. go 44 Handle,store,install and finish Products. 45 Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 46 Provide necessary cranes or lifting devices to move heavy, Owner-furnished equipment. 47 48 Items supplied by Owner for installation by Contractor: 49 50 HOURS OF OPERATION AND HAULING �` 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01010 Cedar River Park SUMMARY OF WORK Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 Hours of Operation: Contractor's operation on the project site is limited to the hours from 7:00 AM to 8:00 2 PM,Monday through Friday, and from 9:00 AM to 8:00 PM on Saturdays. 3 4 Hours Restricted for Hauling: Contractor's operations for hauling are limited to the hours from 8:30 AM to 5 3:30 PM,Monday through Friday. 6 7 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 8 9 Not used. 10 11 PART 3 -EXECUTION 12 ■r 13 Not used. 14 15 16 END OF SECTION 01010 17 18 19 cm\Felxu 25,2003 20 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01019 Cedar River Park CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 �. Northwest Architectural Company,R.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 01019 -CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS d. 2 3 PART1 -GENERAL 4 5 do 6 SECTION INCLUDES 7 8 Schedule of Values. 9 10 Application for Payment. 11 +r 12 Change procedures. 13 14 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ,. 15 16 Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703 -Continuation Sheet 17 rr 18 Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 19 20 Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title 21 of the major specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds and insurance, general conditions, and 22 overhead and profit as separate line items. 23 24 Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders,with each Application For Payment. 25 26 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 27 +r 28 Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702 -Application and Certificate for Payment after 29 the first day of each month for work completed in the prior month. 30 31 Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. 32 33 Submit an updated construction schedule with each application for Payment. 34 35 When Architect requires substantiating information,submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. 36 Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, 37 submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as 38 substantially complete. .. 39 Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement 40 showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 41 ®. 42 This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for 43 Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. .. 44 Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting 45 documentation not previously submitted and accepted,including,but not limited,to the following: 46 Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. '�" 47 Updated final statement,accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01019 '' Cedar River Park CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.,(2-02072) �. 1 AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 2 AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 3 AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 4 5 CHANGE PROCEDURES 6 7 The Architect may advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or 8 Contract Time by issuing Supplemental Instructions. 9 10 The Architect may issue Proposal Requests which include a detailed description of a proposed change with 11 supplementary or revised drawings and specifications. Contractor will promptly prepare and submit an 12 estimate. The Owner will decide whether to proceed with the change. If it is decided to proceed, the f. 13 Architect will include that item into the next formal change order. 14 15 The Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to the Architect, describing the r 16 proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, 17 and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. 18 19 Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to 20 proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Construction Change 21 Directives will be used only when the Contractor needs an immediate response to a proposed change. The 22 use of a CCD suggests that the change will have a negative effect on the substantial completion date of the 23 project and/or halt construction progress. CCD shall document and describe changes in the Work, and 24 designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Contractor shall promptly 25 execute the change. 26 27 Change Order Forms: AIA G701 Change Order. 28 29 Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the 30 Conditions of the Contract. 31 32 On request,provide additional data to support computations: 33 34 Quantities of products,labor,and equipment. 35 Taxes,insurance, and bonds. 36 Overhead and profit. 37 Justification for any Contract Time. 38 Credit for deletions from Contract,similarly documented. 39 40 41 PART 2-PRODUCTS 42 Not Used 43 44 ► 45 PART 3 -EXECUTION 46 Not Used 47 48 END OF SECTION 01019 49 cm\Fekuary24.2003 50 Sri RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01030 Cedar River Park ALTERNATES Renton,Washington Page 1 .. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 01030-ALTERNATES 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SECTION INCLUDES 8 9 Submission procedures. 10 11 Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time. +o 12 13 RELATED SECTIONS 14 15 Instructions to Bidders 16 17 REQUIREMENTS 18 19 Alternates quoted on proposal will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option.Accepted 20 Alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 21 �r 22 Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each Alternate. 23 24 SCHEDULE OF ADDITIVE ALTERNATES dW 25 26 Alternate A-1: WATER SLID STRUCTURE AND OPEN TUBE/BODY FLUME: 27 In the base bid, furnish and install all piping and footings for the specified water slides. Also, r 28 provide blockout sections in the pool to accommodate future slide flume installation. With this bid 29 alternate, furnish and install painted, galvanized, steel water slide stair and tower structure and 30 canopy, the 54" open tube/body flume, and associated pumps and equipment as required for a 31 complete installation. 32 33 Alternate A-2: WATER SLIDE ENCLOSED BODY FLUME: .. 34 Bid Alternate No.2 cannot be taken without Bid Alternate No. 1.With this bid alternate,furnish and 35 install the 42" body flume and associated pumps and equipment as required for a complete 36 installation. 37 38 Alternate A-3: SCS WATER COLORS INTERACTIVE PLAY STRUCTURE,TWO LEVEL: 39 In the base bid, furnish and install piping and the installation template required for future installation 40 of the specified play structure. With this bid alternate, furnish and install the interactive play 41 structure and associated equipment required for a complete installation. 42 43 Alternate A-4: WATER SPRAY GROUND: �• 44 The base bid includes concrete deck in the area of the spray ground with expansion joints at the 45 perimeter (to allow future removal of the concrete deck), all piping and electrical conduit required 46 for future installation of the spray ground features. The base bid also include the adjacent concrete do 47 walls, rock walls, planter bed, irrigation landscaping, etc. shown on the landscape drawings. With 48 the bid alternate furnish and install 6 start jets, 3 fog jets, 1 foam geyser 1 controller and solenoid 49 valves inside a pre-manufactured ground valult with painted lid, associated 3 hp pump, required 50 concrete deck work and 4"wide, circular drain (manufactured by Grate Technologies) as shown on 51 the drawings and as required for a complete installation. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01030 Cedar River Park ALTERNATES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 2 Alternate A-5: LAZY RIVER WATER UMBRELLA: r 3 In the base bid, include all piping and base anchorage as required for future installation. With this 4 bid alternate, furnish and install the lazy river water umbrella jet, SCS #LR150 and 2 hp pump as 5 required for a complete installation. 6 rr► 7 Alternate A-6:ARC FALLS-Custom Cascades 4000 Arc Fall—Complete installation: 8 In the base bid, include all piping concrete blockout required for future installation. With this bid 9 alternate, furnish and install the Custom Cascades, series 4000 ArcFall as required for a complete 10 installation. 11 12 Alternate A-7:ADDITIONAL SPRAY ARCHES 13 In the base bid, include all piping and concrete blockout for future installation of (3) additional 14 spray arches. With this bid alternate, furnish and install (3) Spray Arches as shown on the drawings 15 and as required for a complete installation. 16 17 Alternate A-8: SUBSTITUTE METAL ROOFING FOR MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING 18 ON THE LOCKER ROOM BUILDING: 19 Substitute Roofing Type 2, metal roofing for Roofing Type 1 on the continuous single-pitched roof 20 on the entire Locker Wing Building. Modify all flashing, termination and penetration details 21 accordingly. 22 r 23 PART 2-PRODUCTS 24 25 Not Used 26 27 PART 3 -EXECUTION 28 29 Not Used 30 31 END OF SECTION 01030 32 33 \M h 11,2003 34 rr r irr Am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01039 Cedar River Park COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., 2-02072) 1 SECTION 01039-COORDINATION AND MEETINGS aw 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 °" 6 SECTION INCLUDES 7 8 Coordination. 9 10 Preconstruction conference. 11 frr 12 Progress meetings. 13 14 COORDINATION A„ 15 16 Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and 17 orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. 18 dw 19 Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated 20 diagrammatically on Drawings.Follow routing shown for pipes,ducts,and conduit,as closely as practicable;place 21 runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for 22 maintenance,and for repairs. 23 24 In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and 25 outlets with finish elements. 26 27 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE r 28 29 Architect will schedule a conference after Notice to Proceed. 30 31 Attendance Required: Owner,Architect,and Contractor. 32 33 Agenda: .r 34 Distribution of Contract Documents. 35 36 Submission of list of Subcontractors and suppliers, Schedule of Values, and progress schedule for 37 review. it 38 39 Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract,and the Architect. 40 .r 41 Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals,substitutions,applications for payments, 42 proposal request,Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. 43 44 Use of site and premises by Owner and Contractor. 45 46 Owner's requirements and partial occupancy. do 47 48 Construction facilities and controls. 49 50 Security and housekeeping procedures. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01039 Cedar River Park COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.. (2-02072) rre 1 Procedures for testing lab services provided by Owner. 2 3 Procedures for maintaining record documents. 4 5 RFI procedures. 6 7 Schedule of progress meetings. 8 9 PROGRESS MEETINGS 10 11 Architect to schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work. 12 ■r 13 Architect to make arrangements for meetings,preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies to Owner 14 and General Contractor. 15 16 Attendance Required:Job superintendent,Owner,Architect,and major Subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate 17 to agenda topics for meeting. 18 19 Agenda: 20 Review minutes of previous meetings. 21 Review of Work progress. 22 Field observations,problems,and decisions. 23 Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 24 Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 25 Maintenance of progress schedule. 26 Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 27 Planned progress during succeeding work period. 28 Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. + +► 29 Other business relating to Work. 30 RFI status and log update. 31 Change Order status. 32 Submittal log review and update. 33 34 PART 2-PRODUCTS 35 36 Not Used 37 38 PART 3 -EXECUTION 39 40 Not Used 41 42 END OF SECTION 01039 43 44 cm\FehUMy 24,2003 45 �` RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01050 Cedar River Park FIELD ENGINEERING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 01050-FIELD ENGINEERING AW 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Survey and field engineering. 8 9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 11 Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Washington and acceptable to Architect, to perform survey 12 work of this section. 13 14 Submit evidence of Surveyor's insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. 15 16 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW 17 18 Submit name, address,and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 19 20 EXAMINATION 21 22 Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. 23 24 Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. 25 26 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 27 +■ 28 Contractor to locate and protect survey control and reference points. 29 30 Control datum for survey is that indicated on Drawings. 31 32 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 33 34 Provide field engineering services.Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. 35 36 Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record 37 locations,with horizontal and vertical data,on project record documents. 38 39 Establish elevations,lines and levels.Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 40 41 Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading,utility locations, slopes,and invert elevations. 42 Building corners. 43 •• 44 Periodically verify layouts by same means. 45 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01050 Cedar River Park FIELD ENGINEERING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) rrr 1 PART2 -PRODUCTS 2 3 Not Used. 4 5 PART 3 -EXECUTION 6 7 Not Used. 8 9 10 END OF SECTION 01050 11 cm\Fchuzy 24,2003 13 rr� r "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01300 Cedar River Park SUBMITTALS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s., 2-02072) 1 SECTION 01300-SUBMITTALS ■r 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 ~" 6 SECTION INCLUDES 7 8 Submittal procedures. 9 10 Construction progress schedules. 11 .. 12 Shop drawings. 13 14 Product data. 15 16 Samples. 17 18 Manufacturers'instructions. 19 20 RELATED SECTIONS 21 ` 22 Section 01019-Contract Considerations: Schedule of Values. 23 24 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 25 26 Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s), and 27 specification Section number,as appropriate. 28 29 Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field 30 dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the .. 31 requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. 32 33 Schedule submittals to expedite the Project,and deliver to Architect. 34 35 Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to 36 successful performance of the completed Work. 37 38 Revise and resubmit submittals as required,identify all changes made since previous submittal. 39 40 Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any 41 inability to comply with provisions. 42 43 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES 44 45 Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed for 46 Architect review. 47 48 Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01300 Cedar River Park SUBMITTALS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 Submit a computer generated or horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of Work or 2 operation, identifying first work day of each week. Utilize the critical path method, generally as outlined in 3 Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A 4 Manual for General Contractors and the Construction Industry". 5 6 Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and other logically 7 grouped activities. 8 9 Indicate submittal dates required for shop drawings,product data, samples,and product delivery dates. 10 11 SHOP DRAWINGS 12 rrr 13 Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be 14 retained by Architect. 15 ,, 16 Revisions shown on shop drawings are not authorization to proceed with changes that increase the 17 construction amount or time. 18 19 PRODUCT DATA 20 21 Submit the number of copies which the contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the 22 Architect. 23 24 Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' 25 standard data to provide information unique to this Project. 26 27 SAMPLES 28 as 29 Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and 30 attachment devices.Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 31 a6 32 Submit samples of finishes,textures,and patterns for Architect's selection. 33 34 Include identification on each sample,with full Project information. oft 35 36 Submit the number or samples specified in individual specification Sections; one of which will be retained 37 by Architect. 38 39 Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification Sections. 40 41 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 42 43 When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, 44 storage,assembly,installation, start-up,adjusting,and finishing,in quantities specified for Product Data. 45 46 Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents. 47 48 PART 2-PRODUCTS 49 50 Not Used 51 am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01300 Cedar River Park SUBMITTALS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 2 �. 3 Not used 4 5 END OF SECTION 01300 9 cm\Febmwy 24,2003 8 Nib i dM Im 91Y 91i arr so rra rrr rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01400 Cedar River Park QUALITY CONTROLS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., 2-02072) 1 SECTION 01400-QUALITY CONTROL 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Quality assurance and control of installation. 8 "■' 9 References. 10 11 Inspection and testing laboratory services. r 12 13 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION 14 15 Monitor quality control over suppliers,manufacturers,products, services, site conditions,and workmanship, 16 to produce Work of specified quality. 17 18 Comply fully with manufacturers'instructions,including each step in sequence. 19 20 Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect 21 before proceeding. 22 23 Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, 24 codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. .r 25 26 Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 27 ..r 28 Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration, 29 physical distortion or disfigurement. 30 31 REFERENCES 32 33 Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids. 34 dr 35 Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from Architect 36 before proceeding. 37 38 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 39 40 Owner will appoint, employ and pay for services of an independent firm to perform special inspecting and 41 testing, and to check the performance of the Contractor and the quality of his materials. Contractor is 42 responsible for notification and coordination of inspections. 43 err 44 The independent firm will perform tests and other services specified in individual specification sections,and 45 as required by the drawings and the Uniform Building Code Section 1701. 46 47 Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Owner, Building Official, Architect and 48 Contractor,indicating observations and compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01400 IN Cedar River Park QUALITY CONTROLS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.. (2-02072) , 1 Concrete test reports shall show times and date samples were taken, specific location of concrete placement, 2 slump, air content, ambient air temperature, concrete temperature, date received by lab, field data submitted 3 by,mix number,delivery ticket number, specified strength requirement, 1-7 day break,2-28 day breaks, any 4 field cylinder breaks as requested by Special Inspector or Architect, day projected high and low 5 temperatures and weather conditions. 6 7 Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage and 8 assistance as requested. 9 10 Notify Architect, Owner and independent firm 24 hours prior to expectant time for operations 11 requiring services. 12 r 13 Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for 14 Contractor's use. 15 16 Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same 17 independent firm on instructions by the Architect. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor 18 by deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Sum. 19 20 Special Inspections: In addition to the testing specified herein, the Owner will employ one or more special 21 inspectors who will provide inspections during construction o the following types of work: 22 23 Concrete: During the taking of test specimens and placing of reinforced concrete and pneumatically 24 placed concrete. Non-structural slabs on grade and site work concrete fully supported on earth do 25 not require special inspection. 26 27 Bolts Installed in Concrete and Masonry: During installation of bolts and placing of concrete 28 around such bolts as indicated. +r�r 29 30 Reinforcing Steel: During placing of reinforced steel, for all concrete required to have a special 31 inspection by Item No. 1. The Special Inspector need not be present during entire reinforcing steel- rY" 32 placing operations,provided he has inspected for conformance with the approved plans,prior to the 33 closing of forms and final inspections of forms prior to the delivery of concrete to the jobsite. 34 35 Welding: All structural welding,including welding of reinforcing steel as indicated. as 36 37 High-Strength Bolting: During all bolt installations and tightening operations. The Special 38 Inspector need not be present during the entire installation and tightening operations, provided he 39 has: 40 Inspected the surfaces and bolt types for conformance to plans, specifications and 41 shipping certification prior to start of bolting. " 42 43 Observed initial bolting operation for proper sequencing. 44 ft 45 And will,upon completion of all bolting,verify visually all connections. 46 47 Structural Masonry: During placing of all masonry units, placement of reinforcement and bar + r 48 positions, bolts, inspection of grout space, immediately prior to close of cleanouts, and during all 49 grouting operations. 50 Am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01400 Cedar River Park QUALITY CONTROLS Renton,Washington Page 3 „r Northwest Architectural Company,U.s., 2-02072) 1 Special Grading, Excavation and Filling: During earthwork excavations, grading and filling wr 2 operations. 3 4 Approved Fabricators: Special inspections required by this section and elsewhere in this specification shall do 5 not be required where the work is done on the premises of a fabricator registered and approved by the 6 International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) to perform such work without special inspection. 7 Refer to UBC Section 1701.7 for requirements or Contractor to reimburse Owner for cost incurred for 8 special inspection of non-approved fabrication. 9 10 11 PART 2-PRODUCTS +. 12 13 Not Used. 14 15 PART 3 -EXECUTION 16 17 Not Used. 18 19 END OF SECTION 01400 20 21 cm\Feb,.y 24,tow r� 22 f� i 1� rrr ■r wn rir err �r rr� AM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01500 Cedar River Park CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 01500 -CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS air 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Temporary Utilities: Electricity,telephone service,water,and sanitary facilities. �r g 9 Temporary Controls: Barriers, fencing,and protection of the Work. 10 r 11 Construction Facilities: Parking,progress cleaning,and removal of utilities,facilities,and controls. 12 13 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY 14 15 Cost: By contractor;provide and pay for power service required from utility source. 16 17 Provide power outlets for construction operations, branch wiring, distribution boxes, and flexible power 18 cords as required. 19 20 TELEPHONE SERVICE 21 22 Provide,maintain and pay for telephone service to field office. 23 do 24 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE 25 26 Provide,maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operation. Am 27 28 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 29 30 Provide and maintain required facilities for use during construction operations. 31 32 BARRIERS 33 r 34 Provide barriers,including construction fencing,to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas. 35 36 Provide construction fencing of all construction areas for entire duration of construction period. dW 37 38 Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction and warning signs and other traffic control devices 39 necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the contractor's r 40 operations which may occur on streets or sidewalks. No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway 41 until all necessary signs, channelization and traffic control devices are in place. Channelization control 42 devices shall include: cones,flashers,barrels and the like. ,r 43 44 Obtain all required permits and approvals from the City of Renton Public Works Department prior to 45 commencing any right-of-way work. 46 47 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK 48 49 Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01500 Cedar River Park CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) ar 1 PROGRESS CLEANING 2 3 Maintain areas free of waste materials,debris,and rubbish.Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. 4 5 Remove waste materials,debris,and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site. 6 7 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES,FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS 8 wr 9 Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial 10 Completion inspection. 11 12 Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. 13 14 PART 2—PRODUCTS so 15 16 Not Used. 17 18 PART 3 -EXECUTION 19 20 Not Used. 21 22 END OF SECTION 01500 23 24 cmWebrumy 24,2003 25 r� ■r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01560 Cedar River Park ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural ComRanY,U.S.. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 01560-ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 WORK INCLUDED: 6 7 Provide and maintain during the life of the contract, environmental protection as defined herein. Provide 8 environmental protective measures as required to control pollution that develops during normal construction " 9 practice. 10 11 Comply with all federal, state,and local regulations pertaining to water, air and noise pollution. 12 13 Preserve all benchmarks and stakes and replace any that are displaced or missing as a result of the 14 Contractor's operations. A„ 15 16 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Standard specifications for work and materials under this Section shall be the 17 latest edition of the Washington State Department of Transportation Standards Specifications for Road, 18 Bridge and Municipal Construction(WSDOT). .r 19 20 TITLE TO MATERIALS: Title to materials, including firewood to be removed, except as specified 21 otherwise on the Plans,is vested in the Contractor upon receipt of Notice to Proceed. The Owner will not be 22 responsible for the condition or loss of,or damage to, such property after Notice to Proceed. 23 24 SUBMITTALS: Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300 for all products to be installed under AN 25 the work of this Section. 26 27 PERMITS: All permits and inspections required by governing authorities, except for those specified in .. 28 Section 00800 as provided by Owner, are to be obtained by the Contractor at no additional cost to the 29 Owner. 30 31 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: Contractor shall be fully responsible for scheduling and coordinating 32 the maintenance, relocation and removal of the work of this section so as to achieve the greatest erosion 33 control possible while allowing the timely progress of the project. Any erosion damage that occurs due to 34 inadequate scheduling, coordination or maintenance shall be restored to the satisfaction of the Owner's .. 35 Representative and the permit agency at no additional cost to the Owner.Restoration may include,but is not 36 limited to„import of fill materials,removal of sediments or revegetation. 37 38 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: If it appears that hazardous materials exist in an area involved in the project, 39 the contractor shall notify the Architect immediately who shall inform the Owner of this possibility. The 40 Owner shall investigate these materials to determine the extent and nature of the materials, and decide on 41 appropriate procedures to abate or protect them during construction. If abatement is required, it may, at the 42 Owner's direction and Contractor's acceptance, be dealt with either as a separate construction contract or as 43 an addition to the general contract. These items shall be removed in accordance with all applicable codes, 44 ordinances for protection of the environment,health and industrial safety. 45 46 ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE REPORTING: Contractor shall report immediately any damage to the 47 environment or failure to comply with the requirements of this section, accidental or otherwise, to the 48 jurisdiction having authority. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01560 r` Cedar River Park ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company.n.s..(2-02072) r 1 PART 2-MATERIAL 2 3 HYDROSEED MIX:Provide 75%turf-type perennial ryegrass and 25%Kentucky bluegrass seed by weight. 4 Seed shall be 98% pure with a minimum germination rate of 90%. Apply at a rate of four (4) pounds per 5 1,000 square feet. 6 7 FILTER FABRIC FENCE: Permea-tex silt fence,Mirafi or equal. 8 9 PART 3 -EXECUTION ` 10 11 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES: The natural resources outside the project boundaries of this 12 contract shall be preserved in their existing condition. Confine construction activities to areas indicated or go 13 specified in the contract documents. 14 15 LAND RESOURCES: Except in areas indicated to be cleared and grubbed, do not remove, cut, deface, �w 16 injure,or destroy trees,shrubs,or other vegetation. 17 18 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MEASURES: Install temporary erosion control measures as indicated 19 on the Drawings, or as directed by the Owner's Representative or permit agency prior to beginning any work 20 that will disturb the existing vegetation on the site. Install additional measures as necessary during 21 construction t control erosion at all times. 22 23 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION: Obliterate all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul 24 roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, 25 and all other vestiges of construction. Temporary roads, parking areas, and similar temporary use areas shall 26 be graded in conformance with surrounding areas. 27 28 WATER RESOURCES: Perform all work in such a manner that any adverse environmental impact on water 29 resources is reduced to a level acceptable to all regulatory agencies. 30 31 OILY SUBSTANCES: Take special measures to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering r 32 the ground,drainage areas,or local bodies of water. 33 34 HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES: Carefully preserve and report immediate to the 35 Architect all items having any apparent historical or archaeological interest which are discovered in the 36 course of any construction activities. 37 38 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES: 39 40 Burn-off Burn-off of ground cover is not permitted. 41 42 Protection of Erodible Soils: All earthwork brought to final grade shall be immediately finished as indicated 43 or specified. Protect immediately side slopes and backslopes upon completion of rough grading. Plan and 44 conduct all earthwork in such a manner as to minimize the duration of exposure of unprotected soils. 45 46 Temporary Protection of Erodible Soils: Utilize the following methods to prevent erosion and control 47 sedimentation. 48 "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01560 Cedar River Park ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Renton,Washington Page 3 �,. Northwest Architectural Company p.s., (2-02072) 1 Mechanical Retardation and Control of Runoff. Mechanically retard and control the rate of runoff from the �r 2 construction site. This includes construction of diversion ditches, benches, and berms, to retard and divert 3 runoff so that it will not enter protected drainage courses. Provide straw bale checking in ditches or problem 4 swales at intervals required to adequately slow water velocity and impede soil loss. 5 6 VEGETATION AND MULCH: Provide temporary protection on all side and back slopes as soon as rough 7 grading is completed or sufficient soil is exposed to require protection to prevent erosion. Such protection 8 shall be accelerated growth of permanent vegetation, temporary vegetation, mulching or netting. Stabilize 9 slopes by hydroseeding, anchoring mulch in place, covering with anchored netting, sodding or such 10 combination of these and other methods necessary for effective erosion control. 11 • 12 FILTER FABRIC FENCE: Provide filter fabric fence as indicated in Plans. Note that filter fabric fence 13 shown is the minimum acceptable amount.Provide additional fence as required to satisfy regulatory agencies 14 and permits. 15 16 MAINTENANCE 17 As 18 Temporary erosion control measures shall be maintained as required to achieve proper performance, as 19 required by the Owner's Representative or permit agency,and as indicated on the drawings. 20 21 Use care during maintenance so as not to discharge collected sediment into the protected area. 22 23 Petroleum Products: Conduct fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles in a manner that 24 affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Dispose of lubricants to be discarded and 25 excess oil in acceptance with approved procedures meeting federal,state,and local regulations. 26 27 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB) Control: Comply with 40 CFR 761 for removal and disposal of PCB +r 28 containing articles. 29 30 DUST CONTROL: Keep dust down at all times including non-working hours, weekends, and holidays. 31 Sprinkle or treat, with dust suppressers, the soil at the site, haul roads and other areas disturbed by 32 operations.No dry power brooming is permitted.Instead use vacuuming,wet mopping,wet sweeping,or wet 33 power brooming. Air blowing is permitted only for clearing nonparticulate debris, such as steel reinforcing 34 bars. No sandblasting is permitted unless dusttherefrom is confined. Only wet cutting of concrete blocks, 35 concrete and asphalt is permitted. No unnecessary shaking of bags is permitted where bagged cement, 36 concrete mortar and plaster is used. 37 38 NOISE: Make the maximum use of"low-noise-emission products" as certified by EPA. No blasting or use 39 of explosives is permitted. 40 41 REMOVAL: 42 43 Remove temporary facilities when the need for the facilities no longer exists. 44 45 Clean sediment and/or pollutants from facilities that are to remain. 46 47 CLEAN-UP: 48 49 Upon completion of the work of this Section,remove all rubbish,trash,and debris resulting from operations. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01560 Cedar River Park ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) r�r 1 2 Remove materials,equipment,tools; leave the site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to the Owner's 3 Representative. 4 5 6 END OF SECTION 01560 am 7 8 cm\Februwy 24,2003 9 w r rrrr ' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01600 Cedar River Park PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 01600-PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS �r 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Products. 8 9 Transportation and handling. 10 11 Storage and protection. 12 13 Product options. 14 ,,. 15 Substitutions. 16 17 PRODUCTS 18 19 Products:Means new material,machinery,components, equipment,fixtures,and systems forming the Work. 20 Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication,conveying and erection of the 21 Work.Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. 22 23 Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer,for similar components. 24 25 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 26 27 Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 28 29 Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements,quantities are convect,and 30 products are undamaged. 31 32 Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement,or 33 damage. 34 35 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 36 37 Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,with seals and labels intact and 38 legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight,climate controlled enclosures. 39 40 For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports,above ground. 41 42 Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering.Provide ventilation to avoid 43 condensation. 44 45 Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area.Prevent mixing with foreign 46 matter. 47 48 Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement,or damage. 49 50 Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection.Periodically inspect to assure products are 51 undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01600 Cedar River Park PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company n s (2-02072) 1 PRODUCT OPTIONS 2 3 Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or 4 description. 5 6 Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers:Products of manufacturers named and meeting 7 specifications,no options or substitutions allowed. 8 9 Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a 10 request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 11 12 SUBSTITUTIONS w► 13 14 Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for Substitutions during the bidding 15 period to requirements specified in this Section. ■r 16 17 After contract date,owner may,at his option,consider certain other substitutions submitted in accordance 18 with requirements of this section. 19 20 Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. 21 22 Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with .r 23 Contract Documents. 24 25 A request constitutes a representation that the Bidder(or Contractor): 26 27 Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified 28 product. on 29 30 Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified product. 31 ,,, 32 Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be 33 complete with no additional cost to Owner. 34 Eli 35 Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 36 37 Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data 38 submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract 39 Documents. 40 41 Substitution Submittal Procedure: 42 43 Submit request for Substitution for consideration. 44 Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 45 The Architect will notify Contractor,in writing,of decision to accept or reject request. 46 do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01600 Cedar River Park PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Renton,Washington Page 3 err Northwest Architectural Company,u.s., (2-02072) 1 PART2-PRODUCTS Am 2 Not Used 3 4 PART 3 -EXECUTION 5 Not used 6 }7 END OF SECTION 01600 7 cm\Febrmy 24,2003 10 d to irl rl� rir rra ■r err rir Yrr i�r SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 0 1�J Northwest Architectural Company, P.S. ' DATE PROJECT Renton Aquatic Center NAC PROJECT NO. 2-02072 - 7Ad * Please send Mechanical and Electrical requests directly to the Consultant. 1. We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: err Section Page Line/Paragraph Specified Item �r 2. Proposed Substitution: .�. 3. Reason for Substitution: 4. Attach complete technical data, catalog cuts, drawings, samples, etc. Exact models and description of products shall be noted with any deviation noted. 5. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. do 6. Does the substitute affect dimensions shown on Drawings? 6a. If so, how: r 7. Describe the effect substitution has on other trades 8. Describe differences between proposed substitution and specified item. 9. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Some Different(explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are FOR REVIEWER m equivalent or superior to the specified item. The undersigned agrees to Approved for Bidding subject to review and pay for changes to the building and systems design, including engineering pp g su I and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? approval of Submittals land as noted below) SUBMITTED BY: Rejected - Inadequate Information Not Accepted Received Too Late Signature By: Date: go Remarks: Firm Mailing Address City State Zip artr Telephone: FAX Please check if there are attachments. so I Answer all questions Fill in all blanks Use back of form & attachments as needed F305-SubR\N:\2-02072\5\B\SubReguestdo 101-041 ® 1203 WEST RIVERSIDE SPOKANE,WASHINGTON 99201-1107 509-838-8240 FAX 509-838-8261 ❑2233 NORTHWEST BOULEVARD COEUR D'ALENE,IDAHO 83814-2627 208-667-9579 FAX 208-667-9739 so❑2201 SIXTH AVENUE,SUITE 1405 SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98121-1832 206-441-4522 FAX 206-441-7917 Ire ww ire rre rr rrt RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01700 Cedar River Park CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT .rr 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Substantial Completion. 8 9 Final Acceptance. 10 11 Final cleaning. +. 12 13 Adjusting. 14 15 Project record documents. 16 17 Operation and maintenance data. 18 19 Material and Finishes Maintenance Manual. 20 21 Instruction of owner personnel. 22 23 Warranties. 24 25 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 26 27 Prior to requesting Architect's inspection of substantial completion, complete the following and list known �r 28 exceptions in request: 29 30 In progress payment request coincidental with request for Architect's inspection, show 100% 31 completion for all portions of work claimed as "substantially complete". 32 33 Submit one copy of Maintenance Manual for Architect's review. 34 r. 35 Discontinue and remove from project site temporary facilities and services, along with construction 36 tools,mock-ups,and similar elements. 37 38 Complete final cleaning requirements,including touch-up of marred surfaces. 39 40 Submit marked up Record Drawing prints for architect's review. 41 42 Inspection procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or 43 advise Contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, Architect will either prepare 44 certificate of substantial completion, or advise Contractor of work which must be performed prior to 45 issuance of certificate.Results of completed inspection will form initial "punch-list". 46 47 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 48 49 Prior to Architect's final inspection for final completion and final payment, complete the following and list 50 know exceptions: .. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01700 ` Cedar River Park CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company p.s., (2-02072) irr 1 Submit final payment request. 2 3 Provide two(2)copies of bound Maintenance Manuals per 01700 Article 1.07. 4 5 Provide Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, Contractor's Affidavit of Release of 6 Liens,and Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment. 7 8 Provide corrected record drawing prints. 9 10 Provide certificate of insurance for products and completed operations per Section 00800, 11 Supplemental Conditions. 12 13 Re-inspection Procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's notice that work has been completed including all 14 "punch-list" items resulting from earlier inspections, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of 15 acceptable circumstances, Architect will either notify Owner of final completion, or advise Contractor of 16 work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for final acceptance. 17 18 FINAL CLEANING 19 20 Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. 21 22 Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign 23 substances,polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. 24 25 Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. as 26 27 Clean filters of operating equipment. 28 rir 29 Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. 30 31 Clean site; sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. 32 33 Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 34 35 Clean ductwork and carpets. 36 37 ADJUSTING 38 39 Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 40 41 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 42 43 Maintain on site,one set of the following record documents;record actual revisions to the Work: 44 45 Contract Drawings. 46 Specifications. 47 Addenda. 48 Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 49 Reviewed shop drawings,product data,and samples. 50 51 Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01700 Cedar River Park CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s., (2-02072) 1 2 Record information concurrent with construction progress. 3 4 Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, 5 including the following: 6 7 Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 8 Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 9 Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. 10 11 Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 12 13 Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,referenced to 14 permanent surface improvements. 15 16 Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to 17 visible and accessible features of the Work. 18 19 Field changes of dimension and detail. 20 21 Details not on original Contract Drawings. 22 23 Submit documents to Architect with request for inspection for substantial completion. After review, prints 24 shall be returned to Contractor. Re-submit to Architect with request for Final Inspection. 25 26 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 27 28 Submit Manuals in bound three ring binders with durable plastic covers. 29 30 Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", and title o 31 of project. 32 33 Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described 34 below;with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. 35 36 Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume,with each Product or system description identified. 37 38 Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, all 39 Subcontractors,and major equipment suppliers. 40 41 Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. 42 For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. 43 Identify the following: .r 44 45 Significant design criteria. 46 List of equipment. 47 Parts list for each component. 48 Operating instructions. 49 Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 50 Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and 51 materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01700 a` Cedar River Park CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Part 3:Project documents and certificates,including the following: 3 4 Shop drawings and product data. 5 Air and water balance reports. 6 Certificates. 7 Photocopies of warranties and bonds. 8 Copies of meeting notes,change orders,proposal requests,and supplemental instructions. 9 10 Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form prior to inspection for substantial completion. This 11 copy will be returned with Architect's comments. Revise content of documents as required and submit final 12 volumes prior to final inspection. 13 14 Submit two(2)copies of final volumes. 15 16 MATERIAL AND FINISHES MAINTENANCE MANUAL 17 18 Manual: 19 Submit 3 copies of each manual,in final form,on material and finishes to Architect for distribution. 20 21 Provide one section for interior products, including applied materials and finishes, and a second 22 section for exterior products. 23 24 Interior Products: Provide information as noted below for all interior materials and finishes specified in this 25 project manual. 26 27 Provide manufacturer's data and instructions on care and maintenance of architectural products, 28 including applied materials and finishes. 29 30 Product Data: Provide complete information on architectural products,including,as applicable: 31 32 Manufacturer's catalog number. 33 Size. 34 Material composition. 35 Color. 36 Texture. 37 Re-ordering information on specially manufactured products. 38 39 Care and Maintenance instructions: Provide information on care and maintenance including 40 manufacturer's recommendations for types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 41 Provide information regarding cleaning agents and methods that could prove detrimental to product. 42 Include manufacturer's recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 43 44 Exterior Products: Provide information as noted below for all exterior materials and finishes specified in this 45 project manual. 46 47 Provide complete manufacturer's data with instructions on inspection, maintenance, and repair of 48 products exposed to weather or designed for moisture-protection purposes. 49 50 Manufacturer Data: Provide manufacturer's data giving detailed information, including the 51 following,as applicable. Am AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 01700 Cedar River Park CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Renton,Washington Page 5 AN Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 Application standards. as 2 Chemical composition. 3 Installation details. 4 Inspection procedures. 5 Maintenance information. do 6 Repair procedures. 7 8 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL "" 9 10 Before final inspection, instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of 11 products,equipment,and systems,at agreed upon times. ++� 12 13 Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel 14 in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. .. 15 16 WARRANTIES 17 18 Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers. 19 20 Submit prior to final Application for Payment. 21 22 For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten 23 days after acceptance,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 24 do 25 PART-2PRODUCTS 26 27 Not used. 28 29 PART-3EXECUTION 30 31 Not used. 32 33 END OF SECTION 01700 34 35 =\February 24,2003 36 srr rr w do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02100 Cedar River Park SITE PREPARATION ;,r, Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) r 1 SECTION 02100—SITE PREPARATION 2 3 PART 1 —GENERAL 4 in 5 6 SECTION INCLUDES 7 AN 8 Work includes but is not limited to the following: 9 10 Establish clearing limits and vegetation to remain. m+ 11 Protection of existing trees to remain. 12 Installation and maintenance of temporary erosion control facilities through project completion. 13 Clearing site of trees,shrubs,root masses, and other vegetation. 14 Removal of structures,slabs,foundations,pavements and other improvements. 15 Removal and disposal of materials from site according to regulatory requirements. 16 Protect from harm any trees, vegetation, existing structures,utilities,pavements, sidewalks, curbs, or 17 other objects selected to remain. 18 19 RELATED SECTIONS 20 21 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 22 Specification Sections, apply to this section. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project 23 Manual,including but not limited to following: 24 25 26 Section 02200 "Earthwork" 27 Section 02270"Erosion Control' 28 29 REFERENCES �•• 30 31 WSDOT-APWA 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, or 32 Most Recent Edition ,. 33 34 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road,Bridge,and Municipal Construction 35 r. 36 SUBMITTALS 37 38 General: Comply with Section 01300. 39 40 Submit demolition procedures and operational sequence for review and acceptance by Owner. 41 42 Permits for transport and disposal of debris as required. 43 44 DESCRIPTION 45 �. 46 Construct and maintain erosion and sedimentation control in accordance with contract documents City of 47 Renton requirements. Clear and grub site as indicated and as necessary to construct improvements. Save and 48 protect from harm any trees, vegetation, or other objects selected to remain. Remove from area to be cleared .. 49 all other growth unless otherwise indicated or directed. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02100 Cedar River Park SITE PREPARATION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 .r 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS 3 4 Protection of Existing Improvements 5 6 Provide, erect, and maintain barricades, coverings, or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage 7 to existing improvements. 8 "` 9 Restore any existing improvements damaged by this work to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 10 11 Objectionable Noises: Conform with local governing requirements regarding Noise Control. 12 13 M_ aintain vehicular and pedestrian traffic routes: 14 err 15 Ensure minimum interference with roads,streets and adjacent facilities. 16 17 Do not close or obstruct streets, fire lanes, sidewalks, alleys or passageways without permission from rrr 18 authorities having jurisdiction. 19 20 If required by governing authorities,provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. 21 22 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS 23 24 The Contractor will be responsible for furnishing, setting and marking all line and location stakes, including 25 offsets and general construction staking. When work requiring control is being performed, all necessary 26 related equipment, supplies and instruments shall be on site. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or 27 technical specialist must be assigned to the Contractor's crew for this work. This equipment and personnel 28 must be available, at no additional cost to the owner for the purpose of verifying layout, conformance of 29 grading design,and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. 30 31 The Contractor is responsible for preserving all benchmarks and stakes and the replacement of any that are 32 displaced or missing. 33 .rr 34 The Contractor is responsible for review of all utility purveyor, and City or State records relative to the 35 existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and shall 36 restore all utilities at Contractor's own expense. ■r 37 38 The Contractor is to notify the Owner's Representative immediately if underground utilities not shown on the 39 project documents are encountered. 40 41 42 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 43 44 45 TEMPORARY FENCING 46 47 Orange clearing limits fencing: plastic mesh fencing, approximately 4' height,as approved. Temporary chain 48 link fencing: minimum 6' height,line posts at 8' o.c.maximum.2"chain link mesh fence. 49 ' " 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02100 Cedar River Park SITE PREPARATION Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company n.s.. (2-02072) 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 2 3 4 EXAMINATION 5 6 Verify limits of clearing, grubbing,and site improvement removal with Owner prior to commencing work. 7 '" 8 Obtain required permits and permission from local governing authorities and Owner prior to commencing 9 work. 10 go 11 Prior to beginning site removals and clearing, meet with Owner's Representative and review all proposed 12 utility layouts on site. Indicate all existing trees,shrubs and landscaping as well as site improvements that will 13 be affected by construction.Coordinate removals of landscape materials with Owner. .. 14 15 CLEARING 16 17 Prior to site clearing and demolition, contact utility location service and have all underground utilities on the 18 site and adjacent right of ways clearly marked. Locate, flag and protect existing underground utilities to 19 remain. 20 21 Approximate locations of existing utilities have been obtained from available records and are shown for 22 convenience. The contractor shall be responsible for verification of the locations shown and for discovery of 23 possible additional utilities not shown so as to avoid damage or disturbance. The underground utility location 24 service shall be contacted for field location prior to any construction. The Owner shall be contacted if a utility 25 conflict exists. 26 do 27 Completely remove all roots, stumps, vegetation and all other organic debris within the clearing limits as 28 required for new construction and as indicated.Perform removal operations in a manner to protect property. 29 30 Save and protect trees indicated on plans to remain. Protect all off-site trees along adjacent roadways and on 31 surrounding properties. 32 •• 33 Dispose of clearing debris off site in a legal manner. 34 35 Contractor shall retain all rocks over 24-inches in any dimensions for re-use on-site. Coordinate relocation 36 with Owner. 37 38 Fill depressions caused by clearing operations with common fill,per Section 02200. 39 40 GRUBBING 41 42 General: Grub or otherwise prepare areas where clearing has occurred to receive construction or other 43 improvements. 44 45 Excavate and remove all stumps to a minimum depth of at least T-0"below grade. 46 47 Excavate and remove roots larger than 2 inches in diameter, rocks, boulders, any remaining paving, and the 48 like,as well as other unsuitable materials. "' 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02100 Cedar River Park SITE PREPARATION Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 Areas to be occupied by building or other construction. Excavate these materials to not less than 2' below 2 existing or final grade whichever is lower. 3 4 Other areas: 5 6 Not less than 12"below existing grade at asphalt paving. 7 Not less than 8"below existing grade at shrub areas. 8 9 Use only hand methods for grubbing inside the greater of a 10-foot radius or the drip line of trees indicated to 10 remain. 11 12 SITE IMPROVEMENT REMOVALS 13 14 Remove existing underground utilities per City of Renton standards, below the proposed building structure, 15 and as shown on plans. 16 17 Existing underground utilities to be plugged and abandoned shall be in accordance with WDOT/APWA , 18 Section 7-08.3(4). 19 20 Sprinkle excavated material and access roads as necessary to limit dust to lowest practicable level. Do not use 21 water to extent causing flooding,contaminated runoff or icing. 22 23 DRAINAGE 24 25 Keep designated drainage ways open for drainage at all times. Maintain and/or adjust erosion control 26 facilities as required to prevent sediment transport either downstream or off-site. At no time shall more than ift 27 one foot of sediment be allowed to accumulate within a catch basin, ditch or swale. All catch basins and 28 conveyance ditches shall be cleaned prior to paving. Mud/sediment build-up shall be removed and the 29 cleaning operation shall not flush sediment-laden water into the downstream system. 30 ' 31 The Contractor is responsible to provide temporary and permanent control of surface water and subsurface 32 seepage to allow for site access, grading, construction of underground utilities, and paving. The contractor is 33 solely responsible for protecting disturbed areas from inclement weather and surface runoff during + 34 construction process to provide a suitable working platform for all phases of the construction. Ground water 35 from upgradiant sources shall be intercepted and routed around work area per geotechnical recommendations. 36 The Contractor shall be familiar with and shall follow the geotechnical recommendations concerning rr 37 subgrade protection. 38 39 Keep open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition work free of standing water. ft 40 41 The Contractor shall provide a construction working surface of ATB, sand and gravel, crushed rock, quarry 42 spalls or other approved method to protect the onsite soils in areas of construction traffic. The contractor 43 should consider the use of the ATB in the proposed paved areas to provide a durable wearing surface during 44 construction. Some degradation of the ATB shall be expected due to construction traffic and the Contractor 45 shall repair the degraded areas prior to final Class B paving 46 rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02100 Cedar River Park SITE PREPARATION Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS 2 3 Refuse from clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by the Contractor in a manner consistent with 4 government regulations. In no case shall refuse material be left on the project site, placed onto abutting 5 private properties,or buried in embankments or trenches on the project site.Debris shall not be deposited in a 6 stream or body of water, any public right of way or upon private property except by written consent of the 7 private property owner. On-site burning is not allowed. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of debris 8 resulting from work of this Section. 9 10 '•' 11 END OF SECTION 02100 r • .w �r "m RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 1 d. Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. 2-020721 1 SECTION 02200-EARTHWORK so 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL om 5 6 7 SECTION INCLUDES am 8 9 Work includes but is not limited to following: 10 r 11 Layout of project per plans. 12 13 Accomplishing indicated and required stripping, excavation, filling, compaction, subgrade 14 preparation,rough and finish grading,and the like. 15 16 Removing materials from the site which are either: 17 18 not approved for use,or; 19 are in excess of that required. 20 21 Importing fill materials for structures, site work,and utilities. 22 Utility Trenching 23 24 RELATED SECTIONS 25 26 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 r 27 Specification Sections,apply to this section. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project 28 Manual,including but not limited to the following: 29 30 Section 02100-Site Preparation 31 Section 02270-Temporary Erosion Control 32 Section 02510 -Asphalt Concrete Paving 33 Section 02520-Concrete Sidewalk and Curb 34 Section 02720-Storm Drainage System 35 Section 02730-Sanitary Sewer System rr 36 37 REFERENCES 38 39 City of Renton Design and Construction Standards and Specifications 40 41 WSDOT/APWA 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal 42 Construction. 43 44 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal 45 Construction. 46 47 Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton Aquatic Center, Renton, Washington dated 48 December 2,2002 prepared by Associated Earth Sciences Inc. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) l 2 ASTM D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. 3 4 ASTM C136 Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregate. 5 ,, 6 ASTM D1557 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 7 Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lb/cu ft). 8 9 ASTM D2922 Standard Test methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by 10 Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth). 11 12 ASTM D3017 Standard Test methods for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by 13 Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth). 14 15 ASTM 1998 Annual Book of Standards ` 16 17 SUBMITTALS 18 19 Submit under provisions of Section 01300. 20 21 Submit for review and approval by Geotechnical Engineer or prior to placement. 22 23 Gradation and Test Results for Structural and Common Fill: Grade and test material used as fill for 24 moisture content and compactability. 25 26 Gradation and Test Results for Fill for Utilities: Conform to applicable sections of WSDOT-APWA. 27 rr. 28 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 30 Testing: „r 31 32 See Section 01400 Quality Testing. 33 34 The Owner's Geotechnical Engineer will take samples and perform moisture content, gradation, 35 compaction, and density tests during placement of backfill materials to check compliance with these 36 specifications. 37 38 The Contractor shall remove surface material at locations designated by the Geotechnical Engineer 39 and provide such assistance as necessary for sampling and testing. 40 41 The Geotechnical Engineer may direct the Contractor to construct inspection trenches in compacted 42 or consolidated backfill to determine that the Contractor has complied with these specifications. 43 Testing by the Geotechnical Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to 'rd1 44 determine to his own satisfaction when and if his work meets the specification. 45 46 Test will be made by the Geotechnical Engineer for the following items: ' 47 48 Moisture content-ASTM D3017 49 Gradation-ASTM C 13 6 AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 3 +�. Northwest Architectural Comnan n.s. (2-02072) 1 Density in-place-ASTM D2922 and D3017 or equivalent. 2 Moisture-density relationships-ASTM D1557 3 4 QUALIFICATIONS 5 6 Crew Foreman: Minimum six years' working experience and four years' experience as foreman performing 7 similar work. 8 9 Regulatory Requirements 10 11 All work and material shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification. 12 13 Comply with City of Renton standards. 14 15 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 16 17 Stockpiling: Stockpile materials on site within clearing limits and at locations approved by Architect. The 18 contractor shall be responsible for protecting the stockpiled material. .� 19 20 Direct surface water away from stockpile site so as to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials. 21 22 Remove stockpile, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing 23 surface water. 24 25 Comply with WSDOT Section 3-02(6). Contractor shall provide survey stakes for stockpiles. w" 26 27 Maintain toe of material at least 6 feet from edges of trenches and excavations. Pile so surface 28 water is prevented from flowing into excavations.Provide free access to fire hydrants,water valves, a. 29 meters; private driveways; and leave clearance to enable the free flow of storm water in gutters, 30 conduits,and natural water courses. 31 32 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS to 33 34 Environmental Requirements: Expose, excavate,and place existing site material only in dry weather. 35 36 Existing Conditions: Existing on site material is moisture sensitive and moisture content is above optimum 37 for compacting. 38 39 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 40 41 Maintain drainage in areas of site to be occupied during construction. 42 43 Schedule work in this section to coordinate with the existing buildings abandonment and demolition and 44 proposed building construction schedule. 45 .r dw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 It Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. 2-02072) ft 1 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS 2 3 The Contractor will be responsible for furnishing, setting and marking all line and location stakes,including 4 offsets and general construction staking. When work requiring control is being performed, all necessary 5 related equipment, supplies and instruments shall be on site. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or 6 technical specialist must be assigned to the Contractor's crew for this work. This equipment and personnel 7 must be available, at no additional cost to owner for the purpose of verifying layout, conformance of 8 grading design,and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. r 9 10 The Contractor is responsible for preserving all benchmarks and stakes and the replacement of any that are 11 displaced or missing. ft 12 13 The Contractor is responsible for review of all utility purveyor, and City or State records relative to the 14 existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and 15 shall restore all utilities at Contractor's own expense. 16 17 The Contractor is to notify the Owner's Representative immediately if underground utilities not shown on 18 the project documents are encountered. 19 20 21 PART 2-PRODUCTS ..r 22 23 24 GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE BEDDING FOR RIGID PIPE 25 26 Pipe bedding for rigid pipe shall conform to Section 9-03.15 of WSDOT-APWA. 27 28 GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE BEDDING FOR FLEXIBLE PIPE 29 30 Pipe bedding for flexible pipe shall conform to Section 9-03.16 of WSDOT-APWA. 31 32 GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL 33 34 Gravel for trench backfill shall conform to WSDOT-APWA Section 9-03.19(1). 35 36 GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR DRAINS: 37 �+ 38 Gravel backfill for drains shall conform to the gradation and conditions of Section 9-03.12(4) of the 39 Standard Specifications. 40 41 Foundation GRAVEL: 42 43 Foundation Gravel shall meet the requirements for Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A, Section 9- 44 03.12(1)A of the Standard Specifications. 45 46 QUARRY SPALLS 47 so 48 Quarry spalls shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Section 9-13.6. 49 me as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 5 AN Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 FILL FOR PAVEMENT AREAS Aw 2 3 Fill material under pavement areas shall conform to structural fill. 4 5 Subgrade stabilization measures shall be in accordance with Section 02210. � 6 7 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 8 9 Crushed surfacing top course: shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus or gravel and shall be 5/8" 10 minus for top course. Crushed surfacing top course shall conform to the gradations of Section 9-03.9(3) of 11 the Standard Specification. 12 13 CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE 14 Ar 15 Crushed surfacing base course: shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus or gravel and shall be 1 1/4" 16 minus for base course. Crushed surfacing base course shall conform to the gradations of Section 9-03.9(3) 17 of the Standard Specification. . 18 . 19 STRUCTURAL FILL 20 21 Select Imported Structural Fill: d" 22 23 All fill placed under buildings, footings, slab-on-grade floor, and paved areas shall be "structural 24 fill'as defined herein,unless otherwise specified. 25 26 Structural fill shall be imported clean granular fill material that has been accepted by the 27 Geotechnical Engineer for use as structural fill. 28 29 Imported structural fill shall consist of well-graded sand and gravel materials free of organic 30 material, debris and other deleterious material, at a moisture content that allows for the minimum 31 specified compaction requirement, and shall conform to the following gradation requirements: 32 U.S. Standard Sieve Size Percent Passing by Wei ht 2 inch square 95 - 100 1/4 inch 30-60 No. 8 20-50 No. 50 3 - 12 No.200 0-5 33 34 Fines ratio:Less than 5% 35 36 Common Structural Fill 37 Common imported structural fill shall meet the requirement of WSDOT/APWA Section 9-03.14(3). 38 The common imported structural fill is only feasible for use during periods of dry weather 39 conditions. Material shall be at a moisture content between —2 and +1 percent of optimum as 40 determined by ASTM D-1557, shall meet the compaction requirements as defined in this section, +.� 41 and shall be pre-approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 42 43 Common structural fill shall be free of organic material, demolition waste, or other deleterious .■ 44 material,and free of cobbles,boulders, or lumps of soil larger that 6-inches in diameter. 45 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,U.s.(2-02072) 1 Common Fill Material can include excavated site soils that meet the acceptance criteria. 2 err, 3 APPROVAL OF FILL MATERIAL 4 5 All fill placed under footings, slab-on-grade floor, sidewalks, walkways, and all other paved areas shall be 6 "structural fill"as defined herein,unless specified otherwise for particular applications. 7 8 All material, which is proposed to be used as fill and backfill, shall be graded and tested for moisture 9 content and compactabality. Gradation and test results shall be submitted for review and approved by the 10 Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement.The Contractor shall note that the existing on-site soils consist of 11 loose to medium dense sand and gravel alluvium per Geotechnical Report Renton Aquatic Center, Renton, 12 Washington dated December 2, 2002 prepared by Associated Earth Sciences Inc. This soil may only be 13 suitable for use as structural fill if placed and compacted during dry weather. The contractor may have to 14 moisture condition the soil prior to placement and compaction. 15 16 It is the Contractor's responsibility to review existing conditions, the construction schedule, soils report, 17 and soil types prior to bidding to determine suitability of existing soils for re-use as fill. The Contractor 18 shall account for the timing of their construction activities and variable weather conditions during the 19 course of this contract when determining the suitability of the on-site material. The Contractor may, at their 20 own expense, conduct their own test pits and laboratory test to review the on site material. The use of on- 21 site material for fill or backfill must meet moisture content and compaction specification and is subject to 22 the approval of the Geotechmcal engineer. The use of on-site material for pavement subgrades may require 23 significant additional effort as compared to import fill material in terms of screening, proper moisture 24 conditioning, and compactive effort necessary including but not limited to soil-cement stabilization, rrr 25 scarifying,aeration,or watering,to obtain the required density. 26 27 It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect existing ground, prepared subgrade, and any stock 28 piled material from inclement weather, surface runoff, construction traffic and other conditions that may 29 preclude the re-use of the material. All stockpiled material intended for re-use as structural fill shall be 30 protected with anchored plastic sheeting in accordance with WSDOT/APWA Section 8-01.3(8). „ 31 32 FILTER FABRIC: 33 34 Non-woven,Mirafi#140N or approved equal. 35 36 TRACER TAPE 37 38 Utility pipe tracer tape shall be detectable below ground surface, color coded,with utility name printed on 39 tape. Conductive warning tape required over all sewer, drainage, water and irrigation pipe. Tape shall be 40 manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous printed plastic tape, aluminum backed, 41 intended for direct-burial service.Tape shall be not less than 6"wide x 4 mils thick. 42 43 Tape Schedule: ft 44 Pi in Color Wording 45 Domestic Water Blue Caution Domestic Water 46 Irrigation Water Blue Caution Irrigation Water 47 Storm Sewer Green Caution Storm Sewer 48 Sanitary Sewer Green Caution Sanitary Sewer 49 , err AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 7 4+ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 4M 2 3 Tests and Inspection: Provide sieve analysis per ASTIVI D422 for each material type. Tests and analysis of 4 aggregate material will be performed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications. If tests indicate go 5 materials do not meet specified requirements,change material and retest. 6 7 am 8 PART 3 -EXECUTION 9 10 EXAMINATION 11 Am 12 Site Verification of Conditions: Verify as follows: 13 14 Verify survey benchmark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated. "" 15 16 Verify vegetation to remain is protected and prominently marked. 17 on 18 Verify erosion control is in place and operating properly. 19 20 Verify removal of abandoned utilities is complete. 21 22 PREPARATION 23 24 Locate existing utilities, avoid damage or disturbance. For aid in utility location call "Dial Dig 25 1-800424-5555," 48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Provide and pay for 26 additional marking as required. 27 28 Protect and maintain existing utilities which are to remain. 29 30 Identify existing structural foundations near excavations. Verify excavation will not undermine footings or 31 supports and cause damage to structures. 32 33 Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping or interim erosion 34 control. 35 36 Protect benchmarks,existing structures, sidewalks,railings,paving, and curbs. 37 38 Protect pavement or paved areas intended to remain from damage. 39 air 40 Use all means necessary to prevent the erosion of freshly graded areas during construction, or until such 41 time that permanent drainage and erosion control measures are fully operational. 42 43 Repair and/or repair of damaged facilities will be accomplished at the Contractor's expense. 44 45 Survey and stake limits of clearing.Per City of Renton Standards. 46 47 Identify required lines,levels,contours,and datum. Should indicated figures conflict with actual conditions, 48 notify Architect and await direction before proceeding. 49 50 Identify onsite trees to be removed within limits of clearing. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) r 1 2 Verify existing grade elevations to be matched. Notify Architect where existing grades to be matched 3 creates an adverse affect,such as blocking grading,abrupt change in grade,slopes steeper than allowed,and 4 grades not conforming with ADA. 5 6 PERMITS 7 8 Contractor shall obtain all required permits and inspections. Pay any and all fees or costs for permits and 9 inspections. 10 11 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 12 ' 13 All work shall conform to the Contract Documents and City of Renton requirements. The contract 14 documents are to be considered minimum requirements. Additional erosion control may be required based 15 on field conditions and weather conditions. The contractor shall meet the erosion control requirements of 16 City of Renton inspectors,the architect,and the owner at no additional cost to the owner. 17 18 Access Streets and Roadways: Maintain wheel cleaning stations to clean wheels and undercarriage of trucks as 19 before leaving site, as necessary to prevent dirt from being carried onto public streets. Provide new wheel 20 cleaning stations prior to driving on paved surfaces. If streets are fouled,they must be cleaned immediately 21 in conformance with City of Renton and all governing requirements and regulations. 22 23 Dust Control: Contractor shall sprinkle water as necessary to control dust during dry weather conditions.Do 24 not use water to extent causing flooding,contaminated runoff or icing. .r. 25 26 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 27 28 Utilities: The Contractor shall protect from damage private and public utilities in accordance with 1-07.17 29 of WSDOT-APWA. 30 31 Pavement: The Contractor shall protect from damage all pavements or paved areas intended to remain on 32 site and in the City of Renton right of way. The Contractor shall repair and provide the additional 33 excavation,disposal,and import of replacement material at no additional cost to the owner. 34 35 Repair and/or replacement of damaged facilities will be accomplished at the Contractor's expense. 36 37 STABILIZATION OF EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES as 38 39 The Contractor shall exercise sound engineering and construction practices for excavations and trenches 40 and maintain them so that no damage will occur to any foundation, structure, pole line, pipe line, or other ft 41 facility because of sloughs or slopes, or from any other cause. If, as a result of the excavation or trenching, 42 there is disturbance of the ground,which may endanger other property or require repair,the Contractor shall 43 take remedial action at no expense to Owner. 44 45 The Contractor shall provide dewatering, shoring or other types of stabilization, in addition to the shoring 46 required for safety by State codes, as required to maintain the integrity of the trench or excavation and 47 protect nearby existing utilities and structures. All earthwork shall conform to the Washington 48 Administrative Code (WAC) 296-155 requirements for Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring. If the 49 Contractor elects to provide stabilization by open pit excavation or flatter side slopes, no additional rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 9 • Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 compensation will be made for the work including excavation, select backfill material, backfilling, and 2 protection of existing facilities. 3 4 SITE GRADING 5 6 General: Required contours and elevations are indicated and noted on Drawings; should indicated figures 7 conflict with actual conditions, Contractor shall notify Owner and obtain direction before proceeding with 8 grading of area in conflict. 9 10 Stripping: 11 12 Strip and remove topsoil, roots, organic debris, and unsuitable material from areas to be developed. The 13 Contractor shall exercise care to completely avoid mixing topsoil and other organic matter with the 14 underlying soil. 15 16 The Geotechnical Engineer shall approve final stripping depth. Per the Geotechnical investigation, the 17 general depth of stripping is estimated to range from 4 to 6 inches. This average does not include 18 overexcavation for pavement subbase requirements. 19 20 Contractor is responsible for reviewing the Geotechnical report and soil logs to determine their own 21 anticipated stripping depth for bidding purposes. 22 23 The Contractor may, at his own expense, conduct their own test pits and laboratory test to review and .Yr 24 determine the required stripping depth. 25 26 Haul and dispose of materials not approved for use, or in excess of that required,off-site in a legal manner. 27 28 Grading: 29 30 Shape surface of site to grades and contours as noted. 31 32 Remove debris,rocks over 6-inch in size,vegetation,and other organic matter from material to be re-used. do 33 34 Control grading around building areas and building excavations at all times to prevent flow of water into 35 excavated areas and ponding adjacent to building. 36 37 For paving and other site improvements, shape subgrades to lines, grades, and cross sections indicated. 38 After design grade is reached, exposed soils shall be scarified to a depth of at least 6 inches, moisture 39 conditioned if necessary, and then compacted to the required relative minimum. Any soft soils encountered " 40 shall be moisture conditioned and recompacted or excavated and replaced with compacted fill,whichever is 41 necessary to reach the required compaction. Excavate rock encountered to a depth of 6" below finish 42 subgrade elevations.Bring low areas up to required elevations with approved fill materials. " 43 44 Subgrade: 45 46 Grading shall conform to Section 2-06 of WSDOT. 47 48 Following the geotechnical recommend site stripping and subgrade procedures, the exposed stripped �.. 49 subgrade should be scarified,adjusted in moisture content,and recompacted to the required density. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) err 1 Prior to placing structural fill, the subgrade shall be reviewed and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2 Approval may include that the subgrade be proof rolled with a heavy rubber-tired construction equipment or 3 other approved method. The proof rolling, if required, shall be conducted in the presence of the 4 geotechnical engineer to evaluate the subgrade condition and to locate any soft areas which will need to be 5 removed. 6 7 Soils exposed by subgrade preparation operations may contain a high silt fraction and are considered 8 moisture and disturbance sensitive. These soils will become unstable if disturbed by construction equipment 9 while at elevated moisture contents. Contractor shall restrict traffic to specific stabilized drive areas to 10 prevent disturbance to subgrade. The use of existing pavement or the construction of a working surface is 11 considered stabilized drive areas. r 12 13 The contractor shall be responsible for protecting prepared subgrade from construction activities and from 14 storm event and storm water runoff. Contractor shall not allow ponding in areas of prepared subgrade. 15 Contractor shall remedy any areas not protected at no additional cost to the owner. "` 16 17 The Contractor shall provide a construction working surface of sand and gravel, crushed rock, quarry spalls 18 or other approved method to protect the onsite soils in areas construction traffic. The contractor should 19 consider the use of the ATB in the paved areas to provide a durable wearing surface during construction. 20 Some degradation of the ATB shall be expected due to construction traffic and the Contractor shall repair of 21 the degraded areas prior to final Class B paving. 22 23 24 EXCAVATION ,rr 25 26 General 27 28 Provide excavation of whatever nature required for construction of the work; verify character, quality, and 29 disposition of material to be excavated prior to commencing. Blasting is not permitted. Keep excavations 30 free from water while construction is in progress. 31 32 All earthwork for utilities shall conform to the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 296-155 33 requirements for Excavation,Trenching and Shoring. 06 34 35 Excavation for Utilities 36 37 Trench excavation shall conform to Section 7-08 and 7-10 of WSDOT-APWA. Grade and smooth bottoms 38 of trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each length of utility pipe. All trenches shall be 39 excavated to true and smooth bottom grades and in accordance with the lines given by the engineer. 40 Remove rocks and similar material to provide a minimum 6-inch clearance under and around all portions of 41 the pipe. Placement of bedding material shall precede installation of pipe. This shall include the necessary 42 leveling of the native trench bottom or top of foundation material as well as placement and compaction of 43 required bedding material to a uniform grade so the entire length of pipe will be supported on a uniformly 44 dense and unyielding foundation. 45 46 Catch basins, manholes and similar structures (as indicated): Excavate to furnish a minimum of 12 inches ' 47 between sides of excavation and outer surfaces of structure. Take care to excavate to exact depths required; 48 fill over-excavation with compacted gravel for trench backfill. 49 err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 11 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 Excavation for Structures:Extend excavation to depth as required for footings to bear on suitable material �r 2 for structural bearing. Fill to planned grades with structural fill. 3 4 Proof-roll soils exposed at foundation grade with loaded dump truck, large vibrating roller or 5 equivalent to identify soft or unstable areas requiring over-excavation. 6 7 Extend over-excavation of unsuitable material, as determined by Geotechnical Engineer, to width 8 equal to depth of excavation below footing grade, except where width of excavation is restricted by 9 adjacent existing foundation. 10 11 Excavation for swimming pools: Extend excavation to depth as required for construction of the swimming �. 12 pool slab and side walls to bear on suitable material for structural bearing. Fill to planned grades with 13 structural fill. 14 15 Proof-roll soils exposed at foundation grade with loaded dump truck, large vibrating roller or 16 equivalent to identify soft or unstable areas requiring over-excavation. 17 18 Extend over-excavation of unsuitable material, as determined by Geotechnical Engineer, to width 19 equal to depth of excavation below footing grade, except where width of excavation is restricted by 20 adjacent existing foundation. 21 22 Stable construction slopes shall be the responsibility of the contractor and shall be determined during 23 construction. For bidding purposes, the geotechnical engineering report anticipates that temporary, 24 unsupported cut slopes in the loose to medium dense sand and gravel alluvium can be made at a maximum 25 slope of 211:1 V(Horizontal:Vertical). do 26 27 Disposal of Earth Materials: Remove all excavated material, except that which meets specifications and is 28 suitable to be used for fill on site,at Contractor's expense. Legally dispose of excess material off site. .r 29 30 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION 31 32 General 33 34 All areas that are to receive compacted fill shall be field reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to the 35 placement of new fill 36 37 Following the clearing, stripping, excavations to grade and any required over-excavation, and before 38 placement of any structural fill, the exposed subgrade under all areas to be occupied by paving, soil 39 supported slabs, or spread footings shall be proof rolled or compacted to a dense and unyielding condition 40 with a loaded dump truck,large vibrating roller or equivalent. 41 42 Site clearing, proof rolling, and compaction efforts shall be observed by Geotechnical engineer. Any areas 43 of loose or soft soil exhibiting significant deflection, pumping, or weaving that cannot be adequately 44 reworked and/or compacted shall be over-excavated per the Geotechnical recommendations. Over 45 excavated material shall be replaced with imported structural fill unless otherwise directed. 46 47 Soil surfaces that will receive compacted fill shall be scarified to depth of at least six inches. The scarified 48 soil shall be moisture-conditioned to obtain soil moisture near optimum moisture content. The scarified soil .� 49 shall be compacted to a minimum relative compaction as listed in this Section. 50 51 Relative compaction is defined as the ratio of the in-place soil dry density to the maximum dry density as 52 determined by the ASTM D1557 test method. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 Place fill in controlled layers the thickness of which is compatible with the type of compaction equipment 2 used. The loose thickness of each fill layer shall not exceed eight (8) inches. Compact each layer to a 3 minimum relative compaction as listed in this Section. Determine the field density of compacted soils by 4 the ASTM D2922 and D3017 test method or equivalent. 5 6 Fill soils shall be granular and shall meet the gradation requirements stated herein. The Geotechnical 7 Engineer shall evaluate and/or test proposed material for its conformance with specifications prior to 8 delivery to the site.The Contractor shall notify the Geotechnical Engineer 72 hours prior to importing fill to 9 the site. 10 11 The Geotechnical Engineer shall observe the placement of compacted fills and conduct in-place field 12 density tests on the compacted fill to check for adequate moisture content and the required relative am 13 compaction. Where less than the required relative compaction is indicated, remove and replace the 14 substandard soil or apply additional compactive effort and moisture-condition the soil as necessary until the 15 relative compaction as specified in this Section is attained. Provide level testing pads for the conducting of 16 field density test by the Geotechnical Engineer. 17 18 Compaction Requirements: Compact all fill and backfill to prevent subsequent settlement. 19 20 Water settling or jetting is not permitted as a means of compaction. 21 22 Furnish heavy rollers or compactors except as follows: 23 24 Use pneumatic hand tampers for trenches and areas not accessible to heavy equipment. 25 26 Compact areas within 5'of footings, foundations and walls with hand vibrators. 27 28 Required compaction: Compact fill and backfill to the following minimum relative compaction 29 (percentage of maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557): 30 31 Required Minimum 32 Locations Relative Compaction .■ 33 34 Under slabs on grade 95% 35 Under walks and paving 95% 36 Bedding for utility lines 95% 37 Against walls 90% 38 Against footings and foundations 90% 39 Planting and landscape areas 90% 40 Other 90% 41 42 Backfilling for Utilities 43 44 Bedding for utility pipes: Properly place material in trenches in accordance with the depths shown on the 45 plans. Do not disturb sides of trenches. Compact and shape material to conform to the barrel of the pipe to .r 46 ensure continuous firm bedding for full length of pipe. 47 48 Pipe zone backfill shall be placed in loose layers and compacted to 95 percent maximum density. Back fill 49 shall be brought up simultaneously on each side of the pipe to the top of the pipe zone. In backfilling the 50 pipe zone bedding Contractor shall use compactive measures such as vibratory plate compactor or hand 51 implements to protect the pipe from any damage or shifting. Backfill above the pipe zone shall be ++� RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 accomplished in such a manner that the pipe shall not be shifted out of position nor damaged by impact or 2 overloading. 3 4 Backfilling of trenches in the vicinity of structures shall not take place until the cement in the masonry has 5 become thoroughly hardened. Walking on the pipe shall not be allowed until at least one foot of earth has 6 been placed upon it. 7 8 Trench backfill shall be spread in uniform layers and be compacted by mechanical tampers. The backfill 9 material shall be placed in successive layers not exceeding 6 inches in loose thickness, with each layer 10 being compacted in accordance with this section. 11 12 Compaction control tests shall be performed as specified in this Section. 13 14 If the required compaction density has not been obtained, the Contractor shall remove the backfill from the 15 excavation, and re-compact using heavier compaction equipment or more passes, until the required density 16 is achieved. 17 18 Backfilling for Structures: 19 20 Footings: Fill over-excavated volume under new footings with compacted structural fill in 21 accordance with over-excavation and compaction requirements,as specified this Section. 22 23 Areas Under New Slabs On Grade:Place structural fill to bring to grade and compact as specified 24 this Section. 25 wo 26 FINISH GRADING 27 28 General: Remove all concrete,rocks, rubble and debris larger than 2-1/2 inches from surface.Finish grades 29 flush with adjacent surfaces unless indicated otherwise. Finish grades of landscaped areas adjacent to 30 sidewalks shall be 1 inch below elevation of sidewalk unless noted otherwise. Execute any fine grading as 31 may be necessary or incidental to all subsequent work. 32 33 Grading Tolerance: Finish grades shall match contours and elevations shown within 1/10 foot. 34 35 Approval of Finish Grading: Finish grades will be inspected and subject to approval by Owner's 36 Representative.Contractor shall correct work not approved by Owner's Representative at no additional cost 37 or time. 38 �r 39 Protection of Surfaces: 40 41 If subgrade or fill soils become loosened or disturbed, additional excavation to expose undisturbed soil and 42 replacement with properly compacted fill will be required. The Contractor may reduce disturbance by the 43 following methods: 44 45 Limit construction traffic over unprotected soil. 46 Provide gravel"working mats" 47 48 Place alternate ATB portion of final asphalt section for use during construction. "'. 49 50 Sloping excavated surfaces to direct runoff. Collecting runoff and directing it to a sediment trap. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 ' Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 14 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s. (2-02072) rrc 1 Sealing exposed surfaces by rolling with a smooth drum compactor or rubber tired roller at the end 2 of each working day and removing wet surface soil prior to filling each day. 3 4 The Contractor shall include in the base bid the time and materials necessary to protect subgrades. The 5 Contractor shall repair and provide the additional excavation, disposal, and import of replacement material 6 at no additional cost to the owner. 7 8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 9 10 Special Inspections: Geotechnical Engineer will approve fill materials, observe placement of compacted fill, 11 and conduct in-place field density tests on compacted fill, checking moisture content and relative 12 compaction. Where less than required relative compaction is indicated, remove and replace substandard 13 soil, or further compact and moisture-condition soil until specified relative compaction is attained. Furnish 14 level testing pads for conducting field density test by Geotechnical Engineer. 15 16 ADJUSTMENTS 17 18 Repair ruts and holes in finished graded surfaces. 19 20 Correct slopes and obstructions to positive drainage. 21 22 Repair areas showing settlement. 23 24 Make corrections and adjustments to finish grading,as directed by Architect. 25 26 PROTECTION 27 28 Erosion of the soil will occur as exposed surfaces are disturbed due to construction activities and exposure 29 to climatic conditions. Disturbed surfaces shall be protected with weather-resistant cover if exposed for 30 longer than two days. Temporary erosion control measures shall be in place during the entire construction 31 process. 32 r.. 33 Contractor shall not permit heavy objects to be moved over prepared subgrade or finish graded surfaces. 34 35 Protect from run-off and other conditions which may alter finish grades. 36 37 Private and Public Utilities: Protect from damage in accordance with 1-07.17 of WSDOT-APWA. 38 39 Paved Areas Intended to remain and paving installed prior to acceptance of project: Protect from damage. 40 The Contractor shall repair and provide the additional excavation, disposal, and import of replacement 41 material at no additional cost to the owner for areas damaged during construction. 42 43 CLEANING 44 45 Dispose of all surplus or unsuitable material. 46 47 Dispose of waste, surplus,and unsuitable materials according to laws,regulations, and ordinances off site at 48 a site obtained by Contractor. 49 ,, 50 Wet Weather Work 51 52 If earthwork is to be performed or fill is to be placed in wet weather or under wet conditions when control ft 53 of soil moisture content is not possible,the following recommendations should be followed. AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02200 Cedar River Park EARTHWORK Renton,Washington Page 15 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) l 2 Earthwork should be performed in small areas to minimize exposure to wet weather. Excavation or the 3 removal of unsuitable soils should be followed promptly by the placement and compaction of clean 4 structural fill. The size and type of construction equipment used may have to be limited to prevent soil 5 disturbance. Under some circumstances, it may be necessary to excavate soils with a backhoe to minimize 6 subgrade disturbance caused by equipment traffic. 7 8 The ground surface within the construction area should be graded to promote runoff of surface water and to +• 9 prevent the ponding of water. 10 11 Material used as structural fill should consist of clean granular soil containing less than 5 percent fines. 12 The fines should be non-plastic. 13 14 The ground surface within the construction area should be sealed by a smooth drum vibratory roller, or 15 equivalent, and under no circumstances should be left uncompacted and exposed to moisture. Soils which 16 become too wet for compaction should be removed and replaced with clean granular materials. 17 18 Excavation and placement of fill should be observed by the Geotechnical Engineer to verify that all r, 19 unsuitable materials are removed and suitable compaction and site drainage is achieved; and Bales of straw 20 and/or geotextile silt fences should be strategically located to control erosion. 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 02200 wr r ar rr� rw rr .r �r rr nr r im RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02270 Cedar River Park TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 1 Aw Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. . (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02270—TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL to 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL do 5 6 SU1VIl1![ARY 7 do 8 This section includes the work to minimize erosion and to construct facilities for treating stormwater runoff, 9 dewatering pump discharge and seepage at all areas of the project site including Contractor work and 10 staging areas. This section includes but is not limited to the implementation and maintenance of a 11 comprehensive erosion control plan that complies with the City of Renton Clear and Grade Departments so 12 regulations. The contractor is responsible for implementing Best Management Practices (BMP's) in 13 accordance with the City of Renton requirements. The information provided on the contract plans should be 14 considered a minimum for the anticipated construction and conditions. The contractor shall be responsible ,. 15 for adding additional BMP's as conditions change at no additional cost to the owner. The Contractor shall 16 coordinate installation and inspections of the BMP's with the City of Renton Clearing and grading 17 Inspector.Additional BMP's shall be stockpiled on site as requested by the Clearing and Grading Inspector. �r. 18 19 20 RELATED DOCUMENTS 21 .. 22 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 23 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of 24 the Project Manual,including but not limited to the following: 25 26 Section 02100 Site Preparation 27 Section 02200 Earthwork 28 Section 02900 Landscaping 29 30 REFERENCES 31 32 City of Renton Design and Construction Standards and Specifications 33 34 City of Renton Municipal Code(RMC) RMC Section 4-4-03007 Aquifer Protection Area (APA) Zones 1 35 and 2 36 37 WSDOT-APWA 20002 Standard Specifications for Road,Bridge,and Municipal Construction • 38 39 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road,Bridge,and Municipal Construction 40 41 Geotechnical Engineering Report Renton Aquatic Center, Renton, Washington dated December 2, 42 2002 prepared by Associated Earth Sciences Inc. 43 +rr 44 QUALITY CONTROL 45 46 Conform to regulatory requirements, including but not limited to the Clean Water Act of 1972, and „ 47 Washington Administrative Code 173, and RCW 90.48. Conform to APWA Supplement Section 1-07.15 48 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control. 49 err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02270 o` Cedar River Park TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. . 2-02072) as 1 SCHEDULE 2 rr. 3 Required sedimentation control facilities must be constructed and in operation prior to land clearing and/or 4 other construction to ensure that sediment laden water does not enter the off-site drainage system. 5 .rr 6 Sediment facilities shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until such time that clearing and/or 7 construction is completed including periods when construction activities are reduced or shut down. 8 9 Seeding of disturbed areas as a form of erosion/sedimentation control must be completed by September 10 15th. Contractor will be responsible for erosion or sedimentation control difficulties caused by late 11 seeding. ur 12 13 The implementation, maintenance, replacement and additions to erosion/ sedimentation control systems 14 shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for erosion and sediment control 15 on the construction site. The contractor shall anticipate installing much more stringent facilities than appear 16 on the contract drawings to accomplish the required sediment control during periods of heavy rainfall 17 during the Summer(dry)season and during the rainy season(October 1 st through March 31 S). 18 19 The project site is located in the City of Renton Aquifer Protection Area Zone 1, and the contractor shall 20 comply will all the rules and regulations of RMC 4-4-03007. See Specification Section 01560 — 21 Environmental Protection for compliance of construction activity standards occurring in the Aquifer 22 Protection Area. 23 24 PART 2—PRODUCTS 25 26 HYDROSEED MIX: Provide 75% turf-type perennial ryegrass and 25% Kentucky bluegrass seed by 27 weight. Seed shall be 98% pure with a minimum germination rate of 90%. Apply at a rate of four (4) rrr 28 pounds per 1,000 square feet. 29 30 QUARRY SPALLS 31 32 Quarry Spalls: See Section 02200"Earthwork". 33 34 CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION 35 36 Catch Basin Inlet Protection: Shall be Siltsack for regular flow or approved equal. 37 38 FILTER FABRIC 39 40 Nonwoven Filter Fabric: Spun-bonded, nonwoven fabric composed of polypropylene filaments. Fabric ` 41 shall be inert to biological degradation and shall be resistant to alkalis and acids found in soils. Use as 42 drainage geotextile for separation of native materials from filtering material,Mirafi 140N or equivalent. 43 44 Woven Filter Fabric: Woven polypropylene,monofilament yarn used for silt fences.Fabric shall be inert to 45 biological degradation and shall be resistant to alkalis and acids found in soils. The base plastic shall 46 contain stabilizers and inhibitors to make the fabric resistant to ultraviolet radiation. Mirafi 70OX or 47 equivalent. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02270 Cedar River Park TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 3 • Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. . (2-02072) 1 FILTER BAG INSERTS: 2 3 Commercially manufactured filter bags specifically manufactured for silt filtering and which will provide 4 filtering performance required. Contractor to verify current standards with the City of Renton Inspector. 5 6 PLASTIC SHEETING 7 8 Polyethylene (PE) Sheeting_ In accordance with WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-14.5(3). "' 9 10 SEEDING 11 AM 12 Seeding materials for erosion control shall comply with the requirements of Section 02900 Landscaping. 13 14 STRAW 15 16 Straw: Air dried condition,free of noxious weeds, weed seeds and materials detrimental to plant life. Be 17 seasoned before baling or loading and shall be acceptable to the Engineer. 18 19 PART 3—EXECUTION 20 21 GENERAL 22 23 The implementation of the Erosion Control system and the maintenance, replacement and upgrading of rr 24 these facilities is the responsibility of the Contractor until all construction is approved. The Temporary 25 Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) facilities existing on the project area and available for review must 26 be maintained in conjunction with all clearing and grading activities, and in such a manner as to insure that 27 sediment laden water does not enter the drainage system or violate applicable water standards. 28 29 The TESC facilities shown on the plans are the minimum requirements for anticipated site conditions. 30 During the construction period, the erosion control facilities installed may require maintenance, relocation 31 or upgrading (e.g. additional sumps, relocation of ditches and silt fences, etc.) as shown on the plans or as 32 needed. Contractor shall pay for all costs associated with the construction, maintenance, upgrading and 33 removal of the erosion control system throughout project duration. 34 35 Adequate temporary and permanent control of surface water runoff and subsurface seepage will be required 36 in order to allow site access, grading, and construction of underground utilities to proceed. Site preparation 37 and initial construction activities should be planned to minimize disturbance to the existing ground surface 38 particularly during extended wet weather periods. During wet site conditions, equipment traffic should not 39 be allowed on exposed subgrade areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting disturbed or r. 40 prepared surfaces by some form of weather cover if left exposed for more than 2 days. Contractor shall also 41 protect disturbed or prepared surfaces from surface ponding, stormwater runoff, and construction traffic. 42 The Contractor will be solely responsible for any repairs required to these surfaces. rrr 43 44 Access Streets and Roadways: Provide wheel cleaning stations to clean wheels and undercarriage of trucks 45 before leaving site, as necessary to prevent dirt from being carried onto public streets. If streets are fouled, 46 clean immediately in conformance with City of Renton and all governing requirements and regulations. 47 .r. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02270 Cedar River Park TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. .(,2-02072) 1 During construction the runoff of stormwater flows shall be controlled and treated to minimize water 2 quality impacts.The Contractor shall plan and execute the work in a manner which protects the project,and 3 downstream waterways.Runoff from undisturbed areas shall be diverted from areas of construction activity 4 by utilizing drainage ways as much as possible. Where this is not possible, and as practicable, diversion 5 dikes and swales shall be constructed so runoff from undisturbed areas will not be contaminated by 6 construction activity. Cleared and excavated materials shall not be deposited or stored in or alongside 7 drainage ways where the materials can be eroded by storm runoff. 8 9 The Contractor shall remove temporary erosion control measures upon establishment of permanent erosion 10 control and restoration of disturbed areas. Contractor shall remove all accumulated sediment from the 11 drainage system immediately prior to final acceptance. All temporary Erosion Control Facilities,such as silt 12 fences shall be removed prior to final acceptance. 13 14 EXAMINATION: 15 16 Verify_locations of existing catch basins and related storm drainage features that may be impacted by 17 construction activities. 18 �rir 19 PREPARATION: 20 21 Locate existing utilities, avoid damage or disturbance. For aid in utility location call "Dial Dig 22 1-800424-5555," 48 hours (two working days) prior to beginning construction. Provide and pay for 23 additional marking as required. 24 25 Survey limits of work to install silt fence. 26 27 Perform clearing or other work required to installing erosion control. 28 29 SILT FENCES 30 31 Silt fences shall be installed per the drawings and parallel to existing contours. 32 33 PLACING CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING 34 go 35 Clear plastic covering shall be installed on erodible stockpiles and embankment slopes as shown in the 36 plans or as designated by the Owner. 37 38 Overlap joints minimum 28 inches. Overlap in direction of drainage and prevent water from draining onto 39 material being protected. Secure in place to prevent movement and damage. Provide sandbags at 2.5 feet 40 spacing and tie the sand bags together with rope on slopes greater than 3:1.Minimize driving stakes through 41 plastic. + 42 43 STRAW BALE CHECK DAMS: 44 45 Construct such that drainage flows through bales. Bevel bale edges or fill gaps to insure drainage passes 46 through straw filter. Larger flows may flow over top on occasion.Key bales into ground to prevent drainage 47 under bales.Raise elevations of ends of check dams to prevent drainage around ends.Provide splash pad on 48 downstream side to prevent scouring from high flows or overtopping. 49 50 CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02270 Cedar River Park TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 5 y Northwest Architectural CMM,p.s. . (2-02072) 1 The contractor shall install filter on all catch basins that receive construction runoff as indicated on the 2 drawings and as directed by the City Inspector. Catch basin sediment filters shall be cleaned when 12- 3 inches of sediment accumulation is evident. 4 5 When cleaning Catch basin sediment filters do not allow sediment to fall into catch basin. Remove catch 6 basin filter in such a manner as to not allow any sediment to enter the catch basin. Dispose of sediment in a 7 proper manner. Clean catch basin filter prior to re-installation. Replace catch basin filters if signs of 8 deterioration are evident(tears,rips,puncture holes etc.). 9 10 Catch basin filters shall be maintained throughout the project. 11 oil 12 STRAW MULCH 13 14 Straw mulch shall be applied 2 to 3 inches thick at the rate of 4,000 lb/acre or 2 to 3 bales per 1,000 square 15 feet. Straw shall be crimped to avoid windblow. 16 17 ADJUSTMENTS AND REVISIONS ++ 18 19 Adjust or move swales,berms,pipes,culverts,bales,and silt fences as necessary during construction to 20 direct site runoff to temporary ponds, silt filters, and grass swales. 21 22 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 23 24 PROTECTION : 25 26 Where possible,maintain natural vegetation for silt control. 27 dw 28 Prevent silt-laden water from leaving site or from entering off-site storm sewer systems. 29 30 All slopes, cut, or fill areas where Work has stopped for more than 30 days shall be stabilized by mulching, 31 polyethylene sheeting or other method to prevent erosion and sediment transport. 32 33 Keep all off-site parking areas and streets clean from construction activities. Paved surfaces shall be kept 34 clean by the use of mechanical sweeping equipment, hand shovels and brooms or other accepted methods 35 suitable of removing dirt,rock,silt and sand.No street washing will be allowed. 36 37 SUPPLEMENTARY MEASURES: 38 39 Provide additional silt control and temporary erosion control measures as required to protect soils and 40 prevent silt laden runoff from leaving project site at no additional cost to the owner. 41 42 MAINTENANCE: 43 44 Monitor and maintain silt control measures. Remove accumulations of sediment when more than 50 percent 45 of silt storage capacity is filled. Maintain all temporary erosion control facilities until need for each facility 46 has been superseded by other stabilization methods or until Architect authorizes removal. 47 48 Inspect and repair temporary erosion control facilities. Inspect entire system to ensure proper operation a 49 minimum of once per week,during and after storms,and prior to weekends and holidays. 50 51 END OF SECTION 02270 it A. ■r irr rr irr rr► ■r err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02510 Cedar River Park ASHPALT CONCRETE PAVING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Cg=M,R.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02510-ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplemental Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 Section Includes: Asphalt concrete pavement and Portland cement concrete pavements,curbs and 15 sidewalks including base courses as described herein and in drawings. „ 16 17 Related Section 18 19 Coordinate work with related work specified in other parts of the Specifications, including but not limited �+• 20 to the following: 21 22 Section 02200"Earthwork" 23 Section 02720"Erosion Control" 24 25 REFERENCES 26 27 WSDOT Standard Specifications-Washington State Department of Transportation 2002 Standard 28 Specifications for Road,Bridge,and Municipal Construction. 29 30 City of Renton Engineering_Standards 31 32 Geotechnical Report: Renton Aquatic Center, Renton, Washington dated December 2, 2002 prepared by 33 Associated Earth Sciences Inc. 34 35 SUBMITTALS 36 37 General: Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 38 39 Asphalt Mix: Submit proposed job-mix formula for the bituminous mixture, or certificate showing 40 compliance with specifications. 41 42 Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certification that concrete mix, bituminous materials, aggregate base 43 and herbicide comply with specification requirements; include laboratory, compaction, and slump test 44 reports verifying compliance,if requested. 45 46 QUALITY ASSURANCE 47 48 Layout and Dimensions shall be in conformance with Section 02200"Earthwork". 49 50 Qualifications: Work is subject to the following qualifications. 51 52 Producer/Installer: Provide materials produced by bulk asphalt concrete producer regularly engaged in the 53 production of hot-mix, hot-laid asphalt concrete. Installer must be experienced in the installation of 54 Asphaltic concrete paving with adequate plant,equipment,and personnel for the completion of the work. 55 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02510 Cedar River Park ASHPALT CONCRETE PAVING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s..(2-02072) 1 Provide materials produced by cement concrete producer regularly engaged in the production of concrete 2 paving mix. Installer must be experienced in the installation of cement concrete paving with adequate 3 equipment and personnel for the completion of the work 4 5 Materials: Provide fresh new materials meeting or exceeding requirements specified herein. 6 7 Allowable Tolerances: Surface Smoothness shall be in accordance with Section 5-04.3(13)of the Standard 8 Specifications 9 10 Testing?: Contractor will furnish material testing and inspection for quality control during paving opera- rr 11 tions. Paving thickness is subject to core tests upon completion. Should average thickness be less than 12 specified,apply more paving to furnish specified thickness as a minimum. Patch all core drill holes. 13 14 Testing:Pavement shall be tested for proper thickness and proper drainage as specified in Section 01400. 15 16 PROJECT SITE 17 18 Existing Conditions: Where paving interferes with the completion of the Work, cut out and dispose of at 19 Contractor's expense. Upon completion of the Work, patch all such damaged pavement to match adjacent 20 existing paving. 21 22 Environmental Conditions: Apply asphalt concrete surface course only when atmospheric temperature is 23 more than 45-deg.F.,when underlying base is dry, and when weather is not rainy or damp. Aggregate base 24 course material may be applied when air temperature is not below 30-deg. F. and rising, if approved by 25 Architect. 26 27 Environmental Conditions: Do no work when base or earth sub-grade is wet or contains an excess amount 28 of moisture. 29 ■r 30 Protection&Controls: 31 32 Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades, including crown and cross 33 slopes,for each course of paving until completion and acceptance of the Work. am 34 35 Traffic Control: Maintain vehicular and pedestrian traffic lanes during paving operations as 36 required for other construction activities and for access to the existing building and facilities. The 37 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the new paving against vehicular traffic prior to 38 and for a minimum of 48 hours following any required seal coat operation. 39 40 41 PART 2-PRODUCTS 42 43 MATERIALS 44 +Yr 45 Headers.Benders&Stakes: Construction Grade Douglas fir;preservative treated. 46 47 Base Materials for Asphalt Concrete Paving_ Provide aggregate base course materials in accordance with 48 WSDOT standard specifications and as follows. 49 50 Asphalt Concrete Pavement("ACP"): In accordance with Standard Specification, Section 9-02.1(4), Class 51 "B" mix. Asphalt shall be viscosity grade AR-4000. Class "B" Modified mix shall not be accepted as a 52 substitute. 53 54 Asphalt Treated Base(AD)- Asphalt treated base shall be in accordance with Section 4-06 of the Standard 55 Specifications. 56 57 Crack Filler: Flexafil rubberized asphalt,or equal. 58 " RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02510 Cedar River Park ASIIPALT CONCRETE PAVING Renton,Washington Page 3 .. Northwest Architectural Comvany,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 Other Materials: Provide all accessory and incidental materials,equipment,tools,and methods required for 2 completion of paving where indicated on drawings,including the following. 3 4 Seal Coat: The Seal Coat shall be "Resurfacer" (Special Asphalt Products) , "Seal Master" or approved 5 Equal. Seal coat shall form a ductile, wear resistant, and skid resistant surface. It shall be water tight and 6 provide a smooth,uniformly colored seal to pavement. 7 8 Tack Coat: CSS-1 in accordance with Standard Specification, Paragraph 9-02.1(6). Apply to all vertical 9 surfaces to which"ACP" abuts. err 10 11 Concrete curbs: Provide concrete curbs in sizes and configurations indicated on the plan. Materials shall 12 comply with Section 8-04 of the Standard Specification. 13 14 Cement Concrete Pavine: in accordance with Standard Specification Section 5-05.2. 15 16 Cement Concrete Sidewalks: Provide cement, aggregates,joint filler and forms in accordance with Section 17 8-14 of the Standard Specifications. 18 19 20 PART 3 -EXECUTION d+ 21 22 INSTALLATION 23 24 General: Remove all existing fill,debris,vegetation, and other perishable materials from areas to be paved. 25 Proofroll subgrade and address soft yielding areas per Engineers recommendation. Bring areas requiring 26 fills to rough grade elevations. Install wood headers and benders to true lines as indicated and securely 27 staked to prevent movement or displacement during paving operations. Remove upon completion. Apply 28 sterilant to subgrades in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 29 30 Base Course: Place in accordance with the requirements of WSDOT Standard Specification Section 4-04 31 and to the thickness shown on the plan or to match existing depth, whichever is greater. Materials shall be 32 graded and compacted in 4-inch maximum layers to at least 98 percent of maximum density in accordance 33 with ASTM D1557,Method D. 34 35 Asphalt treated base,place, spread,finish and compact in conformance with Standard Specification, Section 36 4-06 and to the thickness shown on the plans. 37 38 PAVING INSTALLATION 39 40 Tack Coat: All contact surfaces, curbs and cold pavement joints shall be painted with asphalt emulsion 41 before the surfacing is laid.All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be fully compressed by the spreading 42 machine and be free from surface irregularities. 43 44 Asphalt Concrete Paving: Provide asphalt concrete, Class B as indicated on the plans,consisting of mineral 45 aggregate, uniformly mixed with bituminous material in a central plant. Provide all labor, equipment and 46 materials required to complete the work. All asphalt concrete pavement work shall conform to the 47 requirements of WSDOT Standard Specification,Paragraph 5-04.3. � 48 49 Place asphalt in accordance with Section 5-04 of WSDOT-APWA. Spread, finish and compact in 50 accordance with Sections 5-04.3(9)and 5-04.3(10). MW 51 52 Construct joints in accordance with Section 5-04.3(11). Provide surface smoothness in accordance with 53 Section 5-04.3(13). Accomplish paving in accordance with the weather limitations outlined in Section 5- ""` 54 04.3(16). RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02510 Cedar River Park ASHPALT CONCRETE PAVING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Companp.s., (2-02072) 1 2 Sample and test asphalt concrete in accordance with Sections 5-04.3(10)B and 5-04.3(12). 3 4 The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of 5 slope shown in project plans. Depressions exceeding 1/4" shall be corrected. 6 7 Cement Concrete Paving: Provide cement concrete paving as indicated on the plans. Provide all labor, 8 equipment and materials required to complete the work. All cement concrete pavement work shall conform 9 to the requirements of Standard Specification, Section 5-05.3 10 11 PAVEMENT PATCHING 12 13 Patching Bituminous Pavement: Replace the existing pavement with Class "B" asphalt concrete pavement 14 and compacted aggregate base course to the same thickness as the existing "ACP" and base, except the 15 minimum replacement pavement section shall be 2 inches of"ACP" on 6 inches of compacted aggregate to 16 base. 17 18 CONCRETE CURB INSTALLATION 19 'f° 20 Install all concrete curbing to the line and grade indicated on the plan. Installation shall be in conformance 21 with Standard Specification Section 8-04. 22 23 END OF SECTION 02510 24 rr �u ■u RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02520 Cedar River Park CONCRETE CURBS AND PAVING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Com M,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02520 CONCRETE CURBS AND PAVING r 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Work includes but is not limited to following: 8 9 Provide concrete vertical curbs as shown on the Contract Documents. 10 .■ 11 Provide cement concrete sidewalks,integral curbs and sidewalks, concrete paving and curb ramps as 12 shown on the Contract Documents. 13 14 Coordinate and provide for miscellaneous concrete for footings for site furnishings,equipment and ' 15 signs. 16 17 RELATED SECTIONS '" 18 19 Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 20 Specification Sections,apply to this section.Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project 21 Manual,including but not limited to following: 22 23 Section 02200- Earthwork 24 Section 02510- Asphalt Concrete Paving 25 26 REFERENCES 27 28 City of Renton Design Construction Standards and Specifications 29 30 WSDOT/APWA 2002 Standard Specifications for Road,Bridge,and Municipal Construction. 31 32 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road,Bridge,and Municipal 33 Construction. 34 35 SUBMITTALS 36 37 Submit under provisions of Section 01300 38 39 Design Mix:Provide Design mix with supporting strength test record for each mix. 40 41 Samples:Joint filler material 42 +rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02520 Cedar River Park CONCRETE CURBS AND PAVING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) as 1 2 PART 2—PRODUCTS 3 4 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB 5 +rr 6 Construct cement concrete extruded and vertical curb with air entrained concrete Class 3000 conforming to 7 the requirements of WSDOT-APWA Section 8-04.3. Portland cement and aggregates shall conform to 8 Section 8-04.2 of WSDOT-APWA.Calcium Chloride is not allowed as an admixture. 9 10 See Section 03300 for concrete paving integral color and pavement finishes. 11 12 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING, SIDEWALKS.AND ADA RAMPS. 13 14 Construct cement concrete sidewalks and integral curb and sidewalks and ADA ramps with air entrained 15 concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of WSDOT-APWA Sec. 6-02. Portland cement, 16 aggregates,joint filler and curing materials shall conform to Section 8-14.2 of WSDOT-APWA. Calcium 17 Chloride is not allowed as an admixture. 18 " 19 20 PART 3—EXECUTION 21 22 23 EXAMINATION 24 25 Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until 26 unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as 27 satisfactory. err 28 29 Verify proper compaction of subgrade, Section 02200,for on-grade work. 30 31 PREPARATION 32 33 Field Measurements: 34 35 Carefully verify and coordinate with all City of Renton and WSDOT/APWA requirements. 36 37 Verify existing dimensions and shapes. Conform to existing where applicable. 38 39 INSTALLATION 40 41 Install cement concrete vertical curbs, and curb and gutter in accordance with Contract Documents and 42 WSDOT/APWA Section 8-04.3(1).Provide expansion joints at maximum 15 foot spacing.Perform the work 43 in a manner which results in a curb constructed to specified line and grade, uniform in appearance and 44 structurally sound. Remove curbs found with unsightly bulges, ridges or other defects and replaced at 45 Contractor's expense if Owner's representative considers them irreparable. When checked with a 10-foot 46 straightedge, grade shall not deviate more than 1/8 inch, and alignment shall not vary more than 1/4 inch. 47 Curb repairs shall match existing grades. 48 "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02520 Cedar River Park CONCRETE CURBS AND PAVING Renton,Washington Page 3 AN Northwest Architectural Company,R.S. (2-02072) 1 Cement concrete sidewalks and walkways shall be installed in accordance with the plan drawings and fm 2 WSDOT-APWA Section 8-14. Expansion joints shall be provided at a maximum 15-foot spacing and shall 3 be coordinated with the Architectural scoring pattern. Sidewalks and courtyard paving shall be divided per 4 the landscape and Architecural scoring pattern,by scoring 1/4 inch deep. Sidewalks and walkways shall be 5 broom finished in accordance with Section 3300.Walkways shall be installed flush with adjacent walks. 6 7 DEFECTIVE WORK • 8 9 Remove and replace defective work not conforming to the plans and specifications to specified tolerances at 10 the Contractor own expense. � 11 12 Remove and replace as directed any sidewalks or walkways that show excessive cracks and which do not 13 freely drain at the Contractors own expense. 14 15 CLEANING 16 17 Leave premises clean and free of residue of work of this Section. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 02520 rn rri irr .r rrr rrw irr rr n ■r r rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02580 Cedar River Park PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Con @ny,p.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Work includes but is not limited to following: 8 r. 9 Furnish and install pavement markings upon asphalt surfaces. 10 Furnish and install site,traffic and reserved parking signs as indicated. 11 Precast cement concrete wheel stops. 12 13 RELATED SECTIONS 14 .r 15 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 16 Specification Sections, apply to this section. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project 17 Manual,including but not limited to following: do 18 19 Section 02510- Asphalt Concrete Paving 20 Section 02520- Cement Concrete Curbs and Sidewalks dW 21 22 REFERENCES 23 24 City of Renton Design and Construction Standards and Specifications 25 26 WSDOT/APWA 2002 Standard Specifications for Road,Bridge,and Municipal 27 Construction 28 29 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road,Bridge,and Municipal Construction 30 31 Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD)Current Edition 32 33 Federal Specification TT-P-115,Traffic Paint 34 35 SAMPLING AND TESTING 36 +� 37 Store materials proposed for use on the project site in sealed and labeled containers, or segregate at source 38 of supply, sufficiently in advance of needs. Clearly identify materials by designated name, specification 39 number, batch number, intended use and quantity formulation number, project contract number, intended ra 40 use, and quantity involved. At the discretion of the Owner's Representative, material may be approved for 41 use based on the following data furnished by the Contractor. 42 do 43 A test report showing that the proposed batch meets all specified requirements. 44 45 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS 46 47 Place suitable warning signs for alerting approaching traffic. Place traffic cones or markers along newly 48 painted lines to control traffic and prevent damage to newly painted surfaces. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02580 rrr Cedar River Park PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PART2 -PRODUCTS 3 4 TRAFFIC PAINT 5 6 Paint shall be lead free. Acceptable products,or approved equal: 7 8 Morton International 9 (503)364-2277 +t 10 Duraline 2000,Rapid-Dry, Lead-Free,water-based 11 12 Farwest Paint 13 (206)244-8844 14 TTP85 Lead-Free yellow,alkyd and water-based, 1070 Lead-Free White, 1076 Lead-Free Red, 15 1073 Lead-Free Black 66 16 17 C&CPint 18 (206) 783-8835 ab 19 Rodda's Lead-Free Traffic Paint,yellow,red,white,black and blue available in alkyd and water- 20 based 21 22 Paint shall be delivered and stored in sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, formulation, 23 or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's name, formulation 24 number and directions, all of which shall be printed legibly at time of use. The paint shall be homogeneous, 25 easily stinted to a smooth consistency, and shall show no hard settlement or other objectionable 26 characteristics. 27 28 Paint for pavement marking shall conform to Federal Specification TT-P-115, color: white,yellow. ft 29 30 SIGNS 31 32 "Reserved Parking" MUTCD(R7-8) 33 34 "Van Accessible"MUTCD(R7-201a)Modified 01W' 35 36 "Stop"MUTCD(RI-1) 37 w 38 "Do Not Enter"MUTCD(R5-1) 39 40 Other signs as indicated on drawings. r 41 42 PRECAST CEMENT CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 43 44 See detail on Contract Drawings. 45 a im im RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02580 Cedar River Park PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE Renton,Washington Page 3 am Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 2 PART 3—EXECUTION 00 3 4 5 EXAMINATION '" 6 7 Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until 8 unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as ++ 9 satisfactory. 10 11 Pavement markings shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Section 8-22. rri 12 All permanent signs shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Section 8-21. 13 14 PREPARATION rrr 15 16 All surfaces to be marked shall be thoroughly cleaned before application of the paint. Dust, dirt and other 17 granular surface deposits shall be removed by sweeping,blowing with compressed air,rinsing with water or 18 a combination of the methods as required. Rubber deposits, surface laitance, and other coating adhering to 19 the pavement shall be completely removed with scrapers, wire brushes, sandblasting, approved chemicals or 20 mechanical abrasion as directed. 21 22 APPLICATION 23 24 Paint Application: 25 26 Two applications of paint will be required to complete all paint markings. Apply paint evenly to the 27 pavement surface to be coated at the rate of 105, plus or minus 5, square feet per gallon. Apply do 28 paint to clean, dry surfaces, and unless otherwise approved, only when air and pavement 29 temperatures are above 40 degrees F and less than 95 degrees. Maintain paint temperature within 30 these same limits. Apply paint pneumatically with approved equipment. 31 32 Provide guide lines and templates as necessary to control paint application. Take special 33 precautions in marking letters and symbols. Sharply outline edges of marking. The maximum +■ 34 drying time requirement of the paint specifications shall be strictly enforced, to prevent undue 35 softening of bitumen, and pickup, displacement, or discoloration by tires of traffic. Discontinue 36 painting operations if there is a deficiency in drying of the marking, until cause of the slow drying rrr 37 is determined and corrected. 38 39 Parking Area: 40 41 Parking stall striping shall be 4 inches wide painted white unless otherwise noted on the plans. 42 43 Stop Bar and Handicapped Parking Stall Symbol shall be in accordance with Section 8-22.1 of 44 WSDOT/APWA. 45 46 Accessible/ADA Parking Stall Symbol shall be in accordance with Section 8-22.1 of 47 WSDOT/APWA. 48 49 Paint shall be applied uniformly at a rate specified in Section 8-22 of the referenced specification. r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02580 rr Cedar River Park PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) so 1 All markings shall be protected from traffic until the paint is thoroughly dry. All markings shall 2 present a clean cut, uniform, and workmanlike appearance. All marking which fail to have a 3 uniform, satisfactory appearance shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense. 4 5 6 SIGN INSTALLATION 7 8 Install signs at locations as shown on plans and in accordance with Section 8-21.3(2) of WSDOT/APWA 9 and MUTCD. 10 11 CEMENT CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 12 13 All work shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Section 8-07. 14 15 CLEANING 16 17 Leave premises clean and free of residue of work of this Section. 18 ift 19 20 END OF SECTION 02580 an . �w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 1 �r Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 02660-WATER DISTRIBUTION 2 r 3 PART1 -GENERAL 4 RELATED SECTIONS 5 „r 6 Coordinate work with related work specified in other parts of the Specifications, including but not limited 7 to the following: 8 9 Section 02200"Earthwork" 10 11 For Interior Plumbing systems,refer to Division 15. 12 13 SUMMARY 14 15 Section Includes but is not limited to: Furnishing,layout and installing Furnishing and installing r 16 waterlines,gate valves,check valves,fittings; Connections to existing water mains; Connections to building 17 piping for new fire sprinkler systems. 18 19 REFERENCES 20 21 This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this 22 section insofar as specified and modified herein. The Contractor shall have one copy of the each of the 23 following documents at the job site. The bidder in submitting a bid acknowledges that he is familiar with 24 the documents named in References and that they are incorporated into this document by reference. The 25 Standard Plans and Policies apply only to performance and materials and how they are to be incorporated 26 into the work. The legal/contractual relationship sections and the measurements and payment sections do 27 not apply to this document. 28 29 30 City of Renton Design and Construction Standards and Specifications 31 32 WSDOT-APWA 2002 Standard Specification for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, latest rr. 33 edition, as modified by the City of Renton Engineering Standards, here after 34 referred at the"Standard Specification" 35 are 36 UPC Uniform Plumbing Code. 37 38 AWWA American Water Works Association Standards. 39 �w 40 PERMITS 41 42 City of Renton fees, including basic engineering, legal and construction services, and meter charges will be 43 paid by the Owner. All other permits, fees, abandonment fees and inspections are to be obtained, paid for 44 and scheduled by the Contractor. 45 rr 46 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 47 48 All Contractors installing, inspecting, servicing or maintain fire protection systems shall be licensed by the 49 State Director of Fire Protection Services in accordance with Chapter 18.106 RCW. 50 51 Contractor is responsible for coordinating water main and fire system work on site with City of Renton. 52 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 oft Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company 12.s., (2-02072) 1 SUBMITTALS 2 3 Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. Submit Manufacturer's Literature on proposed material 4 prior to the start of any work, submit three copies of product information correlated to specified 5 requirements. 6 7 No installation of the material concerned shall be made until written approval has been obtained from the 8 Engineer. Approval of materials and equipment shall in no way obviate compliance with the plans and 9 specifications. 10 11 Record Drawings: 12 13 One complete set of drawings will be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean, 14 blueline prints reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually 15 installed. The contractor shall coordinate the record drawing requirements with the Utility Inspector 16 in accordance with the City of Renton Engineering Standards. 17 18 These drawings shall also serve as work progress report sheets and the Contractor shall make any 19 notations, neat and legible, thereon daily as work proceeds. These drawings shall be available for 20 inspection at all times and shall be kept at the job. 21 22 All buried piping and indicated future connections, exterior of any building, shall be located both 23 by depth and by accurate measurement from a permanently established landmark. All notations on 24 record drawings of buried piping shall be made before any backfilling is started. 25 26 At completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the Contractor, dated, and 27 returned to the Architect. 28 29 QUALITY ASSURANCE 30 31 All Contractors installing, inspecting, servicing or maintain fire protection systems shall be licensed by the 32 State Director of Fire Protection Services in accordance with Chapter 18.106 RCW. 33 34 Contractor is responsible for coordinating water main and fire system work on site with City of Renton. 35 36 Standard Compliance: In addition to complying with all codes and regulation, comply with all pertinent 37 recommendations contained in the following documents. When a conflict arises between the following 38 standards,the more stringent provision shall apply.Delete references to measure and payment. 39 40 Manufacturer's and Installer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture or installation of 41 water projects consisting of similar scope and materials. 42 43 General: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the 44 necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for 45 proper performance of the work in this section. 46 47 D_ ELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING ift 48 49 Delivery and Storage: 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 3 ■. Northwest Architectural Company.n.s_.(2-02072) 1 Piping: Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage. Store with minimum of handling. Store 2 materials on site in enclosures or under protective coverings.Do not store materials directly on the 3 ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings free of dirt and debris. 4 ■r 5 Metal Items: Check upon arrival and identify and segregate as to types, functions, and sizes. Store 6 in a manner affording easy accessibility and not causing excessive rusting or coating with grease or 7 other objectionable materials. 8 9 Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in such a manner as to ensure delivery to the 10 trench in sound,undamaged condition. Take special care not to injure fittings. Carry pipe to trench; 11 do not drag it. 12 13 PART 2-PRODUCTS 14 .. 15 GENERAL 16 17 All material shall conform to the City of Renton water department requirements. 18 19 PIPE AND FITTINGS 20 21 Pipe smaller than 4 inches in diameter: 22 23 Polyetheylene (PE) per AWWA C901. The pipe shall bear the seal of the National Sanitation 24 Foundation for potable water pipe. Pipe Joints shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's 25 recommendations. Solvent weld pipe shall not be permitted. Minimum working pressure shall be 26 200 psi. 27 +� 28 Copper tubing Type K. Fittings of same material as pipe. 29 30 Pipe four(4)inches in diameter and larger: 31 32 New ductile iron pipe manufactured in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C110 and 33 C111 with a cement-mortar lining, conforming to AWWA C-104. Pipe thickness shall be Standard 34 Thickness Class 52. 35 36 Encase ductile iron pipe with polyethylene encasement. Material and construction shall conform to 37 AWWA C105-77.Installation shall be in accordance with Method A or Method C. 38 39 Joints shall be flanged, mechanical or push-on, unless otherwise noted. Pipe with push-on joints 40 shall be furnished with a single rubber ring gasket. All gaskets, including MJ shall be lubricated to 41 effect the seal.Pipe with mechanical joints shall be furnished with a mechanical joint of the stuffmg 42 box type, including rubber gasket,cast-iron gland, and tee-head bolts and nuts to effect the seal.All 43 joints shall conform to ANSI Standard A21.10-82(AWWA C-110).Flanged joints shall conform to 44 ANSI Standard A21.10.82(AWWA C110). 45 46 Ductile iron fittings shall be short body for pressure rating of 150 psi,unless otherwise noted.Metal 47 thickness and manufacturing process shall conform to applicable portions of ANSI Standard 48 A21.10,A21.11,A21.53,B 16.2,and B 16.4. 49 "' 50 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s., 2-02072) ■r 1 2 Bedding and backfill material shall conform to Section 02200 and City of Renton Standards. 3 4 VALVES 5 6 Gate valves shall be Clow List 14, Mueller Company No. A2380, M &H, or approved by City of Renton. 7 Gate valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and shall be flanged, iron body, bronze mounted double disc 8 gate with bronze wedging device, and O-ring stuffing box; over eight (8) inches, valves to have non-rising 9 stems.Maximum operating pressure shall be not less than 200 psi for valves up to twelve(12)inch size. 10 11 Butterfly valves shall conform to the AWWA C504 class 150 with cast iron short body and "O"ring seal. 12 Butterfly valves shall be used for all lines over 8-inches in diameter. 13 14 Install valves vertically in level lines, and in accordance with AWWA C500 specifications.Flanges shall be 15 faced and drilled,ASA Class 235, for use with full face gaskets. 16 17 Valve boxes shall conform to Section 9-30.3(4) of WSDOT-APWA specifications and City of Renton 18 approved manufacturer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, install valve boxes on all buried valves. 19 Provide cast iron extensions as necessary conforming to City of Renton requirements. 20 21 Operating nut extensions shall be installed when ground surface is more than 24 inches above the valve •r+ 22 operating nut. The operating nut extension shall extend into the top section of the standard valve box and 23 shall clear the bottom of the lid by minimum of 10-inches. 24 25 FIRE HYDRANTS 26 27 Fire Hydrants shall conform to City of Renton Standards and Specifications. Fire hydrants shall be Corey 28 type conforming to AWWA C-504-80. All hydrants shall be brass to brass subseat,minimum valve opening 29 5-inches "O"ring stem seal, 6-inch mechanical or flange shoe connection, 1-3/4 inch pentagonal operating 30 nut. Hydrant shall include 5-inch Stortz Metalface Adapter x female hydrant thread with cap.Adapter shall 31 be in accordance with the City of Renton specifications. 32 33 Fire hydrant guard posts and valve marker post shall be in accordance with City of Renton 34 Standards and Specifications. 35 36 WATER SERVICE 37 38 Water service connections including service saddle, service line,meter setter,meter box and appurtenances 39 shall be per Contract Documents and in accordance with City of Renton Standards. 40 to 41 DETECTOR CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY 42 43 Detector check valve assembly shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. rr. 44 45 POST INDICATOR VALVE 46 47 Post indicator valve shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 48 49 BUILDING CONNECTIONS 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 5 do Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.,(2-02072) 1 Service connections shall be per WSDOT/APWA Section 9-30.6. r■ 2 3 Fire protection connections shall be in accordance with NFPA-13 and NFPA-20- 4 5 Fire Department Connection (FDC) shall be per City of Renton and Renton Fire Department. Coordinate 6 with building sprinkler connections shown on mechanical drawings and as constructed by the building 7 sprinkler installer. 8 9 OTHER MATERIALS 10 11 Polyethylene wrap shall be per ANSI/AWWA C105-77 standards. 12 13 Concrete for Thrust Blocks: Class 5 (1-1/2),poured in place. 14 15 Plastic Foam for pipe protection:Federal spec.PPP-C-1 752B Type 1,Class 2. 16 17 Valve Marker Post shall be per City of Renton or approved. 18 19 Utility pipe tracer tape shall be detectable below ground surface, color coded, with utility name printed on 20 tape. Conductive warning tape required over all sanitary sewer and water pipe.Tape shall be manufacturer's ++ 21 standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous printed plastic tape, aluminum backed, intended for direct- 22 burial service.Tape shall be not less than 6"wide x 4 mils thick. 23 24 Pi in Color Wordin¢ 25 Domestic Water Blue Caution Domestic Water 26 Irrigation Water Blue Caution Irrigation Water 27 Sanitary Sewer Green Caution Sanitary Sewer 28 Hydrant guard posts shall be concrete filled 6-inch diameter cast iron pipe. 29 30 31 PART 3—EXECUTION 32 33 r■ 34 EXAMINATION 35 36 Verify that trench is ready to receive work, and excavations,dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on 37 Drawings. 38 39 Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 40 41 INSTALLATIONS 42 43 General: 44 45 All trenching shall conform to the City of Renton Water Department requirements and Washington 46 Administrative Code(WAC)296-155 requirements for Excavation,Trenching and Shoring. 47 48 Install trench excavation, foundation bedding, and backfill for water mains in accordance with r. 49 WSDOT-APWA Standard Specification Sections 7-08 and 7-10 and the contract documents. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural CompanY,p.S.,(2-02072) 1 2 Pipe will have bedding unless otherwise noted. 3 4 Join pipe sections in such a manner as not to damage the lining or coating. Any damage to the 5 lining or coating shall be repaired by the Contractor and at the Contractor's expense. All touch-up 6 coating for outside watermain pipe assessories shall be made with epoxy coal tar.Inside parts of the 7 pipe accessories shall be touched up with asphaltic varnish, Royston Roykote #612XM, or 8 approved equal. The method of pulling or jacking the pipe home must allow both vertical and 9 horizontal movement of the pipe for the protection of the gasket. as 10 11 Domestic and fire service pipe terminations shall be within 5 feet from building. Provide temporary 12 plug for piping extension into building.Coordinate with work of Division 15. 13 14 Install pipe,fittings and appurtenances in accordance with City of Renton Standards, Section 7-11 15 of WSDOT-APWA and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 16 17 All ductile iron pipe shall be polyethylene wrapped. 18 19 Install tracer tape per manufacturer's direction above all non-metallic water lines. 20 21 Fire protection piping shall be installed in accordance with NFPA-13 and NFPA-20. All piping .r. 22 shall be installed straight,true and plumb. 23 24 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS 25 26 Connections to existing mains shall be in accordance with WSDOT-APWA Section 7-11.3(9)A and shall be 27 approved by the City of Renton. 28 29 Flush existing lines prior to connection in accordance with WSDOT-APWA Section 7-11.3(12). 30 31 HYDRANT INSTALLATION 32 33 Hydrants including guard posts shall be installed per City of Renton and Renton Fire Department standards. 34 35 Hydrants when installed must be covered in a burlap bag or other suitable covering until accepted by the 36 City of Renton and placed in service. 37 38 CONCRETE BLOCKING 39 40 Install thrust blocking in accordance with the plans and details. 41 42 TESTING AND DISINFECTION 43 urr 44 Pressure test pipe in accordance with City of Renton and Section 7-11.3(11)of WSDOT-APWA. 45 46 Disinfection of water lines shall be in accordance with the City of Renton Specifications. urr 47 nr Am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02660 Cedar River Park WATER DISTRIBUTION Renton,Washington Page 7 do Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., 2-02072) 1 After disinfection, dispose of all contaminated water into the sanitary sewer or neutralize prior to discharge 2 into the storm drainage system. Accomplish flushing of the water mains in such a manner as not to cause 3 flooding or downstream property damage. 4 5 Fire protection piping and valves shall be flushed and tested in accordance with NFPA 13 and 24 and local 6 Fire Marshall requirements. 7 8 +■ 9 10 END OF SECTION 02660 ■ rr rr +rr w rrr uir Am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02720 Cedar River Park STORM DRAINAGE Renton,Washington Page 1 r Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 02720 STORM DRAINAGE 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Work includes but is not limited to following: 8 rr 9 Furnishing and installing catch basins, cleanouts, and storm drain piping of the type and sizes 10 designated in the plans and specifications. 11 12 Connection to building downspouts. 13 14 Connection to building footing drains 15 16 Connection to existing facilities. 17 18 RELATED SECTIONS 19 20 21 Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project Manual, including but not limited to 22 following: 23 .. 24 Section 02200- Earthwork 25 Section 02270 Temporary Erosion Control 26 27 REFERENCES 28 29 City of Renton Design and Construction Standards and Specifications rr 30 31 City of Renton Municipal Code(RMC) RMC Section 4-4-03007 Aquifer Protection Area(APA) 32 Zones 1. 33 RMC 4-3-050 S Pipeline Material Requirements within the .r 34 Aquifer Protection Area(APA)Zones 1. 35 36 WSDOT-APWA 2002 Standard Specifications for Road,Bridge,and Municipal " 37 Construction. 38 39 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road,Bridge,and Municipal 40 Construction. 41 42 King County 1990 Surface Water Design Manual 43 44 PERMITS 45 ,. 46 All permits are to be obtained by Contractor at his expense. 47 48 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02720 Cedar River Park STORM DRAINAGE Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.,(2-02072) 1 See Section 02100. 2 3 The Contractor is responsible for preserving all benchmarks and stakes and the replacement of any that are 4 displaced or missing. 5 „ 6 The Contractor is responsible for review of all Engineer's records relative to the existing underground 7 utilities.The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and shall restore all utilities at 8 his own expense. �r 9 10 The Contractor is to notify the Owner's Representative immediately of underground utilities encountered, 11 which are not shown on the Engineer's record. 12 13 SUBMITTALS 14 15 Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. Submit Manufacturer's Literature on proposed material 16 prior to the start of any work, submit three copies of product information correlated to specified 17 requirements. 18 19 No installation of the material concerned shall be made until written approval has been obtained from the 20 Engineer. Approval of materials and equipment shall in no way obviate compliance with the plans and 21 specifications. 22 23 Record Drawings: 24 25 One complete set of drawings will be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean,blueline 26 prints reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. The 27 contractor shall coordinate the record drawing requirements with the Utility Inspector in accordance with 28 the City of Renton Engineering Standards. 29 30 These drawings shall also serve as work progress report sheets and the Contractor shall make any notations, 31 neat and legible, thereon daily as work proceeds. These drawings shall be available for inspection at all 32 times and shall be kept at the job. 33 34 All buried piping and indicated future connections, exterior of any building, shall be located both by depth 35 and by accurate measurement from a permanently established landmark. All notations on record drawings 36 of buried piping shall be made before any backfilling is started. 37 38 At completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the Contractor, dated, and returned to 39 the Architect. 40 41 QUALITY ASSURANCE 42 43 Standard Compliance: In addition to complying with all codes and regulation, comply with all pertinent 44 recommendations contained in the following documents. When a conflict arises between the following 45 standards,the more stringent provision shall apply.Delete references to measure and payment. 46 47 Manufacturer's and Installer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture or installation of 48 sewer projects consisting of similar scope and materials. 49 ft a "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02720 Cedar River Park STORM DRAINAGE Renton,Washington Page 3 .■ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 General: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the me 2 necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for 3 proper performance of the work in this section. 4 am 5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 6 7 Delivery and Storage: 8 9 Piping: Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage. Store with minimum of handling. Store 10 materials on site in enclosures or under protective coverings. Store plastic piping and rubber gaskets under 11 cover out of direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on the ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings 12 free of dirt and debris. 13 14 Cement: Store cement immediately upon receipt at site of work. Store bagged cement in a suitable rw 15 waterproof structure made as air-tight as practicable, and with floors elevated above ground a sufficient 16 distance to prevent absorption of moisture. Stack bags close together to reduce circulation of air,but do not 17 stack against outside walls; arrange storage to permit easy access for inspection and identification of each 18 shipment. 19 20 Metal Items: Check upon arrival and identify and segregate as to types, functions, and sizes. Store in a 21 manner affording easy accessibility and not causing excessive rusting or coating with grease or other 22 objectionable materials. 23 24 Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in such a manner as to ensure delivery to the trench 25 in sound,undamaged condition.Take special care not to injure fittings. Carry pipe to trench; do not drag it. 26 Do not leave rubber gaskets and plastic piping that are not to be installed immediately in the sunlight, but 27 store under cover out of direct sunlight. 28 29 30 PART 2—PRODUCTS 31 32 All pipeline material in this section shall comply with the RMC 4-3-050 S Pipeline Material Requirements 33 within the Aquifer Protection Area(APA)Zone 1. 34 35 DUCTILE IRON PIPE(for Rine diameters between 4 and 8 inches) 36 37 Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151 Class 52 with push-on joints. Ductile iron pipe shall be 38 cement mortar lined conforming to AWWA C104. 39 dW 40 POLYETHYLENE PIPE(CPEP) 41 42 Double walled smooth interior corrugated polyethylene pipe CPEP. Pipe shall meet the requirements of g„ 43 ASTM D1248, AASHTO M252 Type S for pipe 8 inches in diameter and less, and AASHTO M294 Type 44 S, for pipe 12 inches in diameter and greater. Fittings and couplings for pipe 12-inches in diameter and 45 greater shall be water tight a„ 46 47 FOOTING DRAIN PIPE: 48 49 Footing drain pipe material shall be PolyVinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe, SDR 35, conforming to ASTM 3034, 50 rubber gasket joints and laser cut slotted perforations. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02720 Cedar River Park STORM DRAINAGE Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s., (2-02072) „r,Y 1 2 COUPLINGS AND JOINTS 3 4 Tees on existing pipe shall be connected by core drilling and flexible connections. 5 6 Pipe to pipe connections shall be made with a flexible gasketed coupling, adaptor or coupling-adaptor to 7 make a watertight joint. Couplings shall be those manufactured by Romac or Caulder or approved equal. 8 9 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL 10 11 Bedding and backfill material shall conform to Section 02200 and the drawing details. 12 13 CONCRETE CATCH BASINS 14 15 Type 1 catch basins shall be constructed of pre-cast units in accordance with the City of Renton Standards. 16 Except where noted on the contract documents metal frame and grate shall conform to City of Renton 17 Standards. All grates shall have locking bolts. ADA accessible grates shall be Sathers Model 1824 ADA 18 frame and grate,locking, or approved alternate. ors 19 20 Type 2- 48" and 54" catch basins shall be constructed of pre-cast units in accordance with the City of 21 Renton Standards. Metal frame shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Standards. Grates shall have locking 22 bolts. Ring and Cover shall conform to WSDOT/APWA Standards type 2. Cover shall be marked 23 "DRAIN". 24 25 Catch basins shall have all interior surfaces coated with a high solids urethane coating; Wasser MC- 26 Aroshield(formerly called MC-Conseal)or approved equal.Coating shall be applied in accordance with the 27 manufactures recommendations. Color of coating shall be white. �r 28 29 AREA DRAINS 30 31 Area Drains shall be as indicated in the contract documents. 32 33 TRENCH DRAINS 34 35 Trench drains shall be a NDS Spee D channel Drain or approved equal. 36 37 38 PART 3—EXECUTION 39 40 r 41 42 TRENCHING 43 44 Excavation and preparation of the trench shall be in accordance with Section 7-04.3(1)of WSDOT-APWA. 45 All trenching shall conform to the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 296-155 requirements for 46 Excavation,Trenching and Shoring. 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02720 Cedar River Park STORM DRAINAGE Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s., 2-02072) 1 Excavation shall be made to alignment, elevation, grade and slope as indicated on the drawings. Trenching r„ 2 shall be accomplished utilizing equipment with slope and depth control, such as "laser plane control 3 system", so as to ensure accuracy in the bottom of the trench and placement of the pipe. No high points 4 above designated invert or calculated trench bottom elevation will be permitted. No sloughing of site 5 material or loose excavated soil will be permitted in trenches. 6 7 Hand dig excavation within the drip line of trees. Cut no roots larger than 1 inch. At no time shall roots be 8 pulled by equipment. 9 10 TRENCHES 11 12 Trenches shall be in straight lines as indicated on the drawings.Where feasible,trench width at the top shall 13 be no greater than 24". If sloughing of trench side is encountered, a cribbing form will be required to 14 maintain trench side stability.Excavate to a depth below invert grade to allow for bedding as specified. 15 16 Keep the trench free from water until pipe is laid and backfilled. Divert all surface water so as not to enter 17 the trench. Entirely remove boulders, rocks, roots and other obstructions, or cut out to the width of the 18 trench and to a depth of 6" below the elevation of bottom of pipe. Remove and dispose of all loose and 19 excess excavated materials off-site at Contractor's pre-arranged location. 20 21 PIPE INSTALLATION 22 23 Install pipe in accordance with the Section 7-04.3(1)B of WSDOT-APWA.Provide ductile iron pipe where 24 top of storm drain pipe is less than IV'below finished grade under paved areas. 25 26 Make all connections with approved fittings. Join pipe and fittings by flexible compression rings 27 conforming to ASTM C443. Make connections to existing storm sewer lines at locations shown on the 28 drawings. 29 30 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING 31 32 Install bedding in accordance with WSDOT-APWA Sec. 7-08 and the contract documents. 33 34 Backfill trenches in accordance with the Section 02200 and WSDOT-APWA Section 7-08. 35 36 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION wo 37 38 Install structures in accordance with Section 7-05.3 of WSDOT-APWA and the drawings. Catch Basins 39 shall be installed on minimum 6 inches of crushed surfacing base course compacted to 95% maximum an 40 density. 41 42 CLEANING AND TESTING 4. 43 44 Clean and test in conformance with Section 7-04.3(4)of WSDOT-APWA. All new lines shall be subjected 45 to testing after installation. Tests shall be exfiltration test or air pressure test. Conduct tests in the presence w■ 46 of the Owner's representative or Engineer. 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02720 Cedar River Park STORM DRAINAGE Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 Clean existing storm lines and catchbasins following completion of new storm drain installation. 2 Mechanically remove all sediment displaced from lines from the system,and do not flush downstream. 3 4 5 6 END OF SECTION 02720 r. w� err err ab rr a. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02730 Cedar River Park SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM A' Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) an 1 SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 SECTION INCLUDES 6 7 Work includes but is not limited to following: 8 9 Furnishing and installing sanitary sewer piping,cleanouts, and manholes. s 10 Furnishing and installing sanitary side sewer piping 11 Coordination and connections to building plumbing. 12 Connections to existing public sanitary sewer systems. 13 14 RELATED SECTIONS 15 16 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 17 Specification Sections, apply to this section. Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project 18 Manual,including but not limited to following: 19 20 Section 02200-Earthwork 21 22 REFERENCES .r 23 24 City of Renton Design and Construction Standards and Specifications 25 .+. 26 City of Renton Municipal Code(RMC) RMC Section 4-4-03007 Aquifer Protection Area(APA) 27 Zones 1. 28 RMC 4-3-050 S Pipeline Material Requirements within the Aquifer Protection Area(APA) 29 Zones 1. 30 31 WSDOT/APWA 2002 Standard Specifications for Road,Bridge, and Municipal 32 Construction. 33 34 Standard Plans WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road,Bridge,and Municipal 35 Construction. 36 37 PERMITS 38 °o 39 All permits,fees,and inspections are to be obtained or scheduled by the Contractor at his expense. 40 41 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUTS "' 42 43 See Section 02100. 44 as 45 The Contractor is responsible for preserving all benchmarks and stakes and the replacement of any that are 46 displaced or missing. 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02730 Cedar River Park SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Companp.s.(2-02072) 1 The Contractor is responsible for review of all Engineer's records relative to the existing underground + 2 utilities.The Contractor is responsible for avoiding damage to these facilities and shall restore all utilities at 3 its own expense. 4 5 The Contractor is to notify the Owner's Representative immediately of underground utilities encountered, 6 which are not shown on the Engineer's record. 7 ■r 8 SUBMITTALS 9 10 Provide data sheets for all proposed materials. 11 12 13 PART 2—PRODUCTS 14 15 16 17 All pipeline material in this section shall comply with the RMC 4-3-050 S Pipeline Material Requirements 18 within the Aquifer Protection Area(APA)Zone 1. 19 20 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC)PIPE .r 21 22 PVC pipe shall conform to AWWA C900 for Class 150 Pipe with rubber gasket joints. Connections to 23 manholes shall be by an AC or GPK manhole adapter. ++�► 24 25 MANHOLES 26 27 All manholes shall be precast and in conformity with the City of Renton Standards. Sanitary Sewer 28 manholes shall also be constructed in accordance with APWA/WSDOT Standard Specifications and 29 Details. .� 30 31 Sanitary sewer manholes shall have all interior surfaces coated with a high solids urethane coating; Wasser 32 MC-Aroshield (formerly called MC-Conseal) or approved equal. Coating shall be applied in accordance , 33 with the manufactures recommendations. Color of coating shall be white. 34 35 CLEANOUTS 36 so 37 Clean-outs shall conform to Contract Documents. 38 39 TRACER TAPE 40 41 Utility pipe tracer tape shall per Section 02200. 42 �r do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02730 Cedar River Park SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM do Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Cq=M,p.s. (2-02072) 4W 1 2 PART 3—EXECUTION 3 as 4 5 TRENCHING 6 as 7 Trenching shall be in accordance with Section 7-08 of WSDOT-APWA. Excavation shall be made to 8 alignment,elevation,grade and slope as indicated on the drawings. 9 as 10 Accomplish trenching utilizing equipment with slope and depth control, such as "laser plane control 11 system", so as to insure.accuracy in the bottom of the trench and placement of the pipe. No high points 12 above designated invert or calculated trench bottom elevation will be permitted. No sloughing of site 13 material or loose excavated soil will be permitted in trenches. 14 15 TRENCHES 16 17 Trenches shall be in straight lines as indicated on the drawings. Where feasible,trench width at the top shall 18 be no greater than 24". If sloughing of trench side is encountered, a cribbing form will be required to 19 maintain trench side stability.Excavate to a depth below invert grade to allow for bedding as specified. 20 21 Keep the trench free from water until pipe is laid and backfilled. Divert all surface water so as not to enter 22 the trench. Entirely remove boulders, rocks, roots and other obstructions, or cut out to the width of the 23 trench and to a depth of 6" below the elevation of bottom of pipe. Remove and dispose of all loose and 24 excess excavated materials off-site at Contractor's prearranged location. 25 a.r 26 PIPE INSTALLATION 27 28 Install pipe in accordance with Section 7-17.3(2)and the manufacturer's recommendations. 29 30 Make all connections with approved fittings as recommended and furnished by the manufacturer. Make 31 connections to existing sewer lines at locations shown on the drawings . 32 33 Install tracer tape per manufacturer's direction above all non-metallic sewer lines. 34 35 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING .r 36 37 Bedding shall be per Standard Specifications Section 7-08 and the contract documents. 38 39 Backfilling shall be in accordance with Section 02200. 40 41 42 43 END OF SECTION 02110 44 Ilrr rir wrr rir r+r rr� "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural CompanL R.S. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02810—IRRIGATION • 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 rr 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 8 All drawings and general provisions of the Contract,apply to the work of this section. 9 10 SECTION INCLUDES 11 12 The work of this Section includes the design, supply of all labor, material, tools machinery and equipment 13 necessary to install an operating,automatically controlled irrigation system. 14 15 Work includes but is not necessarily limited to: landscape sprinkler system; backflow preventer, deduct 16 meter, sleeving; automatic controls and connection to control valves; connection to water service; record 17 drawings; and maintenance and operating instructions. " 18 19 This section includes contractor verification of the site measurements and irrigation coverage. If any 20 conditions are observed on site that will impair proper and intended uniform irrigation coverage,notify the 21 Owner's Representative as soon as possible, and before proceeding with work that would yield 22 unsatisfactory coverage. 23 24 RELATED WORK 25 26 Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project Manual, including but not limited to �+ 27 following: 28 29 Section 02900 - Landscaping .. 30 Division 15 - Mechanical. 31 Division 16 - Electrical: for provision of power and connection of electrical wiring to the 32 automatic controller. 33 34 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 35 36 Layout of the system and installation shall be to trade standards for projects of this scale and type, to 37 provide for uniform complete "head to head" coverage of all lawn and planted areas within the area as 38 designated on the drawings. Make adjustments to layout for irrigation zone pressure and to achieve full 39 coverage of irrigated areas without overthrow onto roadways, sidewalks or buildings. r. 40 41 Systems design and installation shall be such that efficient use is made of available water source locations, 42 volumes and pressures. System shall meet minimum pressure at last head in each zone. 43 44 System design and installation shall take into account elevation differences, sun orientation and other 45 factors affecting zoning and operation of the system. 46 47 Lawns(if indicated on drawings)shall be irrigated on separate zones from planted areas. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 Precipitation rates of heads within each zone shall be matched within a tolerance of plus or minus ten 2 percent(10%). 3 4 Control shall be by normally closed solenoid operated valves. 5 err 6 The entire system shall be designed to permit purging of water such that risk of damage due to freezing can 7 be eliminated by draining or blowing out the system for the winter. 8 9 Irrigation system shall be isolated from potable water by a backflow prevention device. 10 11 SUBMITTALS „ 12 13 Submit three (3) copies of the irrigation design to the Landscape Architect at least ten (10) days before 14 scheduled start of installation. it 15 16 Submit Product Data in accordance with the conditions of the contract, Division 1 specification sections 17 and a minimum of ten (10) days before beginning work, unless indicated otherwise. Include data for all 18 products to be installed in these systems. Include material showing manufacturer's name, catalog numbers, " 19 catalog cuts, technical data for manufacturers'installation, operation and maintenance instructions for each 20 product,and Forms of Warranty. 21 22 Point of Connection Water Pressure Test: Test water pressure at the irrigation system point of connection 23 prior to beginning work. Submit results of test to Landscape Architect. 24 �r 25 Site Inspection Report: Submit statement confirming a site inspection has been conducted, noting 26 discrepancies between ground measures and plans, hazards or site conditions, which will interfere with 27 installation or operation of the system prior to beginning work. 28 29 Record Drawings: 30 rw 31 Maintain a complete set of record drawings, corrected daily, to show location of system 32 components. Submit copies as requested. 33 ■r 34 At completion, and before Final Acceptance, submit electronic file copy and reproducible plan at 35 the same scale as the construction plans, indicating the locations of mainlines, valves, backflow 36 preventers, zone outlines and other system elements. Indicate locations with dimensions from 37 buildings,curb lines or other fixed site features. 38 39 Submit three (3) sets of keys, hose swivels, quick coupler operating keys, "air compressor" valves, and 40 custodian of each set. 41 42 Operating and Maintenance Data: 43 44 Submit the name and address of permanent service organizations maintained or trained by the 45 manufacturers' that will render service within eight hours of receipt of notification of service ft 46 request. 47 go ift AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 3 40 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. 2-02072) 1 Zone Map: Submit an irrigation plan for the site indicating,by varying colors,the area of coverage am 2 for each control valve. Indicate the number and location of the valve. The number is to correspond 3 to that on the controller for that zone. 4 go 5 Submit controller timing schedule indicating on a weekly basis the day, time and duration of 6 watering for each control valve. 7 AN 8 Provide the zone map and controller timing schedule. 9 10 "As-Built" drawings shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before zone map is go 11 prepared. 12 13 Each controller chart shall show the area controlled by that automatic controller. d 14 o 15 The controller chart is to be a reduced drawing of the actual installed irrigation system. In 16 the event that the controller chart is not legible when the chart is reduced, it may be 17 enlarged to a size that will be readable when reduced. so 18 19 The controller chart shall be either a blackline or blueline ozalid print with each valve 20 station represented by a different color. go 21 22 When completed, laminate the controller chart between two(2)pieces of 10 mil.plastic. 23 as 24 Controller charts shall be completed and approved by the Landscape Architect prior to the 25 final site visit. 26 Aw 27 Submit three(3) sets in 3-ring binder of operating and maintenance guides for the entire system and 28 for each piece of equipment in the system. Instructions for system winterization are to be included. 29 .r 30 Winterization instructions shall state that the entire irrigation system shall be blown out 31 with a high volume/low pressure compressor. Blow out pressure shall not exceed 40 p.s.i. 32 33 QUALITY ASSURANCE 34 35 Installer Qualifications: Subcontract this work to an experienced irrigation system installer possessing the 36 equipment, expertise and personnel adequate to perform the work as shown on drawings or specified with a 37 minimum of five (5) years documented experience in irrigation installation. Provide evidence at Owner's 38 request. 39 .r 40 Regulatory Requirements: Be fully informed of all existing laws, codes, ordinances and regulations that 41 affect the conduct of the work. Obtain all necessary permits. All permit and inspection costs shall be 42 considered as included in the bid price for the work. w 43 44 Standards: All municipal, state and federal laws,rules and regulations governing or relating to this work or 45 any portion of it are hereby incorporated and made a part of this specification and shall be carried out by the 46 contractor. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as conflicting with the above laws, etc. 47 and their requirements. The Contract Documents shall, however, take precedence when they call for or 48 describe work, materials or construction of a higher standard, better quality or larger size than the above ""' 49 laws,etc. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 ab Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.Qs. (2-02072) "' 1 2 References: 3 4 American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM). 5 rr 6 ASTM-A-120-77 for pipe including steel, black and hot-dipped zinc coated (galvanized, 7 welded and seamless). 8 , 9 ASTM-B-3-74 for soft annealed copper wire. 10 11 ASTM-D-1785-76 for polyvinyl chloride(PVC)plastic pipe schedule 40 and 80. 12 13 ASTM-D-2241-94 for polyvinyl chloride(PVC)plastic pipe(SDR series). 14 15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 16 17 Deliver materials in original packages, cartons and containers with the name of manufacturer, brand and wr 18 model. Inspect materials delivered to the site for damage. Remove any damaged materials from the site 19 immediately. 20 21 Store materials on site in enclosures or under protective covering. Store all plastic materials out of direct 22 sunlight. Keep the insides of pipes,fittings,valves and accessories in such a manner as to insure delivery to 23 trench in sound,undamaged condition. 24 25 Exercise care in handling, loading and storing. Store and transport in areas long enough to allow pipe to lay 26 flat and straight. 27 28 Discard dented or damaged pipe,or cut out damaged areas and use unblemished sections. 29 30 SITE CONDITIONS so 31 32 Environmental Requirements: Perform work under environmental conditions suitable for the tasks being 33 undertaken. 34 35 Existing Conditions: 36 37 Visit the site and note conditions that affect work under this Section. 38 39 Locate all utilities, lines and piping in the work area. Provide adequate protection during all phases 40 of work. 41 42 Repair utilities, lines and piping damaged by this work to the satisfaction of the Owner of the line, wr 43 at no change in Contract Sum. 44 45 Notify Landscape Architect of unsatisfactory conditions. Proceed with work only after conditions wo 46 have been corrected. 47 sir ift 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 5 .� Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Field Measurements: Take field measurements of irrigated areas to determine if differences occur .. 2 between plans and ground dimensions. Notify Landscape Architect of differences before 3 proceeding with work. 4 5 SCHEDULING 6 7 Begin irrigation system work after finished grade has been established in work area. 8 9 Complete irrigation system installation and make fully operational before landscape seeding/sodding and 10 planting takes place. 11 12 WARRANTY 13 14 General Warranty: The Special Warranty Specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other 15 rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents, and shall be in addition to, 16 and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract 17 Documents. " 18 19 Make repairs and replacements and guarantee the satisfactory operation of the entire system in every detail 20 for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. All warranty repairs and replacements shall be at 21 the Contractor's expense. 22 23 Fees: ++ 24 25 Fees for normal inspections or observations by the Landscape Architect will be paid by the Owner. 26 r 27 Additional inspections,travel expenses,administrative costs and tests required because of defective 28 work or ill-timed notices will be made at the Contractor's expense. 29 30 Maintenance: 31 32 General: Concurrent with the one year warranty period for planting and irrigation, Contractors are r 33 to monitor and maintain the new irrigation system in an operational, water efficient condition with 34 balanced precipitation rates, no excessively wet or dry areas, properly functioning equipment 35 including,controller,backflow prevention,valves and heads. 36 37 Additional Requirements: 38 39 Repair settling of trenches. Include complete restoration of plantings,mulch, grades,pavements or 40 other improvements. 41 42 Correct irrigation system problems or damage within twenty-four(24)hours of notice until the final 43 acceptance of the landscape work. 44 45 During the first irrigation season,be available within one day for required repairs to system. 46 47 Provide a written statement to Owner and Landscape Architect stating that the contractor will: 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 b Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 06 1 Return to the job site at the beginning of the first winter season to perform a general 2 inspection of the system, test all valves, lines, sprinkler heads, vacuum breakers, repair all 3 leaks and faulty work,check operation of the system,adjust spray patterns for full coverage, 4 drain system,show grounds staff location of all drain valves and blow out points and restore 5 all areas where trenches have settled. Adjust automatic control clock scheduling if r. 6 necessary. 7 8 Return in spring after the first winter season for system check and if necessary restore 9 system for spring and summer operation. Explain system and operation methods to grounds 10 staff and have the grounds supervisor furnish a signed statement of compliance with this 11 requirement.Adjust automatic control clock scheduling if necessary. 12 13 Standards: All municipal, state and federal laws,rules and regulations governing or relating to this work or 14 any portion of it are hereby incorporated and made a part of this specification and shall be carried out by the 15 contractor. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as conflicting with the above laws, etc. 16 and their requirements. The Contract Documents shall, however, take precedence when they call for or 17 describe work, materials or construction of a higher standard, better quality or larger size than the above 18 laws,etc.D. Site Inspection Report: Submit statement confirming a site inspection has been conducted, 19 noting discrepancies between ground measures and plans, hazards or site conditions which will interfere 20 with installation or operation of the system prior to beginning of work.Site Inspection Report: Submit 21 statement confirming a site inspection has been conducted, noting discrepancies between ground measures 22 and plans,hazards or site conditions which will interfere with installation or operation of the system prior to 23 beginning of work.Test water pressure at the irrigation system point of connection prior to beginning work. 24 Submit results of test to Landscape Architect Point of Connection Water Pressure Test: Test water pressure 25 at the irrigation system point of connection prior to beginning work. Submit results of test to Landscape 26 Architect.Point of Connection Water Pressure Test: Test water pressure at the irrigation system point of 27 connection prior to beginning work. Submit results of test to Landscape Architect. +�► 28 29 30 PART 2—PRODUCTS 31 32 33 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS r 34 35 Rainbird 36 37 Other Manufacturers: Rainbird only. 38 39 MATERIALS 40 ` 41 PVC Pipe and Fittings: 42 43 Mainlines (constant pressure): Upstream of the control valves shall be Schedule 40, ASTM D- 44 1785. 45 46 Lateral Lines (non-pressure): Downstream of the stub-outs shall be Class 200 SDR-21 NSF 47 (National Sanitation Foundation)ASTM D-2241. 48 AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 7 Am Northwest Architectural Company,n.s-(2-02072) 1 All plastic pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with a manufacturer's name,kind of .w 2 pipe,material, size,NSF approval and schedule of type. 3 4 Fittings: 5 6 Solvent Welded Socket Type: ASTM D 2466, Schedule 40. 7 8 Threaded Type: ASTM D 2464,Schedule 80. 9 10 Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, NSF approved, PVC Schedule 40, size 2" greater than diameter of pipe a 11 (or combined diameter of pipes)to be fitted through sleeve. 12 13 PVC Pipe and Fittings: Thick-walled PVC pipe specifically designed for connection of irrigation 14 sprinklers to lateral lines. NSF approved Class 200 pipe on discharge side. 15 16 All PVC pipe must be delivered in lengths of at least 20'. 17 18 Jointing Materials: 19 20 PVC Solvent Cement: Weld-on plastic pipe cement, 711 for PVC gray,heavy bodied,medium set. 21 22 PVC Primer and Cleaner: Weld-on primer P-70 PUC/CPUC purple primer. 23 +� 24 Teflon Tape Sealer: %z-inch wide,used at all threaded joints. 25 26 Valves and Accessories: .r 27 28 Automatic Control Valve: Solenoid valves. 29 30 Gate Valve: Shall be brass with screwed connections, non-rising stems and cross handles, with a 31 minimum pressure rating of 150 psi.. 32 33 Manual Drain Valve: All drain valves for lateral pipe to be brass,3/4-inch ball valves complete with 34 detachable key. Provide two operating keys that extend to one (1) foot minimum above surface at 35 the deepest drain valve. 36 37 Quick Coupling Valve: Bronze, two-piece construction, one (1) inch size, on a 4-way PVC swing 38 joint and complete with one coupler key to suit. 39 40 Valve Boxes: Boxes shall be sized to accommodate all equipment including union(s) and isolation 41 valves, allowing clearance to reach, operate and service all components. Automatic and manual 42 control valves shall be enclosed in a valve box of polyolefin and fibrous material with latch lock 43 cover. Valve boxes and lids are to be black. The bottom section is to be slotted so as to extend 44 below the pipe. Extensions shall be added as needed to meet grades. Provide 2" depth of clear 45 crush drain rock in bottom of valve box. 46 47 Control Valves: Carson,with locking lid and extension rings. 48 +� 49 Quick coupler Valves: Carson,with green locking lid. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 r"' Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Gate Valves: Carson,with black plastic lid. 3 4 Hose bibs and Quick Couplers: Carson 10 inch round valve box with galvanized lid. 5 , 6 Backflow Preventer and Pressure Reducing Valve: Backflow preventers and PRV 2" in 7 size and larger shall be installed in a concrete vault. Concrete vault shall be Fog tite#25- 8 TA with traffic access cover and adjustable frame by Utility Vault Co. (206) 839-3500. For 9 backflow preventer and PRV 1-1/2" in size and smaller, use Carson 1730B with bolt down 10 locking lid and extension,green color. 11 +rr 12 Manual Drain Valves: Carson with green locking lid cap to read"drain valve". 13 14 Gate and Drain Valve Operating Key: Heavy galvanized iron key. 15 16 Quick Coupler Key and Hose Swivel: Brass. 17 18 Control Wire for Automatic Valve Operation: 19 20 Control wire insulated single strand copper for 24 to 50 volts and UL approved as type 21 UFCS(underground feeder). Number 14 size. 22 23 Copper conductor to meet or exceed ASTM B-3. 24 ► 25 Red,white,orange and black colors must be available. 26 27 Backflow Prevention Device: r 28 29 Febco 850Y, double check valve, Febco 825Y reduced pressure backflow preventer or approved 30 equal. 31 32 Manufacturer must be on the `Approved Cross Connection Control Devices' list of the Washington 33 State Department of Social and Health Services for that device size. ,, 34 35 Pressure Reducing Valve: shall be capable of a minimum 150 psi working pressure as specified. Pressure 36 fall off through the PRV shall not exceed 50 psi. PRV shall be same size as mainline where installed. PRV 37 shall be Wilkins 500 Series,Cla-Valve,Watts,or approved equal. 38 39 Automatic Controller: Rainbird ESP-LX 12 40 41 Deduct Meter: Threaded Multi-Jet by Master Meter. 42 43 Master Valve: Solenoid Brass Valve. 44 45 Water Sensor: Mini-Clik 502 or equal. 46 47 Low Voltage Control Wire: 48 am ft "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 9 AN Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 Wire: Solid Copper, UL listed for direct burial in ground, minimum size #14, up to 1,500 ft. and Arr 2 #12,above 1,500 ft.,red for positive,white for common. All extra wires to be red. 3 4 Connectors: Rainbird Pent Tite wire connectors; or Scotch-Lock connector sealing pack No. 3577 m 5 with Type R electrical connectors. 6 7 Sprinklers: First quality Rainbird 8 9 Other Materials: 10 11 Drain Rock: Washed,round river pea gravel. 12 13 Trench Backfill: Masons sand and excavated soil as specified, shown on drawings. 14 15 16 PART 3—EXECUTION 17 18 19 PROTECTION 20 21 Provide protection for system components at all times. Keep rock, gravel, debris, and all other foreign 22 materials from entering piping,valves and other equipment. 23 �w 24 Provide barriers,crossings,markers and other devices necessary to protect materials and pedestrians at open 25 trenches,holes, stockpiles,etc. 26 .r. 27 INSTALLATION 28 29 Trenches: �,. 30 31 Excavate trench bottoms with uniform slopes 4"minimum width. Bottoms shall be smooth and free 32 of rocks or other objects,which might damage pipe. 33 34 Make trenches wide enough to allow for tamping around pipe. 35 36 Excavate trenches to a depth allowing for pipe slopes to drains, sand setting bed and the following .■ 37 minimum coverage depths: 38 39 Non-Pressure Laterals: 18-inch depth. "` 40 41 Pressure Mainlines: 24-inch depth. 42 43 Pressure Mainlines Under Paving: 24-inch depth. 44 45 Common and Control Wire: Install below mainlines or 18 inches where wire not in trench. 46 47 Do not lay pipe on unstable materials in wet trench or when trench or other conditions are 48 unsuitable. + + 49 r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Dig trenches no wider at any point between than is necessary to lay the pipe or install equipment. 2 Trenches shall be excavated with vertical sides and provided with bracing and shoring placed as 3 required. 4 5 All trenches must be straight,with appropriate pipe-fittings used to allow the pipe to be laid without rr. 6 undue bending and not have abrupt changes in grade. 7 8 Pipe: , 9 10 Concrete Thrust Blocks: Provide where the mainline changes direction as at ells and tees and 11 where the irrigation main terminates. Do not make mainline pressure tests for a period of thirty-six 12 (36) hours following placement of concrete for thrust blocks. Size and place blocks to take thrust 13 created by 200%of maximum internal water pressure. 14 15 Lay pipe and make connections in accordance with irrigation industry standard practices and 16 manufacturer's recommendations. No bends only angles. Wires placed under irrigation pipe to be 17 taped together not to pipe. 18 19 Solvent weld all non-threaded joints. Use Teflon tape to seal all threaded joints. Do not weld in 20 temperatures below 35°F. Weld under cover in rainy conditions. 21 22 Slope pipe at 1/2 percent minimum toward drain valves. 23 24 Clean interior of pipe before installation. Keep pipe clean during and after laying by plugs or other 25 means. 26 27 No fittings are to be closer than 6" apart. 28 29 Set lines in common trenches whenever possible, side-by-side,two lines maximum per trench. 30 rr 31 Quick Coupler: 32 33 Install quick coupler in valve box at end of main line and a minimum of 75' on center. Locations to 34 be approved by owner's representative. 35 36 Sleeves: 37 38 Install sleeves in all locations where piping and/or control wiring pass under paved areas and curbs 39 or through walls. Extend sleeve twelve (12) inches beyond edge of paving, curb, or wall. Cap and 40 mark the location using 2"x 4" stake, 18"exposed,top painted white. All sleeves under asphalt or 41 existing concrete shall be located by embedding a roofing nail in the pavement above the sleeve. 42 43 Set top of sleeve eighteen(18)inch minimum below top of sub-grade below paved,mulched, gravel 44 or other surfaces. Fill three (3) inches below, around and above pipe, to top of trench with masons 45 sand.Compact to density required for pavement subgrade. 46 47 Backfill: 48 as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 11 am Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Backfill trenches after inspection of pressure test as part of the work of this section, observation of an 2 the results by Landscape Architect and approval of the entire process by Owner. Place sand three 3 (3) inches below and six (6) inches above all pipe. Fill the rest of the trench with clean excavated 4 site soil. Thoroughly compact to give support to the pipe and prevent subsidence of backfill ■W 5 materials. 6 7 Fill piping with water at approximately 25 psi during backfilling operations. mr 8 9 Backfill to finish grade,place backfill carefully around and over piping. Lay and compact in layers 10 not over six(6)inches thick. Mound slightly to allow for settling. do 11 12 Compact backfill to 90%maximum density in landscape areas,and 95%maximum density in roads 13 and walkways. 14 am 15 Remove all excess excavated material from the project site. 16 17 Control Wire: "' 18 19 Route red control and white common wires from controller to control valves and make connections 20 at each end. do 21 22 Tape control wires together at ten(10) foot intervals. Provide 24" expansion loop of red wire every 23 100 feet of wire. Allow 24" of extra wire at controller and each valve. ++ 24 25 Splice only at the valves,not between valves or between valve and controller. 26 .. 27 Route wire below mainline. Where not routed below mainline, install 4-6" wide yellow plastic 28 warning tape 6"above the control wire. 29 WA 30 Clearly mark both ends of all wiring, on a permanent tag, with the number of the corresponding 31 valve and controller station. Locate one tag at each control valve and one tag per wire in the 32 controller. 33 34 Sharp bends or kinks in the wiring shall not be permitted. Wires shall be unreeled in place 35 alongside of or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench.Wire shall 36 not be unreeled and pulled into trench from one end. 37 38 Automatic Controllers: 39 40 Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install sleeve for wiring from 41 controller to 12" depth. 42 43 Connection to electrical power source is specified under Division 16. 44 45 Install zone map and valve schedule in the controller cover. 46 47 Install moisture sensor to controller in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to 48 controller. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s(2-02072) 1 Automatic Control Valves: 2 3 Install complete with valve boxes as shown on drawings,no closer than 24" apart. 4 5 Thoroughly flush supply lines before installing valves. r 6 7 Provide compression unions at each side of automatic control valves. 8 9 Sprinkler Heads: 10 11 Install as shown on drawings and as recommended by manufacturers. 12 13 No head shall be closer than 3/4"from walk,curb or wall or away maximum 2". 14 15 Make minor changes in head location as necessary to achieve full overlapping coverage. Adjust 16 spray patterns and pressure to achieve coverage and eliminate over-spray onto pavements or 17 buildings. 18 19 Flush line before installing sprinklers. 20 21 Dielectric Protection: 22 23 Use dielectric fittings at connections of dissimilar metals. 24 25 Manual Drain Valves: 26 27 Install on mainline at all low points and ends. 28 29 Irrigation Deduct Meter: to be installed by Contractor. 30 31 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 32 33 Testing: 34 35 Notify the Landscape Architect and Owner in writing at least three work days prior to all tests and 36 inspections. Inspection and reports must be made for all tests. 37 38 Thoroughly flush piping before testing and installation of sprinklers. 39 40 Test all exposed mainline piping, valves, joints and fittings at 150 psi. If pressure loss occurs 41 beyond accepted maximum, inspect the entire system, make watertight and retest to meet 42 specifications. 43 �" 44 Cap and subject the piping to a static pressure of 50 psi (345 kPa) above the operating 45 pressure without exceeding the pressure rating of the piping system materials. Isolate test 46 source and allow to stand for 4 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that No 47 must be repaired. Testing: perform hydrostatic test of piping and valves before backfilling 48 trenches. Piping may be tested in sections to expedite work. 49 "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 13 ++ Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system or portions thereof until �r 2 satisfactory results are obtained. 3 4 Inspection: 5 6 Upon completion of the installation and adjusting of the irrigation system, notify the Landscape 7 Architect for a system inspection. At that time present the following: wr 8 9 Zone by zone system demonstration and coverage test. 10 11 Location of major system components. 12 13 Winterization and maintenance procedures. 14 ar 15 Procedures for setting the controller. 16 17 Location of Zone Map and Controller Schedule. 18 19 ADJUSTING AND TIMING 20 21 Perform coverage test: 22 23 Adjust and balance irrigation system to provide uniform coverage and prevent overspray onto 24 pavements and structures. 25 26 Set timing on irrigation controller before Landscape Architect's inspection. Obtain recommendations of arr 27 landscaping work installer before setting timing. 28 29 CLEAN-UP 30 31 Remove all debris,dirt and rock. Sweep and wash walls and roadways upon completion of work. 32 33 TRENCH BACKFILLING 34 35 Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or pressure. Cooling of the 36 pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short time before backfilling, or by backfilling in 37 the early part of the morning before the heat of the day. 38 39 In refilling the trenches, the fill four(4)inches below and six (6)inches above the pipe and fittings shall be 40 suitable bedding material or sand, as required, and tamped. The remainder of the backfill shall contain no 41 lumps or rocks larger than two (2) inches in diameter. A six (6) inch separation is required between all 42 pipes when more than one pipe occupies the trench. 43 44 Prior to completing backfill, place detection tape eight (8) inches above installed lateral and supply mains 45 for future line detection. 46 47 Before complete backfilling, all underground appurtenances including risers, valves, drain valves, and pipe 48 joints must remain exposed so that they can be viewed during testing and located "as-built"by Contractor. r 49 It is suggested that the Contractor partially backfill the pipe as it is laid, leaving all joints exposed; then RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 14 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072 1 complete backfilling later after flushing, pressure testing, inspection and "record drawing" location. The 2 location, inspection and testing provisions of these Specifications will be strictly adhered to. If, for any 3 reason, any part of the irrigation system is backfilled before approved location, testing, or inspection is 4 authorized,it must be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling. 5 6 CLEAN-UP 7 8 Clean all work areas, adjoining areas such as paving, curbs, and lawn of debris caused by the work on this 9 project, or any part of the project, on completion of operations and prior to initiating water operations. All 10 hard surfaced areas shall be washed clean. Daily clean-up shall be required on all areas used by the Owner 11 for circulation or other daily use. 12 13 TESTING AND INSPECTIONS 14 15 Pressure Testing: 16 17 Make hydrostatic tests only in the presence of the Owner's representative. No piping shall be 18 backfilled until it has been inspected,tested and approved. 19 20 Furnish necessary pump,gauges and all other test equipment. 21 22 All PVC main lines with valves installed and closed shall be flushed and pressure tested with all 23 joints exposed to 150 PSI until watertight. Maximum PSI loss in a 30-minute test period shall be 24 five(5)PSI. 25 26 Similarly, all PVC lateral lines with risers installed and capped shall be flushed and pressure tested 27 with all joints exposed to service line pressure required for design for 15 minutes. Maximum PSI +m 28 loss allowed shall be five(5)PSI. 29 30 All gauges used in the testing of water pressures shall be certified correct by an independent testing am 31 laboratory. 32 33 Coverage Test: 34 35 Upon approved completion of the Pressure Test, install all spray heads and adjust to radius and 36 coverage positioning necessary for full coverage of the areas to be irrigate_d. 37 38 Make all necessary adjustments prior to final acceptance. 39 40 Complete System Inspection(Punch List): 41 42 Upon approved completion of the Pressure Test, trenching and installation of all equipment, the 43 Contractor shall request a Complete System Inspection of the entire irrigation system including: 44 backfilling, irrigation heads,valves,controller and all other equipment. 45 46 From this inspection, a punch list shall be prepared by the Landscape Architect and presented to the 47 Contractor for completion. The Landscape Architect shall give a date for completion of the punch 48 list which shall not exceed two(2)weeks. 49 am am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 15 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s.(2-02072) 1 Notify Owner's representative at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of Complete System .. 2 Inspection. The Contractor shall be responsible for having a two-way communication system or 3 sufficient personnel so that directions from inspection areas to the controller of the system can be 4 readily accomplished. 5 6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 7 �. 8 For Substantial Completion Inspection,the Contractor shall notify the Owner's representative at least forty- 9 eight(48)hours in advance of the inspection date. All punch list items shall be completed prior to the date 10 of the inspection. 11 12 Upon approved completion of the Substantial Completion Inspection the project is considered to be 13 Substantially Complete. 14 15 SYSTEM OPERATIONS ORIENTATION 16 17 System Operation Training Session: 18 19 Contractor shall conduct a training and orientation session for the Owner, covering the operation, 20 adjustment and maintenance of the irrigation system. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in .. 21 writing two weeks prior to the training and orientation session. The date and time of the session 22 shall be subject to Owner's approval. 23 24 The "As-Built"plan shall be reviewed and all features explained. The"As-Built"plans shall consist 25 of red-lined corrections, notes, comments, etc. on a clean photocopy or blue line diazo print. All 26 critical dimensions shall be shown to the nearest inch. 27 28 A complete maintenance and operations manual will be prepared by the Contractor and turned over 29 to the Owner after the final inspection. The manual shall consist of a three-ring binder containing: 30 [1] catalogs of all materials used, [2] a complete parts list of all materials, [3] a written summary of 31 all operations data including spring start-up and winterization techniques, controller programming, 32 valve cleaning, irrigations adjustments, backflow preventer operation and any information required .r 33 to operate and maintain system,and [4]names and phone numbers of two local distributors. 34 35 The initial controller valve station timing shall be set by the Contractor. 36 37 Controller Chart: 38 39 As-Built drawings shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before chart is prepared. The 40 chart shall be a reduction of the actual as-built drawing. 41 42 Secure chart inside front cover door of controller 43 44 The Contractor shall provide the Owner's representative the necessary keys and/or other tools necessary to 45 operate, drain, or activate the system and spend sufficient time with said representative to insure that the 46 system operation/maintenance/winterizing can continue after departure of the Contractor. The Contractor 47 will be liable for all damages or losses resulting from failure to comply with the provisions of this 48 paragraph. .. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02810 Cedar River Park IRRIGATION Renton,Washington Page 16 Northwest Architectural Comp any,p.s. (2-02072) + 1 Functional Test: 2 rrr 3 Functional test of the control system shall be performed to demonstrate that all parts of the control 4 system function as specified or intended. The functional test for each new system shall consist of 5 not less than thirty(30)days of continuous, satisfactory operation. 6 7 Any material determined to be faulty in part of the installation shall be replaced or corrected by the 8 Contractor at his expense in a manner respective to Plans, Details and other sections of this 9 Specification. In the event of a system failure due to a faulty part of installation,the thirty(30)day 10 period will be repeated until testing is complete. 11 12 PHYSICAL COMPLETION 13 14 Upon completion and approval of all tests, inspections, training, manuals, as-built drawings, and other ift 15 requirements of this Section, the Contractor shall transfer the project to the Owner's Maintenance and 16 Operations personnel. 17 18 Physical Completion of the system will be contingent upon the Contractor providing to the Owner signed 19 and approved irrigation,plumbing,health,cross-connection, and electrical permits as may be applicable. 20 21 Physical completion of the irrigation system should be certified before terrace paving begins. 22 23 WINTERIZATION AND DEWINTERIZATION 24 25 Contractor shall return to the project site during the first October following construction. Contractor shall 26 conduct a full winterization (shutdown) of the new system. Contractor shall return to the project site the 27 following April after the initial winterization. Contractor shall conduct a full dewinterization (turn-on) of err 28 the new system. 29 30 GUARANTEE „ 31 32 Contractor shall submit a written guarantee stating that all work showing defects in materials or 33 workmanship sill be repaired or replaced at no cost to the owner for a period of one year from the date of 34 Physical Completion. 35 36 A final site meeting shall take place eleven months after the date of Physical Completion (minimum of 37 twelve (12) months after Substantial Completion). The system shall be reviewed by the Owner's 38 representative to determine whether or not the system requires alterations or replacements covered in the 39 Guarantee. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION 02810 43 44 45 TCN=h 11,2003 46 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02822 Cedar River Park ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCE Renton,Washington Page 1 "" Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02822—ORNAMENTAL FENCE 40 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 as 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 o 8 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division-1 9 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 10 AW 11 SECTION INCLUDES 12 13 Provide all labor,equipment and material to properly install the ornamental steel fences: AN 14 15 Fence framework, rails, pickets, and accessories. Excavation for post bases. Concrete anchorage 16 for posts. A 17 N 18 SUBMITTALS 19 20 Provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300. as 21 22 Manufacturer's product information designating specific materials provided. 23 24 Size and depth of post footings. 25 26 The layout of the ornamental fence as it is to be provided illustrating post spacing. 27 28 29 PART 2—PRODUCTS .r 30 31 32 GENERAL 33 34 Comply with Specifications and manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent 35 requirements govern. 36 37 Equivalent Products: It is the intent of these specifications to ensure competitive bids and is not intended to 38 exclude specific procedures or practices of individual manufacturers. For bidding purposes,the fence shall 39 be of the type, size and manufacturer type shown on the Drawings and specified herein. See plans. 40 Substitutions as approved by addenda. 41 42 Type 2 - 8' High Metal Fence 43 44 ORNAMENTAL STEEL FENCE 45 do 46 Ornamental Steel Fence—Alternate 1 47 48 Style: Elite by Omega Architectural Fence 49 IN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02822 Cedar River Park ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCE Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Height: 8'-0" 2 ' 3 Panels: 4-gauge galvanized steel wire 4 5 Posts: rectangular,3"x 1", 14-gauge,are to be for an in-ground or flanged application. 6 7 Bracing: Provide diagonal adjustable length trussrods on gates to prevent sag. 8 9 Hardware Materials: Galvanized steel or malleable iron shapes to suit gate size. 10 11 Polyester Powder Coat Finish: After components have been galvanized to provide maximum 12 corrosion coat resistance, pre-treat, clean and prepare galvanized surface to assure complete 13 adhesion of finish coat. Apply 2.5 mil. thickness of polyester resin based powder coating by 14 electrostatic spray process. Bake finish for 20 minutes at 450 degrees metal temperature. Color - rrr 15 black. 16 17 Ornamental Steel Fence—Alternate 2 18 19 Style: Majestic by Ameristar Fence Products,Inc. 20 21 Height: 8'-0" rr 22 23 Pickets: 1"square x 16 gauge galvanized tubing. 24 25 Posts: square,a minimum of 2 %2", 12 gauge, are to be for an in-ground or flanged application. 26 27 Bracing: Provide diagonal adjustable length trussrods on gates to prevent sag. 28 29 Hardware Materials: Galvanized steel or malleable iron shapes to suit gate size. 30 31 Polyester Powder Coat Finish: After components have been galvanized to provide maximum 32 corrosion coat resistance, pre-treat, clean and prepare galvanized surface to assure complete 33 adhesion of finish coat. Apply 2.5 mil. thickness of polyester resin based powder coating by 34 electrostatic spray process. Bake finish for 20 minutes at 450 degrees metal temperature. Color - 35 black. 36 37 38 PART 3—EXECUTION 39 40 41 ORNAMENTAL STEEL FENCE 42 43 Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 44 45 46 END OF SECTION 02822 47 48 49 TC/March 12,2003 ' do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02830 Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington Page 1 air Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 02830—CHAINLINK 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 r 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 8 All drawings and general provisions of the Contract,apply to the work of this section. 9 10 SECTION INCLUDES 11 " 12 The work of this Section includes the following: 13 14 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, transportation, machinery and equipment necessary to install chain-link 15 fencing as shown on Drawings. 16 17 Said work shall include any incidentals required to provide a finished job. 18 19 20 RELATED WORK 21 22 Coordinate related work specified in other parts of the Project Manual, including but not limited to 23 following: w 24 25 Section 02200 -Earthwork 26 Section 02520-Concrete Paving 27 28 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 30 The installer must be experienced in fence installations. Contractor shall provide three (3) representative 31 fence projects for Landscape Architect's review. 32 33 Thoroughly inspects site, related work, and Owner-supplied materials (where applicable). Notify ,. 34 Landscape Architect before bidding of any conditions adversely affecting the performance of fencing. 35 36 Contractor shall provide warranty stating that the fencing is secure and stable,tight,corrosion-fee,in proper 37 alignment, complete in detail and finish, and free of hazardous conditions. Any defects that develop within 38 one(1)year from the date of Physical Completion shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 39 40 Standard Specifications: All work shall conform to all applicable requirements of the following Standard 41 Specifications,whether specifically referred to or not,except as specifically modified herein. 42 +� 43 ASTM Committee F-14 Standards on Fences(latest edition). 44 45 Perform all shop and field welding in accordance with the pertinent recommendations of the ++ 46 American Welding Society. 47 48 Pipe ASTM A- rr 49 .. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02830 Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Comnany,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SUBMITTALS 2 3 Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and 4 profiles,and fmishes for the following: 5 6 Fence and gateposts,rails,and fittings 7 Chain-link fabric,reinforcements and attachments 8 Gate and hardware 9 10 Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of chain-link fences and gates,which indicate manufacturing 11 date and lot number for all materials, and certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. rrr 12 13 Shop Drawings shall include the following: 14 15 Layout of fence and gate with dimensions, details, and fmishes of components, accessories, and 16 post foundations. Include plans, elevations, sections, gate swing and other required installation and 17 operational clearances,and details of post anchorage and attachment and bracing. 18 19 Samples for Verification: Submit the following samples with factory-applied color finish from the same 20 material to be used for the Work: 21 22 PVC-coated steel chain link fabric in 6-inch lengths. 23 Polymer coated posts in 6-inch lengths,and on full-sized units for accessories.Color:black. 24 Galvanized steel chain link fabric in 6-inch lengths. 25 Galvanized posts in 6-inch lengths,and on full-sized units for accessories. 26 27 Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" to demonstrate their 28 capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names 29 and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 30 air 31 Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of chain-link fence and gate grounding 32 and bonding with performance requirements. 33 WA 34 Maintenance Data: For the following to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1: 35 36 Polymer fmishes. „ 37 Galvanized finishes. 38 39 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 40 41 All materials are to be new and delivered to the site in an undamaged condition. Store materials off the 42 ground and protect from damage. In the event of damage, immediately make repairs and/or replace as 43 necessary to the approval of the Owner's Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner. 44 45 SITE CONDITIONS 46 ft 47 Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted 48 under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according 49 to requirements indicated: W ab "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02830 Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Aw 2 Notify Owner's Representative not less than two (2) days in advance of proposed utility 3 interruptions. 4 5 Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's Representatives' written permission. 6 7 Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in 8 relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. 9 10 11 PART 2—PRODUCTS 12 13 14 GENERAL 15 16 Type I Chain-link Fence - 16' High vinyl(coated black) 17 Type 1B Chain-link Fence - 8'High vinyl(coated black) 18 Type 1 C Chain-link Fence - 5' High galvanized 19 20 CHAINLINK FABRIC or 21 22 General Fencing: Provide helically wound and woven fabric fabricated in one-piece widths with 1 3/4-inch 23 diamond mesh of 9 gauge steel wire with a diameter of 0.120"and a break load of 8501bs. Fabric shall be AW 24 hot-dip galvanized before weaving, smooth and of uniform thickness, and free from dross, uncoated spots 25 and adhered particles of foreign material. 26 a. 27 Height: As shown on drawings. 28 PVC-Coated over galvanized wire: Class 2A; black in color and complying with ASTM F-934; 29 extruded and bonded to chain-link fabric; thermally fused polyvinyl chloride; weight of coating to N, 30 be 1.2 oz.Per square foot of actual surface. 31 Selvage of fabric:knuckled at top and bottom. 32 Fabric to be installed on outside of tennis court,outside of boat enclosure and to match existing. as 33 34 Type 1C Fencing: Provide helically wound and woven fabric fabricated in one-piece widths with 2-inch 35 diamond mesh of 11 gauge core wire. Fabric shall be hot-dip galvanized before weaving, smooth and of a 36 uniform thickness,and free from dross,uncoated spots and adhered particles of foreign material. 37 38 Height: As shown on drawings. 39 Selvage of fabric: knuckled at top and bottom. 40 Fabric to be installed on outside face of chiller pad. 41 42 STEEK FENCE FRAMING 43 44 Round Steel Pipe (General): Piping for fence and gates shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, hot-dip 45 galvanized steel pipe,polymer coated,color black: 46 47 Rails: Continuous top rail, intermediate rail and bottom rail shall be 1-5/8 inch OD. 48 Line Posts: 2-1/2"OD. 49 Terminal Posts: Corner and terminal posts shall be 3"OD. rw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02830 Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.u.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Round Steel Pipe (Type 1 C): Piping for fence and gates shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, hot-dip 3 galvanized steel pipe: 4 5 Rails: Continuous top rail,intermediate rail and bottom rail shall be 1-5/8 inch OD. rrr 6 Line Posts: 2-1/2"OD. 7 Terminal Posts: Corner and terminal posts shall be 3"OD. 8 9 CHAINLINK SWING GATES 10 11 General: 12 13 Comply with ASTM F 900. 14 All gate members and hardware to be black in color except type lc they shall be galvanized. 15 16 Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F 1083 and ASTM F 1043 for materials 17 and protective coatings. 18 r 19 Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight 20 according to ASTM F 900: 21 r 22 Section above gate shall be Fabric fencing,not barbed wire, for a total height of ten(10)feet at gate 23 location. 24 Provide hardware and members necessary to prevent sagging of gates specified on plan. 25 26 Frame Corner Construction as follows: 27 28 Assembled with corner fittings and 5/16-inch-diameter, adjustable truss rods for panels five (5) feet 29 wide or wider. 30 31 Gate Posts: Fabricate members from round galvanized steel pipe with outside dimension and weight 32 according to ASTM F 900. 33 34 Hardware: 35 36 Fence Installation Contractor is responsible for coordinating the installation of security hardware on 37 gate with the Owner's Representative and Security Hardware Trades. 38 39 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 40 ` 41 Fittings: Provide fittings for a complete fence installation, including special fittings for corners.All fittings 42 shall be hot-dipped galvanized pressed steel of industrial quality in accordance with ASTM F 626-89a. 43 uir 44 Tension Wire: Provide No. 7 W&M gauge galvanized high carbon coiled tension wire stretched along the 45 bottom of fabric and fastened to the fabric at intervals of not more than two (2) feet using steel hog rings. 46 Tension wire shall be attached with brace band, and nut and bolt, and shall be terminated around the bolt to 47 itself with a minimum of three(3)complete wraps. 48 A " RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02830 Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington Page 5 rr Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 Post and Line Caps: Hot-dip galvanized pressed steel, weather tight closure cap for each post. Make r1 2 permanent connection. Provide dome type post caps and line post caps with loop to receive top rail. 3 4 All fittings and accessories to be black in color except type lc they shall be galvanized. AN 5 6 7 PART 3—EXECUTION 8 9 10 PREPARATION it 12 Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for a verified survey of property lines and 13 legal boundaries, site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance. Do 14 not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Owner's 15 Representative.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 16 17 Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property 18 monuments. 19 20 The Contractor is responsible for all temporary barricades, enclosures, and protection of adjacent property 21 and existing work. These are to be in place before operations are started. Coordinate this work with other 22 work and trades. 23 w 24 Stake locations of fence lines,gates,and terminal posts. 25 26 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION r 27 28 General: Install chain-link tennis court fencing to comply with ASTM F 969 and more stringent 29 requirements as specified herein. 30 31 Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at 32 changes in horizontal alignment of 90 degrees. 33 34 Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at ten(10)feet maximum on center. 35 36 Rails: Top rail shall be securely fastened to terminal posts and pass through tops of line post fittings, 37 forming a continuous rail for the full length of fence. Lengths less than ten (10) feet shall not be used 38 adjacent to terminal posts. Place top rail and coupling to allow for slip expansion and contraction. 39 Intermediate rails shall conform to same specifications for top rail and be joined at line posts with double- 40 end socket clamps. 41 Post Bracing Assemblies: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of 42 fencing. Install braces at end and gateposts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. 43 Locate horizontal braces at mid-height of fabric on fences with top rail. Install so posts are plumb when 44 diagonal rod is under proper tension. 45 811 46 Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. 47 Stretch along the bottom of fabric within six (6) inches of the bottom of the fabric and pull the wire taut, 48 without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire,spaced .. 49 a maximum of twenty-four (24) inches o.c. Tension wire shall be attached with brace band, and nut and .r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02830 ` Cedar River Park CHAINLINK Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. 2-02072) 1 bolt, and shall be terminated around the bolt to itself with a minimum of three complete wraps. Tension 2 wire shall be installed before stretching fabric. 3 4 Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to inside (playing side) of enclosing framework. Leave one (1) inch 5 between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension 6 wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. 7 8 Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with u 9 tension bands spaced not more than twelve(12)inches o.c. 10 11 Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end „ 12 to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link 13 fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. Tie fabric to 14 line posts twelve(12)inches o.c.and to braces twenty-four(24)inches o.c. 15 16 Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. 17 Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. 18 ` 19 GATE INSTALLATION 20 21 General: Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full rr 22 opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper-resistant or 23 concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth 24 operation and lubricate where necessary. 25 26 Fence Installation Contractor is responsible for coordinating the installation of security hardware on gate 27 with the Owner's Representative and Security Hardware. 28 29 ADJUSTING 30 wr 31 Gate: Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding, warp, excessive deflection, 32 distortion,nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction. Confirm that latches and locks engage 33 accurately and securely without forcing or binding. „ 34 35 Lubricate all gate hardware and other moving parts. 36 37 38 END OF SECTION 02830 39 40 41 TC/Merch 11,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02848 Cedar River Park SITE STONEWORK Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural COMMPY.R.S. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02848-SITE STONEWORK s 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 �r 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 „ 8 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 9 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 10 11 SUMMARY 12 13 Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and related items necessary to complete the work shown on the 14 Drawings and/or Specifications. The items of work to be performed include but are not limited to: 15 16 Stonework indicated on the Landscape drawings. 17 18 Mortar 19 20 RELATED SECTIONS 21 22 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 23 Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 24 25 SUBMITTALS 26 .� 27 Product Data: Including stone type and quantity(tonnage for each size), for each variety of stone. Submit 28 in accordance with section 01300. 29 .. 30 The following shall be submitted sixty(60)days,minimum,prior to beginning work under this Section. 31 32 List of materials and sources for products to be installed under this section. Include a description of 33 the components of each material. 34 35 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in Paragraph 1 A.B. to demonstrate their 36 capabilities and experience. Include information confirming they meet the specified requirements, 37 list of at least five (5) similar projects that they have completed in the last three (3)years. Include 38 the project's name,address,name of designer and owner, and pictures of each project. ®r 39 40 Truck delivery receipts listing the type and tonnage of stone delivered to the site. 41 42 A project schedule indicating coordination with other site and building construction activities and "� 43 proposed duration of work. 44 45 Provide product data and shop drawings for all stone fasteners. 46 47 QUALITY ASSURANCE 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02848 Cedar River Park SITE STONEWORK Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Com an s. (2-02072) P �P• 1 Sources: Each separate material type of the landscape stonework shall be obtained from a single source and 2 be of the same type material to assure uniformity of quality and appearance. Deliver all project stone 3 materials to an approved holding area prior to commencement of work for review by the Owner's 4 Representative. 5 r 6 In-Progress Alterations: 7 8 Following acceptance of the mock-up during the course of work, the Owner's Representative will �r 9 closely monitor the Contractor's work for conformance. Contractor shall make modifications to the 10 stonework as directed by the Owner's Representative. Such modifications shall include,but not be 11 limited to, shifting stone locations and dismantling and reconstruction of portions of the stonework 12 so as to achieve tolerances, stone composition and aesthetic effect. Unclean,marred and blemished 13 stones shall not be re-used and shall be replaced with acceptable materials. 14 15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 16 17 Deliver materials to the site only when the work area is ready and stonework can begin. 18 19 Store and handle stone and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, 20 temperature changes,contaminants,corrosion,breaking,chipping,or other causes. 21 22 Store cementitious materials off the ground,under cover and in a dry location. 23 24 Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can be 25 maintained and contamination avoided. 26 27 Store masonry accessories,including metal items,to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 28 29 Store materials on site only in areas approved by the General Contractor, in a safe and tidy manner, and 30 such that there is no inference with other trades and traffic in the right-of-way. rr 31 32 Handling: 33 , 34 Handle materials in a safe and professional manner. Use tools, equipment and methods designed 35 and suitable for the task being performed. 36 37 When stone is being lifted and placed, use equipment sized to safely handle at least 200 percent of 38 the maximum load. 39 40 Comply with all applicable safety standards, requirements and practices, including those for using 41 safety glasses or goggles. 42 43 PROJECT CONDITIONS ` 44 45 Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 46 Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone masonry damaged by frost or 47 freezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements: 48 ift to RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02848 Cedar River Park SITE STONEWORK Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,v s (2-02072) 1 Cold-Weather Construction: When ambient temperature is within limits indicated, use the a. 2 following procedures: 3 4 40 to 32 degrees F (4 to 0 degrees C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar 5 temperatures between 40 and 120 degrees F(4 and 49 degrees C). 6 7 35 to 25 degrees F(4 to minus 4 degrees C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar 8 temperature between 40 and 120 degrees F (4 and 49 degrees C). Maintain mortar above 9 freezing until used in masonry. 10 11 Cold-Weather Protection: When mean daily temperature is within limits indicated, provide the 12 following protection: 13 14 40 to 25 degrees F (4 to minus 4 degrees C): Cover masonry with weather-resistant 15 membrane for 48 hours after construction. 16 17 25 to 20 degrees F(minus 4 to minus 7 degrees C): Cover masonry with insulating blankets 18 or provide enclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent freezing. Use 19 windbreaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h(25km/h). 20 21 Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 degrees F(4 22 degrees C) and above and will remain so until stone masonry veneer has dried out,but not less than 23 seven(7)days after completing cleaning. 24 25 Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect stone masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions 26 produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use nr 27 cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 degrees F (38 28 degrees C)and above. 29 30 SUBSTITUTIONS 31 32 Make no materials substitutions without the written approval of the Owner's Representative. .r 33 34 LAYOUT 35 36 Verify the location of all elements of the stonework prior to installation. The Owner's Representative 37 reserves the right to adjust the locations of stonework during the installation period as appropriate to the 38 job. 39 40 41 PART 2—PRODUCTS 42 43 44 STONE AND GRAVEL 45 46 ST-1: Bandera weathered granite as supplied by Marenakos Rock Center. 47 48 Boulder Walls: 30"diameter,20 tons 49 ,.r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02848 .r Cedar River Park SITE STONEWORK Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Compan y,p s (2-02072) 1 Random Boulders: 18-24"diameter,5 tons 2 .r 3 MORTAR MATERIALS 4 5 General: mortar shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S, using Type I Portland cement +W+ 6 hydrated lime with additives as specified herein. 7 8 Admixture: 9 10 Latex acrylic admixture in factory pre-diluted or concentrated form(water emulsion) shall serve as 11 replacement for all of the gauging water. Type shall be specifically recommended by latex additive 12 manufacturer for use with job-mixed latex-modified materials of type indicated. 13 14 Subject to compliance with specified requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be 15 incorporated in the work include: 16 17 Laticrete 4237 Latex Mortar Additive and 3701 Admixture. 18 19 Fosroc Renderoc SD with Renderoc Liquid Polymer. 20 21 Mortar Pigment: 22 23 Acceptable products: 24 25 True Tone Mortar Colors;Davis Colors 26 27 Centurion Pigments;Lafarge Corporation + 28 29 SGS Mortar Colors; Solomon Grind—Chem. Services,Inc. 30 „ 31 Alternate Manufacturers: Submit Substitution Request prior to Bid Date in accordance with Division 1 32 Section"Product Substitutions." 33 34 MASONRY CLEANERS 35 36 Cleaning solution shall be ProSoCo,"Sure Klean 600." Muriatic Acid is not acceptable. 37 38 MORTAR MIXES 39 40 General 41 42 Mortar mix shall comply with referred standards and with latex-acrylic admixture manufacturers' 43 instructions relative to mix proportions, mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, 44 mixing time and other procedures needed to produce mortar of uniform quality and with optimum 45 performance characteristics. 46 47 Admixtures including coloring pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, 48 water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds or calcium chloride shall not be used unless 49 otherwise specifically indicated. "�' 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02848 Cedar River Park SITE STONEWORK Renton,Washington Page 5 AS Northwest Architectural Company.n.s. 2-02072) 1 A. 2 Cementitious materials, water and aggregates shall not be mixed in a mechanical batch 3 mixer. 4 AW 5 Mortar mix shall include Portland cement, aggregate and latex additive, for stiff mixture with moist 6 surface at time stone is set. 7 8 Anti-freeze compounds shall not be used to lower the freezing point of mortar. 9 10 If water is lost by evaporation the mix shall be re-tempered only within two (2) hours of mixing. Mortar r 11 that has hardened or stiffened due to hydration of the cement shall not be used. 12 13 Mortar shall be used within two (2) hours after mixing at temperatures over fifty (50) degrees F, or 2 %z 14 hours at temperatures under fifty (50) degrees F. Mortar shall conform to the requirements for cold/hot 15 weather provision as stated in Chapter 24 of the U.B.C. 16 17 Source Quality Control: 18 19 Mortar shall be treated for compressive strength, consistency, water content, air content and sheer 20 bond strength in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 780. 21 22 Compressive stress requirement for Type S Mortar fin= 180 psi. 23 r 24 25 PART 3—EXECUTION 26 27 28 EXAMINATION 29 30 Verify the following: 31 32 Support work and site conditions are ready to receive Work of this Section. Items in other Sections 33 are properly located and sized 34 35 PREPERATION .�. 36 37 Lines, levels and reference points shall be established prior to beginning work and shall be protected and 38 maintained throughout the course of work. 39 40 Stone shall be cleared prior to placement. Implements and methods that can stain, mar, mark or damage 41 exposed surfaces shall not be used. 42 43 All improvements and utilities within the work area shall be located prior to beginning work and shall be 44 protected during the course of the work. 45 46 Coordinate with irrigation work as required to provide sleeving and / or pipe access into all planting 47 pockets. 48 49 CLEANING RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02848 +' Cedar River Park SITE STONEWORK Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company p.s.(2-020721 1 2 Replace any damaged stone deemed unacceptable by the Owner's Representative. 3 4 Immediately after being laid, and while the mortar is fresh, stone shall be thoroughly cleaned of mortar 5 stains and kept clean until the work is accepted. +rr 6 7 Excess stone,mortar and other materials shall be removed upon completion of work. Soil contaminated by 8 mortar and other undesirable materials shall be removed and replaced with acceptable topsoil. r. 9 10 Spoiled surfaces shall be cleaned with a cleaning solution. Non-metallic tools shall be used in cleaning 11 operations. 12 13 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 14 15 Final acceptance of the stonework in this section shall be made by the Owner's Representative or Owner 16 after an inspection to determine 100 percent completion of the Contract Work and all punch list items. 17 18 19 END OF SECTION 02848 20 21 22 TC/March 11,2003 23 ■r rr wr rrr` go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 02900—LANDSCAPING ■r 2 3 PART1 -GENERAL 4 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 „ 8 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Conditions and Division I 9 specification sections,apply to work of this section. 10 11 SECTION INCLUDES 12 13 The work in this section shall include but not be limited to the following: ar 14 15 Furnish all labor, material, tools, machinery and equipment necessary to install a complete and 16 finished landscape installation as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 17 18 Work includes topsoil installation, finish grading, planting of trees, shrubs and groundcover and 19 lawn including fertilization,staking and application of mulch. 20 21 RELATED WORK 22 23 Coordinate work specified in other parts of the Project Manual,including but not limited to the following: 24 25 Division 2"Earthwork" 26 27 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28 29 Qualifications: Subcontract the landscaping work to a single firm specializing in landscape work. rYr 30 31 Trees, Shrubs and Plants: 32 33 Provide quantity, size, genus, species and variety shown and specified, complying with 34 recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60.1,American Standard for Nursery Stock. 35 r 36 Trees and shrubs of larger size than specified may be used if acceptable to Landscape Architect and 37 if sizes of roots or balls are increased proportionately. 38 39 Plants to be in vigorous health relatively free of all pests, disease, fungus, disfiguring knots, sun rr 40 scalds, abrasions of the bark, broken tops, torn roots and other objectionable features. Plants cut 41 back from larger sizes to meet specified size will not be accepted. Upon arrival to site, all plant 42 material must show no sign of windburn or wilt due to shipping. All plants to be nursery-grown 43 stock unless otherwise specified. Plants to have no cuts over 3/4" in diameter that have not 44 completely healed over. Leader to be intact on all plants. Plants are to be of specimen quality as 45 described by the "American Nursery Stock Standards." 46 47 Where formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs are shown, select stock for 48 uniform height and spread. "� 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Do not use Christmas Tree stock for evergreen plant material. 2 �+ 3 Availability of Materials: 4 5 Submit source and proof of having secured plant materials for each plant specified to be installed 6 sixty(60)days before plant installation or thirty(30)days prior to end of digging season,whichever 7 date comes first,no exceptions. 8 rr 9 When specified landscape material is reportedly not obtainable, submit to Landscape Architect 10 proof of non-availability and a written proposal for use of similar material no later than ten (10) 11 working days after date of construction contract. 12 13 Analysis and Standards: Package standard products with manufacturer's certified analysis. 14 15 SUBMITTALS 16 17 Submit product data and samples in accordance with Section 01330 and the following: 18 19 Submit one half cubic foot sample of topsoil. Include written statement giving location of 20 properties from which topsoil is to be obtained. If premixed topsoil is used at the contractor's 21 option, submit the above sample. 22 23 Submit one half cubic foot sample of mulch. 24 25 Photographs of all tree material: A person is to be included with the photos for scale relationship. 26 27 Schedules: 28 29 Submit a planting schedule prior to beginning work indicating dates, location and types of work 30 expected to be performed,during normal seasons for such work in areas of the site. 31 32 Correlate with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of substantial 33 completion. 34 35 Once accepted, revise dates only as approved in writing, after documentation of reasons for 36 revision. 37 38 Certifications: 39 40 Submit certificates of inspection of plant materials as required by governmental authorities having 41 jurisdiction. 42 43 File inspection certificates which are required by law to accompany each shipment of plant 44 materials from out of state with architect. Upon arrival at project site and before planting, 45 Landscape Architect is required to inspect plant material. Replace any plants rejected by ift 46 Landscape Architect as not conforming to specified requirements with healthy plant of type 47 specified. 48 49 Submit manufacturers or vendor's certified analysis for soil amendments and fertilizer material. �` do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. 2-02072) 1 2 Submit certified analysis of lawn seed mixtures, proof of certification of seed mixture blends, and 3 99%weed free. 4 5 Submit analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the 6 Association of Official Agriculture Chemists,wherever applicable for other products. 7 dM 8 SOIL TESTING 9 10 Imported topsoil: Contractor must submit a soil fertility and micronutrient analysis test of the proposed 11 material from the proposed import source.The test must provide separate and appropriate recommendations 12 for fertilizer and soil amendments specific to [1] lawn areas and [2] plant beds, tree pits and planters. 13 Contractor shall coordinate,obtain and pay for all soil tests. �. 14 15 Salvaged on site topsoil: Contractor must submit a soil fertility and micronutrient analysis test from a 16 representative sample of material if any is proposed for use. The test must provide separate and appropriate 17 recommendations for fertilizer and soil amendments specific to [1] lawn areas and [2] plant beds, tree pits 18 and planters. Contractor shall coordinate,obtain and pay for all soil tests. 19 20 DELIVERY, STORAGE.&HANDLING 21 22 Deliver packaged materials in manufacturer's unopened containers, fully identified by name, brand, type, 23 weight and analysis. 24 25 Deliver and store materials to prevent damage or intrusion of foreign matter. 26 27 Deliver trees, shrubs and groundcovers after preparations for planting have been completed and the 28 irrigation system is operational. Plant immediately. 29 30 Provide freshly dug trees and shrubs. 31 32 Protect trunks and branches from damage. rr 33 34 Protect root systems from drying out. 35 36 Label one of each tree and shrub variety with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 37 designation,botanical name and supplier's name. 38 39 Do not prune prior to delivery unless otherwise approved by Landscape Architect. 40 41 Do not drop balled and burlapped stock during delivery. 42 43 Provide shade for plant material if planting is delayed more than six(6)hours after delivery to site. 44 Water as required in order to keep rootball moist. 45 46 Do not remove container-grown stock from containers until planting time. 47 48 Plants that cannot be planted within one (1) day after arrival shall be "heeled-in" in accordance with sound """' 49 horticultural practice and the following requirements: RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Compan ,p.s. 2-02072) 1 2 Protect root ball of balled and burlapped plants with moist earth, sawdust or other material 3 approved by the Landscape Architect. 4 5 Protect plant materials at all times from extreme weather conditions and keep moist. All plants that 6 are to be stored longer than one month shall be planted in nursery rows and maintained by 7 contractor at contractor's expense. 8 9 SITE CONDITIONS 10 11 Execute all work in an orderly and careful manner with due consideration for irrigation systems, 12 surrounding areas,plantings,or structures which are to remain. 13 14 Protect adjacent property and improvements from work damage. 15 16 Repair any damage until acceptable to Landscape Architect. 17 r�r 18 Protect improvements from damage, soiling or discoloration. 19 20 Examine finish grades, verify elevations, observe conditions under which work is to be performed and 21 notify Landscape Architect of unsatisfactory conditions. "` 22 23 Maintain grade-set stakes until Landscape Architect and Contractor mutually agree upon removal. 24 25 Proceed with work only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 26 27 Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered (e.g. adverse drainage 28 conditions),notify Landscape Architect before proceeding. 29 30 Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working 31 within the seasonal limitations for each type of planting work required. 32 33 Utilities: Determine location of utilities and perform work in manner which will avoid possible damage; it 34 hand excavate as required. 35 36 Environmental Requirements: ,,, 37 38 Plant or install materials during normal planting seasons for each type of planting required. 39 40 Planting shall not be permitted during the following conditions: 41 42 Cold weather: less than 32°F. rrt 43 44 Hot weather: greater than 90°F. 45 46 Wet weather: saturated soil. 47 48 Windy weather: wind velocity greater than 30 m.p.h. 49 rrr As RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 5 AM Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Prepare soil only when topsoil is not saturated,muddy or frozen. ar. 2 3 Seeding prior to April 15th and after September 15th may proceed only upon approval by Landscape 4 Architect. rr 5 6 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING 7 8 Provide the following notices to the Landscape Architect and Owner: 9 10 In advance of plant material delivery so that plants may be inspected upon site delivery: seven (7) 11 days. 12 13 Before Owner is to assume maintenance responsibility: seven(7)days. 14 15 Before time requested for inspection for Substantial Completion: seven(7)days,in writing. 16 17 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE 18 19 Upon completion of all landscape work, the landscape Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect to 20 inspect the site to determine if substantial completion has been reached. 21 22 The one-year plant establishment and maintenance period will start immediately after the Landscape 23 Architect has reviewed the plantings and a Punch List has been prepared. 24 25 Any delay in satisfying outstanding punch list items shall constitute an extension of the one (1) year 26 maintenance period accordingly. 27 28 During this one (1)year period,provide watering, fertilizer, weeding, spraying, resetting of unstable plants 29 and other maintenance to assure healthy growth. err 30 31 Maintain trees,shrubs and other plants by pruning and cultivating. 32 33 Weekly clean up and weeding. 34 35 Tighten and repair tree stakes and guy supports. Reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical r 36 position as required. 37 38 Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 39 40 Maintain lawn areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming and rolling. Regrade and reseed 41 as necessary to establish a smooth surface and growth of uniform color and density, free of eroded or bare 42 areas. 43 44 Mow lawns to a height of 1-1/2 inches after lawn has rooted in and reached a height of 2-1/2 45 inches;remove clippings. 46 47 Mow and clean up lawn areas weekly and edge every other week. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Water all planted areas to provide optimum conditions for plant growth. Thoroughly soak the soil of these 2 areas to its full depth at least twice weekly during the one (1) year maintenance period except from 3 November 1"to March 1'during this period. 4 5 WARRANTY rr 6 7 General Warranty: The Special Warranty Specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other 8 rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents, Division I, and shall be in rfr 9 addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the 10 Contract Documents. The warranty for plant materials will extend one (1) year from the date of the 11 beginning of the plant establishment and maintenance period. Warrant all plant materials against defects 12 including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack of adequate maintenance, 13 neglect, or abuse by Owner, abnormal weather conditions unusual for warranty period or incidents that are 14 beyond Contractor's control. 15 16 Remove and replace plants that die immediately, show unsatisfactory growth, or are in unhealthy condition, 17 except for defects resulting from neglect,damage or abuse by Owner. 18 19 Acceptance of lawn areas will be based upon growth of a uniform color and dense stand of grass, without 20 bare spots larger than 1' x 1' square. Areas which fail to produce acceptable growth shall be repeatedly 21 seeded at no change in Contract Amount. 22 23 Materials not meeting quality, condition, size or other specification requirements will be rejected and 24 immediately removed from the site. 25 26 At the completion of the warranty period, the Owner will inspect the site to determine the condition of 27 materials provided under this contract. ft 28 29 Another inspection will be conducted at the end of the extended warranty period, if any, to determine 30 acceptance or rejection. �. 31 32 Fees: 33 , 34 Fees for normal inspections and tests will be paid by the Owner. 35 36 Additional inspections and tests required because of defective work or ill-timed notices will be at 37 the Contractor's expense. 38 39 40 PART 2—PRODUCTS 41 42 43 MATERIALS 44 45 Topsoil: 46 47 Provide imported two-way mix, screened, friable,natural sandy loam, consisting of 2/3 soil and 1/3 48 decomposed organic matter, free of subsoil, ad-mixtures or soil amendments,clay lumps or clods of 49 hard earth, brush, weeds, stumps, roots, other litter, sticks, stones larger than 1-1/2 inches in any RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.(2-02072) 1 dimension or other extraneous material or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Soil shall not be 2 used in a muddy condition. 3 4 All topsoil required to be stored on site prior to installation will be located in areas designated by 5 Landscape Architect and approved by Owner. 6 7 If any on site topsoil is proposed for use,a soil fertility analysis test shall be prepared and submitted rr 8 to the Landscape Architect for consideration. On site topsoil may not be used on site without 9 written consent of the Owner or Landscape Architect. 10 ,. 11 Fertilizer: 12 13 Controlled release commercial fertilizer, tablets or granular form. Complete fertilizer of neutral 14 character, with some elements derived from organic sources and containing the following 15 percentages of available plant nutrients: 16 r� 17 For planting areas,provide fertilizer with not less than ten percent(10%)total nitrogen,ten percent 18 (10%)available phosphoric acid and ten percent(10%)soluble potash. 19 20 For lawn areas, provide 10-20-20 fertilizer. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to 21 lawn during initial growth: at least fifty percent(50%)of nitrogen to be in organic form. 22 23 Water: 24 25 Suitable for irrigation,free from ingredients harmful to plant life. 26 27 Plants: 28 29 Provide sufficient plants to complete work shown on drawings. 30 31 Provide plants free of disease,injury and insect infestation,and full foliaged when in leaf. 32 ... 33 Cold storage stock is unacceptable. 34 35 Container stock: Grown in container at least 6 months without root bind. ,r. 36 37 Provide balled and burlapped(B&B)trees and shrubs unless otherwise indicated. 38 39 Container-grown deciduous trees and shrubs will be acceptable instead of balled and burlapped 40 deciduous trees subject to specified limitations of ANSI Z60.1 for container stock. 41 42 Sod: 43 44 Provide strongly rooted sod, not less than two (2)years old, free of weeds and undesirables native 45 grasses, and machine cut to pad thickness of 3/4"(+ or— '/4"), excluding top growth and thatch, 18" 46 maximum pad width, 48" minimum pad length. Provide only sod capable of vigorous growth and 47 development when planted(viable,not dormant) 48 w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 .r Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company.v.s. (2-02072) 1 Provide sod of uniform pad sizes with maximum five percent (5%) deviation in either length or 2 width. Broken pads or pads with uneven ends will not be acceptable. Sod pads incapable of 3 supporting their own weight when suspended vertically with a firm grasp on upper ten percent 4 (10%)or pad will be rejected. 5 .r 6 Provide sod from acceptable local source. Submit list of varieties and percentages in sod for 7 approval. 8 r 9 Sod pad to be free of mesh. 10 I1 Mulch: Shall be well-rotted Pacific Garden Mulch (black in color), or approved equal. The moisture 12 content shall be forty percent (40%) or more, retained with normal watering or rainfall. The bark shall be 13 free of leaves, twigs, and other debris to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. Submit sample for 14 Landscape Architect's approval. 15 16 Soil Amendments: Any necessary soil amendments, as determined by the results of the soil test, shall 17 conform to the following: 18 19 Lime: Agricultural dolomitic limestone containing not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of total 20 carbonates with a minimum of thirty percent(30%)magnesium carbonates, ground so that not less 21 than ninety percent (90%) passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than fifty percent (50%) passes a 22 100-mesh sieve. Neutralizing value: ninety percent(90%)minimum. 23 24 Gypsum: Horticultural grade material. 25 26 Humus: Use one of the following: 27 28 Manure: Well rotted or composted,uniform texture. Provide from local source. 29 30 Mushroom compost: Provide from local source. 31 32 Sawdust: A minimum of two (2) years old, well rotted, crumbly and free of weeds, rock, 33 sticks and other extraneous matter. err 34 35 Bone Meal: Commercial, raw, finely ground, six percent(6%)nitrogen, and twenty percent(20%) 36 phosphoric acid. 37 38 Mixes: Thoroughly blend and mix the imported topsoil and soil amendment materials while in a moist 39 condition or maintain approved premixed topsoil in moist condition. 40 41 Lawn Areas: Topsoil: four(4) inches minimum depth compacted on 6"loose, additional as needed 42 to meet required grades,hold one(1)inch below adjacent paved walks and curbs. 43 44 Planting Beds: Topsoil: 8-inch minimum depth; additional as needed to meet grades; hold 3" 45 below adjacent paved walks,curbs and planter walls. 46 47 Planters: Fill entire depth of planter;hold 3"below planter walls. 48 go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Plant Pit and Trench Backfill: Excavated soil with debris removed, supplemented with topsoil. 2 Mix shall be equal parts of each. 3 4 Accessories: 5 6 Tree Staking Material: 2"x 2" x 8'lodgepole pine stake. Guy trunk to stake w/#12 galvanized wire 7 and 1/2"diameter rubber hose. See detail drawings. aw 8 9 Anti-Desiccant: Emulsion type, film-forming agent designed to permit transpiration but retard 10 excessive loss of moisture from plants,manufactured by"Wilt-Pruf'. �. 11 12 13 14 15 16 PART 3—EXECUTION 17 18 19 EXAMINATION 20 wa 21 Examine for site conditions that will.adversely affect execution, permanence, quality of work and survival 22 of plants and lawns. 23 "' 24 Begin work required under this section after conditions are satisfactory; start of work denotes acceptance by 25 Contractor and he/she assumes responsibility for final results. 26 'w 27 Verify that grades and slopes of planting areas insure positive drainage and that they are acceptable to 28 Landscape Architect prior to commencing work of this section. 29 AN 30 Install plantings only after fine grading soil testing,soil preparation and amendments have been installed. 31 32 Install plantings only in areas where the irrigation system is installed and fully operational. s 33 34 Proceed with and complete the planting work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working 35 within the seasonal limitation for each kind of planting work required. r. 36 37 Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and before seeding lawn. 38 A, 39 PREPARATION 40 41 Protection: Protect all adjacent property and site improvements from work damage, including staining, 42 soiling or discoloring,and replace portions damaged through this operation. 43 44 Surface Preparation: 45 ' 46 Locate and securely mark or flag irrigation sprinkler heads, area drains, catch basins, cleanouts, 47 manholes, valve boxes and other site improvements not extending more than six (6) inches above 48 finish grade. '`� 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 r. Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Grading: 2 3 Verify subgrade elevations with Owner's Representative prior to placement of topsoil. 4 5 Limit fine grading to areas ready for planting. 6 7 Bring shrub and groundcover planting areas to relatively smooth,even grades and slopes by 8 dragging, hand raking and other appropriate methods. Water thoroughly to assure 9 settlement. 10 11 Establish vertical curves or rounding at abrupt changes in slope to provide a smooth and irre 12 gradual grade transition. 13 14 Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple planting. Stake or flag locations 15 and outline areas and secure Landscape Architect's acceptance before start of planting work. Make 16 minor adjustments as may be required. 17 rrr 18 Make location and facing adjustments as requested by Landscape Architect. 19 20 Remove gravel, sand, debris and other deleterious materials from planting areas. Remove existing 21 soil as necessary to place planting soil mixes to the depths specified. 22 23 Place all soil to the required finished grades. Except where drawings or details show otherwise, 24 place to the following minimum depths and levels(measured after initial setting of soil): 25 26 Minimum Depths: 27 Shrub Areas 18"minimum depth 28 Groundcover Areas 12"minimum depth 29 Lawn Areas 4"minimum depth 30 err 31 Levels: 32 Lawn Flush with adjacent surfaces 33 Shrub Beds 2"below adjacent surfaces wrr 34 35 PLACING TOPSOIL 36 , 37 Planting Soils-General: 38 39 Place and spread topsoil over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than the depth required 40 so that after light rolling and watering, the complete work will conform to the lines, grades and 41 elevations indicated, and shall assure proper drainage in an uninterrupted pattern free of hollows 42 and pockets. 43 44 Mix specified soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at rates recommended by soil tests. 45 wr 46 Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within a few days. 47 48 For pit and trench backfill,mix necessary soil amendments before backfilling. 49 as do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 11 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 For planting beds, planters on grade: Mix planting soil prior to planting or apply on surface of 2 topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. 3 4 Mix lime with dry soil prior to mixing of fertilizer. 5 6 Prevent lime from contacting roots of acid-loving plants. 7 •• 8 Tilling and Subgrade Preparation: 9 10 For on-grade planting areas, loosen subgrade soil of planting beds to minimum depth of six (6) to 11 inches using a cultimulcher or similar equipment. Remove stones, gravel, sticks,rubbish and other 12 extraneous matter. 13 A„ 14 Spread 1/2 depth of specified topsoil. Work into top of loosened subgrade to create a transition 15 layer. Spread remainder of topsoil required to establish proper grade after light rolling and natural 16 settlement. .w 17 18 Place any necessary soil amendments and fertilizer, spread evenly and thoroughly mix/till into the 19 bed to a depth of 4"-6". 20 �r 21 Water thoroughly to assure moist soil condition prior to plant installation. 22 23 Finish Grade of Planting Areas: 24 25 Lawn Areas: Fill planting areas as necessary to meet required grades,hold 1"below adjacent paved 26 walks and curbs. 27 28 Planting Beds: Fill shrub beds to meet required grades; hold 3" below adjacent paved walks and 29 top of planter walls. r 30 31 INSTALLATION-PLANT MATERIALS 32 +. 33 Planting Trees and Shrubs: 34 35 Placing: 36 37 Set plant root crowns approximately two (2) inches above soil surface on six (6) inches of 38 compacted prepared topsoil or compacted subgrade (scarified); deep planting not permitted. 39 Planting depth shall allow for mulch layer and settling to position of nursery soil level. 40 41 Set plants plumb and faced for best appearance. 42 43 Remove any burlap, cords and fasteners from rootball tops and sides. Completely remove 44 wire baskets. Remove rootball containers with nursery industry can cutter, cut cans on two r 45 (2) sides. Remove wooden boxes without damage to rootballs. 46 47 Neatly cut off broken and frayed roots. 48 '®' 49 Backfilling: RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Com an s. (2-020721 P �P• 1 2 Use 1/2 backfill with 1/2 prepared topsoil, carefully tamp soil under and around rootballs; 3 eliminate voids and air pockets. 4 5 Water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. 6 7 Complete backfilling firming to surface grade as required. 8 err 9 Thoroughly water each plant and entire bed immediately after planting. 10 11 Stake or guy trees immediately after planting as specified or shown on drawings. rr. 12 13 LAWN 14 Ift 15 Sod: 16 17 Lay sod within twenty-four (24) hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is 18 frozen or muddy. 19 20 Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitting joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to 21 subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade, 22 eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks 23 between pieces of sod;remove excess to avoid smothering and adjacent grass. 24 25 Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3 26 27 Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or steel staples spaced as 28 recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to prevent 29 slippage. 30 Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week, water daily or 31 more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches below sod. 32 33 Upon Landscape Architect's request, furnish duplicate copies of a statement signed by the vendor + + 34 certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized seed testing laboratory within six(6) 35 months of the date of delivery to the Project site. 36 37 Seed which has become wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged will not be accepted. 38 39 Seed Mix: 40 41 Irrigated areas 42 rrr 43 Mixture to consist of: Percent by weight 44 Perennial Ryegrass(min.3 varieties) 70% 45 Creeping Red Fescue 30% 46 Minimum percent germination and hard seed: 90% 47 Maximum percent weed seed: 0.5% 48 49 INSTALLATION-MISCELLANEOUS N. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Tree Staking: As shown on drawings. 3 4 Mulching: Provide two (2) inch thick minimum over entire tree, shrub and groundcover areas, within two .w 5 (2)days after planting. 6 7 Prevent mulch contact with plant foliage, stems and trunks. rrr 8 9 Anti-desiccant: 10 11 Use anti-desiccant spray at nurseries on deciduous trees or shrubs that are moved in full-leaf before 12 moving and again two(2)weeks after planting. 13 14 Apply anti-desiccant using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, 15 twigs and foliage. 16 .r 17 ADJUSTING 18 19 Pruning: Prune, thin out and shape trees and shrubs in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Do 20 no pruning prior to approval by Landscape Architect. 21 22 Prune trees to retain required height and spread, and at no time more than 1/3 of any dimension of 23 the plant. 24 25 Unless otherwise directed by Landscape Architect,do not cut tree leaders,and remove only injured, 26 broken or dead branches from trees. 27 28 Remove and replace excessively pruned or misshapen stock resulting from improper pruning. 29 30 Prune without distorting basic character form of all plants and only to the extent necessary for each 31 plant. 32 rr 33 CLEANING 34 35 Keep project site reasonably free from accumulation of debris,topsoil and other materials. nr 36 37 Remove topsoil and backfill mixes from walks and paving on a daily basis. 38 39 Broom and hose down areas daily as necessary to maintain clean pavement. 40 41 PROTECTION 42 43 Install temporary barricade of broom stakes 6 ft. o.c. around perimeter of lawn areas upon 44 completion of seeding. Tie taut with two strands of twine and flag with 12-inch strips of plastic 45 tape at 18-inch intervals. Remove when lawn areas are established,two(2)weeks minimum. 46 47 Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other 48 contractors,trades and trespassers. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 02900 Cedar River Park LANDSCAPING Renton,Washington Page 14 r Northwest Architectural Companyp s (2-02072) 1 Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. 2 3 Treat,repair or replace damaged landscape work as directed. 4 5 Reseed lawn areas that are damaged by the Contractor during the period specified above. 6 7 8 END OF SECTION 02900 9 10 11 TC/March 12,2003 wr 12 wa rr� ■r rr► 0 rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE arr 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 rrrr 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 w,r 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mix 15 design,placement procedures,and finishes. 16 17 Related Sections include the following: 18 19 Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. 20 21 Division 2 Section"Cement Concrete Pavement" for concrete pavement and walks. 22 23 DEFINITIONS 24 25 Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic 26 cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume. Paragraph 27 3.15.1) 28 29 SUBMITTALS 30 31 Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. 32 33 Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, 34 project conditions,weather,test results,or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 35 36 Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 37 38 Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement, prepared according to 39 ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material, grade,bar schedules, stirrup 40 spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special 41 reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. 42 rr 43 Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for 44 compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current 45 materials. 46 47 Material Certificates: Signed by-manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with 48 requirements: 49 50 Cementitious materials and aggregates. 51 Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 52 Fiber reinforcement. .• 53 Admixtures. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Co npany p s (2-02072) 1 Waterstops. 2 Bonding agents. 3 Adhesives. 4 Vapor retarders. 5 Epoxy joint filler. 6 Joint-filler strips. 7 Repair materials. 8 9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 11 Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, 12 design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a M 13 record of successful in-service performance. 14 15 Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products 16 complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 17 18 Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having 19 jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as 20 documented according to ASTM E 548. 21 22 Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, 23 Grade 1,according to ACI CP-I or an equivalent certification program. 24 25 Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same 26 manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source,and each admixture from the same manufacturer. +� 27 28 Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DIA, "Structural Welding Code-- 29 Reinforcing Steel." 30 31 ACI Publications: Comply with the following,unless more stringent provisions are indicated: 32 33 ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." ' 34 35 ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 36 37 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 38 39 Deliver, store,and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 40 41 42 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 43 �+• 44 45 FORM-FACING MATERIALS 46 47 Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth 48 concrete surfaces.Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 49 50 Plywood,metal,or other approved panel materials. 51 52 Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: 53 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 3 „„ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Medium-density overlay, Class 1, or better,mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. 2 do 3 Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood,ywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber 4 dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 5 go 6 Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or 7 fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork 8 surface class.Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental to 9 deformation. 10 11 Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads 12 without detrimental deformation. 13 14 Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support 15 weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. �+ 16 17 Chamfer Strips: Wood,metal,PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch,minimum. 18 19 Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or 20 adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 21 22 Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. 23 24 Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable, or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties 25 designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. do 26 27 Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of the exposed 28 concrete surface. 29 as 30 Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete 31 surface. 32 am 33 Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or 34 waterproofing. 35 „ 36 STEEL REINFORCEMENT 37 38 Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60,deformed. 39 ASTM A706 for welded reinforcing 40 41 Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. 42 43 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES 44 45 Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing rr 46 bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard 47 Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive 48 strength than concrete, and as follows: 49 50 For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI 51 Class 1 plastic-protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 52 r M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 .r Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) „ 1 For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar 2 supports. 3 4 For zinc-coated reinforcement,use galvanized wire or dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. 5 6 FIBER REINFORCMENT 7 8 Fiber Reinforcement: Polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for secondary reinforcement of 9 concrete slabs; comply with ASTM C 1116,Type III. 10 11 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 12 ■r 13 Gilco Fibers,Cormix Construction Chemicals 14 Durafiber,Durafiber Corp. 15 Fiberstrand 100,Euclid Chemical Co. 16 Fibermesh, Fibermesh,Co.,Div. Synthetic Industries, Inc. 17 Forta CR,Forta Corp. 18 Grace Fibers,W.R. Grace&Co. 19 Polystrand,Metalcrete Industries 20 21 CONCRETE MATERIALS 22 23 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I. 24 25 Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33,uniformly graded,and as follows: 26 27 Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. 28 29 Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. 30 31 Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 32 33 ADMIXTURES 34 35 General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride 36 ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious rir 37 materials.Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. 38 39 Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 40 41 Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type A. 42 43 High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type F. 44 45 Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type E. 46 47 Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type D. 48 49 WATERSTOPS 50 51 Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, sodium bentonite or other 52 hydrophylic material for adhesive bonding to concrete. 53 rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 2 �. 3 Volclay Waterstop-RX; Colloid Environmental Technologies Co. 4 Conseal CS-231; Concrete Sealants Inc. 5 Hydrotite; Greenstreak. 6 Superstop; Progress Unlimited Inc. 7 8 VAPOR RETARDERS 9 10 Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C, of one of the following materials; or polyethylene sheet, 11 ASTM D 4397,not less than 10 mils thick: 12 13 Nonwoven,polyester-reinforced,polyethylene coated sheet; 10 mils thick. 14 15 CURING MATERIALS +� 16 17 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements and compatibility with final floor finishes, 18 products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 19 20 Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound (select for compatibility with final floor 21 finish or sealer): 22 23 AH Clear Cure WB; Anti-Hydro International,Inc. 24 Spartan Cote WB;Burke Group, LLC(The). 25 Safe-Cure&Seal 20; ChemMasters. drr 26 High Seal; Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 27 Safe Cure and Seal;Dayton Superior Corporation. 28 Diamond Clear VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. 29 SureCure;Kaufman Products Inc. 30 Glazecote Sealer-20; Lambert Corporation. 31 Dress& Seal WB; L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. 32 Vocomp-20; W.R.Meadows,Inc. 33 Metcure;Metalcrete Industries. 34 Cure& Seal 100E;Nox-Crete Products Group,Kinsman Corporation. 35 Rich Seal 14 percent E; Richmond Screw Anchor Co. dw 36 Kure-N-Seal W; Sonneborn,Div. of ChemRex,Inc. 37 Florseal W.B.; Sternson Group. 38 Cure& Seal 14 percent; Symons Corporation. 39 Homcure 100; Tamms Industries Co., Div. of LaPorte Construction Chemicals of North 40 America, Inc. 41 Hydroseal; Unitex. 42 Vexcon Starseal 309; Vexcon Chemicals,Inc. �r 43 44 Clear Sealer: 45 r 46 JX 4000 Sealer As manufactured by SC Johnson 47 48 49 Clear Sealer: (for stained concrete) 50 51 Cementone Clean Sealer; L.M. Scofield 52 +rr 53 CONCRETE STAIN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following 3 4 Lithochrome Chemstain; L.M. Scofield 5 6 RELATED MATERIALS 7 8 Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self- 9 expanding cork. 10 11 Epoxy Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness of 12 80 per ASTM D 2240. 13 14 Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and 15 bonding to damp surfaces,of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 16 17 Type: Class I and II,non-load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened 18 concrete. 19 20 Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover 21 face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 22 23 Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch thick, with bent tab 24 anchors.Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 25 26 CONCRETE MIXES .■ 27 28 Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or 29 field test databases,as follows: 30 31 Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. 32 33 Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the r" 34 laboratory trial mix basis. 35 36 Footings and Foundation Walls Except Cantilever Retaining Walls and miscellaneous site concrete: +rr 37 Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 38 39 Compressive Strength(28 Days): Refer to Structural Notes. 40 41 Maximum Slump: 4 inches. 42 43 Slab-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 44 45 Compressive Strength(28 Days): Refer to Structural Notes. 46 Maximum Slump: 4 inches. r„ 47 48 Cantilever Retaining Walls and miscellaneous site concrete: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as 49 follows: 50 51 Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi. 52 53 Maximum Slump: 4 inches. �r �. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement 3 in concrete as follows: 4 5 Fly Ash: 25 percent. r 6 7 Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 8 9 Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 10 11 Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent Portland 12 cement minimum,with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 13 14 Silica Fume: 10 percent. 15 +� 16 Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans,and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 17 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. 18 r 19 Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 20 percent Portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica 21 fume not exceeding 10 percent. 22 23 Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45 for concrete exposed to deicers or subject to freezing 24 and thawing while moist. 25 r. 26 Do not air entrain concrete to trowel-finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow entrapped 27 air content to exceed 3 percent. 28 rr 29 Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 30 31 Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in 32 concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 33 34 Use water reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low 35 humidity,or other adverse placement conditions. 36 37 Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete required to be watertight, and 38 concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 39 40 Fiber Reinforcement: Add to mix at rate of 1.5 lbs.per cu.yd. unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 41 42 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT • 43 44 Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 45 .r 46 CONCRETE MIXING 47 48 Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and 49 ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. dN 50 51 When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours 52 to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 a. 53 minutes. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 ■r Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) rr, 1 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 4 5 FORMWORK 6 7 Design,erect, shore,brace,and maintain formwork,according to ACI 301,to support vertical, lateral, static, 8 and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such 9 loads. irr 10 11 Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and 12 position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. 13 14 Limit concrete surface irregularities,designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual,as follows: 15 16 Class A, 1/8 inch. aft 17 18 Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 19 20 Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or 21 wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined 22 surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways,reglets,recesses, 23 and the like, for easy removal. 24 25 Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. 26 27 Set edge forms,bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes 28 in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or 29 compacting-type screeds. 30 31 Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is 32 inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of 33 concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. 34 35 Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 36 37 Do not chamfer corners or edges of concrete. 38 39 Form openings, chases, offsets, linkages, keyways,reglets,blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the 40 Work.Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. 41 42 Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris 43 just before placing concrete. 44 45 Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain 46 proper alignment. 47 48 Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, 49 before placing reinforcement. 50 51 52 53 m RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 9 „ Northwest Architectural Company,v s (2-02072) 1 EMBEDDED ITEMS 2 3 Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached 4 to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and 5 directions furnished with items to be embedded. 40 6 7 Install anchor bolts, accurately located,to elevations required. 8 Im 9 Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through-wall 10 flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf 11 angles,and other conditions. 12 'o 13 Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 14 15 wo 16 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS 17 18 General: Formwork, for sides of beams,walls,columns,and similar parts of the Work,that does not support r 19 weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after 20 placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and 21 provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 22 23 Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise 24 damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. 25 ®rr 26 When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and 27 secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by 28 Architect. 29 r. 30 VAPOR RETARDERS 31 32 Vapor Retarder: Place, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643 and .w 33 manufacturer's written instructions. 34 35 STEEL REINFORCEMENT 36 37 General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 38 39 Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing 40 concrete. 41 42 Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice,and other foreign materials. r. 43 44 Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support 45 reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing 46 reinforcing bars. 47 48 Shop-or field-weld reinforcement according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. 49 50 Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 rr Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap 2 edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to 3 prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 4 5 JOINTS 6 7 General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 8 9 Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired,at locations indicated. WX 10 11 Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction 12 joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements 13 of floors and slabs. 14 15 Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway-section forms, or bulkhead forms with keys, 16 unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 17 18 Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially 19 hardened concrete surfaces. 20 21 Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into 22 areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete 23 thickness, as follows: 24 25 Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of 26 joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. 27 Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 28 29 Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or di6 30 diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, 31 abrade,or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. 32 33 Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with 34 vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as 35 indicated. 36 , 37 Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished 38 concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are 39 indicated. 40 41 Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, 42 lace or clip sections together. 43 rJr 44 WATERSTOPS 45 46 Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to 47 manufacturer's written instructions, bonding or mechanically fastening and firmly pressing into place. 48 Install in longest lengths practicable. 49 50 CONCRETE PLACEMENT 51 52 Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is 53 complete and that required inspections have been performed. I AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 11 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by 3 Architect. 4 Before placing concrete,water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 5 6 Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mix. 7 8 Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on ,�. 9 concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed 10 continuously,provide construction joints as specified.Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 11 12 Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined 13 construction joints.Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic,to avoid cold joints. 14 15 Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures 16 for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 17 18 Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at 19 uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators 20 to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators 21 into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of 22 vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and 23 other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. 24 25 Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of �. 26 construction joints,until placement of a panel or section is complete. 27 28 Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around 29 reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 30 31 Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 32 33 Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 34 35 Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 36 37 Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, 38 free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not 39 further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 40 41 Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical 42 damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,freezing actions,or low temperatures. �r 43 44 When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and 45 aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not 46 more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 47 48 Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen 49 subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 50 51 Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical 52 accelerators,unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 oil Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) Ali 1 Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows, when 2 hot-weather conditions exist: 3 4 Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of 5 placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided 6 water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool 7 concrete is Contractor's option. 8 9 Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient Nr 10 air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 11 12 Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade 13 moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots,or dry areas. 14 15 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES 16 oil 17 At non-exposed formed surfaces provide Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form- 18 facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections 19 exceeding ACI 347R limits for class of surface specified. a 20 21 Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly 22 and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams.Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove 23 fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height. 24 25 Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering 26 material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or 27 painting. 28 29 Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish. 30 31 Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished concrete: 32 33 Smooth-Rubbed Finish: For all vertical exposed concrete surfaces apply the following finish. Not 34 later than one day after form removal,moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or 35 another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than 36 that created by the rubbing process. 37 38 Grout-Cleaned Finish: When recommended by the Concrete Stain manufacuturer for Concrete 39 Featur Wall, apply the following finish. Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of 40 thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part Portland cement to one and one-half 41 parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white Portland cement in 42 amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout 43 into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep 44 surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 45 46 Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to 47 formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue 48 final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise i 49 indicated. 50 51 52 53r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SAND BLASTED FINISH 2 3 For vertical surfaces of wave chamber generator room,all surfaces of concrete seats and benches and 4 elsewhere as indicated, apply a sandblasted finish of sufficient depth to impart and uniform finish exposing 5 the sand in the matrix and removing all surface imperfections to impart a uniform and homogeneous 6 appearance. Immediately follow with the application of concrete sealer. 7 8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS 9 10 General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding,restraightening,and finishing 11 operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. 12 13 Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or 14 darbied. Use stiff brushes,brooms,or rakes. 15 16 Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or 17 mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile,Portland cement terrazzo,and other bonded 18 cementitious floor finishes. 19 20 Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or 21 inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float 22 passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth,granular texture. 23 24 Apply float finish to surfaces indicated,to surfaces to receive trowel finish,. 25 rr 26 Trowel Finish: After applying the float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or 27 power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and 28 uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied Aw 29 coatings or floor coverings. 30 31 Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be 32 covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane,paint, 33 or another thin film-finish coating system. 34 35 Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to 36 ASTM E I I55/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface: 37 Under areas to be carpeted: 38 Specified overall values of flatness, F(F)25; and levelness, F(L)20; with minimum local 39 values of flatness,F(F) 17; and levelness,F(L) 15. 40 41 Under areas to receive all other flooring surfaces: 42 Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and levelness, F(L)25; with minimum local ++� 43 values of flatness, F(F)24; and levelness,F(L) 17; for slabs-on-grade. 44 45 Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled 46 freestanding 10-foot-long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the 47 surface, does not exceed the following: 48 49 1/8 inch. 50 51 Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces 52 of concrete floors. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 14 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) , 1 surface with a fine broom. Seal concrete floors with specified sealer after concrete has cured minimum of 2 90 days. 3 4 Non-Slip Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete paving, platforms, steps, and ramps, and 5 elsewhere as indicated. 6 am 7 Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle 8 broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before 9 application. o, 10 11 Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Apply to stair treads and mechanical room floors. Before final floating, 12 apply slip-resistive aggregate finish where indicated and to concrete stair treads, platforms, and ramps. 13 Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 14 15 Uniformly spread 25-1b/100 sq. ft. of dampened slip-resistive aggregate over surface in one or two 16 applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface,but do not force below surface. Nib 17 18 After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish. 19 20 After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone, and water to expose 21 slip-resistive aggregate. 22 23 Mineral Dry-Shake Floor Hardener Finish: After initial floating, apply mineral dry-shake materials to 24 surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 25 26 Uniformly apply mineral dry-shake materials at a rate of 100 lb/100 sq. ft.,unless greater amount is 27 recommended by manufacturer. 28 29 Uniformly distribute approximately two-thirds of mineral dry-shake materials over surface by hand 30 or with mechanical spreader, and embed by power floating. Follow power floating with a second 31 mineral dry-shake application, uniformly distributing remainder of material, and embed by power 32 floating. 33 34 After final floating, apply a trowel finish. Cure concrete with curing compound recommended by 35 dry-shake material manufacturer and apply immediately after final finishing. 36 37 STAINED CONCRETE 38 39 General: All concrete surfaces designated in the plans or specifications as being chemically stained shall 40 receive two applications of concrete stain in L.M. Scofield, Lithochrome Chemstain CS-16 "Faded Terra 41 Cotta"color after the concrete has cured a minimum of 14 days. The surface shall be prepared and concrete 42 stain shall be applied in accordance with applicable manufacturer's Tech-Data Bulletin using the 43 recommended minimum coverage rate. The Contractor shall submit the final stain color and application 44 techniques on jobsite test samples to be approved by the Architect prior to installation. All chemically 45 stained surfaces shall be sealed with Clear Sealer in accordance with applicable manufacturer's Tech-Data 46 Bulletin.All joints in chemically stained flatwork shall be sealed using a sealant in the blending color. 47 48 Application: all surfaces must be dry and properly prepared. Surrounding areas, landscaping, and adjacent 49 surfaces must be masked or protected from spills, overspray, tracking, equipment contact, and runoff. The go 50 work area should be roped off, nearby vehicles removed, and appropriate sections closed to traffic. 51 Adjoining wall of porous material, such as masonry, should be masked. The surface should be divided into 52 small work sections using walls,joint lines, o other stationary features as natural stopping points. This 53 allows for easier control of coverage, wet edge, and overlap. For safety and appearance, application .■ RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 15 do Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 procedures should be planned so that the wet surface is not stepped on. Safety precautions must be followed AO 2 and full protective gear must be worn. 3 4 LTTHOCHROME Chemstain should be applied full strength (undiluted) at the coverage rate and using the arr 5 equipment manufacturer recommends. The color of the liquid stain solution will have no resemblance to the 6 final color produced on the concrete surface. The solution will appear transparent when first applied but 7 will assume a cloudy or muddy appearance as the chemical reaction occurs. 8 9 Stain normally fizzes while reacting. If fizzing does not occur,the surface has not been adequately prepared 10 or the concrete is not sufficiently reactive to be chemically stained. If contaminants are preventing the 11 chemical reaction from occurring,additional cleaning must be performed. 12 13 The stain solution should be transferred to the surface by brush or spray and immediately scrubbed in. For 14 most applications the solution should be poured into a wide-mouthed container, and then lifted from the 15 container to the concrete surface with the brush, keeping bristles upward to reduce splashing. In larger areas 16 or on vertical surfaces, spray equipment may be used to transfer the solution to the concrete. Working as a 17 team, one workman should spray the solution evenly a few inches ahead of the brush while a second .r 18 workman scrubs it into the surface. 19 20 Whether transferred to the surface by brush or spray,the chemical solution must be scrubbed in by brush as e 21 soon as it touches the concrete, using a circular or figure eight motion. Working in small sections and 22 keeping the brush in constant contact with the surface and in continuous motion, the solution should be 23 gradually spread until all fizzing action ceases. To avoid lap marks,reacted solution should not be spread to 24 new work sections, but should be brushed back over the section just treated. New applications of chemical 25 stain should be overlapped with and worked into the edges of adjacent, still wet,previously treated areas. A 26 wet edge must be maintained. 27 28 During brushing the surface should be thoroughly and uniformly saturated with the liquid solution, but it 29 should not be splashed, dripped or allowed to puddle in joint indentations and depressions unless desired 30 for the color effect. Stepping on wet surfaces should also be avoided. Such irregularities will appear darker 31 than the surrounding surface and normally should be brushed out immediately and permitted to dry evenly. 32 33 Application should start at the bottom of the wall and proceed upward. Excessive rundown should be 34 avoided. 35 36 Reaction time depends on wind conditions, ambient temperature, and humidity. Whether the solution 37 remains wet or dries on the surface, it should be allowed to remain in contact with the concrete until the 38 desired effect is obtained, a minimum of approximately 4 hours. Proper safety precautions must be taken to 39 prevent contact with the surface until the stain residue is removed and the surface rinsed. 40 41 The chemically reacted residue should not be removed from the surface before the next Chemstain 42 application is made. +� 43 44 Rinsing: After the final application of stain has remained on the surface for a minimum of approximately 4 45 hours, all residue must be completely removed by wet scrubbing with a suitable, high-quality commercial 46 detergent using a stiff-bristle brush. The surface must be thoroughly rinsed after scrubbing until the rinse 47 water is completely clean. Runoff may stain adjacent areas or harm plants. It should be collected by wet- 48 vacuuming or absorbing with an inert material. , „ 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 r�r Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 16 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Failure to completely remove all residue prior to sealing the surface will cause appearance defects,adhesion 2 loss or peeling, reduced durability, and possible bonding failure and delamination of the sealer. To test for 3 cleanliness, wipe the surface with a white cloth. If residue appears on the cloth, additional surface cleaning 4 must be performed. 5 6 All stain residue, runoff liquid, rinse water, absorbent materials used during application, and discarded 7 equipment must be collected and disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. All 8 surfaces should be thoroughly inspected to verify and approve installation and safety, including wet and dry 9 slip resistance,before opening the area to traffic. 10 11 Sealing and Coating: As soon as possible after the surface has been chemically stained, thoroughly rinsed, 12 and allowed to dry completely, it should be sealed with Clear Sealer (L.M. Scofield, Cementone or 13 approved equal). Failure to completely remove all residue and rinse the surface clean prior to sealing will 14 result in performance problems with the sealer. 15 16 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS 17 18 Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless u 19 otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as 20 specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or 21 required to complete Work. 22 23 Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown 24 drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with 25 diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. 26 27 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING 28 , 29 General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 30 Comply with ACI306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI305R for hot- 31 weather protection during curing. 32 33 Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy 34 conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply 35 according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying 36 concrete,but before float finishing. 37 38 Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams,.supported slabs, and other 39 similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period,moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms 40 before end of curing period,continue curing by one or a combination of the following methods: 41 42 Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including 43 floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the following 44 methods: 45 46 Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following 47 materials: 48 49 Water. 50 51 Continuous water-fog spray. 52 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 17 go Northwest Architectural Company,n s (2-02072) 1 Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges go 2 with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 3 4 Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing 5 concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by 6 waterproof tape or adhesive.Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during 7 curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 8 9 Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. 10 11 Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating 12 liquid floor treatments. " 13 14 Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing 15 compound that the manufacturer recommends for use with floor coverings. rr 16 17 Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by 18 power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy 19 rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. 20 Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Remover product prior to final 21 sealing if not compatible with final sealer or finish. 22 23 JOINT FILLING 24 25 Prepare,clean,and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. r. 26 27 Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction 28 traffic has permanently ceased. r. 29 30 Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint 31 clean and dry. 32 33 Install semi-rigid epoxy joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. 34 Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 35 36 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS 37 38 Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace 39 concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. ' 40 41 Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part Portland cement to two and one-half 42 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve,using only enough water for handling and placing. +� 43 44 Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air 45 bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other r 46 discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 47 9. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 ++e Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 18 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) „r 1 Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs,rock pockets,and voids more than 1/2 inch in 2 any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular 3 to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. 4 Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with 5 patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 6 7 Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white Portland cement and standard 8 Portland cement so that,when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area 9 at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. wr 10 Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 11 12 Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural 13 performance as determined by Architect. 14 15 Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify 16 surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for 17 trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 18 19 Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, w, 20 rock pockets, crazing, and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or 21 completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width,and other objectionable conditions. 22 23 After concrete has cured at least 14 days,correct high areas by grinding. 24 25 Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by 26 cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into 27 adjacent concrete. 28 29 Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, 30 mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to 31 produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor 32 elevations. 33 34 Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to 35 ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, 36 mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to 37 produce a smooth,uniform,plane,and level surface. 38 39 Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter,by cutting 40 out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose 41 steel reinforcement with at least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in 42 contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials 43 and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend 44 with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 45 46 Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. , 47 Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose 48 particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar 49 before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. 50 Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. r w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 19 �,. Northwest Architectural Companyn.s. (2-02072) 1 Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching 2 mortar. 3 4 Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 5 do 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7 8 Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample ,. 9 materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for 10 quality control may include those specified in this Article. 11 12 Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall 13 be performed according to the following requirements: 14 15 Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix 16 exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction 17 thereof. 18 19 Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than 20 one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete 21 consistency appears to change. 22 23 Air Content: ASTM C 231,pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; ASTM C 173,volumetric 24 method, for structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than 25 one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. • 26 27 Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below 28 and when 80 deg F and above,and one test for each composite sample. 29 Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of four 30 standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 31 32 Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 33 34 Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and two at 35 28 days. .. 36 37 When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, 38 Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place 39 concrete. 40 41 Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive- 42 strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls ++r+ 43 below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 44 45 Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours do 46 of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date 47 of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, 48 design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking 49 strength, and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. 50 51 Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by 52 Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. .. 53 .r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 03300 1r Cedar River Park CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Renton,Washington Page 20 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) r.r 1 Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results 2 indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as 3 directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete 4 by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. 5 6 7 END OF SECTION 03300 8 9 err 10 Cj3/13/03 dMI • WN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 04810-UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES dW 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 i` 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 .r 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 do 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 15 go 16 Concrete masonry units. 17 18 Mortar and grout. as 19 20 Reinforcing steel. 21 22 Masonry joint reinforcement. 23 24 Embedded flashing. 25 26 Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 27 28 Related Sections include the following: 29 30 Division 7 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing. 31 32 Division 7 Section "Fieestopping" for firestopping at tops of masonry walls and at openings in 33 masonry walls. 34 35 Products installed,but not furnished,under this Section include the following: +W 36 37 Steel shelf angles for unit masonry,furnished under Division 5 Section"Metal Fabrications." 38 me 39 Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing, furnished under Division 7 Section 40 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 41 42 Hollow-metal frames in unit masonry openings, furnished under Division 8. no 43 44 DEFINITIONS 45 No 46 Reinforced Masonry:Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 47 48 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 49 50 Provide unit masonry that develops the proper strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to 51 the General Structural Notes. 52 "" 53 For Concrete Unit Masonry: fm= 1500 psi. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 SUBMITTALS „ 3 4 Product Data:For each different masonry unit,accessory,and other manufactured product specified. 5 6 Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 7 8 Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, 9 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." 10 11 Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units,end-dam units,and other special applications. 12 13 Samples for Verification:For the following: 14 15 Full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required, showing the full range of exposed 16 colors,textures,and dimensions to be expected in the completed construction. 17 18 Accessories embedded in the masonry. 19 .�. 20 Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in"Quality Assurance"Article. 21 22 Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results of the 23 following for compliance with requirements indicated: 24 25 Each type of masonry unit required. 26 27 Include test results, measurements, and calculations establishing net-area compressive 28 strength of masonry units. 29 , 30 Mortar complying with property requirements of UBC Standard 21-15. 31 32 Grout mixes complying with compressive strength requirements of UBC Standard 21-19 33 and General Structural Notes. Include description of type and proportions of grout 34 ingredients. 35 36 Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with 37 requirements: 38 39 Each type of masonry unit required. „ 40 41 Include test data, measurements, and calculations establishing net-area compressive 42 strength of masonry units. 43 ` 44 Each cement product required for mortar and grout, including name of manufacturer, brand, type, 45 and weight slips at time of delivery. 46 47 Each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type. Include statement of net-area compressive 48 strength of masonry units, mortar type, and net-area compressive strength of masonry determined 49 according to Table 21-D of the Uniform Building Code. 50 51 52 Each type and size of joint reinforcement. 53 so RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 3 An Northwest Architectural Company,p-s. (2-02072) 1 Each type and size of anchor,tie,and metal accessory. ar 2 3 Cold-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply 4 with cold-weather requirements. 5 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7 8 Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having wr 9 jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1093 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented 10 according to ASTM E 548. 11 12 Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a 13 uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single 14 manufacturer for each product required. 15 16 Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality,including color for 17 exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or 18 producer for each aggregate. .. 19 20 Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of 21 assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by .�. 22 equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having 23 jurisdiction. 24 25 Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct meeting at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 26 "Project Meetings." Participants in the meeting shall be the General Contractor, Masonry Subcontractor, 27 Architect, Structural Engineer and Testing/Inspection Agency. The agenda shall include submittals, 28 requirements and inspection. 29 30 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 31 32 Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, 33 cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install 34 until they are dry. 35 36 Protect Type I concrete masonry units from moisture absorption so that, at the time of installation, 37 the moisture content is not more than the maximum allowed at the time of delivery. 38 39 Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use 40 cementitious materials that have become damp. 41 42 Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination 43 avoided. 44 45 Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into .r 46 dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms,under cover, 47 and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover. 48 49 Store masonry accessories,including metal items,to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 50 51 PROJECT CONDITIONS 52 err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof 2 sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. w 3 4 Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 5 6 Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure 7 cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. 8 Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after 10 building masonry walls or columns. 11 12 Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or 13 painted.Immediately remove grout,mortar,and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 14 15 Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by coverings spread on 16 ground and over wall surface. 17 18 Protect sills,ledges,and projections from mortar droppings. 19 .rr 20 Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral 21 finishes, from mortar droppings. 22 23 Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing 24 mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. 25 26 Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.Do 27 not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing 28 conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in Section 2104.3 of the 29 Uniform Building Code. irr 30 31 Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and 32 will remain so until masonry has dried,but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. rr 33 34 Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce 35 excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use 36 cooled materials as required. 37 38 When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not 39 spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of 40 spreading mortar. 41 42 43 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 44 45 46 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS .r 47 48 General:Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 49 50 Provide special shapes for lintels, corners,jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other 51 special conditions,including sill and/or cap blocks. 52 53 Provide square-edged units for outside corners,unless indicated otherwise. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 rr 2 Concrete Masonry Units:Per General Structural Notes and as follows: 3 4 Weight Classification:Normal weight. 5 6 Provide Type I,moisture-controlled units. 7 8 Water-Repellant Admixture: Liquid water-repellant admixture as described under MORTAR & GROUT �r 9 MATERIALS. Incorporate in the matrix of the Concrete Masonry Units in accordance with water-repellant 10 manufacturer's recommendations. 11 ,r 12 Sizes: 13 14 Size(Width&Height): Manufactured to the following dimensions: 15 16 16 inches nominal; 15 5/8 inches actual wide 17 8 inches nominal; 7 5/8 inches actual high 18 �+ 19 Size(Thickness): Manufactured to the following dimensions: 20 21 6 inches nominal; 5 5/8 inches actual 22 23 8 inches nominal; 7-5/8 inches actual. 24 25 Specials: 26 Sills and other shapes as shown in details. 27 28 Exposed Faces:Manufacture in the following color and texture, see drawings for locations of surfaces. . 29 30 Smooth-Face Natural Color: Provide where concealed or indicated to be painted. 31 32 Split Face Colored: Provide units split on perpendicular faces at corners. Surfaces that are 33 concealed or indicated to be painted may be smooth face. 34 35 Color: Mutual Materials `Burnt Orange". Colors by other manufacturers to be approved prior 36 to bid. 37 38 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS 39 40 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. 41 Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. 42 43 Hydrated Lime:UBC Standard 21-13,Type S. 44 45 Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or 46 Type III,and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207. 47 48 Mortar Cement:UBC Standard 21-14. rr 49 50 Masonry Cement:UBC Standard 21-11. 51 52 For pigmented mortar, use a colored cement formulation as required to produce the color indicated 53 or,if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard formulations. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 da Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) am 1 2 Pigments shall neither exceed 10 percent of Portland cement by weight for mineral oxides, .r. 3 nor 2 percent for carbon black. 4 5 Blend Mortar Pigments to match integral color of exposed colored block. Mortar at painted or 6 concealed block may be natural,unpigmented color. 7 8 Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 9 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. ■+ 10 11 White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone. 12 13 Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. 14 15 Cold-Weather Admixture: Non-chloride, non-corrosive, accelerating admixture complying with 16 ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended b the manufacturer for use in masonry yp y my mortar of composition 17 indicated. 18 19 Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete 20 masonry units, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer as the admixture in the CMU 21 matrix. 22 ■r 23 Water:Potable. 24 25 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 26 27 Mortar Cement: 28 29 Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement;Blue Circle Cement. r 30 Lafarge Mortar Cement;Lafarge Corporation. 31 32 Cold-Weather Admixture: 33 34 Accelguard 80;Euclid Chemical Co. 35 Morseled;W.R.Grace&Co.,Construction Products Division. 36 Tnmix-NCA; Sonneborn,Div.of ChemRex,Inc. 37 38 Water-Repellent Admixture: 39 40 Mortar Tite;Addiment Inc. 41 Dry-Block Mortar Admixture;W.R. Grace&Co.,Construction Products Division. 42 Rheopel; Master Builders. 43 44 REINFORCING STEEL 45 46 Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615,Grade as indicated in General Structural Notes on drawings. + 47 48 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT 49 50 General:UBC Standard 21-10 and as follows: 51 52 Hot-dip galvanized,carbon-steel wire for both interior and exterior walls. 53 ■r An RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 7 Am Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Wire Size for Side Rods:W 1.7 or 0.148-inch diameter. As 2 3 Wire Size for Cross Rods: W 1.7 or 0.148-inch diameter. 4 5 Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet,with prefabricated corner and tee units where indicated. 6 7 For single-wythe masonry, provide either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods and cross rods 8 spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. 9 10 Steel Plates, Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 11 12 13 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS 14 15 Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where 16 indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of diameter and length 17 indicated and in the following configurations: 18 Headed bolts. +• 19 20 Nonheaded bolts,bent in manner indicated. 21 22 Postinstalled Anchors: Anchors as described below, with capability to sustain, without failure, load 23 imposed within factors of safety indicated, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a 24 qualified independent testing agency. 25 26 Type: Chemical anchors. 27 28 Type: Expansion anchors. err 29 30 Type:Undercut anchors. 31 32 Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, 33 Class Fe/Zn 5 (5 microns) for Class SC 1 service condition(mild). 34 35 For Postinstalled Anchors in Concrete: Capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to four 36 times the loads imposed. 37 38 For Postinstalled Anchors in Grouted Masonry Units: Capability to sustain, without failure, a load 39 equal to six times the loads imposed. 40 41 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS 42 43 Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in Division 7 44 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and below: 45 .rr 46 Stainless Steel: 0.0156 inch thick. 47 48 Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from sheet metal indicated above and 49 with ribs at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond. 50 51 Fabricate metal flashing terminations from sheet metal indicated above. Extend at least 3 inches 52 into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall,bend metal back on itself for 3/4 "' 53 inch and then down into joint 3/8 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. 2-02072) 1 2 Concealed Flashing: For flashing partly exposed to the exterior, use metal flashing specified above. For 3 flashing not exposed to the exterior,use the following,unless otherwise indicated: 4 5 Copper-Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing consisting of 5-oz./sq. ft. 6 sheet copper bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. Use only where flashing is 7 fully concealed in masonry. 8 Provide flashing as a complete system with preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and 9 seaming materials; all produced by flashing sheet manufacturer. 10 11 Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing 12 and Trim." , 13 14 Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products 15 recommended by the flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 16 17 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 18 19 Metal Flashing: 20 21 Cheney Flashing(Dovetail); Cheney Flashing Company,Inc. 22 Cheney Flashing(Sawtooth); Cheney Flashing Company,Inc. 23 Keystone 3-Way Interlocking Thruwall Flashing;Keystone Flashing Co. 24 25 Copper-Laminated Flashing: 26 27 Copper Fabric Flashing;Advanced Building Products,Inc. 28 Copper Fabric;AFCO Products,Inc. 29 H&B C-Fab Flashing;Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 30 Type FCC-Fabric Covered Copper;Phoenix Building Products. 31 Copper Fabric Flashing;Polytite Manufacturing Corp. 32 Copper Fabric Flashing; Sandell Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 33 York Copper Fabric Flashing; York Manufacturing,Inc. 34 35 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES 36 •r 37 Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;compressible up to 38 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene or pvc.. 39 40 Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Material as indicated below, designed to fit standard sash block and to 41 maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. 42 43 Styrene-Butadiene-Rubber Com p ound: ASTM D 2000 Designation M2AA-805. 44 45 PVC: ASTM D 2287,Type PVC-65406. 46 47 Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofmg felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 48 asphalt felt). 49 50 Rectangular Plastic Weep/Vent Tubing:Clear butyrate, 3/8 by 1-1/2 by 3-1/2 inches. so 51 am ma RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 9 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells err 2 with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.142-inch steel wire, hot- 3 dip galvanized after fabrication. 4 5 Provide units with either two loops or four loops as needed for number of bars indicated. 6 7 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 8 r 9 Reinforcing Bar Positioners: 10 11 D/A 811;Dur-O-WaI,Inc. 12 D/A 816;Dur-O-WaI,Inc. 13 No. 376 Rebar Positioner;Heckman Building Products,Inc. 14 #RB Rebar Positioner;Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 15 #RB-Twin Rebar Positioner;Hohmann&Barnard,Inc. 16 Double O-Ring Rebar Positioner;Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America. 17 O-Ring Rebar Positioner;Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America. 18 19 MASONRY CLEANERS 20 21 Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup dry r 22 measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal.of water. 23 24 Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout 25 stains,efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging " 26 masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and 27 manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 28 A, 29 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES 30 31 General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water- 32 repellent agents,antifreeze compounds,or other admixtures,unless otherwise indicated. 33 34 Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 35 36 Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at the same rate for all mortar, regardless of weather 37 conditions,to ensure that mortar color is consistent. 38 39 Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix. Measure 40 quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to 41 Project site. 42 ' 43 Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 21-15,Property Specification and General Structural 44 Notes. 45 r 46 Extended-Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ASTM C 1142 may be used 47 instead of mortar specified above,at Contractor's option. 48 49 Limit cementitious materials in mortar to Portland cement,mortar cement,and lime. 50 51 For masonry below grade,in contact with earth,and where indicated,use Type M. 52 "" 53 For reinforced masonry and where indicated,use Type S. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 No Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 'b 1 2 For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior rr 3 load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where 4 another type is not indicated,use Type N. 5 6 For interior non-load-bearing partitions,Type O may be used instead of Type N. 7 8 Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Limit 9 pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight: 10 11 For mineral-oxide pigments and Portland cement-lime mortar,not more than 10 percent. 12 , 13 For carbon-black pigment and Portland cement-lime mortar,not more than 2 percent. 14 15 Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 21-19. 16 ` 17 Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply 18 with UBC Table 21-C for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 19 wr+ 20 Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. 21 22 Maximum slump for grout used in hollow metal door frames shall be 4". 23 24 MASONRY SEALER 25 26 Sealer: (For use within 8' of grade)PPK"Professional Water Sealant Anti-Graffitiant Super Strength." 15% 27 solids Silicone Rubber. 28 29 (For use above 8' above grade) PPK "Professional Water Sealant Extra Strength." 8% Solids ne 30 Silicone 31 32 Rubbers 33 34 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 35 36 Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform source quality control testing ft 37 indicated below: 38 39 Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 40 41 Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 42 43 Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested 44 according to ASTM C 140. 45 46 47 PART 3—EXECUTION 48 49 50 EXAMINATION 51 52 Examine conditions,with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and 53 other conditions affecting performance. d" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 11 Northwest Architectural Comvany,v.s. (2-02072) 1 2 For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to 3 performance. 4 5 Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 6 7 Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 8 9 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 10 11 Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping do 12 connections. 13 14 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 15 16 Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. 17 Build single-wythe walls to the actual widths of masonry units,using units of widths indicated. 18 ++�• 19 Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this Section and in other Sections of the 20 Specifications. 21 22 Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, 23 complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to the opening. 24 25 Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required *" 26 to provide a continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Where possible,use full-size units without 27 cutting. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. 28 Install cut units with cut surfaces and,where possible,cut edges concealed. rr 29 30 Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 31 32 Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. 33 34 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES 35 36 Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6f MS 602 and the following: 37 38 For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control 39 joints,do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet,nor 1/2 inch maximum. 40 41 For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,nor 42 1/2 inch maximum. 43 44 For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills,parapets,and reveals, do not vary from level 45 by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet,nor 1/2 inch maximum. 46 47 For exposed bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a 48 maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. Do not vary from bed joint thickness of adjacent courses by more 49 than 1/8 inch. 50 51 For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not 52 vary from adjacent bed joint and head joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch. °�' 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s(2-02072) 1 LAYING MASONRY WALLS 2 3 Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and 4 for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half- 5 size units,particularly at corners,jambs,and,where possible,at other locations. 6 7 Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units 8 with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. 9 rs 10 Concrete Masonry- 1/2 Running Bond 11 12 Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 err 13 inches.Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners.Do not use units with less than nominal 4- 14 inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. 15 16 Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back one-half-unit length for one-half running bond or 17 one-third-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet 18 clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar before laying fresh 19 masonry. 20 21 Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the 22 Specifications.Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. 23 24 Fill space between hollow-metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar,unless otherwise indicated. 25 26 Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units,place a layer of metal lath in the 27 joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. 28 29 Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates,beams, lintels,posts, 30 and similar items,unless otherwise indicated. 31 32 Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure 33 above,unless otherwise indicated. 34 35 Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 36 ft 37 Wedge non-load-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate,or metal. 38 Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final position. 39 , 40 At fire-rated partitions, install firestopping in joint between top of partition and underside of 41 structure above to comply with Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 42 43 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING 44 45 Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 46 47 With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 48 49 Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers,columns,and pilasters, a 50 and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 51 52 For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including 53 areas under cells. r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 40 2 Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, 3 unless otherwise indicated. 4 5 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT 6 7 General: Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal 8 side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap +� 9 reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 10 11 Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 12 13 Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c.in foundation walls and parapet walls. 14 15 Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 16 inches beyond openings. 17 18 Reinforcement above is in addition to continuous reinforcement. .r 19 20 Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints,unless otherwise indicated. 21 �. 22 Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and 23 bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, 24 pipe enclosures,and other special conditions. 25 26 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 27 28 Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members as indicated. �,. 29 30 Provide an open space not less than 1 inch in width between masonry and structural member,unless 31 otherwise indicated.Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 32 33 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS 34 35 General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-in related items as .r 36 masonry progresses. Do not forma continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to 37 prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement. 38 39 Form control joints in concrete masonry as indicated. 40 41 LINTELS 42 43 Install steel lintels where indicated. 44 45 Provide masonry lintels where shown. .r 46 47 FLASHING,WEEP HOLES,AND VENTS 48 49 General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other 50 obstructions to downward flow of water in wall,and where indicated. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 No Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 14 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) me 1 Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing.Unless 2 otherwise indicated, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before go 3 covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by 4 flashing manufacturer. 5 6 Install flashing as follows: 7 8 At masonry-veneer walls, extend flashing from exterior face of veneer, through veneer, up face of 9 sheathing at least 8 inches, and behind air-infiltration barrier or building paper. 10 11 At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches into masonry at each end. At 12 heads and sills, extend flashing 4 inches at ends and turn flashing up not less than 2 inches to form ma 13 a pan. 14 15 Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches or to 16 as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with 17 requirements in Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 18 19 Install weep-holes in the head joints in exterior Wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above go 20 embedded flashing and as follows: 21 22 Use vinyl weep hole/vents to form weep holes. 23 24 Space weep-holes 24 inches o.c. 25 26 In cavities, place pea gravel to a height equal to height of first course, but not less than 2 inches, 27 immediately above top of flashing embedded in the wall, as masonry construction progresses, to 28 splatter mortar droppings and to maintain drainage. 29 30 Install vents in vertical head joints at the top of each continuous cavity at 24" o.c. Use plastic weep 31 hole/vents to form vents. 32 33 Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be built into 34 masonry. 35 36 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION 09 37 38 Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements 39 during construction. 40 41 Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make it sufficiently tight to 42 prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape 43 during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 44 45 Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to 46 carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction 47 and connections to other parts of the structure are in place. 48 49 Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements of Section 2104.5 of the Uniform Building Code. to 50 51 Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to 52 resist grout pressure. 53 rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 15 d Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Comply with requirements of Section 2104.6 of the Uniform Building Code for cleanouts and for g, 2 grout placement,including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 No 6 Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality control testing indicated 7 below. 8 a. 9 Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 10 11 Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 12 13 Testing Frequency: Tests and Evaluations listed in this Article will be performed during construction for 14 each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. 15 16 Mortar properties will be tested per UBC Standard 21-16. 17 18 Grout will be sampled and tested for compressive strength per UBC Standard 21-18. ..� 19 20 Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested 21 according to ASTM C 140. 22 23 Prism-Test Method: For each type of wall construction indicated, masonry prisms will be tested per UBC 24 Standard 21-17, and as follows: 25 26 Prepare 1 set of prisms for testing at 7 days and 1 set for testing at 28 days. 27 28 REPAIRING,POINTING,AND CLEANING 29 30 Remove and replace masonry units that are loose,chipped,broken, stained,or otherwise damaged or that do 31 not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to 32 eliminate evidence of replacement. 33 34 Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with 35 mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform ++� 36 appearance.Prepare joints for sealant application. 37 38 In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and �. 39 smears before tooling joints. 40 41 Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 42 43 Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or 44 chisels. 45 46 Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison 47 purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of 48 masonry. 49 .. 50 Protect adjacent stone and non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with 51 liquid strippable masking agent,polyethylene film,or waterproof masking tape. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 04810 Cedar River Park UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 16 Northwest Architectural •P• Com an s. (2-02072) L Y 1 Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing the 2 surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 3 4 Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written 5 instructions. as 6 7 Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of 8 stain on exposed surfaces. 9 10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL 11 12 Recycling: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion rn 13 of unit masonry work,remove from Project site. 14 15 Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess, clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described 16 above,and other masonry waste,and legally dispose of off Owner's property. 17 18 MASONRY SEALER 19 20 Apply in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 04810 24 25 cuWarch 12,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (,2-02072) 1 SECTION 05120-STRUCTURAL STEEL 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Di- 10 vision 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section includes structural steel. 15 16 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 17 18 Division 1 Section "Quality Control" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative .. 19 requirements. 20 21 Division 5 Section"Steel Deck" for field installation of shear connectors. 22 23 Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for loose steel bearing plates and miscellaneous steel fram- 24 ing. 25 "" 26 Division 9 Section"Painting" for surface preparation and priming requirements. 27 28 SUBMITTALS 29 30 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Speci- 31 fication Sections. 32 33 Product Data for each type of product specified. 34 35 Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components. 36 37 Include details of cuts,connections,splices,camber,holes,and other pertinent data. 38 39 Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show 40 size,length, and type of each weld. 41 42 Indicate type, size,and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. 43 44 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their 45 capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names .. 46 and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified. 47 48 QUALITY ASSURANCE 49 50 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in 51 material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service per- 52 formance. "" 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural CMpan .p.s. (2-02072) ' 1 Fabricator Qualifications: Fabricator of structural steel shall have a minimum of ten years experience in the 2 fabrication of steel for projects of similar size and complexity, and shall have their own fabrication facility 3 that has been operating for a minimum of five years within a driving distance 150 miles of the project site. 4 Fabricator shall also be an AISC quality certified fabricator for conventional steel building structures 5 (SBD). 6 7 Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 8 9 AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 10 11 Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code—Steel." 12 „ 13 Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding 14 processes involved and,if pertinent,has undergone recertification. 15 16 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING as 17 18 Deliver structural steel to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installa- 19 tion. rrr 20 21 Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by 22 using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and 23 deterioration. 24 25 Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty 26 before use. 27 28 Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members 29 or supporting structures.Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. +rW 30 31 SEQUENCING 32 33 Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. 34 Provide setting diagrams,templates,instructions,and directions,as required,for installation. 35 36 37 PART 2-PRODUCTS 38 39 40 MATERIALS 41 42 Structural Steel Shapes,Plates,and Bars: As follows: rr 43 44 Carbon Steel: Per Structural Notes. 45 46 Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: Per Structural Notes 47 48 Steel Pipe: Per Structural Notes 49 50 Anchor Rods,Bolts,Nuts,and Washers:As follows: 51 52 Headed Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon-steel,hex-head bolts; and carbon-steel nuts,UON. 53 ' AM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 3 as Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Washers: ASTM A 36. me 2 3 Nonhigh-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 307, Grade A; carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; carbon- 4 steel nuts;and flat,unhardened steel washers UON. 5 �r 6 Finish:Plain,uncoated. 7 8 High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex 9 carbon-steel nuts,and hardened carbon-steel washers,UON. 10 11 Finish:Plain,uncoated. 12 13 Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959,Type 325. 14 15 Finish: Plain,uncoated. 16 17 Welding Electrodes:Per Structural Notes. 18 19 PRIMER 20 21 Primer: Fabricator's standard lead-and chromate-free,nonasphaltic,rust-inhibiting primer. 22 23 GROUT 24 25 Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout:Premixed,nonmetallic,noncorrosive,nonstaining grout containing 26 selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water-reducing 27 agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and a 30-minute working 28 time. +�r 29 30 FABRICATION 31 32 Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate structural steel accord- ` 33 ing to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in Shop Drawings. 34 35 Camber structural steel members where indicated. 36 37 Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 and maintain markings until steel has 38 been erected. 39 40 Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 41 42 Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of struc- '�" 43 tural steel. 44 45 Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-priming op- 46 erations. 47 48 Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings 49 and Bridges" for structural steel. 50 51 Thermal Cutting:Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 52 "' 53 Plane thermally cut edges to be welded. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Finishing: Accurately mill ends of columns and other members transmitting loads in bearing. w 3 4 Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use auto- 5 matic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's printed in- 6 structions. 7 8 Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel framing. Weld exposed 9 joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to 10 frames with countersunk, cross-recessed head machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches 11 o.c.,unless otherwise indicated. 12 13 Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other 14 work through steel framing members,as shown on Shop Drawings. 15 16 Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or enlarge holes err 17 by burning.Drill holes in bearing plates. 18 19 Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. 20 21 SHOP CONNECTIONS 22 .rr 23 Shop install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts,except where high-strength bolts are indicated. 24 25 Shop install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using 26 ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 27 28 Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods 29 used in correcting welding work. ww 30 31 Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without 32 warp. 33 34 Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed struc- 35 tural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances.Prevent surface bleeding of back-side weld- 36 ing on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch and larger. Grind flush ' 37 butt welds.Dress exposed welds. 38 39 SHOP PRIMING 40 41 Shop prime steel surfaces,except the following: 42 43 Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a 44 depth of 2 inches. 45 46 Surfaces to be field welded. w► 47 48 Surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. 49 50 Galvanized surfaces. 51 52 Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or 53 flux deposits.Prepare surfaces according to SSPC specifications as follows: AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 2 SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast." 3 4 Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's instructions and dW 5 at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than required by painting systems 6 prescribed for structural steel in Division 9 Section "Painting". Use priming methods that result in full cov- 7 erage of joints,corners,edges,and exposed surfaces. 8 9 Stripe paint corners,crevices,bolts,welds,and sharp edges. 10 11 Apply 2 coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of 12 second coat to distinguish it from first. 13 14 Painting: Coordinate primer selection and application with Division 9 Section "Painting" in compliance 15 with Master Painters Institute recommendations for the specified and selected finish painting systems for 16 structural steel. 17 18 Schedule priming operation to occur no more than 30 days prior to the application of the fist finish coat of r 19 paint on the structural steel. Incorrectly selected or applied paint will have to be removed by blasting and 20 reapplied in the field. 21 22 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 23 24 Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop inspections and tests and 25 to prepare test reports. 26 27 Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test specimens 28 comply with or deviate from requirements. 29 30 Provide testing agency with access to places where structural steel Work is being fabricated or pro- 31 duced so required inspection and testing can be accomplished. 32 33 Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do 34 not comply with specified requirements. 35 +�+ 36 Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work 37 with specified requirements. 38 39 Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural 40 Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 41 42 In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to 43 AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below,at testing agency's option. 44 45 Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. r 46 47 Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks 48 or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 49 50 Radiographic Inspection:ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142;minimum quality level "2-2T." 51 52 Ultrasonic Inspection:ASTM E 164. d" 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 ON Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION r�r 3 4 5 EXAMINATION 6 7 Before erection proceeds,and with the steel erector present,verify elevations of concrete and masonry bear- 8 ing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance with requirements. 9 10 Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 11 12 PREPARATION am 13 14 Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, 15 plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. 16 Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless 17 otherwise indicated. Refer to General Structural Notes for additional requirements. 18 19 Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place concrete has 20 attained its design compressive strength. 21 22 ERECTION to 23 24 Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications 25 referenced in this Section. 26 27 Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and 28 roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates.Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 29 rr 30 Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims,or setting nuts as required. 31 32 Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove 33 wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing 34 with grout. 35 36 Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain.Finish exposed surfaces, ' 37 protect installed materials,and allow to cure. 38 39 Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proprietary grout materials. , 40 41 Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Build- 42 ings and Bridges." 43 44 Maintain erection tolerances of architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's "Code of 45 Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 46 wr 47 Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fasten- 48 ing. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Perform 49 necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 50 51 Level and plumb individual members of structure. 52 w 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of struc- 2 ture.Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature 3 at which structure will be when completed and in service. 4 5 Splice members only where indicated. 6 7 Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and 8 grind smooth at exposed surfaces. 9 10 Finish sections thermally cut during erection equal to a sheared appearance. 11 12 Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins.Ream holes that must be enlarged 13 to admit bolts. 14 15 FIELD CONNECTIONS r 16 17 Install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts,except where high-strength bolts are indicated. 18 r 19 Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using 20 ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 21 22 Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods 23 used in correcting welding work. 24 25 Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section for bearing, adequacy of temporary 26 connections,alignment,and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 27 28 Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without r. 29 warp. 30 31 Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed struc- w 32 tural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances.Prevent surface bleeding of back-side weld- 33 ing on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch and larger. Grind flush 34 butt welds.Dress exposed welds. 35 36 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 37 38 Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field inspections and tests and 39 to prepare test reports. 40 41 Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work com- 42 plies with or deviates from requirements. 43 44 Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do 45 not comply with specified requirements. �+ 46 47 Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work 48 with specified requirements. 49 50 Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural 51 Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05120 No Cedar River Park STRUCTURAL STEEL Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. 2-02072) 1 Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor 2 Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 3 4 In addition to visual inspection, field-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to 5 AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below,at testing agency's option. 6 7 Liquid Penetrant Inspection:ASTM E 165. 8 9 Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks 10 or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 11 12 Radiographic Inspection:ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142;minimum quality level"2-2T." wr 13 14 Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 15 16 In addition to visual inspection, field-welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to re- ' 17 quirements of AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 18 19 Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360- 20 degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 21 22 Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear connec- a„ 23 tors already tested, according to requirements of AWS D1.1. 24 25 CLEANING 26 27 Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of 28 shop paint.Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting. 29 r 30 Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. 31 32 Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of 33 shop paint on structural steel are included in Division 9 Section"Painting." 34 35 Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds,bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair 36 paint according to ASTM A 780. 37 38 39 END OF SECTION 05120 „ 40 41 42 cmWarch 12.2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05210 Cedar River Park STEEL JOISTS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 05210-STEEL JOISTS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 K-series open-web steel joists. 17 18 Joist accessories. �. 19 20 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 21 rr 22 Division 5 Section"Structural Steel" for field quality-control procedures and tests. 23 24 Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for loose, steel bearing plates and miscellaneous steel 25 framing. 26 27 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 28 dW 29 Structural Performance: Engineer, fabricate, and erect joists and connections to withstand design loads 30 within limits and under conditions required. Joist manufacturer shall design joists which are subject to 31 special loadings or other conditions where joists could not be selected from SJI Standard Load Tables. 32 33 Design Loads: As indicated. 34 35 Design joists to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: 36 37 Roof Joists: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span for live load only. 38 39 Engineering Responsibility: Engage a joist manufacturer who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to 40 prepare design calculations, shop drawings, and other structural data for steel joists with special loadings or 41 subject to non-standard conditions. 42 43 SUBMITTALS: 44 45 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 r 46 Specification Sections. 47 48 Product Data for each type of joist,accessory,and product specified. wo 49 50 Shop Drawings showing layout, mark, number, type, location, and spacings of joists. Include joining and 51 anchorage details, bracing, bridging, accessories, splice and connection details, and attachments to other 52 units of Work. Shop Drawings shall be signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible "' 53 for their preparation. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05210 Cedar River Park STEEL JOISTS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s12-020721 ON 1 2 Indicate locations and details of anchorage devices and bearing plates to be embedded in other to 3 construction. 4 5 For joists indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural analysis data signed 6 and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 7 8 Material certificates signed by joist manufacturer certifying that joists comply with SJI's"Specifications." 9 10 Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under 11 the "Quality Assurance" Article. 12 13 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their 14 capabilities and experience. 15 16 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ab 17 18 Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing joists similar to those indicated 19 for this Project and that have a record of successful in-service performance. 20 21 Manufacturer must be certified by SH to manufacture joists conforming to SH standard 22 specifications and load tables. 23 24 SH Design Standard: Comply with recommendations of SJI's "Standard Specifications Load Tables and 25 Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders,"applicable to types of joists indicated. 26 27 Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel" and 28 AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 29 30 Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes 31 involved and,if pertinent,has undergone re-certification. 32 33 Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the 34 jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind 35 indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of joists that are similar to 36 those indicated for this Project in material,design,and extent. ft 37 38 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 39 40 Deliver,store,and handle joists as recommended in SJI's "Specifications." 41 42 Protect joists from corrosion,deformation,and other damage during delivery, storage,and handling. 43 44 SEQUENCING: 45 46 Deliver steel bearing plates and other devices to be built into concrete and masonry construction. rr 47 48 49 PART 2-PRODUCTS a* 50 51 52 MATERIALS: 53 ' me RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05210 Cedar River Park STEEL JOISTS Renton,Washington Page 3 do Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Steel: Comply with requirements of SJrs"Specifications" for chord and web section material r 2 3 Carbon-Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F568M, Property Class 4.6), 4 carbon-steel,hex-head bolts and threaded fasteners; carbon-steel nuts; and flat,unhardened steel washers. 5 'o 6 Finish:Plain,noncoated. 7 8 Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. so 9 10 Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 11 percent zinc dust by weight. r„ 12 13 PRIMERS: 14 15 Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, VOC-compliant, universal modified-alkyd primer with good 16 resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion,complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-664. 17 18 STEEL JOISTS: .r 19 20 Manufacture joists according to SJrs "Specifications," with steel angle top and bottom chord members, of 21 joist types,end arrangements,and top chord arrangements indicated. 22 23 Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and 24 methods used in correcting welding work. 25 26 Provide holes in chord members where shown for securing other work to steel joists. 27 28 Extend bearing ends of joists with extended ends as specified on drawings, complying with SJrs 29 "Specifications" and load tables. 30 31 Camber K-Series steel joists according to SJI's "Specifications." 32 33 JOIST ACCESSORIES: 34 35 Bridging: Provide bridging anchors and number of rows of horizontal or diagonal bridging of material, size, �++ 36 and type required by SDI's "Specifications" for type of joist, chord size, spacing,and span. 37 38 Supply miscellaneous accessories, including splice plates and bolts required by the joist manufacturer to 39 complete the joist installation. 40 41 SHOP PAINTING: 42 43 Clean and remove loose scale,heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists and accessories 44 to be primed as follows: 45 rr. 46 Apply one shop coat of primer to joists and joist accessories to be primed to provide a continuous, dry paint 47 film thickness of not less than 1 mil(0.025 mm). 48 49 50 PART 3 -EXECUTION 51 52 °""' 53 EXAMINATION: RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05210 Cedar River Park STEEL JOISTS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-020722 1 2 Examine supporting substrates, embedded bearing plates, and abutting structural framing, with Installer 3 present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting 4 performance of joists.Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 5 6 INSTALLATION: 7 8 Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured. 9 10 Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction 11 according to SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacturer's recommendations, and the requirements of this 12 Section. 13 14 Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece. 15 16 Space, adjust,and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening. 17 18 Install temporary bracing and bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure joists are stabilized 19 during construction. err 20 21 Field weld joists to supporting steel framework. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placing 22 of joists. 23 24 Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and 25 methods used in correcting welding work. 26 27 Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using carbon-steel bolts,unless otherwise indicated. 28 29 Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor .r 30 ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords where terminating at walls or beams. 31 32 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 33 34 Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency paid by the Contractor and approved by the 35 Architect will perform field quality-control testing. 36 ■r 37 Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. 38 39 Testing and verification procedures will be required of field welds. , 16 40 41 Bolted connections will be visually inspected. 42 43 Field welds will be visually inspected. 44 45 Correct deficiencies in Work that inspections and test reports have indicated are not in compliance with 46 specified requirements. nr 47 48 Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified 49 requirements. 50 AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05210 Cedar River Park STEEL JOISTS Renton,Washington Page 5 do Northwest Architectural Company,R.S. (2-02072) 1 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION: d. 2 3 Touch Up Painting: Following installation,promptly clean,prepare,and prime or reprime field connections, 4 rust spots,and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists,accessories,and abutting structural steel. 5 AN 6 Clean and prepare surfaces by hand tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 2,or power tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3. 7 8 Apply a compatible primer of the same type as the shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. im 9 10 Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that 11 ensure that joists and accessories are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. as 12 13 14 END OF SECTION 05210 15 "" 16 17 cmUvfarch 12,2003 do IM am 1r i am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05310 Cedar River Park STEEL DECK Renton,Washington Page 1 '■ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 05310-STEEL DECK ®.r 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Steel roof deck. 17 18 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 19 20 Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete fill and reinforcing steel. 21 22 SUBMITTALS: 23 24 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 25 Specification Sections. 26 27 Product data for each type of deck,accessory,and product specified. 28 .rr 29 Shop drawings showing layout and types of deck panels,anchorage details,reinforcing channels,pans,deck 30 openings,special jointing,accessories,and attachments to other construction. 31 32 For steel deck indicated to comply with certain design loadings,include structural analysis data and 33 current ICBO Research Report. Proposed substitutions shall be submitted for review prior to 34 beginning shop drawings. 35 36 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 37 38 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed steel deck similar in material, 39 design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 40 41 Welding Standards:Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel" and 42 AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 43 44 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 45 46 Protect steel deck from corrosion,deformation,and other damage during delivery, storage,and handling. 47 48 Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering 49 and ventilate to avoid condensation. 50 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05310 Cedar River Park STEEL DECK Renton,I: ;hington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2 , 3 4 MANUFACTURERS: 5 6 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that 7 may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 8 9 IMSA ■r 10 Verco Manufacturing Co. 11 12 ROOF DECK: r,,,,,, 13 14 Steel Roof Deck: Refer to Structural drawings. 15 16 Galvanized-Steel Sheet: See Structural drawings. 17 18 ACCESSORIES: 19 20 General: Provide accessory materials for steel deck that comply with requirements indicated and 21 recommendations of the steel deck manufacturer. 22 23 Rib Closure Strips: Manufacturer's standard vulcanized,closed-cell,synthetic rubber. 24 25 Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, finish strips, and reinforcing channels,of same material 26 as roof deck. 27 28 Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, of same material as deck panels, and of thickness and profile 29 indicated. 30 31 Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material and thickness 32 as deck panels,unless otherwise indicated. 33 34 Hanger Tabs: Manufacturer's standard piercing steel sheet hanger attachment devices for floor deck panels. 35 36 Shear Connectors: ASTM A108, Grade 1010 through 1020 headed stud type, cold-finished carbon steel, 37 AWS 131.1,Type B. 38 39 Steel Sheet Accessories:ASTM A 446,Z 180 coating class,galvanized according to ASTM A 525M. 40 41 Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 42 percent zinc dust by weight. 43 44 Preset Inserts: Manufacturer's standard, UL-labeled single-piece preset inserts, fabricated from either steel 45 sheet galvanized according to ASTM A 525, G 60 (ASTM A 525M, Z 180) coating class, or zinc sheet, 46 with removable covers. rrr 47 48 err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05310 Cedar River Park STEEL DECK Renton,Washington Page 3 r. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION r. 2 3 4 EXAMINATION: 5 6 Examine supporting framing and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation 7 tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of steel deck. 8 9 PREPARATION: 10 11 Locate decking bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. 12 13 INSTALLATION.GENERAL: 14 15 Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary of SDI �w 16 Publication No. 28,manufacturer's recommendations,and requirements of this Section. 17 18 Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels when required to meet deflection limitations. .+ 19 20 Place deck panels on supporting framing and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and 21 bearing on supporting framing before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap 22 interlocks. 23 24 Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting framing without warp or deflection. 25 26 Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or 27 adjacent to the decking. 28 29 Provide additional reinforcement at openings as specified on Structural Drawings. 30 31 Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and 32 quality of welds,and methods used in correcting welding work. 33 34 Provide roof deck material for exterior suspended soffits for installation under Section 07410. 35 36 ROOF DECK INSTALLATION: 37 38 Fasten roof deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter 39 indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter, but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) long, and as 40 follows: 41 42 Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch,nominal. 43 44 Weld Spacing: Space and locate welds as indicated. 45 rr 46 Side Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening:Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports,at 47 intervals as specified on structural drawings. 48 r 49 End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with 50 end joints as follows: 51 52 End Joints: Lapped 2 inch minimum. "�' 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05310 Cedar River Park STEEL DECK Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Install finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing 2 channels according to deck manufacturer's recommendations. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck 3 installation. 4 5 Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions, walls, and where indicated. Install 6 with adhesive according to manufacturer's instructions to ensure complete closure. 7 8 FIELD QUALTI'Y CONTROL: 9 " 10 Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency paid by the Contractor and approved by the 11 Architect will perform field quality-control testing. 12 , 13 Field welds will be subject to inspection. 14 15 Shear connector welds will be inspected and tested according to the requirements of AWS D1.1 for stud 16 welding and as follows: 17 18 Shear connector welds will be visually inspected. 19 20 Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. 21 22 Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. 23 24 Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified 25 requirements. 26 27 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION: 28 29 Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces with galvanized rrr 30 repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and the manufacturer's instructions. 31 32 Touchup Painting: Wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on both surfaces of 33 installed deck panels. 34 35 Touch up painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. 36 37 Where shop-painted surfaces are exposed in-service, apply touchup paint to blend into adjacent 38 surfaces. 39 40 Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, abraded areas, and rust spots, as required 41 after erection and before proceeding with field painting,are included in Division 9 Section"Painting." 42 43 Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure steel decking is without damage or deterioration 44 at time of Substantial Completion. 45 46 rrr 47 END OF SECTION 05310 48 49 anUauary 6,2003 go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 05400-COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING .■ 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 rr 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Exterior load-bearing steel-stud walls. 17 18 Interior non-load bearing steel-stud walls. rr 19 20 Exterior nonload-bearing steel-stud curtainwall. 21 22 Exterior sheathing and air-infiltration barriers. 23 24 Steel joist 25 26 Roof deck framing 27 28 Related Sections:The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: ,rr 29 30 Division 5 Section"Metal Fabrications" for masonry shelf angles and connections. 31 32 Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for gypsum sheathing applied to exterior steel framing. 33 34 Division 7 Section"Building Insulation" for exterior wall insulation. 35 36 Division 9 Section "Gypsum Drywall" for gypsum board and nonload-bearing metal-stud framing, 37 shaft-wall assemblies and ceiling-suspension assemblies. 38 39 PERFORMANCE REOUIREMENTS: 40 41 AISI "Specifications": Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's 42 "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" and the following: 43 44 Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures(CCFSS)Technical Bulletin,Vol. 2,No. 1,February 1993 45 "AISI Specification Provisions for Screw Connections." rr 46 47 Structural Performance: Fabricate and erect cold-formed metal framing with the following minimum 48 physical and structural properties: 49 50 Physical and Structural Properties: As indicated. 51 52 Erect/construct framing systems to provide for movement of framing members without damage or " 53 overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. 2-02072) 1 detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change (range) of 120 deg F 2 (67 deg C). rrr 3 4 Construct framing system to accommodate deflection of primary building structure and construction 5 tolerances,and to maintain clearances at openings. 6 7 SUBMITTALS: 8 9 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 10 Specification Sections. 11 12 Product data for each type of cold-formed metal framing,accessory,and product specified. nr 13 14 Shop drawings showing layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed metal framing, 15 fabrication, fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, 16 opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection 17 details,and attachments to other units of Work. 18 19 Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under 20 the "Quality Assurance" Article. 21 22 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their 23 capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names 24 and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified. 25 26 Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance with requirements 27 of the following based on comprehensive testing: 28 29 Expansion anchors. rr 30 Vertical Deflection Clips 31 Powder-actuated anchors. 32 Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories. 33 Mechanical fasteners. 34 35 Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having 36 jurisdiction that evidence cold-formed metal framing's compliance with building code in effect for Project. ft 37 38 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 39 40 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed cold-formed metal framing 41 similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- 42 service performance. 43 Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having 44 jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according 45 to ASTM E 548. + 46 47 Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS 131.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel"and 48 AWS 131.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." „ 49 50 Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes 51 involved and,if pertinent,has undergone recertification. 52 "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 3 do Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated assemblies are indicated, provide cold- N. 2 formed metal framing identical to that tested as part of an assembly for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by 3 an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. iw 4 Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600, "Fire Resistance Design 5 Manual," or by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of 6 another testing and inspecting agency. 7 8 Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 9 Section"Project Meetings." 10 11 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 12 13 Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, 14 and handling. 15 16 Store cold-formed metal framing,protect with a waterproof covering,and ventilate to avoid condensation. 17 r 18 19 PART 2-PRODUCTS 20 21 22 MANUFACTURERS: 23 24 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering cold-formed 25 metal framing that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 26 27 American Studco,Inc. �r 28 Angeles Metal Systems. 29 California Metal Systems, Inc. 30 Consolidated Fabricators Corp. r 31 Design Shapes in Steel. 32 Knorr Steel Framing Systems. 33 Scafco Corporation. 34 United Construction Supply. 35 Western Metal Lath Co. 36 Steeler,Inc. 37 38 Note: Manufacturer's must be members of the Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association and products must 39 conform to ICBO ER No.4943. 40 41 MATERIALS: 42 43 Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A ASTM A 653, Quality SQ, zinc coated according to ASTM A 525 44 (ASTM A 525M),and as follows: ++• 45 46 Coating Designation: G 60(Z 180). 47 48 Grade:As required by structural drawings. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) " 1 WALL FRAMING: 2 „ 3 Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs of web depths indicated,with lipped flanges, and 4 complying with the structural drawings. 5 6 Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, unpunched, of web depths indicated, with 7 straight flanges,and complying with the structural drawings. 8 9 JOIST FRAMING 10 11 Steel Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel joists,unpunched, of web depths indicated,with lipped 12 flanges,and complying with the following: 13 14 See Structural Drawings 15 16 Steel Joist Track: Manufacturer's U-shaped steel joist track, unpunched, of web depths indicated with 17 straight flanges,and complying with the following: 18 19 See Structural Drawings wr 20 21 FRAMING ACCESSORIES: 22 23 Fabricate steel-framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a 24 minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi(230 MPa). 25 26 Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as 27 follows: 28 29 Supplementary framing. 30 31 Bracing,bridging,and solid blocking. 32 33 Web stiffeners. ' 34 35 Deflection track and vertical slide clips. 36 37 Stud kickers and girts. 38 39 Reinforcement plates. 40 41 GYPSUM SHEATHING: 42 43 Sheathing: Comply with requirements of Division 9 Section"Gypsum Board Assemblies" 44 45 Glass-Mat Gypsum Board: Gypsum board designed as an exterior substrate for weather barrier, consisting 46 of a noncombustible water-resistant core, essentially gypsum, surfaces with glass mats on face and back, +ur 47 partially or completely embedded in core, and with unsurfaced square edges. Comply with ASTM C 117 48 and requirements indicated below: 49 50 Type: Type X 51 52 Thickness: 5/8 inch(16mm) 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, gypsum sheathing boards that may be 2 incorporated in the Work inside,but are not limited to the following: 3 4 Glass-Mat Gypsum Board Type X: 5 6 Dens-Glass Gold Firestop; Georgia-Pacific Corp. 7 8 Sheathing Fasteners: ASTM C 954, steel drill screws, Type S-12 fluted tip, a minimum of 1 %4 inches (32 r 9 mm)long,with organic-polymer coating or other corrosive-protective coating. 10 11 TAPES AND SEALANT: 12 13 Sheathing Tape: Tape specifically designed an manufactured to seal joints in gypsum sheathing against 14 water and air infiltration, formulated with an adhesive that permanent bonds to gypsum sheathing 15 substrates,an as indicated below: 16 17 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 18 r 19 No. 8086 Contractor Sheathing Tape; 3M Construction Markets. 20 Perma-Tite Tape—PGM 207A; PermaGlass-Mesh,Inc. 21 Polyken 612 Seam Seal kTape;Polyken Technologies 22 Quik-Tape; Quik-Tape,Inc. 23 24 Silicone emulsion Sealant:Product complying with ASTM C 834, compatible with sealant tape and gypsum 25 sheathing, recommended by manufacturers of both sheathing and tape for use with glass-fiber sheathing 26 tape and for covering exposed fasteners. 27 28 Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Elmer's Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk; r 29 Borden,Inc. 30 31 AIR-INFILTRATION BARRIER: 32 33 Provide one of the following products: 34 35 Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226,Type I,No. 15 asphalt felt,unperforated. 36 37 Woven polyolefin sheet, 0.005 inch(0.13 mm)thick, with a water-vapor transmission rate equaling 38 65 g in 24 hours through 1 sq.in of surface per ASTM E 96 procedure A and a flame-spread rating 39 not exceeding 25 per ASTM E 84. 40 41 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 42 43 Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 44 percent zinc dust by weight. 45 r 46 47 PART 3 -EXECUTION 48 rw 49 50 EXAMINATION: 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072 1 Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements, including 2 installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of cold-formed metal framing. Do not r. 3 proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 4 5 PREPARATION: 6 7 Before sprayed-on fireproofing is applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to 8 structural members indicated to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. 9 10 After sprayed-on fireproofing has been applied, remove only as much fireproofing as needed to complete 11 installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of fireproofing below that required to obtain 12 fire-resistance rating indicated.Protect remaining fireproofing from damage. „ 13 14 Grout bearing surfaces uniform and level to ensure full contact of bearing flanges or track webs on 15 supporting concrete construction. 16 17 INSTALLATION,GENERAL: 18 19 Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation,or it may be field assembled. 20 21 Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb,square,true to line,and with connections securely 22 fastened,according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. 23 24 Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 25 26 Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, specified. Wire tying of 27 framing members is not permitted. 28 29 Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of rw 30 welds,and methods used in correcting welding work. 31 32 Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold-framed metal framing r 33 manufacturer's instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 34 exposed screw threads. 35 36 Install framing members in one-piece lengths, unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension 37 members. 38 39 Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until framing is permanently stabilized. u,r 40 41 Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing. Independently frame 42 both sides of joints. 43 44 Install insulation in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and double 45 studs,inaccessible upon completion of framing work. 46 rrr 47 Fasten reinforcement plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched 48 openings. 49 50 Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from 51 plumb,level,and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet(1:960)and as follows: 52 to W RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch(3 mm) from plan location. 2 Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing 3 materials. 4 5 LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION: 6 7 Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs unless noted otherwise. Align tracks 8 accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings recommended by the manufacturer,but do 9 not greater than indicated on the structural drawings. 10 11 Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. me 12 13 Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces 14 and similar requirements. 15 AN 16 Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls,to supporting structure as indicated. 17 18 Install headers over wall openings wider than the stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. an 19 Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip- 20 angle connectors. 21 wr 22 Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated or required 23 by manufacturer. 24 25 Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs dW 26 with clip angles as specified,and space jack studs same as full-height wall studs. 27 28 Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, i, 29 equipment, services,casework,heavy trim,furnishings,and similar work requiring attachment to framing. 30 31 Where type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's do 32 recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load resulting from 33 item supported. 34 35 Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches(1219 mm) apart. Fasten �r 36 at each stud intersection. 37 38 Install sheet metal sheathing where specified in accordance with Structural Drawings. 39 40 Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip 41 angles,continuous angles,anchors,and fasteners,to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 42 43 NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION: 44 45 Install continuous tracks sized to match studs unless noted otherwise. Align tracks accurately and securely 46 anchor to supporting structure as indicated. 47 48 Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Fasten studs to top and bottom track, unless 49 otherwise indicated. Space studs per structural drawings. 50 51 Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces 52 and similar requirements. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 ' Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,R.s. (2-02072) 1 Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of vertical loads while 2 providing lateral support. 3 4 Install deflection track and anchor to building structure as specified. 5 6 Connect studs with vertical slide clips to continuous angles or supplementary framing anchored to 7 building structure where specified. 8 9 Install horizontal bridging in curtainwall studs, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) apart. 10 Fasten at each stud intersection. 11 12 Install additional row of horizontal bridging in curtainwall stud beneath deflection track when 13 curtainwall studs are not fastened to an additional top track. 14 15 Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, 16 continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable curtainwall-framing 17 system. 18 19 JOIST INSTALLATION: 20 21 Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting 22 structure at corners,ends,and spacing indicated or as recommended by the manufacturer. 23 24 Install joists bearing on supporting framing, level, straight, and plumb, adjust to final position, brace, and 25 reinforce.Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track. 26 27 Install joists over supporting framing with a minimum end bearing of 1 %2 inches(38 mm). 28 29 Reinforce ends of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers, steel clip angles, steel-stud rur 30 sections,or as otherwise recommended by manufacturer. 31 32 Space joists not more than 2 inches(51 mm)from abutting walls, and as follows: 33 34 See Structural Drawings 35 36 Frame openings with built-up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting joists, or another 37 combination of connected joists where indicated. 38 39 Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over 40 interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement,or by other method recommended 41 by joist manufacturer. 42 43 Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. 44 45 Install bridging at each end of joist and at intervals indicated. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as 46 follows: nr 47 48 Per Structural Drawings 49 so 50 Secure joists to load-bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. 51 w' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,Washington Page 9 .. Northwest Architectural Companv p s (2-02072) 1 Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angels, 2 continuous angles,hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners,to provide a complete and stable joist-framing 3 assembly. 4 5 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION: 6 7 General: Install gypsum sheathing board according to manufacturer's instructions and GA-253 "Application 8 of Gypsum Sheathing." + 9 10 Install tongue-and-groove gypsum sheathing horizontally with long edges at right angles to studs with V- 11 grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with 12 edges of adjacent board without forcing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs and stagger end joints. 13 Fasten gypsum sheathing board to framing with self-drilling,bugle-head screws, located a minimum of 3/8 14 inch(9.5 mm)from ends of board units,as follows: 15 16 Space fasteners to comply with Structural Drawings 17 18 TAPE AND SEALANT APPLICATION: wrr 19 20 Sheathing Tape: Apply sheathing tape to joints in sheathing; overlap tape by not less than the tape width at 21 joint intersections. 22 23 For polyethylene tape, apply primer, specified by tape manufacturer, to sheathing surfaces. In 24 addition, apply polyethylene tape, 2 inches (50 mm) square, to completely cover each exposed 25 fastener. 26 27 For glass-fiber tape, apply approximately a 3/8 inch (9.5 mm)bead of siliconized emulsion sealant 28 to tapes along joints and embed sealant into tapes along their entire surface with a trowel. In 29 addition, apply sealant with a trowel to each exposed fastener so that fasteners are completely 30 covered. 31 32 AIR-INFILTRATION BARRIER INSTALLATION: 33 34 Cover sheathing with air-infiltration barrier as follows: 35 �r 36 Apply asphalt-saturated organic felt horizontally with 2 inch(51 mm)overlap and 6 inch (152 mm) 37 endlap; fasten to sheathing with corrosion-resistant staples. 38 39 Apply woven polyolefin sheet according to manufacturer's printed recommendations with a 4 inch 40 (102 mm)overlap. 41 42 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 43 44 Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner will perform field 45 quality-control testing. rrr 46 47 Field and shop welds will be subject to inspection and testing. 48 49 Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. 50 51 Remove and replace Work that does not comply with specified requirements. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05400 ` Cedar River Park COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Renton,'1`p':::shington Page 10 Northwe_;,architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified 2 requirements. cur 3 4 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION: 5 6 Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold- 7 formed metal framing with galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and the manufacturer's 8 instructions. 9 10 Touchup Painting: Wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on fabricated and 11 installed prime-painted,cold-formed metal framing. 12 13 Touchup painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. 14 15 Protect gypsum sheathing that will be exposed to weather for more than one month as follows: 16 ` 17 Protect cutouts, corners, and joints in the sheathing by filling with a flexible sealant or by applying 18 tape recommended by sheathing manufacturer at the time sheathing is applied. 19 20 Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer to 21 ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial 22 Completion. , 23 24 25 END OF SECTION 05400 26 "` 27 28 C.1Jwuary 6,2003 am am so 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) 1 SECTION 05500-METAL FABRICATIONS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 ++� 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 11 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 13 14 Definition: Metal fabrications include items made from iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, 15 pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere. 16 17 Extent of metal fabrications is indicated on drawings and schedules. 18 19 Types of work in this section include metal fabrications for: 20 21 Rough hardware. 22 Loose bearing and leveling plates. 23 Miscellaneous framing,trim and supports. 24 Shelf angles. 25 Steel pipe railings. r 26 Steel gates. 27 Handrails. 28 Embedded stair nosings in concrete stairs. 29 Aluminum sunscreen and grates. 30 31 Structural steel is specified in another section within Division 5. 32 rr 33 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES: 34 35 Structural Performances: Provide assemblies which, when installed, comply with the following minimum 36 requirements for structural performance,unless otherwise indicated. 37 38 Handrails and Toprails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated when 39 tested per ASTM E 935. 40 41 Concentrated loads of 200 lbf applied at any point in any direction. 42 .w 43 Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear ft. applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal 44 directions. 45 46 Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. 47 48 Guards: Intermediate rails, balusters and panel fillers capable of withstanding a uniform load of 25 49 lbf per sq. ft. of gross area of guard, including any open areas,of which they are a part. 50 51 Above load need not be assumed to be acting concurrently with uniform horizontal loads on 52 toprails of railing assembly in determining stress on guard supporting members. rr 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) ■ 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 2 3 Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and 4 assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for 5 reassembly and coordinated installation. 6 +m 7 SUBMITTALS: 8 9 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and installation instructions for products err 10 used in miscellaneous metal fabrications, including paint products and grout. 11 12 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of miscellaneous metal fabrications. 13 Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 14 Provide templates for anchor and bolt installation by others. 15 16 Where materials or fabrications are indicated to comply with certain requirements for design ' 17 loadings, include structural computations, material properties and other information needed for 18 structural analysis. 19 am 20 Samples: Submit 2 sets of representative samples of materials and finished products as may be requested by 21 Architect. 22 23 24 PART 2-PRODUCTS 25 26 ■r 27 MATERIALS: 28 29 Ferrous Metals: 30 31 Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to 32 view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam 33 marks,roller marks,rolled trade names and roughness. 34 35 Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36. 36 37 Steel Bar Grating: ASTM A 569 or ASTM A 36. 38 39 Steel Tubing: Cold formed,ASTM A 500; or hot rolled, ASTM A 501. 40 41 Structural Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold-rolled ASTM A 611, Class 1; of grade 42 required for design loading. 43 44 Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446, of grade required for design loading. Coating 45 designation as indicated,or if not indicated, G90. 46 47 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type and grade(if applicable) as selected by fabricator and as required for 48 design loading; black finish unless galvanizing is indicated; standard weight (schedule 40), unless 49 otherwise indicated. 50 51 Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as 52 supported rails,unless otherwise indicated. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron, 2 ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot-dip 3 galvanized,ASTM A 153. 4 5 Grout: 6 7 Non-Shrink Non-Metallic Grout: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive, non- 8 gaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C621. Provide grout specifically recommended by 9 manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section. 10 11 Fasteners: 12 13 General: Provide zinc-coated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners 14 for the type,grade and class required. 15 +�* 16 Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type,ASTM A 307,Grade A. 17 18 Lag Bolts: Square head type,FS FF-B-561. 19 20 Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel,FS FF-S-92. 21 22 Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel,FS FF-S-111. 23 24 Plain Washers: Round,carbon steel,FS FF-W-92. 25 ar 26 Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields,FS FF-S-325. 27 28 Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type,FS FF-B-588,type, class and style as required. 29 30 Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel,FS FF-W-84. 31 32 Paint: 33 34 Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead-free, abrasion-resistant, rust-inhibitive primer selected for 35 compatibility with substrates and with types of alkyd-type finish paint systems indicated, and for capability 36 to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure; complying with 37 performance requirements only of FS TT-P-86,Types I,II, and III. 38 39 Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, 40 complying with the Military Specifications MIL-P-21035 (Ships)or SSPC-Paint-20. 41 42 FABRICATION, GENERAL: 43 44 Workmanship: Use materials of size and thickness indicated, or if not indicated, as required to produce 45 strength and durability in finished product for use intended. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on 46 shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified 47 for various components of work. 48 49 Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp 50 edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" unless otherwise indicated. Form 51 bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise 52 impairing work. irr 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 .r Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. At exposed 2 connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. 3 ` 4 Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners 5 wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head 6 (countersunk)screws or bolts. 7 8 Provide for anchorage of type indicated,coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space 9 anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. 10 11 Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish hardware and 12 similar items. 13 14 Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items shown or specified to be galvanized,as follows: 15 16 ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 17 18 ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8" 19 thick and heavier. 20 21 ASTM A 386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. 22 23 Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or provide weep 24 holes where water may accumulate. 25 26 Shop Painting: ■r 27 28 Apply shop primer to surfaces of metal fabrications except those which are galvanized or as 29 indicated to be embedded in concrete unless otherwise indicated, and in compliance with 30 requirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting. 31 32 Stripe paint all edges,corners, crevices,bolts, welds and sharp edges. 33 34 Surface Preparation: Prepare ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below 35 for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal 36 fabrications: 37 38 Exteriors(SSPC Zone 113): SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". 39 40 Interiors (SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning". 41 42 ROUGH HARDWARE: 43 44 Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts,plates, anchors,hangers,dowels and other miscellaneous 45 steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing 46 woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified 47 in Division-6 sections. 48 49 Fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable-iron washers for heads and nuts 50 which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers. ` 51 as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 5 No Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES: 2 3 Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on concrete construction, made flat, free 4 from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for 5 grouting as required. arr 6 7 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS: 8 ,., 9 Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part of structural steel framework, as 10 required to complete work. 11 Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of required dw 12 dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise indicated, 13 fabricate from structural steel shapes plates and steel bars, of welded construction using mitered joints for 14 field connection.Cut,drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items. 15 do 16 Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete. Furnish inserts if units must be 17 installed after concrete is placed. 18 19 Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 24" o.c. and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 1/4" x 20 8" steel straps. 21 22 SHELF ANGLES: 23 24 Provide galvanized structural steel shelf angles of sizes indicated for attachment to steel framing. 25 .w 26 STEEL ENTRY GATES 27 28 Provide double and single steel swinging pedestrian gates as manufactured by Ametco "Orsogril". Also 29 provide all hinges, 2" square steel tube frame, pad lockable slide and cane bolts, infill fencing panels and 30 necessary installation accessories. 31 32 ALUMINUM DUMPSTER SCREEN GATES 33 34 Provide double swinging screen gates as manufactured by Ametco "Fixed Louver Gates". Also provide all 35 hinges, 2" square tube frame, pad lockable slide and cane bolts. Provide at 100% direct visual screening. 36 Provide prefinished in Black Velvet color. 37 38 STEEL PIPE RAILINGS, GATES AND HANDRAILS: 39 40 Fabricate steel pipe railings and handrails to design, dimensions, and details indicated. Provide railings and 41 handrails members formed of pipe of sizes and wall thickness indicated, but not less than that required to 42 support design loading. 43 44 Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt-welding or welding with internal connectors, at 45 fabricator's option,unless otherwise indicated, 46 47 At tee and cross intersections provide coped joints. 48 49 At bends interconnect pipe by means of prefabricated elbow fittings or flush radius bends, as 50 applicable,of radius indicated. 51 52 At elbow bends provide mitered joints. ■r 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 r�r Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. 2-02072) 1 Form bends by use of prefabricated elbow fittings and radius bends or by bending pipe, at 2 fabricator's option. 3 4 Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive 5 configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross-section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, 6 twisting or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. 7 8 Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails,except where otherwise indicated. 9 10 Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16"thick steel plate in place or by use of prefabricated fittings. 11 12 Brackets,Flanges,Fittings and Anchors: Provide wall brackets,end closures, flanges,miscellaneous fittings 13 and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish 14 inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work. 15 16 For railing posts set in concrete provide sleeves of galvanized steel pipe not less than 6" long and 17 with an inside diameter not less than 1/2" greater than the outside diameter of pipe. Provide steel 18 plate closure welded to bottom of sleeve and of width and length not less than 1" greater than 19 outside diameter of sleeve. 20 21 Provide friction fit, removable covers designed to keep sleeves clean and hold top edge of sleeve 22 1/2"below finished-surface of concrete. 23 24 Galvanize all steel railings, including pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners, and other ferrous components after 25 fabrication. 26 +wr 27 CAST NOSINGS 28 29 Fabricate units of metal indicated below in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to we 30 accurately fit openings or conditions. Provide units with an integral abrasive finish consisting of aluminum 31 oxide, silicond carbide, or a combination of both. Provide at all concrete stairs that are not into a pool or 32 submerged area. 33 34 Metal: Cast aluminum 35 36 Configurations: Provide units in the following configurations,unless otherwise indicated: .r► 37 38 Nosings: Cross-hatched units,4 inches wide with 1-inch lip, for casting into concrete steps. 39 40 Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with 41 manufacturer. 42 43 Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink. Locate not more than 4 inches from ends and not more than r" 44 12 inches evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated. Provide closer spacing if recommended 45 by manufacturer. 46 ,ft 47 Provide two rows of holes for units more than 5 in ches wide, with two holes aligned at ends and 48 intermediate holes staggered. 49 50 Apply bituminous paint to concealed bottoms, sides,and edges of units set into concrete. 51 52 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 53 rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) 1 American Safety Tread Co.,Inc. 2 Amstep Products 3 Armstrong Products,Inc. 4 Balco/Metalines,Inc. 5 Granite State Casting Co. .. 6 Safe-T-Metal Co. 7 Wooster Products,Inc. 8 9 PREFABRICATED METAL GRATING FRAME 10 11 Provide prefabricated aluminum sun shade, grating and frames as detailed on drawings. Provide grating of 12 Kynar painted aluminum bar 1/8"thick by 3"wide.Arrange grate patter to be 3"x 6"spacing. 13 14 Product: "Straight Line"aluminum grill by Intertec(1-88844DORAL)similar products by other .rr 15 manufacturers subject to prior approval. 16 17 Mounting: Secure with stainless steel fasteners. Separate from ferrous metal with neoprene spacers. 18 19 20 PART 3 -EXECUTION 21 22 23 PREPARATION: 24 25 Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where 26 possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before 27 fabrication might delay work. 28 29 Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for 30 installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having 31 integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of 32 such items to project site. 33 34 35 36 37 38 INSTALLATION: 39 40 General: 41 ,.. 42 Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing 43 miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction; including, threaded fasteners for concrete and 44 masonry inserts,toggle bolts,through-bolts, lag bolts,wood screws and other connectors as required. 45 46 Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of 47 miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, 48 true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in 49 formwork for items which are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. 50 51 Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to ,�,,,, 52 be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 ■r Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 joints smooth and touch-up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which 2 have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication,and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. 3 4 Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance 5 and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. 6 7 Setting Loose Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond-reducing materials, and 8 roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. 9 10 Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members 11 have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if 12 protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. Use metallic non- 13 shrink grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use non-metallic non-shrink grout in 14 exposed locations,unless otherwise indicated. 15 16 Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 86 17 18 Steel Pipe Railings and Handrails: 19 20 Adjust railing prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at 21 spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. 22 Secure posts and railing ends to building construction as follows. 23 ' 24 Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After 25 posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve solid with 26 non-shrink, non-metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's 27 directions. 28 29 Anchor posts in concrete by core drilling holes not less than 5" deep and 3/4" greater than outside 30 diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material, insert posts and fill annular space between post 31 and concrete with non-shrink, non-metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout 32 manufacturer's directions. 33 34 Cover anchorage joint with a round steel flange welded to post. 35 36 Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off excess grout and leave 1/8" build-up, sloped away err 37 from post. For installation exposed on exterior or to flow of water, seal grout to comply 38 with grout manufacturer's directions. 39 40 Anchor posts to steel with steel oval flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions, 41 welded to posts and bolted to steel supporting members. 42 43 Anchor rail ends into concrete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and 44 anchored into wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts. 45 46 Anchor rail ends to steel with steel oval or round flanges welded to rail ends and bolted to structural 47 steel members,unless otherwise indicated. 48 49 Secure handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket with not less than 1 50 1/2" clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated ` 51 or, if not indicated, at spacing required for design loading. Secure wall brackets and wall return 52 fittings to building construction as follows: 53 err �,. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 05500 Cedar River Park METAL FABRICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2 �r 3 For concrete use drilled-in expansion shield and either concealed hanger bolt or exposed 4 lag bolt,as applicable. 5 6 For stud partitions use lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud 7 installations for accurate location of backing members. 8 9 ADJUST AND CLEAN 10 11 Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of 12 shop paint,and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting. 13 Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. 14 15 Touch-Up Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds,bolted connections and abraded areas of �++ 16 the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Division 9 of these specifications. 17 18 For galvanized surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing 1. 19 repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. 20 21 END OF SECTION 05500 22 23 qUanuary 10,2003 ilr i as 1 Nr� RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06100 Cedar River Park ROUGH CARPENTRY Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,pTs. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 06100-ROUGH CARPENTRY 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 eir 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Di- 10 vision 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Wood furring,grounds,nailers,and blocking,fire retardant treated. 17 18 DEFINITIONS 19 20 Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise speci- 21 fied. 22 23 SUBMITTALS 24 25 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Speci- 26 fication Sections. 27 28 Product Data for the following products: 29 30 Underlayment. 31 32 Metal framing anchors. 33 34 Material certificates for dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indi- 35 cate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards 36 Committee's(ALSC)Board of Review. 37 38 Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, 39 storing, installing,and finishing treated materials: 40 41 For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating 42 type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and 43 compliance with applicable standards. 44 45 For waterborne-treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was 46 reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. 47 48 Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. 49 50 QUALITY ASSURANCE 51 52 Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for approval, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to 53 Architect's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06100 Cedar Riv:-= Park ROUGH CARPENTRY Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.(2-02072) 1 it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the 2 Work. �r 3 4 Single-Source Responsibility for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product 5 from one source and by a single manufacturer. 6 ` 7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 8 9 Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack 10 lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under tempo- 11 rary coverings. 12 „ 13 For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals,place spacers between each bundle to 14 provide air circulation. 15 16 17 PART 2-PRODUCTS 18 19 20 MANUFACTURERS 21 22 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 23 24 Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: 25 26 Baxter: J.H.Baxter Co. 27 Chemical Specialties,Inc. 28 Continental Wood Preservers,Inc. 29 Hickson Corp. 30 Hoover Treated Wood Products,Inc. 31 Osmose Wood Preserving,Inc. 32 33 Parallel-Strand Lumber: 34 35 Alpine Structures. 36 Truss Joist MacMillan. 37 38 Metal Framing Anchors: 39 40 Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. 41 Harlen Metal Products,Inc. 42 Silver Metal Products,Inc. 43 Simpson Strong-Tie Company,Inc. 44 Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 45 46 LUMBER,GENERAL 47 48 Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable 49 grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. 50 51 Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them,include the follow- 52 ing: 53 AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06100 Cedar River Park ROUGH CARPENTRY Renton,Washington Page 3 r Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 NELMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. do 2 NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority(Canadian). 3 RIS-Redwood Inspection Service. 4 SPIB -Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5 WCLIB -West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. "" 6 WWPA-Western Wood Products Association. 7 8 Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evi- 9 dencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, mois- 10 ture content at time of surfacing,and mill. 11 12 For exposed lumber, furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece,or omit 13 grade stamps and provide grade-compliance certificates issued by inspection agency. 14 15 Where nominal sizes are indicated,provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content speci- ""` 16 fied.Where actual sizes are indicated,they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 17 18 Provide dressed lumber, S4S,unless otherwise indicated. 19 20 Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nomi- 21 nal thickness or less,unless otherwise indicated. 22 23 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS 24 25 General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative treated or is specified to be treated, comply 26 with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item 27 with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 28 29 Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic. 30 31 For exposed items indicated to receive stained finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed 32 through,contain colorants,or otherwise adversely affect finishes. ' 33 34 Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. 35 After treatment,kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent,respec- • 36 tively.Treat indicated items and the following: 37 38 Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in 39 connection with roofing, flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing. 40 41 Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with 42 masonry or concrete. ' 43 44 Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 45 .. 46 Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 47 48 Pressure treat wood members in contact with ground or freshwater with waterborne preservatives to a 49 minimum retention of 0.40 lb/cu. ft. 50 51 Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, apply field 52 treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying 53 and discard damaged or defective pieces. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06100 Cedar River Park ROUGH CARPENTRY Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 DIMENSION LUMBER 3 4 General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the ALSC National Grading Rule 5 (NGR)provisions of the inspection agency indicated. 6 7 Miscellaneous Framing and Blocking: Provide framing and blocking of the following grade and species: 8 9 Grade: Construction, Stud, or No. 3. 10 11 Species:Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA. 12 13 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER 14 15 General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment curbs 16 and support bases,cant strips,bucks milers blocking, furrin g,grounds, stripping,and similar members. 17 18 Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. 19 20 Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treat- 21 ment. 22 23 Grade: For dimension lumber sizes,provide No.3 or Standard grade lumber per ALSC's NGRs of any spe- 24 cies. For board-size lumber, provide No. 3 Common grade per NELMA, NLGA, or WWPA; No.2 grade 25 per SPIB;or Standard grade per NLGA,WCLIB or WWPA of any species. 26 27 WOOD-BASED STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS,GENERAL 28 29 Structural-Use Panel Standards: Provide either all-veneer,mat-formed, or composite panels complying with rr, 30 DOC PS 2, "Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels," unless otherwise indicated. 31 Provide plywood panels complying with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial 32 Plywood,"where plywood is indicated. 33 34 Structural-Use Panel Standard: Provide plywood panels complying with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard 35 for Construction and Industrial Plywood." 36 •r► 37 Trademark: Factory mark structural-use panels with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade re- 38 quirements. 39 40 FASTENERS 41 42 General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article 43 for material and manufacture. 44 45 Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humid- 46 ity,provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. rrr 47 48 Nails,Wire,Brads,and Staples:FS FF-N-105. 49 50 Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 51 52 Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. 53 4' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06100 Cedar River Park ROUGH CARPENTRY Renton,Washington Page 5 AN Northwest Architectural Company,yp s (2-02072) 1 Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. err 2 3 Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indi- 4 cated,flat washers. 5 6 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS 7 8 General: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity, type, and size indicated and as 9 follows: 10 11 Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or evaluation re- �. 12 ports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of 13 metal framing anchors for application indicated with building code in effect for Project. 14 15 Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufac- dw 16 turer that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from 17 empirical data or by rational engineering analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing per- 18 formed by a qualified independent testing agency. 19 20 Metal Framing anchors indicated on plans use "Simpson Strong Tie"standard callouts as the design 21 basis. Contractor may substitute other equivalent manufacturers' product. It is the Contractor's re- 22 sponsibility to provide and indicate equivalent performance capacity for any other product or 23 Manufacturer submittal for approval. 24 25 Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 coating desig- .r 26 nation; structural, commercial, or lock-forming quality, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor 27 indicated. 28 d,„ 29 Bridging:Rigid,V-section,nailless type,0.064 inch thick, length to suit joist size and spacing. 30 31 32 PART 3 -EXECUTION as 33 34 35 INSTALLATION, GENERAL .w 36 37 Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use 38 with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. 39 'e 40 Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines,with members plumb,true to line, cut,and fitted. 41 42 Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of ON 43 furring,nailers,blocking,grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. 44 45 Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and ply- to 46 wood. 47 48 Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with 49 the following: to 50 51 CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples,P-nails,and allied fasteners. 52 53 Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06100 so Cedar River Park ROUGH CARPENTRY Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company p s (2-02072) so 1 2 "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's "National De- 3 sign Specifications for Wood Construction." 4 5 "Table 23-II-B-I--Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. 6 7 Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of 8 size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish 9 materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as 10 required. 11 12 Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground con- ,,, 13 tact,or in area of high relative humidity. 14 15 Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. 16 " 17 WOOD GROUNDS,NAILERS,BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS 18 19 Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or at- 20 taching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Co- 21 ordinate locations with other work involved. 22 23 Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise 24 indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork 25 before concrete placement. 26 ► 27 Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches 28 wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material.Remove tempo- 29 rary grounds when no longer required. 30 31 WOOD FURRING 32 a 33 Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance 34 of finish work. 35 36 WOOD FRAMING,GENERAL 06 37 38 Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indi- 39 cated. 40 41 Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's 42 written instructions. 43 to 44 Install framing members of size and at spacing indicated. 45 46 Do not splice structural members between supports. tm 47 48 49 END OF SECTION 06100 50 51 an Narch 12,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company p.s(2-02072) 1 SECTION 06402-INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ,■ 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Interior standing and running trim. 17 18 Laminate-clad cabinets(plastic-covered casework). r 19 20 Plastic-laminate countertops. 21 22 Solid Polymer countertops. 23 24 Shop finishing of woodwork. 25 26 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 27 28 Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for exposed framing and for furring, blocking, and other ,a 29 carpentry work concealed in the wall. 30 31 DEFINITIONS: 32 33 Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing 34 woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. 35 36 SUBMITTALS: 37 38 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 r 39 Specification Sections. 40 41 Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into items of architectural 42 woodwork during fabrication,finishing,and installation. 43 44 Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, 45 attachment devices,and other components. w 46 47 Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and 48 reinforcing specified in other Sections. ■r 49 50 Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers, and 51 other items installed in architectural woodwork. 52 ■ RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 ` Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Com P an ,P•s. (2-02072) Y 1 Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual 2 units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of 3 material indicated. 4 5 Shop-applied transparent finishes. 6 7 Plastic laminates. 8 9 Thermoset decorative overlays. 10 11 Samples for verification of the following: 12 „ 13 Lumber with or for transparent finish, 50 sq. in. for each species and cut, finished on one side and 14 one edge. 15 16 Wood-veneer-faced panel products, with or for transparent finish, 8 by 10 inches for each species 17 and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish one-half of face as specified. 18 19 Step finish materials on sample to show and clearly define each coat. wr 20 21 Lumber and panel products with shop-applied opaque finish, 8 by 10 inches for panels and 50 sq. 22 in. for lumber, for each finish system and color,with one-half of exposed surface finished. 23 24 Laminate-clad panel products, 8 by 10 inches for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with 25 separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 26 ` 27 Thermoset decorative-overlay surfaced panel products, 8 by 10 inches for each type, color,pattern, 28 and surface finish,with separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 29 30 Corner pieces as follows: 31 32 Cabinet front frame joints between stiles and rail, as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches 33 high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep. 34 35 Miter joints for standing trim. 36 37 Exposed cabinet hardware, one unit for each type and finish. 38 39 Product certificates signed by woodwork fabricator certifying that products comply with specified 40 requirements. 41 42 Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their 43 capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names 44 and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified. 45 46 QUALITY ASSURANCE: w+r 47 48 Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated 49 for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production 50 capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. 51 ■n RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,y s (2-02072) 1 Installer Qualifications: Arrange for interior architectural woodwork installation by a firm that can arr 2 demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to 3 those required for this Project. 4 .r 5 Single-Source Responsibility for Fabrication and Installation: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to 6 assume undivided responsibility for fabricating, finishing, and installing woodwork specified in this 7 Section. 8 9 Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated,comply with the following standard: 10 11 AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural 12 Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other 13 requirements. 14 15 Provide AWI Certification Labels or Certificates of Compliance indicating that woodwork 16 meets requirements of grades specified. 17 18 The Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in the Quality Standard as well as • 19 additional requirements beyond those of the Quality Standard. Comply with such selections and 20 requirements in addition to the Quality Standard. 21 22 Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide materials with the following fire-test-response characteristics 23 as determined by testing identical products per ASTM test method indicated below by UL, Warnock 24 Hersey,or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify fire- 25 retardant-treated material with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form 26 of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on surfaces of 27 materials that will be concealed from view after installation. 28 rr 29 Surface-Burning Characteristics: Not exceeding values indicated below, tested per ASTM E 84 for 30 standard time period(10 minutes). 31 .r 32 Flame Spread: 75. 33 34 Smoke Developed: 450. 35 36 Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 37 Section"Project Meetings." 38 39 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 40 41 Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and 42 deterioration. 43 44 Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate 45 woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation +■ 46 areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project 47 Conditions." 48 49 PROJECT CONDITIONS: 50 51 Environmental Limitations: Obtain and comply with woodwork fabricator's and Installer's coordinated 52 advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage and installation. +"" 53 Do not install woodwork until these conditions have been attained and stabilized so that woodwork will be RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.yp s (2-02072) 1 within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder 2 of construction period. raw 3 4 Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual 5 dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded 6 measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid 7 delaying the Work. 8 9 Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support 10 woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final 11 shop drawings. 12 ,; 13 Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and 14 proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at 15 site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed 16 dimensions. 17 18 COORDINATION: 19 at 20 Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of 21 Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and 22 installed as indicated. 23 24 25 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 26 27 28 MATERIALS: 29 f„ 30 General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of 31 woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of interior woodwork, 32 with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: 33 34 Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 35 36 Softwood Plywood: PS 1. to 37 38 Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. 39 40 High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by 41 woodwork quality standard. 42 43 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-pressure decorative 44 laminates by one of the following: 45 46 Formica Corporation. 47 Laminart. 48 Nevamar Corp. 49 Pioneer Plastics Corp. 50 Westinghouse Electric Corp.; Specialty Products Div. 51 Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. 52 53 Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural CompM,p.s.(2-02072) 1 2 Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Decorative surface of thermally fused polyester or melamine-impregnated 3 web,bonded to specified substrate and complying with ALA 1992. 4 5 Substrate: plywood. 6 7 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS: 8 ++� 9 General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except 10 for items specified in Division 8 Section"Door Hardware." 11 ism 12 Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware required for 13 architectural cabinets. 14 so 15 Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or 16 referenced to this standard. 17 18 Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware,provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for .. 19 BHMA code number indicated. 20 21 Dark, Oxidized, Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed, on Bronze Base: BHMA 613 and matching Architect's 22 sample. 23 24 For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class 25 requirements of BHMA A156.9. 26 27 INSTALLATION MATERIALS: 28 29 Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less 30 than 15 percent moisture content. 31 32 Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B 18.6.1 for 33 applicable requirements. 34 35 For metal framing supports,provide screws as recommended by metal-framing manufacturer. 36 37 Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for 38 applicable requirements. 39 40 Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide 41 nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as 42 required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place 43 anchors. 44 45 FABRICATION,GENERAL: 46 47 Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard and 48 of the following grade: or 49 50 Grade: Custom. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Co=any,n.s. 2-02072) 1 Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture 2 content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation + 3 areas. 4 5 Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the 6 following: 7 8 Corners of cabinets and edges of solid-wood(lumber)members 3/4 inch thick or less: 1/16 inch. 9 10 Edges of rails and similar members more than 3/4 inch thick: 1/8 inch. 11 12 Corners of cabinets and edges of solid-wood(lumber)members and rails: 1/16 inch. rir 13 14 Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to Project 15 site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 16 Where necessary for fitting at site,provide ample allowance for scribing,trimming,and fitting. 17 18 Trial fit assemblies at the fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install 19 dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial + " 20 fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field 21 measurements indicated on approved shop drawings before disassembling for shipment. 22 23 Shop-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, 24 electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to 25 produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and,where located in countertops 26 and similar exposures,seal edges with a water-resistant coating. 27 28 _LAMINATE-CLAD CABINETS(PLASTIC-COVERED CASEWORK) 29 .r 30 Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for laminate-clad cabinets. 31 32 Grade: Custom. 33 34 AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. 35 36 Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following 37 requirements: 38 39 Horizontal Surfaces Other than Tops: GP-50,0.050-inch nominal thickness. 40 41 Postformed Surfaces: PF42,0.042-inch nominal thickness. 42 43 Vertical Surfaces: GP-28,0.028-inch nominal thickness. 44 45 Edges: Hot melt glue applied PVC in light grey color as selected by Architect from full color range. One 46 color maximum. Provide 3 mm PVC edge at all exposed edges. Apply PVC edging by machine with hot 47 melt waterproof adhesive under heat and pressure. Edges and corners to be trimmed and buffed. Provide 48 edging at all conditions exposed to view on cabinet interior and exterior. 49 Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 50 51 Surfaces of Shelves, Interior of Drawer Bottoms and Cabinet Bottoms: High-pressure decorative 52 laminate,NEMA Grade CLS-20. 53 " RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 Other Surfaces: Thermoset decorative overlay. .r 2 3 Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed 4 laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 5 6 Match color, pattern, and finish indicated by reference to laminate manufacturer's standard 7 designations for these characteristics. See Finish Schedule. 8 Aw 9 COUNTERTOPS: 10 11 Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for countertops. 12 13 Grade: Custom. 14 15 Type of Top: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following: 16 17 Grade: GP-50,0.050-inch nominal thickness. 18 �+ 19 Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of 20 exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 21 r■ 22 Match color, pattern, and finish indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard 23 designations for these characteristics. See Finish Schedule. 24 25 Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. 26 27 Core Material: Plywood. 28 .r 29 Core Material at counter tops containing sinks (No Laminate): Solid Polymer— Santana or pre-approved 30 equal. 31 32 33 PART 3 -EXECUTION 34 35 36 PREPARATION: 37 38 Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. 39 40 Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work 41 as required,including back priming and removal of packing. 42 43 INSTALLATION: 44 45 Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in 46 Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. 47 48 Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed .. 49 shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for plumb and level(including tops). 50 51 Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, 2 stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete irr 3 installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and 4 matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. 5 6 Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible,using full-length pieces(from 7 maximum length of lumber available)to the greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches 8 long, except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Fill gaps, if any, between 9 top of base and wall with plastic wood filler,sand smooth,and finish same as wood base, if finished. 10 11 Install standing and running trim with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch variation from a straight 12 line. „ 13 14 Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately 15 aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. 16 Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 17 18 Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight 19 line. rrr 20 21 Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Caulk space between 22 backsplash and wall with specified sealant. 23 24 Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a 25 straight line. 26 27 Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches o.c. 28 29 Complete the finishing work specified in this Section to the extent not completed at shop or beforer 30 installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. Apply specified finish coats, 31 including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats were applied in 32 the shop. 33 34 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: 35 36 Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects; where 37 not possible to repair,replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 38 39 Clean,lubricate,and adjust hardware. 40 41 Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied fmishes to restore 42 damaged or soiled areas. to 43 44 PROTECTION: 45 46 Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that 47 ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 48 49 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY SCHEDULE: 50 51 BHMA numbers are used below to designate hardware requirements,except as otherwise indicated. 52 53 Concealed(European Type)Hinges: B01602. ' on RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 06402 Cedar River Park INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Renton,Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 rr 2 Butts:Nationa,2-3/4 inch fixed pin, 5 knuckle,270 degree swing,heavy duty. 3 4 Pulls:4 inches long, 5/16 inches in diameter. 5 6 Magnetic Catches:B03141. 7 8 Drawer Slides: Side-mounted, full-extension, zinc-plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, 9 complying with BHMA A156.9,Grade 1 and rated for the following loads: 10 11 Box Drawer Slides: 100 lbf(440N). rr, 12 13 Shelf Hardware: Provide the following unless otherwise indicated on the drawings: 14 15 At Standard Duty Shelves:KV No 83 Standard with No. 180 Boltless bracket. 16 17 At Shelves Deeper than 12"and Heavy Duty Shelving: KV 87 Standard with KV 187 bracket. 18 ++ 19 At Joints: Provide side by side sets of standards and brackets as specified above. 20 21 Wall&Support Brackets:Refer to Section 05500 22 23 Hooks: HEWI 507D. 24 25 26 END OF SECTION 06402 27 cjVanuary 24,2003 d' allr dW ow dw M we dYr drd RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07115 Cedar River Park BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 07115 -BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 do 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Di- 10 vision 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section includes cold-applied,emulsified asphalt dampproofing applied to the following surfaces: 15 16 Exterior,below-grade surfaces of concrete and masonry foundation walls. 17 18 SUBMITTALS 19 20 Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include recommendations for method of application, 21 primer,number of coats,coverage or thickness,and protection course. r 22 23 Material Certificates: For each product, signed by manufacturers. 24 25 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 27 Source Limitations: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers through one source from a single 28 manufacturer.Provide secondary materials recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. 29 30 PROJECT CONDITIONS 31 32 Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit �. 33 asphalt dampproofing to be performed according to manufacturers'written instructions. 34 35 Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation during application of dampproofing in enclosed spaces. Maintain 36 ventilation until dampproofing has thoroughly cured. 37 38 39 PART 2-PRODUCTS 40 41 42 MANUFACTURERS 43 44 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that 45 may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to,the following: r. 46 47 Cold-Applied,Emulsified-Asphalt Dampproofing: 48 r 49 Euclid Chemical Company(The). 50 Gardner Asphalt Corporation. 51 Henry Company. 52 Karnak Corporation. "" 53 Koppers Industries,Inc. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07115 Cedar River Park BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,R.S. (2-02072) to 1 Malarkey Roofing Company. 2 Meadows,W.R.,Inc. 3 Sonneborn,Div.of ChemRex,Inc. 4 Tamms Industries. 5 6 Protection Course,Asphalt-Board Type: 7 8 Grace,W.R.&Co.;Construction Products Div. 9 Meadows,W.R.,Inc. 10 Sonneborn,Div.of ChemRex,Inc. 11 12 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 13 14 Cold-Applied,Emulsified-Asphalt Dampproofing: 15 16 Trowel Coats: ASTM D 1227,Type II, Class 1 (one coat application),or 17 18 Fibered Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227,Type II,Class 1 (one coat application),or 19 20 Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227,Type III, Class 1 (two coat application). 21 22 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 23 24 Emulsified-Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 1227,Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended by 25 manufacturer. 26 27 Asphalt-Coated Glass Fabric: ASTM D 1668,Type I. 28 29 Protection Course, Asphalt-Board Type: Premolded, 1/8-inch thick,multi-ply, semirigid board consisting of rir 30 a mineral-stabilized asphalt core sandwiched between layers of asphalt-saturated felt, and faced on 1 side 31 with polyethylene film(to be used with brush or spray application),or 32 33 Protection Course, Polystyrene Type: Fan-folded, rigid, extruded-polystyrene board insulation; nominal 34 thickness not less than 3/16 inch(to be used with brush or spray application),or 35 36 Protection Course,Roll-Roofing Type: Smooth-surfaced roll roofing complying with ASTM D 224,Type II 37 (to be sued with brush or spray application). 38 39 40 PART 3 -EXECUTION 41 42 43 EXAMINATION 44 45 Examine substrates, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for surface smoothness and 46 other conditions affecting performance of work. 47 48 Begin dampproofing application only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed 49 and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 50 err 4W RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07115 Cedar River Park BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Renton,Washington Page 3 so Northwest Architectural Company,U.s. (�2-02072) 1 PREPARATION to 2 3 Protection of Other Work: Mask or otherwise protect adjoining exposed surfaces from being stained, spot- 4 ted, or coated with dampproofing. Prevent dampproofing materials from entering and clogging weep holes 5 and drains. 6 7 Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond 8 breakers if any,as recommended by prime material manufacturer. 9 10 APPLICATION,GENERAL 11 12 Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations unless more stringent requirements are indicated or 13 required by Project conditions to ensure satisfactory performance of dampproofing. 14 15 Apply additional coats if recommended by manufacturer or required to achieve coverages indicated. 16 17 Allow each coat of dampproofing to cure 24 hours before applying subsequent coats. 18 .r 19 Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls where opposite side of wall faces areas below grade 20 of building interior whether indicated or not. 21 22 Apply from finished-grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and down a minimum 23 of 6 inches over outside face of footing. 24 25 Extend 12 inches onto intersecting walls and footings, but do not extend onto surfaces exposed to • 26 view when Project is completed. 27 28 Install flashings and corner protection stripping at internal and external corners, changes in plane, 29 construction joints, cracks,and where shown as "reinforced," by embedding an 8-inch wide strip of 30 asphalt-coated glass fabric in a heavy coat of dampproofing. Dampproofmg coat required for em- 31 bedding fabric is in addition to other coats required. 32 33 Continue dampproofing through intersecting walls by keeping vertical mortar joints at intersection 34 temporarily open or by delaying construction of intersecting walls until dampproofing is applied. 35 �r 36 COLD-APPLIED,EMULSIFIED-ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING 37 38 On Concrete Foundations: Apply two brush or spray coats at not less than 1.5 gal./100 sq. ft. for first coat 39 and 1 gal./100 sq. ft. for second coat,or one fibered brush or spray coat at not less than 3 gal./100.sq. ft. , or 40 one trowel coat at not less than 4 gal./100 sq. ft. . 41 42 On Unparged Masonry Foundation Walls: Apply primer and one trowel coat at not less than 5 gal./100 sq. 43 ft. 44 45 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION COURSE 46 47 Where indicated, install protection course over completed-and-cured dampproofing. Comply with damp- 48 proofing material manufacturer's written recommendations for attaching protection course. Support protec- 49 tion course with spot application of trowel-grade mastic where not otherwise indicated. 50 w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07115 Cedar River Park BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural CompM,p.s. (2-02072) 1 CLEANING 2 ., 3 Remove dampproofmg materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofing. 4 5 6 END OF SECTION 07115 7 cmVanuary 7,2003 �1 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07210 Cedar River Park BUILDING INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 07210-BUILDING INSULATION 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL w 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Concealed building insulation in board form. 17 18 Building insulation in batt form. 19 20 Related Sections: 21 22 Division 7 Roofing Sections for roof insulation specified as part of roofing construction: 23 24 Division 9 Section indicated below for sound attenuation insulation provided and installed as part 25 of metal-framed acoustical perforated ceilings: 26 27 "Gypsum Board Assemblies." 28 ..� 29 DEFINITIONS: 30 31 Thermal Resistivity: Where the thermal resistivity of insulation products is designated by "r-values," they 32 represent the reciprocal of thermal conductivity (k-values). Thermal conductivity is the rate of heat flow 33 through a homogeneous material exactly 1 inch thick(25.4 mm). 34 35 SUBMITTALS: 36 37 General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification 38 Sections. 39 40 Product data for each type of insulation product specified. 41 42 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 43 44 Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose indicated fire 45 performance characteristics have been determined per the ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or 46 other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products 47 with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 48 49 Surface Burning Characteristic:ASTM E 84. 50 51 Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 52 "" 53 Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07210 ` Cedar River Park BUILDING INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single 3 source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties 4 without delaying progress of the Work. 5 6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 7 8 Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other 9 sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, 10 storage,and protection during installation. 11 12 „ 13 PART 2-PRODUCTS 14 15 16 MANUFACTURERS: 17 18 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering insulation 19 products that may be incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the following: 20 21 Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: 22 23 DiversiFoam Products 24 Dow:The Dow Chemical Company 25 Owens Corning 26 Tenneco ft 27 28 Manufacturers of Glass Fiber Insulation: 29 ran 30 CertainTeed Corp. 31 Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. 32 Owens/Corning Fiberglas Corp. 33 Johns Mansville 34 35 INSULATING MATERIALS: 36 37 General:Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 38 39 Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard at 40 thicknesses,widths,and lengths. 41 42 Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation (Rigid Insulation for Building Slab Perimeter): Rigid, cellular 43 polystyrene thermal insulation with closed-cells and integral high density skin, formed by the expansion of 44 polystyrene base resin in an extrusion process to comply with ASTM C 578 for type indicated; with 5-year 45 aged r-values of 5.4 and 5 at 40 and 75 deg F respectively; and as follows: 46 47 Type IV, 26 kg/cu.M min. density. 48 49 Thickness: 2"unless otherwise indicated. 50 51 Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 75 and 52 450,respectively. 53 to "m RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07210 Cedar River Park BUILDING INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 3 Am Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. 2-02072) 1 Unfaced Mineral Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: (Batt Insulation) Thermal insulation produced by Am 2 combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 3 for Type I(blankets without membrane facing); and as follows: 4 5 Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag. 6 7 Thickness: 6" (152 mm)unless otherwise indicated. 8 9 Surface Burning Characteristics:Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 25 and 50, 10 respectively. 11 12 VAPOR RETARDERS: 13 14 Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6.0 mils thick, with a maximum permeance rating of 0.13 15 perms. 16 17 Tape for Vapor Retarder: Pressure sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for 18 sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. 19 20 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS: 21 22 Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation or mechanical 23 anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging or corroding either insulation, anchors, or 24 substrates. 25 26 Adhesively Attached Pin Anchors: Perforated plate, 2 inches square, welded to projecting pin, with self- 27 locking washer, complying with the following requirements: 28 ., 29 Plate:Zinc-plated steel,0.106 inch thick. 30 31 Pin: Copper-coated low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 inches in diameter, length to suit depth 32 of insulation indicated and, with washer in place, to hold insulation tightly to substrate behind 33 insulation. 34 35 Self-Locking Washer:Mild steel,0.016 inch thick,size as required to hold insulation securely. 36 37 Where spindles will be exposed to human contact after installation, protect ends with 38 capped self-locking washers. 39 40 41 PART 3 -EXECUTION 42 43 44 EXAMINATION: 45 46 Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of the Sections 47 in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting 48 performance of insulation are satisfactory.Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory .. 49 conditions have been corrected. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07210 Cedar River Park BUILDING INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 PREPARATION: 2 3 Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removal of projections 4 that might puncture vapor retarders. 5 6 INSTALLATION,GENERAL: 7 8 Comply with insulation manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and application indicated. If 9 printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical M 10 representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. 11 12 Extend insulation full thickness as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around M 13 obstructions,and fill voids with insulation.Remove projections that interfere with placement. 14 15 Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up 16 total thickness. 17 18 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION: 19 20 Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. 21 If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to 22 provide permanent placement and support of units. 23 24 Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to 25 edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation 26 with adhesive,mastic,or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 27 28 Stuff glass fiber loose fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to 29 approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume(to a density of approximately 2.5 pcf). err 30 31 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS: 32 33 General: Install on interior side over all unfaced batt insulation. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of 34 areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as 35 indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled 36 with loose fiber insulation. 37 38 Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor 39 retarders to framing at top,end,and bottom edges,at perimeter of wall openings, and at lap joints. 40 41 Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with 42 tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer to create an airtight seal between penetrating 43 objects and vapor retarder. 44 45 Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with 46 tape or another layer of vapor retarder. rt 47 48 PROTECTION: 49 50 General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, 51 physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation will be 52 subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after 53 installation. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07210 Cedar River Park BUILDING INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Cg=M,v.s.(2-02072) 1 .rr 2 3 END OF SECTION 07210 4 5 6 anMarch 12,2003 do m m am ft m IYl1 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07410 Cedar River Park PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 07410-PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING +rr 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 11 12 Extent of each type of preformed siding is indicated on the drawings and by provisions of this section. 13 Preformed siding is metal panels used on vertical surfaces to provide leak proof water and weather shedding 14 capabilities and on horizontal surfaces in sheltered soffit or interior applications. 15 16 Types of panels required include the following: 17 18 Preformed metal siding 19 Preformed metal roofing 20 Perforated metal ceiling panels 21 22 Related Sections include the following: 23 24 Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and sheathing. 25 26 Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing not part of roofing and other sheet metal 27 work. 28 r�r 29 Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants" for field-applied sealants. 30 31 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 32 33 General: Provide manufactured metal panel assemblies complying with performance requirements indicated 34 and capable of withstanding structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather 35 without failure or filtration of water into the building interior. 36 37 Air Infiltration: Provide manufactured panel assemblies with permanent resistance to air leakage through 38 assembly of not more than 0.09 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 1680 at 39 static-air-pressure difference of 4.0 lb/sq. ft.. 40 41 Water Penetration: Provide manufactured panel assemblies with no water penetration as defined in the test 42 method when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at a minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward "r' 43 acting,wind-load design pressure of not less than 6.24 lb. sq. ft.and not more than 12.0 lb/sq. ft. 44 45 WARRANTEES as 46 47 Manufacturer's Product Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 20 years, foll9owing delivery date 48 that under normal usage panels will not rupture,fail structurally or perforate due to corrosion. 49 50 Paint System: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 20 years against peeling and blistering. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07410 Cedar River Park PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p•s. (2-02072) ` P Y 1 Contractor's Workmanship Warranty: Warrant that the roof system is installed in accordance with the 2 manufacturer's recommendations and will be free from defective workmanship and remain watertight and 3 weatherproof with normal usage for two(2)years following Project Substantial Completion date. 4 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 6 7 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed metal roof panel projects 8 similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- 9 service performance. 10 11 Field Measurements: Where possible, prior to fabrication of prefabricated panels, take field measurements 12 of structure or substrates to receive panel system. Allow for trimming panel units where final dimensions 13 cannot be established prior to fabrication. 14 15 Pre-installation Conference: Conduct meeting including Owners Representative, General Contractor and 16 Architect prior to installation to discuss application technique and schedule sequence. 17 18 SUBMITTALS: 19 ++ 20 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, standard details, installation instructions and 21 general recommendations, as applicable to materials and finishes for each component and for total system 22 of preformed panels. „ 23 24 Samples: Submit 2 samples 12"long x panel width,of each exposed finish material. 25 26 Shop Drawings: Submit small-scale layouts of panels on roofs, and large-scale details of edge conditions, 27 joints, corners, custom profiles, supports, anchorages, trim, flashings,•gutters, closures, show guards, and 28 special details.Distinguish between factory and field assembly work. 29i► 30 31 PART 2-PRODUCTS 32 33 34 INSTALLER CERTIFICATION 35 36 Installer shall be approved by manufacturer for installation of system to be used. Certification of installer 37 approval shall be submitted with shop drawings. 38 39 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 40 41 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide preformed roofmg and siding products by 42 one of the following: 43 44 Steel Siding—Type 1 45 46 Equivalent to IMSA Nu-Wave Corrugated Dising, 34 2/3" wide, 22 Gauge G-90 hot dipped 47 galvanized steel with Duragard finish. Color selected from manufacturer's full "Prismatic" color 48 range. Matching profiles and colors by Fabral and Centria also acceptable subject to prior approval 49 by Architect. 50 as go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07410 Cedar River Park PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Steel Roofing—Type 2—Concealed Fastener Panel(Alternate 8—Locker Room Building only) 3 4 Equivalent to IMSA Klip Rib, 24 Gauge G-90 hot dipped galvanized steel with Duragard finish. 5 Color selected from manufacturer's full "Prismatic" color range. Matching profiles, coatings and 6 colors by Fabral and Centria also acceptable subject to prior approval by Architect. 7 8 Color: r 9 10 Steel Interior Acoustical Ceiling Panels— 1 %2"Exposed Fastener Panels 11 12 Equivalent to IMSA Nu-Wave Corrugated, 24 Gauge unless noted otherwise, perforated, factory 13 primer finish for filed painting. Matching profiles by Fabral, and Centria are also acceptable 14 subject to prior approval by Architect. 15 16 SHEET MATERIALS: 17 18 Steel for Painting/Coating: Hot-dip zinc coated steel sheet, ASTM A 446, Grade A except where higher ■r 19 strength required for performance, G90 zinc coating at exterior application, mil phosphatized at interior 20 application,surface treated for maximum coating performance. 21 22 PERFORATIONS: 23 24 Perforate Metal Panels: In locations indicated on drawings with 1/8-inch holes staggered on 3/16" offset 25 centers to yield 30.9%open area in panels. 26 27 METAL FINISHES: 28 29 General: Apply coatings either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as required by coating 30 process and as required for maximum coating performance capability. Protect coating promptly after 31 application and cure, by application of strippable film or removable adhesive cover, and retain until 32 installation has been completed. Provide colors as indicated on drawings and in this specification. 33 34 Fluoropolymer Coating: Full-strength 70% "Kynar 500" coating baked-on for 15 minutes at 450 deg F(232 35 deg C), in a dry film thickness of 1.0 mil, 30%reflective gloss (ASTM D 523), over min. 0.2 mil baked-on dW 36 modified epoxy primer. Provide manufacturers 20-year fmish warranty. 37 38 Durability: Provide coating which has been field tested under normal range of weathering d„ 39 conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack or check in 40 finish, and without chalking in excess of 8 (ASTM D 659), and without fading in excess of 5 NBS 41 units. 42 43 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 44 45 Roofing felt: 30#asphalt impregnated glass fiber felt. wrr 46 47 Fasteners:Manufacturer's standard concealed non-corrosive types. 48 49 Accessories: Provide components required for a complete roofing system, including trim, copings, fascias, 50 gravel stops, mullions, sills, corner units, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, gutters, 51 louvers, sealants, gaskets, fillers, neoprene closure strips and similar items. Coordinate and provide gutter 52 connections to down spouts. Match materials/finishes of preformed panels. All exterior trim is to be �" 53 galvanized and pre-finished to match roofing.All interior trim is to be primed to receive field painting. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07410 ` Cedar River Park PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) ob 1 2 Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film +6 3 thickness per coat. 4 5 6 PANEL FABRICATION: 7 8 General: Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by 9 manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, and as required to fulfill indicated performance 10 requirements which have been demonstrated by factory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and 11 dimensional requirements,and with structural requirements. 12 13 Metal Gages: Thicknesses required for structural performances, but not less than manufacturer's 14 recommended minimums for profiles and applications indicated,and not less than the following; 15 16 24 gauge unless noted otherwise. 17 18 Apply bituminous coating or other permanent separation materials on concealed panel surfaces where 19 panels would otherwise be in direct contact with substrate materials which are non-compatible or could 20 result in corrosion or deterioration of either material or finishes. 21 22 Fabricate panel joints with captive gaskets or separator strips,which provide a tight seal and prevent metal- 23 to-metal contact in a manner,which will minimize noise from movements within panel system. 24 25 Condensation: Fabricate panels for control of condensation, including vapor inclusion of seals and 26 provisions for breathing,venting,weeping,and draining. 27 28 29 PART 3 -EXECUTION �. 30 31 32 INSTALLATION: 33 34 Pre-Installation Conference shall be held in advance of application of any siding. 35 36 General: Comply with panel fabricator's and material manufacturers'instructions and recommendations for 37 installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other 38 components of the work securely in place,with provisions for thermal/structural movement. 39 40 Installation Tolerances: Shim and align panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4" in 20'-0" on 41 level/plumb/slope and location/line as indicated, and within 1/8" offset of adjoining faces and of alignment 42 of matching profiles. 43 44 Seaming complete seaming of panel joints by operation of portable power-driven equipment of type 45 recommended by panel manufacturer shall be used for systems designed for seaming during installation. 46 47 Joint Sealers: Install gaskets,joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof 48 performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets and sealants/fillers indicated or, if not otherwise 49 indicated,types recommended by panel manufacturer. 50 51 Refer to other sections of these specifications for post-installation requirements on joint sealers;not work of 52 this section. 53 �" do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07410 Cedar River Park PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company R.S. (2-02072) 1 Apply perforated ceiling panels to suspended gridwork with exposed cap screws. ar 2 3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: 4 5 Damaged Units: Replace panels and other components of the work that have been damaged or have 6 deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish touch-up or similar minor repair procedures. 7 8 Cleaning: Remove protective coverings and strippable films (if any) as each panel is installed. Upon 9 completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer, and 10 maintain in a clean condition during construction. 11 12 13 END OF SECTION 07410 14 15 16 an\March 12,2003 low 1� RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 07527-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING arr 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL � 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Modified bituminous sheet with granular cap sheet. (Roof Type I) 17 18 Modified bituminous base flashing with granular cap sheet. .r 19 20 Roof insulation. 21 22 Perlite cants. 23 24 Rooftop walking pads fabricated from base flashing cap sheet. 25 " 26 Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 27 28 Division 6 Section"Miscellaneous Carpentry" for treated wood nailers,curbs,and wood cants. 29 30 Division 7 Section"Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal counter flashings. 31 32 DEFINITIONS: 33 34 Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 for definitions of terms related to roofing work not 35 otherwise defined in this Section. 36 37 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 38 39 General: Install modified bituminous sheet roofing to withstand wind loads, structural movement,thermally 40 induced movement,and exposure to weather,without failure. 41 42 UL Listing: Provide modified bituminous sheet roofing system and component materials that have been 43 tested for application and slopes indicated and are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) for Class 44 B external fire exposure. 45 ++�+ 46 Provide roof-covering materials bearing UL Classification Marking (or corresponding marking from other 47 nationally recognized testing laboratory) on bundle, package, or container indicating that materials have 48 been produced under UL's Classification and Follow-up Service,or corresponding system. 49 50 FM Listing: Provide modified bitumen sheet roofing system and component materials that have been 51 evaluated by Factory Mutual System for fire spread, wind uplift, and nail damage and that are listed in 52 "Factory Mutual Approval Guide"for Class I construction. "' 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 Roofing system shall comply with FM Class I-90 for wind uplift resistance. 2 3 Provide roof covering materials bearing FM approval marking on bundle,package, or container, indicating 4 that material has been subjected to FM's examination and follow-up inspection service. 5 6 Insulation Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials that are identical to materials 7 whose fire performance characteristics, per requirements listed in Part 2 of this Section, have been 8 determined by testing by UL or other nationally recognized testing and inspecting agency acceptable to 9 authorities having jurisdiction, when tested for the assemblies of which the insulation materials are a part 10 and in accordance with approved test methods. 11 12 Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 13 14 Fire Resistance Ratings:ASTM E 119. 15 16 SUBMITTALS: ` 17 18 General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 19 + 20 Product data for each type of product specified. Include data substantiating that materials comply with 21 requirements. 22 23 Installer Certification: Submit written certification from manufacturer of modified bituminous sheet roofing 24 system certifying that Installer is approved by manufacturer to install specified roofing system. Provide 25 copy of certification to Architect before award of roofing work. 26 27 OUALITY ASSURANCE: 28 29 Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain primary products, including each type of roofing sheet, bitumen, 30 membrane flashings, and temporary roofing (if any), from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary 31 products as recommended by manufacturer of primary products for use with roofing system specified. 32 33 Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer (Roofer) who is certified by modified bituminous 34 sheet roofing system manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's roofing materials. 35 36 Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain a full-time supervisor/foreman on job site 37 during times that modified bituminous sheet roofing work is in progress and who is experienced in 38 installation of roofing systems similar to type and scope required for this Project. 39 40 Field Inspection: The Owner will employ an independent testing and inspection service to monitor roofing 41 installation. The Contractor shall notify the inspector of the time frame for the work to allow the monitoring 42 to be complete and thorough. Contractor shall cooperate and facilitate the Inspector's function by providing 43 safe access at all times. 44 45 Preapplication Roofing Conference: Approximately 2 weeks before scheduled commencement of modified 46 bitumen sheet roofing installation and associated work, meet at Project site with Installer of each 47 component of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to receive roofing work, 48 installers of rooftop units and other work in and around roofing that must precede or follow roofing work 49 (including mechanical work if any),Owner's Representatives,roofing system manufacturer's representative, 50 and other representatives directly concerned with performance of the Work. 51 52 Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including but not necessarily 53 limited to the following: ' go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 .■ 2 Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks) inspect and discuss condition of 3 substrate, downspouts, curbs, penetrations, and other preparatory work performed by other 4 trades. 5 6 Review structural loading limitations of steel deck and inspect deck for loss of flatness and 7 for required mechanical fastening. 8 9 Review roofing system requirements (drawings, specifications, and other contract 10 documents). 11 Review required submittals,both completed and yet to be completed. 12 13 Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing work and verify availability of 14 materials,Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid 15 delays. 16 17 Review required inspection,testing,certifying,and material usage accounting procedures. 18 19 Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with 20 unfavorable conditions, including possibility of temporary roofing (if not a mandatory 21 requirement). 22 23 Record (Contractor) discussions of conference, including decisions and agreements (or 24 disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. If substantial 25 disagreements exist at conclusion of conference, determine how disagreements will be resolved and 26 set date for reconvening conference. 27 28 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: rrr 29 30 Store and handle roofing sheets in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place to ensure no possibility of 31 significant moisture pickup. Store rolls of felt and other sheet materials on end on pallets or other raised 32 surface. 33 34 Do not leave unused felts and other sheet materials on the roof overnight or when roofing work is not in 35 progress unless protected from weather or other moisture sources. 36 37 Handle and store materials or equipment in a manner to avoid significant or permanent deflection of deck. 38 39 PROJECT CONDITIONS: 40 41 Weather Condition Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather 42 conditions will permit unit of Work to be installed in accordance with manufacturers'recommendations and 43 warranty requirements. 44 45 Temporary Roofing: When adverse job or weather conditions prevent permanent roofing system from being 46 installed according to requirements and Contractor determines that roofing cannot be delayed because of 47 need for job progress or protection of other work, install temporary roofing. Engage roofing Installer to 48 provide temporary roofing and to remove it prior to proceeding with permanent roofing work except 49 showers where it is to remain as part of final insulator. 50 51 SEQI NCING AND SCHEDULING: 52 �w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Sequence installation of modified bituminous sheet roofing with related units of Work specified in other 2 Sections to ensure that roof assemblies, including roof accessories, flashing, trim, and joint sealers, are 3 protected against damage from effects of weather,corrosion,and adjacent construction activity. 4 5 WARRANTY: 6 7 Special Project Warranty: Submit two executed copies of standard 2-year Roofing Warranty on form 8 suitable to the Owner, covering work of this section including roofing membrane,membrane flashing, roof 9 insulation, any vapor retarders, and roofing accessories, signed and countersigned by Installer(Roofer) and 10 Contractor. 11 12 Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit executed copy of roofing manufacturer's standard Limited Service rrr 13 Warranty agreement including flashing endorsement, signed by an authorized representative of modified 14 bitumen sheet roofing system manufacturer, on form that was published with product literature as of date of 15 Contract Documents, for the following period of time: 16 17 15 years after date of Substantial Completion. 18 19 The warranty shall include a certification by the manufacturer that the roofing has been installed in 20 compliance with manufacturer's warranty requirements. 21 PART 2-PRODUCTS 22 so 23 24 MANUFACTURERS 25 26 Where specific manufacturers, brand names, or products are indicated, the named product is indicated to 27 describe the saliant characteristics required. Other products providing the same characteristics as identified 28 in this document or in the literature of the named product, (including but not limited to performance, color, 29 or appearance)by a different manufacturer shall be submitted for review and approval prior to bid. 30 31 TEMPORARY ROOFING/(As required by Condition during Roof Installation) 32 33 Provide this system in adhesive metal deck over showers as vapor barrier as part of permanent system. 34 35 Temporary Roofing/Vapor Barrier Membrane: Two plies of asphalt-impregnated glass-fiber felt complying 36 with ASTM D 2178,Type IV, set in and glaze-coated with hot moppings of ASTM D 312,Type III asphalt. 37 38 Provide base of rigid perlite board roof insulation over metal deck surfaces of minimum thickness 39 as required to span between top flutes of deck without deflection,but not less than 25 mm(1-inch). 40 Attach to deck with FM-approved adhesive. 41 42 ROOF INSULATION: 43 44 Perlite Board Insulation (for cricketing for temporary roofing, if required): Rigid, noncombustible, perlite- 45 fiber boards of thicknesses indicated, with k-value of 0.36 at 75 deg F (24 deg C), integrally skinned 46 surfaces, complying with ASTM C 728. Provide manufacturer's standard sizes. Thickness as required to 47 bridge flutes. 48 49 Polyisocyanurate-Foam Board Insulation: Rigid boards of polyisocyanurate-based foam core, bonded to rr� 50 roofing felt facer sheets. Provide in thickness indicated, with minimum k-value of 0.17 when tested 51 according to ASTM C 518 after insulation is conditioned per RIC/TIMA 281-1 Conditioning Procedure. 52 Provide in manufacturer's standard sizes. Atlas AC Foam II, Manville NRG II, R-Max, or approved equal. rri 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 5 40 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 R-21 unless indicated otherwise. Use tapered insulation at roofing Type 1T. Minimum final slope to drain: An 2 1/4 inch per foot. 3 4 ADHESIVE: Aw 5 6 Adhesive shall be used to adhere insulation and cover board to metal decking. One part high elastomeric, 7 moisture cured,low rise urethane adhesive. Soprema HV 11 Insulation Adhesive or Insta-Stick. 8 d' 9 ROOF PROTECTION BOARD: 10 11 Perlite Protection Board: 3/4 inch thickness. Rigid, noncombustible, perlite-fiber boards of thicknesses me 12 indicated, with k-value of 0.36 at 75 deg F (24 deg C), integrally skinned surfaces, complying with ASTM 13 C 728. 14 15 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING SYSTEM: `m 16 17 Approved Systems(2-ply): 18 do 19 Siplast,Paradiene, Specification No. 2030 IA 20 Roof Membrane(both Hot Mopped and Cold Applied): 21 Base Sheet: Paradiene 20-hot mopped with Siplast PA 100 asphalt AN 22 Cap Sheet:Paradiene 30 FR Cold Applied-Color: White 23 24 Base Flashing: 25 Base Flashing: (Applied in Flashing Cement)Paradiene 20 "" 26 Cap Sheet: "Parafor 50 LT"—Color: White. 27 OR 28 Soprema, Specification No.2042 w. 29 Roof Membrane: 30 Base Sheet:Elastophine 180 Sanded 31 Cap Sheet:Elastophine FR—Color: White. 32 33 Base Flashing: 34 Reinforcing Ply: Sopralene Flam 180 35 Cap Sheet: "Sopralene 250 FR'—Color: White. 36 37 ASPHALT,PRIMER AND PLASTIC CEMENT: 38 39 Asphalt shall be certified for full compliance with the requirements for Type III or IV asphalt listed in Table 40 1, ASTM D-312-71. Each container, or bulk shipping ticket shall indicated the equiviscous temperature 41 (EVT), the finished blowing temperature (EBT), and the flash point (F.P.). Membrane manufacturer shall 42 approve brand of mopping asphalt employed to avoid blistering. 43 44 Asphalt primer to be ASTM D-41-73,type"PA-1125"by Siplast,or Elastocol 500 by Soprema. 45 r 46 Plastic cement shall be asphalt cutback, reinforced with non-asbestos fibers, type PA-1021 by Siplast, 47 "Sopracolle 300"by Soprema. 48 Aw 49 Roofing Adhesive: ASTM D-4479 Type H; Siplast PA-311, Sopracolle. Apply at 1.5 gallons per square or 50 as required per Job Conditions 51 52 SEALANT: "" 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company pTs. (2-02072) 1 Bostick"Chem Caulk 900"with primer if required. 2 err 3 CANTS: 4 5 Perlite Cant: Manufacturer's standard bonded expanded perlite cant material. Manville "Fes Cant Plus" or 6 approved equal 1-1/2"x 48"—4"face with corner cutouts. 7 8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 9 10 Lead Flashing and Vent Jacks: ASTM B 749, Type L511121, copper-bearing sheet lead, minimum 41b/sq. 11 ft(0.0625-inch thick)except not less than 61b/sq. ft. (0.0937 inch thick)where welding is indicated. 12 13 Mineral Granules: Loose mineral granules same color as granular surfaced cap sheets. 14 15 Roof Expansion Joint: See Section 05810. 16 17 Tapered Edge Strips:Rigid perlite board,ASTM C 728. 18 19 Walkway Protection Pads: Mineral-surfaced flashing cap sheet, flashing cement, application on modified 20 bitumen sheet roofing as a protection course for foot traffic. Application shall be product and method 21 recommended by membrane manufacturer. (Soprawalk in Soprema or Paratread by Siplast)system.) 22 23 ROOFING: 24 25 For installation over metal decking.Installation consists of: 26 27 Polyisocyanurate insulation,thickness as indicated,tapered and untapered. 28 29 Protection Board(top layer applied in hot asphalt). 30 31 Base Sheet: Hot mopped. 32 33 Cap Sheet: Cold applied. 34 35 Walk Pads: Cold applied in roofing adhesive. 36 37 Base Flashing and Reinforcing Sheets as indicated. Base hot mopped and nailed over top of curbs. 38 Cap sheet cold applied. 39 40 41 PART 3 -EXECUTION 42 43 44 EXAMINATION: 45 46 Examine substrate surfaces to receive modified bitumen sheet roofing system and associated work and 47 conditions under which roofing will be installed. Do not proceed with roofing until unsatisfactory 48 conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 49 50 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 51 52 Cooperate with inspection and test agencies engaged or required to perform services in connection with 53 installing modified bitumen sheet roofing system. "w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Compan ,y.s. 2-02072) 1 r 2 Protect other work from spillage of modified bitumen roofing materials, and prevent liquid materials from 3 entering or clogging drains and conductors. Replace or restore other work damaged by installation of 4 modified bituminous sheet roofing system work. 5 6 Coordinate installing roofing system components so that insulation and roofing plies are not exposed to 7 precipitation or left exposed overnight. Provide cut offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed ply 8 sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt with joints and edges sealed with roofing cement. Remove 9 cut offs immediately before resuming work. 10 11 Bitumen Mopping Weights: For protection board mopping, apply bitumen at the rate recommended by rr 12 manufacturer. 13 14 Substrate Joint Penetrations: Prevent bitumen from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or 15 damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. Where mopping is applied directly ' 16 to substrate,tape substrate joints or,where steep asphalt is used,hold asphalt back 2"from both sides of the 17 joint. 18 19 Cutoffs: At end of each day's roofing installation, protect exposed edge of incomplete work, including ply 20 sheets and any insulation. Provide temporary covering of two plies of No. 15 roofing felt set in full 21 moppings of hot bitumen;remove at beginning of next day's work. 22 23 TEMPORARY ROOF INSTALLATION AND VAPOR BARRIER OVER SHOWERS: 24 25 Temporary Roofing on Steel Decks: Install protection board in thickness indicated. Apply two plies of 26 roofing felts, lapping each felt 6" over preceding one, using solid moppings of Type III asphalt at a rate of 27 30 lb per square(plus or minus 25 percent). Glaze-coat completed surface with Type III asphalt at rate of 30 28 lb per square(plus or minus 25 percent). 29 30 Comply with NRCA"Low-Slope Roofing Manual" Specification 10-TR and Diagram TR-SI. 31 32 INSTALLING INSULATION AND ROOF PROTECTION BOARD: 33 34 General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for the handling, 35 installation,and bonding or anchorage of insulation to substrate. 36 37 Secure insulation or bottom layer of protection board to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically 38 designed and sized for attaching specified board-type insulation to deck type shown. Fasten insulation over 39 entire area of roofing at spacing as required by FM for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 40 Provide attachment meeting FM I-90 requirements. Run long joints for insulation in continuous straight 41 lines, perpendicular to roof slope with end joints staggered between rows. Screws shall penetrate only the 42 upper flutes of the metal roof deck and shall not be long enough to penetrate lower flutes. 43 44 Two-Layer Installation: Where overall insulation thickness is 2"or greater, install required thickness in two 45 layers with joints of second layer staggered from joints of first layer a minimum of 12"each direction.Roof 46 Protection Boards joints shall be staggered as indicated above two layer insulation installation. Hot mop 47 protection board to mechanically fastened insulation. 48 49 ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION: 50 51 Shingling Plies: Install membrane with ply sheets shingled uniformly to achieve required number of 52 membrane plies throughout. Shingle in proper direction to shed water on each large area of roofing, where ' " 53 slope is over 1:24. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 If required by roof membrane manufacturer provide mechanical attachment of roofing sheets to roof 3 decking. 4 5 Nailing, General: Comply with governing regulations, insurance requirements, roofing materials 6 manufacturer's recommendations, and recognized industry standards, but not less than one nail or fastener 7 per 9"length of base flashing. 8 9 Cant Strips/Tapered Edge Strips: Install preformed 45-degree cant strips at junctures of modified 10 bituminous sheet roofing system membrane with vertical surface. Provide preformed, tapered edge strips at 11 perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 12 13 Base Sheet: Install one lapped course of base sheet where indicated.Applied in hot asphalt. 14 15 Cap Sheet: Install cap sheet by fully bedded in adhesive to form a continuous bonded membrane. Lap and 16 attach per manufacturer's recommendations. In Roof System Type II, mechanically secure head laps as 17 required by manufacturer. 18 19 Set-On Accessories: Where small roof accessories are set on modified bituminous sheet roofing, set metal 20 flanges in a bed of roofing cement and seal penetration of membrane with bead of roofing cement to prevent 21 flow of bitumen from membrane. 22 23 MEMBRANE FLASHING AND STRIPPING: 24 25 Install modified bituminous flashing at cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces,at roof edges,and 26 at penetrations through roof. Install one ply of flashing sheet material by mopping substrate and back of 27 flashing sheet with Type III asphalt or roofing adhesive and embedding flashing solidly against substrate. 28 Extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches onto modified bituminous sheet roofing. 29 .r 30 Install modified bituminous stripping where metal flanges are set on roofing. Install one ply of modified 31 bituminous stripping in a continuous mopping of Type III asphalt and extend stripping a minimum of 6 32 inches out onto the roof membrane. 33 34 Lead Flashing and Vent Flashings: Set lead flashing sheet in bed of roofing cement on completed modified 35 bituminous roofing sheet. Cover lead sheet with modified bituminous stripping, with stripping extending a 36 minimum of 4 inches beyond edge of lead flashing onto roof membrane. 37 38 Allow for expansion of running metal flashing and edge trim that adjoins roofing. Do not seal or bond 39 membrane or modified bituminous flashing or stripping to metal flanges over 36"in length. 40 41 Counter-Flashings: Counter-flashings, cap flashings, expansion joints, and similar work to be coordinated 42 with modified bitumen roofing work are specified in other Sections. 43 44 Roof Accessories: Miscellaneous sheet metal accessory items, including piping vents, insulation vents and 45 other devices to be coordinated with modified bituminous roofing system work, are specified in other 46 Sections. 47 48 ROOF WALKWAYS: 49 50 Flashing Cap Sheet Walkways: Apply additional layer of Flashing Cap sheet in locations requiring 51 additional wearing surface for frequent foot traffic around all exhaust fans or similar roof top equipment. 52 Apply 24"out from roof top curbs around roof top equipment. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07527 Cedar River Park MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Renton,Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Comvanv,p.s. (2-02072) 1 PROTECTING ROOFING: .� 2 3 Protect roofing during remainder of construction period. At end of construction period, or at a time when 4 remaining construction will in no way affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing and prepare a written do 5 report,with copies to Architect and Owner,describing nature and extent of deterioration or damage found. 6 7 Repair or replace (as required) deteriorated or defective work found at time of above inspection to a 8 condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty 9 requirements. 10 11 12 END OF SECTION 07527 13 14 15 cmW rch 10,2003 00 fire r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07600 Cedar River Park FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 07600-FLASHING AND SHEET METAL , r 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL .� 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division- 1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 11 do 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 13 14 Extent of each type of flashing and sheet metal work is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this 15 section. as 16 17 The intent of this section is to provide a pre-finished aluminum system of flashings,counter flashing,and 18 gutter system throughout. 19 20 Types of work specified in this section within the systems listed above include the following: 21 22 Metal counter flashing; and base flashing. 23 Metal wall flashing. 24 Fascias. 25 Sheet metal panels at exterior lights. 26 Drip edges. 27 Gutters and Downspouts. 28 Reglets. rrr 29 Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories(if any). 30 Miscellaneous sheet metal fabrications and any other fabrications which may be shown on the 31 drawings. 32 All attachments. 33 34 SUBMITTALS 35 36 Product Data; Flashing, Sheet Metal, Accessories: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation 37 instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet metal and fabricated product. 38 39 Sealant:Provide manufacturer's literature on sealants provided. 40 41 Coping Fabrication: Review method of coping fabrication and installation with Architect prior to 42 commencement of work. Provide a letter of description detailing anchorage, clip fasteners, joint cover 43 method and other details. Do not proceed with work until Architect has completed a review of proposed 44 methods. 45 *a 46 JOB CONDITIONS 47 48 Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each 49 installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and 50 finishes. 51 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07600 Cedar River Park FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2 3 4 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL MATERIALS 5 6 Zinc-Coated Steel (galvanized sheet steel): Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A 525 except 7 ASTM A 527 for lock-forming, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where for painting; (22 gauge) 8 except as otherwise indicated. Included are gutters and head units. All galvanized sheet metal shall be pre- 9 painted with Kynar 500 / Hylar 5000 Polyvinylidene Fluoride in IMSA color (DuroTech 5000) color: 10 "Weathered Copper". 11 12 DOWNSPOUTS rrM 13 14 Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe 4 inch diameter unless noted otherwise at masonry walls. Schedule 10 15 galvanized steel pipe 4-inch diameter(at metal panel siding)unless noted otherwise. Provide welded joints ■s 16 at bonds and splices.Galvanize after fabrication. 17 18 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES: 19 20 Solder:For use with steel or copper,provide 50-50 tin/lead solder(ASTM B32),with rosin flux. 21 22 Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or, other non-corrosive metal as recommended by sheet ,rn 23 manufacturer.Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 24 25 Bituminous Coating: FS TT-C-494 or SSPC - Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of 26 sulfur,compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. 27 28 Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components 29 being sealed; comply with FS TT-S-0027,TT-S-00230,or TT-S-001543. �► 30 31 Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof/weather-resistant seaming 32 and adhesive application of flashing sheet. 33 34 Paper Slip Sheet: 54b.rosin-sized building paper. 35 36 Reglets: Fry reglet type SM or ST as shown on drawings. Provide neoprene gasketted fasteners which 37 ensure positive anchorage. Use molly screws if conventional anchors encounter voids. Place at 16" o.c. Lap 38 eight(8)inches. 39 40 Types required are: 41 42 Fry Springlok flashing system,reference base flashing details. 43 Type CO @ new concrete 44 45 Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as 46 required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed,non-corrosive, size 47 and gage required for performance.Include herein downspout attachment assemblies. 48 49 Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822,asphaltic. 50 rir "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07600 Cedar River Park FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Renton,Washington Page 3 o Northwest Architectural Company u.s. (2-02072) 1 FABRICATED UNITS r 2 3 General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible.Comply with details shown,and 4 with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized 5 industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance; with expansion provisions 6 for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work. Form 7 work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming 8 material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning, buckling and tool marks, true to 9 line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 10 11 Seams: Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form 12 seams, and solder. 13 14 Nailing or Screw Fastening: Secure exposed metal by means of clips or cleats without nailing through the 15 metal. The only exceptions are the interior side of cover plated seams and drip edges. Secure concealed 16 anchors with nails. Space all nails, rivets, and screws not more than eight inches apart and, where exposed 17 to the weather,use lead washers.For nailing into wood,use barbed roofing nails 1 1/4" long by eleven(11) 18 gage.For nailing into concrete,use drilled plugholes and plugs. r�r 19 20 21 PART 3 -EXECUTION 22 23 24 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 25 °1 26 General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and 27 recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Anchor units of work securely 28 in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where 29 possible,and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints and seams which will 30 be permanently watertight and weatherproof. 31 32 Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof 33 performance. 34 35 Install reglets to receive counter-flashing in manner and by methods indicated. r 36 37 Install counter-flashing in reglets, either by snap-in seal arrangement, or by wedging in place for anchorage 38 and filling reglet with mastic or elastomeric sealant, as indicated and depending on degree of sealant 39 exposure. 40 41 Downspouts: Anchor securely to outlet and to wall systems as detailed. 42 43 Isolate any aluminum materials from adjacent surfaces to prevent corrosion. 44 45 CLEANING AND PROTECTION +err 46 47 Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration 48 of finishes. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07600 ` Cedar River Park FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of 2 flashings and sheet metal work during construction, to ensure that work will be without damage to err 3 deterioration,other than natural weathering,at time of substantial completion. 4 5 to 6 END OF SECTION 07600 7 8 9 c W mh lo,zoos Kira wr art rrr do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company_p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 07841 -THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS .rr 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this section. 11 12 SUMMARY 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Through penetration firestops and smoke-stops for all fire-rated bearing and non-bearing wall and 17 floor assemblies, both blank (empty) and those accommodating penetrating items such as cables, 18 conduits,pipes,ducts,etc. r■ 19 20 Membrane penetration protection for fire-rated walls. 21 22 Architectural/Construction joint firestops within walls, floors, or the intersection of floors to 23 exterior walls,or the intersection of top of walls to ceilings. 24 25 Top of wall firestopping in all fire-rated partitions. 26 27 Top of wall and construction joint smoke-stopping in all smoke partitions. 28 29 RELATED SECTIONS 30 31 Proper execution of this work will maintain the hourly ratings of the walls and floors and ensure progress of 32 work in other Sections. Coordinate work of this Section with the work of the following Sections: 33 34 Section 03300 "Cast-In-Place Concrete." 35 36 Section 04200 "Unit Masonry." 37 38 Section 05310 "Steel Deck." 39 40 Section 07900 "Joint Sealers." 41 42 Section 09250 "Gypsum Drywall." 43 44 Division 15 Mechanical 45 ,rr 46 Division 16 Electrical 47 48 REFERENCES 49 50 American Society for Testing and Materials Standards (ASTM): ASTM E84: Standard Test Method for 51 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 52 "" 53 ASTM E814: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: UL 723 Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. UL 1479 ' 3 Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4 5 UL Fire Resistance Directory: 6 7 Through Penetration Firestop Devices(XHJI) 8 9 Fire Resistive Ratings(BXUV) 10 11 Through Penetration Firestop Systems(XHEZ) 12 rir 13 Fill,Void,or Cavity Material(XHHW) 14 15 DEFINITIONS 16 17 Firestopping: The use of a material or combination of materials in a fire-rated structure (wall or floor) 18 where it has been breached,so as to restore the integrity of the fire rating on that wall or floor. 19 20 System: The use of a specific firestop material or combination of materials in conjunction with a specific 21 wall or floor construction type and a specific penetrant(s),constitutes a "System." 22 go 23 Barrier:Any bearing or non-bearing wall or floor that has an hourly fire and smoke rating. 24 25 Through-Penetration: Any penetration of a fire-rated wall or floor that completely breaches the barrier. ■r 26 27 Membrane-Penetration:Any penetration in a fire-rated wall that breaches only one side of the barrier. 28 29 Construction Gaps: Any gap,joint, or opening,whether static or dynamic,where the top of a wall may meet 30 a floor; wall to wall applications; edge to edge floor configurations; floor to exterior wall; or any linear 31 breach in a rated barrier. 32 33 SUBMITTALS 34 35 Note: A "Certificate of Conformance" from the manufacturer listed in Part 2, "Acceptable Manufacturers," 36 is required with the "Submittal Package" to ensure that the material selected meets all of the criteria of this 37 specification as set forth in Part 1 "Quality Assurance." Manufacturer to also submit certification of 38 acceptance of installation firm per"Installer Qualifications." 39 rr� 40 Submit manufacturer's product literature for each type of firestop material to be installed.Literature 41 shall indicate product characteristics,typical uses,performance and limitation criteria,and test data. 42 Submit in compliance with Section 01300. 43 44 Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS): Submit MSDS for each firestop product. 45 46 UL Tested Systems: Submit drawings showing typical installation details for the methods of 47 installation.Indicate which firestop materials will be used and thickness for different hourly ratings. 48 49 Engineering Judgements: Submit manufacturer's drawings for all non-standard applications where r 50 no UL tested system exists. All drawings must indicate the "Tested" UL system upon which the 51 judgment is based so as to assess the relevance of the judgment to some known performance. 52 53 Submit manufacturer's installation procedures for each type of product. ■o "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural CompanL p s (2-02072) 1 do 2 Approved Application: Submit document from manufacturer wherein manufacturer recognizes the 3 installer as qualified or submit a list of past projects to demonstrate capability to perform intended 4 work. 5 do 6 Upon completion, installer shall provide written certification that materials were installed in 7 accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and details. 8 ON 9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 11 Firestopping systems(materials and design): „m 12 13 Shall conform to both Flame (F) and Temperature (T) ratings as required by local building codes 14 and as tested by nationally accepted test agencies per ASTM E814 or UL 1479 fire tests in a 15 configuration that is representative of field conditions. to 16 17 The F rating must be a minimum of one (1) hour but not less than the fire resistance rating of the 18 assembly being penetrated. T rating when required by code authority shall be based on .r 19 measurement of the temperature rise on penetrating item(s). 20 21 The fire test shall be conducted with a minimum positive pressure differential of O.Olinches of 22 water column. 23 24 Firestopping materials and systems must be capable of closing or filling through-openings created 25 by 1) the burning or melting of combustible pipes, cable jacketing, or pipe insulation materials, or 26 2)deflection of sheet metal due to thermal expansion(electrical and mechanical duct work). 27 28 Conform to firestopping details indicated on Sheet A5.10 of the drawings or as required by applicable do 29 codes,whichever is more stringent. 30 31 Firestopping material shall be asbestos and lead free and shall not incorporate nor require the use of 32 hazardous solvents. 33 34 Firestop sealants upon curing, shall not re-emulsify, dissolve, leach, breakdown or otherwise be damaged 35 over time from exposure to atmospheric moisture, sweating pipes,ponding water or other forms of moisture 36 characteristic in a building's normal operating life. 37 38 Pipe insulation shall not be removed, cut away, or otherwise interrupted through wall or floor openings. 39 Firestop systems selected shall be appropriately tested for the thickness and type of insulation being sealed. 41 Firestop sealant shall be properly tooled to insure that both the proper sealant depth is maintained in the 42 annular space, and that the adhesive bond to both the penetrating item, and the surrounding construction is 43 achieved. 44 45 All high-traffic openings (defined below) shall be firestopped with materials specifically designed for ri 46 retrofit, such as intumescent firestop putty or pillows. 47 48 All high-traffic openings (defined below) shall be labeled with warning stickers to alert future trades that 49 the firestop materials must be replaced after removal. 50 51 High-traffic openings include: 52 53 All cable tray penetrations. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 ` Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 All voice,data and communications cabling. 3 4 All sleeved cabling openings. 5 6 Other conditions when noted in drawings. 7 8 Intumescent firestop materials shall not be installed around the perimeter of HVAC dampers to effect a 9 smoke seal.Non-intumescent firestop sealants are permitted for this purpose. 10 11 All electrical, mechanical, and other service items (such as ABS DWV stacks) inside interior walls that 12 penetrate through hourly rated wood-floor assemblies shall be firestopped with materials that have both a rr 13 one hour F and a one hour T rating,in accordance with ASTM E814(UL1479). 14 15 One manufacturer shall supply all firestopping materials. 16 17 Installation of firestopping systems shall be performed by a contractor (or contractors) trained or approved 18 by the firestop manufacturer. 19 ► 20 Material used shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written installation instructions. 21 22 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS 23 24 All work shall be done by a firm experienced in the installation of systems similar in complexity to those 25 required of this project. 26 27 One contractor shall do all of the firestopping on this entire project.No "splitting up" of this section will be 28 allowed. This contractor must be experienced in the firestopping industry and must be a "Specialist" in this 29 line of work,meaning that they currently employ persons who regularly perform this type of work. 30 31 Manufacturer listed in Part 2 shall certify their acceptance of the installer firm for installation of their 32 products and systems. 33 34 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 35 36 Deliver material in the manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packages with the manufacturer's 37 name,product identification, lot number,UL label,and mixing and installation instructions as applicable. 38 39 Store materials in the original,unopened containers or packages,and under conditions recommended by the 40 manufacturer. 41 42 All firestop materials shall be installed prior to expiration of shelf life. 43 44 PROJECT CONDITIONS 45 46 Conform to manufacturer's printed instructions for installation and when applicable, curing in accordance 47 with temperature and humidity. Conform to ventilation and safety requirements. 48 49 Verify the condition of the substrates before starting work. 50 51 Weather Conditions: Do not proceed.with installation of firestop materials when temperatures fall outside 52 the manufacturer's suggested limits. 53 ia go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company n s (2-02072) 1 Care should be taken to ensure that firestopping materials are installed so as not to contaminate adjacent err 2 surfaces. 3 4 SEQUENCING 5 6 Schedule firestopping after installation of penetrants but prior to concealing the openings. 7 8 Firestopping shall precede gypsum board finishing. 9 10 11 PART 2-PRODUCTS 12 13 14 GENERAL 15 16 Firestopping materials and systems shall meet the requirements specified herein. 17 18 Architect must approve in writing any alternates to the materials and systems specified herein. .r 19 20 All firestop products and systems shall be designed and installed so that the basic sealing system will allow 21 the full restoration of the thermal and fire resistance properties of the barrier being penetrated with minimal 22 repair if penetrants are subsequently removed. 23 24 For applications where combustible penetrants are involved, i.e. insulated and plastic pipe, a suitable 25 intumescent material must be used. 26 27 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 28 irr 29 Note: Inclusion of materials in this specification does not indicate that the listed products have been 30 evaluated for conformance to this specification. Therefore, the user/contractor must certify in the submittal 31 package,with a "Certificate of Conformance" from the manufacturer listed below,that the material selected 32 meets all of the criteria set forth in "Quality Assurance" of this specification and, when installed,will meet 33 or exceed applicable codes. 34 35 SpecSeal by STI, Specified Technologies,Inc. Somerville,NJ. 36 37 Pensil by General Electric,Construction Silicones Division. 38 39 FireBarrier by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing. 40 41 Use only materials and manufacturers as specified in tests and calculations submitted. Absolutely no 42 substitutions will be allowed for items as tested or calculated. 43 44 Manufacturers must certify in writing that their materials contain no detectable asbestos as determined by 45 the method specified in 40 CFR Part 7763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, "Polarized Light Wrr 46 Microscopy." 47 48 Obtain firestopping products and systems for each kind and type of penetration, or joint, from a single 49 manufacturer. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 4 5 CONDITIONS REQUIRING FIRESTOPPING 6 7 General: Provide firestopping for conditions specified whether or not firestopping is indicated, and if 8 indicated,whether such material is designed as insulation,safing,or otherwise. 9 10 Through-Penetrations: Firestopping shall be installed in all open penetrations and in the annular space in all 11 penetrations in any bearing or non-bearing fire-rated barrier. 12 ,, 13 Membrane-Penetrations: Where required by code, all membrane-penetrations in rated walls shall be 14 protected with firestopping products that meet the requirements of third party time/temperature testing. 15 16 Construction Joints/Gaps:Firestopping shall be provided: r 17 18 Between the edges of floor slabs and exterior walls. 19 rr� 20 Between the tops of walls and the underside of floors. 21 22 In the control joint in masonry walls and floors. 23 24 In expansion joints. 25 26 Smoke-Stopping: As required by the other Sections, smoke-stops shall be provided for through- 27 penetrations,membrane-penetrations, and construction gaps with a material approved and tested for 28 such application. 29 ,rr 30 EXAMINATION 31 32 Examine the areas and conditions where firestops are to be installed and notify the architect of conditions 33 detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work.Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory 34 conditions have been corrected by the contractor in a manner acceptable to the architect and in accordance 35 with Section 01039. 36 37 Verify that environmental conditions are safe and suitable for installation of firestop products. 38 39 Verify that all pipe, conduit, cable, and other items which penetrate fire-rated construction have been 40 permanently installed prior to installation of firestops. 41 42 INSTALLATION 43 44 General: Installation of firestops shall be performed by an applicator/installer qualified and trained by the 45 manufacturer. 46 47 Installation shall be performed in strict accordance with manufacturer's detailed installation 48 procedures. 49 50 Apply firestops in accordance with fire test reports, fire resistance requirements, acceptable sample 51 installations,and manufacturer's recommendations. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07841 Cedar River Park THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.(2-02072) 1 Unless specified and approved, all insulation used in conjunction with through-penetrants shall 2 remain intact and undamaged and may not be removed. 3 4 Seal holes and penetrations to ensure an effective smoke seal. 5 6 In areas of high traffic, protect firestopping materials from damage. If the opening is large, install 7 firestopping materials capable of supporting the weight of a human. 8 9 Insulation types specified in other sections shall not be installed in lieu of firestopping material. 10 11 All combustible penetrants(e.g.non-metallic pipes or insulated metallic pipes) shall be firestopped 12 using products and systems tested in a configuration representative of the field condition. 13 14 Dam Construction: When required to properly contain firestopping materials within openings, damming or 15 packing materials may be utilized. 16 17 Combustible damming material must be removed after appropriate curing. 18 +�+�+ 19 Noncombustible damming materials may be left as a permanent component of the firestop system. 20 21 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL „ 22 23 Prepare and install firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and 24 recommendations. 25 26 Follow safety procedures recommended in the Material Safety Data Sheets. 27 28 Finish surfaces of firestopping which are to remain exposed in the completed work to a uniform and level r 29 condition. 30 31 All areas of work must be accessible until inspection by the applicable code authorities. 32 33 Correct unacceptable firestops and provide additional inspection to verify compliance with this 34 specification. 35 36 CLEANING 37 38 Remove spilled and excess materials adjacent to firestopping without damaging adjacent surfaces. 39 40 Leave finished work in neat,clean condition with no evidence of spill-overs or damage to adjacent surfaces. 41 42 43 END OF SECTION 07841 44 45 46 \M h 12,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07900 Cedar River Park JOINT SEALERS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Companyin.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 07900-JOINT SEALERS rrr 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 11 rr 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 13 14 The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section. 15 16 The applications for joint sealers as work of this section include the following: 17 18 Wall joints(exterior). 19 20 Interior wall/ceiling joints. 21 22 Other miscellaneous locations where materials meet in abutting conditions. 23 24 Refer to Division-7 sections for coping/roofing sealants;not work of this section. 25 26 Refer to Division-8 sections for glazing requirements;not work of this section. 27 28 Refer to sections of Divisions 15 and 16 for joint sealers in mechanical and electrical work;not work of this .r 29 section. 30 31 General Performance: Except as otherwise indicated, joint sealers are required to establish and maintain 1 32 airtight and waterproof continuous seals on a permanent basis, within recognized limitations of wear and 33 aging as indicated for each application. Failures of installed sealers to comply with this requirement will be 34 recognized as failures of materials with workmanship. 35 36 SUBMITTALS 37 38 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation/curing instructions, and err 39 performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. 40 41 JOB CONDITIONS 42 43 Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under unfavorable weather 44 conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when temperature is in lower third of temperature range 45 recommended by manufacturer for installation. 46 47 48 PART 2-PRODUCTS 49 50 51 CAULKING FOR INTERIOR USE 52 53 Produce: Acrylic latex base,capable of being painted. r� RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07900 ` Cedar River Park JOINT SEALERS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,R.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Manufacturer:A.C.Horn,Vulcatex of H.; Sonneborn, Sonolac; or approved +r. 3 4 Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard color to best match adjacent materials. 5 6 SEALANT FOR EXTERIOR USE 7 8 Single-Component Polyurethane Sealant: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, 9 non-modified, one-part, polyurethane-based, air-curing, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM " 10 C 920 type S Class 25, or FS TT-S-00230C Class A; self-leveling grade/type where used in joints of 11 surfaces subject to traffic,otherwise nonsag grade/type. 12 13 Two-Component Polyurethane Sealant (surface reglets and other locations shown): Provide manufacturer's 14 standard two-part polyurethane-based air curing elastomeric sealant in non-sag grade. 15 16 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS ` 17 18 Joint Primer/Sealer: Provide type of joint primer/sealer recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint 19 surfaces to be primed or sealed. 20 21 Sealant Backer Rod (S-BR): Provide compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyurethane foam, 22 polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene form or other flexible, permanent, 23 durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for back-up of and compatibility 24 with sealant.Where used with hot-applied sealant,provide heat-resistant type which will not be deteriorated 25 by sealant application temperature as indicated. 26 27 Sand for sealing joints in masonry: Provide mason's sand to match color and texture of adjacent mortar 28 joints. 29 ro 30 31 PART 3 -EXECUTION 32 go 33 34 INSPECTION 35 36 Installer must examine substrates, (joint surfaces) and conditions under which joint sealer work is to be 37 performed,and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. 38 39 Do not proceed with joint sealer work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner w 40 acceptable to Installer. 41 42 JOINT PREPARATION 43 44 Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of gaskets, sealants or caulking compounds. Remove 45 dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which could interfere with seal of gasket bond of 46 sealant or caulking compound. Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant 47 manufacturer.Roughen vitreous and glazed joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 48 49 Prime or seal joint surfaces where indicated, and where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Confine , 50 primer/sealer to areas of sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 51 to RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 07900 Cedar River Park JOINT SEALERS Renton,Washington Page 3 'rr Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 INSTALLATION ors 2 3 Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or 4 specified,and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. 5 6 Install sealant backer rod for liquid-applied sealants, except where shown to be omitted or recommended to 7 be omitted by sealant manufacturer for application indicated. 8 a 9 Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants are deposited in uniform, 10 continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on 11 opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly t. 12 below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill 13 joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. 14 15 Embed sand in uncured sealant joints in exposed masonry construction to simulate mortar joints. to 16 17 CURE AND PROTECTION 18 to 19 Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and 20 recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. 21 Advise Contractor of procedures required for cure and protection of joint sealers during construction 22 period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at 23 time of substantial completion. Cure and protect sealants in a manner which will minimize increases in 24 modulus of elasticity and other accelerated aging effects. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or 25 deteriorated during construction period. 26 27 28 END OF SECTION 07900 rr 29 30 31 cmUanuary 7,2003 rrr dr No ON ON rr rr do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER _ 08110 Cedar River Park STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,v s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 08110-STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES err 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 11 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 13 14 Extent of standard steel doors and frames is shown and scheduled on drawings. 15 16 Finish hardware is specified elsewhere in Division 8. 17 18 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 19 20 Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard 21 Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI-100)and as herein specified. 22 23 All doors to conform to ANSI-A250.4-1994 Level "A" criteria and to be tested to 1,000,000 operating 24 cycles and 23 twist tests. Certification of Level "Z" doors is to be submitted with approval drawings by the 25 distributor. 26 27 SUBMITTALS: 28 it 29 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products comply with 30 requirements. 31 32 Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each 33 frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and 34 installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. 35 Show anchorage and accessory items. 36 37 Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as 38 those on contract drawings. 39 40 Indicate coordinate of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements. 41 42 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 43 44 Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide 45 additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory-finished doors. 46 47 Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage.Minor damages may be repaired provided finish items 48 are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged 49 items as directed. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08110 ` Cedar River Park STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4"high wood blocking.Avoid 2 use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on • 3 door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air 4 circulation. 5 6 7 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 8 9 ► 10 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 11 12 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering steel doors and rrr 13 frames which may be incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the following: 14 15 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide steel doors and frames by one of the 16 following: 17 18 Steel Doors and Frames,(General): 19 20 Allied Steel Products,Inc. 21 Amweld/Div.American Welding and Mfg.Co. 22 Ceco Corp. 23 Curries Mfg.,Inc. 24 Republic Builders Prod. Corp./Subs.Republic Steel. 25 Steelcraft/Div.American Standard Co. 26 Stiles 27 28 MATERIALS: 29 30 Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with 31 ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. 32 33 Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 34 568. 35 36 Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 37 526,with ASTM A 525,G60 zinc coating,mill phosphatized. 38 39 Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18 gage galvanized sheet steel. 40 41 Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-dip galvanize items to be built into 42 exterior walls,complying with ASTM A 153,Class C or D as applicable. 43 44 Shop Applied Paint: 45 46 Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish 47 paints. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08110 Cedar River Park STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 FABRICATION,GENERAL: �r 2 3 Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. 4 Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be 5 permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with 6 SDI-100 requirements as follows: 7 8 Interior Doors: SDI-100,Grade II,heavy-duty,Model 1,minimum 18-gauge faces. 9 10 Exterior Doors: SDI-100, Grade III, extra heavy-duty, Model 2A, minimum 14-gauge faces, 11 galvanized. r 12 13 Interior Frames: Minimum 16 gauge. 14 15 Exterior Frames: Minimum 14 gauge,galvanized. 16 17 Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold- 18 rolled steel. + 19 20 Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either 21 cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel(at fabricator's option). Seams shall only occur at edge of doors. 22 23 Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top and bottom edges of 24 exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16- gage inverted steel 25 channels. All hinge and lock reinforcing on doors is to be channel type, continuous from top to bottom of 26 door,welded to face sheets. 27 28 Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated,provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws Nrr 29 and bolts. 30 31 Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware 32 in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply 33 with applicable requirements of ANSI A 115 series specifications for door and frame preparation for 34 hardware. 35 do 36 For concealed overhead door closers, provide space, cutouts, reinforcing and provisions for 37 fastening in top rail of doors or head of frames,as applicable. 38 39 Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied 40 finish hardware may be done at project site. 41 42 Locate finish hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with 43 "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware,"published by Door and Hardware Institute. 44 45 Shop Painting: 46 47 Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized 48 surfaces. 49 50 Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before 51 application of paint. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08110 Cedar River Park STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Companv p.s. (2-02072) 1 Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to 2 receive finish paint. + + 3 4 STANDARD STEEL DOORS: 5 6 Provide metal doors of types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules. 7 8 Door Louvers: 9 10 Provide sightproof stationary louvers for doors where indicated, constructed of inverted V-shaped 11 or Y-shaped blades formed of 24 gage cold-rolled steel set into 20-gage steel frame. 12 ,r 13 Finishes: 14 15 Door Faces: Factory prime painted for finish paint provided under Section 09900. 16 17 Sound-Rated (Acoustical) Assemblies: Where shown or scheduled, provide door and frame assemblies 18 fabricated as sound-reducing type, tested according to ASTM E 1408, and classified according to 19 ASTM E 413. Provide integral perimenter seals and cam hinges. 20 21 Unless otherwise indicated,provide acoustical assemblies with STC sound ratings of 49 or better. 22 23 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES: 24 25 Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, of types and 26 styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate 27 frames of minimum 16-gage cold-rolled furniture steel,interior; 14-gauge,exterior. 28 29 Fabricate frames with mitered and welded corners. 30 31 All frames set in masonry walls are to be face-welded and ground smooth, and reprimed at the welded area. 32 Anchors and fasteners for frames are to be specifically made for the substrate being attached to galvanized 33 or stainless steel at exterior locations. 34 35 Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive 2 silencers on strike jambs of 36 single-swing frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-swing frames. 37 38 Plaster Guards: Provide 26-gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of finish 39 hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off 40 interior of openings. 41 42 43 PART 3 -EXECUTION 44 45 46 INSTALLATION: 47 48 General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings and 49 manufacturer's data,and as herein specified. 50 51 Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel 52 Frames",unless otherwise indicated. 53 �"" AW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08110 Cedar River Park STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company n s (2-02072) 1 Except for frames located at in-place concrete or masonry and at drywall installations,place frames .rr 2 prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, 3 aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, 4 remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 5 6 In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels and grout full. 7 8 At in-place concrete or masonry construction, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with 9 machine screws and masonry anchorage devices. 10 11 In metal stud partitions,install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. 12 13 Door Installation: 14 15 Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames,within clearances specified in SDI-100. 16 17 Place fire-rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No. 80. 18 19 CLEARANCE AT EDGE OF DOORS 20 21 Between door and frame at head and jambs: 1/8 inch(3.2) 22 23 At meeting edges pairs of doors and at mullions: 1/8 inch(3.2) 24 25 At transom panels,without transom bars: 1/8 inch(3.2) 26 27 At sills without thresholds: 5/8 inch(15.9)maximum above fmish floor. 28 r 29 At sills with thresholds: 1/8 inch(3.2)above threshold. 30 31 ADJUST AND CLEAN: 32 33 Remove dirt and excess sealants,mortar or glazing compounds from exposed surfaces. 34 35 Adjust moving parts for smooth operation.Use shims if necessary to allow for proper closing. 36 37 Fill all dents,holes, etc. with metal filler and sand smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces-Reprime/paint 38 to match finish. 39 40 Drilling or tapping for surface-applied hardware required. For installation of all hardware - self drilling or 41 sheet metal fasteners are not permitted. 42 43 Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat 44 and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. 45 • 46 Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from 47 prefmished doors. 48 49 Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating fmish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames 50 undamaged and in complete and proper operating conditions. 51 52 END OF SECTION 08110 53 cm\March 12,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 Cedar River Park ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company n s (2-02072) 1 SECTION 08520-ALUMINUM WINDOWS r 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections,apply to the work of this section. 11 12 SLTN04ARY: 13 14 Extent of each type,aluminum window units required is indicated on the drawings. 15 16 Types of aluminum window units required include the following: 17 18 Single hung windows �w 19 Projecting windows 20 Fixed windows 21 22 Aluminum window units required are Commercial grade of the performance class indicated. 23 24 Applications of aluminum windows on the project include individual units set in conventional wall 25 construction. 26 27 Glazing: Refer to "Glass and Glazing" section of division 8 for glazing all window units, including those 28 specified to be factory preglazed. 29 30 DEFINITIONS: 31 �r 32 Performance class number included as a part of the window designation system is the actual design pressure 33 in pounds per sq.ft.used to determine the structural test pressure and water test pressure. 34 35 Structural test pressure,window load test, is equivalent to 150 percent of the design pressure. 36 37 Water leakage resistance test pressure is equivalent to 15 percent of the design pressure with 2.86 psf as a 38 minimum. 39 40 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 41 42 Design Requirements: Comply with air infiltration, water penetration and structural performance 43 requirements indicated in AAMA 101 for the type,grade and performance class of window units required. 44 45 Heights of window units above grade at the window centerline, are indicated or can be determined 46 from the drawings. Consult with the Architect for clarification needed to confirm required loading 47 and test pressures. 48 49 Design wind velocity at the project site is 90 mph. 50 51 Testing: Test each type and size of required window unit through a recognized testing laboratory or agency, 52 in accordance with ASTM E 330 for structural performance, with ASTM E 283 for air infiltration and with '�"" 53 ASTM E 547 for water penetration.Provide certified test results. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 no Cedar River Park ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) Me 1 2 SUBMITTALS: 3 4 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each type of window including information not fully detailed in 5 the manufacturer's standard product data and the following: 6 7 Typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale. 8 Full size section details of every typical composite member. 9 10 Installation indicating relationships to all adjacent construction for all conditions. 11 Anchors. 12 Hardware. �r 13 Operators. 14 Accessories. 15 Glazing details. 16 Sealant details. 17 18 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, technical product data, recommendations and 19 standard details for each type of aluminum window unit required. Include the following information: 20 21 Fabrication methods. 22 Finishing. to 23 Hardware. 24 Accessories. 25 26 Samples: Submit samples of the specified finish on 12" lengths of window members. 27 28 Certification: Provide certification by the manufacturer showing that each type, grade and size of window 29 unit complies with requirements where the manufacturer's standard window units have been tested in 30 accordance with specified tests and meet performance requirements specified. Where such testing has not 31 been accomplished, perform required tests through a recognized testing laboratory or agency and provide 32 certified test results. ;ft 33 34 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 35 36 Standards: Requirements for aluminum windows temiinolo q gy and standards of performance, and 37 fabrication workmanship are those specified and recommended in AAMA 101 and applicable general 38 recommendation published by AAMA and AA. 39 to 40 Single Source Responsibility: Provide aluminum windows produced by a single manufacturer capable of 41 showing prior production of units similar to those required. 42 43 Design Criteria: The drawings are based on a specific type and model of aluminum window by a single 44 manufacturer. An equivalent type of window by another listed manufacturer may be accepted provided that 45 deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not materially detract from he design concept or 46 intended performances as judged solely by the Architect. 47 Am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 Cedar River Park ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Washington Page 3 "" Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 PROJECT CONDMONS: so 2 3 Field Measurements: Where possible, check actual window openings in construction work by accurate field 4 measurement before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate do 5 fabrication schedule with construction progress as directed by the Contractor to avoid delay of work.Where 6 necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to 7 ensure proper fit of window units. 8 do 9 WARRANTY 10 11 General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights ,+ 12 the Owner may have under other provisions of the contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run 13 concurrent with,other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 14 15 Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by aluminum window manufacturer agreeing to repair 16 or replace window components that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. 17 Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: 18 19 Structural failures including excessive deflection,water leakage,air infiltration,or condensation. 20 21 Faulty operation of sash and hardware. 22 23 Deterioration of metals,metal fmishes,and other materials beyond normal weathering. 24 25 Warranty Period: 3 years after date of Substantial Completion. 26 27 28 PART 2-PRODUCTS 29 30 31 MANUFACTURERS: 32 33 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products of one of the following: 34 35 Fixed sash and hopper windows: 36 37 EFCO 2700 series 4 %"Heavy Commercial(Thermal Break). 38 39 Single hung: 40 41 EFCO 660 series. 42 43 Other manufacturers: Subject to compiance with requirements of this specification, similar products by 44 Traco,Arcadia,Graham,Custom are acceptable subject to approval of submitted window prior to bid. 45 46 MATERIALS: 47 48 Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper recommended by the window manufacturer for the 49 strength, corrosion-resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000 psi ultimate 50 tensile strength and not less than 0.062"thickness at any location for main frame and sash members. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 Cedar Rivet °ark ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Wag: igton Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) "" 1 Fasteners: Provide aluminum,non-magnetic stainless steel, epoxy adhesive,or other materials warranted by 2 the manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, 3 anchors and other components of window units. 4 5 Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw-anchor into aluminum less than 0.125" thick, reinforce the 6 interior with aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads,or provide standard 7 non-corrosive pressed-in splined grommet nuts. 8 9 Exposed Fasteners: Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed 10 fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of the member or 11 hardware being fastened,as appropriate. 12 13 Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips and window accessories of aluminum, 14 non-magnetic stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with the requirements of ASTM 15 A 386;provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. 16 17 Compression Type Glazing Strips and Weather-Stripping: Unless otherwise indicated, and at the 18 manufacturer's option, provide compressible stripping for glazing and weather-stripping such as molded 19 EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with AAMA SG-1 or with ASTM D 2000 Designation 2BC415 to 20 3BC620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287, or molded expanded EPDM or neoprene 21 gaskets complying with ASTM C 509,Grade 4. 22 , 23 Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide type recommended by the 24 manufacturer for joint size and movement. Sealant shall remain permanently elastic,non-shrinking and non- 25 migrating. Comply with Division-7 "Joint Sealants" section of these specifications for selection and 26 installation of sealants. ' 27 28 Glass Fiber Mesh Insect Screen: Provide 18 x 16 or 18 x 14 mesh of plastic-coated glass fiber threads, 29 woven and fused to form a fabric mesh that is resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact damage and 30 weather deterioration.Comply with requirements of FS L-S-125.Not required at single hung windows. 31 32 WINDOW GRADES AND PERFORMANCE CLASSIFICATION: 33 34 Commercial Windows: Provide window units complying with requirements of AAMA Grade and 35 Performance Class DH-HC50,F-HC60 and P-HC60.. 36 37 WINDOW TYPES: 38 39 General: The following paragraphs define the operating arrangement for the types of sash required in nr 40 window units and specify minimum provisions for each type. The drawings indicate which panels of each 41 window unit are operable sash and which are fixed. 42 43 Hopper windows are window units containing one or more ventilators hinged or pivoted at the bottom and 44 which project inward from the plane of the window frame. Hopper windows may contain one of more fixed 45 lights of glass. 46 47 Fixed windows are window units consisting of a glazed frame installed into one opening and are not 48 operable. 49 to so No RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 Cedar River Park ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 HARDWARE: +ww 2 3 General: Except to the extent that more specific or stringent requirements are indicated, provide the 4 manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion-resistant 5 material compatible with aluminum and of sufficient strength to perform the function for which it is 6 intended. At all brick walls, with of without brick veneer,windows shall be flanged windows for nailing to 7 sheathing. At concrete, or solid masonry openings,windows shall have compensation channels for insertion 8 in the opening. 9 10 Window Types: 11 wr 12 Hopper Windows: Provide the following equipment and operating hardware: 13 14 Operating Device: Combination lever handle and cam-type lock. Provide ring latch for 15 operation by pole for window hardware over 6'-8"above finished floor. 16 17 Hinges: Manufacturer's standard. 18 19 Pole: Of sufficient length to reach tallest latch from 6'-0"above finished floor. 20 21 Fixed windows are inoperable units. 22 23 ACCESSORIES: 24 25 General: Except to the extent that more specific or stringent requirements are indicated, provide the 26 manufacturer's standard accessories that comply with indicated standards. 27 28 Louvers: Provide weatherproof extruded aluminum louvers where indicated, minimum 1.5" deep, finished ,rr 29 to match window. Provide with bird screen at back side and provide insulated block-off panel at back where 30 louvers are inactive or partially active.Install louvers to be free of water leakage into the building. 31 w� 32 FABRICATION: 33 34 General: Except to the extent that more specific or stringent requirements are indicated, provide 35 manufacturer's standard fabrication that complies with indicated standards and that produces units that are 36 reglazable without dismantling sash framing. Include a complete system for assembly of components and 37 anchorage of window units,and prepare sash for glazing except where preglazing at the factory is indicated. 38 w,w 39 Sizes and Profiles: Required sizes for window units and profile requirements are indicated on the drawings. 40 Variable dimensions are indicated along with maximum and minimum dimensions as required to achieve 41 design requirements and coordination with other work. 42 wr` 43 Details shown are based upon standard details by one or more manufacturers. Similar details by 44 other manufacturers will be acceptable, provided they comply with size requirements, 45 minimum/maximum profile requirements,and performance standards as indicated or specified. 46 47 Thermal-Break Construction: Fabricate aluminum window units with an integrally concealed low 48 conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and window members exposed on the 49 interior, in a manner that eliminates direct metal-to-metal contact. Provide thermal-break construction 50 which has been in use for not less than 3 years, has been tested to demonstrate resistance to thermal 51 conductance and condensation, and has been tested to show adequate strength and security of glass 52 retention. "' 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 Cedar River Park ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company n.s. (2-02072) 1 Provide weepholes and internal water passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. 2 3 Glazing Stops: Provide screw-applied or snap-on glazing stops, coordinated with glass selection and glazing 4 system indicated.Finish glazing stops to match window units. 5 6 Preglazed Fabrication: Preglaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications 7 indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" sections of these 8 specifications,and AAMA 101-85. 9 10 FINISHES: 11 12 Finish all exposed areas of aluminum windows and components with Kynar 500/Hylar 5000 Fluropan i�rr 13 finish,color to match DuraTech 5000 color"Weathered Copper". 14 15 16 PART 3 -EXECUTION ` 17 18 19 INSPECTION: ++�r 20 21 Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that rough, concrete, or masonry opening is correct 22 and the sill plate is level. 23 24 Frame walls shall be dry, clean, sound and free of voids and without offsets at joints Ensure that 25 fasteners are flush with surfaces in the opening and within 3 inches of the opening. 26 27 Metal surfaces shall be dry, clean, free of grease, oil, dirt, rust and corrosion, and welding slag, 28 without sharp edges or offsets at joints. 29 rr` 30 INSTALLATION: 31 32 Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window units, 33 hardware, operators, and other components of the work. Number and type of fasteners shall be consistent 34 with the certified performance for the unit attaching to the substrate encountered. 35 36 Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and 37 anchor securely in place. 38 39 Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at irr 40 points of contact with other materials by complying with the requirements specified under 41 paragraph"Dissimilar Materials'in the Appendix to AAMA 101-85. 42 43 Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown, to so 44 provide weathertight construction. Refer to the "Joint Sealer" sections of Division-7 for compounds, fillers, 45 and gaskets to be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and 46 other components of the work. ► 47 48 Compounds,joint fillers and gaskets to be installed after installation of window units are specified 49 as work in another section in Division-7. t„r 50 mi .o RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08520 Cedar River Park ALUMINUM WINDOWS Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 ADJUSTING: .w 2 3 Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weather-stripping, for 4 smooth operation and a weathertight closure. 5 6 CLEANING: 7 8 Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to 9 protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. 10 Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. 11 12 Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows; comply with requirements of the 13 "Glass and Glazing" section for cleaning and maintenance. 14 15 PROTECTION: ow 16 17 Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required through the remainder of the construction 18 period, to ensure that,except for normal weathering,window units will be free of damage or deterioration at 19 the time of substantial completion. 20 21 22 END OF SECTION 08520 23 24 25 w..h 12,2ow l/ aw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 1 r. Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 2 SECTION 08710-FINISH HARDWARE 3 4 5 PART1 -GENERAL ■r 6 7 8 RELATED DOCUMENTS: do 9 10 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions and Division-1 specification 11 sections,apply to the work of this section. 12 as 13 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 14 15 Definition: "Finish Hardware" includes items known commercially as fmish hardware which are required do 16 for swing, sliding and folding doors,except special types of unique and non-matching hardware specified in 17 the same section as the door and door frame. 18 19 Extent of finish hardware required is indicated on drawings and in schedules. 20 21 Silencers included integral with hollow metal frames are specified with door frames elsewhere in 22 Division 8. 23 24 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 25 .� 26 Acceptable manufacturers and their product numbers are specified herein. Others must be named in 27 Addenda. 28 29 Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who has been 30 furnishing hardware in the project's vicinity for a period of not less than 2 years, and who is,or employs an 31 experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the 32 work,for consultation about project's hardware requirements,to Owner,Architect and Contractor. 33 34 SUBMITTALS: 35 36 Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate hardware 37 with doors,frames and related work to ensure proper size,thickness,hand,function and finish of hardware. 38 39 Final Hardware Schedule: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into "hardware 40 sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the 41 following information: 42 ++� 43 Type,style,function,size and finish of each hardware item. 44 45 Name and manufacturer of each item. 46 47 Fastenings and other pertinent information. 48 49 Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in 50 door and frame schedule. 51 52 Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols,codes,etc. contained in schedule. r. 53 54 Mounting locations for hardware. rw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 " Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,V.'ashington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Door and frame sizes and materials. 2 3 Keying information. 4 5 Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware 6 schedule must precede fabrication of other work(e.g., hollow metal frames)which is critical in the project 7 construction schedule. 8 9 Ke iinng Schedule: Prepare keying schedule jointly with Owner. All cylinders shall be factory combinated. +rr 10 11 Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory- 12 prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work, to 13 confirm that adequate provisions are made for proper location and installation of hardware. 14 15 PRODUCT HANDLING: 16 "o 17 Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include 18 basic installation instructions with each item or package. 19 20 Packaging of hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from 21 various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware group 22 number to match group numbers or approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical groups may be 23 packed in same container. 24 25 Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is 26 satisfied that count is correct. 27 28 Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project 29 site)for installation. 30 31 Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control handling and 32 installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will 33 not be delayed by hardware losses,both before and after installation. 34 35 WARRANTY: 36 r 37 Hardware shall be guaranteed against faulty workmanship for a period of two years from date of acceptance 38 of building by Owner. Closers shall be guaranteed for ten(10) years. It is required that repair and service 39 parts be available from local sources. 40 41 Prior to date of final acceptance, submit to the Architect a certificate or letter stating that all hardware 42 provided in the work is the same as that shown in the final approved hardware schedule. This certificate or 43 letter is to be signed by the hardware suppliers and endorsed by the Contractor. 44 45 46 PART 2-PRODUCTS 47 48 49 SCHEDULED HARDWARE: 50 51 Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish 52 hardware is indicated in the Hardware Schedule at the end of this section. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 MANUFACTURERS: 2 3 The numbers shown in the hardware groups are taken from the catalogs of the following manufacturers and 4 are for the purpose of establishing quality, design, function and finish. Except as listed, no substitutions 5 will be allowed unless approved by the Architect prior to bid opening. Requests for approval of items other 6 than shown must be made to the Architect, accompanied by physical samples of items proposed for 7 substitution. No substitutions will be allowed after bid opening. 8 9 Item Numbers Used Approved Substitutions 10 11 Butts Stanley Lawrence,McKinney,Hager 12 Closers Norton LCN 13 Locks Best None 14 Cylinders Best None 15 Stops Builders Brass Quality,Brookline,Cipco err 16 O.H. Stops Glynn Johnson Rixson 17 Exit Devices Von Duprin Precision 18 Thresholds Pemko Reese,Zero 19 Operators Door-O-Matic None 20 Kickplates Builder's Brass Quality,Brookline,Cipco 21 Flush Bolts Builder's Brass Quality,Ives 22 Auto Flush Bolts Ives Door Controls,Glynn Johnson 23 Pulls Builder's Brass Quality, Cipco 24 25 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: 26 27 General: 28 29 Hand of door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of 30 hardware for proper installation and operation of the door movement as shown. 31 32 Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturer's products which have manufacturer's name or trade 33 name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates), except in conjunction with required UL 34 labels and as otherwise acceptable to the Architect. 35 .. 36 Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. 37 38 Base Metals: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming method indicated, using 39 manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case .of lesser 40 (commercial) recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A156 41 series standard for each type hardware item and with ANSI A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do 42 not furnish"optional"materials or forming methods for those indicated,except as otherwise specified. 43 44 Fasteners: Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw 45 installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except 46 as specifically indicated. 47 48 Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except 49 as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware 50 finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of such other work as closely as 51 possible,including"prepared for paint"in surfaces to receive painted finish. 52 arr 53 Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to 54 extent no standard units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use rri RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 ` Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) ■ 1 thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on the opposite face is exposed in other work, 2 except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases,provide sleeves for 3 each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. 4 5 Tools and Maintenance Instructions for Maintenance: Fumish a complete set of specialized tools and 6 maintenance as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of 7 finish hardware. 8 9 BUTTS: rrr 10 11 Types required are listed as B1, B2, etc., in the hardware schedule and described under `B"below. Some 12 B-numbers may be unused. 13 14 Provide non-removable pins(NRP)for all doors. 15 16 Width of butts shall be as required to clear projecting trim or structural conditions to obtain 17 maximum degree of opening. 18 19 Furnish 1-1/2 pair butts for doors to 90"in height. 20 21 Furnish one extra butt for every 30"exceeding 90"in height. 22 23 `B"FACTORY NO. SIZE 24 25 B1 -17179 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 26 B2 -FBB179 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 27 B3 -FBB199 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 28 B4-FBB168 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 29 B5 -FBB248 4-1/2"X Swing Clear ,; 30 B6-FBB199 W/Hager 253 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 31 B7-F191 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 32 B8-FBB191 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 33 B9-FBB179 w/Hager 253 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 34 B10-FBB168 w/Hager 253 4-1/2"X 4-1/2" 35 Bl l-FBB179 6"X 6" 36 37 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING: 38 39 General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in 40 writing. 41 42 Existing System: Grandmasterkey the locks to the Owner's existing system. 43 44 Review the keying system with the Owner and provide the type required (master, grandmaster or 45 great-grandmaster), either new or integrated with Owner's existing system. 46 47 Locks shall be provided with a construction master key system for use during the 48 construction period. 49 50 All permanent cylinders shall be 7-pin with keyways as directed. Provide all such 51 cylinders; ship direct to City of Renton. 52 53 Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver. 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Companv y.s. (2-02072) 1 Keying: Comply with Owner's Instructions for masterkeying. All keys shall be factory combinated. Locks 2 shall be furnished with construction master key system for use during the construction period. 3 4 Keys are to have one side of the blank smooth for stamping of Owner code number. Same side to 5 have die stamp"DO NOT DUPLICATE". 6 7 Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. 8 9 Key Quantity Furnish 3 change keys for each lock; 5 master keys for each master system; and 5 10 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. 11 12 Deliver keys to key control system manufacturer. 13 14 All grandmaster, master, and key alikes are to be sent directly to Director of Maintenance, City of 15 Renton, by registered mail or security carrier. None of these keys are to be sent to the job. All 16 individual keys are to be sent to the job with the lockset and,at the conclusion of the project, are to 17 be turned over to Renton Maintenance Director, on a clearly marked key board or keys may be sent 18 directly to the Renton Maintenance Director if each key envelope is marked with the door number 19 with which it operates. 20 21 LOCKSETS: 22 23 Types as listed as Ll, L2, L3, etc. in the hardware schedule and described under "L" below. Some 24 L-numbers may be unused. 25 it 26 Furnish all lever locks with Best 9K design, 2-3/4" backset, equipped with Best 7-pin cylinders, 27 lever trim No. 15,rose style D and Breakaway option. 28 29 Provide curved lip strikes of minimum projection to project door trim. 30 Provide all locks and deadlocks with wrought box strikes. 31 32 "L"LOCKING GROUPS FACTORY NOS.: 33 34 L Storeroom Lock Best D funct. 35 L2 Privacy Lock Best L funct. 36 L3 Passage Latch Best N fund. 37 L4 Classroom Double-Keyed Lock Best I funct.(Intruder) 38 L4A Classroom Double-Keyed Lock Best I fund. (Intruder) 39 Electric Strike Rixson 7140A series x 24VDC 40 L5 Classroom/Lab Best R funct. 41 L6 Dormitory Lock Best T funct. 42 L7 Mechanical Room Lock Best D funct.,Knurled +o 43 L8 Passage Latch Best L funct. 44 Two(2)Flush Bolts 5021-12" 45 Dust Strike 5046 46 L9 Entrance Lock Best C funct. 47 Two(2)Flush Bolts 5021-12" 48 Dust Strike 5046 49 Astragal Pemko S88D 50 L10 Office Lock Best AB funct. 51 L11 Mechanical Room Lock Best D funct.,Knurled 52 Two(2)Flush Bolts 5021-12" ■. 53 Dust Strike 5046 54 Astragal Pemko S88D(at ext.only) RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.(2-02072) rr 1 L12 Classroom/Lab Lock Best R funct. 2 Two(2)Flush Bolts 5021-12" 3 Dust Strike 5046 4 Astragal Pemko S88D(at ext. only) 5 L13 Storeroom Lock Best D funct. 6 Two(2)Flush Bolts 5021-12" "' 7 Dust Strike 5046 8 Astragal Pemko S88D(at ext. only) 9 L14 Cylinder Best E172/E174(Rim or 10 mortise,as req'd) 11 L15 Exit Device 9827L-Fxl7 12 Exit Device 9827EO-F 13 One(1)Cylinder Best E172/E174 as required 14 Astragal Pemko 316AS 15 L16 Store Door Lock Best G funct. 16 L17 Classroom Lock Best R funct. 17 Bolt Ives 054M13 18 L18 Two(2)Push Bars/Pulls 350 x 990DT 19 L19 Exit Device CD98NL 20 Exit Device CD98DT 21 Removable Mullion 5654 22 Stabilizer 154 23 Three(3)cylinders E172/E174 as required 24 L19A Exit Device CD98NL 25 Exit Device CD98DT 26 Key Removable Mullion KR5654 ► 27 Stabilizer 154 28 Four(4)cylinders E172/E174 as required 29 L20 Exit Device CD9875Lx17 r , 30 Two(2)cylinders E172/E174 as required 31 Two(2) flush bolts 5021-12" 32 Dust Strike 5046 33 L21 Exit Device 98L-Fxl7 34 Cylinder E172/E174 as required 35 L22 Exit Device CD98NL 36 Two(2)Cylinders E 172/E 174 as required 37 L23 Exit Device 98Lxl7 38 Exit Device 98-EO 39 Removable Mullion 5654 40 Stabilizer 154 41 Cylinder E 172/E 174 as required 42 L23A Exit Device 98Lxl7 43 Exit Device 98-EO 44 Key Removable Mullion KR5654 45 Stabilizer 154 46 Two(2)Cylinders E172/E174 as required 47 L24 Exit Device CD98NL-OP 48 Pull BBW 290-4 49 Two Cylinders E 172/E 174 as required 50 L25 Pocket Door Set Stanley 2826 51 Combination Pull/Lock Quality 101 52 L26 Push Bar/Pull 350 x 990DT 53 L27 Exit Device 98L-Fxl7 54 Exit Device 98F-EO RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 Removable Mullion 9954 2 Stabilizer 154 3 Cylinder E172/E174 as required 4 Astragal Pemko S88D 5 L27A Exit Device 98L-Fxl7 6 Exit Device 98F-EO 7 Key Removable Mullion KR9954 8 Stabilizer 154 r 9 Cylinders(2 each) E 172/E 174 as required 10 Astragal Pemko S88D 11 L28 Passage Latch Best N function 12 Double Cylinder Dead Bolt 83T7S 13 Pair Auto Flush Bolts 456/459 as required 14 Dust Strike 489 15 Coordinator GJ COR Series 16 Astragal Pemko S88D 17 L29 Classroom Lock Best R Function 18 Pair Auto Flush Bolts 456/459 as required 19 Dust Strike 489 20 Coordinator GJ COR Series 21 Astragal Pemko S88D 22 L30 Knob Style Classroom Lock,Tactile 83K6R4ASTKBRKTACXO 23 L31 Knob Style Latch,Tactile 83KON4ASTKTACXO 24 L32 Knob Style Storeroom Lock,Tactile 83K6D4ASTKBRKTACXO 25 L33 Pocket Door Set Stanley 2826 26 Double Cylinder Lock Baldwin 8596 27 Two(2)Cylinders E172/E174 as required 28 L34 Bifold Hardware Set(s) Stanley 2916 29 Pull(s) Stanley 4483-1/2 30 L35 Exit Device 98EO 31 L36 Storeroom Lock Best D function 32 L37 Single Dummy Trim Best 1DT function 33 Deadbolt 83T7S 34 L38 Deadbolt 83T7S 35 L39 Exit Device 98NL-BEx20 36 Exit Device(Courtyard Side) 98EO 37 Cylinder E172/E174 as required 38 Deadbolt(Key at Exterior Side) WC880-6 39 Removable Mullion 5654 40 Two Flush Bolts 5021-12" 41 L40 Two(2)Exit Devices 98L-Fxl7 42 Key Removable Mullion KR9954 43 Stabilizer 154 44 Three(3)Cylinders EI72/E174 as required 45 Astragal Pemko 316AS 46 L41 Cylindrical Storeroom Lock 83K7D4ABRK 47 Two(2)Flush Bolts 5021-12" 48 Dust Strike 5046 49 L42 Storeroom Lock Best D function 50 L43 Double Cylinder Deadbolt 83T7M 51 L44 Exit Device 98F-EO 52 L45 Storeroom Lock Best"D"Function 53 Indicator Deadlock Falcon D871 54 L46 Cylinders(3 each) E172/E174 as required RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 L47 Exit Device 98L x 17 2 Cylinder EI72/E174 as required 3 L48 Pull 290-2(BBW) 4 Push Plate 47-10 x 20 5 L49 Single Dummy Trim(2 each) Best 1DT Function 6 Two Roller Latches with Strike Plates Stanley 23 7 L49A Single Dummy Trim Best IDT Function 8 Roller Latch w/Strike Plate Stanley 23 9 L50 Cylinders(2 each) E172/E174 as required �r 10 L51 Padlock Best 21B72-R 11 L52 Exit Device 9827L-F x 17 12 Exit Device 9827EO-F 13 Rod Guards(2 each) RG27 14 One(1)Cylinder Best E 172/E 174 as required 15 Astragal Pemko 316AS 16 L53 Exit Devices(2 each) 98F-EO 17 Key Removable Mullion 9954 18 Stabilizer 154 19 Astragal Pemko S88D 20 L54 Exit Devices(2 each) 98L-F x 17 21 Removable Mullion 9954 22 Stabilizer 154 23 Cylinders(2 each) E172/E174 as required 24 L55 Exit Device 9827L x 17 25 Exit Device 9827E0 26 Rod Guards(2 each) RG27 27 Cylinder E172/E174 as required 28 Astragal Pemko 316AS 29 L56 Storeroom Lock Best D Function 30 Pair Auto Flush Bolts 456/459 as required 31 Dust Strike 489 32 Coordinator GJ COR Series 33 Astragal Pemko S88D 34 L57 Exit Device(2 each) 98EO 35 Removable Mullion 5654 36 Stabilizer 154 r 37 L57A Exit Device(2 each) 98EO 38 Key Removable Mullion KR5654 39 Stabilizer 154 40 L58 Closet Lock Best RZ Function 41 L59 Exit Device 98F-EO 42 L60 Padlock Hasp Stanley SP941 43 L61 Passage Latch Best"N"Function 44 Indicator Deadlock Falcon D871 45 L62 Keypad Lock Schlage COBRA, Storeroom Function 46 No. 17 Lever, 47 Emergency Override Cylinder E172/E174 as required 48 L63 Deadlatch Paddle Adams Rite 4590 Paddle with 49 Deadlatch 4710 Series 50 Cylinder EI72/E174 as required ` err do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 9 r• Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 DOOR CLOSERS: as 2 3 Types required are listed as Cl, C2, etc., in the hardware schedule and described under "C"below. Some 4 C-numbers may be unused. 5 we 6 Arms will permit maximum degree of opening permitted by wall conditions. 7 8 Furnish all closers with heavy duty arms. wr 9 10 Furnish sex bolts for application to mineral core doors only. 11 .r 12 Furnish closers with key valves for independent speed,latching and back checking adjustments. 13 14 Furnish drop plates for doors with insufficient top rails to cover sight of closers from opposite side 15 of door, and when used in conjunction with regular arm closer and overhead concealed stop 16 application. 17 18 Closers shall be applied to both leaves of a pair of doors. 19 20 Provide Owner with a five-year performance guarantee. 21 22 "C"FACTORY NO. &TYPE: 23 24 C1 7500 Parallel Arm 25 C2 750OBF Parallel Arm r 26 C3 750OBFDA Parallel Arm 27 C4 750OBFH Parallel Arm 28 C5 6150 Parallel Arm 29 C6 615OBF w/Hager 253 Parallel Arm 30 C7 615OBFH w/Hager 253 Parallel Arm 31 C8 P7700 PT x 120 Top Jamb Mount(Push Side) 32 C9 7700 PT x 120 Top Jamb Mount(Pull Side) 33 C10 7500 Regular Arm 34 C l l 7500 BF Regular Arm 35 C12 7500 BFDA Regular Arm rr 36 C13 7500 BFH Regular Arm 37 C14 UNI-7500 BF Stop Only Parallel Arm 38 C15 UNI-7500 BFH Hold Open Parallel Arm 39 C16 750OBF Parallel Arm @ One Leaf,Power Operator @ Other Leaf 40 41 KICKPLATES: 42 wr 43 Types required are listed as K1, K2, etc., in the hardware schedule and described under"K"below. Some 44 K-numbers may be unused. 45 46 Provide kickplates on push side of door. 47 48 Provide kickplates on both leaves on pairs of doors. 49 50 Provide stainless steel, full threaded type sheet metal screws for fastening not more than 5"o.c. 51 52 Kickplates to be 1/8" thick plastic laminate, balanced double-face construction, beveled four sides +•• 53 and with a flat matte finish. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Kickplates to be 2"less than door width. 2 ■r 3 "K"FACTORY NO.: 4 5 K1 - 185 30"high Builders Brass 6 K2- 185 12"high Builders Brass 7 8 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS: 9 10 Types required are listed as S1, S2, etc., in the hardware schedule and described under"S"below. Some S- 11 numbers may be unused. 12 13 Furnish one stop per door leaf except where two are specified. 14 15 Furnish overhead stop or holders with maximum degree of opening that job conditions permit. 16 17 Furnish toggle bolts or machine screws and tampins as required. Plastic or fiber anchors will not be 18 permitted. 19 , 20 "S"FACTORY NO.: 21 22 S1 WC9 Series Concave Wall Stop 23 S2 W9 Series Convex Wall Stop 24 S3 F-8061 Series Floor Stop 25 S4 GJ-100LP-S Series Concealed Overhead Stop, 26 Heavy Duty 27 S4A GJ-100LP-H Series Stop/Hold-Open Function 28 S5 Not Applicable Electro-Mag Stops by Others 29 S6 F-9078X Floor Stop 30 S7 FM 990-24VDC Electro-Mag Stops 31 S8 F8010 Door Holder/Stop 32 33 THRESHOLDS AND DOOR SEALS: 34 35 Provide thresholds in special widths as shown on Drawings. Thresholds shall be coped around fixed or 36 removable mullions and extend to full width of jamb faces. Thresholds shall be field drilled for installation. w 37 Furnish all thresholds with stainless steel screws and lead anchors. 38 39 Types required are listed as TI,T2,etc.,in the hardware schedule and described under"T"below. Some T- 40 numbers may be unused. 41 42 "T"FACTORY NO. TYPE 43 T1 - 172A Threshold 44 T2-290AS Weatherstrip 45 T3 -368AN Door Sweep 46 T4-S88D Fire Door Gasketing 47 T5 - 346C x door width plus 4" Rain Drip 48 T6- 165AV x 183A Threshold,field assembled. 49 T7- 1665A Threshold 50 T8 -316AS Meeting Stile 51 T9-411ARL Mortised Automatic Door Bottom 52 T10-430CRL Surface-Mount Automatic Door Bottom 53 T11 -322CN Sound Gasketing Aw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 11 am Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 T12-T274 x 4A Threshold ow 2 T13 -313AN Door Bottom Sweep 3 4 ACCESSORIES: 5 " 6 Al - HEWI No. 502. Furnish three (3) each per door, coat hook, color as selected by Architect, where 7 scheduled in remarks column. Mount two hooks at 5'-4" high, 18" o.c. Mount one hook at 3'-4" high, 8 centered on door. 9 10 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: 11 .. 12 DOOR BUTTS LOCKS CLSR KICK STOPS THRES REMARKS 13 NO B L C K S T 14 15 IOTA B7 L5 - - S3 T1,3,4 MW 16 10113 B1 L5 - - S3 - 17 102A BI L5 - - S2 - 18 103A BI L5 - - S2 - so 19 104A B7 L5 - - S3 T1,3,4 20 104B B1 L5 - - S2 - 21 105A B8 L5 C2 - S2 T1,3,4 22 108A B7 L2,38 - - S2 T1,3,4 Al r` 23 109A B7 L2,38 - - S2 T1,3,4 Al 24 110A B7 L2,38 - - S2 T1,3,4 Al 25 111A B7 L2,38 - - S2 T1,3,4 Al r 26 114A B8 L5 C2 - S2 T1,3,4 27 115A B1 L11 - - S3 T1,3,4 Pair 28 116A B1 Ll - - S3 - �,,,, 29 117A B7 L1 - - S6 T1,3,4 30 118A B7 L5 - - S2 T1,3,4 31 118B B1 L5 - - S2 - 32 118C B2 L5 C2 - S2 - 60-min.rated 33 119A B7 L11 - - S6 T1,3,4 Pair 34 120A B7 L1 - - S6 T1,3,4 35 120B B7 Lll - - S6 T1,3,4,5 Pair wrr 36 121A B7 Ll - - S6 T1,3,4,5 37 122A B7 Lll - - S6 T1,3,4,5 Pair 38 123A B7 L1 - - S6 T1,3,4,5 39 123B B7 L1 - - S6 T1,3,4,5 40 125A B7 Lll - - S6 T1,3,4,5 Pair 41 42 HARDWARE FINISHES: 43 44 Unless specifically indicated otherwise, architectural hardware items shall be furnished in the following 45 finishes: 46 47 Furnish all hardware in dull chrome(US26D)except as follows. 48 49 Furnish all hardware to Rooms 120, 121, 122, 123 in stainless steel (US32D). 50 51 Furnish push plates,rod guards,and door pulls in dull stainless steel (US32D). 52 ++ 53 Furnish door closers with lacquered finishes to match adjacent hardware. 54 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Plastic kickplates shall have colors as selected by Architect. 2 SPARE PARTS: 3 4 Include fifteen(15)extra key blanks. Mail directly to Director of Maintenance,City of Renton. 5 6 Include two(2)extra E172/E174 cylinders for miscellaneous purposes. Furnish one of each. 7 8 Include five(5)extra L51 padlocks. 9 46 10 11 PART 3 -EXECUTION 12 13 W` 14 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: 15 16 The hardware supplier shall provide on-site installation instructions to the field installer in the presence of 17 the Owner's locksmith. Instructions shall be given by a certified locksmith or AHC. Review all hardware 18 items and manufacturer installation instructions related thereto. Make available all hardware items to 19 demonstrate installation requirements. 20 21 INSTALLATION: 22 23 Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware" for 24 Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or 25 required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by Architect or 26 shown on drawings. Note special mounting heights shown on Door Types. 27 28 Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 29 Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be 30 painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface 31 protections with finishing work specified in the Division 9 sections. Do not install surface-mounted items 32 until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 33 ' 34 Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as 35 necessary for proper installation and operation. 36 37 Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and 38 anchors in accordance with industry standards. 39 40 Where new hardware is scheduled for re-used existing doors, remove existing hardware and replace with 41 new as scheduled. 42 43 ADJUST AND CLEAN: 44 45 Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of 46 every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the rr► 47 application made. 48 49 Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. 50 51 Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or 52 occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and 53 make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as .. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08710 Cedar River Park FINISH HARDWARE Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to „„ 2 compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. 3 Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware 4 finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. 5 "" 6 7 END OF SECTION 08710 MW err ar dM rlr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company y.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 08800-GLASS AND GLAZING 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 ` 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 Extent of glass and glazing work is indicated on drawings and schedules. 15 Types of work in this section include glass and glazing for: ' 16 17 Window units. 18 Transoms. rr 19 20 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 21 do 22 Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal temperature 23 changes, wind loading, impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or breakage of 24 glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing 25 materials,and other defects in the work. 26 27 Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal due to other causes than 28 breakage which results in intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, r 29 deterioration of protected internal glass coating,if any,resulting from seal failure,and any other 30 visual evidence of seal failure or performance. 31 do 32 Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as the development of manufacturing defects including 33 edge separation or delamination which materially obstructs vision through glass. 34 35 Deterioration of coated glass is defined as the development of manufacturing defects including rr 36 peeling,cracking or other indications of deterioration in metallic coating due to normal conditions 37 of use. 38 39 SUBMITTALS: 40 41 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each glazing material and fabricated glass product 42 required,including installation and maintenance instructions. 43 44 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 45 rr 46 Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing 47 Manual" and "Sealant Manual" except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to those 48 publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this section or other �. 49 referenced standards. 50 51 Safety Glazing Standard: Where safety glass is indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, 52 provide type of products indicated which comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company.n.s. (2-02072) ' 1 1201 for category II materials. Provide safety glazing in all hazardous locations as identified in 1997 UBC 2 Section 2406.4. r. 3 4 Single Source Responsibility for Glass: To ensure consistent quality of appearance and performance, 5 provide materials produced by a single manufacturer or fabricator for each kind and condition of glass 6 indicated and composed of primary glass obtained from a single source for each type and class required. 7 8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: 9 r" 10 Protect glass and glazing materials during delivery, storage and handling to comply with manufacturer's 11 directions and as required to prevent edge damage to glass, and damage to glass and glazing materials from 12 effects of moisture including condensation, of temperature changes, of direct exposure to sun, and from 13 other causes. 14 15 PROJECT CONDITIONS: 16 17 Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions 18 are outside the limits permitted by glazing material manufacturer or when joint substrates are wet due to 19 rain, frost,condensation or other causes. 20 21 WARRANTY: 22 ■r 23 General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under 24 the Contract Documents. 25 .w 26 Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on Insulating Glass: Provide written warranty signed by 27 manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish f.o.b.point of manufacture, freight allowed project site, 28 within specified warranty period indicated below, replacements for those insulating glass units developing 29 manufacturing defects. Manufacturing defects are defined as failure or hermetic seal of air space (beyond 30 that due to glass breakage) as evidenced by intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, 31 deterioration of protected internal glass coatings, if any, and other visual indications of seal failure or 32 performance; provided the manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting and maintaining 33 units have been complied with during the warranty period. 34 35 Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of substantial 36 completion. 37 38 39 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 40 41 42 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL: 43 44 Primary Glass Standard: Provide primary glass which complies with ASTM C 1036 requirements,including 45 those indicated by reference to type,class,quality,and if applicable, form,finish,mesh and pattern. 46 47 Heat-Treated Glass Standard: Provide heat-treated glass which complies with ASTM C 1048 requirements, 48 including those indicated by reference to kind, condition, type, quality, class, and, if applicable, form, 49 finish,and pattern. rrr 50 51 Sizes: Fabricate glass to sizes required for glazing openings indicated, with edge clearances and tolerances 52 complying with recommendations of glass manufacturer. Provide thicknesses indicated or, if not otherwise ,, 53 indicated,as recommended by glass manufacturer for application indicated. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PRIMARY GLASS PRODUCTS: 3 4 Clear Float Glass: Type I, (transparent glass, flat), class 1 (clear), quality q3, (glazing select). 1/4" except 5 3/16 when used in insulating units. 6 7 Location: Interior pane of all insulating glass and exterior pane of insulating glass not shown to be tinted. 8 9 Tinted Float Glass: Type 1, (transparent glass,flat),class 2(tinted heat absorbing and light reducing),and as 10 follows: Equal to Pilkington LOF Optifloat Grey Tint- 1/4". 11 ■,r 12 Visible Light Transmittance: 40—55% 13 14 Locations: Exterior pane of insulating glass units for windows surrounding Concessions Room 15 101.. 16 17 HEAT-TREATED GLASS PRODUCTS 18 +�+ 19 Manufacturing Process: Manufacture heat-treated glass as follows: 20 21 By vertical(tong-held)or horizontal(roller health)process,at manufacturer's option. 22 23 Uncoated Clear Heat-Treated Float Glass: Condition A(uncoated surfaces), Type I(transparent glass,flat), 24 Class 1 (clear),Quality q3 (glazing select),kind as indicated below. 25 26 Kind FT(fully tempered)where indicated. 27 28 Thickness: 1/4" (pane as a component of an insulating unit). +. 29 30 Location: Transoms and elsewhere as required by Uniform Building Code. 31 32 OBSCURING GLASS 33 34 Sight obscuring glass product that transmits diffuse light but no recognizable forms. 35 36 Provide product in '/4"thickness with etching or coating of primary glass products. 37 38 SEALED INSULATING GLASS UNITS: rr 39 40 General: Provide pre-assembled units consisting of organically sealed panes of glass enclosing a 41 hermetically sealed dehydrated air space and complying with ASTM E 774 for performance classification 42 indicated as well as with other requirements specified for glass characteristics, air space, sealing system, 43 sealant, spacer material, corner design and desiccant. Provide insulating glass units at all exterior openings 44 including windows,doors and sidelights,clerestories not shown to receive translucent glazing. 45 +� 46 For properties of individual glass panes making up units, refer to product requirements specified 47 elsewhere in this section applicable to types, classes, kinds and conditions of glass products 48 indicated. 49 50 Provide heat-treated panes of kind and at locations indicated or, if not indicated, provide heat- 51 strengthened panes where recommended by manufacturer for application indicated and tempered 52 where indicated or where safety glass is designated or required by code. '"' 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 ` Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Com an s. (2-02072) P �P• 1 Performance Classification per ASTM E 774: Class A. 2 r 3 Thickness of Each Pane: 3/16" interior (1/4" where noted or recommended by glazing 4 manufacturer). 5 '/4"exterior r.� 6 7 Air Space Thickness: 1/2". 8 9 Sealing System:Manufacturer's standard. 10 11 Spacer Material: Manufacturer's standard metal. 12 13 Desiccant:Manufacturer's standard; either molecular sieve or silica gel or blend of both. 14 15 Corner Construction:Manufacturer's standard corner construction. 16 17 Uncoated Insulating Glass Units: Manufacturer's standard units complying with the following requirements: 18 19 Exterior Pane: Clear unless noted otherwise. Tinted where indicated in this spec. 20 21 Obscuring glass for window type B 1. 22 23 Interior Pane of Glass: Clear float glass. 24 25 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS AND PREFORMED GLAZING TAPES: 26 27 General:Provide products of type indicated and complying with the following requirements: 28 29 Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials with + 30 which they will come into contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and 31 glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing 32 and field experience. r. 33 34 Suitability: Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selection of 35 glazing sealants and tapes which have performance characteristics suitable for applications 36 indicated and conditions at time of installation. 37 38 Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric 39 sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those ,rr 40 for Type, Grade,Class and Uses. 41 42 Colors: Provide color of exposed sealants indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by 43 Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 44 45 Two-Part Polysulfide Glazing Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT,M, G,A, and, as applicable 46 to uses indicated, O. ++ 47 48 GLAZING GASKETS: 49 50 Lock-Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions of size and shape indicated, or required for appropriate 51 installation fabricated into frames with molded comer units and zipper lock strips,complying with ASTM C 52 542;black. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS: 2 3 Compatibility: Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. 4 5 Cleaners,Primers and Sealers: Type recornmended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. 6 7 Setting Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks as required for compatibility with glazing sealants, 80 8 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness. 9 10 Spacers: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone blocks, or continuous extrusions, as required for compatibility with 11 glazing sealant, of size, shape and hardness recommended by glass and sealant manufacturers for 12 application indicated. 13 14 Edge Blocks: Neoprene,EPDM or silicone blocks as required for compatibility with glazing sealant,of size 15 and hardness required to limit lateral movement(side-walking)of glass. 16 17 Compressible Filler Rods: Closed-cell or waterproof-jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, 18 flexible and resilient,with 5-10 psi compression strength for 25 percent deflection. + 19 20 21 PART 3 -EXECUTION 22 23 24 EXAMINATION: 25 26 Require Glazier to inspect work of glass framing erector for compliance with manufacturing and installation 27 tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners; for presence and functioning of weep 28 system; for existence of minimum required face or edge clearances; and for effective sealing of joinery. 29 Obtain Glazier's written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of glazing work. Do not allow 30 glazing work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 31 32 GLAZING,GENERAL: 33 34 Comply with combined printed recommendations of glass manufacturers, of manufacturers of sealants, 35 gaskets and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including 36 those of referenced glazing standards. 37 38 Glazing channel dimensions as indicated in details are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass, 39 minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses,with reasonable tolerances.Adjust as 40 required by job conditions at time of installation. 41 42 Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation; use a rolling block in rotating glass units 43 to prevent damage to glass corners. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass 44 units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass with flares or bevels along one 45 horizontal edge which would occur in vicinity or setting blocks so that these are located at top of opening. 46 Remove from project and dispose of glass units with edge damage or other imperfections of kind that,when 47 installed,weakens glass and impairs performance and appearance. 48 49 Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by pre-construction 50 sealant-substrate testing. 51 52 GLAZING: "" 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located one quarter of glass width from each corner, but 2 with edge nearest corner not closer than 6" from corner,unless otherwise required. Set blocks in thin course 3 of sealant which is acceptable for heel bead use. 4 5 Provide spacers inside and out, of proper size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, for glass 6 sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height), except where gaskets or glazing tapes with 7 continuous spacer rods are used for glazing. Provide 1/8" minimum bite of spacers on glass and use 8 thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed 9 thickness of tape. 10 11 Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing standard,except where otherwise 12 required by glass unit manufacturer. 13 14 Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern,draw,bow and similar characteristics. 15 16 Provide compressible filler rods or equivalent back-up material, as recommended by sealant and glass 17 manufacturers, to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems and from adhering to 18 joints back surface as well as to control depth of sealant for optimum performance, unless otherwise 19 indicated. 20 21 Force sealants into glazing channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete "wetting" or bond of sealant 22 to glass and channel surfaces. 23 24 Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial "wash" away from glass. Install pressurized tapes 25 and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 26 27 Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite 28 side,provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not "walk" out when installation is subjected to 29 movement. rrr 30 31 Miter cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in manner recommended by gasket 32 manufacturer to prevent pull away from corners; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant 33 recommended by gasket manufacturer. 34 35 Lock-Strip Gasket Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printed 36 recommendations.Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated. 37 38 Provide butt joint corner glazing where detailed at clerestory. 39 40 PROTECTION AND CLEANING: 41 42 Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation,by use of crossed streamers attached to 43 framing and held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass.Remove nonpermanent labels 44 and clean surfaces. 45 46 Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite 47 such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove immediately by method 48 recommended by glass manufacturer. 49 „ 50 Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent 51 intervals during construction, but not less often than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali 52 deposits or staining. When examination reveals presence of these forms of residue, remove by method 53 recommended by glass manufacturer. AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 08800 Cedar River Park GLASS AND GLAZING Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. 2-02072) 1 2 Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during 3 construction period,including natural causes,accidents and vandalism. 4 5 Wash glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish 6 date of substantial completion in each area of project. Wash glass by method recommended be glass 7 manufacturer. 8 9 10 END OF SECTION 08800 11 ,. 12 13 cmWarch l2,2003 its io go do i" do J0 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. 2-02072) 1 SECTION 09255 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES +r 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following: 15 16 Nonload-bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 17 18 Suspended steel framing for perforated metal ceiling. +� 19 20 Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. 21 22 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 23 24 Division 7 Section "Through Penetration Firestopping Systems" for firestopping systems and fire- 25 resistance-rated joint sealants. 26 27 DEFINITIONS: 28 +• 29 Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of terms for 30 gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 31 32 SUBMITTALS: 33 34 Product Data for each type of product specified. 35 "' 36 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 37 38 Single-Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the same r 39 manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to 40 gypsum board manufacturer. 41 42 Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, 43 provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements: 44 45 Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design do 46 Manual" or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another 47 testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 48 wo 49 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 50 51 Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of 52 manufacturer or supplier. d" 53 go RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company.y.s. (2-02072) 1 Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct 2 sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum 3 panels flat to prevent sagging. 4 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: .. 6 7 Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and 8 finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's 9 recommendations,whichever are more stringent. 10 11 Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 12 deg F (4 deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg F 13 (10 deg C) for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry. Do not exceed 95 deg F (35 14 deg C)when using temporary heat sources. 15 16 Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot, 17 dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. 18 19 20 PART 2-PRODUCTS 21 22 23 MANUFACTURERS: 24 25 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 26 27 Steel Framing and Furring: 28 29 Clark Steel Framing,Inc. 30 Consolidated Systems,Inc. 31 Dale Industries,Inc. 32 Dietrich Industries,Inc. 33 Marino/Ware(formerly Marino Industries Corp.). 34 National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. 35 Unimast,Inc. 36 37 Gypsum Board and Related Products: 38 39 Domtar Gypsum. rir 40 Georgia-Pacific Corp. 41 National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. 42 United States Gypsum Co. 43 44 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: 45 46 General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for suspension of perforated metal panels 47 above Room 101 and 104. 48 49 Wire Ties: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M),Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper,0.062 inch thick. 50 51 Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M),Class 1 zinc coating,soft temper,0.162 inch diameter. 52 53 Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598 inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16 inch wide RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 flanges and as follows: 2 3 Carrying Channels: 1 %z inches deep,4751b/1000 ft,unless otherwise indicated. 4 5 Finish: ASTM A 653 hot-dip galvanized coating. 6 7 Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,hat-shaped, depth of 7/8 inch, and minimum thickness of base 8 (uncoated)metal as follows: 9 10 Thickness: 0.0179 inch,unless otherwise indicated. 11 12 Protective Coating:ASTM A 653,G40 hot-dip galvanized coating. 13 14 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: 15 r 16 General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: 17 18 Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant coating. 19 20 Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over 21 to form 3/16-inch- (5-mm-)wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the following requirements for 22 minimum thickness of base(uncoated)metal and for depth: 23 24 Thickness: 0.0329 inch(20 Ga.)unless otherwise indicated. 25 26 Depth: As indicated. 27 28 Steel Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing complying with ASTM A 653 29 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M), length and width as indicated, and with a minimum 30 base metal(uncoated)thickness as follows: 31 32 Thickness: As required to carry applied load(16 Ga Minimum) 33 34 Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type,material, size,corrosion resistance,holding power, 35 and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; 36 complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. 37 38 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS: 39 40 General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end-to- 41 end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 42 43 Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches(1219 mm). 44 45 Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: rr 46 47 Type: regular except Type X where indicated or required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 48 Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces. 49 50 Edges: Tapered. 51 52 Thickness: 5/8"unless indicated otherwise. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 a` Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.n.s. (2-02072) 1 TRIM ACCESSORIES: 2 3 Accessories for Interior Installation: Comerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with 4 ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 5 6 Material: Formed metal complying with the following requirement: 7 8 Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip or electrolytic process, or steel sheet coated with 9 aluminum or rolled zinc. 10 11 Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: 12 .r 13 Cornerbead on outside corners,unless otherwise indicated. 14 15 LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. 16 Use LC-beads for edge trim,unless otherwise indicated. 17 18 One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering slot 19 opening. 20 21 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: 22 23 General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both 24 the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. 25 26 Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape,unless otherwise indicated. 27 28 Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chemical-hardening 29 powder products formulated for uses indicated(first and second coats). 30 31 For taping and filling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board 32 manufacturer. 33 34 Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complying with 35 the following requirements for formulation and intended use. 36 37 Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. 38 39 Topping compound formulated for finish(third)coat. .r 40 41 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 42 wr 43 General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards 44 and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. 45 46 Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting-type joint compound recommended for spot-grouting hollow metal door 47 frames. 48 49 Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: rrr 50 51 Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch(0.84 mm)thick. 52 53 ` 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 4 5 EXAMINATION: 6 7 Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast- 8 in-anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation 9 tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not 10 proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 11 12 PREPARATION: 13 14 Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead 15 structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have 16 been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to 17 support ceilings. 18 �++ 19 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING,GENERAL: 20 21 Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with 22 ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 23 24 Install supplementary framing,blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support 25 fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. 26 Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none 27 available,with United States Gypsum Co.'s"Gypsum Construction Handbook." 28 .� 29 Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by 30 structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. 31 32 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: 33 34 Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud 35 assemblies abut other construction. 36 37 Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary 38 more than 1/8 inch(3 mm)from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. 39 40 Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except 41 where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors 42 and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum 43 board. 44 45 Cut studs 1/2 inch(13 mm)short of full height to provide perimeter relief. .ir 46 47 For fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of continuous solid structural 48 surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around structural and other members, as needed, to 49 support gypsum board closures needed to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of 50 solid structure. 51 52 Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 Single-Layer Construction: Space studs 16 inches(406 mm)o.c.,unless otherwise indicated. 2 rr 3 Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel 4 can be attached to open(unsupported)edges of stud flanges first. 5 6 Frame door openings to comply with GA-219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum 7 board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Jamb studs shall be 0.0329" (0.84 mm). Attach vertical 8 studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner 9 track section(for cripple studs)at head and secure to jamb studs. 10 11 Install 2 studs at each jamb,unless otherwise indicated. 12 13 Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) 14 clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. 15 16 Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure 17 above. 18 19 Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, as required 20 for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 21 22 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD.GENERAL: 23 -- 24 Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and fmish gypsum panels to comply with 25 ASTM C 840 and GA-216. 26 'l" 27 Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels 28 together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch(1.5 mm)of open space between 29 panels. Do not force into place. trr 30 31 Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or 32 gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or 33 ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints other than control joints at 34 corners of framed openings where possible. 35 36 Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 37 inches (813 mm) wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels 38 into frames. 39 „ 40 Form control and expansion joints at all door frame corners and at other locations indicated and as detailed, 41 with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels,as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. 42 rri 43 Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, 44 etc.),except in chases that are braced internally. 45 46 Fit gypsum panels around ducts,pipes,and conduits. 47 48 Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as 49 detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim rir 50 where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with 51 acoustical sealant or fire rated sealant at rated assemblies.. 52 53 Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard A. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 7 me Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 and manufacturer's recommendations. .. 2 3 Space screws a maximum of 12 inches(304.8 mm)o.c. for vertical applications. 4 .r 5 Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches(203.2 mm)o.c. 6 7 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS: 8 IM 9 Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: 10 11 On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless parallel ,■ 12 application is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Use maximum-length panels to 13 minimize end joints.Fasten with screws. 14 15 " 16 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES: 17 18 General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten �+ 19 gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for 20 type,length,and spacing of fasteners. 21 r, 22 Install cornerbead at external corners. 23 24 Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with 25 face flange formed to receive joint compound,except where other types are indicated. 26 27 Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can 28 be attached to framing or supporting substrate. w 29 30 Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 31 32 Install control joints at locations indicated. 33 34 Install control joints at locations indicated and if not indicated according to ASTM C 840 and 35 manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 36 37 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: 38 ,,. 39 General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of comerbead, edge trim, control joints, 40 penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces 41 for decoration. 42 43 Prefill open joints,rounded or beveled edges,and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound. 44 45 Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiring 46 tape. 47 48 Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim 49 accessory manufacturer. 50 51 Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-214. 52 53 Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces to receive wallcovering and textured flat paint. .w RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09255 ` Cedar River Park GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 Use the following joint compound combination as applicable to the finish levels specified: 2 r 3 Embedding and First Coat: Setting-type joint compound. Fill (Second) Coat: Setting-type joint 4 compound. Finish(Third) Coat: Ready-mixed,drying-type,all-purpose or topping compound. 5 6 For Level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and finish 7 (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand 8 between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration. 10 11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: 12 13 Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 14 15 Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure gypsum ab 16 board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 17 18 19 END OF SECTION 09255 +k 20 21 cmWarch 12,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company y.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 09900-PAINTING 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 11 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 13 14 Extent of painting work is indicated on drawings and schedules,and as herein specified. 15 16 Work includes painting and finishing of all interior exposed items and surfaces except for pre-finished 17 surfaces. 18 Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop-priming and surface wo 19 treatment specified under other sections of work. 20 21 Work of this section includes field painting of mechanical and electrical items as follows: 22 23 Exposed sheet metal or galvanized casings. 24 25 Electrical panel face panels and doors, which are exposed to public view. Other mechanical and 26 electrical items are to receive finishes as specified in Divisions 15 and 16. 27 28 "Paint' as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, wr 29 sealers and fillers,and other applied materials whether used as prime,intermediate or finish coats. 30 31 Surfaces to be Painted: Except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be 32 painted, paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designed in"schedules."Where items or surfaces 33 are not specifically mentioned,paint the same as similar adjacent materials or areas. If color or finish is not 34 designated,Architect will select these colors. 35 +■ 36 Following categories of work are not included as part of field-applied finish work. 37 38 Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory-finishing or 39 installer-finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to)metal toilet enclosures, 40 prefinished partition systems, acoustic materials, architectural woodwork and casework, 41 and finished mechanical and electrical equipment, including light fixtures, switchgear and 42 distribution cabinets. "` 43 44 Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls 45 or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, AN 46 utility tunnels,pipe spaces,duct shafts and elevator shafts. 47 48 Finished Metal Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, ow 49 stainless steel, chromium plate, copper,bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish 50 painting. 51 wo ..r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Operating Parts: Unless otherwise indicated, moving parts of operating units, mechanical and 2 electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and 3 fan shafts will not require finish painting. 4 5 Following categories of work are included under other sections of these specifications: 6 7 Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under 8 various sections for structural steel,metal fabrications,steel doors and frames and similar items. 9 .r 10 Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of fabricated components such as architectural 11 woodwork, wood casework and shop-fabricated or factory-built mechanical and electrical 12 equipment or accessories is included under other sections of these specifications. err 13 14 Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is specified in 15 Division 15 and 16,respectively, except for exterior grilles, interior unit ventilator grilles, exposed 16 ductwork and exposed electrical faces and doors. 17 18 Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any 19 equipment identification,performance rating,name,or nomenclature plates. 20 21 Ductwork, Plumbing and Services: Contractor shall include in his bid to cover painting of all exposed 22 ductwork,plumbing and sprinkler piping. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the extent of exposed 23 services. 24 25 26 ALTERNATES 27 28 Attention is called to Section 01030, Bid Alternates, which describes the scope of Alternates in the Bid. 29 Work in this section is affected by one or more of the Alternates. rr 30 31 REFERENCES: CODES, STANDARDS AND PRACTACES: 32 33 General: Master Painters Institute(1V1PI),Architectural Painting Specification Manual (APSM). Distributed 34 by the Master Painters & Decorators Association. 4090 Graveley Street, Burnaby, B. C. V5C3T6. 35 Telephone 1-604-298-3875.Email,info(apaintinfo.com. 36 37 MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual systems are used in this specification.The manual 38 is also used as a reference for material quality and workmanship. Where there are conflicts, the 39 more stringent shall apply. 40 41 Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC) 42 43 SSPC-SP 1 Solvent Cleaning 44 45 SSPC-SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning 46 + 47 SSPC-SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning 48 49 The latest issues, revisions, amendments, or modifications of the above referenced material in effect on the 50 date of the Invitation to Bid shall govern unless otherwise specified. 51 "` RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 3 am Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Ductwork, Plumbing and Services: Contractor shall include in his bid to cover painting of all exposed as 2 ductwork,plumbing and sprinkler piping. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the extent of exposed 3 services. 4 5 DEFIl41TIONS: 90. 6 7 General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 8 go 9 Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- 10 degree meter. 11 do 12 Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60- 13 degree meter. 14 15 Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a "' 16 60-degree meter. 17 18 Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60-degree .w 19 meter. 20 21 Specifying Authori ty as used in this Section means Architect, Engineer, Contracting Officer, 22 Interior Designer,Owner or their representatives,as applicable. 23 24 Acceptable or Accepted means acceptable to or by the Specifying Authority. 25 26 Contractor Warran ty: The contractor shall fully warrant and guarantee the work of this section 27 against failure or non-performance for two years from the date of completion and acceptance. 28 Failure or non-performance shall be corrected promptly upon discovery by the Owner. Correction 9090 29 work will follow project specifications. 30 31 Warranty not applicable for failure of substrates, or work by others. 32 33 The contractor is to repair all test areas that are the result of destructive testing. 34 35 Provide,as used in this Section,means"Furnish and install or apply complete in place." +o 36 37 Specialist means an individual or firm of established reputation (or, if newly organized, whose 38 personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field). This individual or firm must ON 39 be regularly engaged in and maintain a regular force of workmen skilled in performing required 40 work. 41 42 The term "APSM" as used in this section refers to the Master Painters Institute "Architectural "" 43 Painting Specification manual." 44 45 .r 46 SUBMITTALS 47 48 Product Data:For each paint system specified.Include block fillers and primers. so 49 50 Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and 51 cross-reference specific coating; finish system, and application. Identify each material by 52 manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. "' 53 9010 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 ` Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.(2-02072) ab 1 Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis 2 and instructions for handling,storing,and applying each coating material proposed for use. �r 3 4 Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations 5 controlling use of volatile organic compounds(VOCs). 6 7 Samples for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual 8 conditions,on representative samples of the actual substrate. 9 10 Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use 11 representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and 12 texture are achieved. yrr 13 14 Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for 15 location and application. Ift 16 17 Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: 18 19 Drywal:Provide two 4-by-8 inch samples of drywall for each finish and color. 20 21 Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4-by-8-inch samples of natural or stained wood 22 finish on actual wood surfaces. 23 24 Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their 25 capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names 26 and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified. 27 28 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 rir 30 Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed paining system 31 applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this project with a record of successful in- 32 service performance. 33 34 A pre work meeting will be held prior to starting work. Parties involved will be the painting contractor 35 including foreman,general contractor,architect,and inspection agent. 36 37 The contractor is to have a qualified foreman on the job during painting work. The foreman will be 38 responsible for quality control for the contractor. 39 40 Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers,primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the 41 same manufacturer as the finish coats. 42 43 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 44 45 Deliver materials to the project site and manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing 46 manufacturer's name and label,and the following information: 47 48 Product name or title of material. 49 Product description(generic classification or binder type). , 50 Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 51 Contents by volume,or pigment and vehicle constituents. 52 Thinning instructions. ft 53 Application instructions. ur RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 5 4. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Color name and number. i. 2 VOC content. 3 4 Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient 5 temperature of 45 degrees F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign 6 materials and residue. 7 8 Protect from freezing. Keep storage neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take 4' 9 necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health 10 hazards resulting from handling,mixing,and application. 11 12 PROJECT CONDITIONS 13 14 Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air 15 temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F. 16 Moisture content of interior wood shall not exceed 8%. 17 18 Moisture content of concrete,gwb,stucco concrete block, and brick and mortar shall not exceed 4-5%. arr 19 20 Ph shall not exceed 9 unless manufacturer permits other ranges. 21 r 22 Provide a minimum of 40-candle power of light on surfaces while preparation and painting are underway. 23 24 EXTRA MATERIALS 25 An 26 Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities 27 described below. Package paint materials in unopened factory-sealed containers for storage and identify 28 with labels describing contents.Deliver extra materials to the Owner. rr 29 30 Quantity: furnish the Owner with an additional 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 31 32 MAINTENANCE DATA 33 34 Provide a schedule at completion of work showing each type and color of paint or coating used on the 35 project.Include this material in O&M manual. w. 36 37 38 PART 2-PRODUCTS 39 40 41 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 42 43 Available Products: Only products in the Master Painters Institute, Architectural Paint Specifications 44 Manual or as specified here in,are to be used. 45 rr 46 MATERIALS 47 48 Unless otherwise indicated, furnish scheduled products in accordance with Chapters 5, 6, and 7 of 49 referenced Manual, including paint, varnish, stain, enamel, lacquer, fillers, and related products for prime, 50 intermediate,and finish coats. 51 52 Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality sundry product as needed. "" 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) 1 Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary paint and sundry product names to designate 2 colors or materials are not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the 3 exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and 4 certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. 5 6 Primers for ferrous metal are to be solvent born rust inhibitive primers. 7 8 Color Pigments: Pure,non-fading, applicable types to suite substrates and service indicated. 9 Up to 10 basic and 5 deep colors will be used. 10 11 Lead content in pigment shall not be allowed. 12 13 Apply material as printed by the manufacturer for milage, handling, and application, and condition 14 requirements. 15 16 17 PART 3 -EXECUTION 18 19 EXAMINATION rrr 20 21 Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the applicator present, under which painting will be 22 performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Notify the general contractor if surfaces or 23 conditions do not meet specifications in writing. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions 24 have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 25 26 Start of painting will be construed as the applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a 27 particular area. 28 29 Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the ft 30 total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to 31 ensure use of compatible primers. 32 33 Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates 34 primed by others. 35 36 PREPARATION-NEW WORK 37 General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions 38 and as herein specified,for each particular substrate condition. 39 ft 40 Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify 41 Architect in writing of any anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems with 42 substrates primed by others,or coatings on existing surfaces to be repainted. 43 44 Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar 45 items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface 46 preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and 47 adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area,reinstall removed items. 48 Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. After completion of 49 painting operations in each space of area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the 50 trades involved. 51 52 Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments,clean the substrates.Remove dust,weld smoke, 53 oil,rust,dirt, foreign material,and grease. W& am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 7 Northwest Architectural Cg=M,y.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not 3 fall on wet,newly painted surfaces. 4 5 Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to these specifications, and the 6 APSM written instructions for each particular substrates exposure. 7 8 Sand between coats to achieve a smooth finish. +■ 9 10 Fill nicks,gouges,dents,joints,holes,tool marks,and cracks in substrates. 11 12 Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 13 14 Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral-fiber- 15 reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Have mason remove excess mortar and fill bug holes before 16 starting painting work. Remove residual efflorescence after masonry cleaning, chalk,dust, dirt, grease, oils, 17 and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze by acid etch or power tool cleaning. Provide a 18 surface profile of 2 or more mils. AN 19 20 Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces 21 are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before AN 22 application. 23 24 Clean concrete floors to be painted with a solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor 25 with clean water to remove acid,neutralize with ammonia,rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. am 26 Achieve a surface profile of 2 or more mils. 27 28 Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and 29 sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces to ease edges, smooth wood bruises and splinters, and sharp corners 30 exposed to view smooth and dust off. 31 32 Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of whit shellac or other 33 recommended knot sealer before applying primer. 34 35 After priming, fill holes, cracks, dents and splits in finish surfaces with putty or plastic 36 wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 37 38 Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery.Prime edges, ends, faces, 39 undersides,and backsides of wood,including cabinets,counters,cases,and paneling. 40 41 Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall 42 construction occurs on backside. 43 44 Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated as 45 required by SSPC-SP-6; 46 47 Primed Ferrous Metals:Power tool clean to meet SSPC-SP-3. 48 49 Touch up bare and prepared areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. 50 51 Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is 52 free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated """� 53 from coil stock by mechanical methods. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could it 3 impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil, dirt, foreign material and grease prior to cleaning. 4 Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on 5 wet,newly painted surfaces. 6 7 PVC: Sand surfaces and solvent wipe to remove foreign material. 8 9 Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. " 10 11 Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign 12 materials and residue. 13 14 Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during 15 application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material 16 before using. 17 18 Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacture and only within recommended limits. 19 err 20 Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of 21 the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient 22 differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 23 24 APPLICATION 25 26 General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best 27 suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 28 29 Paint systems are to be premium unless noted otherwise. 30 31 Paint colors,surface treatments,and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 32 33 Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 34 35 Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign 36 materials and residue. 37 38 Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during 39 application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain 40 material before using. 41 42 Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. 43 44 Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of 45 the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient 46 differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. +r■ 47 48 Do not paint over dirt,rust, scale, grease,moisture,scuffed surfaces,or conditions detrimental to formation 49 of a durable paint film. 50 51 Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 52 �0" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 9 art Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 The term"exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures,convector 401 2 covers,covers for finned-tube radiation, grilles,and similar components are in place. Extend 3 coatings in these areas,as required,to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 4 M„ 5 Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. 6 Before the final installation of equipment,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or 7 furniture with prime coat only. M„ 8 9 Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat,nonspecular black paint where visible through registers 10 or grilles. M 11 1 12 Sand lightly between each succeeding coat. 13 14 Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared `� 15 for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 16 17 The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Mo 18 Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the 19 manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacture's 20 written instructions sand between applications. 21 22 Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been properly shop primed with correct products and 23 touchup painted. Coordinate with fabricators of shop primed products to insure compatible 24 products. 25 26 If undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coats of paint, apply additional coats ru 27 until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, 28 corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of a 29 flat surfaces. 30 31 Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. (Minimum of 4 hours at 32 70F.) 33 34 Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators 35 according to manufacturer's written instructions. 36 37 Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for 38 the surface or item being painted. 39 40 Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the 41 manufacturer for the material and texture required. 42 43 Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the 44 manufacturer for the material and texture required. 45 46 Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading 47 rate.Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. 48 49 Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in 50 equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Mechanical items to be painted include,but are not limited to,the following: 3 4 Sprinkler pipe and hangers 5 Piping,pipe hangers, and supports. 6 Heat exchangers. 7 Tanks. 8 Ductwork. 9 Insulation. 10 Motors and mechanical equipment. 11 Accessory items. 12 13 Electrical items to be pained include,but are not limited to,the following: 14 15 Conduit and fittings. 16 Switchgear. 17 Panelboards. 18 19 Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with rrr 20 pores filled and pin hole free. 21 22 Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the 23 manufacturer, to material that is required to be pained or finished and that has not been prime coated by 24 others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat 25 appears,to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 26 27 Pigmented(Opaque)Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface 28 of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks,runs, 29 sags,ropiness,or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. ■„ 30 31 Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. 32 Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, origin peel, nail holes, or 33 other surface imperfections. ` 34 35 Provide satin finish for final coats. 36 37 Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, 38 such as laps,irregularity in texture, skid marks,or other surface imperfections. 39 40 Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint 41 work not complying with requirements. 42 43 CLEANING 44 45 Cleanup: At the end of each workday,remove empty cans,rags,rubbish,and other discarded paint materials 46 from the site. rir 47 48 PROTECTION 49 50 Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by 51 cleaning,repairing or replacing,and repainting,as approved by Architect. 52 err irr 4M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 09900 Cedar River Park PAINTING Renton,Washington Page 11 A Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings 40 2 provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 3 4 At completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Trade 5 damage correction is to be paid for by others. Touch up is not acceptable. Paint corner to corner and top to "'� 6 bottom of affected area. 7 8 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE AN 9 10 Ferrous Metal: (structural columns,beams,joists,ledgers,lintel,etc.) 11 Im 12 EXT. 5.1D,Alkyd,Premium,Semi-gloss(primer plus two finish coats). 13 14 Galvanized Metal: (decking,doors,frames, fabrications,etc.) 15 "" 16 EXT. 5.3B,Alkyd,Premium, Semi-gloss(primer plus two finish coats). 17 18 Concrete: See Division 3. AN 19 20 Concrete Masonry Units: See Division 4. 21 am 22 Furnace Breaching(Flue) 23 24 EXT. 5.213, 5.2C or 5.2D in color to match prepainted steel roofing. Apply per manufacturer's 25 recommendations.Must resist 600°F. A" 26 27 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE 28 40 29 Ferrous Metal: (structural columns,beams,joists,ledgers,lintel,etc.) 30 31 INT.5.1Q, (latex over alkyd primer),Premium, Semi-gloss(primer plus two finish coats). 32 33 Ferrous Metal: (doors,frames,fabrications exposed to traffic, etc.) 34 35 INT.5.1E,Alkyd,Premium, Semi-gloss(primer plus two finish coats). +� 36 37 Galvanized Metal: (conduits,ducts,decking) 38 39 EXT. 53A,(Alkyd over cementitious primer),Premium,Egg Shell(primer plus two finish coats). 40 41 Concrete Masonry Units: 42 43 INT.4.2A,Latex,Premium,Semi-gloss(primer plus two finish coats). 44 45 Toilet Spaces:INT.4.217, Epoxy, Custom(latex block filler plus epoxy finish). .r 46 Showers: INT.4.2G,Epoxy,Custom(epoxy block filler plus epoxy finish). 47 48 Gypsum Drywall: 49 INT.9.2A,Latex,Premium,Egg Shell(primer plus two finish coats). 50 51 END OF SECTION 09900 52 Wwch is,zoos w AW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10160 Cedar River Park TOILET PARTITIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 r Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 10160-TOILET PARTITIONS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 11 ■. 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 13 14 Extent of toilet partitions and urinal screens is indicated on drawings. 15 16 Types of toilet partitions required include the following: 17 18 Phenolic core. r. 19 20 Floor mounted,overhead brace with stainless steel trim. 21 22 Toilet accessories are specified elsewhere in Division 10. 23 24 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 26 Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where 27 possible, to ensure proper fitting of work. However, allow for adjustments within specified tolerances 28 wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay work. 29 30 Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchorages which must be built into other work for installation to toilet 31 partitions and related work; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 32 'W 33 Partition Systems shall comply with ADA and UBC Chapter 31. 34 35 SUBMITTALS dW 36 37 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's detailed technical data for materials, fabrication, and installation, 38 including catalog cuts of anchors,hardware, fastenings,and accessories. 39 40 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of toilet partition assemblies not fully 41 described by product drawings, templates, and instructions for installation of anchorage devices built into 42 other work. 43 44 Samples: Submit full range of color samples for plastic laminate. Submit 8"x 8" sample of panel showing 45 core,face and edge laminations. rrr 46 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10160 Cedar River Park TOILET PARTITIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072 1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2 „ 3 4 PHENOLIC-CORE UNITS: 5 6 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 7 following: 8 9 Accurate Partitions Corporation. 10 American Sanitary Partition Corporation. 11 Ampco. 12 Bobrick Washroom Equipment,Inc. „ 13 Bradley Corporation;Mills Partitions. 14 Flush Metal Partition Corp. 15 General Partitions Mfg. Corp. 16 Global Steel Products Corp. ' 17 Knickerbocker Partitions Corp. 18 Lambaton Universal. 19 Metpar Corp. �r,r 20 Partition Systems,Inc. 21 Sanymetal; a Crane Plumbing Company. 22 Tex-Lam Manufacturing,Inc. 23 Weis-Robart Partitions,Inc. 24 Young Group,Ltd. (The);DesignRite Partitions. 25 26 Door,Panel and Pilaster Construction: Solid phenolic-core panel material with melamine facing on 27 both sides fused to substrate during panel manufacture (not separately laminated), and with eased 28 and polished edges. Provide minimum 3/4-inch- thick doors and pilasters and minimum 1/2-inch- 29 thick panels. 30 31 Facing Sheet Color: Two colors in each room as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full 32 range of colors. 33 34 Core Color: Manufacturer's standard dark color. 35 36 Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Stainless steel, ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304, not less than 37 0.0312 inch specified thickness and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware. 38 39 Brackets (Fittings): Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless 40 steel. 41 42 ACCESSORIES: 43 44 Hardware and Accessories: Jacknob Hardware in relevant applications otherwise Manufacturer's standard 45 design, heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories. Provide latch, hinges, coat hook, door bumper, 46 panel bottom edge heat sink and all other hardware and fittings necessary to a complete installation. ■r 47 48 Material: Stainless steel. 49 �r 50 Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with anti-grip profile 51 and in manufacturer's standard finish. 52 mi 06 im RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10160 Cedar River Park TOILET PARTITIONS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Compga u.s. (2-02072) 1 Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel finished to match 2 hardware, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through bolt applications. For 3 concealed anchors,use hot-dip galvanized or other rust-resistant,protective-coated steel. 4 5 FABRICATION: 6 Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports,leveling mechanism, 7 fasteners, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Make provisions for setting and securing 8 continuous head rail at top of each pilaster. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling +rr 9 mechanism. 10 11 Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- wide in-swinging doors for standard toilet r 12 compartments and 36-inch- wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide clear opening for 13 compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 14 15 Hinges: Manufacturer's standard self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any 16 angle up to 90 degrees. 17 18 Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit designed for emergency 19 access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with 20 accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be 21 accessible to people with disabilities. 22 23 Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent 24 door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. 25 26 Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging doors. 27 28 Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies with accessibility 29 requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide units on both sides of doors at 30 compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 31 32 33 PART 3 -EXECUTION 34 35 .. 36 INSTALLATION 37 38 General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install partitions 39 rigid, straight,plumb,and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2"between pilasters and panels,and 40 not more than 1" between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets 41 attached near top and bottom of panel. Locate wall brackets so that holes for wall anchorages occur in 42 masonry or file joints. Secure panels to pilasters with not less than two stirrup brackets located to align with 43 stirrup brackets at wall. Verify that paper blocking is installed in frame walls including stop mounting 44 locations. Secure panels in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 45 46 Overhead-Braced Partitions: Secure pilasters to floor and level,plumb, and tighten installation with devices 47 furnished. Secure overhead-brace to each pilaster with not less than two fasteners.Hang doors and adjust so 48 that tops of doors are parallel with overhead-brace when doors are in closed position. rr 49 do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10160 Cedar River Park TOILET PARTITIONS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) go 1 ADJUST AND CLEAN 2 3 Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors 4 to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging 5 doors to return to fully closed position. 6 7 Clean exposed surfaces of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer, 8 and provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period. 9 10 11 END OF SECTION 10160 12 13 cmW h 12,2003 14 r�r wr do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10200 Cedar River Park LOUVERS&GRILLS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 10200-LOUVERS&GRILLS ar 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division-1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. 11 12 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 13 14 Extent of louvers and exterior grills is indicated on drawings, including indications of sizes and locations. ,r. 15 16 Types of louvers and vents include the following: 17 ar 18 Fixed metal wall louvers, factory finished. 19 20 Sealants including installation are specified in Division 7. 21 22 QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 24 Performance Requirements: Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance d 25 requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been determined in compliance with Air 26 Movement and Control Association(AMCA Standard 500). 27 28 Comply with SMACNA"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommendations for fabrication,construction 29 details and installation procedures,except as otherwise indicated. 30 31 Field Measurements: Verify size,location and placement of louver units prior to fabrication. 32 33 Shop Assembly: Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to 34 minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Pre-assemble units in 35 shop to greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly 36 mark units for re-assembly and coordinated installation. 37 .r 38 SUBMITTALS 39 40 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications; certified test data, where applicable; and installation 41 instructions for required products, including finishes. 42 43 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units and accessories. Include 44 plans, elevations and details of sections and connections to adjoining work. Indicate materials, finishes, 45 fasteners,joinery and other information to determine compliance with specified requirements. dW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10200 Cedar River Park LOUVERS&GRILLS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2 r 3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS -LOUVERS 4 5 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products which 6 may be incorporated in the work include,but are not limited to,the following: 7 8 Airline Products Co. 9 IN 10 The Airolite Co. 11 12 American Warming and Ventilating Co. ri+ 13 14 Industrial Louvers,Inc. 15 16 Ruskin Mfg. Co. 17 18 Construction Specialties,Inc. 19 20 Dowco 21 22 Greenheck .r 23 24 MATERIALS-LOUVERS 25 irr 26 Fastenings: Use same material as items fastened, unless otherwise indicated. Fasteners for exterior 27 applications may be hot-dip galvanized, or stainless steel. Provide types, gages and lengths to suit unit 28 installation conditions. Use Phillips flathead machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise 29 indicated. 30 31 Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior 32 installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt devices for 33 drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts,as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 34 35 FABRICATION, GENERAL ■r 36 37 Provide louvers and accessories of design, materials, sizes, depth, arrangement, and metal thickness' 38 indicated, or if not indicated, as required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water 39 penetration; air leakage, where applicable (for adjustable units, if any); strength; durability; and uniform 40 appearance. 41 42 Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent construction with tolerances for installation, 43 including application of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work. 44 45 Maintain equal louver blade spacing to produce uniform appearance. ' 46 47 Include supports, anchorages,and accessories required for complete assembly. 48 , 49 Provide sill extensions and loose sills and head drip flashings made of same material as louvers, where 50 indicated,or required for drainage to exterior and to prevent water penetrating to interior. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10200 Cedar River Park LOUVERS&GRILLS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,u.s. (2-02072) 1 Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by welding,or mortise and tenon,except 2 where indicated otherwise or where field bolted connections between frame members are made necessary 3 by size of louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head 4 and sill,to produce uniform appearance. 5 6 STATIONARY FORMED SHEET METAL LOUVERS 7 8 Horizontal, Non-drainable, Fixed-Blade Louvers: Extruded-aluminum frames and louver blades, complying 9 with the following requirements: 10 11 Frame Type: Channel type,within existing window frames unless otherwise indicated. �+• 12 13 Frame Thickness: 0.064 inch unless otherwise indicated. 14 15 Blade Profile: Plain blade with no center baffle. 16 17 Performance Requirements: As follows, determined by testing units 48 inches wide by 48 inches 18 high per AMCA 500: 19 20 Free Area:Not less than 5.82 sq. ft. �. 21 22 Static Pressure Loss:Not more than 0.09 inch wg at an airflow of 700 fpm free area intake velocity. 23 24 Water Penetration: Not more than 0.01 oz. per sq. ft. of free area at an airflow of 700 fpm free area 25 velocity when tested for 15 minutes. 26 27 AMCA Seal:Mark units with the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. .. 28 29 BIRD SCREENS 30 31 Provide bird screens of the following: 32 33 1/2" sq.mesh,0.063" diameter aluminum wire. .rr 34 35 Locate screens on inside face of exterior louvers, unless otherwise indicated. Secure screens to louver 36 frames with machine screws, spaced at each corner and at 12" o.c.between. 37 38 METAL FINISHES 39 40 General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application 41 recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled. 42 Protect finishes on exposed surfaces with protective covering, prior to shipment. Remove scratches and 43 blemishes from exposed surfaces which will be visible after completing finishing process. nrr 44 45 ALUMINUM FINISHES: 46 rr 47 Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with system established by the Aluminum Association for 48 designating aluminum finishes. 49 wr �r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10200 as Cedar River Park LOUVERS &GRILLS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 High-Performance Organic-Coating Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited 2 chemicals; Cherr ,:,-I Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as 3 specified below) 4repare,pretreat,and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and 4 resin manufacturers' written instructions. 5 6 Fluoropolymer Two-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's standard two-coat,thermocured system 7 consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not 8 less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2605. 9 wr 10 Color and Gloss: To Match DuraTech 5000 color"Weathered Copper" 11 12 13 PART 3 -EXECUTION 14 15 16 PREPARATION 17 18 Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorages 19 which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to 20 project site. 21 22 INSTALLATION 23 24 Locate and place louver units plumb,level and in proper alignment with adjacent work. 25 26 Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required 27 to protect metal surfaces and to make a weather tight connection. 28 29 Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for 30 sealants and joint fillers,as indicated. 31 32 Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding operations require for fitting and 33 jointing. Restore 34 finishes so there is no evidence of corrective work. Return items which cannot be refinished in field to 35 shop,make required alterations,and refinish entire unit, or provide new units,at Contractor's option. rr„ 36 37 Protect galvanized and non-ferrous metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by application of a 38 heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces which will be in contact with concrete,masonry or dissimilar 39 metals. 40 41 Provide concealed gaskets, flashings,joint fillers, and insulation, and install as work progresses to make 42 installations weather tight. 43 44 Refer to Division-7 sections for sealants in connection with installations of louvers. 45 .r 46 47 END OF SECTION 10200 48 .r1 - 49 50 03/12103 rIM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10425 Cedar River Park SIGNS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural CompM,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 SECTION 10425 -SIGNS 3 4 5 PART 1 -GENERAL 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 , r 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 r 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes the following types of signs: 15 16 Parking signs. 17 18 Toilet room signs. 19 20 Dimensional letters and numbers. 21 22 RELATED SECTIONS: "r 23 24 Division 1 Section"Temporary Facilities"for temporary project identification signs. 25 rr 26 Division 15 Section"Mechanical Identification"for labels,tags,and nameplates for mechanical equipment. 27 28 Division 16 Section"Lighting"for illuminated signs. 29 30 SUBMITTALS: 31 32 General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification 33 Sections. 34 35 Product data for each type of sign specified, including details of construction relative to materials, r 36 dimensions of individual components,profiles,and finishes. 37 38 Shop drawings showing fabrication and erection of signs. Include plans,elevations,and large-scale sections 39 of typical members and other components. Show anchors, grounds, layout,reinforcement, accessories, and 40 installation details. 41 42 Provide message list for each sign required, including large-scale details of wording and lettering 43 layout. 44 45 For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction,provide setting drawings, templates, 46 and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchors to be installed as a unit of Work in 47 other Sections. 48 49 Templates: Furnish full-size spacing templates for individually mounted dimensional letters and 50 numbers. 51 52 Samples: Provide the following samples of each sign component for initial selection of color, pattern and 53 surface texture as required and for verification of compliance with requirements indicated. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10425 Cedar River Park SIGNS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Samples for initial selection of color,pattern,and texture: 3 4 Cast Acrylic Sheet and Plastic Laminate: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual 5 sections of material including the full range of colors available for each material required. 6 rrr 7 Aluminum: Samples of each finish type and color, on 6-inch-long sections of extrusions 8 and not less than 4-inch squares of sheet or plate, showing the full range of colors available. 9 rir 10 Samples for verification of color, pattern, and texture selected and compliance with requirements 11 indicated: 12 13 Cast Acrylic Sheet and Plastic Laminate: Provide a sample panel not less than 8-1/2 inches 14 by 11 inches for each material,color, texture,and pattern required. On each panel include a 15 representative sample of the graphic image process required, showing graphic style, and 16 colors and finishes of letters numbers and other graphic devices. 17 18 Aluminum: Samples of each finish type and color, on 6-inch-long sections of extrusions 19 and not less than 4-inch squares of sheet or plate. Where finishes involve normal color and 20 texture variations,include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. 21 22 Dimensional Letters: Provide full-size representative samples of each dimensional letter 23 type required, showing letter style,color,and material finish and method of attachment. 24 25 OUALITY ASSURANCE: 26 + 27 Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing signs similar to those indicated for this 28 Project, with a record of successful in-service performance, and sufficient production capacity to produce 29 sign units required without causing delay in the Work. 30 31 Single-Source Responsibility: For each separate sign type required,obtain signs from one source of a single 32 manufacturer. 33 34 Design Concept: The Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of signs and are 35 based on the specific types and models indicated. Sign units by other manufacturers may be considered 36 provided deviations in dimensions and profiles do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect. 37 The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. 38 39 40 PART 2-PRODUCTS 41 42 43 MANUFACTURERS: 44 45 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 46 „ 47 Manufacturers: 48 49 ADA Suignage Co. 50 American Architectural Sign Co. 51 Andco 52 Capehart Cameron Sign Studio 53 Craftmark Identification Systems RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10425 Cedar River Park SIGNS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Inland Pacific do 2 L&L Sign&Display 3 Mohawk Sign Systems. 4 Poblocki&Sons,Inc. As 5 The Supersine Company. 6 Vic Linden Sign Advertising 7 Vomar Products,Inc. 9 PARKING/ACCESS SIGNS: 10 11 Signage shall conform to Washington State Code for Handicap Parking Accessibility. 12 13 Background: Blue painted. 14 15 Copy: White Silkscreen.Provide signage copy for van pool, disabled,and visitor parking. 16 17 TOILET ROOM SIGNS: 18 19 Signs: .025 acrylic backer or base plate with acrylic photopolymer face. All edges shall be flush to the 20 edges of the base plate. 6"x 8"men's and women's toilet room signs to include a 3"identity symbol and 21 3"symbol of accessibility. Sign shall be blue and white with raised and Brailled letters. 22 23 DIMENSIONAL LETTERS AND NUMBERS: 24 25 Cast Letters and Numbers: Form individual letters and numbers by casting. Produce characters with 26 smooth, flat faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles, free from pits, scale, sand holes, 27 or other defects. Cast lugs into the back of characters and tap to receive threaded mounting studs. .r 28 29 Metal: Aluminum as recommended by the manufacturer for each application. 30 31 Letter Style: Helvetica 32 33 Copy:HENRY MOSES AQUATICS CENTER 34 35 Size: Letters shall be 8"high; address numbers shall be 4"high. Address is not determined at this 36 time. For bidding purposes,make provisions for 4 numbers and 10 letters in the address. 37 38 Finish:Baked enamel. Color as selected by Architect. 39 40 FINISHES: dW 41 42 Colors and Surface Textures: For exposed sign material that requires selection of materials with integral or 43 applied colors, surface textures or other characteristics related to appearance, provide color matches tw 44 indicated,or if not indicated,as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standards. 45 46 Metal Finishes: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and applications 47 recommendations. 48 49 Aluminum Finishes: Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the 50 Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. .r 51 drr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10425 Cedar River Park SIGNS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,12.s.(2-02072) err 1 Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-M4xC12C42R1x (Mechanical Finish: Manufacturer's standard, other 2 nondirectional textured; Chemical Finish: Chemical conversion coating, acid chromate-fluoride- 3 phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel in compliance 4 with paint manufacturer's specifications for cleaning,conversion coating,and painting. 5 6 Organic Coating: Thermosetting-modified acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying 7 with AAMA 603.8 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils,medium gloss. Color: 8 Match the Architect's sample. au 9 10 11 PART 3 -EXECUTION 12 ■r 13 14 INSTALLATION: 15 �r 16 General: Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of the type described 17 and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. 18 19 Install signs level, P lumb and at the height indicated with sign " surfaces free from distortion or 20 other defects in appearance. 21 22 Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using the methods indicated below: 23 24 Vinyl-Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth,nonporous surfaces. 25 Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. 26 27 Dimensional Letters and Numbers: Mount letters and numbers using standard fastening methods 28 recommended by the manufacturer for letter form, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of 29 exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template to establish letter spacing and to locate holes for 30 fasteners. 31 32 Flush Mounting: Mount letters with backs in contact with the wall surface. err 33 34 Projected Mounting: Mount letters at the projection distance from the wall surface indicated. 35 36 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: 37 38 After installation,clean soiled sign surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from 39 damage until acceptance by the Owner. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION 10425 ft 43 03/11/03 WA rr� rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10500 Cedar River Park LOCKERS AND BENCHES Renton,Washington Page 1 " Northwest Architectural Company,u s (2-02072) 1 SECTION 10500-LOCKERS AND BENCHES 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 8 9 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 10 Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 11 12 SUMMARY: 13 14 This Section includes,heavy-duty lockers and benches, as follows: 15 16 Solid Phenolic lockers 17 18 Solid Phenolic Locker Room Benches 19 20 Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 21 .. 22 Division 3 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete bases. 23 24 SUBMITTALS: 25 26 General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 27 Specification Sections. 28 29 Product Data: Manufacturer's printed data including materials, accessories, construction, finishes, 30 assembly,and installation instructions for lockers and benches. 31 32 Shop Drawings: Layout and dimensions of lockers and benches. Indicate relationship to adjoining surfaces. 33 Show locker elevations and details, fillers, trim, base, tops, and accessories. Include locker numbering 34 sequence. Indicate installation and anchorage requirements. 35 36 Maintenance Instructions: Instructions for cleaning lockers and for adjusting, repairing, and replacing 37 locker doors and latching mechanisms. 38 •■ 39 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 40 41 Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain locker units and accessories from one manufacturer. r 42 43 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING: 44 45 Do not deliver lockers until spaces to receive them are clean,dry,and ready for locker installation. do 46 47 Protect lockers from damage during delivery,handling, storage,and installation. 48 49 COORDINATION: 50 51 Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. 52 err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10500 Cedar River Park LOCKERS AND BENCHES Renton,Washington Page 2 .r Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PART 2-PRODUCTS 3 4 5 MANUFACTURERS: rr 6 7 Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 8 9 Young Fabricated Products 10 11 MATERIALS: 12 13 Solid Phenolic as defined under"doors"below. 14 15 Fasteners: stainless steel; slotless-type exposed bolt heads; self-locking nuts or lock washers for nuts on 16 moving parts. 17 18 LOCKERS: 19 20 Type L-1: Box Locker, each locker module or 12"wide by 12" deep and 12"high. Overall height 21 60"above base. Provide hasps for pad locks. 22 23 Tops,Bottoms, Shelves and Tier Dividers: Constructed of%2"solid phenolic with dual ventilation slots. 24 25 Backs: Constructed of/4"solid phenolic. 26 27 Side and Intermediate Partitions: Shall be integral frame and sidewall construction manufactured from 3/8" 28 solid phenolic.Frames shall be formed to provide a continuous door strike on latch side. 29 ' 30 Doors: Shall be constructed of %2" solid phenolic composite panel. Decoration papers impregnated with 31 melamine resin on both faces with a clear protective overcoat and integrally compression molded with a 32 core consisting of solid phenolic impregnated kraft papers. Door shall have radiused corners and polished 33 edges. 34 35 Latching: Shall be single point rigid, non-moving positive latch. Rubber bumpers shall be secured to the 36 door strike. 37 38 Hinges: Doors are hinged on the right side with not less than 2 304 stainless steel type hinge through bolted 39 to frame and to door. Provide stainless steel restraining bar that limits opening to 90°. Hinge bolts shall be 40 non-removable from outside of lockers. 41 42 Horizontal Dividers: Horizontal partitions or tier dividers shall be one piece solid phenolic. Dividers shall 43 be secured to side panels and flush at locker face angle providing a rigid frame for each locker door. 44 45 Construction: Lockers shall be assembled with stainless steel fasteners, and all exposed joints sanded 46 smooth. .All lockers shipped setup,ready to be anchored in place according to manufacturer's instructions. `r 47 48 Finish: Colors shall be selected from manufacturer's normal range of standard colors. 49 50 Number Plates: One routed plastic number plate for each locker door with contrasting color numbers in 51 sequence as directed. 52 53 Interior Equipment: One double prong ceiling hook and three single prong nylon wall hooks. rir 4M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10500 Cedar River Park LOCKERS AND BENCHES Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Solid End Panels: Furnish at all exposed ends and adjacent to all corner fillers and filler panels. Finish to 3 match locker bodies. 4 5 Filler Panels: Cover all void areas created by columns,pipes, or other obstructions. Finish to match locker 6 bodies. 7 8 Corner Fillers: Provide in all corners where locker banks form right angles.Finish to match locker bodies. 9 10 Sloping Tops: Individual %z" solid phenolic sloping tops for each unit, with closed ends and at least 25° 11 pitch. Tops fastened to lockers at factory with concealed fasteners. • 12 13 Warranty: Locker manufacturer warrants lockers for a period of two(2)years from date of shipment for all 14 defects in material and workmanship,excluding finish. 15 16 Color: Provide locker units in color as selected by architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 17 18 FABRICATION: 19 20 Fabricate lockers square, rigid, and without warp, with metal faces flat and free of dents or distortion. 21 Make exposed metal edges free of sharp edges and burrs, and safe to touch. Weld frame members together r 22 to form a rigid, 1-piece structure. 23 24 Form locker body panels, doors, shelves and accessories from 1-piece steel sheet unless otherwise 25 indicated. 26 27 Preassemble lockers by welding all joints, seams,and connections. Grind exposed welds flush. 28 29 METAL FINISHES GENERAL: 30 31 Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating 32 finishes. 33 34 Finish all steel surfaces and accessories,except prefrnished stainless-steel and chrome-plated surfaces. 35 " 36 Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary P rotective 37 covering prior to shipment. 38 +•+ 39 Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if 40 41 LOCKER ROOM BENCHES: .r 42 43 Solid Phenolic, 3/4" thick x 24" wide, rounded/sanded corners and edges, double coat clear sealer, extra 44 heavy duty aluminum pedestals at 3'-0" o.c. maximum--anchored into floor and bench with secure 45 fasteners. See details for locations where support brackets from wall are required. Lengths: as shown on 46 Drawings.Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 47 .r. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10500 Cedar River Park LOCKERS AND BENCHES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s.(2-02072) 1 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION to 3 4 5 INSTALLATION: an 6 7 Install metal lockers complete with accessories according to manufacturer's recommendations. Install 8 plumb,level,rigid,and flush. N" 9 10 Connect together welded locker groups with standard fasteners according to manufacturer's 11 recommendations,with no exposed fasteners on face frames. 12 to 13 Anchor lockers to floors and walls at intervals recommended by manufacturer but no greater than 36 inches. 14 Install anchors through back-up reinforcing plates where necessary to avoid metal distortion, using 15 concealed fasteners. M; 16 17 Install sloping top units to lockers using concealed fasteners. Provide hairline joints and concealed splice 18 plates. 19 20 Install end panels to conceal exposed ends of nonrecessed lockers. 21 22 Securely anchor locker bench components as shown in drawings and as recommended by manufacturer. 23 24 ADJUSTING,CLEANING,AND PROTECTION: 25 26 Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices are 27 operating properly. 28 29 Clean interior and exposed exterior surfaces and polish stainless-steel and nonferrous metal surfaces. 30 31 Protect lockers from damage,abuse,dust,dirt, stain,or paint.Do not permit locker use during construction. 32 33 Touch up marred finishes, or replace locker units that cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance. 34 Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by locker manufacturer. 35 36 END OF SECTION 10500 37 38 anW rch 13,2003 rri r + RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10522 Cedar River Park FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 10522-FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES 2 Wo 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 do 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 7 8 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 40 9 Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 10 11 SL N04ARY: 12 on 13 This Section includes the following: 14 15 Fire extinguishers. do 16 17 Fire extinguisher cabinets. 18 No 19 SUBMITTALS: 20 21 General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification 22 Sections. 23 24 Product data for cabinets include rough-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods,relationships of 25 box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door air 26 construction,panel style,and materials. 27 28 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 29 30 Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single 31 manufacturer. 32 33 Coordination: Verify that cabinets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishers indicated 34 and provided by Owner under separate Contract. 35 36 UL-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, and 37 classification of extinguisher. 38 39 FM-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type,rating, 40 and classification of extinguisher with FM marking. 41 42 r 43 PART 2-PRODUCTS 44 45 46 MANUFACTURERS: 47 48 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 49 50 J.L.Industries. 51 Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 52 Potter-Roemer,Inc. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10522 Cedar River Park FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Companyu.s. (2-02072) 1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: 2 3 General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes 4 selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard,that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 5 6 Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type:UL-rated 2A:IOBC, 10-1b,in enameled steel container. ` 7 8 CABINETS: 9 10 Construction: Manufacturer's standard box, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim 11 style,and door style indicated.Weld joints and grind smooth.Miter and weld perimeter door frames. 12 13 Fire-Rated Cabinets:UL listed with UL listing mark with fire-resistance rating of wall where it is installed. 14 15 Cabinet Type: Suitable for containing the following: 16 as 17 Fire extinguisher. 18 19 Cabinet Mounting: Suitable for the following mounting conditions. See drawings for locations at each type: yr 20 21 Semi-recessed: Cabinet box(tub)partially recessed in walls of shallow depth. 22 23 Trim Style: Fabricate trim in one piece with comers mitered,welded,and ground smooth. err 24 25 Exposed Trim: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall 26 surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge(backbend). 27 28 Rolled-edge trim with 2-1/2-inch backbend depth. 29 „ 30 Trim Metal: Of same metal and finish as door. 31 32 Door Material and Construction: Manufacturer's standard door construction, of material indicated, 33 coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 34 35 Stainless Steel: Manufacturer's standard door construction, fabricated from austenitic stainless steel 36 complying with ASTM A 167,for AISI Type 302/304 alloy for semi-recessed. 37 38 Door Glazing: Clear float glass complying with ASTM C 1036,Type I,Class 1,Quality q3. 39 40 Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with FIRE EXTINGUISHER lettering applied to door.Provide lettering 41 to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style,color, size, spacing,and location. 42 43 Application Process: Silk screen. 44 45 Door Style:Manufacturer's standard design. 46 47 Duo Panel: Float glass, 1/8 inch thick. 48 49 Silk-screen lettering or design. 50 51 Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, 52 trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam-action latch, or an RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10522 Cedar River Park FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 exposed or concealed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge permitting ®.r 2 door to open 180 deg. 3 4 STEEL CABINET FINISHES: 5 6 Surface Preparation: Solvent-clean surfaces complying with SSPS-SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and 7 other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated 8 steel,complying with SSPC-SP 5 (white metal blast cleaning)or SSPC-SP 8(pickling). 9 10 Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment,apply manufacturer's standard two-coat 11 baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's 12 instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. 13 14 Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard choices for color and 15 gloss.Paint the following: 16 17 Exterior of cabinet, except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. 18 do 19 Interior of cabinet. 20 21 STAINLESS STEEL CABINET FINISHES: 22 23 Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish. 24 25 Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform-directional, textured polished finish indicated, free of cross 26 scratches.Run grain with long dimension of each piece. 27 28 Bright,Directional Polish:AISI No.4 finish. .. 29 30 Passivate and rinse surfaces after polishing. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces 31 chemically clean. 32 33 34 PART 3 -EXECUTION 35 36 37 ADDITIONAL UNITS: 38 39 Provide six(6)additional cabinets and extinguishers to be located as directed by the Fire Official. 40 41 42 EXAMINATION: 43 44 Examine walls and partitions for thickness and framing for cabinets to verify cabinet depth and mounting 45 prior to cabinet installation. •o 46 47 Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 48 ■ 49 INSTALLATION: 50 51 Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10522 ' Cedar River Park FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,CABINETS,AND ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. 2-02072) 1 Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with 2 applicable regulations of governing authorities. 3 4 Prepare recesses in walls for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to 5 comply with manufacturer's instructions. 6 7 Fasten mounting brackets and cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 8 9 .w 10 END OF SECTION 10522 11 12 cj311 vo3 rr w� ■r r�r 0M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10801 Cedar River Park TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural ComQanv n.s. (2-02072) 1 2 SECTION 10801 -TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 3 4 5 PART 1 -GENERAL 6 7 8 RELATED DOCUMENTS: ,rr 9 10 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 11 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 13 SUMMARY: 14 15 This Section includes the following: wo 16 17 Toilet and bath accessories. 18 am 19 Related Sections include the following: 20 21 Division 10 Section"Toilet Compartments"for compartments and screens. 22 we 23 SUBMITTALS: 24 25 Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, me 26 fastening and mounting methods,specified options,and finishes for each type of accessory specified. 27 28 Samples: For each accessory item to verify design, operation, and finish requirements. wr 29 30 Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. 31 32 Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work, include templates, substrate preparation instructions, 33 and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring devices. 34 35 Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory dW 36 required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations 37 indicated on Drawings in product schedule. 38 39 Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Provide lists ` 40 of replacement parts and service recommendations. 41 42 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 43 44 Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units 45 exposed to view in same areas,unless otherwise approved by Architect. 46 47 COORDINATION: 48 49 Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access 50 by disabled persons,proper installation,adjustment,operation, cleaning,and servicing of accessories. 51 52 Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. wr 53 air RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10801 Cedar River Park TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) + 1 WARRANTY: 2 rw 3 General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner 4 may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent 5 with,other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 6 " 7 Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer agreeing to replace 8 mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum warranty period indicated. 9 a 10 Minimum Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. 11 12 13 PART 2 -PRODUCTS as 14 15 16 MANUFACTURERS: No 17 18 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering accessories that 19 may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 20 21 Toilet and Bath Accessories: 22 23 A&J Washroom Accessories,Inc. 24 American Specialties,Inc. 25 Bobrick Washroom Equipment,Inc. 26 Bradley Corporation. 27 General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (GAMCO). 28 McKinney/Parker Washroom Accessories Corp. 29 30 MATERIALS: 31 32 Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312-inch minimum nominal 33 thickness,unless otherwise indicated. 34 35 Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, 36 electroplated copper coating,and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-M-411. rir 37 38 Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M,hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 39 40 Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant 41 when exposed,and of galvanized steel when concealed. 42 43 Warm Air er/Blower: Provide warm-air Dry dryer complying with the following: 44 45 Touch-Button-Activated Hand Dryer: Surface-mounted, warm-air hand dryer activated by touch 46 button and with manufacturers'standard,white-painted metal cover and 30-second-timed power cut- ,r 47 off switch. 48 49 Soap Dispenser: Where this designation is indicated,provide soap dispenser complying with the following: 50 51 Liquid Soap Dispenser, Horizontal-Tank Type: Surface-mounted type, minimum 40-oz. capacity 52 tank with stainless-steel piston, springs, and internal parts designed to dispense soap in measured 53 quantity by pump action;and stainless-steel cover with unbreakable window-type refill indicator. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10801 Cedar River Park TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 3 •• Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 2 Soap Valve: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid form. 3 Seat-Cover Dispensers: Surface-mounted type, fabricated on stainless steel with concealed opening at 4 bottom for filling; capacity not less than 250 seat covers. 5 6 Grab Bar:Where this designation is indicated,provide stainless-steel grab bar complying with the following: 7 8 Stainless-Steel Nominal Thickness: Minimum 0.05 inch. �r 9 10 Mounting: Concealed with manufacturer's standard flanges and anchors. 11 do 12 Gripping Surfaces:Manufacturer's standard slip-resistant texture. 13 14 Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches for heavy-duty applications. 15 Im 16 Custom Fabrication: Field measure existing conditions prior to fabricating custom grab bar. 17 18 Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Where this designation is indicated, provide stainless-steel sanitary napkin on 19 disposal unit complying with the following: 20 21 Surface-Mounted Type: With seamless exposed walls; self-closing top cover; locking bottom panel 22 with stainless-steel,continuous hinge; and removable,reusable receptacle. "m 23 24 Mirror Unit: Where this designation is indicated,provide mirror unit complying with the following: 25 r 26 Stainless-Steel, Channel-Framed Mirror (with shelf only at locations indicated): Fabricate frame 27 from stainless-steel channels in manufacturer's standard satin or bright finish with square corners 28 mitered to hairline joints and mechanically interlocked. .� 29 30 Shelf. Stainless steel in thickness recommended by manufacturer, but not less than thickness of 31 mirror frame, approximately 5 inches deep by width of mirror,with edges turned down and returned 32 for rigidity; secure shelf to bottom of mirror frame and provide concealed,rigid bracket supports for 33 widths exceeding 36 inches. 34 35 Mop and Broom Holder: 36-inch- long unit fabricated of minimum nominal 0.0375-inch- thick, stainless- do 36 steel hat channel with four spring-loaded,rubber,cam-type,mop/broom holders. 37 38 Diaper-Changing Station: Where this designation is indicated, provide infant-care product by Koala 39 Corporation,American Infant Care Products,Inc.,or equal,complying with the following: �r 40 41 Horizontal, Surface-Mounted Unit: Diaper-changing station with surface-mounted, mildew- 42 resistant, molded polyethylene body that folds horizontally against wall when not in use; projects ++■ 43 not more than 4 inches from wall when closed; and is engineered to support a minimum of 250-1b. 44 static weight when opened. Provide unit with pneumatic shock-absorbing operating mechanism and 45 built-in dispenser for sanitary liners. 46 47 FABRICATION: 48 49 General: One, maximum 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as 50 approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view 51 or back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating 52 manufacturer's name and product model number. rr 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 10801 Cedar River Park TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated,fabricate units with tight seams and joints, 2 and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless-steel hinge. Provide 3 concealed anchorage where possible. 4 5 Framed Glass-Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass-mirror units to accommodate glass edge protection 6 material. Provide mirror backing and support system that permits rigid, tamper-resistant glass installation 7 and prevents moisture accumulation. 8 9 Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch and full mirror size, with rw 10 nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. 11 12 Mirror-Unit Hangers: Provide mirror-unit mounting system that permits rigid, tamper- and theft-resistant 13 installation,as follows: 14 15 One-piece, galvanized steel, wall-hanger device with spring-action locking mechanism to hold 16 mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. 17 18 Heavy-duty wall brackets of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a 19 special tool to remove. 20 21 Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide 22 minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. 23 24 25 PART 3 -EXECUTION 26 27 28 INSTALLATION: 29 30 Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate 31 indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in 32 locations and at heights indicated. 33 34 Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. 35 Set units level,plumb,and square at locations indicated,according to manufacturer's written instructions for 36 substrate indicated. ■r 37 38 Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in 39 ASTM F 446. r■ 40 41 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: 42 43 Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. 44 Replace damaged or defective items. 45 46 Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. rr 47 48 Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 49 50 51 END OF SECTION 10801 wr "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 12500 Cedar River Park - WINDOW TREATMENT Renton,Washington Page 1 A Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 12500-WINDOW TREATMENT A,„ 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 as 6 7 DESCRIPTION 8 a+ 9 Furnish and install window treatment as defined herein. 10 11 SUBMITTALS ■. 12 13 Submit manufacturer's literature,shop drawings and color samples. 14 15 QUALITY ASSURANCE do 16 17 Installation shall be made by qualified workmen skilled in installation requirements, based on actual field 18 measurements.Field measurements are the responsibility of the window treatment supplier/installer. .r 19 20 21 PART 2-PRODUCTS 22 23 24 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 25 26 At all windows to exterior in Manager/Tickets Proshop. Suitable for lift operation by cord and louver angle 27 adjustment by wand.Furnish horizontal louver blinds;head mount; see drawings for sizes. 28 29 Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. One color per window but no limit on 30 color selection. 31 32 Manufacturer/Type: Levolor, Riviera, Kirsch, Flexalum, Decor Blinds, Bali Horizontal Venetian Blind, 33 Model S-3000. 34 35 36 PART 3 -EXECUTION 37 38 39 INSPECTION 40 41 Check that surfaces to which work will be secured are sound and free of irregularities interfering with 42 installation.Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 43 44 INSTALLATION 45 46 Install blinds in accordance with manufacturer's installation procedures, and accepted shop drawings. 47 Assure adequate clearance to permit unencumbered operation. Position units plumb and true, and securely 48 anchor in place with brackets,clips and fasteners. �r 49 50 ADJUSTMENT 51 52 Adjust clearances and overlaps to ensure free operation.Replace damaged items with new materials.Repair 53 surfaces damaged by improper installation. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 12500 ob Cedar River Park WINDOW TREATMENT Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s. (2-02072) ak 1 2 CLEAN-UP so 3 4 Remove protective coverings. Clean soiled components and leave work site free of debris. 5 6 7 END OF SECTION 12500 8 9 10 cmWarch 10,2003 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 13150—POOLS AN 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 WA 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 8 Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions of the 9 Contract and Division 1 of Specification of Sections,apply to this Section. 10 11 SUMMARY 12 13 SECTION INCLUDES: 14 15 Provide and install pool(s) and related equipment as shown on the drawings, and as required for an 16 operational system. 17 18 Architectural requirements: Building and deck construction coordination,including finishes,sealants,etc. 19 20 Pool Piping and Pool Fittings:Re-circulation loop to and from pool(s)and related equipment room. 21 22 Plumbing connections: Fresh water connection to pool(s) (see drawings) and wastewater connection from 23 filter as specified and shown on drawings. Re: plumbing drawings. wr 24 25 Electrical connections:All electrical equipment,hook-ups,wiring and conduit. Re: electrical drawings. 26 .,� 27 Mechanical connections: All air handling and related equipment and fixtures. Re: mechanical drawings. 28 29 Structural requirements: All block outs, pads, building and site structural improvements required for pool(s) 30 construction.Re: structural and civil drawings. 31 32 Landscaping: Re: landscape drawings. 33 34 RELATED SECTIONS: 35 36 Earthwork and Excavation: Section 02200. 37 Concrete Work:Division 3 Sections. 38 Tile Installation: Section 09300. 39 Mechanical and Plumbing:Division 15 Sections. 40 Electrical:Division 16 Sections. 41 42 RELATED ELECTRICAL WORK FOR POOL(RE:DIVISION 16): du 43 44 All electrical connections shall be by the Electrical Contractor. The Pool Contractor shall provide the filter 45 pumps,motors, solenoids,pre-wired control assemblies as called for on plan and as required by pool systems to 46 equipment manufacturer. The Electrical Contractor shall install and wire all electrical equipment furnished by 47 the Pool Contractor and shall provide all disconnect switches, emergency-off switches, panels, grounding, 48 conduit and starters or relays if required, as indicated or required by Codes. The Electrical Contractor shall .. 49 provide pool shell grounding per NEC Article 680. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 ift Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 2 IN Northwest Architectural CompanL P.S. (2-02072) 1 Provide and install all power and control wiring as indicated by schematic details of Drawings and Electrical 2 Coordination Table. 3 4 All Electrical Disconnects, Switches, Magnetic Starters, Stop-Start Stations,Receptacles and Relays shall be 5 furnished by Division 16 work and coordinated with the Pool Contractors work. Furnish and install all err 6 conduit, wiring for disconnects, magnetic starters, stop-start stations, relays, controls, as required, and 7 including the following pump motors,etc. 8 9 Furnish and install all outlets and service needed for the chemical feed area exhaust fans, chlorine and 10 chemical feed pumps, automatic water level controls & solenoid valve, waterchemical analyzer equipment 11 (including telephone terminals by code - main desk and two telephone lines to the mechanical room) and 12 related controlled pumps, flow switches, as well as adequate lighting in the equipment room and related 13 spaces in accordance with the specifications and as shown on the drawings. Interlock all chemical feed 14 equipment as shown on the electrical control schematic. 15 16 Bond and ground all pool equipment, anchors, reinforcing, etc. as required by Article 680 of the National 17 Electrical Code,as described in Division 16. 18 19 Assist Pool Contractor at time of start-up. 20 21 RELATED MECHANICAL WORK FOR POOLS (RE:DMSION 15): 22 23 All domestic fresh water piping connections from backflow preventer to Mechanical Room#120. 24 25 Furnish and install RPZ backflow preventer and isolation valves for domestic fresh water supply. 26 27 All gas piping. 28 29 Furnish and install hose bibs and floor drains in mechanical rooms and in deck areas as shown in drawings. 30 31 Furnish and install the filter backwash standpipes and line beyond air-gap to waste. 32 33 Furnish and install all "deck drains"to waste as required by Code. Provide for additional deck drainage as ift 34 shown on Architectural Drawings. 35 36 Furnish and install fresh water and waste water plumbing to mechanical room. 37 38 If applicable,provide and install heat exchangers and control equipment. 39 40 Gas heaters with draft hood shall be provided by Pool Contractor. Pool Contractor shall install heater and 41 hook-up pool piping. Mechanical Contractor shall install gas piping. 42 43 Mechanical contractor shall provide and install all combustion air, ventilation and flues as required for air 44 handling related to equipment room environment. 45 46 Provide and install heater venting,and combustion air. 47 48 Assist Pool Contractor at time of heater start-up. 49 50 DESCRIPTION OF WORK "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 FURNISH AND INSTALL: 3 4 Materials and labor necessary for construction of pool(s), complete with all equipment as specified herein, An 5 and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Drawings and specifications are to be considered as 6 meeting minimum requirements, which may change as a result of local code and health department 7 compliances. Pool Contractor is responsible to ensure bid includes all requirements necessary to meet local Am 8 codes, conditions and obtain permits required. 9 10 Provide systems of fully compatible components, construction techniques and code compliant assemblies do 11 required for complete and operable systems for pool(s). 12 13 Contractor shall submit a written list of all variations and deviations found that differ between drawings and 14 specification from local code requirements or incomplete assemblies prior to bid date. am 15 16 WORK INCLUDED(BUT IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO): 17 "m 18 Layout of pool(s): Benchmark and exact location supplied by General Contractor. It is the intent of this 19 Section to place the responsibility for the construction of the pool(s) under one vested Contractor. The 20 Contractor shall actually do at least the work noted below and shall coordinate and approve all work relating as 21 to the pool(s), pool equipment, controls and systems. Under this Section the Contractor shall provide but is 22 not necessarily limited to: 23 ■,r 24 Site preparation and excavation required for new pool(s). 25 26 The pool(s) shall be as shown on the drawings, either pneumatically-applied concrete, cast in place concrete m„ 27 as specified by the Architect with the indicated interior finish and ceramic tile trim. 28 29 Shop drawings for steel reinforcement, wall and floor construction shall be submitted. The design of 30 the structure shall not be less than 8" wall or floor thickness in areas with a water depth of 5 feet or 31 less.Where freestanding walls in the pool are dimensioned,they shall be that minimum dimension. The 32 design shall be reviewed and accepted by the Architect. 33 34 The Contractor shall be experienced in concrete pool construction in commercial grade projects 35 meeting the qualifications listed in section 1.4. 36 37 The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs related to special soil preparation, stabilization, flash 38 coats (if required), forming, backfill and drainage around the pool for the special requirements of the 39 pneumatically-applied construction method so that the structural design and construction results in a do 40 complete system without any additional costs to the Owner. 41 42 Any over-excavation and placement of stone or compacted engineered fill required elsewhere by the 43 documents for building structures shall also apply to the pool(s) and buried piping. WISHA/OSHA 44 regulations should be adhered to. 45 ,,. 46 Layout, excavate, demolish and remove excavated materials from the construction site to a location on the 47 Owner's property directed by the Architect. See Section 02200. Contractor shall review the site conditions to 48 verify excavation required under this contract. rr 49 50 Install an under drain system (porous fill and piping) beneath the pool, including inspection port, before RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company. P.S. (2-02072) 1 beginning pool structure and piping work. 2 Mi 3 Construct or purchase pool structure(s) and install same, including reinforcement steel, inserts, fittings and 4 piping as shown on the drawings. Furnish and install all tile and interior finishes as shown on the drawings 5 and approved by the Architect. 6 7 Provide any pool structure drainage around the pool(s) shown on the structural drawings. Backfill and 8 compact fill around pool structure(s), piping trenches and excavations required by this work. See section 9 02200. 10 1 l Construct surge tank and access lids. Grating and access steps as shown. 12 13 Provide all housekeeping pads, hangers, pipe seals through sleeves, anchorage and supports for pool piping 14 and equipment. Provide pipe sleeves and install sleeves in forms of other contractors at the proper locations. 15 Provide all scaffolding,rigging,hoisting, and services necessary for erection and delivery into the premises of 16 any equipment and apparatus furnished.Remove same from premises when no longer required. 17 18 Furnish and install filtration system for all pools, including re-circulation pumps and water treatment 19 equipment, flow meters, including all gauges and valves. Install all piping and valves as shown on drawings 20 and gauges necessary to provide a complete and working system. Include underground pool piping for all 21 alternate amenity package. Seal at each end for future installation. Mi 22 23 Furnish and install gas fired heaters as shown on documents. 24 go 25 Furnish, layout and install all anchors, sockets, inserts, and rail goods included in this Section. Install and 26 adjust all equipment. 27 Furnish and install pool finish(s)as shown on drawings and listed in schedules including all ceramic tile trims ir 28 and edging as required. Protect all tile surfaces from concrete splash or damage until accepted by Owner. 29 30 Furnish and install ceramic tile depth markings on pool(s). Install tile "No Diving"and other warning signage 31 as shown on the plans. 32 33 Furnish and install all swimming equipment including: anchors, stainless steel rope anchors, stanchion 34 anchors,wave quelling racing lanes and other deck equipment described herein or as listed in the equipment 35 schedule on the drawings. 36 37 Furnish and install anchors for the handicap chair lift on pool(s) deck. Architect must approve chair lift 38 manufacturer.Coordinate MEP Contractors as required to facilitate a complete and working system. 39 40 Furnish and install all chemical analyzers,chlorine feeders,COZ feed systems and any supplemental treatment 41 systems as shown on the drawings and listed in the schedules, including all necessary piping to the re- 42 circulation systems. 43 as 44 Furnish and install all pool equipment control systems and instrumentation required for an operational 45 system,including sensors,remote switches,relays,control and coaxial wiring and appurtenances. 46 a 47 Perform all work in accordance with requirements of Division 16. Coordinate electrical connections as 48 required relating to the automatic water level control systems, chemical controllers, features control, remote 49 control of equipment and lighting and system control interlocking with Electrical Contractor. 50 dM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 Furnish and install pool(s)stairs,steps,railings,and all access equipment. • 2 3 Furnish all maintenance and safety equipment as listed on documents and/or required by code. 4 5 Furnish and install automatic fill systems and fill piping for the pool(s), from water service entrance as 6 provided by Division 15 Contractor. Provide and install static water level line, inlet fitting and proximity 7 sensor. (Fresh water piping, including backflow preventer, to be installed under other sections of the 8 specification). 9 10 Furnish and install wave generation equipment. 11 12 Furnish and install all pumps, plumbing / piping supports with anchorage and connections for water slide 13 flumes. 14 15 Furnish and install wet niche and underwater light(s) for pool(s) as shown on the drawings and listed in the 16 schedules. 17 18 Start, test, calibrate and adjust all equipment, chemical feed equipment, vacuum cleaning equipment and 19 instruct Owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of the system. 20 21 Furnish and install all chlorine-resistant sealant joints inside all pools or within areas of pools or deck that are 22 the Pool Contractor's responsibility,including backer rods,primers and accessories required. 23 �.. 24 After the water test filling and initial water filling upon completion by the Owner, should any repairs, 25 continuing work, etc. require drainage or partial drainage of the whirlpool systems, for any reason related to 26 his work, the Contractor shall be responsible for any subsequent refilling, without cost to the Owner, and 27 shall complete the project with the pool system full of water,complete in every way, and in full operation. 28 29 The Contractor shall make available on call the services of a competent and experienced field engineer to 30 inspect the completed installation, adjust the automatic controls for the proper set point, place the system in 31 operation and give operation instructions to its care and use. 32 dw 33 Obtain final acceptance by jurisdictional health department. 34 35 State and Local Department of Public Health construction permit-by Pool Contractor. 36 37 The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain all necessary barricades, signs, lights and flares for pool 38 construction to protect workmen and the public. 39 40 The Contractor shall provide for the storage of equipment and materials in excess of those allowed on site by 41 the General Contractor. 42 �. 43 The Contractor shall provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing utilities, sewers and 44 building foundations. 45 46 The Contractor shall provide all pumping/dewatering necessary to keep excavations that are made under this 47 Section free from water. 48 49 See Division 1 for cold weather protection that is the responsibility of this Section. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. 2-02072) 1 Provide and install in ground plumbing for alternates and future features as shown on plans. 2 is 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 5 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: Certain sections of the Specifications contain performance criteria rather ft 6 than product descriptions. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to insure that all criteria are satisfied and 7 the burden of proof of conformance shall rest with the Contractor. The Architect/Engineer shall require 8 complete calculations, past performance records and, if required, inspection trips of similar facilities to No 9 substantiate conformance and the Contractor is cautioned that he will be required to provide a finished 10 product meeting all stated criteria and meeting or exceeding Department of Public Health requirements. 11 mi 12 POOL CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: Must have had at least (5) years experience in the 13 construction of the type of swimming pool herein specified and must have successfully completed a minimum 14 of 6 pools of this type, each with a water surface area not less than is to be constructed in this project. If IN 15 necessary, investigator will determine if pools have been successfully completed and operational for a 16 minimum of two years. Pool Contractor shall furnish complete evidence that they have facilities, equipment, 17 personnel and schedule abilities to complete all phases of this Section. 18 ft 19 PRE-QUALIFIED POOL CONTRACTORS: 20 21 Firm Name Contact Telephone 22 23 Acapulco Pools Bernie Gall 800-567-0500 24 Associated Pools David Volk 701-258-6012 +rir 25 Master Pools of Washington Jeff Strombaugh 206-365-3337 26 Master Pools Alta Lawrence Daly 780-462-2441 27 Pacific Pools Frank Eagle 425-820-0333 28 WHS Aquatics Wayne Smith 800-426-9460 29 30 All other firms must submit qualifications to both General Contractor and Aquatic Design Firm and 31 receive approval from both in writing before submitting bid on project documents. 32 33 REFERENCE STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 34 35 National Spa and Pool Institute(NSPI): 36 37 Minimum Standard for Public Swimming Pools. of 38 Minimum Standard for Public Whirlpools. 39 40 All local building and health codes. 26 41 National Electrical Code(NEC),Article 680. 42 National Sanitation Foundation(NSF): Seal of approval program. 43 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): Specifications referenced herein. ift 44 Department of Public Health. 45 City and County Building Codes. 46 Gunite Contractors Association(CGA):Technical Publication. ir 47 American Concrete Institute(ACI). 48 49 TESTING/FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 50 d' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 7 do Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 GENERAL: The Pool Contractor shall be responsible to ensure the following tests are taken: 00 2 3 CONCRETE: Tests to measure slump entrained air content and compressive strength shall be conducted by 4 independent testing laboratory. Refer to Section 01400. Wft 5 6 Compressive Strength Tests: Provide minimum of 3 test cylinders per 50 cubic yards, not from same 7 sample or fraction thereof for each class of concrete poured each day. Comply with ACI-318, Sub- A„ 8 section 4.3 (samples secured - ASTM C172, cylinders prepared and cured - ASTM C31, and tested - 9 ASTM C39). Identify samples,moist cure at 70 degrees F for five days and ship samples to laboratory. 10 r. 11 Slump and Air Content Tests: Perform on concrete from same batch as sampled for strength tests and 12 whenever there is consistency of concrete. Slump tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C143. 13 Air content tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231. If measured slump or air content falls 14 outside specified limits, check shall be made immediately on another portion of same sample. In event 15 second failure,concrete shall not be used in work. 16 17 Average of any three consecutive strength tests for each class of concrete, shall be equal to or greater "` 18 than specified strength,and no individual test shall fall more than 500 psi below specified strength. 19 20 When test results are below specified requirements or when tests of field-cured cylinders indicate 21 deficiencies in protection and curing, ARCHITECT may require additional tests in accordance with 22 ACI-318, Subsection 4.3. 23 24 POOL PLUMBING: Contractor shall be responsible for discovering leaks and making necessary repairs. 25 26 Pressure piping: After the piece is laid,the joints completed, and the trench partially backfilled leaving 27 joints exposed for examination, subject new line to a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 15 pounds 28 per square inch. Joints shall remain watertight under this pressure for a period of 24 hours. All air must 29 be expelled from pipes prior to testing. �r 30 31 Gravity lines: A water test shall be applied to all gravity drain piping system, either in their entirety or 32 in sections. All openings shall be tightly plugged and each system filled with water and tested with at AW 33 least a 10-foot head of water. Water shall be kept in the testing portion for at least 15 minutes before 34 the inspection starts. System shall be watertight at all joints. 35 36 Leaks shall be repaired and tested repeatedly until leakage or infiltration is eliminated. im 37 38 WATER TREATMENT: Furnish a sufficient supply of needed chemicals to meet the following guidelines 39 for all aquatic components. "' 40 41 Correctly balance water at initial fill and maintain balance until acceptance by Owner. 42 �• 43 Operational sanitation and pH chemicals from initial fill until acceptance by Owner. 44 45 Provide a minimum of one month of total operational chemicals for use after acceptance by Owner. r .46 47 Obtain a chemical analysis of the source/pool make-up water supply and submit to Architect. Including the 48 following: 49 50 Total alkalinity/PPM. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 8 am Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 Calcium hardness/PPM. ft 3 4 Chorine/PPM. 5 6 pH. 7 8 Iron. am 9 10 Copper. 11 rt 12 Other Metal. 13 14 Phosphates. 15 16 Treat and balance pool water prior to turnover of pool to the Owner (using chemicals provided by pool 17 contractor). 18 19 Pool water:Balance to establish a total alkalinity level of 80-100 PPM and calcium hardness level of 150-300 20 PPM. 21 an 22 Consult with Aquatic Design Firm for special waters to establish balance levels. 23 24 SUBMITTALS 25 26 GENERAL: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications 27 Sections. 28 29 PRODUCT DATA: 30 31 Provide Manufacturer's/Installer's written installation instruction. The Contractor shall submit for 32 approval to the Architect complete lists,including descriptions, catalog cuts, etc., and where applicable 33 dimensioned shop drawings of all material. Fixtures and equipment to be furnished and installed under 34 this specification. Submittals shall adequately and completely describe the equipment,including where 35 necessary or requested complete construction and installation dimensions, complete capacity and - 36 performance data, all accessory and auxiliary equipment, and all pertinent details of manufacture. Shop 37 drawings for equipment shall be obtained before proceeding with fabrication. Shop Drawings shall not 38 be"doctored"reproducibles of Architect's/Engineer's Drawings. 39 40 Hydraulic analysis calculations and total dynamic head (TDH)for each pool and whirlpool circulation 41 system for equipment other than specified. 42 43 Pumps: Pump performance curves indicating GPM vs. TDH maximum efficiency point, and maximum 44 and draw,together with current characteristics and service factor of motor. 45 46 CERTIFICATES: 47 48 Provide from local authorities a copy of the construction permit indicating pool construction and 49 performance comply with requirements of respective authorities. 50 ON RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings as required by Parts A and B of this Section. rr 2 3 SAMPLES: Submit paint, grating, file samples and other samples of materials with color options, finishes, 4 and trim as may be requested by the Architect. 5 6 VALVE CHARTS: Submit two copies of valve charts for each piping system, consisting of Schematic 7 Drawings, piping layouts showing and identifying each valve and describing its function model, location, 8 type,size, and type of service. 9 10 CONCRETE DESIGN MIX: Furnish design mix for gunite or shotcrete with certified laboratory test results 11 indicating compliance with specified compressive strength requirements. 12 13 POOL FINISHES: 14 15 Interior Finish: Submit product shop drawings for approval before ordering finish. Include the 16 following: 17 18 Plan,elevations,and section of pool shell(s)and deck. 19 20 Plans of all finishes. •+ 21 22 DESIGN DATA: Prior to pool fabrication submit (6) complete sets of thoroughly checked shop drawings 23 and product data required to fabricate and assemble all pool systems in three ring binders, tabbed with 24 reference to sections outlined as follows. Submit all completed copies at one time. Complete product data 25 indexed,tabbed and referenced to specifications coverings. 26 27 Filtration systems and controls; pumps, filters, filter manifold, media and controls. Individualize for 28 each section. 29 30 Chemical feed systems and controls including; monitor/controller, sanitizer feeder, sample stream w. 31 piping and pH system,shall be provided by Chemical Control Contractor. 32 33 Re-circulation system including;piping,valves,fittings, gauges and flow meters. wr 34 35 Shell equipment including; skimmers, main drain with grate sizes, inlets, equalizers, light fixtures, 36 water stops and inserts. 37 38 Deck equipment including;railings,grab rails,steps,accessories and anchors. 39 40 Cleaning,maintenance and safety equipment. 41 42 Specialty equipment including wave machine, water play amenities, and handicap lifts with anchors 43 and automatic water level controller. 44 45 Interior finish materials. 46 47 Concrete design mix and engineering data. 48 49 Shop drawings at appropriate scale illustrating the fabrication and installation. 50 Reinforcing steel. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 Mechanical equipment room layout and piping penetrations. + 3 4 Plumbing layout and depths,pipe penetrations through building wall. 5 6 UV System generator. 7 8 Wave generator. ft 9 10 Stainless steel gutter and outfalls. 11 to 12 Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit to the Owner (4) copies. See instruction of Owner's personal 13 Section 3. 14 15 Product Record Documents: Comply with Division 1. Furnish as built drawings for changes from shop 16 drawings and buried plumbing. 17 18 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND EXAMINATIONS OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICA- 19 TIONS 20 21 INSPECTION: as 22 23 Examine areas for conditions under which work is to be performed. 24 rt 25 Report in writing to Owners representative all conditions contrary to those shown on drawings or 26 specified herein and all other conditions that will affect satisfactory execution of work, such as 27 improperly constructed substrates or adjoining work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory ft 28 conditions have been corrected. 29 30 FIELD MEASUREMENTS: The drawings accompanying this specification are essentially diagrammatic in 31 nature and show the general arrangement of all equipment, piping, ductwork, services, etc. Because of the 32 small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to show all offsets, fittings and accessories, which may be 33 required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions of all his work and 34 shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing all fittings,pipe and accessories that may be required to meet 35 such conditions. Where conditions necessitate a rearrangement, the Contractor shall obtain the Architect's 36 approval. 37 38 STARTING WORK: Constitutes acceptance of the conditions under which work is to be performed. After 39 such acceptance this contractor shall at his expense, be responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and 40 defective work resulting from such unsatisfactory conditions. 41 42 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 43r 44 Deliver all materials and equipment to the job site in original packages fully identified, with manufacturer's 45 label. Store off ground and protect from weather with a suitable covering. 46 rtr 47 Deliver cementitious material to site in manufacturer's standard packages. Immediately upon delivery to work 48 site, store in waterproof sheds, and the Contractor shall provide sheds required. No cementitious or other 49 material that has become caked or hardened will be permitted in the work. 50 we RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 11 "" Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072,) 1 Protect plastic pipe from exposure to chemicals (aromatic hydrocarbons,halogenated hydrocarbons and other 2 esters and ketones) that might attack the material. Protect all pipes from mechanical damage and long 3 exposure to sunlight during storage. 4 5 WARRANTY 6 7 Provide one (1)year warranty covering all pool workmanship, materials, and equipment. Refer to division 1 8 of the Specifications for additional requirements. 9 10 Special Project Warranty on Concrete Structure: The Pool Contractor shall guarantee for five (5)years repair 11 of the concrete shell structure(s) covering any defects, cracks, and/or leaking in the shell(s) caused by 12 defective workmanship or material. 13 14 All standard manufacturer's warranties shall apply to all equipment and products provided by the contractor. " 15 16 Ceramic tile and interior pool finish shall be warranted for defects in material and installation for a period of 17 2 years from acceptance by Owner. 18 19 20 PART 2-PRODUCTS .r 21 22 23 CONCRETE MATERIAL wr 24 25 PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C-150,Type I or II. 26 go 27 SAND: Clean, hard, sharp particles, well graded within the following limits, and containing no more than 28 5%moisture: 29 30 SIEVE SIZE PERCENT BY WEIGHT PASSING THROUGH 31 32 3/8"screen 100% 33 No.4 mesh 98 - 100% 34 No. 8 mesh 70- 95% 35 No. 16 mesh 60- 85% 36 No. 30 mesh 45 - 65% 37 No. 50 mesh 15 - 35% 38 No. 100 mesh 0- 5% 39 40 GUNITE AND SHOTCRETE: 41 42 Shall conform to GCA publications G-84 for materials and mixes. �.. 43 44 Gunite and shotcrete shall have minimum 4,000 psi compressive strength in 28 days minimum. 45 46 Submit copies of concrete testing results to Pool Design Firm two weeks prior to pour. 47 48 REINFORCING STEEL a. 49 50 STEEL REINFORCING: Use deformed bars of sizes shown on the drawings conforming ASTM A 615 dW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 ab Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 12 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) ift 1 Grade 60. 2 as 3 STEEL REINFORCING PLACEMENT: 4 5 Placing reinforcing steel in conformance with the information on the Contract Drawings and CRSI nr 6 Recommended Minimum length of splices shall be as shown in table on Contract Drawings.Tie splices 7 with 18-gauge annealed wire as specified in the referenced CRSI standard. 8 9 Submit shop drawings for fabrication,bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with 10 the ACI 315 "Manual Standard Practice for Detailed Reinforced Concrete Structures." Show bar 11 schedules, stirrup whirlpool, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the 12 fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. 13 14 PLASTIC WATERSTOP 15 16 Center bulb type as shown on Drawings,extruded from an elastomeric plastic compound. The size shall be as 17 shown. 18 ' 19 Manufacturers and suppliers who have provided samples meeting the specified geometry and who have the 20 specified waterstop readily available are listed below. Other products shall not be used without prior review 21 and acceptance by the Architect/Engineer: 22 23 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 24 25 Vulcan Products, Inc., Construction Materials Division, No. 1 Irondale Park, P.O. Box 101269, 26 Birmingham, Alabama 35210, Phone: (205) 956-2000 or 1-800-368-8522; Type 8069 for 6-inch by 27 3/8 inch,and Type 8070 for 9-inch by 3/8-inch. 28 29 Vinylex Corporation, 2636 Byington-Solway Road, Knoxville, Tennessee 37921-0887, Phone: (615) 30 690-2211 or Fax (615) 691-6273; Catalog No. R136-3811 for the 6-inch by 3/8-inch and Catalog No. 31 R139-38H for the 9-inch by 3/8-inch. 32 33 Greenstreak Plastic Products, Box 7139, St. Louis, Missouri 63177, Phone: (314)225-9440 or Fax 34 (314)225-9854. These products are also distributed by the Burke Company, San Mateo, California. err 35 Style 732 for the 6-inch by 3/8-inch and Style 735 for the 9-inch by 3/8-inch. 36 37 GASKET WATERSTOP 38 39 As shown on drawings,is a soft,pliable yet durable bar that when exposed to water seals and locks out water 40 and prevents migration. Use as a water stop in cold and control joints and where concrete abuts another 41 surface such as pipe penetrations and other shell penetrations. 42 43 Manufacturers and Suppliers who have provided samples meeting the specifications and are readily available 44 are listed below: 45 46 American Colloid Company,Buildings Materials Group, 1500 West Shire Drive,Arlington Heights,IL 47 60004.Phone: (708)392-4600. Type waterstop-RX and Volclay W13-adhesive. 48 49 Absolute Waterproofing Systems, Inc. (AWS), 200 Railroad Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830. Phone: 50 (203)622-7333.Type Duroseal gasket waterstop,Duroseal paste. No W Aw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 13 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 Henry Company, Synko Flex Products, 1277 Boyles, Houston, TX 77020. Phone: (713) 963-9403. 3 Type Synko-flex preformed plastic adhesive waterstop. 4 5 CONSTRUCTION AND EXPANSION JOINTS 6 7 Locate as shown on the drawings or as approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. All joints require two- W" 8 part polysulfide caulk. 9 10 Pre-molded expansion joint filler shall be of sufficient width to completely fill the joint. Filler shall be A6 11 accurately cut to butt tightly against the waterstop and the side forms. Joint filler must comply with ASTM D 12 1752. 13 14 Concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated along the joint form to produce a dense, smooth surface. Surface `o 15 irregularities along the joint sealant cavity, due to improper concrete consolidation or faulty form removal, 16 shall be repaired with an approved compound compatible with the joint sealant in a manner that is 17 satisfactory to the sealant manufacturer. 18 19 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: W.R. Grace Company, Cambridge,Massachusetts or W.R. Meadow, 20 Inc. Elgin,Illinois. 21 22 GUN GRADE SEALANTS 23 24 Prior to installation of the joint sealant, the joint cavity shall be cleaned by sandblasting or power wire 25 brushing.Install bond breaker tape per manufacturer's instructions. 26 �.. 27 After the joints have been prepared as described above, the joint sealant shall be applied. The primer, if 28 required, and joint sealant shall be applied only with the equipment and methods recommended by the joint 29 sealant manufacturer. .r 30 31 SUBMERGED SEALANTS: Two part Water Immersion Polysulfide Sealant. 32 33 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Sika Products and Vulkem Industries. 34 35 FILTRATION SYSTEM 36 37 GENERAL: 38 39 The filter system to be furnished under this Section shall the product of a manufacturer regularly 40 engaged in the fabrication of filters for a least ten years. The filters shall bear the National Sanitation 41 Foundation(NSF)seal of approval, Standard#50 for sand type filters. 42 43 As assurance that each item of apparatus is properly sized to perform in conjunction with each other, 44 main items of equipment are described in general in these specifications.Additional information can be 45 found on the engineering drawings accompanying these specifications. Wr. 46 47 GUARANTEE: The Equipment Supplier shall guarantee that the equipment to be furnished provides the 48 surface area and flow capacities called for on the plans, and that the various parts are designed to operate 49 correctly and in conjunction with each other, and that if the installation is made in accordance with his 50 drawings and operated in accordance with his instructions, the system will perform the prescribed functions RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 r Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 14 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) go 1 correctly, the water entering the pool will be clear, bright, free from suspended matter visible to the unaided 2 eye, will not produce any toxic effect or impart undesirable taste, odors or colors, and will be sanitary to the ve 3 satisfaction of all authorities having jurisdiction. 4 5 DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS: ak 6 7 Provide detailed shop drawings of the items of equipment being provided, indicating the dimensions, 8 materials and characteristics of the filter shells, interior and exterior filter manifolds,nozzle system and 9 filter media. Aquatic Designer approval is required prior to ordering. 10 11 Provide a typed sheet of "Operating Instructions", embracing the operation functions and recurring 12 maintenance processes involved in connection with the complete filtration system. 13 14 SUPERVISION: An authorized representative of the Equipment Supplier shall provide the supervisory 15 services of an Installation Engineer for at least one (1) day to fully instruct designated personnel in the ft 16 operation,care and maintenance of the filter system. 17 18 FILTER SYSTEM: 19 20 The filter system specified under this section shall be of a pressurized design and shall consist of 21 Non-Corrosive Hi-Rate Permanent Media Filter. 22 23 The filter system shall require filter media and shall have a maximum flow of 15 U.S. gallons/minute 24 (10.2 liters/second)per square foot(square meter)of filter area. 25 26 The filter system shall consist of filter tank(s), internal overhead distribution system, internal lower 27 collection system, gauge panel with 2-60 PSIG(400 kPa)gauges,internal automatic air relief,external 28 air relief with a manually adjusted shut off valve, integrally molded media/manhole access, integrally 29 molded drain/dump port,FRP support, all of which shall be fabricated in a fully assembled state by the 30 original equipment manufacturer,then disassembled for shipping to prevent damage to internal parts or 31 face piping. 32 33 Filter backwash system shall be semi-automatic for individual tank backwash as base bid. 34 35 FILTER TANK: 36 37 Filter tanks shall pass a hydrostatic pressure test of 75 PSIG (777kPa), and shall comply with all 38 governing Pressure Vessel Code requirements,in addition to NSF standards. 39 40 An integrally molded combination media dump port and drain complete with an ABS media retainer " 41 shall be located in the filter tank(s)body. 42 43 Influent and effluent connections shall be integrally molded. r 44 45 Filter tanks shall be tested in compliance to ANSI/NSF Sanitation Standard 50-1992 by a government 46 certified and recognized testing agency. 47 48 Tanks shall be sized and stacked as shown on drawings. 49 50 INTERNAL DISTRIBUTION/COLLECTION SYSTEM: ®' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 15 "' Northwest Architectural Company P.S.. (2-02072) 1 .■ 2 Internal filter tank equipment shall include an upper distribution system and lower collection system, 3 hydraulically balanced to prevent turbulence and/or displacement of the filter media during service 4 operation or backwash. Standard pipe arrangements or an internal valving system will not be AN 5 acceptable. 6 7 FILTER AREA: Refer to documents for size and capacity of filter tank. 8 9 FILTER MEDIA: Filter media shall consist of manufacturers graded media recommendations and have a bed 10 depth specified by the manufacturer. Media to be free of limestone or clay. 11 12 PRESSURE GAUGE PANEL: The pressure gauge panel shall consist of 2-4"(103mm) diameter gauges 13 scaled from 0-60 P.S.I.G. (0-400kPa). The pressure gauges shall be connected to influent and effluent 14 pressure points with air relief cocks,compression fittings and semi rigid PVC tubing. 15 16 OPERATING MANUAL: 17 18 A manual shall be provided with each filter and include, according to ANSI/NSF Standard 50-1992; 19 drawings, illustrations, operating instructions, charts, installation instructions, design head loss curve, 20 and parts list to permit proper installation,operation and maintenance. �• 21 22 Filters lacking such manuals will not be considered equal and shall not be accepted. 23 ,n„ 24 DATA PLATES: Data plates shall be permanent, easy to read and securely attached to the filter tank at a 25 readily accessible location.Data plates shall contain the following: 26 ,W,, 27 Manufacturers name and address. 28 29 Filter model number. +r 30 31 Filter serial number. 32 33 Effective filter area in sq.ft. (sq.m.). .r 34 35 Required clearance(h x w x 1)for service and maintenance. 36 do 37 Filtration and backwash design flow rate in USGPM(lps). 38 39 Maximum working pressure. 40 41 Suitability for buried installation. 42 err 43 Steps of operation. 44 45 Filtration rate in USGPM/sq. ft. (lpm/sq.m.) 46 47 Media specification if different from media specified in ANSI/NSF Standard 50-1992. 48 49 Suitability for swimming pool and/or whirlpool application. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 l` Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 16 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) ft 1 Filters lacking such data plates will not be considered equal and shall not be accepted. 2 66 3 Hi-rate sand filters of diameters 36"and less will not be considered,2"Flanged Dial Valve Kit, as fabricated 4 by the filter manufacturer. 5 No 6 Hi-rate sand filters of diameters larger than 36" shall be provided with schedule 80 face piping assemblies 7 and PVC butterfly valves as shown on the drawings, or be furnished with factory pre-assembled valve 8 assembly and operators. irr 9 10 A sight glass designed for 50 PSI (345kPa) shall be fitted on the backwash line. The sight glass shall be 1- 11 1/2" (38mm) diameter I.P.S. bronze casting with 3" (75mm) diameter glass lens and an integral cast flow 12 diverter blade. 13 14 SUPERVISION: An authorized representative of the equipment supplier shall provide the supervisory 15 services of an installation engineer for at least one (1) day to fully inspect installation to ensure manufacturer as 16 required operational efficiencies are installed, fully instruct owners personnel in the operation, care and 17 maintenance of the filter system. 18 'gin 19 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 20 21 US Filter so 22 Nemato 23 Stark 24 ro 25 Supplemental Polishing Filter: 26 27 The filter system to be furnished under this section shall be an FSI Filter(Filter Specialists Inc., (219) 28 879-3307). 29 30 Filters shall be provided with three (3) sets of additional filter bags for each filter. The sets shall M 31 include filters with micron ratings of 5, 10,25. 32 33 WATER TREATMENT 34 35 Provide and install water treatment system and chemical containment tanks as shown and scheduled on 36 Contract Documents or equal as approved by the Aquatics Designer. All systems shall be in accordance with 37 manufacturer's recommendations. Systems to include: chemical analyzer, feed pumps and supplemental 38 components in order to provide a complete and working system. 39 40 Furnish Owner with written water treatment program complete with written basic water chemical analysis ft 41 together with verbal instruction to operation of system, and chemical safety. 42 43 ACCESSORY MATERIALS: 0r 44 45 Provide a test kit equal to Taylor K 2005 complete with reagents and Taylor K 1515 FAS DPD for 46 Chlorine. 47 48 Pool Contractor shall furnish a sufficient supply of needed chemicals to meet the following guidelines 49 for all aquatic components. 50 "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 17 Northwest Architectural Company P.S. (2-02072) 1 Correctly balance water at initial fill and maintain balance until acceptance by Owner. .. 2 3 Operational sanitation and pH chemicals from initial fill until acceptance by Owner. 4 r 5 Provide a minimum of one month of total operational chemicals for use after acceptance by 6 Owner. 7 do 8 CONTROLLER: 9 10 An integrated electronic system shall be furnished to continuously monitor and control the pH level, 11 disinfection level (HRR) and chlorine concentration of swimming pool water. The system shall be a Strantrol 12 System5 series as manufactured by US Filter/Stranco of Bradley, Illinois. Flowcell, Flowswitch, pH, HRR, 13 Temperature Sensors and Windows based Software shall also be included. Controllers must be connected to 14 the furnished phone cables for remote monitoring. 15 16 pH,Temperature and HRR(ORP)Sensors: 17 s 18 The HRR sensing electrode shall incorporate at least 1 square centimeter of 99.9995%pure 19 platinum over other non-Strantrol probes that are 99.9% pure platinum and operate in 20 temperatures between 0°F and 120°F. .. 21 22 Each electrode shall contain not less than 50 milliliters of electrolyte gel to lengthen 23 electrode life. The gel used in each electrode shall be inorganic so as to prevent degradation ,,o 24 by chlorine or bromine. Each electrode shall use a porous Teflon liquid junction to minimize 25 the chance of liquid junction clogging and prolong electrode life. 26 27 Cables used shall be extremely low noise and connectors that meet or exceed Military 28 specifications. 29 30 pH and HRR sensors shall be manufactured in accordance to ISO 9002 Certification 31 Standards and all wetted materials used shall be on FDA white list. 32 33 Temperature will be a 2 wire,Zener diode temperature probe. 34 35 Flow Cell and Assembly: 36 37 Flowcell assembly shall be included. The flowcell shall incorporate a valve for water test 38 sample; clear face to view probes, and constructed entirely of non-corrosive material, PVC 39 schedule 80. +�+ 40 41 Flow Switch: 42 43 The System5 control system shall include a remote mounted flowswitch and sensor assembly 44 enclosed in a non-corrosive enclosure and incorporating visual indication of flow condition 45 and operate on low voltage of 12Vdc. 46 47 Controller Enclosure: 48 49 The Strantrol System5 enclosure shall be NEMA 4x(IP66)rated to eliminate the possibility 50 of corrosion,and damage to inside of controller. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 18 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 Controller Hardware: ab 3 4 In case of power loss, the controller shall retain all programmed values. For this EEPROM 5 chips shall be utilized. 6 7 Internal feed override momentary contacts for all relays shall be provided to allow manual 8 turn on override of chemical feeder pumps and other installed devices. 9 10 Controller shall have on board RAM capable of capturing Hi Resolution and 11 Low-Resolution data logs, Event logs and Status log. Event log shall record and time stamp 12 the last 1000 changes. Changes being whether the pumps are on or off,who is accessing the 13 controller and when the pool has no flow. Status log shall store all the present programming 14 values. 15 ' 16 Controller shall contain a five-year Lithium battery to prevent the loss of RAM during power 17 shut downs. 18 + 19 Controller shall have modular PCB design. 20 21 Controller shall have a standard PCB mounted offset RJ11-mmj connector to allow direct 22 connect with a computer RS232 PC serial port. 23 24 Controller shall have fused and replaceable Solid State Relays to allow Normal Open 25 connection in the event of malfunction. 26 27 Controller shall have a switch to change operation between 110 VAC or 220 VAC, single 28 phase according to customer needs. Main power supply of controller shall be fused. 29 30 Controller shall have a data modem for downloading information from the controller. ft 31 32 Power: 33 34 Strantrol shall consume less than 1 amp at any given time. as 35 36 Strantrol System5 relay outputs shall be capable of handling standard line voltage of 5 amps 37 with one time delay fuse, each for pH, and chlorine for control of chemical feed. Controller sm 38 shall be capable of operating 24 hours per day. 39 40 Display: ft 41 42 System5 shall have a digital display for pH, HRR, temperature and chlorine consisting of a 43 12 x 40-character alphanumeric split screen display with constant backlighting. rrr 44 45 Strantrol System5 will provide a continuous display of derived chlorine level in ppm. 46 47 Strantrol System5 will provide the date,time and alarm status displayed on the bottom 48 line of the display. 49 50 The location and phone number of the controller can be programmed to display on the as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 19 r Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 face. r 2 3 In the event of an alarm the Strantrol Systems shall also display a descriptive alarm 4 message. 5 6 Langeher index (LSI) & Ryznar index (RSI) shall always be displayed with date 7 stamp. 8 9 LED Display: 10 11 Strantrol System5 shall be provided with visual pH and chlorine feed pump indicator,up and 12 down, lights, which are activated as chemicals, are being fed. Controller shall also display 13 paused mode of proportional chemical feed. 14 15 Strantrol System5 shall be provided with a visible alarm indicator to warn operator of high or 16 low pH,HRR,temperature,chlorine levels,a low or no flow and failsafe conditions exist. 17 ++ 18 Control Parameters: 19 20 The Strantrol System5 shall provide a qualitative measure of chlorine sanitation level r 21 utilizing High Resolution Redox(HRR). 22 23 Minimum feeder 'on time' in proportional feed shall be not less than five seconds to ensure 24 proper pump performance. 25 26 Programmable Parameters: 27 28 Controller shall have six different programmable operator level access codes, two different 29 programmable manager level access codes and a master representative access code. 30 WM 31 pH, HRR and chlorine ppm set level controls shall be programmable to limit operator 32 selection of set points within local health code limitations. 33 " 34 There shall be an alternate HRR set point for nighttime chlorine saving. 35 36 Dechlorination set point(HRR feed-down set point by time or by conclusion of superchlor.) rr 37 38 Superchlorination set point(adjustable to use HRR set point.) 39 •�• 40 pH feed-up or feed-down shall be programmable through menu tree for either simultaneous 41 or independent feed. The Strantrol System5 shall be capable of being programmed for either 42 standard on/off control or timed base proportional control. 43 44 All controller relays shall be fully programmable and assignable. 45 46 Programming of all controller functions shall be possible through face panel LCD screen and 47 switches,computer link locally(direct connect)and computer link via modem at 9600 baud. 48 wo No RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 20 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) M 1 Remote Data Access System. The System5 shall be capable of communicating with a 2 computer via a telephone line in order to download the System5 pH, HRR, C12 ppm and r 3 temperature data logs,events logs and status report into the computer. 4 5 Controller shall allow manual input for TDS, Ca Hardness and Alkalinity for Calculation of 6 LSI and Ryznar Stability Index. 7 8 Controller shall allow for gallonage reading of pool water for automatic determination for 9 dosage of Carbonate,Muriatic Acid and Calcium Chloride to balance water chemistry. 10 11 Controller shall be used to control the heater to a specified temperature. 12 13 Alarms: 14 15 The Strantrol Systems shall be equipped with an internal microprocessor based "feed 16 duration alarm" circuit that shall disable the appropriate chemical feeder(s) and energize an 17 alarm circuit in the event of a) sensor failures, b) chemical feeder malfunctions or c) 18 depletion of chemical supply. 19 20 The fail safe alarm mode shall be programmable from 0 through 18 hours with 1-minute 21 resolution. In addition,the fail-safe alarm can also be disabled. 22 23 Programmable warning bands for pH and Chlorine/Bromine/Ozone feed shall be available. 24 25 Any alarm condition shall activate a master alarm signal provided as a dry contact relay 26 enabling the use of 0-240 VAC alarms. 27 28 Datalogging&Resolution: 29 30 System5 shall be capable of logging four inputs (pH, HRR, ppm, temperature). Logged 31 values are downloaded simultaneously in high and low resolution logs and consists of a 32 minimum value,maximum value,average value. The logs record at different intervals,which 33 can be adjusted; e.g. limits for the high-resolution logs are selectable from 1 minute or 6 34 minutes. 35 36 Remote Connection: 37 ' 38 The System5 shall have the ability to remote the face panel from the input/output (1/0) 39 enclosure up to 40 feet from the face panel. 40 41 The controller shall be able to include a communications system. This system shall be 42 capable of communicating with a computer in order to download the System5 pH,HRR,C12 43 ppm and temperature data logs,event logs,and status report into the computer. �r 44 45 Windows Based Software: 46 do 47 Strantrol Virtual Controller(SVC)Standard Version shall be included with each controller. 48 49 Performance of the Software for System5 shall be: 50 rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 21 +� Northwest Architectural Company,P.S.(2-02072) 1 Software shall be Strantrol Virtual Controller (SVC) and Windows based interactive 2 software for monitoring and controlling the System5,pool water chemistry controller. 3 Strantrol Virtual Controller (SVC) shall be Microsoft WindowsTM and 4 Windows95TM Compatible. 5 6 Strantrol Virtual Controller (SVC) shall have a Graphical User Interface and Water 7 Database Management Package referred to as'Site Database'. rr 8 9 Software shall enable user to perform all functions related to the controller as if the user were 10 in the pool equipment room. 11 �. 12 Graphical On-Line Menu Tree Changes. 13 14 All parameters shall be programmable and accessible on-line through menu tree. 15 16 Software shall enable user to change settings by clicking a mouse on the desired 17 controller option. 18 19 CO2 pH METERING SYSTEM: 20 �., 21 Supplier shall provide system for feeding and regulating carbon dioxide for pH reduction. System shall 22 consist of a pressure reducing valve, feed unit with rate of flow adjustment, Eductor, check valve, and all 23 necessary interconnection tubing. 24 25 RATE OF FLOW ADJUSTMENT FEED UNIT: 26 (MODEL#CO2-3) 27 do 28 CO2 from the pressure reducing valve shall be brought to the feed unit in thick wall 3/8" OD 29 polyethylene tubing. Feed system shall include 120 volt AC solenoid operated valve for remote on/off im 30 control of CO2 feed. CO2 feed unit shall also include rate adjusting flow meter scaled from 0-30 SCFH 31 and have a pressure rating of 100 psi. 32 33 EDUCTOR: ""' 34 35 The Eductor is an efficient way of delivering CO2 gas when total alkalinity levels of the makeup water 36 are below 120ppm. When enough water passes through the Eductor, it will start to pull CO2 into the 37 water. Because of the physical build of the Eductor, it only allows small bubbles into water. Also,by 38 the nature of the Eductor it provides a mixing action to help the CO2 get absorbed into the water. 39 �.. 40 CHLORINE FEED SYSTEM: 41 42 The Sanitization System shall be a Pulsar IV System and shall operate in a non pressurized manner to 43 ensure optimum safety and ease of operation. 44 45 A post filter recirculation loop will be added to the main pool recirculation system as part of the Pulsar 46 IV System. The recirculation loop will provide the inlet water supply to the chlorinator as well as the 47 vacuum to evacuate the chlorinated solution. 48 49 The Sanitization System shall be NSF listed. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 22 Northwest Architectural Company P S (2-02072) 1 The Sanitization System shall incorporate the principle of spray technology. Water shall spray through 2 the grid of the Briquette Tank making contact with Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes. The w 3 briquettes shall be in contact with the water for a short time creating a chlorinated solution, which will 4 fall into the discharge tank. The chlorinated solution shall be drawn by the vacuum from the discharge 5 tank and introduce into the recirculation system. The output shall operate with a vacuum range between err 6 5"and 29"Hg. 7 8 The vacuum is created by a Mazzei venturi, model 1585X, which is installed in the post filter 9 recirculation loop driven by a 1 hp Pulsar pump. The venturi is installed on the discharge side of the 10 Pulsar pump creating a flow though the venturi, which provides the suction on the discharge valve 11 evacuating the discharge tank. An emergency shutoff valve shall ensure that water flow to the spray 12 manifold is shut off in the unlikely event that the discharge tank has not emptied properly. 13 14 The System will operate with an inlet water pressure of 27-30 psig. The inlet water is supplied from 15 the 1 hp Pulsar pump. 16 17 The Briquette Tank shall have a capacity of two hundred (200)pounds of Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator 18 Briquettes. trr 19 20 A timer and ORP controller shall control the chlorine output. The timer has twenty-one settings. One 21 knob controls the off time which ranges from 18 seconds to 54 minutes and is called out from A(18 22 seconds) to G(54 minutes). The on time is controlled by a second knob which has 3 settings, ranging 23 from 10 to 30 seconds, low being 20 seconds, normal being 10 seconds and high being 30 seconds. 24 The timer will allow a minimum available chlorine (AvCI) output of 1 lb/day and will allow a r�r 25 maximum available chlorine (AvCI) output of 360 lbs/day. Follow recommended timer settings in 26 Operator's Manual. 27 28 The Sanitization System shall be capable of functioning in temperature between 40°F and 130°F. 29 30 The Sanitization System shall operate with Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes having 65% 31 minimum available chlorine with a 0.4 to 0.6%scale inhibitor(by weight). 32 33 The Sanitization System shall be capable of satisfactory performance if installed as per the 34 Manufacturer's recommendations. An Authorized Representative of the Manufacturer shall be 35 available to install and service the system as required. 36 37 Manufacturer warrants parts of the Sanitization System to be free of defects in workmanship and 38 material for 2 years from date of installation. 39 M on RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 23 am Northwest Architectural Cg=gnL P.S. (2-02072) 1 ULTRA VIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM: .r 2 3 UV CHAMBER: 4 10 5 Chamber construction shall be of 316L stainless steel, electro polished and passivated with inlet 6 connection on bottom of chamber and outlet on top. Flanges to be 150# ANSI. Chamber pressure 7 rating shall be 150 psi (10 Bar)with test x 1.5. Chamber shall have two stainless steel mounting straps go 8 welded on underside of chamber. There shall be a surface mounted temperature sensor on top of 9 chamber for immediate detection of heat rise. Pressure drop between inlet and outlet of chamber shall 10 be less than 2 prig at maximum flow. Units shall be Aquionics #PMD200C1/6AW. Based on a 11 circulation rate of 580 gpm and a turnover rate period of 4 hours. 6" ANSI flange connection and do 12 automatic wiper(fractional horsepower motor driven—time set to operate)included; one (1)required; 13 230/460v 3 phase for lap pool. And Aquionics #PMD320D1/8AW. Based on a circulation rate of 14 1,300 gpm and a turnover period of 2.32 hours. 8" ANSI flange connection and automatic wiper "m 15 (fractional horsepower motor driven—time set to operate)included for activities pool. Pool Contractor 16 to provide stainless steel elbows to protect PVC piping at chamber intake and discharge. 17 AN 18 AUTOMATIC QUARTZ SLEEVE WIPER MECHANISM: 19 20 For periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeves and the UV monitor probe, the chamber shall be fitted with air 21 a cleaning mechanism,which shall consist of the SS yoke and Teflon bosses. Each boss shall hold one 22 viton molded wiper ring, which fits over the quartz sleeve. Wiper rings shall be replaceable. The 23 cleaning mechanism shall be operated by means of a two-pole bi-directional capacitor driven motor and 24 an acme lead screw. Limit switches shall be `reed' type mounted at the ends of the chamber to signal 25 the control system to stop the motor when it reaches the end of the chamber. 26 <.. 27 UV LAMP: 28 29 For periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeves and the UV monitor probe,the chamber shall be fitted with 30 a cleaning mechanism,which shall consist of the SS yoke and Teflon bosses. Each boss shall hold one 31 viton molded wiper ring, which fits over the quartz sleeve. Wiper rings shall be replaceable. The 32 cleaning mechanism shall be operated by means of a two-pole bi-directional capacitor driven motor and 33 an acme lead screw. Limit switches shall be `reed' type mounted at the ends of the chamber to signal 34 the control system to stop the motor when it reaches the end of the chamber. 35 36 POWERICONTROL EQUIPMENT: • 37 38 Power/control cabinet shall meet all requirements of and display the approval decal of Underwriters 39 Laboratories (UL). Power/control cabinet shall conform to NEMA 12 rating and be constructed of .. 40 painted mild steel. Cabinet shall be fan cooled and shall include louver cover with replaceable inlet 41 filters. Cabinet door shall be electrically interlocked so that the cabinet is de-energized when the door 42 is opened. All wiring within the cabinet shall be harnessed or enclosed in wire channel. Power supply 43 to arc tube(s)(lamps)shall be from constant wattage transformer. 44 45 Control cabinet status and indications shall be displayed via a backlit liquid-plasma panel display: r�r 46 47 Power on 48 UV Intensity(%&mW.cm2) 49 UV dose(mJ.cm2) 50 Flow rate in GPM or M3/HR �r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 " Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 24 Northwest Architectural CMppy,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Arc tube Ready indicator 2 Alarm condition rr; 3 Wiper status and alarm 4 Consumable spares list with part numbers 5 Local start/stop—stop system control signal 6 7 External Contacts: 8 9 Arc Tub On Volt-Free Contact(VFC),(passive) 10 Arc Tube Ready VFC, (passive) 11 Low UV VFC,(passive) ft 12 UV Monitor Output 4-20mA output 13 14 Safety Features: 15 ' 16 Cabinet door locks and interlocked isolator 17 Chamber temperature sensor and failsafe cut out 18 Power supply over-temperature cut out 19 24v front panel control voltage 20 PSU includes fail-safe ground fault detection 21 w 22 Wiper Mechanism: 23 24 Motor driven to prevent quartz sleeve fouling r 25 Reed switch protection to prevent wiper overrun 26 Incorporates sleeve and monitor probe cleaning system 27 28 UV MONITOR: 29 30 UV monitor shall be wet probe type, wavelength specific to 240 rim-280 nm, with 4-20Maoutput, and 31 allow monitor probe to be cleaned by automatic wiper mechanism. UV monitor must be an absolute 32 measuring device capable of displaying actual lamp intensity (mW/cm2) and shall be calibrated with 33 traceability to an international standard. `Relative'type UV monitors are not acceptable. 34 35 MISCELLANEOUS: 36 37 Complete UV system shall have Underwriters Laboratories approval. Control/power cabinet shall also 38 have `CE' Approval. 39 40 41 GENERAL: 42 43 The UV system offered shall be well proven and generally accepted within multiple industries. The ■r 44 design shall have a minimum 10 years operation in a public swimming pool application. The UV 45 system should be as manufactured by Aquionics Inc. or be technically equal.Provide a separate strainer 46 with low head loss design after each system's flow cell sized for complete recirculation rate of pool. 47 48 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 49 mi ow RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 25 d" Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 Only companies with a minimum of ten years experience and history of successful installations of 2 medium pressure, high intensity UV systems including automatic wipers will be considered. 3 Preference will be given to those systems that can clearly demonstrate applied experience for 4 comparable applications. Pre-approved companies are as follows: 5 6 Aquionics,Inc. 7 21 Kenton Lands Road r 8 Erlanger,KY 41018 9 Phone: (859)341-0710 10 Fax: (859)341-0350 11 Contact: Tina Masters 12 13 Ozonia North America,Inc. 14 491 Edmond H.Ross Drive 15 P.O.Box 455 16 Elmwood Park,NJ 07407 17 Phone: (201)794-3100 x201 18 Fax: (201)794-3358 19 Contact: Gasper Leznik 20 • 21 WARRANTIES: 22 23 The Manufacturer shall provide a written warranty that provides for: Jrr 24 25 Full replacement of all defective lamps within the first 4,000 hours of operation if operation 26 is continuous(240065). 27 28 Full replacement of components against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 29 one year from date of start up not to exceed 18 months from date of shipment. err 30 31 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT: 32 33 The following list of equipment is furnished to assist the bidder. Drawings should also be checked, as the 34 successful subcontractor shall be responsible for furnishing a complete swimming pool system as described 35 by both the specifications and drawings. The catalog numbers shown are listed only to establish a standard of 36 quality, "or equal" shall be implied for each item. Bidders who wish to offer equipment of other 37 manufacturers are encouraged to do so. The burden of proof of equality or service shall be on the supplying 38 contractor. Proof of equality not implied by the specifications is not a burden of the Owner or 39 Representative. The Architect shall be sole judge as to whether or not an item submitted as an equal is +� 40 acceptable. If the Pool Contractor submits a substitution on an "equal" basis, he shall assume all costs for 41 changes in drawings and specifications affected by the substitution and the costs increase, if any,on adjoining 42 work. All carbon steel deck equipment shall be sandblasted and flame sprayed with .003"of pure zinc before 43 finish coating with enamel. 44 45 Deck Equipment: All specified deck equipment and anchors, where required, shall be furnished by the 46 Pool Contractor.Installation within the pool structure shall be by the Pool Contractor. Installation in or 47 on the pool deck or elsewhere shall be by others unless the decks are a part of the Pool Contractor's 48 work. Installation shall be in accordance with drawings and instructions furnished by the Pool 49 Contractor. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 26 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) ft 1 Stainless Steel Grab Rails: 2 w 3 Grab rails shall be famished and installed as indicated on the drawings. Grab rails shall be 4 1.90" O.D. x .109,type 304 stainless steel tubular rails. Grab rails shall be commercial type 5 as manufactured by Spectrum,six(6)sets required. 6 7 Step Inserts: 8 9 There shall be supplied stainless steel or PVC steps for egress from the lap pool. The steps 10 shall be a size and dimension as shown on the drawings, thirteen (13) required for 11 installation in concrete pool structure. Four(4)Recessed Steps shall be installed in stainless 12 steel gutter. 13 14 Wedge Type Deck Anchors: 15 16 The body shall be constructed of cast bronze and shall have tapered chamber to receive the 17 wedge by means of which a ladder or other rail may be held securely. The wedge shall be of 18 cast bronze and shall be drawn against the rail being anchored by means of a %Z' bolt. 19 Anchor bodies shall be made to accommodate 1%Z' IPS standard pipe rails. The wedge deck 20 anchor shall be provided with a ground connection at its base and shall have an anchoring 21 protrusion at its center. Anchor shall be Permacast Catalog There shall also be supplied a 22 stainless steel escutcheon plate for each deck anchor. These shall be stainless steel. 23 24 Lifeline: 25 26 All metallic bodies shall be of cast bronze with heavy chrome plate on all surfaces. Floats 27 shall be 5" diameter by 9" long, Harvard IF5975. Lifeline shall be 3/4" blue and white 28 polyethylene rope, Harvard PR75-6. Lifeline anchors shall be supplied as shown on the 29 drawings. 30 31 Rope Hook Terminals: 32 33 Lifeline rope hook terminals shall be clamp type chrome plated bronze. 34 35 Racing Lane Anchors: 36 37 Racing lane anchors shall be incorporated as part of the stainless steel recirculation system. 38 Recessed or protruding racing lane anchors will not be acceptable. 39 40 Racing Lane Marker Lines: + ' 41 42 Racing lane cables are to be vinyl coated stainless steel cable, stainless steel spring end 43 fitting and tension take-up reel. Colors to be selected by Architect. They shall be Keifer 44 Wave Eater R or Competitor 6"for 75'-1"Pool. Seven(7)required. 45 46 Racing Lane Storage Reel: ; 47 48 Racing Lane storage reel shall have an electroplated aluminum main framework,which shall 49 support the thermo formed plastic reel assembly. The reel shall be capable of storing up to 50 450'of 6"lane lines. Spectrum Stor-Lane#55525. AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 27 Northwest Architectural Comnanv.P.S. (2-02072) 1 .. 2 Cantilever Starting Platforms: 3 4 Standard Starting Platforms shall have an elevated platform supported by a sloping stainless 5 steel pedestal. An intermediate step shall be provided. A backstroke bar with hand grips 6 shall be located approximately midway between the platform and the water. 7 8 The top platform shall be 24" wide x 20" deep and have a non-skid surface. The 9 intermediate step shall be 8" x 12". The top platform shall be set either level or tilted 9° 10 towards the pool. The platform shall be supported upon a stainless steel pipe, 1.90" OD x 11 .145"wall thickness. The step and backstroke bar shall be supported by a stainless steel tube 12 1.500" square x .065"wall thickness. The backstroke bar shall be 1" OD x .065"wall with 13 handgrips at each end. The stainless tubing shall be Type 304,welded,polished to 320 grit. 14 15 The starting platform shall be anchored in a dual socket. It shall be cast bronze. It shall be 16 furnished with a closure plate. The Competitor Long Reach Dual Post Starting Platform, 17 with anchor socket. 18 19 Backstroke and Recall Marker Posts: 20 21 There shall be supplied, where shown on the drawings,backstroke marker posts. They shall 22 be fabricated from 1.9" OD, type 304 stainless steel supplied with a polished finish. They 23 shall be secure to the deck by a stanchion anchor with flush cap. A cover shall be supplied to 24 be used on the anchor when the post is not in position, anchor shall be Standard Bronze 25 #21054, six (6)required. The four (4)backstroke marker posts shall extend T-6" above the 26 deck. Posts shall be Spectrum No. 23612. There shall be supplied backstroke flags to 27 extend across the pool between the backstroke marker posts. Two (2) recall posts shall be 28 provided. They shall extend 4 feet above the deck and shall be Spectrum #23622. One 29 70'x1/4" recall rope shall be provided. Six (6) standard bronze #21054 stanchion anchors 30 shall be provided for the volleyball and water polo amenities. 31 32 Lifeguard Chair: 33 34 The movable coaches chair has a seat height of 5'-0" above pool deck. The seat is 3/8"thick 35 heavy duty molded fiberglass which rotates 360°. The seat pedestal is 4 1/2" O.D. x .120" 36 wall round stainless steel tube. Top deck of chair is a 24" x 36" solid composite footboard. 37 The board is constructed of a marine grade wood core wrapped in fiberglass with an acrylic 38 skin on the upper portion of the board. The top of the footboard has a non-slip surface. All 39 frame tubes are 1.90" O.D. x .065" wall TP 304 stainless steel, which has a polished and r. 40 buffed finish. All tubes are wrinkle and burr free. Steps are 26" wide, 15° cycolac, which 41 are U.V. Stabilized. Rear wheels are 6" semi-pneumatic. Front leg/frame supports rest on 42 non-marking rubber bumpers. Chair includes ring buoy holder. Spectrum#20140. 43 44 Handicap Lift: 45 r 46 The Spectrum Swim-Lift 11 Model SL-325 shall be a self-operated water powered lift capable 47 of lifting 400 lbs. Unit shall be power up and gravity down with adjustable mounting 48 hardware to accommodate a variety of different gutter configurations. Unit shall be type 304 49 stainless steel construction with an electro-polished finish. Seat to be 19"wide and set at 17" �" 50 high from the factory and include a seat belt, inner transfer arm, flip up outer arm, and RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 ` Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 28 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 adjustable footrest. Lift System shall be capable of withstanding a 1200 lb static load with no 2 permanent deformation to any component. Chair to travel 42"allowing it to be submerged at 3 least 18"into the water and rotate 180°. Controls to be located adjacent to chair in both stop 4 positions. The lift shall include a removable wheel assembly for portability. All structural 5 components shall carry a 5 year warranty. Additional anchor shall be supplied by Pool rr 6 Contractor. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install one (1) WOODFORD hydrant 7 model Y95. 8 ; 9 EQUIPMENT INCORPORATED IN POOL STRUCTURE: 10 11 Main Drain Grates: 12 13 Custom grates shall be 1" custom sized, 35% open as manufactured by Grate Technologies (to match 14 gutter grating,or equal,four required for features and slide sumps. 15 16 Pre-manufactured frames grates shall be supplied for circulation and lazy river sumps. 17 18 Stainless Steel Frames: 19 20 There shall be four (4) custom fabricated stainless steel frames with grounding lugs provided for 21 amenities and slide sumps. There shall be supplied one (1) Sta-Rite #7017-0158 hydrostatic relief 22 valve for each sump. 23 24 CLEANING AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT: 25 26 Vacuum Cleaner: 27 , 28 Provide a 24" flexible vacuum cleaner head with 2"hose connection. Flow shall range from 75 to 100 29 GPM. It shall include 50 feet of 2"floating hose, 1 %'x 36'jointed handle,hose sleeve and nut. 30 31 Portable Vacuum Pumn: 32 33 There shall be supplied one electric powered portable centrifugal pump and strainer. A 2" suction 34 connection shall be provided and 1 V2" discharge connection with 10 feet of discharge hose. The motor 35 shall be a 3/4 HP, 1 phase, 115/230 volt, 60 cycle, 3450 RPM, drip-proof, continuous duty type plug 36 end switch. 37 38 Telescopic Handles: 39 40 Cleaning tool handle shall be of the telescopic design consisting of two 12' lengths of anodized 41 aluminum tubing, a 1" tube fitted inside a 1 1/4" tube. Handle shall be adjustable from 12' to 42 approximately 24'. Telescopic handle shall be Lion Catalog No. 5012 or equal,two(2)required. 43 w 44 Pool Brush: 45 46 The pool brush and holder shall be permanently attached. The pool brush shall be 18" long with nylon rru 47 bristles and rigid back. 48 49 Leaf Skimmer: 50 an RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 29 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 The leaf skimmer and holder shall be permanently attached. The skimmers shall have a nylon net. •�• 2 Skimlite#558,one(1)required. 3 4 Life Hook: r�rr 5 6 Provide two(2)life hooks of 5/8"diameter anodized aluminum with 16 foot handle. Life hook shall be 7 Lion Catalog No. 5000 or equal. 8 9 Life Ring: 10 11 Provide two (2) ring buoys with 60 feet of 1/4" polyethylene rope. Buoys shall be 24" diameter 12 unicellular plastic foam and must bear United States Coast Guard approval label,Cal-June GW-X-24. 13 14 First Aid Kit: 15 16 Provide one 16 unit first aid kit as manufactured by Pac-Kit,Catalog No. 235258. 17 18 Backboard: 19 20 Provide one 72" x 16" backboard as manufactured by Marine Rescue Products No. 2001 with head 21 immobilizer and 3 straps. 22 23 Pool Rules Sign: rr 24 25 Provide two(2)ND2000 Pool Rules Signs as manufactured by Aquatic Technologies. 26 27 Patron Load: 28 29 Provide one(1)bather load sign for installation inside building lobby. 750 Bathers. rr 30 31 Pace Clock: 32 33 The pace clock shall be furnished by the owner. 34 35 Floatable Feature Anchor: 36 "" 37 Provide four(4) stainless steel anchors for future floatable features. Anchors shall be as manufactured 38 by New Braunfels General Store. See lap pool plans. 39 40 WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER: 41 42 The pool water level shall be maintained automatically by a probe type (pressure sensitive) water level 43 controller,Aquaticontrol ELC-800; Two(2)required. 44 45 SUMP PUMP: 46 47 Provide Four (4) heavy duty fully submersible pump. Pump shall have 20' power cord for GFCI hookup. 48 Pump shall be Sta-Rite Trident #D175120T; 3/4 HP 115 volt. (2) Located in pump pit, (2) for Wave plant 49 room sump. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 30 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 PUMPS 2r 3 GENERAL: Pump motors shall be high efficiency for motors .SHP and greater. Insulation NEMA Class F or 4 better for 3 phase motors. 5 rrr 6 CIRCULATION PUMPS: Furnish and install as scheduled on the Contract Drawings or Equal as approved 7 by the Aquatic Designer. Furnish pump installation shop drawings, including hk pads and pipe connections 8 for all pumps to Aquatic Designer for approval. t 9 10 JET PUMPS: Furnish and install as scheduled on the Contract Drawings or Equal as approved by the 11 Aquatic Designer. Furnish Shop Drawings for all pumps to Aquatic Designer for approval. IN 12 13 PUMP STRAINERS: Furnish and install where called for on the Contract Drawings equal to those 14 manufactured by US Filter, or Mer-Made Fiberglass Basket Strainers. Pump strainers shall be of non- 15 corrosive material. Pump straining baskets shall be stainless steel. Provide one (1) additional strainer basket 16 for each model of pump. 17 18 PRESSURE AND COMPOUND GAUGES: Furnish and install where called for on the Contract Drawings ft 19 and as required by Code. Pressure gauges shall be Ashcroft 1009 liquid filled, 0-60 PSI. Compound gauges 20 shall be Ashcroft 1009 liquid filled 15-0-60.Furnish with pulsation damper. 21 ab 22 FLOW METERS: Furnish and install where called for on the Contract Drawings and as required by Code 23 equal to those manufactured by Eagle Eye Mfg. or Signet as shown in documents. 24 25 DRAIN PUMP: Contractor to furnish final pool draining portable pump. Pump to have "tornado' type 26 impeller, stainless steel motor shaft and an automatic integral float switch and provided with a tether. Pump 27 to have a capacity of 50 GPM at 25 feet TDH. The pump shall be equal to Sta Rite PCD— 10B, 115V. 28 29 PUMPS AND STRAINERS: 30 31 BASE BID 32 Activity Circ. Pumps: (2) B&G 6BC 30hp 1750rpm, 460V, 3ph, 1320gpm @ 65 ft 33 TDH 34 Plan Identification: CP3,CP4 Mechanical Room 35 36 Strainer: (2) US Filter NSS-16-F-1010, and additional eccentric reducer as 37 required. 38 39 Lap Circ. Pumps: (2) Pentair CMK-75 7.5hp 3500rpm, 460V, 3ph, 290gpm @ 72 ft 40 TDH rrm 41 Plan Identification: CP1,CP2 Mechanical Room 42 Strainer: (Included with pump) 43 44 Slide Pump(To be verified): (1) B&G 6BC 30hp, 1750 rpm, 460V, 3ph 1700gpm @ 60 ft 45 TDH 46 Trim for operation through range of 1200 to 1800 gpm 47 48 Plan Identification: SP 1 Wave Plant room 49 No RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 31 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 Strainer: (1) US Filter NSS-16-F-1212, and additional eccentric reducer as ++ 2 required. 3 4 Slide Pump(To be verified): (1) B&G 5BC 15hp 1750rpm, 460V, 3ph 800gpm @ 52 ft 5 TDH 6 Trim for operation of 600 to 900 gpm 7 Plan Identification: SP2 Wave Plant room 8 Strainer: (1) US Filter NSS-16-F-1010, and additional eccentric reducer 9 as required. 10 11 Lazy River Pumps: (2) B&G 6BC 25hp 1750rpm4 460V, 3ph 1250gpm @ 55 ft 12 TDH 13 Trim for operation of 1000 to 1500 gpm 14 Plan Identification: LRP 1,LRP2 Wave Plant room 15 Strainer: (1) US Filter NSS-16-F-1010, and additional eccentric reducer 16 as required. 17 18 Amenity Pum. (1) Pentair CMK-50 5.Ohp 3500rpm, 44OV, 3ph 190gpm @ 65 ft 19 TDH 20 Strainer: (Included with pump) 21 Plan Identification: AP 1 Mechanical Room 22 23 ADD ALTERNATES: ,., 24 25 SCS Water Colors: (1) Pentair CMK-75 7.5p 3500rpm, 40OV, 3ph 450gpm @ 45 ft 26 TDH r 27 Strainer: (Included with pump) 28 Plan identification: AP2 Mechanical Room 29 an 30 Additional Spray Arches: (No add'l pump required)—add 2" solenoid valve and "mini"controller 31 (11OV)by P.C. 32 33 Spray Ground: (1) Pentair CMK-50 5.Ohp 3500rpm, 440V, 3ph 280gpm @ 50 ft Am 34 TDH also add control panel and ground vault with solenoid valves. Vault lid to 35 be factory painted. 36 Strainer: (Included with pump) AN 37 Plan identification: AP3 Mechanical Room 38 39 SCS#LR150 Umbrella Jet: (1) Pentair WFE6 2.Ohp 3500rpm,230V, 1ph Aw 40 Strainer: (Included with pump) 41 42 Plan Identification: AP4 Wave Plant room an 43 44 UV Systems: 45 AN 46 Lap Strainer: (1) US Filter NSS-10-F-0606 47 Activity Strainer: (1) US Filter NSS-10-F-0808 48 49 Arc Falls (No add'1 pump required)—add 2"solenoid valve 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 32 Northwe ;,Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) " 1 2 FUTURE PUMPS: 3 4 Provide For: (3) Pentair CMK-50 5.Ohp 3500rpm,440V, 3ph 5 Strainer: (Included with pump) 6 Plan Identification: AP5,AP6,AP7 Wave Plant room 7 8 Tumble Buckets 100gpm—3" 9 T-Series Dump-n-Spray 2009pm—4" 10 T-Series Sheet Flow 150gpm—4" 11 SCS#LR650 Swivel Shower 20gpm—2" 12 SCS#LR725 Crazy Tree 60gpm—2" 13 SCS#LR360 Water Curtain 150gpm—4" 14 Water Fall Features 60gpm 15 16 Provide For: 17 Future watercolors addition (1) Pentair CMK-75 7.50hp 3500rpm,440V, 3ph 18 450gpm @ 45 ft TDH 19 Strainer: (Included with pump) 20 Plan identification: AP8 Mechanical Room 21 22 VALVES AND PIPING MATERIALS 23 24 VALVE CONNECTIONS: Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joint. r 25 Use line size valves. 26 27 USE OF VALVES: 28 29 Pipe sizes 3"- 12" -Butterfly. 30 31 Miscellaneous valves 1/2" -2 1/2"-PVC True Union Ball Valves. 32 33 All chemical lines and equipment-PVC True Union Ball Valves. ft 34 35 BUTTERFLY VALVES: Butterfly valves 3" - 12" shall be wafer design flangeless or lug bodies shall be 36 suitable for use between ANSI 125 or 150 lb. flanges. All valves 3" through 6" shall be lever handle style 37 unless otherwise called out on the plans. All valves 8"and larger shall be gear drive, Spears or equal. rw 38 39 Butterfly valves 14" -24" shall be lug body design. 40 ft 41 Bodies of the flangeless design shall be provided with at least four(4)bolt guides to center the valve in 42 the pipeline. 43 sir 44 All butterfly valves shall have a cast iron body, aluminum bronze or D.I. with nickel coated disc, one 45 piece stainless steel shaft with Buna-N or EPDM seat minimum 150 PSI rating. 46 47 All butterfly valves 3" -6" shall have 10 position locking in handle,butterfly valves 8" -24" shall have 48 gear operators and chain operators as required. 49 50 All valves shall be as manufactured by Spears or equal as approved by the Architect/Engineer. d■ RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 33 do Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 as 2 BALL VALVES: PVC Type True Union Ball Valves,Eslon, Assahi, Spear or equal. 3 4 CHECK VALVES: Furnish and install as shown on the drawings. Shall be PVC water or spring style with wo 5 Spacer. Must be one full pipe size larger than installed pipe size to eliminate flow restrictions. Models as 6 manufactured by Techno Check or Praher. 7 do 8 EXPANSION JOINT/FLEXIBLE Connector: Provide Metrosphere Model as manufactured by Metraflex, 9 Chicago,Illinois, as indicated on the drawings. 10 do 11 SOLENOID VALVES: Use slow closing, two way valves to eliminate water hammer of characteristic 12 voltage,material,and pipe size for correct flow rate as manufactured by ASCO,Dayton or equal. 13 14 MODULATING FLOAT VALVES: Shall be used in the surge tank as specified on Contract Drawings. The 15 valves shall be constructed with stainless rod and PVC floats allowing 20% maximum flow when fully 16 closed.As manufactured by Sta-Rite Industries,EPD,or Mer-Made, or equal as approved by the Architect. 17 18 SUBMERGED SERVICE OPERATORS: Use only approved service operators for the valve requiring 19 underwater operation. 20 21 VALVE OPERATOR EXTENSION: Provide extensions as necessary to operate submerged or below 22 surface valves and the appropriate valve box access cover. 23 �. 24 FOUR WAY VALVES: Provide Four Way Valve equal to Dezurik 1000, Fig. 204, T, 6, RS46, EGG 25 12H12,B as required. 26 27 PVC THREE WAY VALVES: (where required) Provide PVC 3 way valves of 2" or 2 1/2"pipe size equal 28 to Jandy or Compool. 29 r 30 AUTOMATIC WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER: 31 32 Furnish and install as shown and of the quality as listed on the Contract Drawings. All electrical 33 components shall be in the filter area.Piping and signal circuit shall be according to the manufacturer's 34 shop drawings. Water level controllers shall be manufactured by Aquatic Control Technology, (303) 35 762-9470,Model ELC-800, or approved equal. 36 37 The solenoid valve shall be slow closing type furnished by the Pool Contractor. The bypass valve and 38 all fresh water piping from backflow preventer to be by Pool Contractor. 39 �. 40 POOL HEATERS 41 42 Provide heater's model size and quantity as shown on drawings. 43 44 Furnish and install thermometers in inlet and outlet piping to heater and downstream in the blended water 45 stream. Thermometers shall be Trerice, adjustable angle, 9" scale, A40 Series, insertion length to 46 accommodate pipe size, separable socket. 47 48 Furnish and install copper piping for 6'-0"on heater influent and 6'-0"on effluent. ... 49 50 Furnish and install a flow switch for each heater per heater manufacturer's specification. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 34 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 Must meet all State Codes where applicable. err 3 4 POOL FITTINGS,DECK MAINTENANCE,COMPETITIVE,AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT 5 6 Provide and install the equipment scheduled on the drawings of manufacturer and model number or approved 7 equal.It is the installing contractors responsibility to verify actual quantities required. 8 9 All equipment shall be provided completely assembled, and ready to use. 10 11 Color selections shall be provided at time of submittal. at 12 13 Custom fabrications require approved shop drawings and/or submittals prior to ordering. 14 15 All equipment shall be provided with storage anchors,hangers and appropriate ancillary hardware to provide 06 16 for proper storage. Such hardware is to be noted in submittals. 17 18 If not specifically called out on the drawings, all materials shall be corrosion resistant and of commercial va 19 grade quality,engineered,and constructed or manufactured for the intended use. 20 21 TILE AND TILE SETTING MATERIALS ift 22 23 Furnish and install swimming pool work tiles as shown on the drawings and as listed in the schedules. 24 Determine order/delivery dates at contract buy-out. Provide secure storage on-site. No extension of time will r 25 be granted as a result of unavailable materials or material delivery schedule delays. Coordinate tile ordering 26 with Installer of Section 09300. 27 28 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Maintain temperature at 50 degrees F minimum during tile work and 29 for 7 days after completion or furnish protection as approved by the Architect. 30 err 31 EXTRA STOCK: Supply extra 2%of each color of flat and trim in clean marked cartons for Owner's use. 32 33 CERAMIC TILE: 34 35 Furnish all ceramic tile required as follows (all shall be frost proof). Colors shall be as selected by 36 Architect from middle price range tiles. 37 38 Furnish all tile required for special markings and lettering in conformance with the Contract 39 Documents and applicable Codes,including depth markings and no diving markers. 40 41 Racing lane tile edges shall be installed flush with finished floor and walls. 42 43 Target rile shall be installed flush with floor and walls. rrr 44 45 Use Universal trim cap S-812 on pool stair tread edges where required for proper trim and as directed 46 on the drawings. 47 48 SETTING MATERIALS: 49 50 Portland Cement:ASTM C150,Type I. im RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 35 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 err 2 Hydrated lime:ASTM C206, 7 Type S. 3 4 Sand:ASTM C144. ,., 5 6 Water: Clean and potable. 7 �. 8 F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S OF PRE-MIX: Multi-cure as manufactured by the C-Cure 9 Chemical Company,used with latex additive or Kerabond with Kerolastic additive or Flex PCI System. 10 11 G. GROUT: Commercial Two Pact Epoxy Grout. 12 13 H. ACCEPTABILITY OF SURFACES: Before tiling, check area to be tiled for acceptability as follows: 14 (Installation of tile finish on a subsurface constitutes acceptance of the subsurface by the applier of finish 15 materials.) 16 17 Surface medium-rough texture. 18 All surfaces to be tile shall be free of dust,rust,paint,from oil or other release coatings. 19 Provision for rope anchors and ladders and other embedments at proper locations. 20 Concrete true to line,level,plumb and curvature. «. 21 Width,depth and length will permit finished accuracy of markings and dimensions. 22 23 LAYOUT: 24 25 Align all joints to give straight uniform grout lines. 26 Observe exact minimum length per dimensions shown on drawings. 27 28 WORKMANSHIP: 29 30 Observe maximum width tolerance of 1"over dimensions shown in drawings. 31 Observe t1/16"maximum finish elevation tolerance on all gutter edges. 32 Supply first-class workmanship in all tile work. 33 Use all products in strict accordance with recommendations and directions of manufacturer. 'W 34 Proportion all mixes in accordance with latest ANSI Standard Specifications. 35 Smooth all exposed cut edges or any edges that will cause injury to swimmers. 36 37 SETTING METHODS: 38 39 Portland Cement Mortar Bed(1 1/2"minimum)on concrete or as noted. ++• 40 Follow ANSI A108.8 (Referenced TCA P431),using dry-set mortar bond coat on cured bed. 41 Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar(Thin-Set)on concrete using a minimum leveling bed. 42 Follow ANSI 108.5 (Reference TAC F113 &W213). rr 43 44 CLEANING: 45 46 Clean tile surface as thoroughly as possible on completion of grouting. 47 48 PROTECTION OF TILE WORK: Protect all newly riled areas. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park .POOLS Renton,Washington Page 36 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) to 1 WAVE MACHINE 2 it 3 38ft WIDE MULTI-PATTERN "BREAKER"PNEUMATIC WAVE GENERATOR AT RENTON 4 AQUATIC CENTER 5 rir 6 INTRODUCTION: 7 8 The "Breaker" wave generator shall encompass the most up to date technology, with total quality being 9 incorporated at the design stage,to ensure many years of reliable service. 10 11 Generator shall be specifically designed to operate in large water park projects, the wave patterns can be 12 customized to produce waves to the client's requirements. The remote panel allows the operator to select 13 which wave pattern is produced in the wave pool. 14 15 The waves are pneumatically produced, with no moving parts in contact with the water The generation of the 16 waves in the pool takes place in 4 wave chambers that are specially designed to ensure maximum wave 17 performance. 18 19 High-pressure air is delivered by controlled volume via our specifically developed wave fans, through Triple 20 Layer GRP / uPVC ducting and flexible connections, to our unique stainless steel dual port valves. These 21 valves are individually installed on each wave chamber, and have quick response pneumatics controlled by 22 the latest PLC control panel. It is possible to generate waves in a variety of differing patterns and heights. 23 24 During commissioning,each wave pattern will be demonstrated and adjusted to the client's satisfaction. sir 25 26 DESIGN CRITERIA: 27 28 The "BREAKER" wave generator has been designed for constant or time controlled operation, and to 29 produce the following wave patterns: 30 31 1 -Diamond Pattern 32 2-Parallel Pattern 33 3 - %Z Parallel Pattern 34 4-Break Right Pattern 35 5 -Break Left Pattern 36 37 The maximum wave height in Diamond is 3ft. 38 39 EQUIPMENT SUMMARY: 40 41 1 Off 55Kw(75 hp)High Performance Wave Fan 42 4 Off Wave Valves Manufacture from High Grade 316 Stainless Steel 43 4 Off Pneumatic Cylinders and Solenoid Drive Assemblies go 44 1 Off Air Compressor 5.5KW 45 1 Sets High Pressure Triple Layer GRP/uPVC Ducting 46 5 Off Flexible Connections and Fixings 47 1 Off Main Control Panel 48 1 Off Pool Side Remote Panel 49 4 Off 316 Stainless Steel Wave Chamber Grilles 50 1 Set ABS Air Line with Pressure Regulator and Auto Drain System RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 37 Northwest Architectural CompanL P.S. (2-02072) 1 1 Set Stainless Steel and Galvanized Duct Supports Aw 2 1 Set Holding Down Bolts, Supports,Brackets,and Fixings 3 4 WAVE FANS: ,. 5 6 The wave fans are of a type specifically designed for use in wave generation and have been developed, with 7 long life and ease of maintenance, as a prime consideration. ... 8 9 The shaft of the high efficiency backward curve impeller runs in a special high speed bearing assembly, 10 driven via a high quality coupling. Access to the impeller and fan housing is via a removable inspection plate. 11 aw 12 MOTOR: -55 Kw (75hp)x 1 13 SUPPLY: - *CONFIRM THE LOCAL POWER SUPPLY. 14 oft 15 The motor has class F insulation and anti-condensation heaters as standard. 16 17 To reduce vibration and sound transmission,the wave fan assembly is mounted on a base frame, with rubber to 18 anti-vibration fixings. 19 20 WAVE VALVES: an 21 22 The valves are manufactured throughout in 316L stainless steel to the highest standard of quality. The 23 special dual port valves have been designed to optimize airflow to and from the wave chambers. am 24 25 The drive to the valves is provided by compact, clean line lubrication free pneumatic cylinders, using the 26 latest in micro-pneumatic control. Each cylinder is fitted with its own double acting solenoid valve assembly. am 27 28 DUCTWORK: 29 30 To ensure correct performance we provide specifically designed circular section Triple Layer GRP /uPVC 31 ducting, which is supplied complete with flexible connections to the wave fans and wave valves. The duct is 32 complete with all necessary fastenings to secure the flexible connections in stainless steel. Gaskets are 33 provided at all necessary locations. arr 34 35 COMPRESSOR: 36 37 Provide a high quality compressor specifically developed to meet this project's requirements. It is air cooled 38 and driven by a 5.5 KW(7.5 HP)electric motor mounted on a horizontal receiver. 39 �. 40 WAVE GRILLES: 41 42 We provide 316 L stainless steel grilles for each wave chamber opening. These have been designed giving 43 careful consideration to both safety and appearance, as such the polished stainless steel tubes are free to rotate 44 in their fixing channels. 45 dw 46 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT: 47 48 On projects where noise reduction is a requirement,we would be pleased to quote for any additional items of am 49 plant that may be required to meet local regulations. This would normally relate to noise attenuation, for the 50 ventilation of the plant room and acoustic doors. am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 38 Northwest Architectural Company P.S.. (2-02072) ` 1 2 MAIN CONTROL PANEL: an 3 4 The main control panel is a wall mounted IP55 enclosure that houses the star/delta starter for the wave fan,all 5 other starters, mcb's, overloads, and out going connections. The main PLC to control the wave patterns is ft 6 also contained in the panel,which is complete with door isolator and other control switches. 7 8 REMOTE CONTROL PANEL: ,m 9 10 The remote panel is normally mounted at the poolside. From this point the operational staff has total control 11 of the wave generator,being able to start and stop the machine,and select the desired wave pattern. 12 13 Remote panel shall be located on wave are sunning deck in the"guard station"area. 14 15 SHOP DRAWINGS: 16 17 The manufacturer shall provide any technical information and drawings that may be required by the design 18 team or client. As a minimum, provide shop drawings that detail, plant room layouts, wave chambers, pool ' 19 contours,wave pool containment and electrical connections. 20 21 INSTALLATION: 26 22 23 Provide on-site, a qualified engineer to provide expert supervision of all installation work. All associated 24 costs such as flights,accommodation and living expenses shall be included within the contract price. to 25 26 COMMISSIONING: 27 28 On completion of the installation the field engineer shall proceed direct to commissioning the wave generator. 29 This requires the pool filled to the correct operating level, and the wiring to our equipment finalized. During 30 commissioning, instruct the client's engineer or representative, in the operation and maintenance of the 31 equipment. On completion of the commissioning, demonstrate the wave machine to the client,and adjust the 32 wave patterns to their satisfaction. The system shall then be handed over, when the commissioning 33 documentation has been signed and accepted by the client. 34 35 MANUALS: 36 37 Supply three copies of our operating and maintenance manuals,in English, to the client on completion of the 38 commissioning. The manuals contain a list of recommended spares, and a full list of all components of the 39 "BREAKER"wave generator. The manual will also detail the routine maintenance that should be carried out 40 to the wave generator. 41 42 GENERATOR SERVICE: 43 44 As part of after care service the manufacturer shall offer an annual service contract. This is normally 45 undertaken at the start of the season to ensure the smooth operation of the generator, and that the wave 46 machine is tuned to peak performances 47 48 CUSTOMER SATISFACTION AND GUARANTEE 49 06 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 39 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 The wave machine shall come complete with a comprehensive guarantee. The warranty period will last .. 2 for a period of one year from the `hand over' date and covers the replacement of all faulty components 3 supplied by us as part of the contract. 4 5 In event of a mechanical failure, manufacturer shall replace any faulty parts within a maximum period 6 of 48hrs from notification. This may include parts being sourced locally and sent directly to site or a 7 replacement part being sent from our factory by over night express courier. In the event that a failure �r 8 cannot be repaired,manufacturer will dispatch an engineer to action repair work. 9 10 Manufacturer shall provide contact names and phone numbers for customer questions and repair and rr 11 warranty requests. 12 13 Pre-qualified Manufacturers: 14 15 Murphy's Waves Ltd. 16 A/O Jim Stuart. 17 Tel: 01144 1418101313 18 Fax: 0 1144 1418101818 19 E-mail: Jim.Stuart@europools.co.uk 20 .r 21 WATER SLIDES(REFER TO SECTION 13650) 22 23 GUTTER SYSTEM 24 25 DESIGN STANDARDS: 26 27 Provide a gutter system at the zero entry for recirculation of pool water. The gutter system shall extend 28 along the zero entry of the pool, as shown on the Contract Drawings, providing for continuous 29 skimming the pool surface. 30 31 The gutter trough shall be formed concrete and sealed with Bostick products Hydoment "Ultra-set." 32 The trough shall include a 2"outfall converter. 33 34 The trough shall be covered with PVC grating installed flush and smooth with surrounding finishes. 35 36 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S: Grate Technology. .r 37 38 QUALIFICATION: The grating shall be the product of a manufacturer and installer regularly engaged in the 39 engineering,construction and installation of swimming pool perimeter overflow gutter systems. r. 40 41 OVERFLOW SKIMMING: The gutter drainage trough must be capable of continuous overflow skimming 42 50%of the total recirculation flow rate. 43 44 GRATING: The gutter channel shall be covered with a PVC composite grating. The grating shall be white, 45 non-skid,and UV coated. The style shall be I bars at 2"centers with structural crossties at 12"centers. The 46 grating shall rest inside a formed ledge to the concrete trough and shall be installed flush with surrounding 47 fmish surfaces. 48 49 SURGE TANK 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 40 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Capacity - Provide surge capacity for 1 gal/sq. ft. of pool surface area of pool. As a required minimum, 2 capacity shall allow for 15 gal./bather. 3 4 Materials-Tank shall be constructed with 4,000 psi,reinforced concrete. 5 6 Water tightness - Entire vessel shall be water tight. Contractor may use concrete additives or cement based 7 lining systems. Submittal shall be required for approval. 8 9 Pipe penetrations-All pipe penetrations shall be link-seal or approved equal. 10 11 Venting-Venting shall be accomplished via grating hatch lid. 12 13 Valves - All valves shall be provided with extended valve operators and shall be rated for continuous 14 underwater duty in a pool environment. 15 16 Cover- Concrete tank lid shall be poured by deck Contractor. Thickness and reinforcing shall be as per AR 17 drawings. 18 19 MYRTHA POOL SYSTEM ALTERNATE 20 21 A. Myrtha Pool Systems may be bid as an equal alternate to concrete pool systems. 22 23 Pre-Qualifications: 24 25 Pool installing Contractor shall have at least five years experience in commercial swimming pool 26 construction, having completed at least five commercial swimming pool projects (20m or longer, or 27 300 sq.m. surface area)in that period. 28 29 Pool installing Contractor shall have completed a factory-training program in the Myrtha Pool 30 installation techniques,and shall be so certified. 31 32 Manufacturer of pool structure must be ISO 9001 certified, and must cant' the specific certification 33 number registered with an international registrar. 34 ' 35 The pool manufacturer shall have completed at least 25 commercial pool projects of at least 20 meters 36 length using this technology, over the past 25 years. All details shall have been field tested and proven 37 on previous projects, and detailed references shall be made available for each unique, custom and r'r' 38 standard detail offered. 39 40 All aspects of current pool design shall be accomplished with Myrtha System or concrete. 41 42 Materials: 43 ift 44 Pool Walls and Gutters: 45 46 Pool walls and gutters are to be manufactured using an overflow gutter system on all four walls. 47 48 Each wall and gutter section shall be supported by a buttress system,and shall allow for adjustment 49 for true and level installation. 50 irr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 41 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 All structural components shall be installed upon a sound and appropriately engineered reinforced 2 concrete footing or slab, as recommended by the pool manufacturer and as required by local and 3 national codes. 4 5 Wall and gutter systems shall be guaranteed against structural movement and failure to withstand 6 hydrostatic pressures. 7 r„ 8 End walls should be flow-through type construction to limit water surge. 9 10 Pool Floor&Circulation System: 11 12 Floor membrane shall: 13 14 Have been used for at least 15 years in the construction of commercial pools. 15 16 Be guaranteed against the loss of integrity or against leakage. 17 18 Be provided by the swimming pool manufacturer. 19 20 Inlets&Circulation: �+ 21 22 The inlet system should be by diffuser floor inlets evenly spaced throughout the pool 23 between lanes. rrr 24 25 The circulation is through the gutter system to ensure perfect skimming throughout 26 competition. 27 28 Adequate surge capacity must be provided outside of the pool,to prevent flooded gutters. 29 r 30 In-Pool Fittings: 31 32 All in-pool fittings shall be provided by the pool manufacturer to ensure compatibility with 33 pool system and to protect warranties and guarantees. Where this is not possible, the o. 34 manufacturer shall confirm, in writing, that the fitting is satisfactory to them and will not 35 affect the performance or warranties on the pool. 36 37 All in-pool fittings shall meet local and national requirements for performance and safety, 38 and shall be installed according to manufacturers recommendations. 39 40 The pool grating must be parallel to the deck to ensure wave breaking performance. 41 42 Installation: wr 43 44 Prior to pool assembly, the pool contractor shall confirm that site conditions are suitable, acceptable 45 and adequate for the pool installation. Any concerns shall be expressed in writing before proceeding 46 with pool construction. 47 48 At each stage of construction, the factory authorized technician acting as supervisor shall confirm, in 49 writing, that each stage of the pool construction has been completed to the satisfaction of the pool 50 manufacturer before progress to the subsequent stage(s)of construction are permitted. r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 06 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 42 Northwest Architectural Company P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 The factory authorized technician shall have supervised all aspects of the installation of commercial 3 swimming pool projects, using the above described construction system of a pre-engineered modular 4 system,on at least 5 projects of similar scope over the past 5 years. 5 6 Overseeing: 7 8 The Pool Contractor shall provide technicians during throughout competition to provide maintenance 9 and trouble-shooting of the various pool systems. These periods shall be scheduled in conjunction with 10 the organizer,with at least 10 business days notice to either party before scheduling. 11 12 FEATURE ALTERNATES 13 14 All alternates shall provide all components necessary for a fully operational system. 15 16 WATER SLIDE STRUCTURE AND OPEN TUBE FLUME: 17 18 In the base bid, furnish and install all piping and footings for the specified water slides. Also,provide " 19 blockout sections in the pool wall to accommodate future slide flume installation. With this bid 20 alternate, furnish and install the painted, galvanized steel water slide stair and tower structure with 21 canopy, the 54" open tube flume, and associated pump and equipment as required for a complete 22 installation. 23 24 WATER SLIDE ENCLOSED BODY FLUME: ri 25 26 Bid Alternate No. 2 cannot be taken without Bid Alternate No. 1. With this bid alternate, furnish and 27 install the 42" aqua tube flume and associated pump and equipment as required for a complete 28 installation. 29 30 SCS WATER COLORS INTERACTIVE PLAY STRUCTURE-TWO LEVEL: 31 32 In the base bid, furnish and install all piping and the installation template required for future 33 installation of the specified play structure. With this bid alternate, furnish and install the interactive 34 play structure and associated pump and equipment required for a complete installation. 35 36 WATER SPRAY GROUND: 37 38 The base bid includes concrete deck in the area of the spray ground with expansion joints at the 39 perimeter(to allow future removal of the concrete deck), all piping and electrical conduit required for 40 future installation of the spray ground features. The base bid also includes the adjacent concrete walls, " 41 rock walls,planter bed,irrigation,landscaping,etc.shown on the 42 43 landscaping drawings. With the bid alternate, furnish and install 6 slant jets, 3 fog jets, 1 foam geyser, 44 1 controller and solenoid valves inside a pre-manufactured ground vault with painted lid, associated 3 45 hp pump, required concrete deck work and 4" wide, circular drain (manufactured by Grate 46 Technologies)as shown on the drawings and as required for a complete installation. rw 47 48 LAZY RIVER WATER UMBRELLA: 49 am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 43 "" Northwest Architectural Cg=My,P.S. (2-02072) 1 In the base bid, include all piping and base anchorage as required for future installation. With this bid 2 alternate, furnish and install the lazy river water umbrella jet, SCS#LR150 and 2 hp pump as required 3 for a complete installation. 4 �.. 5 ARC FALLS: 6 7 In the base bid, include all piping and concrete blockout required for future installation. In this bid 8 alternate, furnish and install the Custom Cascades, series 4000 Arch Fall as required for a complete 9 installation. 10 dr 11 ADDITIONAL SPRAY ARCHES: 12 13 In the base bid, include all piping and concrete blockout required for future installation of (3) 14 additional spray arches. In this bid alternate, furnish and install (3) Spray Arches as shown on the 00 15 drawings and as required for a complete installation. 16 17 SUBSTITUTE METAL ROOFING FOR MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING: do 18 19 Refer to Architectural 20 21 CONSTRUCT LAP POOL AS A"MYRTHA POOL SYSTEM." 22 23 See plan sheet AQ90. .. 24 25 POOL AND AMENITY OPERATIONAL CONTROLS 26 27 Design Standards: 28 29 Pool Contractor shall coordinate the installation of control systems for all pools. The design schematic 30 is provided on the pool plans and shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor according 31 to applicable electrical code standards. 32 33 All pools, slides, and wave generator shall be provided with an emergency shut-off switch located in .■ 34 proximity of related pool system as required by applicable code. Refer to plans for recommended 35 locations. 36 37 Sprayer and amenity features shall be provided with rimer and/or on-off control systems as called for in 38 the electrical schematics. Refer to plans for location and mounting instruction. 39 40 41 Pre-manufactured control systems incorporating sequenced timing of amenity features (if required), 42 shall be provided by the Pool Contractor and installed by the Electrical Contractor. Electrical +� 43 Contractor shall hook-up power supply to panel and run power/control legs to equipment items as per 44 the manufacturer's schematic drawing. 45 46 Control system required for Spray Ground only. 47 48 Foam Geyser: 49 50 General: RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 44 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 The specified fountain shall be suitable for installation in Spray Grounds or Zero- 3 Entry Public Swimming Facilities and shall be manufactured by Rain Drop Products.It 4 shall operate at a water flow rate of 50 to 80 gallons per minute. Installation shall be 5 supplied by others. rr, 6 7 Design: 8 9 Construction: The body shall be manufactured from heavy duty, high tensile strength 10 PVC, gas welded and shall be impervious to rust and corrosion. The nozzles shall be 11 high strength,corrosion resistant machine cast brass. 12 13 Piping/Stem: All piping connection shall be made from heavy-duty high tensile 14 strength PVC. 15 ` 16 Packaging: 17 18 Shall be packaged to protect against damage during transit. 19 20 Installation: 21 22 Drawings and instructions shall be supplied by manufacturer for ease of installation. 23 24 Winterization: rrr 25 26 Manufacturer to supply optional drain line connection at bottom of pump to be 27 connected to central drain system. Installer to install valve to open drain line in off- 28 season. Instructions to be provided by manufacturer. 29 30 Warranty: 31 32 Shall be furnished by manufacturer providing an unconditional warranty against rust 33 and corrosion and a guarantee against all defects in workmanship and material for a 34 period of five years from the date of shipment, on all components. Excluding only 35 normal wear and tear and improper operation or installation. 36 37 Fog Jet: ' 38 39 General: 40 41 The specified fountain shall be suitable for installation in Spray Grounds or Zero-Entry 42 Public Swimming Facilities and shall be manufactured by Rain Drop Products. It shall 43 operate at a water flow rate of 10 to 20 gallons per minute. Installation shall be 44 supplied by others. 45 46 Design: 47 48 Construction: The body and nozzle shall be made from high strength, corrosion 49 resistant schedule 80 PVC.All welded construction. 50 66 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 45 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072 1 Piping/Stem: The piping connection shall be made from heavy-duty high tensile 2 strength PVC. 3 4 Packaging: 5 6 Shall be packaged to fully protect that assembly against damage during transit. 7 8 Installation: 9 10 Drawings and instructions shall be supplied by manufacturer for ease of 11 installation. 12 13 Winterization: 14 "" 15 A tamper resistant cover shall be provided to winterize the feature. It shall be made 16 from high strength PVC material.Manufacturer to supply installation instructions. 17 18 Wanar►ty: 19 20 Shall be furnished by manufacturer providing an unconditional warranty against rust ++� 21 and corrosion and a guarantee against all defects in workmanship and material for a 22 period of five years from the date of shipment, on all components. Excluding only 23 normal wear and tear and improper operation or installation. 24 25 Slant Jet: 26 27 General: 28 29 The specified fountain shall be suitable for installation in Spray Grounds or Zero-Entry wo 30 Public Swimming Facilities and shall be manufactured by Rain Drop Products. It shall 31 operate at a water flow rate of 10 gallons per minute. Installation shall be supplied by 32 others. 33 34 Desi 35 36 Construction: The body shall be manufactured from heavy duty, high tensile strength 37 PVC, gas welded and shall be impervious to rust and corrosion. The nozzle shall be 38 high strength,corrosion resistant machine cast brass. 39 e.r 40 Piping/Stem: All piping connection shall be made from heavy-duty high tensile 41 strength PVC. 42 43 Packagin¢: 44 45 Shall be packaged to protect against damage in transit. 46 47 Installation: 48 49 Drawings and instructions shall be supplied by manufacturer for ease of installation. 50 a. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 46 Northwest Architectural Comvanv, P.S. (2-02072) i Winterization: 2 +rn 3 Manufacturer to supply high strength PVC plugs and installation instructions. 4 5 Warranty 6 7 Shall be furnished by manufacturer providing an unconditional warranty against rust 8 and corrosion and a guarantee against all defects in workmanship and material for a „ 9 period of five years from the date of shipment, on all components. Excluding only 10 normal wear and tear and improper operation or installation. 11 12 Valve Pit Vault: 13 14 Valve pit vault and valve manifold to be built by Spray Ground manufacturer. The vault lid 15 shall be painted with a non-slip surface. Paint shall be powder coat or other approved 16 method by Pool Designer. Submit paint samples and methods. 17 18 Acceptable Pre-manufactured control systems: WA 19 20 Raindrop 21 Vortex International 22 Water Works 23 24 STAINLESS STEEL GUTTER SYSTEM rrt 25 26 Design Standards: 27 28 Provide a continuous stainless steel gutter system fabricated of Type 304, with a Number 3 polished 29 finish no less than 12 gauge for recirculation of pool water. The gutter system shall extend around the 30 perimeter of the pool, as shown on the Contract Drawings, providing for continuous skimming of the 31 pool surface and incorporating a filtered water return line. To establish a standard of performance and 32 design, these specifications are based on the following systems. Exterior shall be grouted to dense 33 smooth finish. 34 35 The work under this section shall include the furnishing and installation of a stainless steel perimeter 36 recirculating gutter system. The system shall consist of an overflow channel with integral deflector, 37 filtered water supply channel finished edge, grating, two (2) drain converters supply converter, line 38 anchors,surge tank air vents with stainless steel grills,vacuum ports and shall provide grounding lugs. 39 40 The method of water recirculating specified and shown on the drawings is intended as the basis for 41 receiving bids and is the preference of the Owner. It is not intended to limit competition. 42 43 Acceptable Manufacturers: ft 44 45 Paddock. 46 Whitten Products. 47 Recreation Supply. 48 Whitten. 49 Superior Swim Systems. 50 a" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 47 dM Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Qualification: The system shall be the product of a manufacturer and installer regularly engaged in the as 2 engineering,construction and installation of swimming pool perimeter overflow gutter systems. 3 4 Overflow Skimming: The gutter drainage trough must be capable of continuous overflow skimming. The Am 5 cross-sectional area and depth of the gutter trough shall provide adequate hydraulic gradient considering the 6 size of the pool and the area to be skimmed. 7 dw 8 Overflow Lip: 9 10 The handgrip (overflow lip) of the gutter shall provide a hand hold not exceeding 2.5" wide and not an 11 less than 1"deep in accordance with APHA regulations. 12 13 The overflow lip shall be level to a tolerance of+/- 1/16 around the entire pool perimeter to provide 14 uniform skimming of the entire pool surface. "' 15 16 Converters: Gutter outfall and supply/return converters shall be sized to handle the circulation flow. Outfall 17 converter velocity shall be 3 fp.s. or less. Supply converter and header velocity shall be 9 fp.s. or less. All 18 converters shall be fitted with flanged connections. Other means of connection to perimeter piping shall not 19 be acceptable.Drain converters shall be plumbed to below standard surge tank water level. 6"converters. 20 21 Anchorage: The entire gutter channel shall be anchored to the pool walls with u-bar anchors tied to the 22 reinforcing steel during the pool construction. The gutter manufacturer shall furnish the anchors to the pool 23 construction contractor. The rear top gutter edge shall be aligned and secured to the pool beam with support 24 angles. The angles shall be welded the u-bar anchors installed in the pool beam at no less than 48"on center 25 around the entire pool perimeter. 26 27 Deflector Plate: The upper periphery of the pool gutter shall be formed as a wave deflector plate with angle 28 of deflection providing a splash plate extending above the overflow level. 29 .r. 30 Non-Slip surface: Furnish and install non-slip surface on gutter horizontal deck edge, horizontal surface of 31 handhold and vertical face in competitive turning end walls. 32 33 Depth Markers: Pool gutter shall be complete with depth markers applied to the vertical face of the splash 34 plate as required. Refer to the Construction Drawings for size and locations required. 35 36 Grating: The gutter channel shall be covered with a pultrated glass fiber composite grating. The grating shall 37 be white, non-skid and UV-coated. The style shall be T-bars at 2" centers with structural cross ties at 12" 38 centers. The grating shall be fastened to the channel cross ties with non-corrosive hardware. The grating 39 support angles shall be spaced no less than 48"on center around the entire pool perimeter. ++ 40 41 Accessibility and Expansion: All supply piping, fittings,inlets and rope anchors shall be 100%accessible for 42 inspection, repair or replacement. Allowance for lineal expansion and contraction of header pipe shall be .. 43 provided. 44 45 Supply Inlets: no supply tube,inlets not required. 46 47 Racing Lane and Safety Line Anchors: All racing lane and safety line anchors shall be included as required 48 by racing lane and safety line shown on the drawings and specified under Deck Equipment. Racing line 49 anchors shall be in gutter face and attached to structural pool wall with stainless steel supports. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 48 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 Grouting of Gutter Exterior: After completion of the gutter system installation, the contractor shall place 2 non-metallic,non-shrink grout between the pool wall and the gutter to insure a smooth,dense,watertight seal 3 around the entire pool perimeter. 4 5 am 6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 7 8 go 9 SHOTCRETE OR GUNITE CONCRETE WORK 10 11 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST: Minimum 4000 psi in 28 days for both gunite and shotcrete work. 12 13 SUBMITTALS: Copy of test results to Architect after all test have been completed. 14 15 PLACING OF CONCRETE: Placing of gunite or shotcrete: Conforming to the requirements of GCA 16 Publication G-84,ACI 509,and as specified herein. 17 18 GUNITE: 19 20 Mixing:Mix dry in batch mixing machine for a period of not less than 1 minute. 21 wr 22 Mix and Strengthen:As specified in Part 2. M. 23 24 SHOTCRETE: 25 26 Mixing time for materials delivered by ready mix trucks to the job site shall not exceed 1 1/2 hours or 27 250 revolutions of the drum which ever comes first. Additional water may be added at job site only if ab 28 requested by pool contractor. When additional water is added, drum shall be rotated a minimum of 30 29 additional revolutions. 30 31 A delivery ticket shall be furnished to Architect with the following information: 32 33 Name of concrete firm. 34 Serial number of ticket. 35 Date. 36 Truck number. 37 Specific class of concrete. 38 Amount of concrete. 39 Time loaded. 40 Water added. 41 Time unloaded. 42 43 CONCRETE PLACEMENT: rry 44 45 Place concrete against original undisturbed soil, thoroughly compacted earth, or existing concrete that 46 will not yield during placing operation. 47 48 Remove all loose, fine aggregate or rebound from surfaces receiving concrete before placing 49 succeeding layers. Whenever possible, first layer shall entirely cover reinforcing steel to secure it in 50 proper position. a. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 49 Northwest Architectural Co=any.P.S. (2-02072) 1 •+ 2 Where new concrete is applied against concrete,thoroughly clean the existing surface and drench with 3 water at least twice on the day before placing new concrete. Surfaces upon which concrete will be 4 applied shall be sufficiently damp to prevent excessive absorption of water content in new concrete 5 mix,but not so wet as to overcome suction. 6 7 Concrete deposited on vertical surfaces shall be shot at right angle to surface starting at the bottom and 40 8 continuing upward. Build up in layers of a thickness that will not slump, allowing sufficient time 9 between placing of layers for initial set to take place. 10 11 FINISHING: n 12 13 When thickness and planes outlined by forms and gauging wires have been reached, rod surfaces to 14 true lines.After rodding,remove gauging wires. Finish all exposed surfaces to straight and true lines. 15 16 Gun finish as left by nozzle, or cut finish as left by Fresno. 17 18 Continuously moisture cure for no less than 7 days. 19 20 PIPING AND PIPE FITTINGS -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 21 22 WORK INCLUDED: Pipe, fittings, connections, wall penetrations, hangers and supports, equipment bases 23 and supports,excavation and backfill. .+ 24 25 REFERENCES: 26 27 ANSI/ASTM D1784 - Rigid poly(PVC) compounds and chlorinated poly(CPVC) compounds. Must 28 be NSF listed for potable water. 29 30 ANSI/ASTM D2564-Solvent cements for poly vinyl chloride(PVC)plastic pipe and fittings. 31 32 ANSI/ASTM D2729-Poly vinyl chloride(PVC)sewer pipe and fittings. 33 34 ASTM B88-Seamless copper water tube. 35 36 ASTM D2855 -Practice for making solvent cemented joints with PVC pipe and fittings. 37 38 Epslon Engineering Manual for plastic piping systems. 39 40 PLACEMENT AND USE: 41 42 Use the prescribed pipe type in the following areas. All plastic pipe flanges shall be schedule 40 PVC �. 43 with neoprene gaskets where required. 44 45 All pool gutter lines shall be schedule 40 solvent weld,conforming to ASTM D1785/76. arr 46 47 All buried filter return lines, main drain lines,pool drain, surge tank drain, PVC schedule 40, solvent 48 weld under pool slabs. 49 50 All above grade piping inside the pump mechanical room,non-corrosive piping meeting building code. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 50 Northwest Architectural Comnany, P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 All chemical piping and tube chases,schedule 80 PVC,solvent weld. .s 3 4 Heater connections shall be Type "L" copper piping, with wrought copper or cast brass fittings, 95/5 5 solder,on heater influent and effluent lines from the bypass to the heater. 6 7 Pool under drain,under pool,perforated rigid PVC. Outside pool schedule 40 PVC. 8 9 HANGERS AND SUPPORT: 10 11 All mechanical room piping must be properly supported to eliminate any movement during operation or M 12 at restart of pumps using the schedule indicated on the drawings as a guideline. 13 14 It shall be the contractor's responsibility to properly support piping at all valves, pumps, equipment, 15 overhead areas,etc. 16 17 Use of the proper hanger for the conditions is essential. All piping must be supported laterally as well 18 as vertically hung. irr 19 20 All support hardware used under water or in surge tanks shall be fiberglass or stainless steel, Strut-Tech 21 or Aickinstruct. ,r 22 23 POOL PIPE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: 24 25 Excavation for all swimming pool systems supply related piping. 26 27 Special backfill and bedding materials. 28 29 Existing subsoil materials shall not be used for pipe bedding. 30 nri 31 All piping shall be bedded with a minimum of 6" clean sand material and a minimum of 2'- 32 0" clean stone material top cover. The balance may be existing site material, provided no 33 organic material,clay or topsoil is used. 34 35 PIPING: 36 37 Piping must be laid on a grade so it will drain completely by gravity to prevent damage. In all instances 38 where gravity drainage is not provided,the contractor shall install drain valves and french drains so that 39 all lines can be drained completely. Shop drawings will be required on any such installation. 40 41 Cut all pipe with mechanical cutter without damage to the pipe. 42 43 Locate all valves for maximum operation accessibility. ift 44 45 PLACING AND LAYING: Inspect pipe for defects before installation. Clean the interior of pipe thoroughly 46 of foreign matter and keep clean during laying operation. Pipe shall not be laid in water or when trench 47 conditions are unstable. When work is not in progress, open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely closed 48 so that no trench water,earth or other substance will enter the pipes or fittings. 49 �r AM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 51 aw Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 THREADED JOINTS: After cutting and before threading, the pipe shall be reamed and shall have burrs .. 2 removed. Screw joints shall be made with graphite or inert filler and oil or with an approved graphite 3 compound applied to male threads only. Threads shall be full-cut and not more than 3 threads on the pipe 4 remained exposed. Use Teflon H tape on the male threads of all threaded pipe joints. Caulking of threaded N 5 joints to stop or prevent leaks will not be permitted. Unions shall be provided where required for 6 disconnection of'exposed piping.Unions will be permitted where access is provided. 7 8 SOLVENT WELDED JOINTS: Shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 9 10 CROSS CONNECTIONS: �wr 11 12 Installation shall be made that will prevent any cross connection or inter-connection between 13 distribution supply for drinking purposes and the swimming pool that will permit a backflow of water 14 into the potable water supply. 15 16 VALVE IDENTIFICATION: Label all valves to describe their function. Provide wall mounted laminated 17 piping and valve legend. 18 19 MECHANICAL PIPING IDENTIFICATION: All piping in Mechanical Room to be labeled with description 20 of line and arrows indicating direction of flow, with directional flow arrows or equal at 10' intervals. All 21 labels shall be in conformance with the scheme for identification of piping systems (ANSI A13.1, 1981) 22 sponsored by the National Safety Council, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and OSHA. 23 Provide color codes for the following,as per local requirements. s 24 25 Raw Water Heated Water 26 Filtered Water Chlorine 27 28 Wastewater COZ or Acid 29 30 TESTING AND FLUSHING OF PIPING: 31 32 Pressure Piping: After pipe has been laid, joints completed the trench should be partially backfilled 33 leaving joints exposed for examination. Subject lines to hydrostatic pressure of not less than 50 psi, 34 joints shall remain watertight under this pressure for a period of 2 hours. All buried pipe and pressure 35 testing shall be check by the Architect/Owners representative to verify that the support, workmanship, 36 fittings, materials and mechanical soundness meet specifications before pool contractor completes 37 backfilling. Notification of the Architect through the General Contractor is required a minimum of 72 38 hours prior to planned backfilling. 39 40 Gravity Lines:A water test shall be applied to all gravity drain piping systems,either in their entirety or 41 in sections. All openings shall be tightly plugged and each system filled with water and tested with the 42 equivalent of at least 10 foot of head pressure. Water shall be kept in the system under test, for at least .w 43 15 minutes before inspection starts. System shall be tight at all joints and no water loss shall occur for a 44 period of two hours. 45 46 Flushing: All pipelines leading to the pool shall be thoroughly flushed and cleaned with chlorinated 47 water before pool is filled and placed in use. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 52 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS 2 rrr 3 Provide for major equipment,reinforced concrete housekeeping bases poured directly on structural floor slabs 4 (as required by equipment manufacturer)4 inches thick minimum; unless noted otherwise on plans, extended 5 4 inches minimum beyond machinery bedplates. Provide templates, anchor bolts, rubber vibration isolators rr� 6 and accessories required for mounting and anchoring equipment. Anchorage system shall be in accordance 7 with the equipment manufacturer for length and installation of anchor bolts. 8 9 SLEEVES AND WALL PENETRATIONS 10 11 Pipes penetrating all watertight walls shall use "Link Seal" Century Line sleeves as manufactured by 12 Thunderline in combination with link seals and stainless steel trim. Patch exterior side of wall penetrations 13 with non-shrink grout as specified. Other methods of water tightness shall be pre-approved by the Archi- 14 tect/Engineer. 15 ft 16 GUTTER 17 18 Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 19 20 Tolerance. 21 rrf 22 Site conditions—provide for expansion /contraction. 23 24 Provide for winterization. 25 26 Pressure testing of integral supply tube. 27 28 Removable components for cleaning and service. 29 30 Smoothness of trough. ft 31 32 Watertight piping connections and penetrations. 33 34 Flush,level grating installation. rr 35 36 INTERIOR FINISHES 37 ft 38 Apply per manufacturer's instruction and as outlined in Division 2 of this Section. 39 40 Installation: Do not apply outdoors if rain is imminent, temperatures below 60 degrees, or during windy 41 conditions. 42 43 Final surface should be smooth, slip resistant, dense, free of stains, flush with other surfaces and uniform in 44 appearance. 45 46 Ensure that interior finish is protected from elements during curing process. at 47 48 Add water to pool as outlined per manufacturer's instructions. 49 AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 53 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 INSERTS AND ANCHOR SOCKETS 2 3 Provide stainless steel anchors with electric grounding lug for pool accessories and set prior to pouring or 4 shotcreting. Confirm compatibility of deck equipment and deck anchors with equipment manufacturers. 5 Coordinate deck anchor setting with concrete deck contractor. All anchors or sockets shall be famished with 6 flush closure cap when intermittent use is predicted. Provide stainless steel escutcheons for all penetrations. 7 8 Wedge anchors for all railings and grab rails shall be brass body, 4 1/4" depth, tapering inward at the upper 9 end. The cavity shall house a removable bronze wedge with a stainless steel adjustment bolt and washer. 10 Anchor shall be suitable for use with 1.90 OD tube size. ..r 11 12 Anchor for handicap lift shall be stainless steel socket. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions 13 and provide the concrete foundation reinforcing required to properly anchor and support unit for its intended 14 use. Provide completely flush cover for times when lift is not in use. 15 16 DECK,CLEANING AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT 17 18 Incorporate pool steps, ladders,handrails and/or recessed stairwells into the pool as shown on the drawings. 19 All installations shall be square,flush,and plumb. 20 21 Install all deck, cleaning, and safety equipment in compliance with manufacturers recommendations; as 22 required by Department of Public Health and any other authorities with jurisdiction, and as approved by 23 Architect/Engineer. .rr 24 25 Rail goods: Rails shall be as shown on the plans and fabricated of one continuous length of tubing. The 26 tubing shall be stainless steel, 1.90 inch OD x .109 inch wall thickness, Type 304, polished to 320 grit. All 27 bends shall be smooth and wrinkle free. Polish all goods prior to Owner acceptance. 28 29 Rail anchors: All anchors shall be installed in firm, structural material and shall be level with surrounds and 30 plumb to railing. All metal anchors shall be grounded as per NEC 680. Anchors shall firmly set in concrete 31 and provide snug fit for rails so that rails do not move. 32 33 Midpoint and Backstroke Stanchion Posts shall be of Type 304 stainless steel tubing 1.90 inch OD x .145 34 wall thickness by 8 ft. high polished to 320 grit. Posts shall be capped with a closure plug with chrome- 35 plated bronze eye bolt. Anchors shall be provided with deck cap. Install all posts and provide deck caps. 36 37 Lifeguard chairs (movable), provide manufacturer and quantity as shown on drawings. Alternate 38 manufacturers must be approved by Aquatics Designer prior to ordering. Contractor shall assemble prior to 39 Owner acceptance. 40 41 Racing Lane Lines shall be "non-turbulent"type with wave quelling floats and stainless steel cable. Floats 42 shall be of injection molded polyethylene. Style and size of disks shall be as called for on plans. Color .. 43 selection shall be made upon submittal. Colors shall be contrasting solid color at each end of line for the final 44 15 feet. All racing lines shall be furnished as completed, assembled units and installed with take up ratchet, 45 stainless steel springs,hooks,disconnects,etc. Contractor shall assemble. 46 47 Quantities as shown on drawings. 48 �. 49 Manufacturer: Competitor,or approved equal. 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 ` Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 54 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Lane Line Storage Reels: A heavy-duty aluminum reel joined together by a structure of 1 %s" 2 aluminum axle. This unit must ride easily on four hard rubber wheels. Contractor responsible for 3 assembly.Manufacturer: Competitor or Spectrum(1 required). 4 5 LIFELINE: All metallic rope hooks shall be of cast bronze with heavy chrome plate on all surfaces. Floats rrr 6 shall be 5 inch diameter by 9 inches long. Lifeline shall be 3/a inch blue and white polyethylene rope. 7 Provide one lifeline for lap pool and one for therapy pool. 8 9 Lifeline anchors shall be built into the gutter system flush with the surface. Lifeline rope hook 10 terminals shall be connected to the lifeline by a fusion of the polyethylene rope in a conical shaped 11 anchor terminal. to 12 13 AQUATICS FEATURES CONTROL PANELS 14 15 All control components shall be mounted in accordance with all applicable codes and shall be accessible for go 16 operator use and serviceability. 17 18 Panels shall be securely mounted on a clean, finished surface. Control components shall be labeled with a ft 19 pre-printed,labels or signage suitable for the environment. Hand written labels are not acceptable. 20 21 SURGE TANK/BALANCE TANKS Wk 22 23 Tanks shall be installed plumb and square with the building. 24 25 Pipe penetrations shall be square and level with the tank. 26 27 All penetrations shall be watertight. 28 29 Grating lid shall be installed flush and level with tank top. 30 31 Installation to be watertight 32 33 OPERATIONAL START-UP 34 35 WORK INCLUDED: At the completion of the aquatic installation and filling of the aquatic features, the 36 Pool Contractor shall perform testing, adjusting and balancing of all pools related systems provided under 37 Division 13150. Once the system is balanced,an operations report must be included in the operations manual ow 38 of proper adjustment of control devices in order to operate aquatic components per design documents and 39 code compliant conditions. 40 ' 41 INVESTIGATE POOL CIRCULATION SYSTEM: Adjust flows and temperatures indicated. Mark final 42 setting for each of the following in the report. 43 rr 44 Valve settings. 45 46 Automatic Control Valves;operational. 47 48 Pump Rotation. 49 rr 50 Pump Voltage; actual AMP'S vs.maximum allowable on each phase and thermal overload size. to AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 55 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 Pump Suction and Discharge Pressures;GPM. 3 4 Filter Flow and Backwash Rates; GPM/s. f. 5 6 Heater Transfer Devices;flow rates entering and discharging water temperatures. 7 8 Heater Combustion Air and Flues; functioning properly. 9 10 Skimmers or Gutter Flows Balance and Components;operational. 11 12 Wall and Floor Inlets Velocity and GPM; correctly adjusted. 13 14 Automatic Fail Safes;operate correctly. 15 16 Gauges and Controls; functioning properly. 17 18 TEST RUN: To verify that the system installation is complete and will operate satisfactorily, facilitate a test 19 run of all equipment per normal operation conditions and sequencing. Run test,operate and adjust equipment 20 as may be required during test. Simulate power outages and normal experienced operation abnormalities to 21 verify all fail safe controls are working properly. Pool Contractor will be responsible for operation, 22 equipment and materials during this test. 23 24 ACCEPTANCE: As a condition of final acceptance, the Owner reserves the right to require the Pool 25 Contractor to spot check the report in their presence to verify and authenticate the findings. Final acceptance 26 will not be made until a satisfactory report is received and the Owner is confident of it content. 27 28 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 29 .. 30 The Contractor shall supply the services of an experienced swimming pool operator instructor for a period of 31 not less than three days after the pool has been filled all systems completed and balanced and initially placed 32 in operation. During this period the Owner's designated representative shall be thoroughly instruction in all 33 phases of the pool's operation. 34 35 Contractor shall videotape instruction of all operations and provide owner with 1 copy. 36 37 Prior to this instructor leaving the job, he shall obtain written certification from the Owner's designated 38 representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and all necessary operating 39 information provided. 40 41 Contractor shall deliver four complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions for the swimming pools 42 structures,finishes,and all component equipment to the owner. Including,but not limited to the following: 43 44 Bound together in a complete manual. 45 All equipment cut sheets. 46 Accurate parts lists. 47 Pool start-up and pool closing instructions. 48 Operations manuals will be laid out with a minimum of the following items: 49 50 Index. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13150 Cedar River Park POOLS Renton,Washington Page 56 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) ft 1 2 Each pool section containing detailed equipment operation guide and major components 3 operations individually written for each component grouping. 4 5 Water chemistry section detailed operations guide, safety section, major components 6 operations,and water test log complying with local codes. 7 8 Deck equipment. 9 10 Trouble shooting. 11 12 Seasonal start up and shutdown procedures. 13 14 All valves must be permanently plastic tagged along with valve legend and explanation. 15 16 Trouble shooting information. 17 18 A wall-mounted color-coded piping flow diagram shall be installed in equipment room. Diagram to be ft 19 engraved on laminated plastic with color-coded piping to match color-coding on piping and including valves 20 identified with number or name on tag. 21 ft 22 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION 23 24 After work of this section has been completed, clean up work area and remove all equipment, excess 9A 25 materials, and debris. Protect pool from damage until time of final completion. Remove and replace finishes, 26 which are chipped,cracked,abraded,improperly adhered, or otherwise damaged. 27 am 28 29 30 END OF SECTION 13150 , 31 rri nr r s RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 �. 2 SECTION 13650—WATERSLIDE 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 RELATED DOCUMENTS 8 9 Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions of the 10 Contract and Division 1 of Specification of Sections, apply to this Section. Division 1 and the General 11 Conditions apply to all work of this Section. "' 12 13 DESCRIPTION 14 an 15 Work Included: 16 17 Furnish and install fiberglass water slides as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, and as r 18 necessary for proper completion including,but is not necessarily limited to: 19 20 All fiberglass flume components. g, 21 22 All flume structural support systems. 23 No 24 All tower,platforms, stairways,entry gate,and related supports. 25 26 Construction of concrete drilled pier or spread footer foundations, columns and flat work as 27 required. 28 29 Installation supervision,ride testing and certification. 30 31 Labor,materials and equipment to complete the installation. 32 33 Operations and Maintenance manuals. .. 34 35 Engineered construction drawings for slides,tower, foundation and stair structure. 36 �.. 37 Provide and install shade canopy on top of tower. 38 39 Related Work by Others and Specified Elsewhere: do 40 41 All demolition and repairs to decks,fences and landscaping. 42 43 All electrical works,buildings,permits and modifications if any to the pool. 44 45 Supply and installation of mechanical equipment and related piping. 46 +rr 47 Pricing: 48 49 All listed items shall be listed as line items in the bid. The following shall be listed for pricing: 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 'r" Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Painted tower and supports,as listed above,shall be priced as first slide alternate. 2 3 Painted tower with Tube Slide being first slide alternate and Aqua Tube Slide being second 4 alternate. 5 6 Price canvas canopy and supports as first slide. 7 8 Price painting for metal columns,stairs,platforms,and flume supports as an alternate. 9 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 12 Qualifications of Suppliers and Personnel: as 13 14 The water slide supplier shall have not less than five (5) years experience in the design and 15 fabrication of similar tubular fiberglass water slides. " 16 17 The water slide erection supervisor shall have not less than five (5)years experience in the erection 18 of fiberglass water slides. sir 19 20 The water slide supplier shall carry a minimum of $2,000,000 in General Liability and Product 21 Liability Insurance.If required,the supplier shall submit certificates with their bid. 22 23 Product quality is of utmost importance. The supplier shall submit evidence of written Quality 24 Assurance Program with their bid. 25 26 CODES AND STANDARDS 27 r 28 In addition to complying with all applicable codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations 29 contained in: 30 31 Water slide flumes shall comply with "WWA Considerations for Operating Safety", 1989, as 32 published by the World Waterpark Association. 33 34 "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of the 35 American Institute of Steel Construction. 36 37 "Code for Welding in Building Construction"of the American Welding Society. 38 39 "Specifications for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel" of the American Institute of Steel 40 Constructions 41 42 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures",Publication ACI 315-92 43 of the American Concrete Institute. 44 45 "Structural Concrete for Buildings",Publication ACI 301-96 of the American Concrete Institute. 46 47 "ASTM"requirements for all steel components,of the American Society of Testing Materials. 48 49 Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this specification, the more stringent shall 50 govern. go am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 2 SUBMITTALS 3 4 Engineering Drawings: rr 5 6 Within thirty(30)days after award of Contract, and before any materials are delivered to the job site, 7 submit the following drawings to the Architect for approval: 8 9 Slide path design with X,Y,Z,(elevation)coordinates. 10 11 Flume component details,including interface at slide entry and exit. AS' 12 13 Flume structural support system details. 14 dw 15 Foundation plan and details as required for flume structural support. 16 17 Mechanical schematic. .r 18 19 Schematic for slide and pool wall interface. 20 as 21 Concrete tower and stair plans. 22 23 Show all welds, both shop and field by the currently recommended symbols of the American do 24 Welding Society. 25 26 All shop drawings shall be certified and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the state of 27 product installation. 28 29 The slide supplier shall certify to the Owner that the depth,width and length of each receiving pool is 30 acceptable and compatible with safety standards for the supplier's designed product. r. 31 32 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY 33 34 All work of this Section shall be warranted against all defects of material and/or application for a period of 35 one (1) year from date of acceptance. Any failures that may occur within this warranty period, due to 36 defective installation and/or materials, shall upon written notification of such failure be immediately repaired Iva 37 or replaced. 38 39 ... 40 PART 2-PRODUCTS 41 42 43 FIBERGLASS FLUME COMPONENTS 44 45 Fiberglass Laminate Materials: .. 46 47 Gelcoat: Interior gelcoat shall be high quality isophtalic polyester with U.V. inhibitors. 18 to 20 mils 48 thick ride surface,20 mils exterior coating. 49 ar RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Cg=gnL P.S. (2-02072) 1 Resins: Thixotropic promoted low profile polyester resin with alternate layers of continuous roving 2 shop and 18 oz. Woven roving. 3 4 Structure: Fiberglass lamination with sandwich panel center line reinforcement. Standard flume 5 section shall be minimum weight 20 oz. per square foot. Flanges shall be minimum '/a" thick and 6 extend at least 4-3/4"from the slide surface,"L"type. 7 8 Joints,Connections and Seams: 9 10 Flume to flume joints shall be fastened with 3/8" ASTM approved stainless steel bolts, washers (2 11 per bolt),and self locking nuts. 12 13 Flume to support system connections shall be made with ASTM approved stainless steel hardware, 14 and shall be connected separately from water slide section connections to the exterior flange of the 15 flume. " 16 17 All connections shall be external to the flume interior. No connection, hardware or penetration shall 18 be made to the flume interior. 19 20 Fiberglass joint connections shall be made using waterproof non-shrink caulking with suitable 21 adhesion to fiberglass. Silicone sealants will not be permitted. Caulking shall be supplied by the slide 22 manufacturer. 23 24 Fiberglassing over seams within the riding surface is not permitted. Sanding within the slide surface 25 should be minimized to maintain adequate gel cost thickness and gloss. Any sanded area shall be 26 polished to a high gloss until undetectable. 27 28 Color: 29 30 Shall be integral to the fiberglass. The color shall be selected by the Architect and Owner from all 31 available colors submitted within thirty (30) days of award in the form of color chart or color chips. ' 32 Slide tower and structural components to be painted one color. Color selection by Architect. 33 34 Ride Configuration: 35 36 The preliminary slide layouts have been developed utilizing slide path designs provided by 37 Whitewater West USA, Columbus, Ohio, (800-7754337) and Splashtacular Inc. La Quints, 38 California, (800-844-5334).Ride configurations include: 39 40 Main Tower,Landings,Stairway, and Canopy. err 41 42 Stairs to be Polymer. 43 44 Inner Tube Flume(First Slide Alternate). 45 46 Aqua Tube(Second Slide Alternate). 47 48 Alternate products will be considered if rides commence and terminate at the same location/elevation, 49 are of the same length and configuration,and all other features of this specification are met. 50 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Canopy shade structure on top of tower. mwr 2 3 Painted Galvanized Steel Frame. 4 5 Removable Mesh Sun Shade. 6 7 REQUIRED COMPONENTS 8 9 Entry tray shall be pre-plumbed for water injection down stream of the rider entry point.Rider entry area shall 10 be non-skid surface,no steps are permitted. 11 12 Splash/safety guards are required for rider safety and to control water loss and shall be provided on all curved 13 flume sections. Splash/safety guards shall be integral tot he flume,bolt-on sections will not be acceptable. 14 15 Splash/safety guard ends to provide a smooth transition at the beginning and ending of each splash/safety 16 guard shall be provided integral to the flume section. 17 �. 18 Pool entry section shall provide a smooth finished end piece,which provides safe pool entry and masks any 19 hardware or connections to the pool wall. 20 ,,. 21 Pre-drill all flume sections at factory for exact fit. 22 23 Waterproof joint sealant as specified in Article 2.01-B. 24 25 Stainless steel assembly hardware as specified in Article 2.01-B. 26 27 FLUME STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEM 28 29 Components: 30 31 Structural steel support columns, arms and cross bracing as required by the design. All steel 32 components shall be hot dip galvanized and designed for bolt-up installation. 33 34 Connecting hardware and yokes as required by the design. Connecting hardware to attach the slide to 35 structural components shall be '/s"ASTM approved stainless steel nuts,bolts and washers. Yokes for 36 connecting flumes to structural elements shall be '/4" thick, 3" x 3" galvanized steel angle bent to 37 match the exterior flume flange as a minimum standard. 38 39 Concrete foundations and columns as required by the design. Slide supplier shall submit a foundation 40 layout plan showing quantities,dimensions and typical details with their bid. 41 42 TOWER AND STAIRWAY SYSTEM ,r 43 44 Components: 45 aw 46 Tower column,cross bracing,tension rods,stairway supports,stairway sections and hand railing shall 47 be hot dip galvanized, designed and prefabricated for bolt-up installation. Guard railing, balustraes 48 and handrails shall be galvanized steel tubing. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company.P.S. (2-02072) 1 Prefabricated stairway sections shall include stringers and stair treads. All items hot dip galvanized 2 then painted, all stairs of polymer non-slip design. Stairway system, handrails and guardrails shall err 3 comply with all applicable codes. 4 5 All stairs shall connect to sloped deck,no concrete step pads will be allowed. 6 7 Platforms and stair treads shall be designed to provide a non-corrosive,non-slip surface. Stair treads 8 shall be steel with polymer,non-slip treads. ft 9 10 11 Lockable latch gate at stair entry. 12 13 Concrete foundations,columns and flatwork as required by the design. 14 15 2.5 STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS 16 17 Design: 18 rr 19 Structural supports, tower and walkway systems shall be designed to safely support these facilities 20 given the following design criteria: 21 rr, 22 Seismic zone 3 23 24 Wind speed of mph. Per Applicable Code Requirements 25 26 Snow load of N/A psf. 27 as 28 Life load of psf. 29 30 Other criteria as may be required by local regulatory authorities. ■r 31 32 All concrete/footings shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 33 34 All concrete/footings and foundations shall comply with geotechnical engineering report for site. 35 36 Pipe Columns: 37 38 All pipe columns shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-53, seamless, Grade B, minimum 39 Fy=35,000 psi. 40 41 Tubing: 42 43 All rectangular or square tubing shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-500,Grade B. 44 45 Bolts and Nuts: 46 ft 47 High Strength Bolts: 48 49 All high strength bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-325. IN 50 rfr me RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 7 4M Northwest Architectural CompanL P.S. (2-02072) 1 Use high strength friction bolts for all bolted connections unless otherwise indicated. 2 3 Make bolt holes 1/16"larger than nominal bolt diameter. 4 5 Anchor Bolts: 6 7 All anchor bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-36. 8 40 9 STEEL PROTECTION 10 11 Unless otherwise specified, all steel shall be not dip galvanized then painted for maximum corrosion "` 12 protection. 13 14 Tower steps shall be coordinated to be flush with concrete walkway to steps. Raised concrete platforms or to 15 landings will not be accepted. 16 17 SLIDE MECHANICAL SYSTEM(See Related Section): e 18 19 The Pool Contractor shall include a below grade and above ground connection to slide mechanical system 20 providing GPM required as shown on documents to the slide flume. The system shall include a pump equal to AU 21 bronze fitted end suction Bell and Gossett Series Pumps complete with suction gage and piping to the pump, 22 two(2)butterfly valves,one(1)check or foot valve,if required.Refer to schematics on documents. 23 An 24 Pump electrical connections require 460V,3 phase power.Hook-up,switches,motor starter are by others. 25 26 27 PART 3 -EXECUTION aw 28 29 30 SURFACE CONDITIONS Am 31 32 Inspection: 33 as 34 Prior to installation of the work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades 35 and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 36 +� 37 Verify that fiberglass slides and structural support systems are fabricated and erected in strict 38 accordance with the original design,the approved Shop Drawings and the referenced standards. 39 err 40 Discrepancies: 41 42 In the event of discrepancy,immediately notify the Architect. �., 43 44 Do not proceed with fabrication or installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are 45 fully resolved. .. 46 47 FABRICATION 48 49 General: 50 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 Fabricate all water slides and structural support systems in strict accordance with the approved Shop 2 Drawings and referenced standards. 3 4 Use of dissimilar metals shall not be permitted. 5 6 INSTALLATION OF FOUNDATIONS AND SLIDE TOWER 7 8 Foundations and slide tower shall be installed in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. ft 9 10 Installing Contractor shall provide engineered shop drawings for approval. 11 12 WELDING 13 14 General: 15 X11 16 For details of joints, comply with requirements for AWS joints accepted without qualification tests. 17 18 Use ASTM A-233,E-70XX series electrodes. 19 20 Follow applicable sections of AWS specifications. 21 22 Types of Welds(unless otherwise noted): 23 24 Make all fillet welds 1/4"minimum. 25 26 Make all butt welds full penetration welds. 27 28 ERECTION 29 30 General: 31 32 Erect all fiberglass water slides and structural support systems in accordance with the approved Shop 33 Drawings and all pertinent regulations and standards. 34 35 Tolerance: 36 37 Align all structural steel straight,plumb and level with a tolerance of 1 in 500. 38 39 Fiberglass Joints: 40 41 All flange to flange connections shall be made utilizing the waterproof caulking supplied by the 42 water slide supplier and shall be joined in such a way as to provide for a safe and matless ride. All 43 joints shall be aligned for a completely smooth riding surface,that is,alignment must be within 1/64" r„ 44 and in no case shall the downstream side of the joint be above the upstream side of the joint. 45 46 Steel Finishes: to 47 48 Any field welds or scarred surfaces shall be cleaned and cold galvanized with zinc rich paint. 49 +iir do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 13650 Cedar River Park WATERSLIDE Renton,Washington Page 9 .. Northwest Architectural Company,P.S. (2-02072) 1 CLEAN UP 2 3 Upon completion of the work of this Section, immediately remove all fiberglass, debris and rubbish 4 occasioned by this work to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. rr 5 6 7 END OF SECTION 13650 8 'w 9 r �r. rr r� atr .r rr ' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15010-GENERAL PROVISIONS • 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Work includes complete mechanical systems shown on the drawings and specified. The Bid and Contract 10 Documents and General Requirements of the specification are a part of this division of the specification. 11 Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment, machinery and plans to complete the mechanical systems. •� 12 Provide finished work, tested and operating. Where the word "provide" is used, it means "furnish and 13 install complete and ready for use". 14 15 DRAWINGS 16 17 Drawings are diagrammatic,indicating the general arrangement of systems and work, and do not attempt to 18 show exact details or all offsets in piping and ductwork. Do not scale drawings. Examine the architectural do 19 drawings for exact location of fixtures and equipment. Where they are not definitely located, obtain this 20 information from the Architect. 21 .■ 22 Follow drawings in laying out work and check drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will 23 be installed. Maintain maximum headroom. If space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect 24 before proceeding with the work. Make reasonable modifications in the work needed to prevent conflict me 25 with work of other trades and for proper execution of the work with no change to the contract amount. 26 27 EQUIPMENT DEVIATIONS 28 29 Specific manufacturers and model numbers are noted to indicate a standard of design and not intended to be 30 restrictive. 31 ,. 32 Provide redesign to the work resulting from the use of equipment and material other than specified or 33 shown on the drawings. Obtain approval of redesign from the Architect. Redesign cost and additional 34 construction cost resulting from the redesign shall be at the Contractor's expense. 35 36 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL DATA 37 38 Check and verify field measurements and requirements. Submit promptly, so as not to delay the work, 6 39 copies, checked and approved by the Contractor, of shop drawings and submittal data listed below. The 40 Architect will check and review with reasonable promptness the shop drawings and submittal data only for 41 conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in 42 the Contract Documents. Make corrections required by the Architect. Re-submit to the Architect six 43 corrected copies. The Architect's review of the shop drawings and submittal data does not relieve the 44 Contractor from responsibilities for deviation from the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the 45 shop drawings and submittal data does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors in the shop 46 drawings and submittal data. 47 48 Submit at one time the shop drawings and submittal data for the material and equipment listed below. Place �. 49 each copy in a binder, indexed,properly labeled indicating specific material or equipment for which it is to 50 be used,and the specification section and paragraph number relating to the submitted item. 51 52 Review,approve and stamp shop drawings and submittal data before submission to the Architect. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 The Contractor is not entitled to an extension of contract time due to failure to submit shop drawings and 2 submittal data in ample time for checking and review. 3 4 Submit shop drawings and submittal data on the following: 5 6 System balancing Sub-contractor's name and balancing agenda 7 Pressure gauges 8 Insulation 9 Equipment concrete pads, supports and frames 10 Plumbing fixtures 11 Water heaters 12 Natural gas pressure reducing valves ft 13 Stacks,vents and breeching 14 Pumps 15 Fans as 16 Grilles,registers and diffusers 17 18 Provide shop drawings and submittal data for material and equipment not listed above that deviates from the 19 Contract Documents. 20 21 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 22 23 Provide the following schedules of values for mechanical work. Provide separate material costs delivered 24 to the job site and the labor cost to install the work for each line item. 25 26 List of items for Schedule of Values: 27 28 Mobilization 29 System balancing 30 Pipe and equipment insulation 31 Plumbing fixtures 32 Domestic and non-potable water piping and equipment so 33 Soil,waste and vent piping 34 Natural gas piping 35 Pool heater and water heater vents 36 Fans and duct 37 Project Close-out 38 Commissioning 39 40 CODES AND STANDARDS 41 42 Give necessary notices, obtain permits, pay taxes, fees and other costs, including utility connections or 43 extensions for the work. File necessary plans, prepare documents and obtain necessary approvals of 44 governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Obtain required certificates of inspection for work and 45 deliver to the Architect before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. Boilers and water 46 heaters shall be in compliance with current edition of Boiler and Pressure Vessel code. ` 47 48 Comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the 49 performance of the work. If the Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance promptly rt 50 notify the Architect in writing. If the Contractor performs work contrary to laws, ordinances, rules and 51 regulations, and without notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall correct the work at no change to the 52 contract amount. ft ft Aw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Material and equipment within the scope of the UL Testing Laboratory Service shall be listed by the �. 2 Underwriters' Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and bear their listing mark. All 3 equipment and products requiring electrical connection shall be designed and manufactured in accordance 4 with UL requirements, and shall be ETL or UL listed and carry the ETL or UL label. If manufacturer ,,. 5 cannot provide ETL or UL sticker on equipment and products it will be the sole responsibility of the 6 Contractor to arrange for local,on-site,ETL or UL approval and labeling. 7 8 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES 9 10 Give full cooperation to other trades and furnish in writing to other trades, with copies to the Architect, 11 information necessary to permit the work of trades to be installed satisfactorily and with no interference or 12 delay. 13 14 Where mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, 15 work out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. If work is installed before coordinating with 16 other trades, or if it causes interference with work of other trades,make the necessary changes in the work 17 to correct the conditions at no change to the Contract amount. 18 19 Furnish to other trades necessary templates, patterns, setting plans and shop details for the proper 20 installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. 21 22 PROTECTION 23 24 Protect work and material from damage and be liable for damage. 25 .� 26 Be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and accepted. Protect work against 27 theft, injury, contamination and damage. Carefully store material and equipment received on site. Close 28 open ends of equipment, and work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to 29 prevent entry of foreign material. 30 31 SCAFFOLDING,RIGGING AND HOISTING 32 33 Provide ladders, scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for delivery into the premises, 34 erection of equipment and material and execution of the work. Remove these from premises when no 35 longer required. 36 37 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 38 �•• 39 General Contractor provides mass excavation to approximate building levels. The Mechanical Sub- 40 contractor provides trench and pit excavation and backfilling required for mechanical work, inside and 41 outside the building, including repairing of finished surfaces, required shoring, bracing, pumping and 42 protection for safety of persons and property. The Mechanical Sub-contractor removes excess earth 43 resulting from the mechanical work from the site. Strictly observe safety codes. Check the elevations of 44 the utilities entering and leaving the building. Make the excavations at the minimum required depths to not 45 undercut the footings. If elevations require excavations lower than the footing levels, notify the Architect 46 of such conditions before excavations are commenced. 47 48 Filling,Backfilling and Compaction .. 49 50 General: Remove debris and decomposable matter from areas to be filled before proceeding. Use only 51 materials approved by the Architect for fills. Obtain Architect's approval before filling against concrete 52 or masonry walls. Make fills as soon as feasible to insure maximum settlement. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 ikk Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) f" 1 Compaction of fills: Compact by ASTM D-1557, Method "A", 95% density under paved areas and 2 building areas to 10 feet beyond building perimeter, 90% elsewhere. Place fills in lifts which, when IN 3 compacted, shall not exceed 6-inches in depth and compact with multiple-wheeled pneumatic-tired 4 rollers or other approved methods. Fills made from cuts make and compact in one operation so that the 5 material is not left exposed to rain while in an uncompacted state. 6 7 Fills under interior slabs: 4-inches of 3/4-inch to 1-1/2 inches washed gravel, evenly graded. Cover 8 with reinforced Kraft paper, Brownsldn, Sisalkraft or approved substitute. Lap joints 4-inches,turn up 9 4-inches onto vertical surfaces. Repair punctures in membrane before pouring concrete. Place 12- 10 inches of washed gravel under plenums. 11 12 Fills against concrete walls where walls are damp proofed: Fill to be material from excavations, r 13 approved by the Architect. 14 15 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP ift 16 17 Provide new materials and equipment required for the work. Where no specific kind or quality of material 18 is given,provide as approved by the Architect. 19 ift 20 Furnish the services of an experienced superintendent,constantly in charge of the work. 21 22 Install equipment and materials in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, including the 23 performance of tests as the manufacturer recommends. 24 25 MOTORS 26 ` 27 Motors shall be copper wound and built in accordance with the latest standards of NEMA and as specified. 28 Motors shall be tested in accordance with the standards of ASA C50 and conform for insulation resistance 29 and dielectric strength. Provide each motor with conduit terminal box, adequate starting and protective 30 equipment as specified or required. The capacity shall be sufficient to operate associate-driven devices 31 under conditions of operation and load without overload, and at the horsepower indicated or specified. 32 Select motor for quiet operation. , 33 34 Overload capacity 115% service factor 1.15 minimum. Sizing of motors shall not include the overload 35 factor. 36 37 Motor types 38 39 Three-phase motors: Induction-type, single-speed,unless indicated otherwise. 40 41 Single-phase motors: Split-phase or capacitor-start type as recommended by the manufacturer for 42 the particular piece of equipment,single-speed unless indicated otherwise. 43 44 Provide General Electric,Westinghouse,Allis-Chalmers,Reliance,Century,or approved substitute. 45 46 Provide motors and equipment for current characteristics as shown on the electrical drawings. 47 48 Motor Efficiency 49 so 50 Minimum nominal full load efficiency no less than that required by the Washington State Energy 51 Code. 52 53 Motors efficiency shall be determined in accordance with IEEE Standard 112 Method B. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 �. 2 ACCESSIBILITY 3 4 Install the work with adequate clearances throughout the project. Provide access and clearance to electrical 5 equipment for mechanical systems and equipment in accordance with NFPA-70,Article 110-16. Cooperate 6 with other trades where work is in the same space. 7 8 Locate equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor 9 deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility with changes approved by the 10 Architect. 11 12 The Mechanical Sub-contractor shall provide the General Contractor the exact locations of access panels 13 for each concealed valve, control, damper and other device requiring service. Access panels will be 14 provided and installed by the General Contractor as specified in the other divisions of the specifications. .� 15 Submit to the General Contractor locations of these panels in sufficient time to be installed in the normal 16 course of work. 17 18 MECHANICAL—ELECTRICAL INTERFACE .. 19 20 Separation of work between trades and sub-contractors is not within the scope of these Contract 21 Documents. The following is proposed for assistance in bidding only. 22 23 Unless otherwise indicated,mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished,installed,and 24 wired in accordance with the following schedule: 25 "M ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED POWER CONTROL BY WIRING WIRING BY BY ®" 26 27 1.Equipment Motors M M E M 28 2.Magnetic Motor Starters 29 and Equipment Connections 30 a. Automatically controlled 31 with or without HOA 32 switches E E E M 33 b. Manually controlled E E E E 34 c. Furnished w/mechanical ,�.. 35 equipment, factory mounted, 36 including VFD M M E M 37 d. Furnished w/mechanical 38 equipment for field 39 mounting M E E M 40 3.Disconnect switches and 41 120-volt receptacles per 42 UMC and NEC E E E 43 4.Manual motor starters, 44 thermal overload 45 switches E E E - 46 5. Combination Fire/Smoke 47 Dampers M M E E RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 s` Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 16 1 6. Section 15900 Controls: 2 Valve and damper actuators, 3 electric thermostats, 4 switches,controls interlock, 5 packaged equipment controls, 6 controls wiring connections, 7 other misc.controls,regardless 8 of voltage M M M M 9 7. Electric duct heating 10 coils M M E M 11 M=Division 15,Mechanical go 12 E=Division 16,Electrical 13 14 After circuits are energized and completed, the Electrical Sub-contractor is responsible for power wiring. 15 The Mechanical Sub-contractor is responsible for control wiring. Provide motors and equipment for 16 electrical characteristics as shown on the electrical drawings. 17 18 Do not use mechanical supporting devices for support of electrical work. 19 20 CUTTING AND PATCHING 21 22 Provide cutting and patching necessary to install the work specified in this division. Close and patch holes 23 remaining as a result of mechanical demolition. Closure and patching shall match adjacent surfaces. 24 25 Do not cut structural members without the approval of the Architect, and perform cutting in a manner rr` 26 directed by the Architect. Do not damage or endanger portions of the project or work of the Owner or other 27 separate Contractor by cutting,patching,excavating and backfilling. 28 ma 29 Inform the General Contractor and other sub-contractors affected by requirements for cutting and patching. 30 31 BOXES, SLEEVES AND CHASES 32 33 Inform the General Contractor of requirements for boxes, sleeves and chases. The General Contractor 34 provides chases and sets boxes and sleeves. Furnish General Contractor with the boxes and sleeves and 35 inform General Contractor of required location of boxes, sleeves and chases. 36 37 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE-OPERATION MANUALS 38 39 Operating Instructions 40 41 Upon completion of the work, after maintenance and operations manuals have been delivered to the 42 Owner, and after tests and final inspection of the work by the Authorities having jurisdiction, 43 demonstrate and instruct the Owner's designated operation and maintenance personnel in the operation 44 and maintenance of the mechanical systems. Provide labor to operate the mechanical systems during 45 the instruction period. Arrange scheduled instruction periods with the Owner. Give at least 48 hours 46 notice to the Owner in advance of the instruction period. Provide staff and suppliers representative 47 knowledgeable in each system to perform the instructions. 48 49 Scheduled minimum instruction periods. 50 51 Plumbing equipment 4 hours 52 '�"' 4' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 7 "" Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Maintenance-Operation Manuals .. 2 3 Upon completion of the work and prior to acceptance of the mechanical work, manuals describing the 4 requirements of mechanical equipment under this division of the specification. 5 6 Include in the manuals the maintenance schedules and information and parts list of the manufacturer, 7 together with supplementary drawings and information to describe and itemize servicing. Data in 8 manuals shall be neat, clean copies. Accordion-fold drawings. Provide a table of contents with 9 contents listed in an orderly presentation. Manufacturers' advertising literature or catalogs will not be 10 acceptable for operating and maintenance instruction. Include manufacturers' printed warranties and 11 maintenance instructions specifically to the equipment installed, with extraneous matter removed or 12 neatly marked out. Include names,addresses and phone numbers of equipment suppliers. 13 14 Place data for the manual in hard cover 3-ring loose-leaf notebooks. Label bound edge of notebooks o 15 with the name of the building, Owner, year of completion and the words "Mechanical Equipment". 16 Label front of notebooks with the name of the Owner, General Contractor, Mechanical Sub-contractor, 17 Architect and Mechanical Engineer. 18 19 20 Submit one copy of the data in preliminary draft form to the Architect for approval prior to preparing 21 final copies. aw 22 23 Provide 2 copies of the final manuals to the Architect. 24 25 Laminate in plastic piping diagrams,valve list,and color code. Mount on the wall in Mechanical Room "` 26 where directed by Architect. 27 28 COMPLETION REVIEW FOR OWNERS FINAL ACCEPTANCE d. 29 30 Architect will make completion review(final observation)after the following is done: 31 me 32 Upon written notice from the Contractor that the mechanical work is complete and operating and all 33 previous observation report items are complete. 34 35 The Architect has received, reviewed the mechanical systems balancing logs, and is satisfied that the "o 36 systems are operating for completion review. 37 38 Systems balancing logs and written notice from the Contractor must be received by the Architect not .. 39 less than 7 calendar days prior to desired review. 40 41 Architect will conduct the completion review and send report of review to Contractor with copies to Owner. 42 43 If, during the completion review, corrective work required by previous observation reports is found to 44 be incomplete, not in accordance with the project requirements, or the systems are not as indicated in 45 the above Contractor's notice, the completion review will be terminated. Complete required corrective 46 work and furnish written notification to the Architect that the project is ready for a second completion 47 review. For the second and each subsequent required completion review, the Architect's review fees in 48 the amount of$125.00 per hour, with a 5 hour minimum, plus a 15 percent Owner's handling fee will ■. 49 be deducted by the Owner from the Contractor's final payment for payment to the Architect. 50 51 Architect will make a backcheck of the completion review upon written notice from the Contractor that the 52 items on the completion review have been correct and completed. �" 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15010 Cedar River Park GENERAL PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 This notice from the Contractor must be received by the Architect not less than 7 calendar days prior to 2 desired backcheck. 3 4 If, during the backcheck, convective work required on the completion review is found to be incomplete,not 5 in accordance with the project requirements, or the systems are not as indicated in the above Contractor's ,, 6 notice, the backcheck will be terminated. Complete required convective work and furnish written 7 notification to the Architect that the project is ready for a second backcheck. For the second and each 8 subsequent required backcheck,the Architect's review fees in the amount of$125.00 per hour,with a 5 hour 9 minimum, plus a 15 percent Owner's handling fee will be deducted by the Owner from the Contractor's 10 final payment for payment of the Architect. 11 12 RECORD DRAWINGS err 13 14 During construction maintain at the site a set of new, clean prints of the drawings on which the Contractor 15 records changes made from the original drawings. Include dimensions where necessary to accurately locate 16 work underground or below concrete floor slab on grade. 17 18 Keep drawings current during construction,and available for examination by the Architect. 19 20 Upon completion of the project,using the recorded information from the site record drawings,neatly draft 21 these changes,including addenda and changes orders as follows: 22 23 Provide a set of reverse-read reproducible mylar drawings. Neatly draft the changes on the front of 24 these drawings, and eradicate modified work from the backside of these drawings. Label each drawing 25 "Record Drawing" in 1/2-inch high printed letters. Obtain original drawings from the Architect from 26 which to make the reproducible mylar drawings. 27 28 Before final acceptance submit reproducible mylar record drawings and the set of record prints that was 29 maintained at the site to the Architect. at 30 31 CLEANING 32 33 During construction remove and dispose of dirt and rubbish caused by the work. At completion of the 34 work, clean dirt and rubbish from the mechanical installation. Clean dirt, rubbish and dust from the air 35 stream surfaces of mechanical equipment providing supply air and make-up air to the building. 36 37 Upon completion of the project after cleaning is complete and before project is air balanced, provide clean 38 air filters throughout. 39 40 WARRANTY 41 42 Work, material and equipment warrant free from defects for 1 year from date of final acceptance. Correct 43 defects and failures occurring during the warranty period without cost to the Owner except when such 44 failure is due to neglect or carelessness by the Owner, as determined by the Architect. 45 46 The warranty disregards shorter time limits by any manufacturer of equipment provided. 47 48 Make adjustments and corrections during first year of operation. The fact that the Architect was present 49 during construction does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for defects discovered after err 50 completion of the work. 51 PARTS 2&3 -PRODUCT&EXECUTION NOT APPLICABLE 52 END OF SECTION 15010 "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15030 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL PAINTING&IDENTIFICATION Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15030-MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Paint mechanical equipment provided by Division 15 not factory finished, and identify piping in mechanical rooms, 10 and boiler rooms. 11 d. 12 Equipment painting and piping identifications in accordance with the following code and in accordance with UMC 13 Standard 11-2. 14 an 15 Repaint factory finish equipment if damaged. 16 17 Label each piece of mechanical equipment and system with equipment or system name lettered thereon with 2-inch high 18 block style black paint letters. Identify heating and air conditioning equipment as to area or room served by the "' 19 equipment. 20 21 Label each duct access door or panel for fire, smoke, or combination fire/smoke damper with 1/2 inch high block style 22 black letters. 23 24 Paint all visible surfaces behind grilles dull black. 25 26 Provide tag on each valve with identifying service of valve and in accordance with UMC Standard 11-2. Post Valve 27 Tag Index,identifying service of valve,laminated in plastic,where directed by Architect. 28 a.r 29 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 30 31 32 PART 2—PRODUCT 33 34 35 PAINT MANUFACTURER: QUIGLEY,FULLER,GENERAL PAINT, SHERWIN-WILLIAMS,OR 36 GLIDDEN MANUFACTURE,OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTE. 37 38 Industrial Enamel: Alkyd base,Quigley AAA,Sherwin-Williams,"Kern-Lustral",Glidden"Daylite"enamel. .. 39 40 Primer for zinc-coated surfaces: Metallic zinc-zinc oxide primer, W.P. Fuller No.7747, Glidden "Rustmaster" or 41 DuPont"Dulux". 42 r. 43 Primer for Asphalt-Coated Surfaces: Bishop-Conklin"Caladium". 44 45 Primer-Sealer for Insulated Surfaces: Resin-type primer sealer. 46 47 Heat Resistant Paint: Quigley AAA high temperature paint. 48 49 IDENTIFICATION BANDS&FLOW ARROWS 50 51 Seton contact type adhesive backed,Zeston or approved substitute. 52 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15030 ` Cedar River Park MECHANICAL PAINTING&IDENTIFICATION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 VALVE TAGS 2 3 Seton 2-inch round solid plastic with stamped characters with#6 nickel plated bead chain. 4 5 CODE 6 7 LETTER LABELING COLOR 8 9 Gas(natural or LPG) Yellow 10 Domestic Cold Water Dark Green 11 Domestic Hot Water Light Green 12 Waste, Soil,Vents Orange 13 Equipment Gray 14 Boiler Breeching&Stack Silver 15 Hanger Rods, Structural 16 Members,Equipment Base Silver 17 Flow Arrows Black 18 19 20 PART 3 -EXECUTION 21 22 rrr 23 PAINTING 24 25 Use skilled painters with paints well mixed. Each coat to have slight variation in color from the preceding, 26 for ready identification. 27 28 CLEAN grease,dirt,wax and scale from surfaces before painting. 29 ' 30 Cleaning Solvents: Mineral Spirits,remove cleaning solvent cloths from building each day. 31 32 Provide at least one primer coat and one finish coat on all surfaces to be painted. 33 34 IDENTIFICATION AND FLOW ARROWS 35 36 Apply on 10-foot centers and wherever a pipe leaves or enters any wall, floor, roof, ceiling or foundation. 37 Place identification on pipe, at each valve, change of direction, branch connection, manifold, entrance and 38 exit from a tank,vessel,or piece of equipment. Apply after paint work is completed. 39 40 Provide flow arrows at each identification point listed above. 41 42 43 END OF SECTION 15030 �. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15040 Cedar River Park BALANCING AIR&WATER SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 15040-BALANCING AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Air Systems Balancing 10 Water Systems Balancing 11 Balancing Reports 12 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 13 14 SYSTEMS BALANCING CONTRACTOR �. 15 16 Systems balancing contractors, National Indoor Air Care Corp., Air Balance Associates, Hardin & Sons, 17 Inc.,Airtest Company,Inc.,or approved substitute. 18 .r 19 Qualification requirements 20 21 Minimum 5 years experience record in systems balancing. 22 23 Experience on 15 projects similar to this project in the last 5 years. Submit lists of projects to 24 demonstrate this experience. y„ 25 26 N.E.B.B.certified. 27 28 29 PART 2—PRODUCT 30 31 .. 32 BALANCING REPORT 33 34 Provide 3 sets of balancing reports,2 for the Owner and 1 for the Engineer. 35 36 Include in report: Project Name, Owner, Engineer, Systems Balancing Sub-contractor, other data 37 necessary to describe activity and the status of the systems plus the following data: 38 39 Fans 40 41 Installation data .r 42 Manufacturer and model 43 Size 44 Arrangement,discharge and class r. 45 Motor manufacturer,HP,voltage,phase,cycles, full load amps and rpm. 46 Identification data 47 Design data 48 Total cfm. 49 Total static pressure. 50 Motor HP,rpm and amp 51 Fan rpm 52 Motor BHP 53 Fan recorded data r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15040 Cedar River Park BALANCING AIR&WATER SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) ` 1 Total Cfm. 2 Total static pressure. 3 Rpm 4 Motor amp 5 Motor BHP err 6 Drive sizes(sheaves,belts,and shaft) 7 8 Grilles,registers and diffusers 9 10 Supply,return or exhaust terminal identification,location and number designation 11 Manufacturer's catalog identification and type 12 Applicable factors for application,velocity,and area 13 Design and recorded velocities-fpm 14 Design and recorded quantities-cfm 15 „ 16 Balancing instruments calibration history and data. 17 18 19 PART 3 -EXECUTION 20 21 22 PROCEDURES 23 24 Use procedures in accordance with the Associated Air Balance Council's "National Standard for Field 25 Measurements and Instrumentation-Total System Balance",Volume One,No. 81266. 26 27 All HVAC systems shall be balanced in accordance with requirements of the energy code. 28 29 INSTRUMENTS " 30 31 Use accurate and recently calibrated instruments. Use instrumentation application methods in accordance 32 with A.A.B.C. or N.E.B.B.procedures. 33 34 BALANCING AGENDA 35 36 Submit balancing agenda prior to start of work. Include the following in the agenda 37 38 General description of each air and water system with its associated equipment and operating cycles for 39 heating and cooling. 40 41 A complete listing of air and water flow plus air terminal measurements to be performed. 42 , 43 For each specific procedure specify type of instrument to be used,method of instrument application(by 44 sketch)and air terminal correction factors. 45 46 Include in agenda sample forms showing application of procedure to typical systems. 47 48 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURES 49 50 Complete system balancing prior to the final inspection of the building. 51 52 Make air quantity measurements in ducts with a Pitot tube traverse of the entire cross sectional area of the 53 duct. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15040 Cedar River Park BALANCING AIR&WATER SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 3 AM Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 For ducts having air velocities of 1000-feet-per-minute and higher measure flow with inclined manometers 3 or draft gauges,having suitable scales and increments. 4 5 For ducts having air velocities lower than 1000-feet-per-minute measure flow with micro-manometers,hook 6 gauges,or similar low pressure instruments. 7 8 Volume control devices to regulate air quantities of air terminals only to the extent that adjustments do not 9 create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Volume control by means of air terminal adjustment or 10 duct internal devices other than dampers is not permitted. 11 12 Adjust and balance the air system as necessary to accommodate field conditions and occupant comfort, and 13 as directed by the Architect. Provide necessary fan adjustments including adjustment of inlet vanes, outlet 14 dampers,blade pitch and variable frequency drives. Provide pulley,belt and sheave changes. 15 16 Provide direction and information of additional volume dampers required for balancing. 17 18 19 END OF SECTION 15040 arr ..r r air r err RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15060 Cedar River Park PIPE&PIPE FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15060-PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS ,,. 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Pipe, fittings,and connections. 10 11 Piping specialties. 12 13 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 14 15 16 PART 2 -PRODUCT 17 18 19 STANDARDS 20 21 All standards refer to the current edition. 22 1. ANSI/ASTM A53 Pipe, steel,black and hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized, welded and seamless 2. ANSI/ASTM A74, Cast iron soil pipe and fittings CISPI310 3. ASTM A234 Seamless and welded wrought-steel welding fittings 4. ANSI/ASME B 16.3 Malleable-iron threaded fittings,Class 150 and 300 5. ANSI/ASME B 16.12 Cast iron threaded drainage fittings 6. ANSUASME B 16.22 Wrought copper and bronze solder joint pressure fittings 7. ANSI/ASME B 16.29 Wrought copper and wrought copper alloy solder joint drainage fittings—DWV 8. ASTM B88 Seamless copper water tube 9. ASTM C564 Rubber gaskets for cast iron soil pipe and fittings .. 23 24 PIPING SYSTEMS 25 26 All material in conformance with the standards listed in 2.01. 27 28 Domestic Water Service and Piping Outside Building 29 wo 30 Pipe: Type K hard copper,ASTM B88. 31 32 Fittings: Wrought copper or bronze soldered,ANSI/ASME B 16.22. 33 34 Domestic Water Piping Above Ground 35 36 Pipe: Type L hard copper,ASTM B88. 37 38 Fittings: Wrought copper or bronze soldered,ANSI/ASME B 16.22 39 •+ 40 Pipe: Type L hard copper ASTM B88 41 do RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15060 Cedar River Park PIPE&PIPE FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Domestic Water Piping Below Ground Inside Building 2 . 3 Pipe: Type K soft copper,ASTM B88. 4 5 Fittings: Wrought copper or bronze soldered,ANSFASME B 16.22. 6 7 Soil/Waste Pipe Above Ground 8 9 Pipe: Galvanized steel, Schedule 40, 2-1/2-inch and smaller. 3-inch and larger, service weight 10 coated cast iron, bell and spigot or no-hub. At Contractor's option and where code permits 11 DWV copper drainage tube maybe used. ANSI/ASTM A53,A74,B306 and CISPI 301,310. 12 13 Fittings: Black cast iron threaded drainage pattern for galvanized pipe. Service weight coated 14 cast iron bell and spigot or no-hub fittings, coupling, shields and clamp assemblies designated 15 heavy weight (HW) with 304 stainless steel heavy duty clamps, tightened to 80 pounds of 16 torque, compliant to FM-1680. Wrought copper solder joint drainage fittings for DWV tube. 17 ANSI/ASTM C564,A74,ANSFASME B 16.12,B 16.29,and CISPI 301,310. 18 19 Soil/Waste Piping Below Ground 20 21 Pipe: Service weight coated cast iron, bell and spigot or cast iron no-hub pipe, ANSI/ASTM 22 A74 and CISPI 301,310. 23 24 Fittings: Service weight coated cast iron bell and spigot or no-hub fittings,couplings and shield 25 and clamp assemblies designated heavy weight (HW) with 304 stainless steel heavy duty 26 clamps,tightened to 80 pounds of torque,compliant to FM-1680. ANSI/ASTM A74,C564 and 27 CISPI 301, 310. 28 29 Vent Piping Above Ground 30 31 Pipe: Galvanized steel, Schedule 40; or service weight coated cast iron,bell and spigot no-hub 32 pipe. At Contractor's option or DWV copper drainage tube may be used. ANSFASTM A53, 33 A74,B306 and CISPI 301, 310. 34 35 Fittings: Black cast iron threaded drainage pattern for galvanized pipe. Service weight coated 36 cast iron bell and spigot or no-hub fittings, couplings, shields and clamp assemblies. Wrought 37 copper solder joint drainage fittings for DWV tube, ANSFASTM A74, ANSFASME B16.12, 38 B16.29 and CISPI 301,310. 39 40 Vent Piping Below Ground 41 42 Pipe: Service weight coated cast iron,bell and spigot or no-hub pipe,ANSFASTM A74, C564, 43 and CISPI 301, 310. 44 45 Fittings: Service weight coated cast iron bell and spigot or no-hub fittings,couplings and shield 46 and clamp assemblies,ANSFASTM A74 and CISPI 301, 310. rrY 47 48 Natural Gas Piping 49 50 Above Ground 2-Inch&Smaller 51 52 Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40,ANSI/ASTM A53. 53 54 Fittings: Malleable iron, 150-1b.,threaded,ANSI/ASME B16.3. lie RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15060 Cedar River Park PIPE&PIPE FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Above Ground Larger Than 2-Inch 3 4 Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40,welding ends,ANSI/ASTM A53. 5 6 Fittings: Wrought steel, Schedule 40,welding fittings,ASTM A234. 7 8 Rainwater leader piping: Pipe and fittings shall be same as specified for waste piping above except as 9 follows: 10 11 Exposed piping: Galvanized steel, Schedule 40,ANSFASTM A53. 12 ' 13 Exposed fittings: Black cast iron threaded drainage pattern for galvanized pipe, ANSI/ASTM 14 16.4. 15 16 17 UNIONS 18 19 Copper tube, Sweat,Nibco#733, Grinnell-ITT#9730,EPC#4733. 20 21 Steel pipe,threaded 2-inch and under,malleable-iron 250-1b. ground joint. 22 23 Steel pipe,welded 2-1/2-inch and over,flange unions 150-1b. forged steel. 24 25 Dielectric unions,soldered to threaded 2-inch and below, flanged 2-1/2-inch and above. Select gasket for rr 26 pressure and temperature range of service. 27 28 PIPE SLEEVES&SEALS 29 30 Sleeves in walls below grade Link-Seal modular wall and casing seal with EDPM seal element. 31 32 Sleeves in concrete floor slabs above grade and concrete roofs,20-gauge galvanized sheet steel with lock 33 seam joints,or pre-formed factory-fabricated plastic sleeves. 34 35 Sleeves through concrete beams and concrete,masonry or tile walls above grade Schedule 40 galvanized 36 steel pipe sleeves. 37 38 Fire stopping seals ProSet series A,B,or C,UL#1479,ASTM E-814,Tremco,3M or approved substitute. 39 40 PRESSURE GAUGES 41 42 Trerice No. 600 series,Weiss,Weksler,Marsh or approved substitute. +� 43 44 4-1/2-inch dial,cast aluminum case without back flange. 45 46 Scale shall be selected appropriate to the usage. 47 48 Gauges for use on water services shall be installed with Trerice Series 865 gauge cocks and Ray Model 1 49 snubber. 50 51 THERMOMETERS 52 •• 53 Trerice,Princo,Weiss,Palmer or approved substitute. 54 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15060 ab Cedar River Park PIPE&PIPE FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 4 ft Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 7-inch scale size, aluminum case,adjustable angle,red mercury type,separable socket. 2 3 Scale shall be selected appropriate to the usage. 4 5 Sockets shall be brass,with protective cap and chain. 6 7 ESCUTCHEON RINGS 8 9 Nickel-plated split ring type. Deep recessed type on pipes with sleeves through floor which extend above err 10 finished floor line to conceal pipe sleeve. 11 12 STRAINERS 13 14 Wye type with stainless steel perforated strainer baskets with holes 1/16 inch in diameter and at a ratio of 15 free area through screen to pipe not less than three to one. 16 ■r 17 Screwed,grooved or flanged to suit piping. 18 19 Non-shock pressure temperature rating of 125 psig at 450 degrees F for low pressure piping systems. 20 21 Body construction shall be such that air is not trapped in the strainer. 22 23 Provide a gate valve blow down with cap on outlet. 24 25 Strainers shall be full pipe line size or the same size as a steam trap. 26 27 Strainers as manufactured by Armstrong"Y"series,Fisher,Walworth,Bailey, Sarco,Wheatley or approved 28 substitute. 29 30 31 PART 3 -EXECUTION 32 33 M 34 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 35 36 Keep openings in piping and ends of pipe closed during installation. 37 38 Provide offsets and spring pieces to compensate for expansion. 39 40 Ells long-radius type. 41 42 Change size in piping with reducing couplings;bushings not acceptable. 43 so 44 Do not use bull head tees. 45 46 Install piping parallel with the building and other piping. in 47 48 Cut pipe accurately to measurement established on building and work into place without springing or 49 forcing. 50 51 Adequately support piping installed on fill,excavated areas and backfill on beams supported by the building 52 structure and undisturbed earth. 53 rrr 54 THREADED PIPING JOINTS �. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15060 Cedar River Park PIPE&PIPE FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Ream all pipe to full diameter. 3 4 Use pipe dope or Teflon tape on male threads of all screwed joints. 5 6 Close nipples not permitted. 7 8 Full cut threads and make up joints with no more than three threads exposed. �. 9 10 Do not caulk threaded joints to stop leaks. 11 12 COPPER PIPING JOINTS 13 14 Ream thoroughly to remove all burrs. 15 16 Polish contact surfaces of fittings and pipes with emery cloth, sandpaper or steel brush, and wipe clean 17 before fluxing male and female surfaces of joints. 18 19 Steel wool not permitted for polishing. 20 21 Sil-fos or Sil-brat on all underground work. 22 23 95-5 solder,lead free Bridgit or Silvabrite solder for above ground joints. 24 25 Take care to avoid burning of piping. 26 27 Provide solder unions,ground joint or flanged joints where necessary for access to equipment. 28 29 CAST IRON BELL AND SPIGOT PIPING JOINTS 30 31 Make joints up with lead and oakum, double-sealed elastomeric compression-type gaskets conforming to 32 ASTM C564,or no-hub couplings,shields,and clamp assemblies. 33 34 UNIONS 35 .. 36 Provide unions at all connections to equipment and where necessary to disconnect for repairs. 37 38 Use union fittings wherever practicable to save joints. 39 �. 40 Provide dielectric unions between iron and copper pipe. 41 42 43 PIPE SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEON RINGS 44 45 Provide and locate all sleeves and inserts required before the floors and walls are built,or be responsible for 46 the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where 47 incorrectly located. 48 49 Provide sleeves for all mechanical piping passing through concrete floor slabs or roof slabs and concrete, r" 50 masonry and tile wall construction. 51 52 Where pipe motion due to expansion and contraction or earthquake will occur, make sleeves of sufficient + 53 diameter to permit free movement of pipe. Where sleeves pass insulated pipes, size the sleeves large 54 enough to pass the pipe only. Butt insulation against the construction except for pipes requiring insulation RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15060 Cedar River Park PIPE&PIPE FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 6 rr Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 having a vapor barrier, in which case size the sleeves large enough to pass the pipe and insulation. Check 2 floor and wall construction finishes to determine the proper length of sleeves for various locations; make 3 actual lengths to suit the following: 4 5 Terminate sleeves flush with walls,partitions and ceiling. 6 7 In areas where pipes are concealed,as in chases,terminate sleeves flush with floor. 8 9 In all areas where pipes are exposed, extend sleeves 1/4-inch above finished floor, except in rooms 10 having floor drains,where sleeves shall be extended 3/4-inch above floor. 11 12 Fasten sleeves securely in floors, roofs and walls so that they will not become displaced when concrete is 13 poured or when other construction is built around them. Take precautions to prevent concrete, plaster, or 14 other materials from being forced into the space between the pipe and sleeve during construction. 15 16 Fill annular space at pipes with fiberglass batt insulation to a compressed fit, except at fire wall, floor and 17 roof penetrations. 18 19 Provide escutcheon rings for all exposed uninsulated pipes passing through walls, floors and ceilings. rrs 20 21 Pipe and fitting components at fire rated wall, floor, ceiling, and roof penetrations firestop by attaching 22 sleeve couplings using normal installation methods in order to form a complete fire-rated and waterproof 23 assembly,and in accordance with manufacturer's direction. 24 25 26 END OF SECTION 15060 • RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15070 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15070-MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION a 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Pipe Insulation 10 11 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 12 13 14 PART2-PRODUCT 15 �. 16 17 GENERAL 18 19 Standards 20 21 Fiberglass pipe insulation NFPA 90A, 90B, 255, UL 723, ASTM C-335, C-356, C-411, C-547, C- 22 585,C-795, C-1136,D-781,D-828,E-84,E-96. 23 24 Minimum pipe insulation thickness in accordance with the current edition of the Washington State Energy 25 Code unless indicated otherwise. Piping exposed to ambient air, increase thickness listed by 1/2-inch. .. 26 27 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 28 r 29 Product name and numbers listed are Johns Manville,Armstrong Cork Company. 30 31 Other acceptable manufacturers are CertainTeed, Owens-Corning Fiberglas, Knaupf, or approved 32 substitute. 33 34 DOMESTIC HOT, COLD&HOT CIRCULATING WATER PIPING 35 36 Johns Manville Micro-Lok 37 Insulation thickness 1/2-inch for cold water and condensate drain pipe for all pipe size. 38 Insulation thickness for hot circulating water piping same as hot water piping. 39 Cover: AP-T Plus jacket 40 41 SOIL AND WASTE PIPING 42 43 Same as for cold water piping. 44 45 HANDICAPPED LAVATORIES AND SINKS 46 47 Molded fiberglass insulation with white vinyl jacket Truebro Handi-Lav-Guard, Plumerex Handy Shield, 48 Brocar Trap Wrap,Zeston Snap-Trap,or approved substitute. 49 50 RAINWATER LEADERS AND UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DRAIN 51 52 Same as for cold water piping. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15070 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION r 3 4 5 PREPARATION 6 7 Do not install covering before piping and equipment have been tested and approved. 8 9 Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is dry before and during application. 10 11 Ensure insulation is continuous through inside walls except at fire walls. 12 13 Deliver material to job site in original non-broken factory packaging,with manufacturer's labels. 14 15 Perform work at ambient and equivalent temperatures as recommended by the manufacturer. 16 ■r 17 PIPING 18 19 Do not apply insulation to connections, joints, welds, flanges, or screwed joints until pipe tests are 20 completed. 21 22 Do not apply insulation over flanged joints until piping has been brought up to operating temperature and 23 flange bolts have been fully tightened. 24 25 Do not insulate flanges, unions, strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints on any piping, except 26 domestic cold water. Flanges, unions, strainers and flexible connections requiring insulation, insulate with 27 lace on contoured wire inserted glass fiber cloth enclosed felted mineral fiber pads,2-inch thick. 28 29 Where piping supports pass around the outside of insulation with a vapor barrier, see Section 15090. 30 31 Finish insulation neatly at hangers, supports and other protrusions. 32 33 Provide adequate support for insulation on vertical pipe to prevent slipping. 34 35 Insulate test thermometer and industrial thermometer wells over their exterior length. Insulate thermometer 36 wells protruding above finish pipe or equipment insulation. Neatly taper insulation away from top of well; 37 use a 1-1/2-inch minimum thickness of insulation on thermometer wells. 38 39 Insulate pressure gauge lines between the main line of pressure vessel and first shutoff valve in gauge lines. 40 41 Do not insulate cold water piping buried under concrete slab on grade, or direct buried underground pipe 42 outside the building. 43 44 Insulate soil and waste piping where noted on the drawings, where piping is installed in outside walls, and 45 where subject to freezing. 46 47 Seal butt joints of insulation with pressure sensitive vapor barrier tape. Seal exposed ends of insulation 48 with Benjamin-Foster 30-36, and at 21-foot intervals on continuous runs of pipe. 49 50 Valves, fittings&accessories: 51 52 53 Insulate with covering same as pipe insulation material or equal in temperature resistance and 54 thickness to that of connecting pipe. 4W RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15070 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 0 2 Cover with prefabricated mitered short length form, tee, or mitered segmental types. When 3 segmental form is used, fit segments to curved surfaces to which applied. Carefully paint all joints 4 with cement, apply open mesh glass cloth, then apply thin finishing coat of insulating cement on 5 covering to present a smooth even surface. On chilled water, cold water, non-elastomeric as 6 refrigeration insulation cover with open mesh glass cloth sealed with vapor barrier sealant. Seal lap 7 joints with 100 percent coverage of vapor barrier sealant and adhesive. Seal butt joints with 4-inch 8 wide strips of vapor barrier sealed with vapor barrier adhesive. An 9 10 Fittings, valves and accessories exposed in rooms cover with Zeston PVC covers, installed in 11 accordance with the manufacturer's directions. AN 12 13 At handicapped lavatories insulate tailpiece,trap,trap arm,hot and cold water supply,and stop. 14 15 an 16 END OF SECTION 15070 aar r. do as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15090 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 1 `o Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15090-MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL r 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 �. 9 Pipe hangers and supports. 10 Equipment hanging,bases and supports. 11 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 12 13 14 PART 2-PRODUCT 15 16 17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 18 19 Pipe hangers and supports 20 21 ITT-Grinnell, Grabler,Kindorf, Fee &Mason, Erico/Michigan Hanger, Unistrut, Superstrut, Erico, 22 PHD Manufacturing Inc.,B-Line,or approved substitute. 23 24 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS .r. 25 26 Steel Structural Clamps 27 28 Beam clamps,brackets, channel clamps and bar joist clips select to suit structural system and meet 29 loading recommendations of manufacturer. 30 31 Ceiling Inserts rr 32 33 3-inch and smaller pipe,Grinnell Fig. 285. 34 3-1/2-inch and larger pipe,Grinnell Fig.281 35 Multiple pipes on trapeze,Grinnell Fig.285 or Fig.281,selected for maximum weight of piping. 36 37 Wall Inserts 38 39 Unistrut P-3200 series inserts for concrete walls. 40 41 Unistrut P-1800 series inserts for brick walls. „r 42 43 Unistrut P-1000 channels with P-1045 and P-1047 fittings for frame and block walls. 44 45 Attachment into existing concrete or masonry wall 46 47 Pre-drill wedge type Rawl-Stud, self-drill wedge type Rawl Saber-tooth, Red Head, Phillips 48 Anchors or approved substitute. Do not use powder drive inserts. + + 49 Wood Structure 50 51 52 Through-bolts,coach screws,lag bolts and screws,in shear not in tension. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15090 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS 3 4 Hanger Rods 5 rrr 6 Continuous threaded rod,do not use chain,wire or perforated strap. 7 Maximum hanger rod loading as follows: 8 Rod Size, Maximum Load, Diameter in Inches Pounds 3/8 610 1/2 1130 5/8 1810 3/4 2710 7/8 3770 1 4960 9 10 Trapeze Pipe Racks: Fabricate from structural angles or channels or Unistrut channels to suit weight of 11 piping to be supported. Size for a minimum safety factor of 5. 12 13 PIPE ATTACHMENTS 14 15 Pipe Rings 16 ■r 17 Steel pipe and cast iron soil pipe 18 2-inch and smaller,adjustable ring Grinnell#269. 19 2-1/2-inch and larger,adjustable clevis Grinnell#260. 20 + 21 Copper Pipe 22 2-inch and smaller,adjustable ring Grinnell#CT-269. 23 2-1/2-inch and larger,adjustable clevis Grinnell#CT-65. n, 24 25 Finish 26 Black for black steel pipe and cast iron pipe; galvanized for galvanized steel pipe; copper plated 27 for copper pipe. P P 28 29 Application 30 Use only on piping systems where axial movement from thermal expansion is less than 1/2-inch. rrr 31 32 Pipe Clamps 33 34 Vertical piping 35 Unistrut P1332 shelf bracket,Unistrut P1100 channel and Unistrut P1100 series pipe clamps. 36 Provide plastic insulating rings inside clamps for copper pipe. 37 38 Horizontal racked piping 39 Unistrut P1109 series or Unistrut P2024C series clamps for Unistrut channel pipe racks. 40 as 41 Application 42 Use on piping systems without any thermal expansion. 43 44 Vertical Pipe Supports RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15090 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Steel and iron pipe: Grinnell#261 galvanized. 3 4 EQUIPMENT HANGING,BASES AND SUPPORTS .r 5 6 Provide hangers, supports, pads, bases and their attachments for mechanical work to be furnished or 7 installed. rr 8 9 Concrete Pads 10 11 Provide minimum 4 inch thick concrete pads with minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi for 12 pumps, compressors, other rotating mechanical machinery, boilers, and for equipment where indicated 13 on the drawings. Extend pad in all directions a minimum of 6 inches beyond machine base, isolators 14 and snubbers or 2 times the anchor bolt embedment length into the concrete floor,whichever is greater. .r 15 Construct pad with a 3/4 inch top edge chamfered. 16 17 Insert steel dowel rods into floors as indicated. Dowels to extend 2 inches into pad. 18 Pad Size Area Minimum dowel size Maximum dowel Minimum horizontal ft and embedment in spacing both ways reinforcing inches into floor in inches Up to 40 1/2 at 3 18 6X6X 10 gauge mesh 40 to 100 1/2 at 3 16 #2 rebar 8 inch on center 100 to 200 5/8 at 4 12 #4 rebar 8 inch on center A,„ 200 to 400 3/4 at 4 12 #5 rebar 8 inch on center 19 20 Provide structural steel frame supports for equipment where indicated on drawings. Weld all joints. 21 Galvanize after fabrication. Secure to structure. �. 22 23 Submit shop drawings prepared and stamped by a registered professional engineer for equipment pads, 24 supports,and frames to the Architect. • 25 PART 3 -EXECUTION 26 27 28 HANGER SPACING FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING 29 30 Steel Pipe: Maximum hanger spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters as follows: 1/2"pipe 6-foot span 3/8"rod 3/4"& V pipe 8-foot span 3/8"rod 1-1/4" thru 2"pipe 10-foot span 3/8"rod 31 .+� 32 Copper Pipe: Maximum hanger spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters as follows: 2"&smaller pipe 6-foot span 3/8"rod 2-1/2" &larger pipe 10-foot span 1/2"rod 33 34 Cast Iron Soil Pipe 35 36 Hub and spigot one hanger for each pipe section, maximum hanger spacing of 5-feet, except for pipe 37 exceeding 5-feet in length may be supported at not more than 10-foot intervals. Support within 18- 38 inches of joint. 39 a RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15090 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) ` 1 Hubless and compression joints at every other joint except when developed length exceeds 4-feet,then 2 at each joint. Provide supports at each horizontal branch. Place supports on or immediately adjacent to 3 couplings. 4 5 Provide additional hangers or supports at concentrated loads such as valves, to maintain alignment and rrr 6 prevent sagging. 7 8 VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS 9 10 Gas pipe support at each floor and at base. Provide intermediate support every 6 feet for 1/2-inch pipe size, 11 every 8 feet for 3/4-inch and 1-inch pipe size,and every 25 feet for 1 1/4-inch and larger pipe size. 12 13 Cast iron bell and spigot,and hubless support at base,each floor and intermediate support every 15 feet. 14 15 Copper pipe and tube support at base,each floor and intermediate support every 10 feet. „ 16 17 Steel pipe support at base,each floor and intermediate support every 25 feet. 18 19 Provide additional intermediate supports to prevent excessive pipe movement. 20 21 Provide additional support as indicated on the drawings. 22 23 Piping crossing over excavated and backfilled areas provide precast concrete beam supported from the 24 building structure to undisturbed earth. 25 26 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 27 28 Provide piping supports and hangers with a means of adjustment for leveling, grading of piping and cold 29 spring movements. 30 31 Provide sufficient hanger rod lengths to limit rod displacement from thermal expansion to 4 degrees from 32 vertical. 33 34 Size pipe rings and clamps to pass around the outside of the piping insulation. Provide insulated pipe 35 supports as manufactured by Thermal Pipe Shields, Mechanical Pipe Shields Mfg., Piping Shields Inc., 36 Division 15 Inc., or approved substitute. Shield thickness same thickness as insulation on piping. Wrap 37 traverse joint between thermal shield and pipe insulation with 4 inch wide ASJ Fson FasTape#0835. 38 39 Install vertical piping supports to allow for pipe movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. 40 41 Do not hang pipe from other pipe or ducts. 42 43 Provide special hangers and supports for vibration control in critical areas. See Vibration Isolation, Section 44 15020. 45 46 Provide seismic restraints on piping, and seismic joints where piping cross through building seismic joints, 47 in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level SHL-A of the "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for 48 Mechanical Systems. Current edition as published by SMACNA,and in accordance with Uniform Building 49 Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, including amendments adopted by the local jurisdiction. Kinetics Noise 50 Control SRB, Mason Industries, SCB, with steel u-bolt clips, Superstrut seismic restrain systems, 51 Amber/Booth Co.Inc.,B-Line,or approved substitute. 52 r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15090 Cedar River Park MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 5 i` Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 INSERTS Am 2 3 Use inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs, walls, and sides of reinforced concrete 4 beams. .■ 5 6 Set inserts in position in advance of concrete work. Provide reinforcement rod in concrete for inserts 7 carrying pipe over 4 inch pipe size or ducts over 60 inches wide. it 8 9 Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,set inserts flush with slab surface. 10 11 Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below. Provide rod with recessed square steel 12 plate and nut above slab. 13 14 15 END OF SECTION 15090 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15100 Cedar River Park VALVES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15100—VALVES �'• 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL r 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Valves 10 Cocks 1 l Section 15010, and Division 1 for general requirements. 12 13 14 PART 2-PRODUCT 15 16 17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 18 19 Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible. One manufacturer for bronze valves, and 20 one manufacturer for iron valves throughout where possible. 21 22 Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked on outside of body. 23 24 Valve manufacturers and catalog numbers are listed in the Valve Specification Chart,Part 2,Product. 25 26 GENERAL 27 28 Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. 29 30 Thread pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller. 31 �. 32 Flange pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. 33 34 Solder or screw to solder adapters for copper tubing. 35 36 GATE VALVES 37 38 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze,wedge disc, screwed bonnet, screwed ends,non-rising stem, 125 psi, S.W.P. dW 39 40 2-1/2 Inch to 4 Inch: Iron body,bronze trimmed, wedge disc,bolted bonnet, flanged ends,non-rising stem, 41 125 psi, S.W.P. 42 43 GLOBE VALVES 44 45 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze,Teflon disc,for 300 degrees F,union bonnet, screwed ends, 150 psi, S.W.P. 46 47 Larger than 2 inch: Use butterfly valve. 48 49 CHECK VALVES 50 51 Horizontal Swing 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, Teflon disc, union bonnet, screwed ends, 125 psi, 52 S.W.P. 53 wr flln RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15100 Cedar River Park VALVES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Horizontal Swing 2-1/2 Inch to 4 Inch: Cast iron body, bronze disc, swing check, bolted bonnet, flanged 2 ends, 125 psi, S.W.P. 3 4 Horizontal Lift 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body and Teflon disc, lift check, union bonnet, screwed ends 5 125 psi,S.W.P. rr 6 7 Horizontal or Vertical Globe Style 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Semi-steel or iron body, globe type, guided 8 spring,silent check,center guided 125 psi, S.W.P. 9 10 Horizontal Wafer Style 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Iron body, stainless steel spring, silent check, water type, 11 flanged ends, 125 psi, S.W.P. 12 13 Vertical Lift 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body and bronze guided disc, lift check, screwed ends, 125 psi, 14 S.W.P., 150 psi S.W.P. for steam. 15 16 GAS COCKS 17 18 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, screwed ends, stainless steel or bronze disc or ball, Teflon or Viton seal, 19 175 psi, S.W.P.,AGA or CGA certified or UL listed for natural,manufactured and mixed gases. 20 21 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Lubricated plug valve, cast iron body, chrome plated steel ball, top entry, Teflon 22 seats, 175 psi at 150 degrees F W.O.G., screwed ends, or flanged ends. Provide gear operator on valves 23 larger than 8 inch,AGA or CGA certified or UL listed for natural,manufactured and mixed gases. 24 25 BUTTERFLY VALVES 26 27 2-1/2 Inch through 6 Inch: Lug type, factory-tested,bubble-tight to 150 psig,tapped-lug, ductile iron body, 28 top bushing, extended neck, and EDPM sleeve for 250 degrees F. Other wetted parts shall be type 316 29 stainless steel or aluminum-bronze. Valve suitable for operation with up to 2 inches of pipe insulation, 30 10-position lever operating handle, with tooth plate for shutoff service and infinitely adjustable handle with 31 lock nut and memory stop. 32 33 BALL VALVES 34 35 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body,brass ball,Teflon seats, screwed ends,600 psi W.O.G. / 150 psi S.W.P. 36 37 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Use butterfly valve. 38 39 BALANCING COCKS 40 41 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, threaded ends, calibrated setting marks, memory stops, pressure 42 differential readout ports,250 psi at 250 degrees F. 43 44 2-1/2 and 3 Inch: Bronze or ductile iron body, threaded, flanged or grooved ends, calibrated setting marks, 45 memory stops,pressure differential readout ports,250 psi at 250 degrees F. 46 47 GAUGE COCKS 48 49 1/4 Inch: 1000 psi, S.P.W.,all brass. Trerice No. 735. at 50 51 DRAIN VALVES 52 WA RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15100 Cedar River Park VALVES Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Globe Valves: Angle pattern,bronze body,composition disc, screwed bonnet,rising stem, 200 psi W.O.G., 2 3/4-inch,unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 3 4 SEISMIC GAS SHUTOFF VALVE arr 5 6 Aluminum body, 440 type stainless steel ball, or Buna-N disc, Buna O-rings, level indicator, manual reset, 7 and carrying listings of State of California State Architect Certification and Underwriter Laboratories, 8 Koso,or approved substitute. � 9 10 Low pressure model for maximum working pressure 0.50 psi. High pressure model for maximum working 11 pressure 20.0 psi. Full line size. 12 13 Provide gas cock upstream of seismic shut off valve. 14 15 VALVE SPECIFICATION CHART ABBREVIATED INDEX 16 BELL&GOSSETT = B&G BRAY = BRAY GRINNELL = GRIN GRISWOLD = GRIS GRUVLOK = GRUV HAMMOND = HAM MILWAUKEE = MILW NIBCO = NIBCO SARCO = SARCO STOCKHAM = STOCK TOUR&ANDERSSON = T&A VICTAULIC = VIC RESUN = RESUN 17 18 VALVE SPECIFICATION CHART ■,,,, 19 TYPE OF VALVE MODEL NUMBER GATE 2" &smaller STOCK B-103; NIBCO T-113;MILW 105; HAM IB 645 2 1/2"to 4" STOCK G-612; • NIBCO F-619; MILW F2882; HAM IR 1138 GLOBE 3" &smaller STOCK B22T; NIBCO T235Y; MILW 590T;HAM IB 413-T d. SWING CHECK(Horiz) 2"&smaller STOCK B-319; MILW 509;NIBCO T-413B; HAM 113 904 SWING CHECK(Horiz) 2 1/2" &larger MILW F2974; RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15100 Cedar River Park VALVES Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) STOCK G931;NIBCO F-918B; GRUV 7800;HAM IR 1124; VIC S/716 or S/779 for water not over 140 degrees F. LIFT CHECK(Horiz) ift 2" &smaller MILW 544; STOCK B316 GLOBE CHECK (Horiz/Vert) to 2 1/2" &larger MILW 1800;NIBCO F-910; GRUV 400G;HAM IR 9354 ift WAFER CHECK(Horiz) 2 1/2" &larger MILW 1400;NIBCO F-910-W; HAM IR 9253 LIFT CHECK(Vert) 2" &smaller MILW 548; NIBCO T480 GAS COCK 2" &smaller MILW BB2-100; NIBCO T-585-70-UL;HAM 8901 UL 2 1/2" &larger RESUN R1431 ,, BUTTERFLY STOCK Series L700; Lug Type NIBCO Series L; MILW Series L;BRAY Series 31; ' GRIN 8000; HAM 6200 Series BALL 2"&smaller STOCK S-206 BR-R-T; MILW BA-100; VIC 722-not suitable for steam; NIBCO T-585/T-580-70-UL; GRIN 171;HAM 8501; GRIS Isolator B BALANCING COCK 2"&smaller B&G-CB; SARCO MPPG; GRUV CBV; Armstrong CBV-T;T&A CBV/52-167; GRIS 3Q 2 1/2" &3" B&G-CB;Armstrong CBV; T&A CBV/52-167; GRUV GBV; GRIS 3Q 1 AW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15100 Cedar River Park VALVES Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 VALVE OPERATORS 2 3 Provide suitable hand wheels for gate,globe or angle,radiation and drain valves. 4 JIM 5 Provide one cock wrench for every 10 cocks sized 2 inches and smaller, minimum of one. Provide each 6 cock sized 2-1/2 inches and larger with a wrench,with setscrew. 7 8 9 PART 3—EXECUTION 10 11 s 12 13 Provide valve size same as pipe size except for automatic temperature control valves in Section 15900, and 14 where indicated otherwise. 15 16 Use grooved valves only in grooved piping systems. 17 18 Install all valves with stems upright or horizontal,not inverted. 19 20 Provide valves for area and group isolation on services and connecting to equipment for isolation, and 21 maintenance. arr 22 23 24 END OF SECTION 15100 arr r .�w rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15400 Cedar River Park PLUMBING FIXTURES &TRIM Renton,Washington Page 1 .. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15400-PLUMBING FIXTURES&TRIM 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Plumbing fixtures. 10 11 Plumbing fixture brass,supplies,stops,traps&supports. 12 13 Kitchen equipment connections 14 15 Plumbing connections for equipment finished by Owner or under other divisions of the specification. 16 17 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 18 .. 19 20 PART 2-PRODUCT 21 22 23 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 24 Fixtures: 25 Kohler, American Standard, Crane, Eljer, Elkay, Just, Haws, Acorn, Fiat, Willams Sunroc, Oasis, Halsey- rr 26 Taylor 27 28 Brass: 29 Chicago Faucet,T&S Brass,Sloan,Powers,Leonard,Lawler,Speakman,Symmons,Water Saver Faucet Co., 30 Kohler, American Standard, Crane, Eljer, Elkay, Just, Haws, Acorn, Fiat, Willams Sunroc, Oasis, Halsey- 31 Taylor,McGuire. 32 33 Supports,Drains,Cleanouts,Hydrants,Interceptors: 34 J.R.Smith,Josam,Wade,Woodford 35 +� 36 Seats: 37 Bemis,Church,Olsonite 38 39 Miscellaneous: 40 Other manufacturers as listed in this section. 41 42 GENERAL PRODUCTS 43 44 Unless specified otherwise,provide white fixtures. 45 46 Flush valves,Sloan Royal Quiet Flush pattern with vacuum breaker and stop valve. No substitutions for Owner's 47 standardization. 48 49 Trim chrome plated. 50 51 Where not otherwise specified,provide 17 gauge tubing chrome-plated P-traps. 52 .� 53 Lavatory supplies: Speedway#R1720A lockshield-loose key. 54 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15400 Cedar River Park PLUMBING FIXTURES&TRIM Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Deck-type supplies: Speedway#R1720K lockshield-loose key. 2 3 Flow restrictors: Chicago Faucet#1020 flow control. 4 5 FIXTURE SCHEDULE 6 7 P-1 Water closet,wall, flush valve (ADA) 8 Kohler#x4330 9 Valve: Sloan Royal#111r 10 Seat: Olsonite#95 11 Carrier: J.R. Smith 12 err 13 P-2 Urinal wall hung blowout top spud (ADA) 14 Kohler#K-4972-T 15 Valve: Sloan Royal#180-1 16 Carrier: J.R. Smith,Fig. 637 ► 17 18 P-3C Lavatory wall mount,(Vitreous China) metering faucet 19 Kohler#K-2005 20 Faucet: Chicago Faucet#857-E12-669 21 Carrier: J.R. Smith Fig. 700 22 Grid Strainer: Kohler#K-7715 23 24 P-4 Shower 25 Valve: Powers hydroguard push button proximity sensor shower, including controls and head 26 #447-2-BX-GC-PO-2.0-0-0-FC-FM 27 28 P-4A Outdoor Shower 29 Shower: MDF Shower Tower,Model 500 SMSS,304 Schedule 10 stainless steel, surface mount. ko 30 Spray Heads: One shower,one foot spray 31 Valve: Quick opening, self-closing 32 Supply: 1/2 inch IPS with strainer. 33 Carrier: Stainless steel surface mount. 146 34 35 P-5 Service sink, wall=e 36 Kohler#K-6719,with wall hanger supports so 37 Faucet: Chicago Faucet #897-369-VB with wall brace, pail hook, hose thread outlet, 5'-0" hose and wall 38 hose bracket 39 C. I.Trap Standard: #K-6673 with clean-out plug&strainer 40 41 P-5A Mop sink,floor corner type 42 Kohler#K-6710 43 Faucet: Chicago Faucet #897-369-VB with wall brace, pail hook, hose thread outlet, 5' 0-inch hose and 44 wall hose bracket. 45 Grid strainer#K-9146 for 3-inch outlet. 46 im 47 P-6 One compartment with Prep Table 48 Provide rough-in and connection to Division 2 equipment. Verify size and location of all connections with 49 Division 2 equipment. 66 50 51 P-6A Three compartment 52 Provide rough-in and connection to Division 2 equipment. Verify size and location of all connections with 53 Division 2 equipment. Ir 54 No r. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15400 Cedar River Park PLUMBING FIXTURES&TRIM Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 P-7 Hose bibb interior 2 Acorn 8145 recessed hose box with wall flange, 18 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel box, 16 gauge stainless 3 steel flange. 4 5 P-7A Hose bibb exterior,wall 6 Woodford#67,rough chrome finish,with integral vacuum breaker 7 8 P-8 Floor drain 9 J.R. Smith#2010-AUP,polished bronze 10 11 P-8A Shower trench drain 12 Zurn#Z-886-E 13 Trench drain with cast iron grate, structural composite channel, sloped to outlet. 14 15 P-813 Floor drain with funnel 16 J.R. Smith#2220-P,C.I.hinged grate&sediment bucket with funnel#3591 17 18 P-8C Floor drain(Mechanical and Boiler Rooms) 19 J.R. Smith#2230-P, C.I. grate& sediment bucket 20 21 P-8D Floor drain with Funnel 22 J. R. Smith#2230-P,C.I. grate& sediment bucket with funnel#3591 ® 23 24 P-9 Floor sink 25 J.R. Smith#3161-12 with sediment bucket 26 27 P-10 Emergency shower/eye ash 28 Haws Model#8346 29 30 P-11 Cleanouts 31 Floors: J.R. Smith#4020 Series,polished bronze 32 Carpeted area: 4020-Y with carpet cleanout marker 33 Walls: J.R. Smith#4422 Series,chrome plated 34 35 P-12 Trap primers •� 36 Precision Plumbing Products,Inc. "Prime-Rite"model 37 38 P-12A Trap primer manifold assembly rrr 39 Precision Plumbing Products Model PT Series 40 41 P-13 Water hammer arrestor 42 J. R. Smith Hydrotrol, Sioux Chief, Precision Plumbing, Amtrol, or approved substitute, size per 43 manufacturer's directions. 44 45 P-14 Temperin valve .rr 46 Powers Hydroguard Model 1434 47 48 P-15 Grease trap 49 J.R. Smith 8200 series,with extension as required to finish floor 50 51 P-16 Roof Drain 52 J.R. Smith#1010-CU cast iron dome. 53 rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15400 sh Cedar River Park PLUMBING FIXTURES&TRIM Renton,Washington Page 4 Ift Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 P-16A Overflow roof drain 2 J.R. Smith#1080-CID,with 2 inch water dam collar. ,,, 3 4 P-1613 DownWout nozzle 5 J.R. Smith#1770 with screen inlet. 6 7 P-17 Exterior drinking fountain 8 Haws#1119, stainless steel,dual height,freeze resistant 9 Carrier: J.R. Smith#824,floor mounted uprights. r 10 11 P-18 Clothes washer service box 12 Guy Gray#BB-200TS 13 14 WATER HEATERS 15 Water heater,electric,tank type: 16 17 Glass lined with 150 psig working pressure and energy efficient per ASHRAE standards 90.1, 1999 size and 18 model as scheduled on drawings. 19 ,,, 20 A.O.Smith,Rheem,Ruud,PVI or approved substitute. 21 22 Water heater,gas,tank type: 23 24 Glass lined with 150 psig working pressure and certified by the American Gas Association energy efficient per 25 ASHRAE standards 90.1, 1999 size and model as scheduled on drawings. 26 i 27 A.O. Smith,Rheem,Ruud,PVI,or approved substitute. 28 29 Provide Amtrol Therm-X-Trol Model ST-5 expansion cushion in the cold water supply downstream of system , 30 check valve. 31 32 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP 33 34 B&G all bronze,inline'Booster"or"Little Red"Armstrong,Paco,Amtrol,Grundfoss,or approved substitute. Model 35 and capacity as scheduled. 36 „o 37 38 PART 3 -EXECUTION 39 40 41 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 42 43 Make complete connections to kitchen equipment furnished by General Contractor,under other Divisions of the 44 specifications,or by the Owner. Provide traps and stops. Install valves,fittings and controls furnished with the food 45 service equipment as loose items and provide interconnecting piping required to complete each equipment hookup to 46 plumbing services. Verify with the food service equipment subcontractor the extent of each connection required and err 47 the valves,fittings and controls required. 48 49 Obtain kitchen rough-in plans and shop drawings from Architect prior to proceeding with installation. 50 51 Exposed piping chrome-plated. r�r ■r .o RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15400 Cedar River Park PLUMBING FIXTURES&TRIM Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 .� 2 3 PLUMBING CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DMSIONS OF 4 THE SPECIFICATIONS 5 "o 6 Plumbing Equipment 7 8 Connect equipment and/or fixtures requiring plumbing connections. nr 9 10 Provide any necessary traps,tailpieces,valves and faucets for equipment or fixtures. 11 rr� 12 Provide the waste size necessary for drainage of the fixture or equipment and roughed-in as called for on the 13 approved shop drawings. Minimum waste not less than 1-1/2-inch pipe. 14 15 Provide water, gas and steam pipes with an accessible shutoff valve in the pipe at each fixture or equipment. 16 On equipment with quick opening valves,provide water hammer arrestors. 17 18 Exposed piping: Exposed piping in finished areas chromium plated. Keep to a minimum exposed piping. 19 20 Special equipment: For equipment installed and connected by others, provide floor drains and valved and 21 capped water lines,or capped waste connections as shown on the drawings. 22 ' 23 Provide thermometers, tempering valves, aquastats and control valves necessary for the operation or 24 adjustment of equipment not supplied as part of the equipment. 25 .r� 26 MISCELLANEOUS 27 28 Space between fixture back and wall,fill with white caulking. 29 30 Provide traps with cleanouts at sinks. 31 32 Provide stainless steel self-rim for all countertop sinks. 33 34 Install wall carrier fittings where specified and as required for wall mounted fixtures. Bolt to floor. Where special wall 35 carriers are not specified,provide carrier or hanger clips furnished as standard for the particular fixture. err 36 37 Install trim as specified and connect to equipment furnished by others. 38 .� 39 Obtain exact location and mounting heights of fixtures from the architectural drawings. 40 41 Provide stop valve for each water connection for each fixture including sinks,except where integral stops are specified. 42 43 Where trim or rough is not specified,provide for complete installation and of the same quality as elsewhere specified. 44 45 Provide escutcheon plates for pipes through walls and floors. 46 47 At ADA water closet locate flush valve handle on wide side of stall. 48 49 Provide trap primers for floor drains,funnel drain,floor sinks,and airgap fixtures. Provide trap primers for other traps 50 directly connected to the soil and waste piping system which are subject to infrequent use. 51 52 Provide flow restrictors in hot and cold water supplies at lavatory and sink faucets. 53 .r ire RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15400 Cedar River Park PLUMBING FIXTURES&TRIM Renton,Washington Page 6 an Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Controls for automatic or single temperature metering faucets that are not enclosed in architectural casework such as 2 thermostatic mixing valves,transformers,solenoid valves,etc.,shall be concealed in wall with keyed access door and 3 frame,J.R Smith#4765 series, 12 inch x 12 inch size. 4 5 6 END OF SECTION 15400 �r so rrr ft ft �r on RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15410 Cedar River Park DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 1 AN Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15410 -DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM "' 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL ,,,r 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Domestic water service from meter to 5 feet from the building exterior wall. 10 11 Hot, cold, and hot water circulating piping system within 5 feet outside the building exterior wall and .r 12 connection to fixtures and equipment. 13 14 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 15 ' 16 STANDARDS 17 18 Conform to the standards,details, specifications and requirements of the local Water Purveyor. 19 20 21 PART 2-PRODUCT �. 22 23 24 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS (See Section 15060) 25 26 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION(See Section 15070) 27 28 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (See Section 15090) 29 30 VALVES (See Section 15 100) 31 32 PLUMBING FIXTURES (See Section 15400) 33 34 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES 35 36 Backflow prevention assemblies must be approved for installation in the State of Washington under the 37 State Department of Health Drinking Water Program. 38 39 40 PART 3 -EXECUTION 41 d„ 42 EXCAVATION,LAYING AND BACKFILL FOR PIPING 43 44 Excavation and Laying: 45 46 Provide a minimum of 2 feet of ground cover over the top of the pipe installed outside the building. 47 Inside the building install at a minimum depth of one foot.Install pipe at deeper depths if necessary 48 to clear other utilities. +.. 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15410 im Cedar River Park DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 2 .ir Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Excavate pipe trenches to a true and smooth bottom grade and straight alignment in accordance 2 with lines and grades shown in the plans and/or given by the Architect. Provide ample width in the 3 trench for proper laying of pipe and ready make-up and inspection of joints. Provide minimum 4 trench width of 12 inches greater than the outside diameter of the pipe. Provide proper bedding for 5 the pipe, free of stones, roots and rubbish. Dewater the trench before and during installation of 6 pipe- 7 8 Exercise every precaution to exclude dirt and other foreign matter from the pipe. At any time that 9 work is stopped or an opening in the pipe left unattended, tightly close off with a fitted block or 10 plug securely wedged or braced in place. 11 12 Backfilling: irr 13 14 Backfill the pipe trench above the bedding free of rocks, roots, rubbish and frozen earth. Backfill 15 until pipe is well covered. Tamp beneath and around the pipe until it is well bedded. Backfill the rr 16 remainder of the trench in accordance with Section 15010 Excavating and Backfilling. 17 18 TESTING 19 20 Upon completion of roughing-in and before setting fixtures, test piping at 150 p.s.i. hydrostatic. Hold test 21 for a minimum of 30 minutes. 22 23 If a portion of piping is to be concealed before finishing,test this portion separately. 24 25 If test shows leak or defect,repair by remaking with new material and retest. 26 27 DISINFECTING 28 29 Flush pipes after testing;minimum flushing velocity 2.5 feet per second. 30 31 Disinfect pipes after flushing to chlorine residuals of not less than 50 parts per million and allow to stand 32 for 24 hours. Open and close valves to assure complete chlorination. After disinfection, flush and refill the 33 system. 34 35 Notify Architect 48 hours in advance so that Architect may witness the disinfection process. 36 37 Provide written confirmation to Architect that disinfection is done. 38 39 DRAIN DOWN FOR WINTERIZATION 40 41 Install piping with air vents,drain valves,and graded to drain for winterization. 42 go 43 Label air vents and drain valves. 44 45 Mark as-built drawings showing air vent and drain valve locations. 46 47 48 END OF SECTION 15410 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15420 Cedar River Park SOIL,WASTE&VENT SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15420-SOIL,WASTE&VENT SYSTEM �'• 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL err 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Soil, waste and vent piping system, and connection to fixtures and equipment within 5-feet outside the 10 building exterior wall. 11 12 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 13 14 Am 15 PART 2-PRODUCT 16 17 am 18 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS (SEE SECTION 15060) 19 20 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION(SEE SECTION 15070) 21 as 22 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (SEE SECTION 15090) 23 24 CLEANOUTS (SEE SECTION 15400) 25 26 VENT FLASHING 27 28 Flash and counterflash vents under 3-inch with 44b. sheet lead or use adjustable roof flashing of galvanized 29 steel with lead caulking ring. Flash 3-inch vents and larger vents with "Stoneman" #1100-7 flashing 30 assembly with vandal-proof cast iron counterflashing sleeve. 31 rr 32 33 PART 3 -EXECUTION 34 35 36 INSTALLATION 37 38 Make flashing permanently watertight. 39 40 Provide cleanouts the same size as pipe,but not larger than 4-inch. 41 42 Provide test tee at the foot of soil and waste risers and on each building drain outside of building. 43 44 Provide cleanouts in soil and waste pipes with floor or wall plates, flush with finished wall or floor. 45 Provide cleanouts in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code 'Drainage System" chapter,in vertical waste 46 pipe at each sink immediately below trap arm and where shown on the drawings. 47 48 Excavation and backfill for buried pipe. rr 49 r rwr a RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15420 Cedar River Park SOIL,WASTE&VENT SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 2 ft Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Excavate pipe trenches to a true and smooth bottom grade and straight alignment. Provide ample 86 2 width in the trench for proper laying mg of pipe, and ready makeup and inspection of the J oints. 3 Provide minimum trench width 12-inches greater than outside diameter of pipe. De-water trench 4 before and during installation. Install pipe on a 4-inch thick bed of pea gravel. Provide depressions 5 in trench at fittings. 6 7 8 Backfill the pipe trench above the bedding free of rocks, roots, rubbish and frozen earth. Backfill 9 until pipe is well covered. Tamp the backfill. Backfill the remainder of the trench in accordance 10 with Section 15010 Excavating and Backfilling. 11 12 TESTING 13 14 Plug openings and fill the entire system with water to highest vent stack above roof. If the system is tested 15 in sections,no section shall be tested with less than a 10-foot head of water. Hold test for 4-hours. �Irr 16 17 Repair joints and replace defective fittings and pipe,and retest. 18 19 Final test may be required by either the Plumbing Inspector or Engineer using 2-ounces of oil of peppermint 20 introduced into each line or stack,or as required by ordinances. 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 15420 atr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15430 Cedar River Park BUILDING RAINWATER SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 SECTION 15430-BUILDING RAINWATER SYSTEM 3 4 5 PART 1 —GENERAL 6 7 8 1 WORK INCLUDED 9 10 Rainwater leader piping system and connections to plumbing fixture drains within 5-feet outside the 11 building exterior wall. 12 +� 13 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 14 15 16 PART 2 -PRODUCT 17 18 19 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS (See Section 15060) 20 21 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION(See Section 15070) 22 rw 23 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (See Section 15090) 24 25 RAINWATER PLUMBING FIXTURE DRAINS (See Section 15400) r. 26 27 EXPANSION JOINTS 28 29 J.R. Smith#1710,Zurn,Josam,Wade,or approved substitute. 30 31 CLEANOUTS (See Section 15400) 32 PART 3 -EXECUTION do 33 34 Make connections to rainwater plumbing fixture drains as shown on the drawings. Install with offset to 35 allow for expansion or install expansion joints. Install according to manufacturer directions. 36 `+ 37 CLEANOUTS 38 39 Provide cleanouts on the following locations: .r 40 41 At each connection outside the building where the rainwater system connects to the storm drainage 42 system. 43 44 At the base of rainwater leader riser. 45 46 In horizontal piping for each 100-feet of pipe or fraction thereof and at each aggregate change of 47 direction exceeding 135 degrees,except cleanouts will not be required above the first floor. 48 49 Where shown on the drawings. +. 50 51 Provide cleanouts the same size as pipe but not larger than 4-inches. 52 53 Support exposed rainwater leaders with clamps to the building construction, maximum spacing of 8-feet. 54 Provide clamps as detailed on the drawings. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15430 Cedar River Park BUILDING RAINWATER SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR BURIED PIPE. 3 4 Excavate pipe trenches to a true and smooth bottom grade and straight alignment. Provide ample width in 5 the trench for proper laying of pipe, and ready makeup and inspection of the joints. Provide minimum 6 trench width 12-inches greater than outside diameter of pipe. De-water trench before and during ■r 7 installation. Install pipe on a 4-inch thick bed of pea gravel. Provide depressions in trench at fittings. 8 9 Backfill the pipe trench above the bedding free of rocks,roots,rubbish and frozen earth. Backfill until pipe 10 is well covered. Tamp the backfill. Backfill the remainder of the trench in accordance with Section 15010 11 Excavating and Backfilling. 12 13 TESTING 14 15 Plug openings and fill the entire system with water up to each rainwater plumbing fixture. Hold test for 4 16 hours. Repair joints, and replace defective fittings and pipe and retest. If system is tested in sections, test •r, 17 each section separately. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 15430 r w rr` RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15465 Cedar River Park NATURAL GAS SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 1 " Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15465 -NATURAL GAS SYSTEM sr 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL .r 5 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Natural gas piping system,equipment and connections. 10 11 Connection to the main, service to the meter and meter provided by Gas Utility. Include cost in bid. Make 12 all arrangements for service. 13 14 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 15 16 STANDARDS 17 18 Comply with requirements of the Gas Utility. ` 19 20 Comply with requirements of the American Gas Association(AGA). 21 + 22 23 PART 2 -PRODUCT 24 rr 25 26 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS (See Section 15060) 27 28 VALVES (See Section 15 100) 29 30 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (See Section 15090) 31 �. 32 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 33 34 Pressure range and capacity as scheduled on the drawings,Fisher,Rockwell,or approved substitute. w. 35 36 37 PART 3 -EXECUTION 38 .. 39 40 GAS METER 41 .,� 42 Provide concrete pad for meter. 43 44 Provide shutoff valve and a seismic gas shut off valve immediately downstream of meter. 45 """ 46 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES 47 48 Provide shutoff valve ahead of each regulator. wa 49 50 Terminate pressure regulator vent up 15'-0" above grade and not less than 20'-0" from any door, window or 51 other openings into building,including outside air intakes. 52 53 Provide shutoff valve where gas enters building. 26 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15465 Cedar River Park NATURAL GAS SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 2 Mb Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 Provide a gas cock and a 6-inch long drip leg at each equipment connection or rough-in terminal. 3 4 Do not install gas pipe inside building below concrete slab on grade. 5 m 6 Make-up joints for screwed black steel pipe with graphite and oil of approved compound or teflon pipe joint 7 tape or other approved pipe joints material insoluble in the presence of gas. 8 9 Air test piping carrying gas at 14-inches W.C. or less at 10 psig for 15-minutes without perceptible pressure 10 drop. Air test piping carrying gas at more than 14-inches W.C., and all welded piping, at 60 psig for 30- 11 minutes without perceptible pressure drop. Follow test procedures other than these if required by the Gas 12 Company. 13 14 END OF SECTION 15465 rir rir AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15610 Cedar River Park STACKS,VENTS&BREECHING Renton,Washington Page 1 ' Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15610-STACKS,VENTS&BREECHING 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 " 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 9 Vents for gas fired equipment. 10 11 Vent dampers. 12 13 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements. 14 15 AN 16 PART 2-PRODUCT 17 18 19 STANDARDS 20 21 All standards refer to current editions. 22 23 ANSI Z21.66-Electrically operated automatic vent damper devices for use with gas-fired 24 appliances. 25 26 ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54)-The National Fuel Gas Code. 27 28 NFPA 211 -Standard for Chimneys,Fireplaces,Vents,and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances. 29 30 UL 441 -Standard for Gas Vents. 31 32 DEFINITIONS 33 34 Breeching: Vent Connector. 35 36 Chimney: Primarily vertical shaft enclosing at least one vent for conducting flue gases outdoors. 37 38 Smoke Pipe: Round, single wall vent connector. 39 40 Vent: That portion of a venting system designed to convey flue gases directly outdoors from a vent 41 connector or from an appliance when a vent connector is not used. 42 43 Vent Connector: That part of a venting system that conducts the flue gases from the flue collar of an 44 appliance to a chimney or vent,and may include a draft control device. 45 46 Stack: That portion of the venting system that is double wall for positive or negative pressure applications 47 designed to convey flue gases directly outdoors from a vent connector or from an appliance when a vent 48 connector is not used. 49 50 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES (See Section 15090) 51 52 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15610 Cedar River Park STACKS,VENTS&BREECHING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Factory built vents and chimneys used for venting natural draft appliances comply with NFPA 211 and be 2 UL listed and labeled. so 3 4 Design refractory lined metal stacks for wind loading of 110 mph and seismic loading for Zone 4. 5 6 TYPE B DOUBLE WALL GAS VENTS as 7 8 Fabricate inner pipe of sheet aluminum, and outer pipe of galvanized sheet steel, tested in compliance with 9 UL 441. 10 11 Provide fittings,thimbles, storm collars and roof caps for a complete system. 12 13 Provide electrically actuated vent dampers, same size as draft hood collar, constructed of stainless steel, 14 with corrosion-resistant components,in compliance with ANSI Z21.66. 15 16 Vents as manufactured by Metalbestos,Ampco,Metal-Fab,or approved substitute. 17 18 19 PART 3 -EXECUTION 20 21 22 INSTALLATION 23 24 Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 25 26 Install in accordance with recommendations of ASHRAE - Handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter 27 "Chimney, Gas,Vent, and Fireplace Systems",and ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54). 28 29 For Type B double wall gas vents, maintain UL listed minimum clearances from combustibles. Assemble 30 pipe and accessories as required for complete installation. 31 32 Install vent dampers,locating close to draft hood collar,and secured to breeching. 33 34 Assemble and install stack sections in accordance with NFPA 82, industry practices, and in compliance 35 with UL listing. Join sections with acid-resistant joint cement to ANSFASTM C105. Connect base section 36 to foundation using anchor lugs. 37 38 Level and plumb vents. 39 40 At appliances, provide slip joints permitting removal of appliances without removal or dismantling of 41 breechings or chimneys. 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 15610 r�r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15800 Cedar River Park AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 15800-AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM r 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 AV 6 7 8 WORK INCLUDED AN 9 10 Ducts Systems 11 Hangers and Supports „m 12 Hardware and Accessories 13 Section 15010 and Division 1 for general requirements 14 15 STANDARDS An 16 17 Comply with the current editions of the following standards unless specified or drawn otherwise: 18 am 19 "ASHRAE Handbook Systems and Equipment Volume: Duct Construction",Chapter 16 20 "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards". 21 SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual 22 NFPA-90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems r 23 NFPA-90B Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 24 NFPA-96 Installation of equipment for Commercial Cooking Equipment 25 Uniform Mechanical Code err 26 27 For material, gauges, fabrication and installation select from the SMACNA options that will result in a 28 composite assembly that will be serviceable within the following criteria: 29 30 Exhaust duct systems use 1/2-inch w.g.negative basis of compliance. 31 32 At Contractor's option transverse duct joints may be made with The Ductmate System but must be 33 serviceable within the criteria listed above. The standard Ductmate 35 System joint is the 34 equivalent of a SMACNA "J" connection. The Ductmate 25 System joint is the equivalent of a 35 SMACNA "F" connection. Install the Ductmate System in accordance with the current .rr 36 manufacturer's printed Assembly and Installation Instructions. 37 38 ru 39 PART 2—PRODUCT,FABRICATION&EXECUTION 40 41 42 DUCT AND PLENUM MATERIAL rw 43 44 G-90 coated galvanized steel of lock forming grade ASTM A-525 and A-527/A-527M-90 unless indicated 45 on the drawings or specified otherwise. srr 46 47 Round and flat oval ducts exposed in finished spaces, and round and flat oval ducts upstream of air terminal 48 units provide spiral lock seam duct and solid-weld fittings United-McGill "Uni-Seal" ducts and fittings, 49 AccuDuct, Semco, Norlock, Spiraltec, or approved substitute. At Contractor's option, Contractor may .r 50 provide ducts with SMACNA type RL-4 longitudinal seams for unexposed round duct upstream of air 51 terminal units. 52 ■r 53 Locker room and shower room exhaust duct systems aluminum alloy #3003-H-14 of lock forming grade. 54 Provide dielectric isolation between aluminum duct and steel. Yr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15800 Cedar River Park AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 2 HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND EQUIPMENT 3 4 Comply with "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards" and with the following exceptions, 5 selections or deviations. 6 7 Fittings: 8 9 Turn vanes must be double wall type. 10 Do not use straight tap for rectangular branch connections in rectangular duct. 11 Do not use dovetail joint for round branch connection to rectangular ducts. Provide notch spin-in 12 type. 13 14 Volume Dampers: 15 16 Do not use splitter dampers. ' 17 18 Do not use orifice plates or perforated metal in lieu of volume dampers unless indicated on the 19 drawings. 20 21 Sectionalize dampers for blade length over 48 inches. 22 23 Do not use fire dampers for volume adjustment or control. ab 24 25 Use square damper rod. Stiffen damper blades to provide stability under operating conditions. 26 Provide locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close 27 duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class. Provide end 28 bearings or other seals for ducts with pressure classifications of 3 inches or higher. Extend axles 29 full length of damper blades. Provide bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 30 31 Size dampers to obstruct approximately 95% of the duct area when in the closed position. 32 33 Ventlok models,Duro-Dyne,Young Regulator or approved substitute. 34 35 Uninsulated ducts up to 10 inches wide Ventlok #620 regulator, square and spring end 36 bearings. 37 38 Uninsulated ducts over 10 inches wide up to 48 inches wide Ventlok#635 regulator, square 39 and spring end bearings. 40 41 Insulated ducts up to 10 inches wide Ventlok #627 or #628 regulator depending on 42 insulation thickness, square and spring end bearings. 43 44 Insulated ducts over 10 inches wide up to 48 inches wide Ventlok #637, #638 or #639 45 regulator depending on insulation thickness, square and spring end bearings. 46 47 Quadrants in finished spaces where dampers in ducts are concealed in finished walls or 48 ceilings provide Young Regulator Series 301, 315, or 315A with connecting linkage and 49 927 or 1200 right angle gears. 50 51 Set and lock dampers in the"open"position. 52 53 Flexible Connections: 54 r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15800 Cedar River Park AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Provide where shown on the drawings and at duct connections to fan inlets and outlets, minimum 2 clear length of 6-inches. 3 4 Ventfabrics"Ventglas",Duro-Dyne or approved substitute. 5 6 Hanging and Supporting System: 7 8 Provide according to SMACNA Chapter 4 and as follows: Air 9 10 Attachment into concrete or masonry. Pre-drill wedge type Rawl-Stud, self-drill wedge 11 type Rawl Saber-tooth, Red Head, Phillips Anchors or approved substitute. Do not use AN 12 powder drive inserts. 13 14 Wood structure 15 ""r 16 Through-bolts,coach screws,lag bolts and screws,in shear not in tension. 17 18 Select upper attachments using a minimum safety factor of 5. am 19 20 Use hanger loops instead of straps screwed into duct. No screws into ducts. 21 22 Install ducts so that the ducts and hangers do not touch moving equipment or equipment 23 supports,conduit or piping subject to vibration. 24 25 No exposed ducts in finished rooms unless indicated otherwise. err 26 27 Provide seismic restraints on ductwork in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level SHL-A of 28 the "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, current edition as r 29 published by SMACNA, and in accordance with Uniform Building Code, Uniform 30 Mechanical Code, including amendments adopted by the local jurisdiction. Kinetics Noise 31 Control SRB, Mason Industries SCB with steel u-bolt clips, Superstrut seismic restraint 32 systems,Amber/Booth Company,Inc.,or approved substitute. °rr 33 34 MISCELLANEOUS 35 .r 36 Relief-Backdraft Dampers: 37 1. Fabric blade type,horizontal or vertical air flow: American Warming Company#BD-14. 38 39 Openings for ducts: 40 41 Seal space around ducts and plenums where ducts pass through walls,ceilings or floors. 42 �r 43 Densely pack void space with loose fill fiberglass insulation. Install galvanized iron frame at each 44 side of opening to cover edges of duct openings. 45 46 Seal duct systems not specified for pressure testing so leakage during system operation does not exceed 5% 47 of required system cfm. 48 49 BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS(See Section 15040) ■r 50 51 Provide additional volume dampers in duct as required by the systems balancing contractor. 52 .r 53 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSULATION(See Section 15070) 54 +r. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15800 Cedar River Park AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES(See Section 15090) 2 3 4 PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) 5 6 7 END OF SECTION 15800 ■r to rr� �r ■r rrr +wi as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER SECTION 15825 Cedar River Park AIR TERMINAL EQUIPMENT Renton,Washington Page 1 �+ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 15825 -AIR TERMINAL EQUIPMENT doe 2 3 4 PART 1 —GENERAL 5 aw 6 7 WORK INCLUDED 8 AN 9 Grilles and Registers 10 Section 15010,and Division 1 for general requirements 11 AND 12 13 PART2-PRODUCT 14 15 NO 16 GRILLES,REGISTERS,AND DIFFUSERS 17 18 General: am 19 20 Units sized and scheduled Titus, unless indicated otherwise. Other manufacturers listed select and 21 size units to obtain same style, performance and quality as unit scheduled. Frame style to 22 accommodate ceiling type, or as scheduled below. Carnes, Anemostat, J & J Register, Price 23 Company,Krueger,Tuttle&Bailey,Nailor-Hart,or approved substitute. 24 25 Finish(unless noted otherwise): 26 27 Ceiling Units: White Baked Enamel 28 29 Wall Units: Prime-Coat 30 Schedule 31 32 Return/Exhaust grille 33RS with opposed blade damper '�� 33 34 35 PART 3 -EXECUTION ar 36 37 GENERAL 38 so 39 Install according to manufacturer's printed instructions. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION 15825 as am as 00 as AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 1 .r Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16010-ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Oki 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 OUTLINE OF WORK rrr 6 7 Scope: The work under this division includes furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools 8 and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of all electrical ti.. 9 work for this project as shown on the Electrical Drawings and/or defined in Division 16 of the 10 specifications. 11 r 12 Contract Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the General Conditions, the Supplementary 13 Conditions, and Division 1 as they apply to the work in this section. Comply with the requirements of the 14 other specification divisions that have additional requirements for this work as referenced under Division 15 16 sections. " 16 17 Division 16 Specifications: The work under Division 16 of this specification includes the following 18 sections: 19 20 Section 16010 Electrical,General Provisions 21 Section 16110 Raceways and Fittings 22 Section 16120 600-Volt Wire and Cable " 23 Section 16130 Outlet,Junction and Pull Boxes 24 Section 16140 Wiring Devices 25 Section 16146 Exterior Lighting Control +� 26 Section 16180 Motor Controls and Miscellaneous Equipment Connections 27 Section 16195 Electrical Identification 28 Section 16400 Service and Distribution WWI 29 Section 16425 Switchboards 30 Section 16440 Disconnect Switches 31 Section 16442 Fuses 32 Section 16450 Grounding it 33 Section 16460 Dry-Type Transformers 34 Section 16470 Panelboards 35 Section 16477 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors am 36 Section 16482 Motor Control Centers 37 Section 16500 Lighting 38 Light Fixture Illustrations and Specification Sheets 39 Section 16700 Special Systems me 40 Section 16720 Fire Alarm System 41 Section 16744 Telephone/Data System Provisions 42 Section 16770 Public Address System as 43 44 Related Work Described Elsewhere: Where other divisions require electrical materials or installations 45 under this division of the specifications, comply with all applicable requirements herein. Provide all an 46 electrical materials and installation work required to connect, test and operate equipment described in other 47 divisions of these specifications as shown on the Electrical Drawings or specified hereinafter. Electrical 48 installations required by other divisions but not shown on the Electrical Drawings or specifically called out an 49 in this division of the specifications shall be provided by the trade requiring the electrical work. 50 51 Itemized Schedule of Costs: Furnish a contract cost breakdown by specification section to the Architect 52 with a copy to the Engineer to allow evaluation of partial payment requests. Refer to Division 1 for din 53 requirements. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s., (2-02072) 1 2 Warranty: The Contractor shall guarantee all work installed under this specification and make good,repair 3 or replace at his own expense, any defective work, materials or parts within the warranty period, if, in the 4 opinion of the Architect, said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. The 5 warranty period shall be in accordance with Division 1 but not less than one year. Lamps are not warranted 6 but all shall be operating at time of final acceptance. Warranty shall be submitted in writing as required in 7 Division 1. 8 9 REGULATIONS to 10 11 Codes and Ordinances: Comply with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations including the 12 National Electrical Code, the Washington Administrative Code, National Electrical Safety Code, WISHA, 13 NFPA, and all other national, state and local codes and ordinances. Notify the Architect of any non- 14 compliance in contract documents to applicable codes and regulations prior to installation of the work. 15 Changes in the work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies shall be at no 16 additional cost to the Owner. 17 18 Permits: Provide and pay for all permits and fees required for this project. In addition to paying for all 19 permits and fees, the Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the various Approving Authorities, rrr 20 arranging for review of shop drawings where appropriate, scheduling inspections in a timely manner, and 21 making necessary corrections as required by the Approving Authorities. 22 23 Approving Authority: It is the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain and contact the appropriate No 24 "Approving Authorities" for this project. Approving Authorities will include,but not be limited to the local 25 Fire Marshal and the local authority having jurisdiction. 26 27 Certificate of Inspection: Obtain a Certificate of Electrical Inspection from the local inspecting authority 28 indicating final acceptance. Submit to the Owner upon completion of the project as part of project closeout. 29 „ 30 Safety Measures to be Taken: The Architect and Engineer have not been retained or compensated to 31 provide design and construction review services relating to the Contractor's safety precautions or to means, 32 methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his work. The 33 Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all 34 persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be 35 limited to normal working hours. The duty of the Architect and Engineer to conduct construction 36 observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the 37 Contractor's safety measures, in, on or near the construction site. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility 38 to comply with"Safety and Health Regulations for Construction," Volume 36,No. 75,Part II of the Federal 39 Register by the U.S. Department of Labor. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all such safety 40 measures and shall consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as 41 to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether he is or is not in compliance all with state or 42 federal regulations. 43 44 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 45 46 Intent: The Electrical Drawings and specifications are intended to include all labor and materials necessary 47 to provide a complete and operating facility. Any materials shown and called for on the drawings but not 48 mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, which are necessary for the proper completion of the 49 installation or operation of the equipment, shall be furnished the same as if specifically called for in both. 50 By submitting a bid, the Contractor is acknowledging that he has made a thorough examination of the 51 contract documents, existing site conditions, and has determined that these documents and conditions do 52 sufficiently describe the scope of construction work required under this contract. Any questions regarding '001 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 3 A+• Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.,(2-02072) 1 interpretation of the contract documents shall be made in writing in a timely manner prior to the bid date to of 2 allow reasonable time for resolution of the questions. 3 4 Diagrammatic Drawings: The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic and do not show exact or complete 5 raceway and wiring configurations, routing, rating or the necessary number and types of raceway fittings, "•r 6 junction boxes and pull boxes. Provide all labor and materials required to execute the work specified herein 7 or described on the Electrical Drawings. 8 err 9 Any minor changes (less that 6'-6" horizontal or vertical) in the location of the raceways, outlets, boxes, 10 devices, wiring, etc., from those shown on the drawings shall be made without extra charge, where 11 coordination requires or if so directed by the Architect prior to rough-in. 12 as 13 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 14 15 Submittals, General: All equipment must be submitted for review prior to installation. Provide submittals as 16 in accordance with Division 1. The remaining instructions in this paragraph are intended to supplement and 17 amplify the requirements of Division 1. Bind submittals in three-ring binder. Open catalog sheets will not 18 be accepted. Shop drawings shall consist of one reproducible drawing and a maximum of four blueprint 406 19 sets. Index to the applicable specification section with a transmittal letter bound as the first sheet. Provide 20 an index with each section of equipment indicating exact catalog numbers of products provided. In 21 addition, identify the specific products by catalog number within the submittal documents. Submittals will 22 not be accepted unless they conform to these requirements. 23 24 Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings, descriptive bulletins, data sheets, diagrams, catalog cuts or other 25 additional information as required for all specified materials including the following: rri 26 27 Submittal Date 28 Number Reviewed rrr 29 30 Raceways and Fittings 31 600-Volt Wire and Cable 32 Outlet,Junction and Pullboxes "r 33 Wiring Devices 34 Exterior Lighting Control 35 Motor Controls&Miscellaneous Equipment Connections .r 36 Switchboards 37 Disconnect Switches 38 Fuses rrr 39 Grounding 40 Dry-Type Transformers 41 Motor Control Centers 42 Panelboards ■ 43 Lighting 44 Fire Alarm System 45 Telecommunications System 46 Public Address System 47 48 Submittal Format: Submittals must be sent in complete "sets," including all specified material. 49 Submission of individual materials will not be accepted. wr, 50 51 Review: The review of a manufacturer's name or product by the Architect does not relieve the 52 Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details wr rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company_p.s..(2-02072) 1 with the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for 2 submitting materials at such a time to allow a minimum of two weeks for Engineer's review. 3 4 It is the Contractor's responsibility to thoroughly review vendor-assembled shop drawings, catalog 5 cuts, etc. to ensure that these documents are complete and comply with the specifications. If this 6 coordination effort is not done, the Architect reserves the right to reject the complete submittal 7 without review. To insure compliance with the Architect's review comments and communication of 8 these comments through the Contractor and supplier to the manufacturer, all corrections to shop 9 drawings shall be done by the manufacturer and resubmitted as requested by the Architect. "Local" ■r 10 mark-ups of the manufacturer's shop drawings will not be accepted. 11 12 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 13 14 Provide operations and maintenance manuals for all electrical equipment installed on this project in 15 accordance with Division 1. 16 17 Items described shall include, but not be limited to, the equipment listed under "Shop Drawings" in this 18 division of the specifications. Provide table of contents at front of manual indicating general content of 19 each section. Provide index for each section of the manual with complete equipment catalog item or ft 20 identification. 21 22 The information and diagrams included must be on the specific equipment installed for this project. 23 General "product line" information is not acceptable. The equipment model and catalog numbers with 24 appropriate prefixes and suffixes must be clearly indicated on the data sheets. Manuals shall contain shop 25 drawings, schematic and wiring diagrams (showing all external connections), parts lists, operating and 26 maintenance information. Any modifications to equipment in the field shall be updated on the drawings, 27 diagrams,etc.,to reflect the "as-built" conditions. 28 29 Binding: Bind with three-screw post-type binder with heavy-duty hardboard cover and cloth backing. 30 Imprint edge of volume with name of the building, year of completion and the words "Electrical 31 Equipment." Front of manual shall be imprinted with the words "Electrical Equipment" the name of the 32 project, the name of the Owner, year completed, name of the Architect, Engineer and Contractor. All 33 printing in gold lettering. If the thickness of the manual exceeds approximately 2", P rovide separate 34 volumes,each approximately 2" thick with each volume imprinted as described above and with the addition 35 of the volume number. The back edge shall be imprinted with the name of the project,name of the Owner 36 and year of completion. 37 38 One preliminary copy shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 30 days prior to completion of the 39 project. Preliminary copy shall include proposed wording for cover and back edge of the manual. Submit 40 final bound copies for distribution as required by Division 1. 41 42 RECORD DRAWINGS 43 44 Maintained on Site: A record shall be made during the progress of the project indicating the work as 45 actually installed. Corrections and changes shall be kept up to date at all times on a separate set of record 46 drawings kept at the job site for review by the Architect. Mark-ups may be schematic as related to interior 96 47 raceway systems, however, all raceways shall be shown in proper relationship with junction boxes, 48 panelboards, devices, and equipment. Raceways installed below grade shall be shown with both horizontal 49 and vertical dimensions at an accuracy of f6 inches. 86 50 51 Project Closeout: Provide one set of prints indicating work as revised, detailed and actually installed, and 52 submit to the Architect as part of the Project Closeout documentation. Panel schedules and 53 fixture/equipment schedules shall also be updated. mi to g" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 5 ++ Northwest Architectural Company,n.s.. (2-02072) 1 l.+ 2 Additional Record Drawings: Refer to Signal and Communication Systems section for additional record 3 drawing requirements. AutoCAD production requirements also apply to all signal and communications 4 system drawings. 5 as 6 C_ ONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING 7 8 Construction will occur in numerous phases. At the completion of each phase the electrical systems shall as 9 be tested and the Owner trained in the use of the systems. Refer to Architectural Drawings and the 10 specifications for construction schedules and sequencing requirements. 11 ,f+ 12 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 13 14 Provide:To furnish and install. 15 as 16 Wiring: Raceway,conductors and connections. 17 18 Exposed: Visible from occupied areas. as 19 20 Install: To set in position and make fully operational. 21 WO. 22 Furnish: Purchase and deliver to the job site. 23 24 Required: As required by code, authority having jurisdiction or contract documents for the system and/or 25 installation to be fully operational. M+ 26 27 28 PART 2-PRODUCTS AN 29 30 31 STANDARD OF QUALITY 32 on 33 General: Whenever any material or equipment is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of 34 the manufacturer, such specification shall establish the standard of quality in that particular field of 35 manufacture. The Architect shall be the sole and final judge as to quality and acceptability of substitutions, on 36 no exceptions. 37 38 Substitutions: „+ 39 40 Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or other sections of the specifications, the Contractor may 41 offer material or equipment with equal or better qualities than those specified. Reference is made 42 particularly to Instructions to Bidders related to prior approval requirements. "+ 43 44 When the substitute equipment or material necessitates revisions to the plans or involves other 45 trades, the Contractor shall include drawings and details showing all such changes, and coordinate ■. 46 and assume any liability and costs from the affected trades. Also, if a change required engineering 47 or mechanical services or other equipment modifications, these services shall be billable to the 48 Contractor. 49 50 PRODUCT LISTING OR LABELING 51 52 All electrical equipment shall have Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc., or other approved testing facility label "+ 53 whenever published standards exist. Equipment in compliance with UL standards but not bearing their RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s.,(2-02072) +t 1 label is not acceptable. If the manufacturer cannot arrange for labeling of an assembled unit at the factory, 2 the necessary inspection and acceptance by the testing facility shall be performed in the field at no 3 additional cost to the Owner,and be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 4 5 6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 7 8 9 GENERAL 10 11 All materials shall be new,free from defects and arrive at the job site in original unopened containers. 12 13 MATERIAL STORAGE 14 15 Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to insure the quality and 16 fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and 17 corrosion. 18 19 WORKMANSHIP AND COORDINATION 20 21 General: Workmanship shall be the best quality as recognized by the electrical construction industry and 22 satisfactory to the Owner and Architect. Remove and replace lesser quality work as directed at no 23 additional cost to the Owner. The Architect, or his designated representative, shall be the judge of the 24 required quality of workmanship. 25 26 Work of Other Trades: The Electrical Drawings do not show complete details of the building construction. 27 Refer to the Architectural, Structural, Civil Landscape and Mechanical Drawings for those details which 28 may affect the execution of this work. Specific locations of construction features shall be obtained from the 29 reference drawings, field measurements, or the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra +rr 30 payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. 31 32 The Contractor will not be paid for work requiring reinstallation due to lack of coordination prior to 33 installation i.e.,removing,replacing,relocating, cutting,patching or finishing. Special attention is called to 34 the following items and all conflicts shall be coordinated prior to installation: 35 36 Light switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 37 38 All electrical outlets, lighting fixtures, signal and communications devices, and other electrical 39 devices and equipment are installed to avoid conflict with grilles, pipes, sprinkler heads, ducts r„w 40 and other mechanical equipment. 41 42 Electrical outlets, lighting fixtures, signal and communications devices and equipment are to be 43 installed in proper relation to cabinets,counters,doors and other Architectural appurtenances. 44 45 Electrical characteristics (HP, KVA, voltage, phase, fusing, overload protection) of actual 46 equipment furnished under other divisions being different from that shown on the electrical + 47 drawings. 48 49 Cooperation: Plan and execute work in cooperation with all other trades and utility companies. Every 50 reasonable effort shall be made to provide all concerned with timely notice of work affecting other trades, 51 and to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements,dimensions,openings,block-outs, sleeving 52 or other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work-around methods. 53 err as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 7 a.• Northwest Architectural Cg=gn ,n.s., 2-02072 1 General Construction: ON 2 3 Cutting and Patching: Provide all cutting, demolition and patching required for the installation of 4 the electrical work on this project. Patching shall be accomplished by utilizing the general 5 construction trades normally providing materials and labor needed for restoration of floor, ceiling 6 or walls. Penetrations through existing structural walls, ceiling or floor slabs shall be core drilled. 7 Spillage from core drilling shall be contained by diking, vacuuming and'covering with protective 8 plastic sheeting as required. In no case shall structural members be penetrated without prior 9 approval of the Architect. After installation of raceways,provide approved fire sealing materials to 10 close spaces around raceways. 11 12 Sleeves and openings required through floors and walls for electrical work shall be the 13 responsibility of the Contractor. This work shall be carefully coordinated with the General 14 Contractor and other trades involved. All openings around conduits in sleeves shall be sealed with 15 a material of equal fire rating as the material penetrated. 16 17 Painting: Touch up electrical equipment with factory finished surfaces as required using factory 18 furnished paint. Coordinate field painting requirements with the Architect prior to final trim and 19 cover installation. Do not paint screw heads, hinges, nameplates, hardware, etc. All surface- 20 mounted raceways in finished areas will be painted as directed under the "Painting" division of the 21 specifications. Coordinate timing of installation to minimize conflicts with painting requirements. 22 23 Cleaning: Promptly remove waste material and rubbish resulting from electrical work. Prior to 24 energizing equipment, remove all chipping materials, construction dirt and debris, vacuum and 25 wipe-down all internal areas. At completion of the project, clean all equipment and fixtures 26 installed under this Contract. 27 28 Existing Conditions: r 29 30 General: Specific scope of demolition work and operating conditions to be encountered shall be 31 verified by on-site review prior to submitting bid. Demolition work in general is noted or shown on 32 the documents based upon available "drawings of record" and may not show the actual conditions 33 as they presently exist. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing or modifying the existing 34 electrical installations as required for the building and site construction. The Contractor shall be 35 responsible for protection of existing equipment and wiring to be retained or reinstalled and shall 36 replace any equipment damaged during the process of removal and reinstallation. 37 38 Owner Retained Equipment: The Owner may wish to retain certain specific items scheduled for 39 demolition. The Contractor shall carefully remove these items,provide protection and packaging as 40 may be required to protect the equipment and turn over said equipment to the Owner at a place 41 designated on the jobsite. Any equipment that the Owner does not desire to retain shall become the 42 property of the Contractor and be removed from the site. 43 44 Existing Conduit and Wiring: No existing conduit or wiring shall be reused. 45 46 Unused Conduit and Wiring: All unused conductors in existing buildings shall be removed. All 47 unused conduit shall be removed except where located in or above existing construction which is 48 not being altered and would require removal and replacement of the existing construction. 49 50 MISCELLANEOUS 51 52 Equipment Anchorage, Support and Bracing: 53 r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) wr 1 General: Provide complete seismic anchorage and bracing for the lateral and vertical support of 2 conduit and electrical equipment,as required by the Uniform Building Code. 3 4 Conduit Crossing Structural Separations: Conduit that crosses structural or seismic separations 5 between building units shall be installed with flexible connections, suitable to accommodate 6 longitudinal and transverse displacements. Secure raceways each side of joint and provide 7 minimum of 36" length flexible conduit between building units. 8 9 Phase Relationship: Maintain consistent phase relationship and rotation throughout the project. Check and rir 10 identify proper rotation of equipment prior to energizing said equipment. See also Section 16400, "Service 11 and Distribution,"regarding the phasing arrangements. 12 13 Housekeeping Pads: Coordinate size and location of housekeeping pads for all floor-mounted electrical 14 equipment. Pads shall be 4 inches thick (nominal) x 2 inches larger than plan view dimensions of 15 equipment. Provide 1-inch x 1-inch chamfer at top edges of pads. 16 17 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE 18 19 Site Review: On-site meetings or reviews of construction by the Architect, Engineer or Owner shall not be r` 20 construed as acceptance by these parties as related to quantities, rough-in locations, and compliance with 21 code enforcing authorities unless specific exceptions have been brought to the attention of the Architect or 22 Engineer and have been accepted in writing. 23 24 Testing: The Contractor shall test all wiring and all electrical equipment to verify absence of grounds and 25 short circuits and verify proper operation, rotation, and phase relationship. Contractor will be responsible 26 for scheduling of tests and demonstrations at times mutually acceptable to the Owner. All equipment shall 27 be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of this specification and the manufacturer's 28 recommendations. Operate every device manually and automatically in accordance with its purpose. Tests 29 shall be performed in the presence of the Owner or his designated representative. All instruments and 30 personnel required to conduct the test shall be provided by the Contractor. Any test not witnessed by the 31 Owner shall be waived by written document. All such documents must become the property of the Owner 32 upon completion of construction. 33 N6 34 Instruction for Owner's Personnel: 35 36 Scope: Following initial operation of all electrical equipment and prior to acceptance of the 37 electrical work, conduct demonstrations of equipment operation and instruction periods for the 38 Owner's representatives. 39 40 Instruction Periods: Shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from 41 maintenance manuals with appropriate references to drawings, followed by tours of equipment 42 spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance 43 procedures,settings and available system and equipment adjustments. 44 45 Contractor's representatives, in general,who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be 46 qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and from the trade involved. For r 47 major equipment, the representative shall be the manufacturer's representatives with operating 48 experience and substantial design experience on this project. Their qualifications shall be 49 submitted to the Architect and Engineer before conducting the instruction period. ft 50 51 Minimum Duration of Instruction Periods: 52 53 Electrical Distribution and Lighting System: 8 hours `m RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 9 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.. (2-02072) 1 2 Special Systems: 4 hours each 3 4 Refer to other section of the specification for additional testing requirements. 5 6 Scheduling of Instruction Periods: Provide notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such 7 instruction and demonstration periods to the Owner at least two weeks prior to each instruction 8 period and reach agreement on the date of each instruction period. arr 9 10 Prepare a written statement of acceptance for the Owner's signature. The statement shall be 11 substantially as follows: 12 13 "I (the Contractor), the associated factory representatives and the subcontractor, have thoroughly 14 tested each of the following systems and have proved their normal operation to the Owner's 15 representative and have instructed him in the operation and maintenance thereof." 16 17 Owner's 18 System Demonstrator Representative Date 19 20 Electrical Distribution&Lighting 21 Fire Alarm System 22 Telecommunications 23 24 25 Owner's Representative Date +• 26 27 Contractor Date 28 29 Send copies of this acceptance to the Architect and the Engineer and place one copy in each 30 maintenance manual. 31 32 Completion of Work: When requesting final inspection, provide ten day notice. Submit written 33 certifications that the work has been fully completed in strict accordance with the plans and specifications. 34 35 Final Documentation: See specifications Section 01700, "Project Closeout." All manuals, test results, and 36 acceptances by the inspecting authorities shall be included in this final documentation. 37 38 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 39 40 The Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Project Closeout Form(form at end of this section) 41 properly filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also 42 submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials (spare wiring devices, fuses, 43 etc.)turned over to the Owner. 44 45 ,r, 46 END OF SECTION 16010 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River v ark ELECTRICAL,GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 10 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) M 1 JOB CLOSEOUT FORM 2 3 4 5 6 1. Electrical Inspector's Final Acceptance: 7 8 ❑ Copy of certificate attached. 9 10 ❑ Transmitted previously to 11 Date 12 13 2. Fire Marshall's Final Acceptance of Fire Alarm System: 14 15 ❑ Copy of certificate attached. 16 17 ❑ Transmitted previously to 18 Date 19 20 3. As-Built Drawings: ❑ Enclosed 21 22 ❑ Transmitted previously to 23 Date ft 24 25 4. O&M Manuals: ❑ Enclosed 26 fm 27 ❑ Transmitted previously to 28 Date 29 ift 30 5. Telecommunications System Test Reports: 31 32 ❑ Enclosed 33 34 ❑ Transmitted previously to 35 Date 36 ,m 37 6. Spare Parts: Delivered to 38 Date 39 40 Note:Provide separate letter of transmittal with itemized list of parts for each set of spare parts. 41 Transmittal must be signed by an authorized representative of the Owner. 42 43 7. As-Built Fire Alarm Shop Drawings: ❑ Enclosed 44 45 ❑ Transmitted previously to 46 Date 47 48 8. As-Built Intercom/Clock Shop Drawings: ❑ Enclosed 49 50 ❑ Transmitted previously to 51 Date 52 53 9. As-Built Telecommunications Shop Drawings: 11 Enclosed rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16010 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL, GENERAL Renton,Washington Page 11 �. Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 Aw 2 ❑ Transmitted previously to 3 Date 4 5 10. As-Built Security Shop Drawings:❑ Enclosed s" 6 7 ❑ Transmitted previously to 8 Date s„ 9 10 11. As-Built CATV Shop Drawings: ❑ Enclosed 11 12 El Transmitted previously to do 13 Date 14 15 12. Testing and Owner Training: ❑ Copy of written certification attached. w 16 17 ❑ Transmitted previously to 18 Date 19 20 13.The work is complete in accordance with the contract documents and authorized changes except for 21 the following(attach a separate sheet if necessary): 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Electrical Contractor Date 32 33 34 35 General Contractor Date 36 37 38 END OF SECTION 16010 VM to wr wr "" RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16110 Cedar River Park RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 1 .rr Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16110 -RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 SCOPE 7 8 Provide complete raceway systems as shown on the drawings and/or as required for proper installation of 9 the various electrical systems being installed under this project. Minimum raceway size shall be 3/4". 10 11 12 PART 2-PRODUCTS 13 14 RACEWAYS 15 +■ 16 Rigid Metallic Conduit: Zinc-coated steel with full threaded connections. 17 18 Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT): Zinc-coated steel. r+ 19 20 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Rigid PVC, Schedule 40,UL listed for direct burial or concrete encasement. 21 22 Flexible Metallic Conduit: Galvanized steel, securely interlocked. 23 24 Liquidtight Flexible Metallic Conduit: Galvanized steel, interlocked, with integral ground conductor and 25 PVC jacket overall. err 26 27 FITTINGS 28 29 Rigid Metallic Conduit: 30 31 Couplings: Threaded metallic type of the same material as the conduit. 32 33 Locknuts: Steel up to 2 inches,malleable iron for 2-1/2 inches and larger. 34 35 Bushings: Bakelite or plastic up to 2 inches, malleable iron with insulating collar for 2-1/2 inches 36 and larger. 37 38 Unions: Zinc plated malleable iron,3 piece conduit coupling. Running threads is not acceptable. 39 40 Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): 1-1/2" and smaller shall be raintight type steel employing a split 41 corrugated ring and tightening nut. Cast metal will not be accepted. Fittings 2"and larger shall be steel and 42 may be setscrew type containing dual setscrews on each side of coupling. Wr 43 44 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Slip-on,nonthreaded type of same material as conduit. 45 r. 46 Flexible Metallic Conduit: Steel,one-or two-screw clamp type. 47 48 Liquidtight Flexible Metallic Conduit: Galvanized steel,compression type. 49 50 CONDUIT STRAPS 51 52 Heavy-duty one-or two-hole pressed steel straps. "Nail-in" style straps shall not be used. ,, 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16110 to Cedar River Park RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company.p.s.,(2-02072) as 1 LOW VOLTAGE OPEN CABLING SUPPORTS 2 3 J-Hooks: Shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling system. Galvanized finish. Caddy 4 #CAT21 with CATHBA angled hanger bracket. Provide all hardware necessary for secure mounting to the 5 structure. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. 6 7 Adjustable Cable Support: Shall comply with TIA requirements for structured cabling system. Caddy 8 #CAT425. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for quantity of cables supported. 9 10 Provide all accessories and mounting hardware required for a complete and working installation of open 11 cabling supports. 12 ft 13 14 PART 3 -EXECUTION 15 16 so 17 COORDINATION 18 19 The Contractor shall review all drawings, details and elevations and coordinate with the Architect prior to ft 20 rough-in, all installations of wiring devices and equipment. Where equipment is furnished by others, the 21 Contractor shall ascertain the proper voltage,load and connection requirements prior to rough-in. 22 23 MATERIALS 24 25 All materials of a specific type shall be provided by the same manufacturer throughout the project. These 26 products shall be identical to those submitted for review. 27 28 RACEWAY INSTALLATION 29 30 Raceway Types: Install raceway types and sizes as listed below and in accordance with NEC Article 680, 31 "Swimming Pools,Fountains and similar Installations." 32 33 Rigid Metallic Conduit: In concrete, masonry, exposed exteriors and exposed interiors where 34 subject to physical damage and as required by code enforcing agencies. 35 36 Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT): All areas other than above. May be used for feeders with go 37 integral green ground conductor. 38 39 Flexible Metallic Conduit: Recessed fixture connections, interior concealed equipment ft 40 connections, expansion and seismic joints and sound control. Not to be used for exposed 41 installations within the building. 42 43 Liquidtight Flexible Metallic Conduit: Exterior equipment connections and exposed installation as 44 within the building. 45 46 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Exterior underground installations; direct buried for lighting wr 47 raceways,. 90° elbows to be rigid galvanized steel. Service raceways are to be concrete encased. 48 Underground feeders; concrete encased with rigid steel conduit elbows. 49 50 See referenced Signal and Communications specification sections for raceways associated with 51 these systems. 52 AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16110 Cedar River Park RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 3 «.� Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 Installation: 2 3 Planning: The layout of all raceways shall be carefully planned by the Contractor to ensure an 4 installation which is neatly done and workmanlike. Any work showing improper care in planning 5 will be ordered removed by the Architect, and shall be replaced in a neat and proper manner, 6 without any additional cost to the Owner. 7 8 Concealment: All raceways shall be concealed in finished areas unless approved otherwise by the 9 Architect. Where existing wall surfaces are inaccessible, surface metal raceways for these 10 exceptions may be provided when approved by the Architect. Raceways may be surface mounted 11 in unfinished equipment spaces such as mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, elevator machine 12 rooms,and attic spaces. 13 14 Cutting and Bending: Raceways shall have smooth interior, ends cut square and reamed. Bends 15 shall be carefully made to avoid injuring or flattening raceways(no "Hickey"bends). 16 17 Exposed Raceways: Install exposed raceways as high as possible, above ductwork, parallel or at 18 right angles to building lines. 19 20 Expansion and Earthquake Joints: 21 22 Raceways shall not be installed in concrete slab or wall construction when passing through an 23 expansion or earthquake joint. 24 25 Raceways shall be installed in furred or suspended ceiling spaces with a minimum of 36 26 inches of flexible conduit crossing the expansion or earthquake joints. Secure raceways each 27 side of joint. 28 29 Routing: All raceways shall be installed parallel or at right angles to the building construction 30 unless prohibited by a physical obstruction. This applies to all exposed raceways as well as all 31 raceways above suspended ceiling. 32 +�+ 33 Raceway Supports: Raceways shall be supported with heavy-duty, one- or two-hole, pressed steel 34 straps on interior surfaces. Support pendant-mounted raceways on 3/8-inch rod with pear-shaped 35 hanger or trapeze-type hanger with 3/8-inch rod (minimum) and 1-5/8-inch square preformed 36 channel and pipe clamps. Parallel, surface-mounted raceways shall be supported from 1-5/8-inch 37 square preformed channel and pipe clamps. All fittings and supports shall be hot-dip galvanized in 38 exterior areas. Preformed channel in areas above suspended ceilings may be standard painted 39 finish. Multiple conduit runs shall be grouped and neatly racked on trapeze hangers. 40 41 Anchorage: Anchor to metal stud structures by means of sheet metal screws or manufactured 42 spring steel clips. Fasten individual raceways supports to structural walls or slabs with steel .. 43 expansion shells and bolts. Provide flush concrete insert for multiple raceway support system. 44 Fasten to structural steel with heavy-duty beam clamps. Fasten to architectural or masonry walls 45 with toggle bolts or molley screws. wr 46 47 Independent Support: Conduits shall not be supported from the ceiling suspension system, ducts, 48 pipes or other systems foreign to the electrical installation. The entire electrical installation shall be 49 kept independent from any other trade. 50 51 Suspended Ceiling: Branch circuit raceways and outlet boxes installed above suspended ceilings 52 may be secured to No. 9 AWG or larger support wires that are independent of the ceiling 53 suspension system under the following conditions: RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16110 ` Cedar River Park RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.,(2-02072) + 1 2 Raceways and cables are not larger than 3/4"trade size. 3 4 No more than two raceways or cables are supported by a support wire. 5 6 Raceways and cables are secured to the support wires by fittings designed and manufactured 7 for the purpose. 8 9 The support wires are securely fastened to the structural ceiling and to the ceiling grid ■r 10 system. 11 12 The raceways or cables serve equipment that is located within the ceiling cavity or is 13 mounted on or supported by the ceiling grid system. 14 15 Where not prohibited by the building code officials. 16 17 Conduit Location: Conduit shall not be run under heavy equipment, footings or other structural 18 elements that might adversely affect the integrity of the raceways system or building footing. All 19 raceways installed above suspended ceilings must be kept a minimum of 6" clear above top of 20 ceiling system. Conduit shall not be run under the pool or within an area extending 5'horizontally 21 from the inside wall of the pool unless otherwise allowed by NEC Article 680. 22 23 Floor Slabs and Columns: Conduits installed in structural floor slabs shall be coordinated with 24 structural steel and shall be routed to provide a maximum concrete cover. In general, conduit shall 25 not be installed in structural columns,unless special permission is granted by the Architect. 26 +rw 27 Pullboxes with Covers: Shall be provided as shown on the drawings or as required by Code. All 28 pullboxes shall be located so as to be accessible. 29 30 Flexible Conduit: Shall be used only for lighting fixture pigtails in accessible ceilings, flush- 31 mounted speaker pigtails in accessible ceilings, sound control, motor connections and at building 32 expansion joints as specified. Any other proposed use of flexible conduit must be approved by the 33 Architect's representative. 34 35 Conduit Stubs: Conduit which stub-up through the floor shall be installed at such a depth that none 36 of the curved section of the elbow is visible. w 37 38 Sealing: All conduit, sleeves, blockouts or openings around raceway and cable systems that 39 penetrate building walls, floors and ceilings shall be sealed. Sealing materials shall be fire-rated, 40 non-combustible type, specifically designed for this type of installation and shall be approved by 41 the authority having jurisdiction. 42 43 Penetrations: Raceways which pass through building roof, exterior walls of building above or 44 below grade and floor slabs on grade shall be sealed on the interior side of the building using non- 45 hardening sealing compound after all conductors have been installed in the raceway. Sealing 46 material shall be specifically designed for electrical wiring systems. 47 48 Conduit Passing Through Building Roof: Provide a 4 lb. lead plumbing vent flashing with a 49 counterflashing attached above using a galvanized steel clamp. 50 51 Conduit Penetrating Membranes: All conduits penetrating walls or slabs with membranes shall be 52 installed with approved membrane clamping devices in order to provide necessary seal. 53 rr� Wi RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16110 Cedar River Park RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 Exterior Walls: Conduits passing through exterior walls below grade and/or bridging an area which �r 2 was previously excavated and backfilled shall be rigidly supported by a structurally reinforced 3 concrete duct bank spanning between the building wall and a bearing surface on undisturbed earth. 4 5 Cleaning of Raceways: The interior and exterior of all conduits and other raceways shall be r 6 thoroughly cleaned of all material. All conduits shall be capped or plugged after installation to 7 ensure that they remain clean. 8 9 Dissimilar Materials: Keep electrical conduits free from contact with all other piping runs of 10 different systems or of dissimilar metals. 11 12 RACEWAYS AND CABLE INSTALLATION PATHWAYS FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS "' 13 14 Installation of Raceways/Pathways for intercom, clock, telecommunications and CATV systems shall be in 15 accordance with the applicable portions of ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standards for an 16 Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 17 18 Conduits above lay-in ceilings: Do not install cables in conduits that are supported from the ceiling 19 suspension system. All conduits shall be supported independently of the ceiling support system. 20 21 Conduit fill shall not exceed 40%. 22 23 Bend radii for conduits shall meet the following requirements: 24 25 If the conduit has an internal diameter of 2 inches or less, the bend radius must be at least 6 times ,.r 26 the internal conduit diameter. 27 28 If the conduit has an internal diameter of more than 2 inches, the bend radius must be at least 10 29 times the internal conduit diameter. 30 31 There shall be no more than two 90 degree bends between pull points in telecommunications conduit, 32 without derating of the conduit capacity. For each additional 90 degree bend the conduit capacity shall be 33 derated by 15 percent. Increase conduit size as required to meet conduit fill requirements of this section 34 with the derated capacity accounted for. Or, provide pull boxes to eliminate 90 degree bends as necessary 35 to avoid having to derate conduit. Offsets shall be considered as equivalent to a 90 degree bend. Pull boxes 36 added to conduit runs as of result of this requirement shall be in accordance with this section. 37 38 Conduits which are terminated at cable trays shall be supported from structure with a maximum distance of 39 24"from the tray. Conduits terminated at cable trays shall be bonded to the tray. 40 41 Exterior conduit shall be 4" Schedule 40 PVC with GRC elbows transitioning to 4" GRC for Service 42 Entrances. Interior conduit for vertical riser cable shall be GRC, sized per ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A-5 or as w. 43 indicated on the Contract Drawings. Interior conduit for horizontal cable shall be EMT, sized per 44 ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A-5 standards or as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 45 46 Use of flexible conduit for telecommunications shall be kept to a minimum and shall be at the discretion of 47 the Contracting Agency. Obtain prior written approval for the use of flexible conduit. Where required due 48 to physical considerations, flexible metal conduit may be allowed in lengths not exceeding 4 feet. If used, 49 flexible metal conduit shall be increased by one trade size for the application used. 50 51 Conduits entering the MDF room through the floor shall be terminated 4 inches above finished floor. 52 Conduits entering the MDF room from above shall be terminated 4 inches below the finished ceiling,but in ,. 53 no case shall the conduits terminate greater than 12 inches above the cable tray or distribution frame. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16110 Cedar River Park RACEWAYS AND FTITINGS Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p s (2-02072) r 1 2 Conduits and cut-out openings between floors shall be sealed with firestopping material which is removable 3 and reusable,to accommodate adds,moves and changes in the cabling system. 4 5 All conduits used for routing of low voltage cables shall have bushings at all stubouts. 6 rrr 7 OPEN CABLE SUPPORT AND INSTALLATION PATHWAYS 8 9 Where cables are indicated to be installed as "Open Cabling", cable supports (D-rings, J-hooks, adjustable +rr 10 straps,and saddles as appropriate)shall be installed to allow cabling to be grouped and run along a common 11 path. Cables shall be run parallel or at right angles to the building structure, and shall not be looped 12 diagonally across the ceiling space. Cables shall be loosely bundled with cable ties at minimum every 30 wr 13 inches on center. Provide cable ties at closer intervals where called for on drawings. Provide plenum rated 14 Teflon cable ties in spaces used to handle environmental air. 15 16 Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping,water piping,waste piping or electrical conduit. 17 18 Fire seal around all cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with Section 16010. 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 16110 r w M Ago RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16120 Cedar River Park 600-VOLT WIRE AND CABLE Renton,Washington Page 1 . Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16120-600-VOLT WIRE AND CABLE 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 9 Provide all wire and cable required for electrical systems being installed. 10 11 12 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 13 14 MANUFACTURER 15 �+* 16 Wire: American Insulated Wire Corp,General Cable,Rome or approved equal. 17 18 Cable Ties: Thomas&Betts or equal. „ 19 20 Below-Grade Splice Kits: Scotchcast, 3M or equal. 21 22 Pulling Compound: Ideal,Aqua Gell H or equal. 23 24 FEEDERS 25 ,. 26 Type THHN/THWN or THW 600-volt insulation, copper conductor, stranded. 27 28 BRANCH CIRCUITS 29 30 Type THHN/THWN,600-volt insulation, solid copper conductor. 31 32 Minimum Conductor Size: 33 34 Neutral: #10 AWG(#12 AWG minimum for dedicated neutrals and lighting circuits). 35 36 Ground: #12 AWG. 37 38 Phase conductors(more than six in a raceway)#10 AWG. 39 40 Phase conductors(six or less in a raceway)#12 AWG. 41 42 +• 43 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES 44 45 Provide insulated screw-on type connectors on lighting and receptacle branch circuit splices; Ideal Wingnut 46 or equal. Self-stripping crimp-pressure-type connectors such as Scotchlock 500 series are not approved. 47 Insulated ring-tongue compression-type terminals(Burndy or T&B)for motor and equipment terminations; 48 hydraulically set compression lugs for terminations at panel and switchboard busses; and Cadweld exo- 49 thermic type for grounding systems. 50 51 Below grade splices shall be made in handholes and shall be made watertight with epoxy resin type splicing 52 kits. . 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16120 ` Cedar River Park 600-VOLT WIRE AND CABLE Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) + 1 SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS WIRING 2 3 All signal and communications wiring is included in the appropriate signal and communications system 4 specification sections. 5 6 CABLE TIES 7 8 Shall be Thomas&Betts"Ty-Rap." Provide in switchboards,wireways,panelboards,relay panels and 9 other enclosures to neatly group and lace electrical conductors. .r 10 11 WIRE PULLING COMPOUND 12 13 Water based,nonhardening,nonflammable and compatible with all cable insulation types. 14 15 16 PART 3 -EXECUTION ■'"' 17 18 19 BRANCH CIRCUITS 20 21 Branch circuits shall be no. 12 AWG minimum,color-coded as listed below. Homeruns greater than 75 feet 22 to first outlet shall be no. 10 AWG minimum. Use no mechanical means for pulling wires. Make no splices 23 in home runs. Wiring from separate raceway systems shall not be intermixed in common junction boxes. 24 Wiring shown in separate raceway systems shall not be combined unless specifically approved by the engi- 25 neer. 26 an 27 FEEDERS 28 29 Feeders shall be sized as shown on the drawings and color-coded in accordance with list below. Make no 30 splices unless shown on the plans or specifically approved by the architect's representative. 31 32 COLOR CODING REQUIREMENTS 33 34 120/208-volt,3-phase,4-wire systems or 120/240-volt, 3-phase,4-wire systems: 35 36 Phase A black rw 37 Phase B red 38 Phase C blue 39 Neutral white �r 40 Ground green 41 Isolated Ground green with yellow stripe 42 Travelers yellow(for 3-and 4-way switching) 43 Controls black with wire numbers on each conductor 44 45 277/480-volt, 3-phase,4-wire systems: 46 47 Phase A brown 48 Phase B orange 49 Phase C yellow 50 Neutral grey 51 Ground green 52 Travelers lavender 53 "m RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16120 Cedar River Park 600-VOLT WIRE AND CABLE Renton,Washington Page 3 40 Northwest Architectural ComRM,12.s., (2-02072) 1 Color-coded tape may be used in lieu of color-coded insulation for conductors no.6 AWG and larger. AM 2 However,when color-coded tape is used,the conductor insulation shall be black only,and shall be taped at 3 all terminations and junction boxes with color scheme shown above for entire length of exposed conductor. 4 All control wiring shall be black with wire numbers on each conductor at each termination point. Wiring 5 diagrams shall have corresponding wire numbers indicated thereon. am 6 7 Color coding shall be approved by the inspecting authority. 8 as 9 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS 10 11 Lighting and receptacle branch circuit conductors up to no. 10 AWG shall be spliced with wing nut type go 12 connectors. Motor connections using wiring no. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with crimp-type sleeves 13 or lugs insulated with heat shrink tubing. 14 15 HOME RUNS AN 16 17 Branch circuit conductors shall be home run to panelboards as shown on the drawings. Combining branch 18 circuit home run conductors in single conduits other than that shown,will not be permitted. Such installa- so 19 tions will be ordered removed and installed in conformance with the drawings. 20 21 22 END OF SECTION 16120 rr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16130 Lake Washington School District 414 OUTLET,JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Companyp.s..(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16130-OUTLET,JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 " 6 7 SCOPE 8 9 Provide all outlet,junction and pull boxes required for proper installation of electrical equipment being in- 10 stalled under this work. 11 12 COORDINATION 13 14 The Contractor shall review all drawings, details and elevations and coordinate with the Architect and 15 equipment supplier prior to rough-in,all installations of wiring devices and equipment. Where equipment is 16 furnished by others, the Contractor shall ascertain the proper voltage, load and connection requirements 17 prior to rough-in. 18 19 20 PART 2-PRODUCTS 21 22 MANUFACTURERS 23 24 ' Boxes: Appleton,Circle AW,Crouse-Hinds,Raco, Steel City,Wiremold or equal. 25 �. 26 Fittings: Appleton, Circle AW,Crouse-Hinds or equal. 27 28 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES 29 30 Interior Surface-Mounted in Unfinished Areas: One-piece pressed steel, electro-galvanized, size and depth 31 required by Code,except 4-inch square or 4-inch octagonal minimum. 32 33 Interior Flush-Mounted: Same as above except provide plaster ring extension to finished surface. 34 35 Interior Surface-Mounted, Finished Areas: Wiremold No. 5700 Series sized to fit standard wiring device, .r 36 covers specified below. 37 38 Exterior Mounted: Cast, non-ferrous metal with threaded hubs required, cast gasketted covers. Manufac- 39 turers as listed above. 40 41 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 42 43 Interior Areas: Steel,screw cover,Code gauge and size,baked enamel finish. 44 45 Exterior: Cast, non-ferrous metal with cast, gasketted covers; or sheet steel,hot-dip galvanized after fabri- „� 46 cation,no KO's,with gasketted screw cover. 47 48 FITTINGS 49 50 Junction boxes or elbows may be cast conduit fittings at Contractor's option. Provide one size larger than 51 raceway for feeders - "mogul-type." Openings accessible at all times. Exterior areas to be cast aluminum 52 with gasketted non-ferrous covers. �. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16130 Lake Washington School District 414 OUTLET,JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,yp s (2-02072) irr 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 2 3 4 GENERAL 5 6 Boxes shall be supported securely and independently. Mount boxes on building surfaces or support with 7 trapeze hanger as described in Raceway Installation. Junction boxes shall not be used unless the number of 8 bends, pulling length, or circuit requirements necessitate their installation. Junction or pullbox openings 9 must be accessible. All boxes must be supported independently of any other building system. rs 10 11 DEVICE BOXES 12 13 Outlet and device boxes mounted in stud walls shall be attached to two adjacent wall studs using blocking 14 material behind the box to ensure that the box will remain square to the finished wall surface. 15 16 Outlet and device boxes mounted in masonry walls shall be set at the bottom or top of a masonry unit 17 course. 18 19 Plaster rings shall be provided for all devices in walls with finished materials such as gypsum wallboard, rrr 20 plaster, etc. Plaster ring shall extend outlet box to within 1/8-inch of finished wall surface including all 21 wall coverings. Coordinate with Architectural finishes prior to rough-in. 22 23 Exterior Wall Outlets: Conduit shall not enter the bottom of exterior wall outlet boxes. Conduit shall enter 24 the sides and top only. 25 26 Multiple Gang Outlet: Install two or more wiring devices shown in one location under a common plate ex- 27 cept when outlets are of a different voltages such as telephone and duplex receptacles. Install plates with all 28 edges in continuous contact with finished wall surfaces. Install plates vertically with alignment tolerance of 29 1/16-inch. Sectional plates are not permitted. No more than one device shall be installed in a single-gang „ 30 position. 31 32 Device Locations: Locate switches 6 inches from door casing unless otherwise shown. Outlets mounted 33 above one another shall be on the same centerline. Coordinate exact locations of any special devices with 34 Architect. All outlet heights must comply with all handicap accessibility requirements. Heights to center of 35 outlet mounted vertically shall be as follows unless otherwise shown: 36 37 Convenience Outlets: +18" 38 39 Above Counter Outlets: Verify height. Minimum clearance one inch above backsplash or counter 40 as applicable. 41 42 Switches: 4'-0" 43 r 44 Electric Water Coolers: Conceal outlet behind equipment housing. 45 46 BLANK COVERS 47 48 Provide blank covers or plates over all boxes that do not contain devices or are not part of an equipment 49 connection. 50 "' RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16130 Lake Washington School District 414 OUTLET,JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES Renton,Washington Page 3 �. Northwest Architectural Cg=M.12.s..(2-02072) 1 LABELING .r 2 3 All junction and pull boxes in accessible ceiling spaces and exposed in unfinished areas shall be identified 4 to indicate the branch circuit numbers, feeders, or signal and communication system contained within. Use 5 permanent label in exposed installation; felt tip marker pen in locations above ceilings. Fire Alarm System 6 shall be red color. Refer to Section 16700 for requirements pertaining to Signal and Communication Sys- 7 tem. 8 ■ 9 JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES 10 11 Pull and junction boxes shall be installed as shown or as necessary to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit 12 the number of bends within code requirements. Boxes shall be permanently accessible and shall be placed 13 only at locations approved by the Architect. Label all boxes as specified elsewhere in this section. 14 15 SOUND CONTROL *� 16 17 General: The installation of outlet boxes and conduit shall utilize installation methods which minimize 18 sound transmission from one room to adjacent rooms or areas. 19 20 Installation: Where boxes are mounted in a common wall, they shall wherever possible,be offset horizon- 21 tally so that they are not mounted back to back. Connect offset boxes with flexible conduit not to exceed 18 22 inches in length. Where it is not practical to offset boxes, with permission they may be mounted back to 23 back with a minimum clearance of 1/4-inch between boxes and with a sheet of high-density fiberglass be- 24 tween boxes. Connect boxes with flexible conduit. Do not nipple boxes mounted back to back. 25 .. 26 EXTENSION RINGS 27 28 A maximum of one extension ring shall be provided on each junction box. r 29 30 31 END OF SECTION 16130 aw rr .o " RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16140 Cedar River Park WIRING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 1 W" Northwest Architectural Company,y.s.,2-01096 1 SECTION 16140-WIRING DEVICES 40 2 3 4 PART1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 ar 9 Provide all wiring devices complete with device plates shown on the drawings or specified within the 10 specifications. 11 12 .. 13 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 14 15 4" 16 MANUFACTURERS 17 18 Bryant, Cooper Wiring Devices (Arrow Hart), Hubbell, P & S, or Leviton. All part numbers refer to „ 19 Hubbell to establish minimum standards for quality and performance. 20 21 GENERAL 22 23 All devices shall be specification grade. Color shall be ivory for normal services and red for all services 24 automatically fed from the emergency generator. 25 +•� 26 SWITCHES 27 28 Single-Pole: 20-ampere, 120/277-volt,Hubbell No. 1221 Series. rr 29 30 Three-Way: 20-ampere, 120/277-volt,Hubbell No. 1223 Series. 31 32 Locking: 20-ampere, 120/277-volt,Hubbell No. 1221L Series. Provide two keys with each switch. 33 34 RECEPTACLES 35 .. 36 Duplex Receptacles, Specification-Grade: 15-ampere, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding, NEMA Type 5- 37 15R Hubbell No. 5262 Series. 38 39 Dedicated Duplex Receptacles, Specification-Grade: 20 ampere, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding. 40 NEMA Type 5-20R. Hubbell No. 5362 series. 41 42 Duplex Receptacles, Safety Type, Specification-Grade: Safety-type, specification-grade device,rated at 15- 43 ampere, 125-volt, grounded type, NEMA Type 5-15R; Hubbell No. SG-62 or approved equal. Receptacles 44 must be capable of accepting double bladed plugs without ground pin. 45 r 46 Ground Fault Interruption Receptacles: Specification grade, 20-ampere, 125-volt, Class A, 5-milliampere 47 sensitivity, standard or feed-through model and as shown on the drawings. Hubbell No. GF 5262 or 48 approved equal. 49 50 Faceless GFI Module: Specification-grade, 20 ampere, 125 volt, Class A, 5 milliampere sensitivity. 51 Hubbell No.GF53501A or approved equal. 52 53 Weatherproof Receptacles: 15-ampere duplex grounding type with gasket and hinged stainless steel plate. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16140 Cedar River Park WIRING DEVICES Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,2-01096 1 2 Special Receptacles: For other special receptacles,see drawings. 3 4 Cord Caps: Cord caps on all cords shall be plastic insulated type. 5 6 DEVICE PLATES 7 8 Finished Areas, Surface or Flush-Mounted: Satin 302 stainless steel. 9 .� 10 Surface-Mounted Devices,Unfinished Areas: 4/S raised steel. 11 12 Plates with Engraving: Provide paint-filled engraving for the following: 13 14 Special receptacles other than 15 or 20 ampere, 120 volt: Engrave ampere rating, voltage and 15 phase. Lettering shall be black. 16 17 All receptacles: Engrave panelboard and circuit number serving that receptacle. Lettering shall be 18 black for normal services and red for all services automatically fed from the emergency generator. 19 20 Computer Receptacles: Engrave"Computer" in 3/16"high red letters. 21 22 23 PART 3 -EXECUTION ` 24 25 26 INSTALLATION rrr 27 28 Install two or more wiring devices shown in one location under a common plate except when outlets are of 29 a different voltages such as telephone and duplex receptacles. Install plates with all edges in continuous 30 contact with finished wall surfaces. Install plates vertically with alignment tolerance of 1/16 inch. 31 Sectional plates are not permitted. No more than one device shall be installed in a single-gang position. 32 33 Wiring: Branch circuit conductors shall be terminated either in side of or in back of specification-grade ` 34 devices with screw clamped terminations. Spring-type pressure connections not approved. Wiring devices 35 are not to be used for maintaining circuit continuity. Wiring devices are not to be used for maintaining 36 circuit continuity. Removal of wiring device shall not effect downstream devices. 37 38 39 END OF SECTION 16140 40 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16146 Cedar River Park EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 1 +• Northwest Architectural Company,v.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16146-EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL 2 3 4 PARTI -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 rr 9 Provide all equipment and wiring for automatically and manually controlling the exterior lighting. 10 11 OPERATION 12 13 The exterior lighting shall be automatically controlled by the astronomical time clock and a photoelectric 14 cell via a lighting contactor. A hand-off-automatic switch shall bypass the clock system and photocell, and 15 provide a means of manually turning the light on or off. 16 17 18 PART 2-PRODUCTS 19 20 21 MANUFACTURERS 22 23 Contactors, Switches and Pilot Lights: General Electric or Square D. All part numbers refer to Square D to 24 establish minimum standards for quality and performance. 25 a . 26 Photoelectric Cell: Tork-Time Controls or Paragon. 27 28 Time Clock: Dual channel astronomical solid state time clock. Each channel shall have independent output 29 and control. Manufacturer: Tork-Time Controls or Paragon. 30 31 LIGHTING CONTACTORS 32 33 Electrically held, 30-amp rated, multi-pole contactor. All three contactors housed in NEMA 1 enclosure. 34 Square D,Class 8903-LG. 35 .., 36 HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC SWITCH 37 38 Square D,Class 9001 series. 39 40 PILOT LIGHT 41 42 Heavy-duty push-to-test pilot light with red lens. Square D,Class 9001 series. 43 44 PHOTOELECTRIC CELL 45 r 46 120-volt, single-phase unit with all mounting accessories. Mount on rigid conduit and orient face toward 47 the north. Adjust for proper operation. 48 49 ENCLOSURE 50 51 Mount contactors in a NEMA 1 enclosure with hinged/lockable cover. HOA switches and pilot lights shall 52 be mounted on panel cover. Provide size as required to enclose specified components. Component .. 53 arrangement shall not expose users to electrically"live"parts. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16146 ift Cedar River Park EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural CompM,p.s.,(2-02072) WA 1 2 3 PART 3 -EXECUTION 4 5 6 GENERAL 7 8 Provide a phenolic nameplate on the cover of each contactor enclosure which states the circuits controlled 9 and the areas served. r 10 11 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS 12 13 After completion of the installation, the Contractor shall fully test both automatic and manual functions of 14 the system. 15 16 OWNER INDOCTRINATION 17 18 The Contractor shall thoroughly instruct the Owner in the operation of the system. 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 16146 err rrr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16180 Cedar River Park MOTOR CONTROLS AND Renton,Washington MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) Page 1 1 SECTION 16180-MOTOR CONTROLS AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 MOTOR CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 8 .r 9 Scope: Provide all line voltage wiring and connections to equipment and motors as shown on the plans, 10 diagrams or specified herein. Prior to rough-in Contractor shall obtain all necessary electrical and physical 11 information from the trade providing the equipment and adjust installation requirements as necessary for a r 12 complete and operable system. 13 14 Motor Controls, Separately Mounted: Provide separately mounted motor starting equipment as shown or 15 noted. Coordinate location and interlocking with Temperature Controls Contractor. Verify motor 16 horsepower size or full-load amperage prior to ordering overload heaters, and size units in accordance with 17 the National Electrical Code. 18 ,. 19 OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 20 21 Provide complete electrical service and connection to all Owner-furnished equipment as shown on the 22 drawings or herein specified,unless indicated otherwise. "�' 23 24 KITCHEN WIRING 25 26 Scope: Provide all wiring for kitchen equipment; connect all equipment; assist the Food Service Equipment 27 Contractor in the testing of equipment after connection. 28 29 Coordination: The Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with the Food Service Equipment Contractor to 30 ensure that each item of equipment which requires electrical service is properly connected and wired. 31 32 Equipment Wiring: In general, the Food Service Equipment Contractor shall furnish electrical devices and 33 control equipment which are an integral part of the kitchen equipment and will connect all such equipment 34 wiring brought to a single connection point. Electrical control equipment, which is not an integral part of 35 the equipment, will be furnished by the Food Service Equipment Contractor to the Electrical Contractor for ,w 36 mounting and connection, except as noted on drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall provide service 37 connections to each item of equipment; shall mount and connect all control equipment not an integral part 38 of the equipment. The location and method of wiring of control devices shall be ascertained prior to 39 installation. 40 41 Conduit Roughing-In: Suit the equipment finally approved for installation and conform to the latest 42 approved shop drawings. All wall-mounted devices shall be flush type. 43 44 Exposed Work: All exposed conduits, enclosures and fittings shall be galvanized except for watertight 45 flexible conduit connections. 46 47 Connections from Floor: Provide 6' long galvanized rigid conduit screwed into a flush coupling with 48 watertight flexible conduit connection from coupling to the connection point on each piece of equipment. 49 Provide finish type chrome plated escutcheon ring a floor. All connections at floor shall be watertight. 50 51 Connections from Wall: Watertight flexible conduit between stainless steel cover plate on outlet box and 52 piece of equipment. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16180 Cedar River Park MOTOR CONTROLS AND Renton,Washington MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) Page 2 1 Disconnect Switches: Provide for each piece of equipment as required by code. Disconnect switches shall 2 be placed wherever possible within the equipment at the point of connection.Where this is not practical,the 3 location of the disconnect shall be verified with the Architect. Disconnects shall be molded case circuit 4 breaker. Where mounted on the wall,they shall be flush with chrome plated face plate. 5 6 Hood lights: Furnished with hood. Provide conduits connection to the hood light connection point. 7 8 9 PART2-PRODUCTS 10 11 12 MANUFACTURER 13 14 General Electric or Square D. No substitutions. All part numbers refer to Square D to establish minimum 15 levels of quality and performance. 16 17 MOTOR CONTROLS 18 19 Manual Starters: Toggle type,with overload protection,NEMA 1 enclosure. Square D Class 2510. ire 20 21 Magnetic Starters: Full voltage, non-reversing, or multi-speed where shown, NEMA 1 (minimum), 3-leg 22 overload protection, 120-volt control, transformer, hand-off-auto switch,red and green indicating lights, 2- 23 N.O. and 2-N.C. auxiliary contacts, Square D Class 8536 Series. Motors 5 HP and larger provide a phase 24 failure/undervoltage relay. 25 26 Combination Starters: Full voltage,non-reversing as specified above with integral fused disconnect. 27 28 29 PART 3 -EXECUTION 30 31 32 ISOLATION 33 ku 34 All rotating and air handling equipment shall be connected with flexible conduit to provide sound and 35 vibration isolation. 36 37 TESTING 38 39 After all wiring to each unit is complete, Electrical Contractor shall cooperate with Mechanical Contractor 40 in testing equipment for proper operation and shall correct wiring as required for proper operation. All 41 connections shall be checked with a torque wrench. Torque levels shall be in accordance with NETA 42 Standard ATS unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer. A test report which gives the following 43 information for each motor shall be submitted to the Engineer two weeks prior to final inspection: 44 45 All nameplate data (voltage, phase, full load current, locked motor current, NEMA design, code 46 letter,RPM,etc.) +rr 47 48 Measured no-load voltage at motor terminals(all phases). 49 50 Measured full-load voltage at motor terminals(all phases). 51 52 Full load operating current(all phases). 53 rr M to RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16180 Cedar River Park MOTOR CONTROLS AND Renton,Washington MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS +• Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) Page 3 1 Motor starter manufacturer and overload heater number (attach the manufacture's table of 2 overload heater numbers and corresponding motor nameplate ranges). 3 4 Fuse size and type. 5 6 Motor phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground winding resistance(motors 5-HP and larger). 7 8 A copy of the test report shall be included in the Commissioning Field Notebook and the Operations and ,. 9 Maintenance Manuals. 10 11 END OF SECTION 16180 .r 4. r �. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16195 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Renton,Washington Page 1 �. Northwest Architectural Companyy.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16195 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION ,. 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 .r. 9 Provide proper identification of all electrical work specified. This shall include but not be limited to the 10 following items: service and distribution equipment, starters, disconnects, cabinets, terminal boxes, device 11 junction boxes,danger signs,and fused switches including fuse size and type. 12 13 14 PART 2-PRODUCTS 15 16 17 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES 18 19 General: Nameplates shall be engraved in 1/16" thick phenolic letters,a minimum of 3/16"high with white 20 letters on black background for all equipment and signal and communications systems except fire alarm. 21 Provide white letters on a red background for fire alarm. 22 ` 23 Mounting: Nameplates shall be attached with a minimum of two 6-32 roundhead screws, lockwasher and 24 nuts in exterior locations and contact-type permanent self-adhesive in indoor locations. 25 26 SWITCHBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 27 28 General: Provide nameplate which identifies the switchboard/distribution panel and the source panel. (Ex- ,� 29 ample: Distribution Panel No. l/Fed from Main Service Switchboard-Bkr.No. 1.) 30 31 Overcurrent Devices: Provide nameplate at each overcurrent device that identifies the device number and 32 the load served. (Example: Bkr.No. 1/Panel A.) 33 34 PANELBOARDS 35 36 Provide nameplate on the front of the panel room which identifies the panel. (Example: Panel A.) Provide 37 a nameplate concealed behind the door which identifies the panel, and the source panel. (Example: Panel 38 A,Fed from Distribution Panel 1-Bkr.No.2) .� 39 40 TRANSFORMER 41 42 Provide nameplate identifying the transformer, the source panel and the panel served. (Example: Trans- "' 43 former T1/Fed from Distribution Panel 1,Bkr.No. 1/Serves Panel A). 44 45 DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND MOTOR STARTERS 46 47 Provide nameplate which identifies the source panel, load served and the fuse size where applicable. (Ex- 48 ample: Panel A-1,3,5/Exhaust Fan No. 1/10 amp,RK1 fuses.) 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16195 Cedar River Park ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Com an s. (2-02072) P Y P• 1 JUNCTION AND PULL BOX IDENTIFICATION 2 3 Mark the cover of all junction boxes and pull boxes to identify the system, circuits, or feeders contained 4 within the box. Use red color for fire alarm. Circuits shall be identified by panelboards and specific circuit 5 numbers contained within the junction box. Refer to specification Sections 16130 and 16700. 6 7 8 PART 3 -EXECUTION 9 wr 10 11 INSTALLATION 12 13 Clean all surfaces prior to installing labels. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require 14 finish,install identification after completion of painting. 15 16 REGULATIONS 17 18 Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for identification of electrical 19 work. 20 21 DANGER AND WARNING SIGNS 22 23 General: In addition to installation of danger signs required by governing regulations and authorities, Con- 24 tractor shall be responsible for installing appropriate danger signs at locations constituting danger for per- 25 sons in or about project. 26 +r 27 High Voltage: Install danger signs wherever it is possible, under any circumstances, for persons to come 28 into contact with electrical power. 29 30 31 END OF SECTION 16195 wr RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16400 Cedar River Park SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Renton Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., 2-02072) 1 SECTION 16400-SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 9 Provide all material, equipment, labor, tools and supervision for providing new utility systems as shown on 10 the drawings and further specified herein. Refer to various sections for specification of specific service and 11 distribution equipment. 12 13 SERVICE 14 15 Scope: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact all utility companies including but not limited to 16 the power company, telephone company and cable television company and verify the extent of the service 17 work to be performed by the Contractor and by the utilities regardless of what is shown on the drawings in 18 order to provide a complete electrical service. Portions of the service shall be provided by the Electrical .. 19 Contractor and part by the serving utilities. 20 21 Service Charge: Utility service charges shall be paid by the Owner. 22 23 Application for Services: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to complete and submit all required ap- 24 plications for service with the various utility companies. Coordination and scheduling new services with 25 the various utility companies is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 26 27 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 28 29 Scope: Provide the equipment for the various primary and secondary voltage distribution systems including 30 switchgear, service switchboards, distribution switchboards, panelboard equipment, motor control centers, 31 dry-type transformers,and all miscellaneous equipment. 32 " 33 Type: The distribution equipment shall provide a quality system with the highest degree of safety,protec- 34 tion,and integrity. 35 �++ 36 Space for Future Circuit Breakers and Fused Switches: Provide as indicated on drawings; shall be com- 37 pletely equipped for the future addition of a circuit breaker or fused switch,including all connections. Each 38 switchboard or panelboard section shall be fully bussed with spaces available the entire height of the 39 equipment. 40 41 Finish: Finish of all distribution equipment and other associated equipment shall match and unless speci- 42 fied otherwise shall be manufacturer's standard light gray. 43 44 Phasing: Phase arrangement for all bussing and terminations in switchboards, panelboards, motor starter 45 centers,transformers,etc. shall be as follows when viewed from the front: MW 46 47 Phase A Front Left Top 48 Phase B Center Center Center 49 Phase C Rear Right Bottom 50 51 Lugs for switchboards, panelboards, transformers and other distribution equipment connections shall be 52 hydraulically set compression lugs. .r 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16400 im Cedar River Park SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION Renton Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Compan ,v.s., 2-02072) 1 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES APPROVAL 2 3 All electrical equipment shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories Inc.label wherever published standards exist. 4 Compliance with UL standards only is not acceptable. 5 6 7 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 8 9 +rr� 10 GENERAL 11 12 Refer to various sections of this specification for specifications of specific service and distribution equip- 13 ment. 14 15 MANUFACTURE 16 17 In order to maintain close control and coordinate the various components of the distribution systems, the 18 number of manufacturers shall be kept to a minimum. All equipment shall be provided by the same manu- 19 facturer. Equipment specified shall be Square D or General Electric. Dimensions are critical. Each manu- ► 20 facturer shall verify that the equipment proposed will fit within the spaces provided with adequate working 21 clearances and allowance for future expansion. 22 23 24 PART 3 -EXECUTION 25 26 27 GENERAL 28 29 Install all equipment in accordance with manufacture's recommendations. 30 31 Solid anchor all floor mounted equipment to raised concrete base. Equipment shall be level and plumb on 32 all sides,grouted and securely bolted to base. NO 33 34 CONCRETE BASES 35 36 Shall be 4-inches high with chamfered edge. Shall be provided under all floor-mounted equipment,includ- ' 37 ing service entrance equipment,dry-type transformers and motor control centers. 38 39 CONDUCTORS 40 41 All conductors shall be neatly installed and secured to enclosure with tie-wraps or similar means. 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 16400 w 4M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16425 Cedar River Park SWITCHBOARDS Renton,Washington Page I "' Northwest Architectural Company,n.s., (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16425 -SWITCHBOARDS do 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 9 Provide a new main service switchboard as shown on the drawings and the specification herein. 10 11 SERVICE VOLTAGE 12 13 As shown on the drawings. 14 15 16 PART 2-PRODUCTS 17 18 .r 19 MANUFACTURERS 20 21 General Electric or Square D. No substitutions. Catalog numbers refer to Square D equipment to establish 22 minimum standards per quality and performance. 23 24 MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD 25 r 26 Construction: Shall be in accordance with NEMA Class II Construction and arranged for dead front indoor 27 installation consisting of free-standing sections 90 inches high,fully barriered with vertical insulated barrier 28 extending full depth of switchboard. Provide horizontal barrier between protective devices and the 29 metering C.T. compartment. All sections shall align. Entire assembly is to be mounted on a 4" concrete 30 pad. All bolts used to join current-carrying parts shall be installed from the front only to make servicing 31 possible without rear or side access. All top, side and front coverplates shall be field removable. Bussing 32 shall be copper. Switchboard bracing shall be for a minimum of 50,000 amperes symmetrical and 33 supported on insulators of high impact dielectric strength. 34 35 Ground Bus: Provide continuous and separate neutral and ground busses. Connect to main service ground. ■• 36 Bond each section of switchboard to equipment ground bus. 37 38 Main and Feeder Protective Devices: Shall be fixed mounted thermal magnetic type molded case circuit 39 breakers with a minimum interrupting ratings of 31,000 amperes symmetrical at 480 volts. The main circuit 40 breaker shall be provided with ground fault protection. 41 42 Voltmeter: Shall be provided. Meter shall read the phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral voltage on all three 43 phases. 44 45 Ammeter: Shall be provided, same type as voltmeter,complete with three-current transformers. 46 47 Instrument Transfer Switches: Provide for ammeter and voltmeters. 48 49 Potential Transformer: Provide three 120:24V single-phase potential transformers on the main bus (Phase .� 50 A,B&C). Wire secondary to a terminal strip for use by the building controls contractor. 51 52 Current Transformers: Provide three current transformers with a 4-20 milliamp output on the main bus .. 53 (Phase A,B&'C). Wire secondaries to a terminal strip for use by the building controls contractor. aw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16425 Cedar River Park SWITCHBOARDS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s., 2-02072) 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 2 r 3 4 GENERAL 5 6 Install all equipment in conformance with manufacture's recommendations. ` 7 8 HOUSEKEEPING PADS 9 10 Install switchgear, main service switchboard and distribution switchboards on housekeeping pads. 11 Equipment shall be level and plumb on all sides, grouted and securely bolted to the floor. Extend 12 equipment grounding to cold water main and ground rods as required by the Code. Verify proper operation 13 of each circuit protective device. 14 15 EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE 16 17 All floor mounted equipment shall be securely anchored to slabs. 18 19 GROUND FAULT rr, 20 21 Set circuit breakers with adjustable ground fault protection as directed by the Engineer. Test all ground 22 fault systems as required by WAC-296-46-23062. 23 24 25 END OF SECTION 16425 ■r Wi as RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16440 Cedar River Park DISCONNECT SWITCHES Renton,Washington Page 1 do Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. 2-02072) 1 SECTION 16440-DISCONNECT SWITCHES am 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 s` 6 7 SCOPE 8 MN 9 Provide disconnects at all motors and other equipment items unless the equipment has a self-contained, 10 code-approved disconnecting method. Equipment disconnects shall be fused or non-fused as required by 11 the equipment manufacturer. 12 an 13 14 PART 2-PRODUCTS 15 16 MANUFACTURER 17 18 General Electric or Square D. 19 20 SWITCHES 21 22 Shall have enclosure suitable for the environment they are mounted in. +r 23 24 NAMEPLATES 25 26 Provide engraved phenolic nameplates,as specified in Section 16195. 27 28 SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR 29 30 Provide spetoggle type, 20-amp, 120-volt rating, specification grade. For motors 1/3 HP or less, under 250 31 volt,single phase. 32 33 THREE-PHASE,MOTOR 34 35 Provide horsepower rated, heavy duty, 30-ampere minimum, 3-pole for 1/2 HP and larger three-phase 36 motors. 37 38 Equipment Disconnects: Shall be fused or non-fused as required by the equipment manufacturer, rated at 39 125%of full load nameplate amperage or rated horsepower,heavy-duty type. w. 40 41 42 PART 3 -EXECUTION 43 44 GENERAL 45 46 Location of all disconnects shall conform to code requirements and as required to allow proper access to the ,.. 47 equipment being served. 48 49 INSTALLATION 50 51 Securely mounted to separate structural support. Support shall be galvanized finish in all exterior locations. 52 Disconnects supported only by raceways will not be acceptable. Maximum height of 6'0" above floor,4'0" 53 above roof. �. 54 55 END OF SECTION 16440 d. am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16442 Cedar River Park FUSES Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16442-FUSES . 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 SCOPE 7 8 Provide all fuses shown on drawings and specified herein including spare fuses mounted in a fuse cabinet. •• 9 10 DESCRIPTION 11 12 Provide fuses as indicated on the drawings, sized per NEC,and as required for a fully operational system. 13 14 All fuses shall be of the same manufacture. 15 16 All fuses shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor at jobsite and only when equipment is to be 17 energized. Fuses shall not be installed during shipment. 18 19 Spare Fuse Cabinet: Provide a surface mounted spare fuse cabinet with locking door and shelves. Install 20 within the Main Electrical Room. Provide three spare fuses of each type used on the project. 21 22 23 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 24 25 MANUFACATURERS 26 27 Bussman,Ferraz Shawmut or Littlehouse. 28 29 FUSES 30 31 Provide 200,000 AIC,current limiting,UL,time delay fuses. 32 33 Feeders 601-6000 Amps: Class L,KRP-C Time Delay. 34 35 Feeders 600 Amps and Less: .� 36 37 Class RK-1,LPN-RK for 250-volt,dual element 38 �r 39 Class RK-1,LPS-RK for 600-volt,dual element. 40 41 For motor circuit 600 volts and below: Class RK-1 or Class J sized at 125%FLC of motor. 42 43 44 PART 3 -EXECUTION 45 ■, 46 SPARE FUSES 47 48 At the completion of the project,provide one complete set of spare fuses (three fuses to a set) for each size 49 and type shown. Install fuses in the spare fuse cabinet. Any spare fuses utilized during testing must be 50 replaced in order to leave the Owner a complete set of spare fuses at completion of the project. 51 52 53 END OF SECTION 16442 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16450 Cedar River Park GROUNDING Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p 2-02072) 1 SECTION 16450-GROUNDING 2 3 4 PART1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 GENERAL 8 9 Provide power grounding system and equipment grounding system in accordance with the applicable codes 10 and ordinances and as further defined on the plans. 11 AN 12 GROUND CONTINUITY 13 14 Provide through the entire electrical system. A separate green equipment grounding conductor shall be 15 provided in all branch circuits. "' 16 17 BONDING 18 ,., 19 Insulated grounding bushings shall be installed to bond all feeder conduits to the switchboard ground bus or 20 panel ground bus at both ends of feeder raceways. Insulated grounding bushings shall also be installed in 21 all feeder pull boxes to bond all conduits together. Jumpers or bonds shall be copper and sized in 22 accordance with Table 250-95 of the National Electrical Code. 23 24 NEUTRAL GROUNDING 25 +■ 26 The neutral point of all radically operated transformers shall be solidly grounded to the grounding system 27 and transformer enclosure with code size ground conductors. The neutral bus in each panelboard shall be 28 isolated from ground. The neutral shall be grounded only at a single point at the main switchboard or at 29 separately derived system transformers. 30 31 SIZE OF GROUND WIRE 32 33 In all cases,shall not be less than that required under National Electrical Code requirements. 34 35 RECEPTACLE GROUNDING 36 37 Connect the ground terminal of all receptacles by utilizing a separate grounding conductor between the 38 receptacle grounding screw and the ground conductor provided in the branch circuit. Integral mounting .r 39 straps within the receptacle connected to the device mounting straps are not approved as a grounding 40 method. 41 42 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT GROUNDING " 43 44 Provide a separate grounding conductor in all flexible conduit runs including watertight flexible conduit 45 with integral grounding straps. Install ground conductor inside conduit with ungrounded conductors. 46 47 PVC CONDUIT GROUNDING 48 49 Provide a code size green grounding conductor the full length of the feeder or branch circuit when PVC is 50 used in whole or in part. 51 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16450 Cedar River Park GROUNDING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 POOL AREA GROUNDING SYSTEM 2 3 Provided as required by NEC Article 680 and as otherwise indicated on the drawings. Grounding clamps 4 approved for direct burial/concrete encasement may be used for the system. 5 6 GROUND CONNECTIONS ft 7 8 Ground connections to building steel,ground rods and cable taps shall utilize an exothermic welding 9 process. rrr 10 11 12 PART 2-PRODUCTS 13 14 15 GROUND CONDUCTORS: 16 17 Copper conductors in accordance with Section 16120. 18 19 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS •r 20 21 "Cadweld Exolon,"Erico Products,Inc.,Burndy"Thermoweld" or approved equal. 22 23 INSULATED GROUND BUSHINGS 24 25 Malleable iron with insulated ring and ground clamp. Steel City or equal. 26 27 GROUND RODS 28 29 3/4" x 10'-0" long. Copper clad steel. , 30 31 32 PART 3 -EXECUTION 33 34 35 GENERAL TERMINATIONS 36 37 Burnish to bare metal under all grounding and bonding terminations to assure good ground continuity. 38 Terminations are to be attached with separate screw and nut. When more than one termination is required, 39 provide a separate ground terminal strip. 40 41 DEVICE OUTLET BOX 42 43 Provide separate grounding conductor between the outlet box containing the device and the branch circuit 44 grounding conductor. 45 46 END OF SECTION 16450 ft a rrr so �. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16460 Cedar River Park DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16460-DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL � 6 7 SCOPE 8 9 Provide all dry-type transformers as indicated on drawings and as specified herein. 10 11 12 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 13 14 15 MANUFACTURERS 16 17 General Electric or Square D. No substitutions. 18 .. 19 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 20 21 General: Transformers shall be high-efficiency dry-type, 2-winding, general purpose, quiet operating. 22 Primary windings shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2)2-1/2 percent taps above and four(4) 2-1/2 23 percent taps below rated voltage. Transformer capacity,primary voltage, secondary voltage and phase shall 24 be as shown on drawings. 25 AN 26 Insulation: Class H insulation and designed so that transformer temperature rise is not to exceed 150 27 degrees C rise above a 40 degrees C ambient at full load. 28 40 29 Transformer Core and Windings: Coils shall be vacuum impregnated with non-hygroscopic thermosetting 30 varnish. Windings shall be copper. 31 as 32 Sound Levels: Transformers shall be quiet operating and be certified to comply with NEMA Standards. 33 Noisy transformers shall be replaced or remounted to obtain a quiet operation. All units shall be installed 34 on isolation mountings. 35 too 36 Transformer Efficiency: Minimum overall transformer efficiency at 3/4 load shall be a as follows: 37 38 15 kVA and Below 95.0% 39 16-60 kVA 95.5% 40 31-45 kVA 96.0% 41 46-75 kVA 96.5% 42 76-150 kVA 97.0% " 43 151-400 kVA 97.5% 44 45 Electrostatic Shield: All transformers shall include a separate grounded copper winding placed between the 46 primary and secondary windings. 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16460 Cedar River Park DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,P.S.12-020721 I PART 3 -EXECUTION 2 rr 3 4 INSTALLATION 5 6 Transformers shall be floor-mounted on 4-inch high concrete pad. Provide vibration isolator pad under 7 each transformer. McDougall Control Co. WMNK series, available from McDougall Control Co., 8 Bellevue,Washington(206) 883-9000. 9 10 Provide a minimum of 6" clearance from back/side of transformer to adjacent wall to allow for proper 11 ventilation. 12 13 CONDUIT CONNECTIONS 14 15 Provide flexible conduit connections. Every effort shall be made to prevent radiation of noise into adjacent 16 areas of building. 17 18 CABLE CONNECTIONS 19 20 Make all cable connections and verify phasing. Check and adjust tap settings as directed by the Owner and 21 ground equipment per NEC. 22 23 MOISTURE 24 25 For the entire time prior to installation,transformers must be kept free from moisture,utilizing incandescent 26 lamps within housing or similar methods. 27 28 END OF SECTION 16460 rr► • AN RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16470 Cedar River Park PANELBOARDS Renton,Washington Page 1 "■ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.—(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16470-PANELBOARDS 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 " 6 SCOPE 7 8 Provide all panelboard equipment. 9 10 11 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 12 13 14 MANUFACTURERS 15 16 Square D or General Electric. No substitutions. All part numbers refer to Square D to establish minimum 17 standards for quality and performance. 18 19 DISTRIBUTION PANELS 20 21 120/208-volt and 277/480-volt,3-phase,4-wire. Provide bolt-on circuit breakers and spaces as indicated on 22 the drawings. Circuit breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 42,000 amperes symmetrical. ' 23 Square D "I-Line" series. 24 25 120/208-VOLT PANELS �. 26 27 120/208-volt, 3-phase, 4-wire. Provide bolt-on circuit breakers and spaces as indicated on the drawings. 28 Minimum cabinet size: 20 inches wide x 5-3/4 inches deep. Circuit breakers shall have a minimum 29 interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes symmetrical. Square D NQOD series. 30 31 277/480-VOLT PANELS 32 33 277/480-volt, 3-phase, 4-wire. Provide bolt-on circuit breakers and spaces as indicated on the drawings. 34 Minimum cabinet size: 20 inches wide x 5-3/4 inches deep. Circuit breakers shall have a minimum 35 interrupting rating of 14,000 amperes symmetrical. Square D NEHB series. .. 36 37 GFCI BREAKERS 38 39 Single and two-pole configurations with 5-mA trip sensitivity. 40 41 BUSSING 42 43 Panelboard bussing shall be copper. 44 45 MULTIPLE-POLE BREAKERS a„ 46 47 Shall have common trip with single handle. 48 49 50 PANELBOARD CIRCUIT NUMBERING 51 52 Odd numbers on left side of panel, even numbers on right. 53 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16470 Cedar River Park PANELBOARDS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 IDENTIFICATION 2 3 Provide nameplates to identify all cabinets and index cards to identify each circuit in the panelboards. 4 5 Panel designations shall be laminated phenolic plastic with white letters and black background. Refer to 6 Section 16195. 7 8 Circuit indexes shall be typewritten and identify locations using the final room numbers established by the 9 Owner, not the room numbers shown on the Architect's floor plan. Indexes are to be located on the inside 10 of each panel door in the space provided. 11 12 GROUND BUS 13 14 Provide one in each panelboard for terminating branch circuit ground conductors and feeder ground 15 conductors. Multiple ground busses utilizing panelboard enclosures for continuity will not be accepted. 16 Burnish area where ground connection is made to panelboard enclosure. ' 17 18 SPACE ONLY 19 20 Means that complete provisions have been made so that only the adding and connection of the circuit 21 breaker will complete the installation. 22 23 CABINETS "r 24 25 All panelboards shall be provided with hinged door-within-door construction. Opening larger door shall 26 provide access to complete panel wiring area without having to remove screw mounted dead front trims. 27 28 Size of cabinets shall be in accordance with National Electrical Code,minimum size 20 inches wide x 5-3/4 29 inches deep, or as sized on drawings, sufficiently large to accommodate all equipment and conduit entering 30 the top and bottom. No conduit shall enter sides or back. 31 32 Cabinet fronts in finished areas shall be flush type,with smooth face and concealed trim clamps and hinges. 33 Finish shall be ANSI 61 light There shall be no mono gh gray. grams or trademarks visible on the face of the 34 cabinet. 35 36 Cabinet doors shall be tight closing without play when latched. Cabinet doors shall have flush retractable 37 latch mechanisms. All cabinets shall be keyed alike. 38 39 40 PART 3 -EXECUTION at 41 42 43 MOUNTING + + 44 45 Where panelboards are to be installed against plasterboard walls,provide separate support channels secured 46 to blocking between steel studs. Coordinate blocking work with the Gypsum Wallboard Contractor. Panels ww 47 shall not be secured directly to gypsum wallboard material. Unless noted otherwise, mount top of panel at 48 6-0"above finished floor. 49 50 CLEAN-UP to 51 52 After construction is complete, vacuum the interior of all new and existing panel enclosures and provide 53 touch-up paint on factory finished surfaces. wr am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16470 Cedar River Park PANELBOARDS Renton,Washington Page 3 �+ Northwest Architectural Company.n.s.,(2-02072) 1 2 SPARE CONDUIT 3 4 Provide four(4) 1-inch spare conduits stubbed into ceiling space from each flush-mounted panelboard. 5 6 TESTING 7 8 After all wiring is complete, all feeder and branch circuit terminations shall be checked with a torque �. 9 wrench. Torque levels shall be in accordance with NETA Standard ATS unless otherwise specified by the 10 Manufacturer. A test report which gives the following information for each panelboard shall be submitted 11 to the Engineer two weeks prior to final inspection: 12 13 Size and insulation type of the phase,neutral and ground conductors. 14 15 Phase-to-Phase and Phase-to-Neutral operating load voltage. 16 17 Operating load current(each phase,neutral and ground). 18 �. 19 Phase-to-Phase and Phase-to-Neutral conductor insulation resistance. Test shall be made with a DC 20 "Megger" (500V minimum)type tester. If tests indicate faulty insulation(less than 8 megohms)the 21 conductors shall be replaced and retested. 22 23 A copy of the test report shall be included in the Commissioning Field Notebook and the 24 Operations and Maintenance Manual. 25 .. 26 INSTALLATION 27 28 Lace all conductors within panelboards utilizing tie-wraps. 29 30 END OF SECTION 16470 Aw RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16477 Cedar River Park TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS Renton,Washington Page 1 i+ Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.,(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16477-TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS ,. 2 3 4 PART1 -GENERAL 5 6 SCOPE 7 8 Provide all Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors(TVSS)as shown on the drawings. +.� 9 10 GENERAL 11 12 Materials shall be new, free of defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers. 13 14 MATERIAL STORAGE 15 "' 16 Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to ensure the quality and 17 fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and 18 corrosion. as 19 20 MANUFACTURER 21 22 Leviton. No substitutions. 40 23 24 25 PART 2-PRODUCTS to 26 27 SERVICE 28 am 29 120/208 volt, 3 phase,4 wire plus ground conforming to UL Standard 1449 and IEEE C62.41 - 1980. Units 30 shall be sine wave tracking and provide L-L, L-N and N-G protection and EMIWI noise rejection. 31 Diagnostic LED's shall indicate when the unit is active and operating properly. Leviton 57,000 Series(M3S 32 Series). Provide three spare modules. am 33 34 PANELBOARD 35 ... 36 120/280 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire plus ground conforming to UL Standard 1449 and IEEE C62.41-1980 37 Category A and B Suppression Response. Units shall be sine wave tracking and provide L-L,L-N,and N-G 38 protection and EMI/RFI noise rejection. Diagnostic LED's shall indicate when the unit is active and 39 operating properly. Leviton 57,000 series. Provide three spare modules. 40 41 42 PART 3 -EXECUTION 43 44 INSTALLATION 45 46 Surface Mount: Conductor lengths from circuit breaker to suppressor must be as short as physically 47 possible. Minimal conductor length and straight conductors without sharp bends are critical for the proper 48 operation of the suppressor. No splices; maximum 18" length. Locate TVSS unit adjacent to panel, 49 directly in line with branch circuit breaker. 50 51 52 END OF SECTION 16477 4M RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16482 Cedar River Park MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural ComnanY,y.s.(2-02072) 1 SECTION 16482—MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS • 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 5 6 SCOPE 7 "f 8 Provide all motor controls installed in free standing control centers as shown on the drawings. All units 9 shall be complete with all necessary components to provide the proper operation of the equipment. 10 do 11 GENERAL 12 13 Materials shall be new,free of defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers. 14 15 MATERIAL STORAGE 16 +• 17 Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at the site so as to insure the quality and 18 fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and 19 corrosion. ., 20 21 MANUFACTURER 22 23 Square D,Cutler-Hammer,General Electric. 24 25 .r 26 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 27 28 29 GENERAL .. 30 31 Motor control centers shall be arranged, bussed and wired in accordance with the schedule on the drawings 32 and shall be constructed in accordance with the latest edition of NEMA ICS. Units shall be NEMA Class I, 33 Type B, completely factory wired with terminal boards in each compartment and shall be designed for 34 operation at 480 volt, 3-phase, 60 Hz. The control center shall consist of individual vertical, free-standing 35 units,nominally 20 " wide x 20" deep, and 90 inches high. Motor control center bussing shall be braced for 36 65,000 symmetrical ampere. 37 38 CONSTRUCTION r 39 40 The vertical sections shall be divided into compartments, each containing a combination starter or other 41 control assembly. Power shall be provided to these compartments from the main bus by a vertical bus. �.. 42 Busses shall be copper and rated 600 amperes for the main horizontal bus located at the top of the control 43 center and 300 amperes (minimum) for the vertical section busses. A ground bus shall be installed across 44 the bottom of the control center within the wiring gutter. Assembly shall be arranged for feeder entrance at .,. 45 the top or bottom as shown on the drawings. 46 r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16482 Cedar River Park MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. (2-02072) "` 1 OVER CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE 2 3 Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, Fused switches with current limiting fuses shall be provided for 4 combination starters. 5 6 Starters shall consist of 3-pole magnetic contactors equipped with three overload relays of the manual reset 7 type. Reset buttons shall be mounted on the front door of the cubicle. Overload heaters shall be the non- 8 ambient compensated type unless otherwise noted. Reduced voltage starters shall be of the auto- + 9 transformer type and be provided for all motors 50 HP and larger. 10 11 CONTROLS 12 13 Control circuits shall be fed from an individual 120-volt control transformer mounted in each compartment. 14 Control circuits shall be protected from the power circuit by means of a fuse block at the cubicle. Control 15 stations mounted on the cubicle doors shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight units. Pilot lights shall be transformer 16 type. The 120-volt control circuit shall have one side grounded. 17 18 Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, each motor control center cubicle designated for motor control 19 shall have (1)red and (1) green pilot light and (1) hand-off-auto switch mounted on the door and (2)N.O. 20 and(2)N.C. auxiliary contacts mounted on the starter. The pilot lights will be factory wired so that the red 21 pilot is on when the starter is energized, and the green pilot is on when the cubicle protective device is 22 closed and the contactor is de-energized. (One set of the above specified N.C. auxiliary contacts may be 23 used to control the green pilot light.) 24 " 25 In general, all H-O-A switches on motor controls will be interlocked with controls specified in other 26 divisions of this specification. Coordinate requirements with the Temperature Control Contractor and 27 control requirements by the Fire Alarm System as described in Section 16700, "Signal and Communications 28 Systems," All interlock wiring to temperature controls will be provided under Section 15950, "Controls," 29 of the specifications. However, control diagrams for motor control centers shall indicate all control 30 components connected to each individual motor starter. All internal wiring to control devices shall be 31 factory installed. H-O-A switch and auxiliary switch terminals are to be factory wired to terminal blocks to 32 facilitate external wiring. 33 am 34 ENCLOSURE 35 36 The control center shall be outdoor weatherproof and corrosion resistant NEMA 12 enclosure construction M 37 with all sheet steel No. 12 gage minimum thickness. The basic section frames shall be formed thickness. 38 The basic section frames shall be formed shapes rigidly braced. The control center shall be constructed for 39 front mounting of units as shown. IN 40 41 All combination starter, contactor and protective device units shall be built-in interchangeable combinations 42 of modular heights. All units shall be plug-in type. Protective device located in a compartment shall have 43 an external operating handle. The operating handle shall clearly indicate whether the device is "On", "Off', 44 or "tripped." (circuit breaker only). Means shall be provided to lock each protective device in the "Off' 45 position and to have the cover closed by means of one to three padlocks. 46 47 The main incoming line compartment shall have provisions for connecting copper cable of size and quantity 48 as shown on the drawings. 49 Is AW RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16482 Cedar River Park MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS Renton,Washington Page 3 as Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 Each cubicle shall have engraved nameplates. Refer to Section 16195. dM 2 3 4 PART 3 -EXECUTION AN 5 6 7 GENERAL ■ 8 9 See Section 16000, "Electrical Work, General," regarding housekeeping pads and anchorage. Coordinate 10 with Control Contractor regarding interlocks between starters and circuit diagram requirements. Provide .r 11 nameplates for all cubicles including blank spaces. Nameplate schedule shall be submitted for approval 12 with motor control center submittal documents. Set trip level on motor circuit protectors, to match each 13 motor full load ampere rating, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Install overload relay 14 heaters properly sized for motors to be operated per manufacturer's recommendations. 15 16 END OF SECTION 16482 wr .r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16500 Cedar River Park LIGHTING Renton,Washington Page I Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16500—LIGHTING '"• 2 3 4 PART I -GENERAL 5 6 7 OUTLINE OF WORK 8 9 Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and related accessories as scheduled herein for the portion of the 10 building to have alterations and for new construction where indicated and as shown on the drawings. All 11 fixture installations shall be complete with lamps specified. 12 13 RELATED ACCESSORIES 14 15 Provide frames, hangers, spacers, stems, aligner canopies, auxiliary junction boxes and other hardware as 16 required for a complete installation. Recessed fixtures shall have frames that are compatible with the 17 ceiling systems. 18 19 SUBMITTALS 20 21 Prior Approvals: The Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Architect a lighting fixture list complete 22 with catalog information pertaining to proposed manufacturers not listed in the basic product specifications. 23 List shall be submitted not less than 10 days prior to the bid date opening. All additional approved ' 24 manufacturers will be listed in an addendum prior to the bid opening. 25 26 Fixture Review: Not later than 14 calendar days after the electrical contract award date, the Electrical 27 Contractor shall submit to the Architect for review, a complete list of fixtures to be fiunished. This list 28 shall include catalog cuts, detailed drawings or photographs, complete with lighting fixture finishes, 29 wattages and other detailed information to show compliance with the lighting fixture specifications. 30 Provide quantity as specified under Section 16010, "Submittals and Reviews." Include product data for the 31 following: 32 ... 33 Fluorescent fixtures 34 Emergency fixtures 35 Interior and Exterior HID fixtures 36 Poles 37 Concrete pole bases 38 39 Ordering of Lighting Fixtures: The Electrical Contractor shall order the reviewed lighting fixtures not later 40 than 14 calendar days after the "Reviewed" stamp date. Substitute lighting fixtures will not be accepted in 41 lieu of the approved lighting fixtures. 42 43 LABELS 44 45 Provide UL labels on all new fixtures. Lighting fixtures installed in damp or wet locations in interior or 46 exterior areas shall have label "Suitable for Damp Locations" or"Suitable for Wet Locations." 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16500 Ift Cedar River Park LIGHTING Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 MANUFACTURERS'CATALOG NUMBERS 2 3 Catalog series numbers specified represent the type and style of fixture. The size of fixture shall 4 correspond with the wattage indicated herein or the actual length of the fixture as indicated on the electrical 5 drawings. 6 7 LAMPS 8 9 Provide each fixture with the number, size and type as required by fixture or indicated on drawings. 10 Manufacture shall be General Electric, Phillips, Osram/Sylvania, Venture or approved equal. All lamps of 11 a specific type are to be of the same manufacturer. There shall be no perceptible color difference between 12 lamps. 13 14 Fluorescent: Bi-pin,T-8, .3500K white color, energy saving rapid-start. Minimum CRI shall be 75. wr 15 16 High-Pressure Sodium: Mogul-base,clear,universal burn Type ET-18 bulb. 17 18 Metal Halide: 100 watts or lower shall be high CRI ceramic,pulse arc,metal halide for use with electronic 19 ballasts. Above 100 watts shall be high-efficiency,pulse arc metal halide. 20 21 BALLASTS a` 22 23 Electronic Fluorescent Ballasts: Ballasts shall be type required for the number and type of lamps in each so 24 case. All ballasts shall be HPF-ETL and UL approved. All fluorescent ballasts shall operate at 20 kHZ or 25 greater and be Class P thermally protected reset type to meet Section 410-73 (e) of the National Electrical 26 Code and be CSA certified. Ballast factor for all lamp/ballast combinations shall exceed .90 for all cases. 27 Ballast shall comply with FCC requirements under Part 18, Class A. All ballasts shall be guaranteed by the ft 28 manufacturer for a period of two years after installation. Rapid-start ballasts shall be certified to have an 29 "A" sound rating. The voltage rating of the ballast shall be as required by the service voltage. 30 Manufacturer shall be Advance,Valmont,Universal or approved equal. 31 32 Metal Halide Ballasts: Shall be premium grade, whisper pack, HPF single-lamp type. 100 watt and above, 33 use constant wattage auto-transformer type with pulse arc starter. Manufacturer: Valmont, Advance or 34 approved equal. 35 36 High-Pressure Sodium Ballasts: Shall be high reactance, high power factor below 100 watts. 100 watt 37 lamps and above are to use constant wattage autotransformer type. 38 39 Emergency Battery Ballasts: Shall be fluorescent emergency ballast unit for one-lamp emergency 40 operation. Ballast includes nickel cadmium battery, charger, charging indicator light, test switch and all 41 installation hardware. Unit shall provide 1100 lumens for 90 minutes. Contractor to provide continuation 42 of power source to prevent unintentional actuation of battery unit. The voltage rating of the ballasts shall 43 match the service voltage to each fixture. Manufacture:Bodine No.B50 series, or approved equal. 44 45 Ballast Service Voltage: Electrical contractor shall be responsible for providing a ballast that matches the 46 service voltage being provided to the fixture. 47 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16500 Cedar River Park LIGHTING Renton,Washington Page 3 A' Northwest Architectural Company,U.s. (2-02072) 1 FIXTURE SUPPORT 2 3 Hangers for Pendant Industrial Fixtures: Fixtures shall be pendant mounted with rigid stems and swivel 4 canopy unless otherwise specified. Provide seismic restraint wires to adjacent structure to prevent 5 horizontal movement. 6 7 Safety Hangers: Provide four No. 12 gauge slack wire safety hangers on diagonal corners of each recessed +r 8 or surface mounted fluorescent fixture installed on this project. Secure wires to structure above, 9 independent of ceiling system. 10 11 FIXTURE ACCESSORIES 12 13 Fixture Lenses: All plastic fixture lenses are to be pattern 12, minimum 1/8-inch thick, and 100 percent 14 virgin acrylic plastic unless specified otherwise. Manufacture: KSH Plastics or approved equal. 15 16 Fixture Hanging and Mounting Accessories: The Electrical Contractor shall provide all necessary hanging 17 or mounting devices for all fixtures and shall be responsible for checking the type needed for various ceiling 18 conditions. Plaster rings shall be provided where required. 19 20 Prewired Splice Boxes: Prewired splice boxes for recessed incandescent or compact fluorescent fixtures w. 21 shall be 4-inch square or equivalent with a minimum of four 1/2-inch knockouts and shall comply with 22 code-required size for branch circuit wiring. 23 24 PROPER LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPES 25 26 Before ordering lighting fixtures, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for verifying and 27 coordinating the ceiling systems and lighting fixture frame requirements as well as the proper ballast 28 voltage. 29 �. 30 All fluorescent hinged doors to have beveled aluminum frame with regressed lens design unless specified 31 otherwise. 32 +. 33 Provide 6'0" long x 3/8-inch flexible conduit pigtail and outlet box for each fixture where installed in 34 accessible suspended ceilings. 35 36 FIXTURE TYPE SYMBOLS 37 38 The fixture type symbols indicated on the drawings are intended to show the type of fixture in that 39 particular room or general area. Each individual lighting fixture shown on the drawings does not 40 necessarily have a fixture type symbol shown adjacent to it. 41 .. 42 TRADEMARK OR MONOGRAMS 43 44 There shall be no visible trademarks or monograms on the lighting fixtures. 45 46 FIXTURE CONTINT= 47 48 All fluorescent fixtures of the same general category (i.e., lx2's, lx4's, 2x2's, 2x4's, 4x4's) shall be of same "" 49 manufacture and series to ensure that all lenses and trims match and are compatible in appearance. �r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16500 Cedar River Park LIGHTING Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 LOCKING CLIPS 2 ` 3 Electrical Contractor is to provide and install four locking clips per fixture for all fluorescent fixtures 4 installed into exposed T-bar ceiling suspension systems. The locking clip is to be attached to the fixture 5 with a sheetmetal screw or similar and secured to the main or supporting T-bar runner to guarantee a secure 6 installation. 7 8 SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES 9 10 Provide surface mounted fluorescent fixtures with UL approval for direct mounting on the various ceilings 11 used. Spacers will not be approved. Where mounted on lay-in ceilings, support fixtures by at least two r`r 12 positive devices which surround the ceiling runner, and which are supported from the structure above by a 13 No. 12 gauge wire. Spring clips or clamps that connect only to the runner are not acceptable. 14 �r 15 16 PART 2-PRODUCTS 17 18 19 FIXTURE TYPES 20 21 Refer to Fixture Illustration and Specification sheets at the end of this section. 22 23 EXECUTION 24 25 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES 26 27 All fixtures shall be installed exactly level, straight and secure. Ceiling fixtures shall be tight to ceiling. 28 29 Contractor shall not install fixture lenses, diffusers, or parabolic louvers on fixtures until general 30 construction work is complete, including painting. Dirty lenses, diffusers, or louvers shall be removed, 31 washed and rinsed as recommended by fixture manufacturer. 32 33 FIXTURE SUPPORT 34 35 Where fixtures are located so that they cannot be supported by ceiling framing members, the Contractor 36 shall provide additional framing or header bars in ceiling construction as required to support fixtures. .r 37 Material for fixture support shall match the ceiling framing material. Fixtures shall be secured to floor slab 38 above or roof structure with a proper hanging device such as lag screw or lag bolt with lead expansion 39 anchor, cinch anchor or stud to support the fixture plus 100 lbs. at each support. Nails, T-bar clamps or 40 similar fasteners are not approved for lighting fixture support. 41 42 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ,, 43 44 All pendant-mounted fixtures shall contain horizontal restraints. Provide aircraft cable between fixture 45 housing and adjacent structure in four directions. 46 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16500 Cedar River Park LIGHTING Renton,Washington Page 5 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL-AND PENDANT-MOUNTED FIXTURES ■ 2 3 Mounting heights of pendant-mounted fixtures shown on plans or in specifications shall be to the bottom of 4 the fixture. Mounting heights of the wall-mounted fixtures shall be to the center of the outlet box unless 5 otherwise noted. 6 7 PENDANT-MOUNTED FIXTURES IN CONFLICT WITH DUCTS AND PIPING .� 8 9 Electrical Contractor shall coordinate the location and mounting heights of the lighting fixtures in 10 mechanical rooms with the available space left between the various ducts and piping. Any adverse situation ww 11 shall be resolved as directed by the Architect. 12 13 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES IN ACCESSIBLE TYPE SUSPENDED CEILINGS 14 15 If clearance above T-bar system is too restricted to "tip-in" fixture, the Electrical Contractor shall 16 coordinate with ceiling installer by leaving one cross T-bar off until the cross T-bar may be fitted into place. 17 Fluorescent fixtures installed in hidden-spline type ceilings shall have supporting channels installed by 18 Ceiling Contractor to adequately support the fixture without providing additional hangers from the structure 19 above the suspended ceiling. 20 21 FIXTURE SWITCHING 22 23 Lighting fixtures shall be switched as shown on electrical drawings. Three-lamp fixtures shown with 2- 24 level switching shall be wired with lamps 1,3 and 2 each on separate switch-legs for 3-level switching. 25 Four-lamp fixtures shown with 2-level switching shall be wired with lamps 1,4 and 2,3 each on separate 26 switch-legs for 2-level switching. 27 28 REFURBISHED FIXTURES 29 ++�+� 30 Electrical Contractor shall clean and relamp all existing fixtures being reused in remodeled areas and 31 replace any broken or defective parts including noisy ballasts. 32 33 END OF SECTION 16500 do ,r HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No. : 02064 Fixture Type: CF-1 Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X Fs + o 83W it Surface ceiling mounted compact fluorescent downlight can with shallow round cylindrical housing and semispecular cross-baffle optics. Manufacturers: Staff Model 12813 series or approved equal. AW Lamp Type: (2) F13DBX Ballast: Electronic Housing Finish: Custom color as selected by the Architect. do HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HR Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: EX-1 Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X O r�r Q Q Specification-grade emergency exit sign with die cast aluminum housing, clear polycarbonate cover, universal knockout arrows and single-or double-stencil face as required. Provide fixture canopy, if required, to complete installation. Manufacture: Lithonia Extreme Series or approved equal. Stencil Color: Green Finish: Black housing with brushed aluminum faceplate Lamp Selection: Long-life LED Options: Cold weather Wet location Provide with integral battery. HPi Control Number: LS-901 f�l HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: MHA .r. Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X rr �r Surface soffit-mounted exterior vandal-resistant canopy fixture with round die-cast aluminum housing, hydroformed aluminum optics and high-impact injection-molded polycarbonate refractor. Provide with custom color as selected by the Architect. Manufacturer: Kenall Model MR17RP "Millenium"series or approved equal. Lamp Type: 150W Ceramic Metal Halide Ballast: Electronic Mounting: Direct Surface .r ,r. ow HUNTLEY PASCOE INC . Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: MH-3 Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X f x tt.7Mw Surface arm mounted outdoor architectural downlight cylinder with 7 1/2"diameter x 12" high die-cast aluminum housing. Provide with optional arm mounting wall bracket. Manufacturer: Gardco Model 300-OWR series or approved equal. Lamp Type: 10OW High CRI Ceramic Metal Halide Ballast: Electronic Pulse Start Color: Custom finish as selected by the Architect. " ` HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: PL-1/PL-2 dW Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X SM STL=26' STS=19W ..r STL=27Y° STS=23" E'SM=14W SM'n 103/41 STL=23W SITS-176` WW Pole arm-mounted architectural area lights with curvalinear shaped die-cast aluminum housing. Provide with decorative suspension "truss." Luminaire and pole shall be provided by a common manufacturer. Optical system shall be precision segmented high-reflectance aluminum. Manufacturer: Kim Lighting "Structural" STL Series with Model "TR" truss or approved equal. Lamp Type: 250 Watt HPS (Horizontal) Ballast: Constant Wattage Autotransformer Distribution: Assymetric Type II I Pole: 4" round x 18' high aluminum Color: Custom finish as selected by the Architect. Special Instructions: PLA configuration is one luminaire per pole. PL-2 is two Illuminaires per pole and at 0/180 degrees. Provide with internal house-side shields for field installation. Provide one shield per luminaire. Irr HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: SF-1 Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X err Two-lamp, specification-grade, industrial fixture 4' 0" long with 13 3/8" minimum width baked white enameled reflectors and 15% minimum uptight slots. Manufacturers: Columbia KL40 series, Hubbell IC series, H.E. Williams 8200 series, Lithonia AF series, Metalus DIM 240 series or approved equal. Lamp Type: F32T-8 Lamp Color: 3500K Ballast: Electronic Mounting: Pendant Stem Mount Special: Provide with protective wire guard. HPi Control Number: LS-051 ! 4 ,o HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification err HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: SF-2 Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X r Two-lamp, surface or pendant-mounted, wet location, vaporproof industrial fluorescent fixture. Housing is impact resistant reinforced polyester material with overall fixture dimensions of 4 3/4" high x 8 1/8"wide x 50" long. Lens is fully gasketted to housing with black closed-cell neoprene material and is secured to fixture housing with six cam latches. Lens material shall be UV stabilized virgin acrylic material with pebble-pattern interior surface and smooth exterior surface. Manufacturer: Lithonia Lighting DMW series or approved equal. Lamp Type: F32T-8.SPX 35 ... Ballast: Integrated Circuit Electronic d am a HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. „ Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: SF-3 rrr Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X r Specification-grade, outdoor wet location, lensed and gasketted utility strip. Fixture is constructed of 22-gauge galvanized steel and is fully neoprene gasketted. Acrylic wraparound diffuser is retained by gasketted stainless steel end caps which are secured to fixture utilizing a knurled ring tightened over the end hubs. Fixture is to be UL"wet" labeled. Manufacturer: Paramount Craft Lite "Two-Lamp Standard" series or approved equal. Lamp Type: (2) F32T-8 Lamp Color: 3500K Ballast: Electronic Mounting: Surface Mount rl HR Control Number: LS-091 66 IN .. as HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No.: 02064 Fixture Type: SF-4 Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X coma s a+c o ... ,:-«,s-omp Cable suspended linear fluorescent direct/indirect fixture with 101/2"wide x 1 15/16"deep overall dimension. Fixture has two 1/4"thick acrylic angled planes projecting from an extruded aluminum central spine. Manufacturer: Ledalite Meso X1 series Direct/Indirect or approved equal. Lamp Type: (1) F54T-51-10 ,,. Lamp Color: 3500K Ballast: Electronic Special: Finish as selected by the Architect. do HUNTLEY PASCOE INC. Light Fixture Illustration and Specification HPi Job No. : 02064 Fixture Type: WF-1 rrP Schematic Design Design Development Construction Documents X o e Surface wall mount projection cut-off HID wall pack fixture with 10" x 6" high die cast aluminum ► housing, polycarbonate wrap-around lens and internal aluminum shroud. Overall wall projection is 6- 1/4". Fixture is UL wet location labeled. Manufacturer: Beta BAC series or approved equal. Housing Finish: Bronze Ballast: HX-HPF Lamp Wattage: 50W (MH) Options: Tamperproof Fasteners wr ■r HR Control Number: LS-581 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16700 Cedar River Park SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 " Northwest Architectural Company p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16700—SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS .w 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 SCOPE 8 9 Furnish all material, equipment, labor,tools and supervision to provide the complete and functioning signal 10 and communications systems for this project as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 11 12 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 13 14 Only equipment devices have been shown on the contract documents. Individual conduits and conductors 15 are not shown on the drawings. Unless specifically specified otherwise,provide complete system wiring to 16 include all conductors installed in conduit raceways between all equipment. Refer to Raceway System 17 Layout, Submittal Requirements. 18 19 SUBMITTALS 20 21 See Section 16010, "Electrical, General Provisions," regarding submittal format,copies, etc. The following 22 information is intended to augment those provisions referenced above. 23 24 Drawings and Diagrams: Submittals shall contain 1/8-inch = 1-foot-scale floor plans showing all raceway 25 layouts, equipment and devices with complete wire count of all wiring proposed for installation under this 26 contract. All devices shall be numbered and located on the drawings. Provide riser diagrams showing all 27 interconnections and wire types and counts. For clarity, Contractor is encouraged to show wire count in 28 coded form relating to the system or function. Refer to "Raceway System Layout Submittal" for additional 29 submittal requirements. 30 31 Raceway System Layout Submittal: Signal and communication system equipment suppliers shall submit 32 through the Contractor for approval by the Engineer a complete set of reproducible floor plans indicating . 33 their proposed raceway routing. Layout shall show all devices and indicate wiring and conduit 34 requirements between all equipment. Floor plans shall consist of reproducible sepia drawings showing only 35 the floor plan and raceway system layout. .. 36 37 Equipment and Materials: Submittals shall contain a complete list of equipment and materials, including 38 manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, system performance charts, curves and calculations, 39 catalog cuts and installation instructions. 40 41 Submit for approval, complete layout of entire fire alarm system showing terminal-to-terminal wiring, all rr 42 equipment, and complete system operation sequence. This information shall first be submitted for approval 43 to the State Fire Marshal and City of Renton Fire Department. Sufficient time must be allowed for these 44 approvals prior to ordering equipment and installation of rough-in work. 45 ' 46 QUALITY ASSURANCE/STANDARDS 47 48 Requirements: System components and performance must meet Federal Communication Commission Part ""' 49 76,and National Electrical Code minimum requirements. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16700 Cedar River Park SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 2 License and Bonding: All signal and communications equipment shall be supplied and installed by a M 3 licensed and bonded Signal and Communications Contractor holding a valid Washington State Electrical 4 Contractor's License as described in Chapter 19.28, Paragraph 120, of the Electricians and Electrical 5 Installations Revised Code of Washington. M 6 7 Manufacturer: All major communication system equipment shall be of a single manufacturer, supplied and 8 installed by an authorized factory distributor. Specific system manufacturers are listed under Part 2, ft 9 "Products,"of the Signal and Communication System section. 10 11 System Materials: The Communication System Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, even ■r 12 though not specifically mentioned herein, which are necessary for the proper integration of the system, so 13 that the system shall perform the functions listed herein in compliance with all the specified requirements. 14 15 Experience: Each Communication System Contractor shall have been regularly engaged in the design and 16 installation of similar systems of equal complexity to the one specified for a period of at least five(5)years. 17 18 Authorizations: Each Communication System Contractor shall have been authorized for a minimum of two 19 (2)years by the manufacturer of the equipment to provide sales, service, and local warranty repairs for the 20 equipment supplied. The Communication System Contractor must make all final equipment installation ft 21 hook-ups,perform testing,place system into proper operation, and provide one-year warranty on portion of 22 system being modified. Selling equipment only for installation, hook-up and warranty by the Electrical 23 Subcontractor will not be allowed. 24 25 Installations: Each Communication System Contractor shall upon request provide evidence of a successful 26 installation of five (5) similar systems which have been operational for at least twelve (12) months. Two 27 systems shall be in the local market area and available for inspection and demonstration of features. 28 29 Financial Resources: Each Communication System Contractor shall, upon request, be able to illustrate to 30 the satisfaction of the Engineer, that he has sufficient financial resources so as not to endanger in any way, 31 in the sole judgment of the Engineer,full and timely compliance with the documents and specifications. 32 33 Service: Each Communication System Contractor shall maintain a fully equipped service organization with 34 stocks and have direct factory access to the manufacturer's standard parts and be capable of system 35 inspection,troubleshooting,maintenance,and service to the system. Each system contractor shall guarantee 36 availability of 24-hour local service by factory trained personnel of the equipment manufacturer. 37 38 Superintendent: During construction and testing each Communication System Contractor shall provide a 39 competent superintendent to have full charge of projects of this scope. As a minimum,the supervisor shall 40 have served as installation supervisor for three successfully completed projects. Anyone judged inadequate 41 or non-cooperative by the Engineer shall be replaced immediately. The superintendent shall make himself 42 available to the Engineer. Sol 43 44 Responsibility: Each Communication System Contractor shall accept responsibility for the complete design 45 and installation of the system as described herein. so 46 47 Prior Approvals: Approval request to prequalify for bidding of equipment not as specified herein must be 48 received by the Engineer not less than ten days prior to bid opening. Proposals shall include but shall not 49 be limited to the following: complete technical data and such samples as required to indicate that the AM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16700 Cedar River Park SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 3 "" Northwest Architectural Company,p.s.(2-02072) 1 submitted components are equivalent to the specified equipment in all material aspects; the Contractor will AW 2 itemize on a separate enclosure any variation from the specification (refer to the section, paragraph, and 3 item of the specification and clearly state the variation); a list of similar previous completed projects with 4 the names and telephone numbers of the owners; number of years in the communications business; service 5 staff and qualifications; list of Contractor-owned test equipment; documentation supporting that the 6 Contractor represents the products proposed; and the Contractor's license number. Demonstration of the 7 proposed equipment shall be presented at the Owner's offices at no cost or inconvenience to the Owner's �r 8 personnel. 9 10 Alternative Proposals: Alternative proposals which are approved for bidding purposes only will be 11 published by addenda. Proposals not complying with the prior approval requirements and conditions set 12 forth above will not be considered. 13 14 SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION 15 16 Scheduling: Schedule work and location of equipment with other trades to avoid conflict and delays. 17 18 Coordination: Coordinate exact location of all devices and equipment with the Architectural drawings 19 before rough-in. Locate all junction boxes and system splices to allow for the easiest possible access by 20 maintenance personnel. 21 22 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE 23 24 Warranty: Each signal and communications system shall be covered under a warranty period of one year 25 following the date of system acceptance. Any manufacturing, performance or installation defects arising 26 during this period shall be corrected without cost to the Owner. 27 28 Maintenance: Any malfunctioning components shall be restored on-site to normal operation within 29 seventy-two(72)hours,and shall be replaced with new equipment. .w. 30 31 Inventory: Maintain a complete inventory of all parts necessary to provide service according to the 32 specified warranty requirements. 33 34 35 PART 2-PRODUCTS 36 37 38 Refer to individual sections(16701 through 16799)for specific system requirements. .�r 39 40 EQUIPMENT GENERAL 41 42 All equipment and material shall be new and the standard products of one manufacturer supported by a 43 local service organization and shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. or Factory Mutual 44 Insurance Corporation. 45 "" 46 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16700 Cedar River Park SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural C=pn ,v.s. 2-02072) 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 2 " 3 4 RACEWAYS AND WIRING 5 + 6 Requirements: See Section 16110 and 16130 for raceway and outlet box requirements. 7 8 Wiring: Provide complete wiring per manufacturer's requirements in conduit, as specified for lighting and 9 power. Conductors shall be copper. The Contractor shall verify all wiring requirements with manufacturer 10 prior to submitting a bid. Wiring in raceways shall not exceed 40 percent conduit fill. (Existing Nurse Call 11 System raceways may be reused where left in original location and if feasible for the new system being 12 proposed by the Contractor.) 13 14 Raceways: Only equipment devices have been shown on the Contract Documents. Individual conduits and 15 conductors are not shown on the drawings. Unless specifically specified otherwise, Contractor shall 16 provide complete wiring system to include all conductors installed in metallic-conduit raceways between all 17 equipment shown and specified herein with quantity and size of conductors and raceways as determined by 18 the equipment manufacturer. 19 20 Raceway System Layout Submittal: Equipment supplier shall submit for approval to the Engineer through 21 the Contractor a complete set of floor plans in the quantity as required by Submittal Section 16010, 22 indicating their proposed raceway routing. Layout shall show all devices and indicate wiring and conduit 23 requirements between all equipment. Floor plans shall consist of drawings showing only the floor plan and 24 raceway system layout. 25 26 Splices: No splices shall be installed in conduit or any inaccessible place. All splices shall be made on 27 terminal blocks specifically designed for that purpose. All terminations must be identified. 28 29 Color Coding: All wiring shall be color coded (and identified with wire markers where not consolidated 30 into single cables, neatly bundled and bound in tied harnesses terminated with push-in plugs where 31 specified or on punch blocks where not otherwise specified). 32 33 Rack Wiring: Wiring within signal/communications equipment racks and cabinets is to be accomplished r 34 using telephone rack wiring techniques reflecting the highest professional standards. All wiring shall be 35 consolidated and laced. All corners shall be squared and tie downs employed. Fabrication work not 36 meeting these standards will be unacceptable. All conductors must be identified with wire markers that err 37 relate to the system shop drawing. 38 39 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS so 40 41 Provide operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 16010, "Electrical, General 42 Provision," of the specification. ON 43 44 In addition to the requirements of Section 16010, "Electrical, General Provision," the following shall be 45 provided: 46 47 Operating instructions of all equipment. 48 AM RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16700 Cedar River Park SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATIONS Renton,Washington Page 5 "' Northwest Architectural Company,y.s. (2-02072) 1 Floor plans of the building showing the "as-built" locations of all components, conduit runs and AN 2 cables utilized. Refer to "Record Drawings" in Section 16010,Electrical,General Provisions" for 3 additional requirements. 4 so 5 Certified results of all systems tests 6 7 LABEL AND IDENTIFICATION 8 AN 9 Equipment Cabinets: Identify signal and communications systems equipment cabinets with an engraved 10 phenolic plastic nameplate as described in Section 16195 "Electrical Identification" 11 Am 12 Junction Boxes: Refer to Section 16130. Mark covers of all concealed signal and communications systems 13 junction boxes with a distinctive letter and color using a permanent label or marker. All fire alarm system 14 wiring shall utilize red color. "' 15 16 Wiring: Wires and cables shall be identified at each end by permanent printed sleeve or tape-type markers. 17 The designation marked on the cables shall match those shown on the shop drawings. d• 18 19 TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 20 40 21 Start-Up: The Communication System Contractor shall be responsible for the start-up, commissioning, and 22 troubleshooting of the signal and communications systems. Notify the Owner, Architect and Engineer of 23 the date and time of commission testing at least two weeks prior to testing. The Owner may elect to have dr 24 the testing witnessed by their personnel or an authorized representative. Start-up and testing of the system 25 by the Electrical Subcontractor is not acceptable. 26 27 Test Results: Upon completion of the testing, the completed test documentation shall be sent to the 28 Architect stating that the adjustment and commissioning of the system is complete. A copy of each test 29 shall be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 30 31 Deficiencies: In the event that defects or deficiencies are found, they are to be corrected to the satisfaction 32 of the Architect. 33 ` 34 Acceptance: Signal and communications systems will not be accepted on a device-by-device or area-by- 35 area basis, but only as a fully completed and operational system. Beneficial usage shall start upon 36 successful completion of the system test and acceptance by the Owner. 37 38 TRAINING 39 �r 40 General: Each manufacturer's representative is to include sufficient hours in this bid to cover the cost of 41 fully instructing the Owner or his designated representatives to the satisfaction of the Architect in the use 42 and operation of each system. 43 44 Training: Orient the training specifically to the systems installed, rather than a general training course. 45 Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the specific system and its components. 46 47 Provisions: Provide the training necessary to ensure competence in the operation of the system by the 48 personnel.Provide instructors,literature,and necessary equipment to train the personnel. 49 50 END OF SECTION 16700 �. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16720—FIRE ALARM SYSTEM •• 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 GENERAL 8 9 Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications" for general requirements that apply to this section. 10 Comply with all requirements of Section 16700. 12 The fire alarm system shall comply with all King County and City of Renton requirements. 13 14 The existing fire alarm system must remain in operation at all times until the new fire alarm system is 15 installed,tested and approved by the Fire Marshal. The Contractor shall hire a licensed and bonded security 16 company to patrol the campus and provide a "fire watch" anytime the fire alarm system is taken out of rw 17 service. 18 19 SCOPE OF WORK 20 21 Provide all labor, equipment and material necessary for a complete fire detection and alarm system. All 22 components shall be listed, labeled or approved for their application as fire alarm equipment by 23 Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc. 24 25 Comply with applicable provisions of current NFPA 72 standards, local building codes and meets 26 requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 27 28 SYSTEM TYPE 29 +o 30 The system shall operate as a low-voltage,intelligent,point identification fire management system. The fire 31 detection and control system shall monitor intelligent (analog) and addressable (digital) devices, point 32 identify the alarm location and transmit a signal to the monitoring agency. .. 33 34 The fire alarm control panel shall allow for loading and editing special instructions and operating sequences 35 as required. The system shall be capable of on site programming to accommodate and facilitate expansion, ,., 36 building parameter changes or changes as required by local codes. All software operations shall be stored 37 in a nonvolatile programmable memory within the fire alarm control panel. Loss of primary and secondary 38 power shall not erase the instructions stored in memory. 39 40 SYSTEM OPERATION 41 42 System operation shall be such that actuation of any manual pull station, heat detector, smoke detector, 43 sprinkler system water flow switch,or other approved device, shall cause the following to occur: 44 45 All audible alarm indicating appliances shall sound a continuous fire alarm signal until silenced by 46 the alarm silence switch at the control panel. 47 48 All visual alarm indicating appliances strobes shall be activated. "" 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Any subsequent zone alarm shall reactivate the alarm indicating appliances. 2 3 Transmit a supervised signal to the security system control panel. 4 5 Provide provisions to transmit a signal to the building energy management system (EMS) to shut 6 down all HVAC equipment. The connection to the EMS will be made by the Owner at a later date. 7 8 Annunciate a LCD message displaying the type, point label, condition and a location for the first 9 alarm immediately without the need for operator response at control and remote annunciation 10 panels. Subsequent events will be logged into queues for display by user selection. 11 r 12 An alarm shall be displayed on an 80-character alphanumeric display and on the remote printer. The top 13 line of characters shall be the point label and the second line shall be the device type identifier. The system 14 alarm red LED shall flash on the control panel and the remote annunciator shall indicate the specific device .rr 15 in alarm. A subsequent alarm received from another zone after acknowledged shall flash the system alarm 16 LED on the control panel and remote annunciator. The LCD display and the printer shall show the new 17 alarm information. An alarm tone shall occur within the control panel and remote annunciator until 18 acknowledged. 19 20 The alarm-indicating appliance may be silenced by entering the locked control cabinet and operating they 21 alarm silence switch. A subsequent alarm condition shall reactivate the signals. 22 23 The activation of any system smoke detector shall initiate an alarm verification operation whereby the panel 24 will reset the activated detector and wait for a second alarm activation. If within one minute after resetting, 25 a second alarm is reported from the same or any other smoke detector,the system shall process the alarm as 26 described previously. (The time period of alarm verification reset shall be programmable from 0-60 am 27 seconds.) If no second alarm occurs within the alarm verification time window, the system shall resume 28 normal operation. The alarm verification shall operate only on smoke detector alarms. Other activated 29 initiating devices shall be processed immediately. The alarm verification operation shall be selectable by 30 device,not just by zone. The control panel shall have the capability to display the number of times a zone 31 or detector has gone into verification mode. Informmation shall be vectored to the display or remote printer. 32 33 The control panel shall have a dedicated supervisory trouble condition indicator and acknowledge switch as 34 provision for future connection to the sprinkler system. 35 36 The activation of any standpipe or sprinkler valve tamper switch shall activate the system W& 37 supervisory service audible signal and illuminate the LED at the control panel and remote 38 annunciator. Differentiation between valve tamper activation and open circuits or ground 39 conditions shall be provided. 40 41 Activating the acknowledge-switch will silence the audible signal while maintaining the 42 supervisory service LED. 43 44 Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the supervisory service LED to extinguish, 45 thus indicating restoration to normal position. 46 47 A manual evacuation switch shall be provided at the alarm panel to operate the systems alarm indicating 48 devices. Other control circuits shall not be activated, however, a true alarm shall be processed as described 49 previously. 'r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 3 Northwest Architectural Company,n s (2-02072) 1 2 Alarm and trouble conditions shall be immediately displayed on the control panel from alphanumeric 3 display at the remote printer and at the remote annunciator. If more than one alarm or trouble area is in the 4 system,the operator may scroll to display new alarms. 5 6 The control panel shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 3.5 amps at 24 VDC filtered and regulated. 7 The power supply must be expandable to the total ampacity required by the system. d. 8 9 All functions of the control panel shall be field programmable for maximum flexibility and expandability. 10 MW 11 POWER REQUIREMENTS 12 13 The control panel shall receive 120 VAC power as noted on the plans via a dedicated circuit. Provide an Am 14 EFI Model OEM 120-volt 20-amp sine wave tracking TVSS module in a junction box adjacent to the panel. 15 Connect the control panel branch circuit via the TVSS. 16 am 17 The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of 18 normal 120 VAC power in the normal supervisory mode for a period of sixty hours with five minutes of 19 alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries 20 upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging shall be automatic. so 21 22 All circuits requiring system-operating power shall be 24 VDC and shall be individually fused at the control 23 panel. as 24 25 SHOP DRAWINGS 26 dw 27 The Contractor shall submit for approval complete system shop drawings. The shop drawings shall first be 28 submitted to the City of Renton Fire Marshal for approval within 10 days after contract award. Sufficient 29 time must be allowed for these approvals prior to ordering equipment and installation of rough-in work. .. 30 31 The shop drawings shall provide the following information(as a minimum): 32 '.. 33 Title sheet with the following information: Owner's name, address and telephone number; 34 manufacturer's name, address and telephone number; statement of scope of work, property tax 35 account numbers for all parcels involved and legal description of property. 36 37 Riser diagram showing all initiating and indicating circuits and the quantity of devices on each 38 circuit. 39 �.. 40 Floor plans showing all devices with their addresses and all terminal-to-terminal wiring. 41 42 Battery calculations. 43 445 Voltage drop calculations for indicting zones. 46 System operating sequence. .�. 49 Wiring diagram for each type of device. 50 Wiring schedule. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 4 Northwest Architectural Company,v.s. (2-02072) 1 Legend providing a detailed description and the catalog number of each type of device. All back 3 box requirements shall be clearly identified. 4 Shop drawings shall utilize the final room numbers shown on the floor plans. 5 6 MANUFACTURER 7 8 Notifier AFP 400 Series as provided by a Notifier NESCO affiliate within 50 miles of the job site. 9 10 11 PART 2 -EQUIPMENT 12 13 CABLE AND RACEWAYS 14 15 Base Bid: Provide metallic raceways as specified in Section 16110 for all wiring. Raceway fill shall not 16 exceed 40%. 17 18 Alternate Bid: Provide metallic raceways as specified in Section 16110 for cables installed in walls, above ft 19 inaccessible ceilings, exposed, or where subject to physical damage. Raceway fill shall not exceed 40%. 20 All exposed cabling shall be plenum rated. 21 22 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 23 24 Construction shall be modular with solid-state microprocessor based electronics. An 80-character minimum 25 alphanumeric display shall indicated alarms, supervisory service conditions and any troubles. Provide 26 Notifier AFP 400 Series. 27 +rr 28 The control panel shall contain the following: 29 30 80-character LCD displays. 31 32 Minimum of two indicating appliance circuits. 33 ft 34 Nonvolatile EEPROM memory. 35 36 Multiple password levels. 37 38 RS232 port for programming,printer and video display unit input/output. 39 err 40 Programming: 41 42 Programming shall be accomplished using a standard IBM compatible computer, either desk or 43 laptop. 44 45 The resident program shall be stored in nonvolatile EEPROM memory. 46 47 The system shall have the capability to store the system program on a hard or floppy disk for future 48 changes,upgrades or replacement. 49 .r RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 5 'm Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Software will allow the user to reprogram system points, add system points, add or change point 2 descriptions and update the data file. System output functions shall be field programmable to allow 3 custom operations. 4 5 PERIPHERAL DEVICES 6 7 Manual Stations: Shall be double-action and shall be constructed of die-cast aluminum with raised white •• 8 lettering and a smooth high-gloss red finish. When the station is operated, the handle shall lock in a 9 protruding manner to facilitate quick visual identification of the activated station. The station shall be 10 capable of being reset using a screwdriver. Stations requiring a special key for operation shall not be do 11 permitted. Provide Stopper II series protective guard with audible horn where shown on the drawings. 12 Notifier NBG series. 13 14 Smoke Detectors: Shall be listed to UL Standard 268 and shall be documented compatible with the control 15 equipment to which it is connected. The smoke detectors shall be photoelectric type with a plug-in base and 16 visual indication of detector actuation. All detectors are to be addressable and intelligent with the �. 17 capability of alarm verification, sensitivity adjustment by detector and maintenance alert circuitry. Notifier 18 FSP-751 series. 19 20 Duct Smoke Detectors: Shall be photoelectric type and shall operate at air velocities of 300-2000 feet per 21 minute. An integral filter system shall be included to reduce dust and residue accumulation. An airflow 22 monitor shall be included,to indicate the presence and direction of airflow through the detector. Each duct 23 detector shall be provided with an addressable monitor module for individual identification at the control 24 panel and a remote annunciator LED with test key switch. Notifier DHX-501 series. 25 26 Thermal Detector: Addressable combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature (135°) detector employing aw 27 electronic,dual thermistors. Notifier FST-751 series. 28 29 Heat Detector: Nonaddressable 135°or 190°(as shown on drawings) fixed-temperature detector employing so 30 a fusible alloy element. Provide monitor module(s) to monitor detectors within a specific area. Notifier 31 HD-600 series. 32 dM 33 Weatherproof Heat Detector: Nonaddressable 135° or 190° (as shown on drawings) fixed-temperature 34 weatherproof detector. Chemtronics 500 series. Provide monitor module(s) to monitor detectors within a 35 specific area. ,,. 36 37 Rate Compensated Heat Detector: Nonaddressable 135°or 190°(as shown on drawings) fixed-temperature 38 totally sealed detector. Notifier 302 series. Provide monitor module(s) to monitor detectors within a 39 specific area. 40 41 Alarm Signals: Shall be electronic horn/strobes. They shall be solid-state construction and shall produce a .r 42 broadband horn sound output of 96 dBA (103 peak dBA) and 10' in an anechoic chamber. The units shall 43 have temporal tone pattern. The strobes shall produce Candella rating per applicable requirements of NFPA 44 72 at one flash per second. Mounting shall be flush type or as shown on the drawings. Screw terminals 45 shall be provided for in/out field wiring of up to #12 gauge wire. All models shall be UL listed for fire 46 protective service and must meet current ADA requirements. All horn/strobes shall be synchronized. 47 Notifier Spectralert series. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 6 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 Remote Annunciator: Shall be graphic type with controls to allow silencing, resetting and activating of 2 alarms. Operation of the indicating LEDs shall be through programmable outputs from the main fire alarm 3 control panel. Communication between the main fire alarm control panel and the remote annunciator shall 4 be via an RS232 link. Annunciator shall incorporate a Notifier LCD-80 series crystal display. Zone 5 schedule shall be coordinated with the Owner or his/her representative. 6 7 Monitor Modules: Provide addressable monitor modules as required for devices that do not have integral 8 intelligence. Notifier MMX series. err 9 10 Fault Isolator Module: Provide fault isolator module at each building. Notifier ISO-X series. 11 12 13 PART 3 -EXECUTION 14 , 15 PROGRAMMING 16 17 Provide the Owner with a list of device names and addresses (point summary) for his review prior to 18 programming the system. System shall be programmed using the final room and building numbers 19 established by the Owner,not the room and building numbers shown on the Architectural floor plans. 20 21 The Owner must have complete access to the system program. Provide a copy of the system program on a 22 disk in addition to a hard copy for use by the Owner. 23 24 Provide the Owner with the complete list of system passwords. ' 25 26 TRAINING 27 28 Instruct the Owner in the operation,maintenance and programming of the system. Refer to Section 16010. 29 30 FINAL ACCEPTANCE 31 32 Only after satisfactory test of entire fire alarm system installation, including the work in the existing 33 building, in the presence of the Owner's representative and the Fire Marshal, and after receipt of the 34 manufacturer's representative's letter of certification as specified. 35 36 LABELING 37 38 All duct detectors shall be labeled with a phenolic nameplate as specified in Section 16195. Nameplate 39 shall indicate the identifications number of the fan/HVAC unit and the detector address. 40 41 All remote alarm indicators shall be labeled with a phenolic nameplate as specified in Section 16195. 42 Nameplate shall indicate the identification number of the fan/HVAC unit and the detector address. 43 44 All smoke detectors and thermal detectors shall be neatly and permanently labeled on the inside of the 45 detector base with the detector address. 46 47 All pull stations shall be neatly and permanently labeled in a concealed location with the device address. 48 ib NO RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 7 ` Northwest Architectural Comnanv,u.s. (2-02072) 1 HVAC UNIT SHUTDOWN • 2 3 Provide addressable relay adjacent to each HVAC unit motor to be shut down. 4 .r 5 Provide the necessary connections from the relay to the motor starter to shut down the supply fan when the 6 building goes into alarm. 7 8 AUTOMATIC REPORTING 9 10 The system shall report both alarm and trouble signals per applicable requirements of NFPA 72 "Central 11 Station Signaling Systems for Fire Alarm and Supervisory Service," and City of Renton requirements. 12 13 Provide the following connections from the FACP to the security system panel: 14 15 Waterflow(future) 16 Sprinkler Supervision(future) 17 General Alarm 18 General Trouble 19 20 SPARE CAPACITY 22 Initiating Circuits: Each initiating circuit shall be configured such that a minimum of ten additional 23 initiating devices(smoke detectors,thermal detectors,pull stations etc.)can be added. 24 25 Indicating Circuits: Each indicating circuit shall be configured such that a minimum of five additional 26 indicating devices(strobes,horn/strobes,horns,etc.)can be added. 27 28 SPARE PARTS 29 30 Provide the following spare parts for each school: 32 ITEM QUANTITY 33 34 Addressable Sensor Bases 10 35 Addressable Thermal Detector Head 10 36 Nonaddressble Heat Detector with Monitor Module 8 37 Weatherproof Heat Detector 6 ,. 38 Horn/Strobe 5 39 Addressable Monitor Module 10 40 dW 41 Spare devices shall include 30' of conduit and wiring as required for a complete installation. Location of 42 these units to be determined by the Owner's Representative at the site. The Contractor shall assume that 43 these devices will be installed after all other work is completed. Installation shall occur on an accelerated 44 (night/weekend)schedule. Unused units are to be turned over to the Owner. 45 46 AS-BUILT DRAWING 47 l 48 At the completion of the project,the Contractor shall provide: 49 50 As-built shop drawings (hard copy & disk) showing the as-built locations of all components, 51 conduit runs,cables utilized,and address of each device. Refer to Sections 16010 and 16700. �r. RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16720 Cedar River Park FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 8 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) ` 1 2 One set of 18" x 24" floor plans (hard copy and disk) showing only the fire alarm devices and the 3 associated addresses. 4 5 END OF SECTION 16720 in M r wr +irl Am RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16744 Cedar River Park TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Cp=pn ,y.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16744—TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS rr 2 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 4 d. 5 6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 7 8 Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications," End of Section 16195 for general requirements that 9 apply to this section. Comply with all requirements of Section 16700. 10 11 SCOPE 12 13 Provide all raceway provisions for the installation of the telephone and data system equipment and wiring. A. 14 Installation shall include conduit,outlet boxes,outlet box plates and mounting boards. 15 16 DISTRIBUTION 17 as 18 General: Telephone and data distribution shall consist of a combination of conduits,boxes and sleeves, as 19 specified and as shown on the drawings. 20 21 Contractor Furnished: All raceways, boxes and sleeves shall be furnished and installed by the 22 contractor. 23 24 Owner-Furnished: All telephone equipment, data equipment, cable installation and cable 25 terminations shall be furnished and installed by the Owner. 26 +++ 27 Pull Wires: Provide a 1/4"braided nylon pull cord in all feeder and conduits. 28 29 Coordination: Coordinate entire installation with the Owner's telephone and data service representative(s). 30 31 GROUNDING 32 33 A minimum 12" long x 4" wide x 1/4" thick copper ground bus with isolating stand-offs and one No. 6 34 AWG ground conductor provided from each telephone/data terminal board to the building service ground. 35 36 37 TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLETS 38 39 General: Telephone and data will share the same outlet except for wall phones which shall be telephone 40 only. 41 42 Outlets: .. 43 44 Telephone/Data Outlets: Provide 4 11/16" square x 2 1/8" deep box with single-gang plaster ring. 45 Mount at same height as receptacles unless noted otherwise. AN 46 47 Wall Phones: Provide 4 11/16" square x 2 1/8" deep box with single-gang plaster ring. Mount at 48 60"unless noted otherwise. " 49 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16744 Cedar River Park TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS Reston,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Com P �P•an s. (2-02072) " 1 CONDUIT SIZES 2 3 In general, conduit will be shared with telephone and data. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4". Stub 4 conduit from telephone/data outlet box into the accessible ceiling space for extension of fire-rated cables to 5 the telephone/data terminal board by the Owner. ir 6 7 8 PART 2-EQUIPMENT 9 10 11 CONDUIT AND OUTLET BOXES 12 13 As specified under Section 16110. 14 ft 15 TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARDS 16 17 3/4"plywood fire resistance treated and painted two coats gray paint. Size as noted on the drawings. 18 19 20 PART 3 -EXECUTION 21 22 23 GENERAL an 24 25 Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications," for execution requirements. Comply with all 26 requirements of Section 16700. iw 27 28 29 END OF SECTION 16740 w� w �i �r Wr low RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16770 Cedar River Park PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 1 Northwest Architectural Company,p.s. (2-02072) 1 SECTION 16770—PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM 2 3 4 PART 1 -GENERAL 5 6 7 _GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 8 9 Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications" for general requirements that apply to this section. 10 comply with all requirements of Section 16700. System shall be bidder-designed with the minimum 11 requirements indicated herein and as shown on the drawings. 12 13 SCOPE 14 15 Provide all equipment, wire, conduit and associated appurtenances for a complete and functioning sound 16 system capable of amplification and distribution of public address announcements and music. The system 17 shall be capable of interrupting such music programming to broadcast voice messages originated through 18 the priority channels by the facility staff microphone stations. 19 20 21 PART 2-EQUIPMENT 22 23 24 HEAD-END EQUIPMENT 25 26 Shall be wall rack-mounted components with an equalizer, mixer with prioritized channels in the range of 27 20-22 kHZ,and an output power amplifier. Signal to noise ratio is to be at least 95 dB at rated power. Unit 28 has 0.8%THD maximum and frequency response+01-0.5 dB. 29 r 30 Mixer shall have six independent stereo channels and one mic-input channel. Provide two microphone 31 input preamp cards to convert two channels for public address use. Manufacturer: JBL Model 1620 series. 32 ■, 33 Graphic Equalizer: One-third octave bands between 20 Hz and 20 kHz. Manufacturer: JBL Model 5547A 34 series. 35 36 Power Amplifier: 400 watts per channel of output into a 4-ohm load and distortion (SMPTE-IN1)less than 37 0.05%. Manufacturer: JBL Model MPA400 series. 38 39 MICROPHONES 40 41 High-fidelity, high-compliance desk mounted cartoid-type with press-to-talk activation switch per 42 manufacture's suggested compatibility. W" 43 44 WALL/CEILING SPEAKERS 45 46 All-weather 150-watt loudspeaker. Manufacturer: JBL Model 1AW/70 series. Provide with accessory 47 mounting bracket. 48 RENTON AQUATIC CENTER 16770 Cedar River Park PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM Renton,Washington Page 2 Northwest Architectural Company,n.s. 2-02072) M& 1 HORNS 2 r�r 3 Weatherproof biradial type JBL 2360 series with integral compression driver. 4 5 MUSIC SOURCE COMPONENTS ► 6 7 Provide one CD player, one dual tape deck and one AM/FM receiver (rack mounted components). 8 Manufacturer: Sony,Harman/Kardon or approved equal. 9 10 WIRING 11 12 Provide as recommended by manufacturer with all wiring for a complete and functional system. 13 14 15 PART 3 -EXECUTION 16 17 18 GENERAL 19 20 Refer to Section 16700, "Signal and Communications," for execution requirements. Comply with all ft 21 requirements of Section 16700. 22 23 SHOP DRAWINGS 24 to 25 System installer shall assemble shop drawings and submittals indicating all equipment, interconnecting 26 wiring and manufacturer's data for review. 27 28 END OF SECTION 16770 rrr err